Skip to main content

Full text of "Entomological news"

See other formats


3-1  <c  ''>/jF  y/W 

1^ 

niliSNI    NVINOSH1IWS     S3IHVH8 

i-      .  z 

2    x^i^ 


to 

UJ 


VJ    W    •       I 

fc\  -    <m*     =  ^8»&  I 

,,_~      H       ^%         *     V*t4iira 
4£m2iX       o 

BRARIES2SMITHSONIAN~INSTITUTION     f 


c 

H 
O 


CO 


CO 


CO 

z 


RAR  I  ESSMITHSONIANINSTITUTIONOlinillSNINVINOSHillNSS3  I  HVH  8  II 


niusNi   NviNOSHiiws^saiMvaan  LIBRARIESWSMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 


O  ">>F         i:        ^x^^vAMi^        o       Xi£os»!£X  O 

Z  _l  2  _|  2 

RARIES    SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION    NOIinilJLSNI    NVINOSH1IWS 


LniliSNI    NVINOSH1IWS 
£       ^ — ^       ^ 

.<       X^*5°NJ>v      S 


RAR  I  ESSMITHSONIAN     INSTITUTION    NOIinillSNINVINOSHllWSSa  I  U  VM  8  I1_ 


LnillSNlNVINOSHilWSS3 


- 
-: 


O 

B  R  AR  I  ESZSMITHSONIAN~INSTITUTION 


'"N^"        z      x^v^x      m      Xi^iiX      ^  m 

RAR  I  ES^SMITHSONIAN'lNSTITUTlON^NOIinillSNl'NVINOSHlltMS    S3  I  MVM  8  H 

CO  21         »  f  Z 

2     xS^TJrCJx.      *c        A.  s          j«4S^        ^     /^7Tis>v 

A 


• 
: 


z  co 

iniusNi    NviNosHiiws   S3iavya 


UJ 


B  RAR  I  ESSMITHSONIAN     INSTITUTION 

-— 


Ul 


If) 


SMI  msuwMN     ma 


ava  a i  i 


LSNI~NVINOSHllWS~S3iaVo-an 


o 
LIB  RAR  I  ES2SMITHSONIAN" 


£%££> 

INSTITUTION     NOIJ 

z 
o 


IES     SMITHSONIAN 
co 

$&£&£ 

v\ 

m  «  .„ 


INSTITUTION    NOIinillSNI 


£os£> 

NVINOSHIINS  S3iyvaan 

oo^o 


CO 

Z 


LI  B 


N 


>  5 

S3ldVyan~LIBRARIES    SMITHSONIAN     INSTITUTION      NOIJ 

co 

20jv>. 


;IES    SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION    NOIinillSNI 


Z 
O 


NVINOSH1IWS     S3 
o 


^OSHJ>  __ 

vaan   LIB 


9  nLI  B  RAR  I  ESSMITHSONIAN 


MES    SMITHSONIAN 
co 

UJ 


INSTITUTION     NOIinillSNI     NVINOSH1MS 


1SNI 


NVINOSH1IWS 

,» 


O  ^ 

LI  B  RAR  I  ESZSMITHSONIAN 


^m^ 
INSTITUTION 


NOI. 


MES     SMITHSONIAN 
co 

Z. 


INSTITUTION     NOIinillSNI 
»  to 


NVINOSH1MS    S3  1  HVH  3  11 
CO 


LIB 


1SNI 

'JJx 


^^ 

_NVINOSH1IWS</)S3  I  dVM  8  H^LI  BRAR  I  ESZSMITHSONIAN 
Z       \fc.  iu       X^?m7\       Z 


lNSTITUTION 


S 
to 

CO 

UJ 


FAUl  D.  HURD,  Jr. 

JANUARY  1973 


AL  mm 


CONTENT 

COMMENTS  ON  THE  DESIGN 

HENRY  TOWNES,  P.  1 

SEVEN  FAMILIES  OF  AQUATIC  AND  SEMIAQUATIC 

HEMIPTERA  IN  LOUISIANA.  PART  I 

FAMILY  HYDROMETRIDAE 

GENE  J.  GONSOULIN,  P.  9 

A  NEW  HOST  RECORD  FOR  FORCIPOMYIA 
CRINITA  SAUNDERS  (DIPTERA'  CERATOPOGONIDAE) 

PAUL  G.  BYSTRAK  AND  DONALD  H.  MESSERSMITH,  P.  17 

NEW  EXOTIC  CRANE  FLIES  (TIPULIDAE: 
DIPTERA)  PART  XXIII 

CHARLES  P.  ALEXANDER,  P.  23 

NOTICE:  DISCONTINUANCE  OF  DATA  DOCUMENTS,  P.  22 

NOTICE:  AMERICAN  ARACHNOLOGICAL  SOCIETY  ORGANIZED,  P.  22 

The  Entomologists  Record,  P.  32 

The  Entomologists  Library,  P.  8 


THE  AMERICAN  ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 


ENTOMOLOGICAL  NEWS 

Edited,  1890-1910,  by  Henry  Skinner  (1861-1926);  1911-1944,  by  Philip  P.  Calvert 
(1871-1961);  1945-1967,  by  R.  G.  Schmieder  (1898-1967);  1968-1972  by  R.  H.  Arnett, 
Jr. 

ENTOMOLOGICAL  NEWS  is  published  monthly  except  August  and  September  by 
The  American  Entomological  Society  at  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  1900  Race 
Street,  Philadelphia,  PA  19103,  U.  S.  A.  Editorial  Staff:  S.  S.  Roback  and  R.  W.  Lake 
(Editor). 

SUBSCRIPTIONS:  Communications  and  remittances  to  be  addressed  to  Entomologi- 
cal News,  1900  Race  Street,  Philadelphia,  PA  19103.  Prices  per  yearly  volume  of  10 
numbers:  Private  subscriptions  for  personal  use,  domestic  and  foreign,  $  7.00  postpaid; 
Institutional  subscriptions,  for  libraries,  laboratories,  etc.,  domestic  and  foreign,  $  12.00 
postpaid. 

MANUSCRIPTS  and  all  communications  concerning  same  should  be  addressed  to: 
Mr.  Robert  W.  Lake,  Department  of  Entomology  and  Applied  Ecology,  University  of 
Delaware,  Newark,  DE  19711.  The  receipt  of  all  papers  will  be  acknowledged  and,  if 
accepted,  they  will  be  published  as  soon  as  possible,  usually  within  six  months.  Articles 
longer  than  eight  pages  may  be  published  in  two  or  more  installments,  unless  the  author 
is  willing  to  pay  the  cost  of  a  sufficient  number  of  additional  pages  in  any  one  issue  to 
enable  such  an  article  to  appear  without  division.  BOOKS  FOR  REVIEW  should  be  sent 
to  the  editor. 

PAGE  CHARGES  are  normally  made  only  for  over-length  articles,  or  for  articles  pub- 
lished ahead  of  their  regular  place  in  the  issues,  and  then  only  as  additional  pages  for  an 
issue.  In  cases  where  authors  have  received  grant  money  for  publication,  or  their  institu- 
tion normally  pays  publication  costs,  they  will  be  billed  at  the  rate  of  $  18.75  per  page. 

ILLUSTRATIONS:  Authors  will  be  charged  for  text-figures  and  halftones  at  the 
following  rate:  Each  line  cut  regardless  of  size  $  1.50;  each  halftone  regardless  of  size, 
$  4.50.  Size  limit  of  illustrations,  when  printed,  4J/2  x  6'/2  inches. 

SEPARATES  printed  without  removal  of  extraneous  matter,  side-stitched,  without 
covers  will  be  supplied  by  the  printer  at  15  cents  each  for  the  first  100,  and  25  cents  each 
for  each  additional  separate.  Additional  copies  cost  more  because  they  are  produced  only 
by  printing  extra  copies  of  the  journal.  Extraneous  matter  is  confined  to  the  back  page  if 
any  is  present.  Usually  articles  are  free  of  extraneous  matter.  REPRINTS  are  not  avail- 
able. However,  each  author  will  be  provided  with  two  clean  separates  of  the  article  so 
that  he  may  arrange  for  reprinting  of  the  article  by  offset  as  he  chooses. 

EDITORIAL  POLICY:  Manuscripts  on  insect  life  and  related  terrestrial  arthropods 
are  appropriate  for  submission  to  ENTOMOLOGICAL  NEWS.  Titles  should  be  carefully 
composed  to  reflect  the  true  contents  of  the  article,  and  be  kept  as  brief  as  possible.  A 
short  informative  abstract  (not  a  descriptive  abstract)  of  about  150  words  should  be  sup- 
plied on  a  separate  sheet,  complete  with  title  and  ending  with  the  authors  name  and 
address.  In  addition,  the  author  should  supply  a  list  of  descriptors,  or  key  words  at  the 
end  of  the  abstract.  The  author's  complete  mailing  address,  including  zip  code  number, 
should  be  given  as  a  footnote  to  the  article.  All  papers  describing  new  taxa  should  include 
enough  information  to  make  them  useful  to  the  non-specialist.  Generally  this  requires  a 
key  and  a  short  review  or  discussion  of  the  group,  plus  reference  to  existing  revisions  or 
monographs.  Illustrations  are  almost  always  required. 

(Continued  on  back  inside  cover.) 

SECOND  CLASS  POSTAGE  PAID  AT  NEWARK,  DELAWARE 
&  ADDITIONAL  MAILING  OFFICES 


COMMENTS  ON 
THE  DESIGN  OF  INSECT  NETS1 

Henry  Townes2 


The  traditional  tool  and  symbol  of  an  entomologist  is  an  insect 
net,  much  as  a  tennis  racket,  fishing  rod,  golf  clubs,  or  a  baseball 
bat  symbolize  certain  other  activities.  Entomology,  unlike  these 
other  activities,  has  never  taken  the  design  of  its  most  common 
piece  of  equipment  very  seriously.  While  fishing  rods  and  golf  clubs 
have  been  developed  to  exquisite  instruments  of  balance  and  con- 
trolled power,  uniquely  suited  to  their  jobs,  the  insect  net  has  re- 
mained a  clumsy  piece  of  apparatus,  inexpertly  designed  and 
crudely  manufactured.  One  can  order  from  a  supply  house  their 
"best"  insect  net,  and  receive  something  engineered  more  with 
attention  to  its  being  collapsible  than  to  its  function  of  catching 
insects. 

Probably  a  reason  that  insect  nets  are  not  better  than  they  are, 
is  that  few  entomologists  are  really  good  collectors,  or  even  know 
what  kind  of  results  a  good  collector  should  expect  from  a  day's 
work.  If  their  clumsy  nets  lower  their  collecting  scores  by  10%  or 
30%  they  hardly  know  the  difference.  There  is  so  little  direct 
competition  between  collectors  that  faulty  equipment  or  tech- 
niques usually  remain  uncensored,  and  even  are  taught  to  new 
generations  of  collectors.  When  a  good  design  is  at  times  generated. 


1  Accepted  for  publication:  February  11,  1972. 

2American    Entomological    Institute,    5950   Warren    Road,   Ann   Arbor, 
Michigan      48105. 

Ent.  News,  84:  1-8,  1973  I 


2  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  January  1973 

its  merits  and  details  are  often  forgotten  and  new  collectors  may 
start  all  over  again  with  an  inferior  design  or  an  inferior  copy. 

Since  insect  collectors  differ  in  the  insects  they  seek,  and  in  their 
choice  of  hunting  grounds,  no  one  design  can  be  best  for  all  persons 
and  all  terrains.  It  follows  that  a  collector  should  have  more  than 
one  type  of  net,  for  use  in  different  situations,  not  as  many  types 
as  there  are  of  golf  clubs,  but  enough  to  fit  the  main  kinds  of 
vegetation  that  he  encounters. 

Too  much  attention  is  given  to  making  nets  collapsible.  It  is 
difficult  to  have  the  joints  necessary  for  collapsibility  without 
sacrificing  lightness,  strength,  and  rigidity.  A  collapsible  net  makes 
sense  only  if  the  net  must  be  carried  for  only  short  time  or  sporadic 
use.  One  would  not  dream  of  using  collapsible  skiis  nor  a  collaps- 
ible tennis  racket  and  if  one  wants  to  be  a  good  insect  collector 
probably  neither  should  he  emphasize  a  collapsible  net. 

A  net  should  be  light  enough  to  be  swung  quickly,  yet  heavy 
enough  to  crash  through  vegetation.  These  two  opposing  needs  re- 
quire a  compromise.  A  man's  net  should  be  a  bit  heavier  than  a 
woman's.  His  strength  can  more  easily  offset  the  weight  of  the  net, 
and  the  weight  will  often  be  useful  for  whacking  specimens  out  of 
vegetation.  Vegetation  varies  in  density  and  stiffness,  and  a  lighter 
net  is  better  for  soft  vegetation  and  a  heavier  one  for  stiffer  plants. 
A  well  equipped  collector  should  have  nets  of  two  weights. 

The  handle  of  a  net  should  be  tapered,  large  enough  at  the  grip 
to  be  easily  held  and  smaller  toward  the  ring  so  that  it  is  easy  to 
swing  quickly.  Unless  it  is  tapered,  the  distal  part  is  too  heavy  for 
a  quick  swing.  Most  nets  neglect  this  important  design  feature. 

The  bag  of  most  nets  is  made  for  butterflies,  deep  enough  for 
keeping  the  butterfly  from  easy  escape  and  roomy  enough  to  give 
the  butterfly  some  fluttering  space.  Most  collectors  do  not  special- 
ize in  butterflies  and  should  have  a  somewhat  differently  shaped 
bag.  A  deep  net  has  two  disadvantages:  there  is  more  netting  to  get 
tangled  in  bushes,  and  it  requires  a  deeper  reach  to  take  out  the 
captured  insect.  A  deep  net  makes  it  harder  for  the  insect  to 
escape,  but  a  good  collector  substitutes  skill  for  this  disadvantage 
and  finds  that  quicker  access  to  the  specimen  means  less  time  spent 
before  he  is  ready  to  catch  another. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  January  1973  3 

The  net  handle  plus  the  ring  should  be  long  enough  to  reach  the 
ground  two  feet  in  front  of  the  collector,  but  not  longer  unless  one 
is  after  butterflies.  A  net  ring  twelve  inches  in  diameter  is  usually  a 
suitable  size.  Fifteen  inches  is  often  used  for  heavier  sweeping  nets 
and  a  ring  this  size  is  sometimes  favored  by  butterfly  collectors. 
Miniature  nets  of  four  to  six  inches  in  diameter  and  with  a  very 
short  handle  are  useful  for  picking  up  a  specimen  when  making 
behavioral  studies,  and  are  also  often  efficient  for  collecting  on 
tree  trunks,  logs,  rocks,  or  on  the  ground. 

For  net  bags,  the  easiest  material  to  find  is  Dacron  (or  Terylene) 
marquisette,  25  meshes  per  inch.  This  is  carried  by  the  yard  in 
curtain  departments  of  larger  stores,  or  sometimes  has  to  be  bought 
in  ready-made  curtains  which  can  be  cut  up.  This  material,  though 
otherwise  excellent,  has  the  disadvantage  of  snagging  and  pulling 
easily.  A  net  bag  made  of  Dacron  is  good  for  less  than  a  month  of 
hard  use.  Tighter  weaves  of  Dacron  or  nylon  are  much  better  for 
wear  but  are  hard  to  find  in  stores  and  are  less  transparent.  Trans- 
parency is  important  for  ease  in  dealing  with  specimens  in  the  net. 

Sweeping  nets  are  usually  made  of  tightly  woven  fabric  but  this 
is  not  best.  The  net  should  be  as  porous  as  possible  to  allow  the  air 
to  go  through.  A  tightly  woven  net  causes  more  air  resistance,  and 
stronger  eddy  currents  that  carry  flying  specimens  around  rather 
than  into  the  approaching  net.  Speed  of  movement  of  a  sweeping 
net  is  important  for  a  good  catch.  Any  slowing  by  air  resistance 
cuts  down  on  the  number  of  specimens,  and  biases  the  catch 
toward  the  more  sluggish  species.  The  hard  wear  given  a  sweeping 
net  is  the  reason  that  tightly  woven  cloth  is  usually  selected.  New, 
stronger  materials  such  as  nylon  and  Dacron  permit  a  porous  net 
also  to  be  wear  resistant.  Even  with  nylon  or  Dacron,  however,  the 
weave  should  not  be  so  open  that  it  is  easily  snagged. 

The  net  bag  should  be  white.  Darker  colors  are  sometimes  ad- 
vocated because  they  are  supposedly  less  readily  seen  by  the 
insects.  This  theoretical  advantage  is  of  less  importance  than  the 
ease  of  finding  insects  in  the  net  and  extracting  them  after  they 
have  been  caught.  In  a  dark  colored  net  a  small  insect  is  difficult 
to  locate,  so  at  least  for  smaller  insects,  a  dark  net  is  a  disadvan- 
tage. For  larger  specimens,  if  there  is  an  advantage,  it  has  not  been 
documented. 


4  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  January  1973 

The  bag  should  hang  smoothly  from  the  net  ring  and  taper 
toward  a  parabolic  bottom.  Corners  in  a  net  are  a  nuisance,  and  if 
it  ends  in  a  point,  specimens  and  foliage  tend  to  pack  into  the 
point.  Few  net  bags  hang  smoothly  because  the  pattern  of  their 
cut  makes  the  lateral  sides  of  the  bag  shorter  than  the  outer  and 
inner  sides,  with  resultant  pucker  along  the  outer  and  inner  sides. 
Some  manufacturers  get  a  smoother  hang  to  the  bag  by  making  it 
out  of  four  parts,  but  there  is  an  easier  way  to  that  end,  as  indi- 
cated below. 

There  is  not  a  big  market  for  insect  nets,  and  even  a  professional 
entomologist  would  sooner  spend  $125  for  a  pair  of  skiis  than  $25 
for  an  insect  net.  One  would  think  that  a  well-constructed,  finely 
balanced  net  should  excite  enough  pride  of  ownership  and  satis- 
faction in  more  efficient  collecting  to  bring  a  substantial  number 
of  purchases  and  to  justify  the  engineering  and  manufacturing 
costs,  but  it  should  be  remembered  that  many  entomologists  spend 
more  time  on  skiis  than  with  a  net.  Profit  from  supplying  good 
quality  nets  is  not  assured. 

The  entomologist  who  needs  a  good  net,  suitable  for  his  special 
needs,  usually  has  to  make  his  own.  Below  is  described  a  pattern 
for  a  net  that  is  light  and  fast,  useful  for  quick  insects  such  as 
Hymenoptera  and  Diptera.  The  basic  design  of  the  frame  is  well 
known  and  one  that  can  be  modified  for  various  kinds  of 
collecting.  Most  of  the  best  manufactured  nets  follow  this  basic 
pattern,  substituting  a  ferrule  for  attaching  the  wire  ring  in  place 
of  the  tie  wires  described  below.  The  manufactured  examples 
usually  do  not  have  tapered  handles  and  the  apical  right  angle 
bends  on  the  wire  are  too  short.  Their  net  bags  are  too  deep. 

The  ring  of  the  net  described  below  is  of  steel  wire,  preferably 
galvanized;  8  gauge  for  a  medium  weight  net,  10  gauge  for  a  lighter 
net.  Spring  steel  wire  should  be  used  if  possible  because  it  keeps 
its  shape  and  is  extra  strong.  Unfortunately  spring  steel  wire  is  not 
available  in  the  average  hardward  store.  A  ring  can  also  be  made 
from  "cold-rolled  steel"  rod.  Cold-rolled  steel  is  stiffer  than 
common  wire,  but  finding  rod  of  the  diameter  wanted  can  be 
difficult. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  January  1973  5 

A  piece  of  wire  four  feet  long  is  enough  for  one  1 2  inch  net  ring. 
Bend  it  as  illustrated  in  figure  1 .  The  sequence  of  bends  is  first  a 
right  angle  of  3/8  inch,  then  measure  2-3/4  inches  from  this  and 
bend  at  right  angles  again  in  the  opposite  direction,  then  measure 
37-1/4  inches  further  and  bend  again  at  right  angles  in  the  same 
direction.  Measure  3-1/4  inches  further  and  bend  again  at  right 
angles  in  the  opposite  direction.  Saw,  clip,  or  file  off  the  last  end 
so  it  projects  1/2  inch  beyond  the  last  bend.  All  bends  are  made  by 
clamping  the  wire  in  a  vise  and  bending  against  the  vise.  Hit  the 
first  and  last  bends  with  a  hammer  to  make  them  sharp  bends.  The 
second  and  third  bends  should  not  be  hammered  as  this  will 
weaken  the  points  where  there  is  strain.  When  a  net  ring  breaks  it 
is  always  at  one  of  these  two  bends.  With  the  hands,  bend  the  wire 
between  the  second  and  third  angles  into  a  circle,  as  illustrated. 

The  net  handle  is  made  of  a  dowel  stick  (maple)  one  inch  in 
diameter  (obtainable  from  a  lumber  yard)  or  an  old  broom  handle. 
Select  a  stick  with  straight  grain.  The  handle  length  I  use  is  28-1/2 
inches.  Taper  the  handle  to  5/8  inch  diameter  at  the  ring  end  to 
cut  down  on  weight,  leaving  the  first  6  inches  full  size  for  a  handle 
grip.  To  make  the  taper,  use  a  wood  plane  and  plane  opposite 
sides  down  until  there  is  only  5/8  inches  between  them  except 
near  the  grip  portion.  Then  plane  down  the  other  two  sides  until 
the  cross  section  is  5/8  inch  square.  Plane  off  the  corners  of  the 
square  to  make  an  octangonal  prism  of  5/8  inch,  then  round  off 
the  eight  corners  until  the  handle  is  smoothly  rounded. 

Drill  a  hole  directly  through  the  handle  3-1/4  inches  from  the 
small  end  and  of  exactly  the  same  diameter  as  the  wire  ring.  Drill  a 
second  hole  2-3/4  inches  from  the  end  and  in  exactly  the  same 
plane  as  the  first  hole.  Put  the  end  of  the  handle  in  a  vise,  with  the 
holes  exactly  vertical,  and  make  a  shallow  groove  with  a  saw  from 
the  first  hole  to  the  tip.  Turn  the  handle  over  in  the  vise  and  make 
a  similar  groove  from  the  second  hole  to  the  tip.  With  a  pocket 
knife  widen  and  deepen  these  grooves  until  the  apical  bends  of  the 
net  ring  can  be  inserted  into  the  holes  in  the  handle  and  the  ad- 
joining wire  segments  lie  snugly  in  the  grooves.  Take  the  wire  ring 
off  the  handle  and  with  a  pocket  knife  cut  a  shallow  groove  around 
the  handle  at  1/4  inch  from  the  end  and  another  at  2-1/2  inches 


6  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  January  1973 

from  the  end.  Sandpaper  the  handle  smooth  with  fine  sandpaper 
and  finish  it  by  rubbing  with  floor  wax. 

The  pattern  for  the  bag  is  shown  in  figure  2.  Noteworthy 
features  are  a  rounded  bottom  whose  apex  is  a  little  toward  the 
handle  side  rather  than  at  the  center.  This  is  to  counteract  a 
tendency  for  the  bottom  to  swing  outward  when  the  net  is  swung. 
Swinging  outward  tends  to  result  in  snagging  in  the  bushes.  The 
top  edge  of  the  pattern  is  an  arc  drawn  with  a  pencil  on  a  string, 
the  end  of  the  string  held  at  the  apex  of  the  net  bottom.  This 
peculiar  feature  makes  the  bag  hang  straight  when  on  the  ring.  If 
the  top  of  the  pattern  were  cut  straight  across,  the  distance  from 
the  edge  to  the  bottom  would  then  be  greater  at  some  places  than 
at  others,  resulting  in  puckering  of  the  bag.  This  net  bag  is  a  short 
one  for  fast  collecting.  Beginners  might  want  it  a  few  inches  longer. 
The  pattern  should  be  cut  out  of  paper,  positioned  over  a  double 
thickness  of  the  fabric,  and  pinned  in  place  before  cutting.  Sew  the 
two  fabric  halves  together  with  a  flat,  double  stitched  "French 
fell".  Leave  about  4  inches  at  the  handle  side  open,  unsewn. 

The  sleeve  for  holding  the  bag  to  the  net  ring  is  of  muslin,  a 
piece  4-1/2  inches  wide  and  48  inches  long.  If  the  net  is  a  strong 
one,  to  be  used  for  sweeping,  the  sleeve  should  be  of  Dacron  or 
nylon  to  withstand  the  extra  wear.  Crease  the  sleeve  piece  as  in  the 
figure,  pressing  the  crease  with  a  hot  iron.  Pin  its  middle  at  the 
middle  of  the  upper  edge  of  the  bag,  at  the  point  farthest  from  the 
place  for  the  net  handle.  Then  pin  the  rest  in  place  along  the  edge, 
and  stitch.  Several  inches  of  the  sleeve  will  be  left  projecting  at 

each  end. 

For  putting  a  new  bag  or  a  replacement  bag  on  the  net  frame, 
thread  the  wire  hoop  through  the  sleeve,  insert  the  ends  of  the  wire 
hoop  into  the  two  holes  in  the  handle,  squeeze  them  in  snugly,  and 
bind  the  hoop  in  place  with  2  or  3  turns  of  thin  wire  in  the  two 
circular  notches  near  the  end  of  the  handle.  Twist  the  ends  of  the 
binding  wire  tightly  together  and  cover  them  with  a  band  of  ad- 
hesive tape  to  keep  the  wire  ends  from  catching  the  net  bag.  There 
is  an  open  throat  of  the  net  bag  at  the  handle.  Pin  this  together, 
overlap  the  ends  of  the  sleeve,  trim  off  excess  ends  of  the  sleeve, 
and  sew  these  together  neatly  with  a  needle  and  thread. 

For  an  extended  collecting  trip,  the  entomologist  should  take 
not  only  more  than  one  kind  of  net  but  at  least  one  extra  wire  ring 
for  each  net  and  several  extra  bags. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  January  1973 


_* 

^ 

s= 

| 

-i- 

r 

t- 
\ 

-i 
<-\ 

r  -? 

- 

± 

Attachment 

rzr 

• 

!     Hi". 
in    Handle 

- 

:^ 

3 

1— 

Figure  1 .  Wire  ring  for  an  insect  net. 


PATTERN    for 

CUTTING    NET     BAG 


net 


Attachment  of 
Net  to  Sleeve 


Figure  2.  Pattern  for  cutting  the  bag  of  an  insect  net. 


8 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  January  1973 


The  Entomologist's  Library 

This  section  contains  titles  of  books,  monographs,  and  articles  received 
by  the  editor  that  may  be  of  special  interest  to  entomologists  and  biologists. 
A  brief  statement  of  contents  and  items  of  interest  are  noted.  Brief  analyti- 
cal reviews  may  be  submitted  for  possible  publication.  All  correspondence 
for  this  section  should  be  addressed  to  the  editor. 


Publications  received.- As  soon  as  a  publication  is  received,  it  is  listed  in  this  section. 
The  following  have  come  to  the  attention  of  the  editor  for  this  month: 

Bohart,  R.  M.  and  D.  S.  Horning,  Jr.  1971.  Califomian  bambicine  sand  wasps  in  the 
genera  Bembix,  Bicyrtes,  and  Microbembex  (Hymenoptera:  Sphecidae)  University  of 
California  Press,  2223  Fulton  St.,  Berkeley,  CA  94720.  74  figs.  18  maps,  56  pp.  paper 
$3.50. 


Horsfall,  William  R.  Mosquitoes,  Their  Bionomics  and  Relation  to  Disease.  1972.  Reprint 
of  the  original  1955  edition.  X+723  pp.  Hafner  Publishing  Co.,  N.Y.,  N.Y.  $22.50. 


SEVEN  FAMILIES  OF  AQUATIC 

AND  SEMIAQUATIC  HEMIPTERA 

IN  LOUISIANA1 

Gene  J.  Gonsoulin2-  3 

This  study  was  undertaken  to  obtain  information  on  the  distri- 
bution and  biology  of  seven  families  of  aquatic  and  semiaquatic 
hemiptera  occurring  in  Louisiana.  These  include  the  Hydro- 
metridae,  Naucoridae,  Belostomatidae,  Gerridae,  Nepidae,  Corixi- 
dae,  and  Notonectidae.  One  other  study  of  this  nature  has  been 
done  in  Louisiana,  by  Ellis  (1952),  but  it  covered  only  the  south- 
eastern section  of  the  State.  Range  extensions  of  recorded  species 
were  added  by  Penn  (1951,  1952). 

Parti.    Family  Hydrometridae  Billberg,   1820.  "Marsh  Treaders". 

Hydrometrids  are  probably  the  most  inconspicuous  of  the  semi- 
aquatic  Hemipterans.  Owing  to  this  fact  they  are  rarely  taken. 
Their  drab  coloration,  shape,  and  slow  deliberate  manner  of  walk- 
ing render  them  extremely  hard  to  detect.  They  are  exceedingly 
slender  bugs  with  long  threadlike  antennae  and  legs  (Fig.  1).  The 
head  is  much  longer  than  the  pronotum  and  is  somewhat  swollen 
at  the  apex.  Small  beadlike  eyes,  located  posterior  to  the  mediam 
axis  of  the  head,  give  the  insect  a  characteristic  appearance.  The 
tarsal  claws  are  apical,  unlike  those  of  most  surface  dwellers,  so 
hydrometrids  are  less  able  to  cope  with  the  surface  film.  Wing  poly- 
morphism is  common,  the  wings  sometimes  being  reduced  to  stubs. 

'The  work  for  this  study  was  carried  on  at  the  University  of  Southwestern 
Louisiana,  Lafayette.  Final  preparation  of  the  manuscript  was  made  through  the  facilities 
of  Volunteer  State  Community  College.  Accepted  for  publication:  February  22,  1972. 

2Department  of  Biology-Conservation,  VSCC,  Gallatin,  Tennessee. 

3I  am  indebted  to  Dr.  Matt.  Dakin  (University  of  Southwestern  Louisiana)  for  his 
helpful  suggestions  throughout  the  study  and  for  his  critical  review  of  the  manuscript. 

Ent.  News,  84:  9-16,  1973  9 


10  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  January  1973 

The  family  is  represented  in  North  America  by  one  genus, 
Hydrometra.  Four  species  occur  in  Louisiana.  These  bugs  prefer  to 
remain  among  the  floating  aquatic  vegetation  where  they  can 
readily  conceal  themselves  if  disturbed.  Quiet,  stagnant,  or  slow- 
moving  bodies  of  water  are  frequented  more  than  rapid-flowing 
streams.  They  are  very  voracious  and  feed  on  all  types  of  small 
metazoans  near  the  surface  film  and  on  any  insects  that  chance  to 
fall  upon  the  surface.  The  prey  is  slowly  stalked  and  literally 
"harpooned"  with  the  beak,  which  is  almost  as  long  as  the  head. 
The  body  fluids  of  the  prey  are  then  sucked  in. 

In  Louisiana  the  adults  usually  remain  active  throughout  the 
entire  winter.  The  spindle-shaped  eggs  are  deposited  in  early  spring 
and  are  attached,  by  means  of  a  slender  stalk,  to  vegetation  or 
other  solid  objects  at  or  above  the  water  level.  According  to 
Hungerford  (1920),  the  average  durations  of  the  various  stages  of 
development  in  Hydrometra  martini  Kirkaldy  are  seven  days  for 
the  egg  and  two  days  for  each  of  the  five  nymphal  instars. 

Review  of  the  Literature.  Say  (1832)  described  the  first  two 
hydrometrids  from  the  Americas.  These  were  Hydrometra  lineata 
and  its  variety  australis.  Since  the  name  lineata  was  preoccupied, 
Kirkaldy  (1900)  proposed  the  name  martini.  Martin  (1900),  Bueno 
(1905),  and  Hungerford  (1920)  wrote  on  the  biology  of//,  martini 
Kirkaldy.  In  1923,  Hungerford  published  a  paper  containing  keys 
to  the  hydrometrids  in  America  north  of  Mexico  and  described  a 
new  species.  Bueno  (1926)  published  on  the  Hydrometridae  of  the 
Western  Hemisphere.  A  Monograph  of  the  Hydrometridae  of  the 
world  (Hungerford  and  Evans,  1934)  is  extremely  useful.  A  paper 
concerning  the  Hydrometridae  of  Florida  was  published  by  Herring 
(1948).  Penn  (1951)  gave  additional  records  of  Hydrometrids  in 
Louisiana.  Drake  and  Hottes  (1952)  published  a  paper  on  the  dis- 
tributional and  synonymical  data  along  with  descriptions  of  two 
new  species.  In  this  paper  they  made  Hydrometra  myrae  Bueno  a 
synonym  of  H.  australis  Say.  The  transition  is  confusing,  but 
appropriate.  Wilson  (1958)  published  a  paper  concerning  the 
aquatic  and  semiaquatic  Hemiptera  of  Mississippi  in  which  acknow- 
ledgement was  made  of  the  transition  and  synonymy  by  Drake  and 
Hottes,  but  in  which  the  revised  nomenclature  was  not  applied. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  January  1973  11 

Thus,  Wilson's  Key  to  the  Hydrometridae  is  inadequate  and  con- 
fusing. Sprague  (1956)  published  on  the  biology  and  morphology 
of  Hydrometra  martini  Kirkaldy,  and  Mychajliw  (1961)  described 
four  new  species  of  Hydrometra  from  the  New  World,  none  of 
which  have  been  recorded  for  Louisiana. 

KEY  TO  THE  LOUISIANA  SPECIES 
HYDROMETRA  LAMARCK 

1.  Pits  on  pro-  and  meso-acetabula  normally  two  (Fig.  20 2 

Pits  on  pro-and  meso-acettabula  four  or  more  (Figs.  2b,  d)   3 

2.  Second  antenna!  segment  two  and  one-half  times  length  of 

segment  one  H.  australis  Say 

Second  antennal  segment  not  more  than  twice  length  of 

segment  one  H.  martini  Kirkaldy 

3.  Pits  on  pro-  and  meso-acetabula  normally  four  (Fig.  2b); 

tylus  conical  as  viewed  from  above  (Fig.  2a)  H.  hungerfordi  Bueno 

Pits  on  pro-  and  meso-acetabula  usually  eight  to  ten 

(Fig.  2d);  tylus  broadly  rounded  as  vewied  from 

above  (Fig.  2c)    H.  wileyae  Hungerford 

1.  Hydrometra    australis    Say,    1832,   Heter.    N.    Harm.,   P.    35    (as  var.    of  lineata  ). 
Hydrometra  myrae  Bueno,  1926,  Entomol.  Amer.,  110. 
Hydrometra  myrae  Hungerford  and  Evans,  1934,  Ann.  Mus.  Natur.  Hung.,  28:105. 

Description.  Head  2.5-2.8  mm  long;  antennae  0.3,  1.0,  2.0,  1.0  mm  long;  pronotum 
1.3-1.5  mm  long,  pits  minute,  scattered;  tylus  bluntly  jointed  as  viewed  from  above  (Fig. 
2e);  metanotum  0.9-1.1  mm  long;  pits  present  on  the  first  and  second  acetabula,  one  on 
each  side  of  the  cleft  (Fig.  20:  abdomen  4.9-6.2  mm  long;  male  abdominal  processes 
linear,  curved,  black,  as  in  H.  martini;  male  terminal  segment  suddenly  widened,  with  a 
long  stout  spine;  length  8.5-1 1.5  mm  (Fig.  1). 

This  species  is  often  mistaken  for//,  martini  from  which  it  can  be  easily  distinguished 
by  the  respective  lengths  of  the  first  and  second  antennal  segments.  In  H.  australis  the 
second  antenna!  segment  is  2.5  times  the  length  of  the  first,  whereas  in  H.  martini  the 
second  segment  is  rarely  more  than  twice  as  long  as  the  first. 

H.  australis  is  the  most  common  species  of  the  genus  in  Louisiana  (type  locality)  and 
other  Gulf  states.  Collections  of  this  species  were  made  primarily  in  slow-moving  bayous, 
ponds,  and  stagnant  bodies  of  water  with  abundant  emergent  aquatic  vegetation  near  the 
banks. 

Distribution  by  Parish  (Fig.  3a).  Adison  -  S.  of  Tallulah,  8-17-67  (GJG  122).  Allen  - 
W.  of  Oakdale,  6-27-67  (GJG  72);  N.W.  of  Oberlin,  7-3-67  (GJG  72);S.W.  of  Dequincy, 
7-17-67  (GJG  90).  Beaurgard  -  W.  of  Sugartown,  6-27-67  (GJG  73).  Bienville  -  S.S.W.  of 
Acadia,  6-8-67  (GJG  53).  Bossier  -  N.N.E.  of  Midway,  6-8-67  (GJG  48);  S.  of  Filmore, 
6-8-67  (GJG  49).  Caddo  -  K .  of  Houston,  6-7-67  (GJG  43).  East  Baton  Rouge  -  S.E.  of 
Fred,  7-10-67  (GJG  80).  East  Feliciana  -  W.  of  Clinton.  7-10-67  (GJG  81).  Iberia  - 
S.S.W.  of  Trout,  8-17-67  (GJG  127).  Jackson  -  N.  of  Quitman,  6-26-67  (GJG  64). 
Lafayette  -  S.  of  Lafayette.  5-20-67  (GJG  37);  9-25-66  (GJG  2);  11-15-67  (GJG  1,  4); 
1  1-1 8-66  (GJG  11,13).  Morehouse  -  N.E.  of  Bastrop.  7-25-67  (GJG  102).  Natchitoches  - 


12  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  January  1973 


Kisatchie  Nat.  Forest,  10-20-66  (GJG  5c);  E.  of  Goldonna,  8-16-67  (GJG  119). 
Plaquemines  -  N.  of  Myrtle  Grove,  8-24-67  (GJG  136).  Rapides  -  W.  of  Seipan,  8-14-67 
(GJG  115).  Sabine  -  E.  of  Converse,  8-14-67  (GJG  110).  St.  Charles  -  S.  of  Paradis, 
1-29-67  (GJG  18).  St.  James  -  W.  of  Vacherie,  8-24-67  (GJG  134).  St.  Landry  -  S.E.  of 
Opelousas,  6-14-67  (GJG  56);  N.  of  Labeau,  6-14-67  (GJG  57).  St.  Tammany  -  W.  of 
Hickory,  7-11-67  (GJG  86);  E.  of  Montpelier,  7-11-67  (GJG  88).  Union  -  W.  of  Spear- 
ville,  6-26-67  (GJG  66);  E.N.E.  of  Linville,  6-26-67  (GJG  67). 

Previous  Parish  Records.  Avoylles,  East  Feliciana,  Iberia,  Jefferson,  Livingston,  Orleans, 
Plaquemines,  Pointe  Coupe,  St.  Charles,  St.  Helena,  St.  Mary,  St.  Tammany,  Tangipahoa, 
Terrebonne,  Washington,  West  Baton  Rouge,  West  Feliciana  (Ellis,  1952).  Acadia,  Bien- 
ville,  Bossier,  Caddo,  Claiborne,  DeSoto,  East  Carrol,  Franklin,  Lafayette,  Natchitoches, 
Rapides,  Red  River,  Sabine,  Union,  Webster  (Penn,  1951). 

2.  Hydrometra  martini  Kirkaldy,  1900,  Entomol.,  33,  p.  175. 

Hydrometra  lineata  Say,  1832,  Heter.  N.  Harm.,  p.  35  (preoc.). 
Hydrometra  lineata  Martin,  1900,  Can.  Entomol.,  32:70,  pi.  3. 
Hydrometra  martini  Bueno,  1926,  Entomol.  Amer.,  110. 
Hydrometra  martini  Hungerford  and  Evans,  1934,  Ann.  Mus.  Hung.,  28: 105. 

Description.  Head  2.4-2.8  mm  long;  antennae  0.4,  0.8,  2.0,  1.1  mm  long;  pronotum 
1.3-1.4  mm  long,  a  few  scattered  punctures  on  the  posterior  lobe;  tylus  bluntly  jointed 
as  viewed  from  above  (Fig.  2e);  metanotum  0.9-2.0  mm  long;  pits  present  on  the  first 
and  second  acetabula,  one  on  each  side  of  cleft  (Fig.  20;  abdomen  3.7-5.0  mm  long; 
male  abdominal  processes  linear,  transverse,  length  8.5-9.8  mm. 

Although  Hydrometra  martini  is  the  best  known  North  American  species  of  the 
genus,  it  is  much  less  common  in  Louisiana  than  H.  australis,  for  which  it  is  often  mis- 
taken. Both  species  occupy  basically  the  same  type  habitat  and  are  often  collected 
together. 

Distribution  by  Parish  (Fig.  3b).  Iberia  -  S.E.  of  New  Iberia,  8-23-67  (GJG  128). 
Lafayette  -  W.  of  Lafayette,  10-9-66  (GJG  4);  11-15-66  (GJG  10,  12).  Plaquemines  - 
Venice,  8-24-67  (GJG  138). 

Previous  Parish  Records.  Orleans,  Plaquemines,  St.  John,  St.  Tammany,  Tangipahoa, 
West  Felciana  (Ellis,  1952).  Cameron  (Hine,  1906).  Lafayette  (Penn,  1951). 

3.  Hydrometra  hungerfordi  Bueno,  1926,  Entomol.  Amer.,  7  (N.S.  2)  :107. 

Hydrometra  australis  Hungerford,  1923,  Can.  Entomol.,  55:55. 
Hydrometra  australis  Bueno,  1926,  Entomol.  Amer.,  7  (N.S.  2)  :1 17. 

Description.  Head  2.6-3.0  mm  long;  antennae  0.4,  0.7,  2.2,  1.5  mm  long;  tylus  conical  as 
viewed  from  above  (Fig.  2a);  pronotum  1.3-1.5  mm  long,  no  punctures  posteriorly; 
metanotum  1.4-1.7  mm  long;  pits  present  on  the  first  and  second  acetabula,  two  on  each 
side  of  cleft  (Fig.  2b);  abdomen  4.1-4.4  mm  long;  male  processes  of  the  sixth  abdominal 
segment  conical,  glabrous,  minute,  close  together  and  close  to  the  anterior  margin  of  the 
segment,  which  is  black;  length  8.0-11.5  mm. 

This  species  may  be  easily  distinguished  from  Hydrometra  martini  and  H.  australis  by 
the  presence  of  two  pits  on  each  side  of  the  acetabular  clefts  and  by  the  overall  larger 
body  size.  Collections  of  this  species  revealed  the  habitat  to  be  primarily  rapid  or  slow- 
moving  streams  and  creeks  that  were  clear,  with  sandy  bottoms,  often  very  cold  and 
lacking  aquatic  vegetation  almost  entirely,  but  having  ample  shade. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  January  1973  13 


Distribution  by  Parish  (Fig.  3c).  Allen  -  N.W.  of  Oberlin,  5-4-68  (GJG  158).  Webster  - 
E.N.E.  of  Cotton,  6-8-67  (GJG  47). 

Previous  Parish  Records.  Ascension,  Lafourche,  Orleans,  St.  Bernard,  St.  Tammany, 
Tangipahoa.  Washington,  West  Baton  Rouge  (Ellis,  1952).  Orleans  (Say,  1831,  at 
New  Orleans).  Bossier,  Claiborne,  Natchitoches  (Penn,  1951). 

4.   Hydrometra  wileyae  Hungerford,    1923,  Can.   Entomol.,  55:55. 

Description.  Head  3.6-3.9  mm  long;  antennae  0.8,  1.2,  3.5,  1.1  mm  long;  tylus  broadly 
rounded  as  viewed  from  above  (Fig.  2c);  pronotum  2.2-2.4  mm  long  with  few  shallow 
punctures  on  posterior  lobe;  metanotum  1.6-2.0  mm  long;  two  anterior  acetabula  with 
numerous  light-colored  pits  (Fig.  2d);  abdomen  5.6-6.5  mm  long;  male  abdominal  pro- 
cesses acuminate,  widely  separated;  male  segment  more  or  less  oval,  pointed;  length  12- 
15  mm. 

This  species  is  a  new  state  record.  Hydrometra  wileyae  is  by  far  the  largest  of  the 
hydrometrids  occurring  in  Louisiana.  It  may  be  readily  distinguished  from  its  relatives  by 
numerous  light-colored  pits  on  the  acetabula.  Only  one  collection  was  made  in  this  state. 
It  was  collected  in  a  small,  shallow  canal,  located  in  a  low  deciduous  woods  area.  The 
canal  had  a  sandy,  clay  bottom,  some  emergent  aquatic  vegetation  and  ample  shade. 

Distribution  by  Parish  (Fig.  3d).  Sabine  -  N.N.W.  of  Many,  8-14-67  (GJG  109). 


LITERATURE  CITED 

BUENO,  Jose  Rollin  de  la.  1905.  Notes  on  Hydrometra  martini  Kirk.  (=  lineata  Say). 
Can.  Entomol.,  37:12-15. 

.   1926.  The  family  hydrometridae  in  the  Western  Hemisphere.  Entomol.  Amer., 

7:83-128. 

DRAKE,  Carl  J.  and  F.  C.  Hottes.  1952.  Distributional  and  synonymical  data  and  de- 
scriptions of  two  new  Hydrometra  (Hemiptera-Hydrometridae).  J.  Kans.  Entomol. 
Soc.,  25:106-110. 

ELLIS,  Leslie  L.  1952.  The  aquatic  Hemiptera  of  Southeastern  Louisiana  (exclusive  of 
the  Corixidae).  Amer.  Midi.  Natur.,  48:302-329. 

HERRING,  Jon  L.  1948.  Taxpnomic  and  distributional  notes  on  the  Hydrometridae  of 
Florida  (Hemiptera).  Fla.  Entomol.,  31:1 12-116. 

HINE,  James  A.   1906.  A  second  contribution  to  the  entomology  of  the  Gulf  Biologic 

Station.  Gulf  Biologic  Station  Bull.  No.  6:65-83. 
HUNGERFORD,  Herbert  B.  1920.  The  biology  and  ecology  of  aquatic  and  semiaquatic 

Hemiptera.  Univ.  Kans.  Sci.  Bull.,  11:1-328. 

— .  1923.  Some  studies  on  the  genus  Hydrometra  in  America  north  of  Mexico  with 
descriptions  of  a  new  species.  Can.  Entomol.,  55:54-58,  pi.  1 . 

,  and  N.  K.  Evans.  1934.  The  Hydrometridae  of  the  Hungarian  National  Museum 

and  other  studies  in  the  family  (Hemiptera).  Ann.  Mus.  Natur.  Hung.,  28:31-112. 

KIRKALDY,  George  W.  1900.  Recent  notes  on  Hydrometra  martini  Kirkaldy  (=  lineata 

Say).  The  Entomologish,  33:175. 
MARTIN,  J.  O.  1900.  A  study  of  Hydrometra  lineata  (Say).  Can.  Entomol.,  32:70-76, 

pi.  3,  Figs.  7-8. 


14  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  January  1973 


MYCHAJLIW,  Stephen.  1961.  Four  new  species  of  Hy drome tra  from  the  new  world 

(Hemiptera-Hydrometridae).  J.  Kans.  Entomol.  Soc.,  34:27-33. 
PENN,  George  W.  195 1.  Additional  records  of  aquatic  Hemiptera  in  Louisiana.  I.  Nepidae, 

Hvdrometridae,  and  Naucoridae.  Proc.  La.  Acad.  Sci.,  14:61-71. 
SAY,  Thomas.  1832.  Descriptions  of  new  species  of  heteropterous  Hemiptera  of  North 

America.  New  Harmony,  Indiana,  dated  Dec.,   1831.  (Reprinted  by  Fitch,  1857, 

Trans.  N.Y.  State  Agr.  Soc.,  17:755-812,  and  by  Leconte,  1859,  Compl.  Writ.  Thomas 

Say  on  Entomol.  North  Amer.,  1:310-368. 
STRAGUE,   Isabelle  B.    1956.  The  biology  and  morphology  of  Hydrometra  martini 

Kirkaldy.  Univ.  Kans.  Sci.  Bull.,  38:579-693. 
WILSON,  Clifton  A.   1958.  Aquatic  and  semiaquatic  Hemiptera  of  Mississippi.  Tulane 

Studies  in  Zoology,  6  (3):  116-170. 

SEVEN  FAMILIES  OF  AQUATIC  AND 
SEMIAQUATIC  HEMIPTERA  IN  LOUISIANA 

PART  I.    Family  Hydrometridae  Billberg. 

ABSTRACT  -  This  paper  is  the  first  of  a  seven  part  series  on  the  aquatic  and  semiaquatic 
Hemiptera  of  Louisiana.  It  contains  data  on  the  collection,  taxonomy,  distribution,  and 
synonymy  of  four  species  of  Hydrometra.  Included  is  a  key  to  the  species,  descriptions, 
illustrations,  and  a  general  review  of  the  basic  literature. 

Collections  for  this  study  were  made  on  a  year  around  basis.  One  new  state  record 
was  found  during  the  course  of  the  study.  Gene  J.  Gonsoulin,  Head,  Biology-Conservation 
Depts.,  Volunteer  State  Community  College,  Gallatin,  Tennessee  37066. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  January  1973 


15 


Fig.  1.  Hydrometra  australis  Say. 


tylus 


Fig.  2.  Dorsal  aspect  of  tylus  and  pits  on  meso-ace  tabula  of  Hydrometra. 
a-b.      hungerfordi  Bucno 
c-d.       wileyae  Hungerford 
e-f.       australis  Say  and  martini  Kirkaldy 


16 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  January  1973 


Fig.  3 a.     Distribution  of  Hydrometra 
aus trails  Say. 


Fig.  3b.     Distribution  of  Hydrometra 
martini  Kirkaldy. 


Fig.  3c.      Distribution  of  Hydrometra 
hungerfordi  Bueno. 


Fig.  3d.     Distribution  of  Hydrometra 
wileyae  Hungerford. 


A  NEW  HOST  RECORD  FOR 
FORCIPOMYIA  CRINITA  SAUNDERS1 

(Diptera:   Ceratopogonidae) 

Paul  G.  Bystrak 
and  Donald  H.  Messersmith2 

Almost  50  species  of  biting  midges  from  the  family  Cera- 
topogonidae are  recorded  as  sucking  haemolymph  from  butterflies 
and  moths  (both  adults  and  caterpillars),  lacewings,  meloid  beetles, 
alderflies,  walking  sticks,  dragonflies  and  damselflies,  sawfly  larvae, 
crane  flies,  mosquitoes,  and  even  a  phalangid  or  daddy-long  legs. 
These  are  in  the  genera  Atrichopogon,  Forcipomyia  and  Ptero- 
bosca.  One  species  of  Culicoides  sucks  blood  from  mosquitoes,  but 
this  seems  to  be  an  indirect  method  of  obtaining  its  usual  blood 
meal.  (Wirth,  1956). 

Most  reports  indicate  that  the  host  insect  is  not  particularly 
bothered  by  the  feeding  activities  of  these  tiny  ectoparasites.  The 
hosts  continue  their  feeding  or  mating  and  other  activities  undis- 
turbed even  though  half  a  dozen  or  more  midges  may  be  sucking 
their  blood.  However,  Korschefsky  (1937)  recorded  an  Atrichopo- 
gon attacking  a  blister  beetle  and  indicated  that  the  beetle  was  very 
disturbed  by  the  biting  of  the  gnats  and  rubbed  its  sides  vigorously, 
trying  unsuccessfully  to  rid  itself  of  these  pests. 

The  site  of  biting  or  insertion  of  the  beak  is  variable.  These 
biting  midges  have  been  taken  on  the  veins  of  the  wings  of  their 
hosts,  on  other  parts  of  wings  and  even  tunneling  through  the 

'Scientific  Article  No.  A 1754,  Contribution  No.  4539  of  the  Maryland 
Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  Department  of  Entomology.  Accepted  for 
publication  February  29,  1972. 

2Graduate  Student  and  Professor,  respectively.  Address:  Department  of 
Entomology,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Md.  20742. 

Ent.  News,  84:  17-21,  1973  17 


18  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  January  1973 

scales  on  a  butterfly  wing;  they've  been  taken  on  the  head,  thorax, 
and  abdomen,  and  on  both  lightly  and  heavily  sclerotized  areas  as 
well  as  membranous  parts. 

Several  authors  have  mentioned  that  the  insects  were  actually 
observed  imbibing  haemolymph  because  they  could  see  the  abdo- 
men enlarging  as  it  filled  with  the  host's  blood.  We  do  not  know  of 
anyone  actually  analyzing  the  abdominal  contents  of  one  of  these 
engorged  midges,  however.  Culicoides  are  well-known  blood- 
suckers of  warm  blooded  animals  and  even  frogs,  so  it  is  not 
surprising  that  their  more  primitive  relatives  would  take  blood 
from  other  arthropods. 

These  insects  have  evolved  several  modifications  in  their  mouth- 
parts  and  legs  that  apparently  assist  them  in  their  parasitic  habits. 
In  some  the  claws  are  enlarged  and  strongly  curved  thus  increasing 
their  holding  ability.  In  others  the  claws  are  bifid  at  the  tip  and  in 
most  the  empodium  is  strongly  developed  with  a  pectinate  form. 
The  mouthparts  are  especially  well-developed  for  piercing  the  exo- 
skeleton  of  their  hosts.  The  mandibles  and  maxillae  are  armed  with 
minute  teeth  from  6-15  or  more  in  number.  These  make  effective 
cutting  instruments.  The  shape  of  the  mandibles  may  show  a  cor- 
relation with  the  degree  of  hardness  of  the  cuticle  of  the  host,  but 
not  enough  is  known  of  the  feeding  habits  of  the  described  species 
to  draw  firm  conclusions.  Some  mandibles  taper  to  a  broad  rounded 
tip  with  teeth  all  around  the  distal  margin,  others  have  a  narrow 
rounded  tip  with  teeth,  others  are  narrow  their  entire  length,  some 
end  in  a  sharp  point,  and  a  few  are  relatively  narrow  and  then  ex- 
panded or  broadened  at  the  tip. 

In  a  recent  paper  Wirth  and  Messersmith  (1971)  have  described 
a  new  species  of  Forcipomyia  in  which  the  maxillae  bend  outward 
distally  perhaps  to  help  hold  the  mouthparts  in  place  during 
feeding.  The  hose  of  this  species  is  unknown. 

These  ectoparasitic  insects  have  been  collected  from  all  parts  of 
the  world  from  over  125  different  host  species.  In  only  one  re- 
ported case,  which  was  from  Cuba,  was  there  an  implication  of 
potential  biological  control  from  the  activity  of  these  little  pests. 
In  this  example  Baker  in  1907  reported  that  1  to  6  midges  of  the 
species  F.  fuliginosa  perched  on  a  larva  of  a  moth  and  remained 
until  they  sucked  it  dry  and  killed  it.  It  is  conceivable  that  some  of 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  January  1973  19 

these  little  parasites  could  be  an  effective  control  agent  if  they 
were  abundant  enough.  However,  so  little  is  known  of  their  biology 
at  the  present  time  and  so  few  have  been  collected  that  the  chance 
of  their  ever  assuming  any  economic  importance  is  rather  remote. 

Forcipomyia  crinita  Saunders  has  previously  been  recorded  as  an 
intermittent  parasite  on  four  beetle  hosts.  These  are  three  ceramby- 
cids:  a  Rustic  Borer  (Xylotrechus  undulatus),  the  White-spotted 
Sawyer  (Monochamus  scutellatus},  and  the  Northeastern  Sawyer 
(Monochamus  notatus},  and  one  curculionid:  a  Leaf-rolling  Weevil 
(Attelabus  bipustalatus)  (Soper  and  Olson,  1963).  Previous  ac- 
counts gave  taxonomy  and  distribution  with  little  mention  of 
behavior.  In  our  account  some  aspects  on  the  behavior  of  this  fly 
towards  two  previously  unreported  hosts,  the  Soldier  Beetle 
( ' Chauliognathus  pennsylvanicus)  (Cantharidae)  and  the  Black 
Blister  Beetle  (Epicauta  pennsylvanica)  (Meloidae)  are  described. 

These  observations  were  made  at  two  seepage  areas  in  the  Blue 
Ridge  Mountains  of  Warren  County,  Virginia.  The  two  sites  are 
about  one  kilometer  apart  but  are  in  the  same  stream  valley.  The 
lower  site,  at  200  meters  elevation,  is  at  the  north  base  of  an  earth- 
fill  dam.  The  upper  site,  at  260  meters  elevation,  is  on  the  north- 
east shore  of  a  small  lake.  Both  are  overgrown  with  young  trees, 
grasses  and  herbaceous  plants,  especially  Goldenrods  (Solidago  sp.) 
and  White  Boneset  (Eupatorium  perfoliatum}.  Both  are  between 
deciduous  forest  and  water,  and  both  have  saturated  soils  covered 
with  mosses  and  algae.  These  areas  were  examined  on  the  22nd, 
23rd,  and  30th  of  August  and  the  9th  of  September.  During  this 
period  the  weather  was  fairly  uniform,  with  temperatures  in  the 
mid  80's,  humidity  from  30  -  50%  and  sunny  skies. 

A  total  of  93  flies  were  observed  on  58  beetles,  of  which  56 
were  the  cantharid.  The  beetles  supported  from  one  to  eight  flies 
each,  with  one  fly  per  beetle  being  both  the  mode  and  the  median. 
The  percentage  of  the  total  beetle  population  that  was  infested 
varied  on  different  days  and  at  the  different  sites.  At  the  lower  site, 
which  was  considerably  smaller,  the  cantharid  population  had  a 
peak  of  about  20  individuals  on  the  30th,  of  which  30%  were  para- 
sitized. The  population  peak  at  the  upper  site  was  about  350 
individuals  on  the  same  day  and  only  about  7%  were  parasitized. 
Unlike  the  beetles,  the  fly  population  did  not  change  much  over 
this  three  week  period. 


20  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  January  1973 

The  flies  exclusively  attacked  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  beetles. 
Although  this  area  is  probably  harder  than  the  ventral  surface  it  is 
easier  to  land  on  and  easier  to  remain  on,  with  active  hosts  such  as 
these  beetles.  The  pronotum  was  the  most  commonly  attacked 
spot  relative  to  its  size,  but  this  was  not  a  statistically  significant 
preference.  Other  sites  were  the  epicranium,  the  elytra,  and  the 
membranes  and  spaces  between  these  areas. 

The  flies  seemed  to  prefer  male  cantharids,  especially  males  of 
mating  pairs.  In  virtually  all  mating  cantharids  observed,  the  male 
was  being  bitten  while  the  female  wasn't.  It  is  not  known  whether 
this  is  due  to  some  attractive  quality  of  the  male  or  simply  to  the 
male's  greater  exposure  to  being  bitten  while  mating.  However,  of 
nine  single  parasitized  cantharids  that  were  collected  and  sexed 
later,  eight  were  males. 

Upon  approaching  a  beetle,  a  fly  typically  hovered  about  it  from 
2  to  4  centimeters  away  for  several  seconds,  often  accompanied  by 
other  flies.  Landing  was  quick  and  the  fly  normally  remained 
stationary  at  the  first  touch-down  point.  The  presence  of  another 
already  feeding  did  not  seem  to  deter  any  fly,  although  there  was 
usually  only  one  fly  to  a  host.  Feeding  began  immediately  and 
lasted  for  an  average  (mean)  of  9  minutes  and  46  seconds  in  1 1 
timed  observations.  However,  although  the  time  spent  attached 
ranged  from  2  seconds  to  46  minutes  30  seconds,  it  was  not  ob- 
served to  be  sufficient  for  any  fly  to  become  fully  engorged.  This 
is  because  the  fly's  visit,  in  18  out  of  19  cases,  was  terminated  by 
the  beetle  taking  flight  during  the  course  of  its  normal  activities 
and  not  by  the  completion  of  the  fly's  blood  meal.  Additional 
evidence  of  this  is  that  many  flies  were  observed  to  land  with  some 
blood  in  them,  but  not  fully  engorged.  During  the  beetle's  flight, 
all  of  its  flies  were  usually  dislodged,  but  in  3  instances  flies  on  the 
pronotum  survived  the  flight.  This  observation  could  explain  the 
higher  than  expected  number  of  flies  found  on  the  pronotum. 

In  general,  the  beetles  appeared  oblivious  to  the  presence  of  the 
flies  and  continued  crawling  and  flying  around,  and  feeding  and 
mating  in  their  normally  active  manner.  In  at  least  2  cases,  how- 
ever, (one  a  single  individual,  another  a  mating  male)  previously 
normally  active  individuals  became  extraordinarily  active  soon 
after  being  attacked  and  moved  about  rapidly  until  losing  the  flies 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  January  1973  zl 

by  flying  to  an  adjacent  plant.  The  beetles  then  resumed  their  pre- 
vious activity  at  their  previous  pace. 

The  flies  in  this  area  were  remarkably  specific  in  their  choice  of 
hosts  and  host  plants.  They  did  not  attack  cantharids  on  flowers 
other  than  Goldenrod  and  White  Boneset  and  did  not  attack  other 
insects  located  on  these  flowers,  including  members  of  the  families 
Acrididae,  Gryllidae,  Tettigoniidae,  Mantidae,  Miridae,  Phymatidae, 
Cicadellidae,  Chrysopidae,  Otitidae,  Asilidae,  Scarabaeidae,  Mor- 
dellidae,  Cerambycidae,  Vespidae,  and  Apidae.  Although  the 
meloid  was  as  common  as  the  cantharid,  it  too  was  generally 
ignored.  Both  instances  of  parasitism  occurred  in  the  lower  area, 
where  the  fly/host  ratio  was  considerably  higher  than  the  upper 
area. 

In  summary,  Forcipomyia  crinita  is  an  intermittent  parasite  of 
beetles.  When  feeding  on  cantharids,  it  seems  to  prefer  the  male, 
normally  does  not  obtain  a  full  blood  meal  on  its  first  attempt,  and 
normally  does  not  disturb  its  host.  The  population  studied  dis- 
played a  high  degree  of  specificity  as  to  its  host  insects  and  plants. 

LITERATURE   CITED 

BAKER,  C.  E.   1907.  Remarkable  habits  of  an  important  predaceous  fly.  U.  S.    DepL 

Agric.  Bur.  Ent.  Bull.  67:117-118. 
KORSCHEFSKY,  R.   1937.  Beobachtungen  an  Meloe  violaceus  L.  und  Notoxus  mono- 

ceros  L.  Arb.  phys.  angew.  Ent.  Berlin-Dahlem  4:157-158. 
SOPER,  R.  S.,  Jr.  and  R.  E.  Olson.  1963.  Survey  of  Biota  Associated  with  Monochamus 

(Coleoptera:  Cerambycidae)  in  Maine.  Canad.  Ent.  95:83-95. 
WIRTH,  W.  W.  1956.  New  species  and  records  of  biting  midges  ectoparasitic  on  insects. 

Ann.  E.nt.  Soc.  Amer.  49:356-364. 
WIRTH,  W.  W.  and  D.  H.  Mcssersmith.  1971.  Studies  on  the  Genus  Forcipomyia.  1.  The 

North  American  parasitic  midges  of  the  Subgenus  Trichohelea  (Diptcra:  Ceratopogon- 

idae).  Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  Amer.  64:15-26. 

A  NEW  HOST  RECORD  FOR 
FORCIPOMYIA  CRINITA 

Saunders  (Diptera:  Ceratopogonidae) 

ABSTRACT  -  Forcipomyia  crinita  is  a  known  intermittent  ectoparasite  of  beetles.  It 
is  here  reported  feeding  on  Chauliognathus  pennsylvanicus  (Cantharidae)  and  Epicauta 
penmylvanica  (Mcloidae).  When  feeding  on  the  cantharids,  it  seemed  to  prefer  the  males. 
It  normally  did  not  obtain  a  full  blood  meal  on  its  first  feeding  attempt,  and  usually  did 
not  disturb  its  host.  Bystrak,  Paul  G.  and  D.  H.  Messersmith,  Department  of  Entomology, 
University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742. 

Descriptors:  F.  crinita  (Ceratopogonidae)  on  beetles. 


•22  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  Januarv  1973 


NOTICE 

DATA  DOCUMENTS  FOR  SYSTEMATIC  ENTOMOLOGY 
TO  BE  DISCONTINUED 

The  Editorial  Committee  of  Entomological  News  has  decided  to  discontinue  the  Data 
Documents  System  (DDSE)  effective  beginning  with  Volume  84.  Dr.  Ross  H.  Arnett,  Jr., 
former  editor,  will  preserve  and  distribute  copies  of  articles  previously  published  under 
this  system. 


AMERICAN  ARACHNOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 

A  scientific  milestone  was  passed  on  Saturday,  August  12th,  near  the  small  village  of 
Portal,  Arizona.  Thirty-five  arachnologists  assembled  for  the  inaugural  meeting  of  the 
American  Arachnological  Society.  The  Society  will  publish  a  journal  of  all  phases  of 
biology  of  arachnids,  and  will  serve  as  a  medium  of  information  exchange  for  more  than 
200  arachnologists  in  the  Western  Hemisphere,  as  well  as  others  interested  in  New  World 
fauna. 

The  meeting  was  notable  for  several  reasons:  The  first  elected  officer  is  a  woman, 
Dr.  Bea  Vogel,  who  was  elected  president  pro-temp.  Dr.  Vogel,  the  spark  plug  for 
organizing  the  Society,  has  for  three  years  edited  a  newsletter,  American  Arachnology, 
which  is  sent  out  to  more  than  150  interested  workers.  Secondly,  while  other  scientific 
societies  may  have  been  conceived  in  the  field,  this  was  probably  the  first  inaugural 
meeting  actually  held  in  a  Forest  Service  campground.  Thirdly,  the  American  Arachno- 
logical Society  is  only  the  third  such  organization  in  the  world.  It  is  preceded  by  the 
Arachnological  Society  of  East  Asia,  begun  in  Japan  in  the  late  30's,  and  the  British 
Arachnological  Society,  which  grew  out  of  a  local  spider  study  group  more  than  a  decade 
ago.  Both  these  societies  publish  a  journal. 

Among  the  35  participants  at  the  Arizona  meeting  were  arachnologists  from  the 
adjacent  states,  California,  Texas,  Oklahoma,  Wisconsin,  Tennessee,  New  York  and 
Massachusetts.  Present  were  Dr.  J.  A.  L.  Cooke,  Curator  of  Spiders  of  the  American 
Museum  of  Natural  History  in  New  York  City,  and  Dr.  Willis  J.  Gertsch,  Curator  Emeritus 
of  the  American  Museum  and  also  the  leading  authority  on  North  American  spiders. 
Dr.  Gertsch's  present  residence  in  Portal,  and  the  nearby  location  of  the  Southwestern 
Research  Station  of  the  American  Museum  were  among  the  reasons  the  Coronado 
National  Forest  was  chosen  as  a  meeting  site.  Another  reason  was  that  the  participants 
preferred  sitting  under  the  pines  and  the  open  sky  to  sitting  in  smoke-filled  rooms. 

Why  do  people  study  arachnids?  While  the  reasons  are  as  numerous  and  as  varied  as 
the  workers,  probably  no  one  can  give  a  better  reason  than  John  Henry  Comstock,  a  19th 
century  American  spider  worker.  When  asked  why  he  studied  spiders  he  replied  "Because 
they  are  damned  interesting  creatures,  that's  why".  -  B.  Vogel,  2505  Ashdale  Drive, 
Austin,  TX  78758. 


NEW  EXOTIC  CRANE  FLIES  (TIPULIDAE:  DIPTERA) 

PART  XXIII1 

Charles  P.  Alexander2 

The  preceding  part  under  this  general  title  was  published  in 
Entomological  News,  vol.  83:  1-9.  Of  the  five  species  described  as 
new,  three  are  from  Assam,  India,  where  they  were  collected  by 
Fernand  Schmid,  the  others  being  from  Java  where  they  were 
taken  by  the  late  Mrs.  M.  E.  Walsh.  I  express  my  indebtedness  to 
the  collectors  for  their  assistance  in  making  known  the  vastly  rich 
crane-fly  fauna  of  these  countries.  Additional  to  the  novelties  I  am 
providing  figures  of  the  male  hypopygia  and  venation  of  various 
species  of  the  genus  Cheilotrichia  from  the  Oriental  region  not  pre- 
viously illustrated  and  based  on  type  materials  preserved  in  the 
Alexander  Collection. 

Tipula  (Sinotipula)  delfinadoae,  NEW  SPECIES 

Size  large  (wing  of  female  24  mm);  general  coloration  of  head 
and  thoracic  dorsum  brownish  yellow  or  light  brown;  vertical 
tubercle  very  slender,  erect;  thoracic  pleura  orange  yellow;  femora 
and  tibiae  brownish  orange,  tarsi  brownish  black;  wings  with  proxi- 
mal half  and  outer  radial  field  chiefly  orange  yellow,  posterior 
portions  more  darkened,  variegated  by  yellow  marginal  areas;  very 
small  dark  brown  spots  at  arculus  and  on  Rs,  with  a  small  paler 
brown  area  at  midlength  of  cell  Cu,  veins  light  yellow,  cell  1st  M2 
small;  abdominal  tergites  yellowed,  first  segment  and  posterior 
borders  of  tergites  two  to  six  broadly  brownish  black,  seventh  and 
eighth  segments  orange. 

Accepted  for  publication:  March  22,  1972. 

2Contribution    from    the    Entomological    Laboratory.    University    of   Massachusetts, 
Amherst,  MA  01002. 

Ent.  News,  84:  23-31,  1973  23 


24  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  January  1973 


FEMALE-Length  about  31  mm;  wing  24  mm;  antenna  about  6  mm. 

Frontal  prolongation  of  head  brownish  orange;  nasus  elongate,  pointed;  palpi 
brownish  yellow,  terminal  segment  dark  brown.  Antennae  with  scape  and  pedicel  light 
brown,  flagellum  more  brownish  orange;  verticils  very  long.  Head  light  brown;  vertical 
tubercle  very  slender,  erect. 

Thoracic  dorsum  chiefly  brownish  yellow,  the  central  praescutal  stripes  clearer 
yellow,  humeral  and  lateral  borders  medium  brown;  scutum  extensively  yellowed,  with  a 
central  darkening  behind  the  suture,  sides  similarly  darkened,  scutellum  and  mediotergite 
more  orange  yellow;  scutellum  and  anterior  mediotergite  with  long  delicate  yellow  setae; 
pleurotergite  with  lower  cephalic  portion  elevated,  light  golden  yellow  pollinose.  Pleura 
orange  yellow,  slightly  infuscated  on  dorsal  margin  and  below  midlength  of  the  sterno- 
pleurite,  the  latter  extending  posteriorly  to  the  abdomen;  dorsopleural  membrane 
brownish  yellow.  Halteres  obscure  yellow.  Legs  with  coxae  brownish  yellow,  with  long 
conspicuous  yellow  setae;  trochanters  brownish  yellow;  femora  and  tibiae  brownish 
orange,  the  former  with  a  vague  clearer  yellow  subterminal  ring;  tarsi  brownish  black; 
claws  long,  simple.  Wings  (Fig.  1)  with  proximal  half  and  outer  radial  field  chiefly  orange 
yellow,  posterior  portion  more  darkened,  variegated  by  yellow  marginal  areas;  very  small 
dark  brown  spots  at  arculus,  base  and  apex  of  Rs,  and  a  very  small  area  at  midlength  of 
cell  Cu;  broader  paler  brown  markings  include  the  wing  apex  and  posterior  margin,  inter- 
rupted by  yellow  pattern  in  cells  /?3  and  R5  and  as  small  marginal  brightenings  in  cells 
MI  to  M3,  with  two  further  such  areas  in  cell  1st  A;  cells  M4,  Cu  and  2nd  A  more 
uniformly  darkened  apically;  conspicuous  brown  seams  at  m-cu  and  adjoining  veins, 
including  the  basal  section  of  M3  and  vein  Cu  in  cells  M  and  M4;  prearcular  field  uni- 
formly bright  yellow;  veins  conspicuously  light  yellow,  including  those  in  the  darkened 
areas.  Small  trichia  on  radial  veins,  including  R,  ./?,,  Rs,  R2+3,  ar>d  R3  except  at  outer 
end,  other  outer  veins  glabrous;  a  few  longer  trichia  on  outer  fourth  of  vein  M  before  the 
fork,  posterior  prearcular  veins  with  comparable  trichia;  squamal  setae  conspicuous. 
Venation:  Rs  gently  curved;  cell  1st  M2  small;  m-cu  on  M4  shortly  beyond  fork. 

Abdominal  tergites  chiefly  yellowed,  first  segment  and  posterior  borders  of  tergites 
two  to  six  broadly  brownish  black  medially,  sides  yellowed;  seventh  and  eighth  tergites 
chiefly  yellow;  sternites  more  uniformly  brownish  yellow.  Ovipositor  with  cerci  long  and 
nearly  straight,  dark  orange. 

HABITAT-India.  Holotype  9  ,  Chug,  Kameng,  North  East 
Frontier  Agency,  Assam,  6,800  -  7,300  feet,  July  29,  1961 
(Fernand  Schmid). 

This  attractive  fly  is  named  for  Dr.  Mercedes  Delfinado,  accom- 
plished student  of  the  Oriental  Diptera.  We  are  greatly  indebted  to 
Miss  Delfinado  for  her  critical  editing  of  the  Alexander  and 
Alexander  sections  of  the  forthcoming  Oriental  Catalogue  of  the 
Diptera  covering  the  Tipulidae  and  certain  smaller  groups.  Among 
the  more  than  30  regional  species  of  the  subgenus  Sinotipula 
Alexander  presently  known  the  present  fly  is  most  similar  to 
Tipula(  Sinotipula)  hobsoni  Ed  wards,  T.  (S.)  krishna  Alexander  and 
T.  (S.)  rondaniana  Alexander,  differing  in  various  details  of  colora- 
tion of  the  body  and  especially  the  wings,  as  well  as  the  venation. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  January  1973  25 


Tipula  (Vestiplex)  schizophallus,  NEW  SPECIES 

Size  medium  (wing  of  male  17  mm);  general  coloration  of 
mesonotum  yellow,  praescutum  with  four  brownish  gray  stripes 
that  are  partially  margined  with  darker  brown;  femora  brown, 
bases  very  narrowly  yellowed;  wings  light  brown,  variegated  by 
darker  brown  and  whitened  areas;  abdomen  with  proximal  four 
segments  obscure  orange  yellow,  outer  segments  uniformly  brown- 
ish black;  male  hypopygium  with  apex  of  basistyle  bispinous;  outer 
dististyle  unusually  large,  flattened,  beak  long  and  slender; 
phallosome  withaedeagus  depressed-flattened,  apex  deeply  divided 
into  two  long  parallel  spines,  penis  unusually  long  and  slender. 

MALE-Length  about  15  mm;  wing  17  mm;  antenna  about  2.9  mm. 

Frontal  prolongation  of  head  obscure  yellow,  nasus  concolorous,  tufted  with  long 
yellow  setae,  upper  surface  with  smaller  black  setae;  palpi  brownish  black,  incisures 
vaguely  paler.  Antennae  short;  scape  brown,  pedicel  light  yellow,  flagellum  brown,  first 
segment  slightly  paler;  segments  nearly  cylindrical,  subequal  in  length  to  their  longest 
verticils,  basal  enlargements  scarcely  indicated,  terminal  segment  small,  globular.  Head 
yellowed  anteriorly,  posterior  vertex  more  pruinose;  vertex  with  a  narrow  dark  brown 
central  stripe  extending  from  between  the  antennal  fossae  to  the  occiput. 

Pronotum  yellow  pollinose,  laterally  patterned  with  brown.  Mesonotal  praescutum 
yellow,  with  four  brownish  gray  stripes  that  are  narrowly  margined  with  brown,  most 
evident  on  inner  borders;  scutum  yellow,  each  lobe  with  two  brown  confluent  areas; 
scutellum  yellow  with  a  central  brown  line  that  ends  some  distance  before  posterior  end, 
parascutella  yellowed;  postnotum  yellow,  anterior  half  of  mediotergite  more  darkened, 
clear  yellow  posteriorly,  with  a  narrow  central  line  that  widens  behind.  Pleura  light 
yellow,  vaguely  patterned  with  darker  anteriorly,  dorsopleural  membrane  obscure 
brownish  orange.  Halteres  with  stem  yellow,  knob  brown.  Legs  with  coxae  and 
trochanters  yellow;  femora  brown,  bases  very  narrowly  yellowed,  tips  darker  brown; 
tibiae  dark  brown;  tarsi  black,  claws  of  male  small,  with  a  subbasal  spine.  Wings  light 
brown,  variegated  by  the  darker  brown  stigma  and  more  whitened  areas;  prearcular  and 
costal  fields  darker  yellow,  wing  apex  uniformly  of  the  ground  color;  veins  darker  brown. 
Venation:  Rs  about  twice  ./?2+3,-  m  about  twice  the  petiole  of  cell  A/,. 

Abdomen  with  proximal  four  segments  obscure  orange  yellow,  with  three  diffuse 
brown  stripes,  basal  sternites  orange,  basal  tergite  pruinose,  outer  segments  uniformly 
brownish  black.  Male  hypopygium  (Fig.  7)  with  upper  lobe  of  ninth  tergite,  t,  low, 
obtuse,  their  mesal  part  with  long  black  setae,  lower  tergal  lobes  near  midline  produced 
into  a  blackened  rod,  inner  margin  microscopically  roughened.  Ninth  sternite,  9s,  with 
the  appendage  a  short  stout  lobe,  apex  obtuse,  with  long  yellow  setae.  Basistyle,  b, 
bispinous  at  apex,  outer  spine  large,  the  inner  a  small  point.  Outer  dististyle,  d,  unusually 
large,  flattened,  beak  long  and  slender,  blackened,  lower  beak  small  obtuse  to  truncate; 
inner  style  a  long-oval  lobe  with  very  abundant  black  setae  from  conspicuous  punctures. 
Phallosome,  p,  with  the  distinctive  aedeagus  appearing  as  a  depressed-flattened  plate,  the 
median  structure  more  heavily  sclerotized,  apex  profoundly  divided  into  two  long 
parallel  spines;  penis  unusually  long  and  slender. 


26  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  January  1973 

HABITAT-India.  Holotype  6 ,  Chug,  Kameng,  North  East 
Frontier  Agency,  Assam,  6,800  7,300  feet,  July  28,  1961 
(Fernand  Schmid). 

There  presently  are  known  more  than  40  regional  members  of 
the  subgenus  Vestiplex  Bezzi,  all  differing  from  the  present  fly  in 
details  of  hypopygial  structure.  The  single  most  distinctive  such 
feature  in  the  present  fly  is  the  conformation  of  the  aedeagus. 

Pedicia  (Tricyphona)  nigrocuspis,  NEW  SPECIES 

General  coloration  of  thorax  light  gray,  praescutum  with  four 
dark  brown  stripes;  legs  light  brown;  wings  brownish  yellow, 
preacular  and  costal  fields  clear  light  yellow,  stigmal  area  not  or 
scarcely  darkened,  cell  1st  M2  closed;  abdomen  black,  male 
hypopygium  with  apex  of  lateral  tergal  arm  narrowed  at  a  right 
angle;  dististyle  compact;  phallosome  with  inner  mesal  spines  or 
gonapophyses  small,  decussate  near  tips,  outer  arms  as  figured,  the 
posterior  pair  blackened. 

MALE-Length  about  7  mm;  wing  7  mm;  antenna  about  1  mm. 

Rostrum  and  palpi  dark  brown,  terminal  segment  of  latter  shorter  than  the  penulti- 
mate. Antennae  short,  16-segmented,  dark  brown;  proximal  five  flagellar  segments 
crowded,  ends  truncated,  remaining  segments  more  oval,  slightly  shorter  than  their 
verticils.  Head  dark  brown. 

Pronotum  gray.  Mesonotal  praescutum  light  gray  with  four  dark  brown  stripes,  the 
intermediate  pair  confluent  anteriorly;  posterior  sclerites  of  notum  light  gray,  each  scutal 
lobe  with  two  confluent  brown  areas.  Pleura  clear  light  gray.  Halteres  with  stem  yellow, 
knob  infuscated.  Legs  with  coxae  gray  to  brownish  gray;  femora  light  brown,  bases 
yellowed,  remainder  of  legs,  including  tarsi,  light  brown.  Wings  brownish  yellow,  pre- 
arcular  and  costal  fields  clear  light  yellow,  including  the  veins,  remaining  veins  light 
brown;  stigmal  area  not  or  scarcely  indicated  as  a  small  pale  suffusion.  Longitudinal 
veins  with  trichia  basad  almost  to  the  arculus.  Venation:  /?1+2  slightly  more  than  twice 
R2;  r-m  long,  on  ^?4+s  shortly  beyond  its  origin;  cell  M^  shorter  than  its  petiole;  cell 
1st  M2  closed. 

Abdominal  tergites  black,  basal  sternites  dark  brown.  Male  hypopygium  (Fig.  8) 
generally  as  in  the  subgenotype  (immaculipennis  Zetterstedt).  Ninth  tergite,  t,  with 
lateral  arms  straight,  apically  bent  at  a  right  angle  into  a  small  point,  outer  margin  of 
stem  microscopically  roughened.  Dististyle,  d,  terminal,  compact,  suboval,  the  rostral 
portion  only  slightly  produced,  with  long  setae,  two  being  much  longer;  body  of  style 
with  abundant  short  blackened  spinoid  setae.  Phallosome,  p,  with  apex  strongly 
emarginate;  gonapophysis  with  inner  or  mesal  spines  small,  decussate  near  tips,  the  outer 
lateral  arms  longer  and  stouter,  the  posterior  one  distinctly  blackened. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  January  1973  27 

HABITAT-India.  Holotype:  6  ,  Chug,  Kameng,  North  East 
Frontier  Agency,  Assam,  6,800  7,300  feet,  July  29,  1961 
(Fernand  Schmid). 

The  most  similar  regional  species  is  Pedicia  (Tricyphona) 
glabripennis  (Brunetti)  which  differs  in  details  of  coloration  and  in 
hypopygial  structure,  especially  the  phallosome.  The  conformation 
and  coloration  of  the  gonapophyses  in  the  present  fly  appear  to  be 
distinctive. 


Cheilotrichia  (Empeda)  crassistyla,  NEW  SPECIES 

Size  relatively  large  (wing  of  male  about  4  mm);  general  colora- 
tion of  thorax  plumbeous  gray,  pleura  variegated  with  yellow;  legs 
brown;  halteres  with  knob  clear  light  yellow;  wings  very  slightly 
tinted,  prearcular  field  and  costal  border  clearer  yellow;  male 
hypopygium  with  outer  dististyle  Y-shaped,  darkened,  both  arms 
simple,  the  outer  at  apex  dilated  into  a  subcircular  head. 

MALE    Length  about  4  mm:  wing  4  mm. 
FEMALE-  Length  about  4.5  mm;  wing  4.2  mm. 

Rostrum  dark  brown,  palpi  black.  Antennae  with  scape  brown,  pedicel  black, 
flagellum  brown,  the  segments  oval.  Head  gray. 

Pronotum  and  pretergites  light  yellow.  Mesonotum  almost  uniformly  plumbeous 
gray,  suture  and  posterior  border  of  scutellum  light  brown.  Pleura  chiefly  plumbeous 
gray,  central  sternopleurite  with  the  more  posterior  adjoining  sclerites  and  the  dorso- 
pleural  region  light  yellow,  dorsal  sternopleurite  darker,  ventral  sternopleurite  gray. 
Halteres  with  stem  obscure  yellow,  knob  clear  and  light  yellow.  Legs  with  coxae  and 
trochanters  brownish  yellow,  remainder  of  legs  light  brown,  femora  more  yellowed  be- 
neath, outer  tarsal  segments  darker  brown;  femora  with  long  pale  scales  additional  to  the 
long  black  setae.  Wings  very  slightly  tinted,  prearcular  field  and  costal  border  clearer 
yellow;  veins  brown,  yellow  in  the  prearcular  region.  Venation:  Sc  relatively  long,  Sc, 
ending  shortly  before  midlength  of  Rs;  veins  R3  and  RA  generally  parallel  to  one  another 
throughout  most  of  their  length;  tn-cu  at  fork  of  M. 

Abdomen  brown  above,  sternites  and  hypopygium  more  yellowed.  Male  hypopygium 
(Fig.  1  1)  with  the  outer  dististyle  a  Y-shaped  rod,  the  outer  arm  shorter,  at  apex  dilated 
into  a  subcircular  head,  inner  arm  narrowed  gradually  to  the  obtuse  tip;  no  spur  on  outer 
arm  as  in  hrevior  an 


HABITAT  Java.  Holotype:  6,  Soember  Brantas,  East  Java, 
6,000  feet,  January  14  25,  1936  (M.  E.  Walsh).  Allotopotype, 
9  ,  pinned  with  type. 


28 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  January  1973 


\ 

A.  ,y\xx  /' 


Figures  1-8  -  Fig.  1,  Tipula  (Sinotipula)  delfinadoae ,  new  species,  venation.  Fig.  2, 
Cheilotrichia  (Empeda)  cheloma  Alexander;  venation.  Fig.  3,  Cheilotrichia  (Empeda) 
fuscoapicalis  Alexander;  venation.  Fig.  4,  Cheilotrichia  (Empeda)  fuscostigmata  Alexan- 
der; venation.  Fig.  5,  Cheilotrichia  (Empeda)  melanostyla  Alexander;  venation.  Fig.  6, 
Cheilotrichia  (Empeda)  tumidostyla  Alexander;  venation.  Fig.  7,  Tipula  (Vestiplex) 
schizophallus,  new  species;  male  hypopygium.  Fig.  8,  Pedicia  (Tricyphona)  nigrocuspis, 
new  species;  male  hypopygium.  (Symbols:  b,  basistyle;  d,  dististyle;  p,  pliallosome;  s, 
sternite;  t,  9th  tergite.) 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  January  1973  29 

The  present  fly  differs  from  Cheilotrichia  (Empeda)  gracilis 
(de  Meijere)  and  other  regional  species  in  body  coloration  and  in 
hypopygial  structure,  including  the  simple  arms  of  the  outer 
dististyle. 

Cheilotrichia  (Empeda)  perscitula,  NEW  SPECIES 

Allied  to  scitula;  mesonotal  praescutum  polished  chestnut 
brown,  the  anterior  and  lateral  parts  more  blackened,  scutellum, 
pleurotergite  and  pleura  yellow,  the  anepisternum  slightly  darker; 
legs  yellow,  tips  of  femora  broadly  blackened,  base  and  apex  of 
tibia  more  narrowly  black;  wings  yellow,  veins  pale  brown,  veins 
R3  and  ^4  strongly  divergent,  cell  ^4  at  margin  about  twice  R3\ 
male  hypopygium  with  outer  dististyle  blackened,  simply  bifid, 
inner  arm  very  slender. 

MALE-Length  about  3  -  3.5  mm;  wing  4  -  4.5  mm. 

Rostrum  obscure  yellow,  darker  dorsally;  palpi  dark  brown.  Antennae  with  scape  and 
pedicel  dark  brown,  flagellum  pale  brown;  proximal  flagellar  segments  subglobular  to 
short-oval,  the  outer  ones  more  elongate.  Head  clear  light  gray;  anterior  vertex  broad. 

Pronotum  and  pretergites  yellow.  Mesonotal  praescutum  polished  chestnut  brown, 
anterior  and  lateral  parts  more  blackened;  scutum  chestnut  brown,  lobes  blackened 
laterally,  scutellum  yellow;  mediotergite  dark  brown,  pleurotergite  yellow.  Pleura  almost 
uniformly  yellow,  anepisternum  very  slightly  darker.  Halteres  yellow.  Legs  with  coxae 
and  trochanters  yellow;  femora  yellow,  tips  broadly  blackened,  more  extensive  on  fore 
pair  where  about  one-fourth  is  included;  tibiae  yellow,  base  and  apex  conspicuously 
black,  broadest  on  fore  pair;  basitarsi  light  yellow,  tips  and  remainder  of  tarsi  black. 
Wings  tinged  with  yellow,  prearcular  and  costal  regions  clearer  yellow;  veins  pale  brown. 
Longitudinal  veins  beyond  general  level  of  origin  of  Rs  with  abundant  short  trichia, 
including  also  most  of  2nd  A,  lacking  or  with  very  few  on  1st  A.  Venation:  5ct  ending 
opposite  one-fourth  the  length  of  Rs,  vein  R2  perpendicular;  veins  R3  and  RA  strongly 
divergent,  cell/?4  triangular  in  outline,  at  margin  about  twice  as  extensive  as/?3. 

Abdominal  tergites  dark  brown,  sternites  and  hypopygium  yellow.  Male  hypopygium 
(Fig.  13)  with  the  outer  dististyle,  d,  blackened,  simply  bifid,  inner  arm  very  slender, 
outer  arm  stouter;  inner  style  slender  on  basal  third,  outwardly  gradually  expanded  to 
the  subtruncated  apex. 

HABITAT-Java.  Holotype:  c5,  Soember  Brantas,  East  Java, 
6,000  feet,  January  14-25,  1936  (M.  E.  Walsh).  Paratopotypes, 
5  66. 

The  most  similar  regional  species  is  Cheilotrichia  (Empeda) 
scitula  Alexander,  of  Sumatra  and  Java,  differing  especially  in  the 
coloration  of  the  legs,  venation  and  trichiation  of  the  veins,  and  in 
structure  of  the  male  hypopygium,  especially  the  dististyles. 


30 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  January  1973 


12 


Figures  9-14  -  Fig.  9,  Cheilotrichia  (Empcda)  apemon  Alexander;  male  hypopygium. 
Fig.  10,  Cheilotrichia  (Empeda)  cheloma  Alexander;  male  hypopygium.  Fig.  11, 
Cheilotrichia  (Empeda)  crassistyla,  new  species;  male  hypopygium.  Fig.  12,  Cheilotrichia 
(Empeda)  melanostyla  Alexander;  male  hypopygium.  Fig.  13,  Cheilotrichia  (Empeda) 
perscitula,  new  species;  male  hypopygium.  Fig.  14,  Cheilotrichia  (Empeda)  tumidostyla 
Alexander;  male  hypopygium.  (Symbols:  b,  basistyle;  d,  dististyle;  p,  phallosome.) 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  January  1973  31 

Cheilotrichia  (Empeda)  apemon  Alexander 

Cheilotrichia  (Empeda)  apemon  Alexander;  Jour.  New  York  Ent. 
Soc.,  77:  199;  1969. 

Type  from  Simbhangang  Pass,  Mahabharet  Range,  Nepal.  Fig.  9 
(male  hypopygium). 

Cheilotrichia  (Empeda)  cheloma  Alexander 

Cheilotrichia  (Empeda)  cheloma  Alexander;  Jour.  New  York  Ent. 
Soc.,  77:  200;  1969. 

Type  from  Sirhoi  Kashong,  Manipur,  Assam,  India.  Fig.  2  (vena- 
tion); Fig.  10  (male  hypopygium). 

Cheilotrichia  (Empeda)  fuscoapicalis  Alexander 

Cheilotrichia  (Empeda)  fuscoapicalis  Alexander;  Jour.  New  York 
Ent.  Soc.,  77:  201;  1969. 

Type  from  Nanga,  Sikkim.  Fig.  3  (venation). 

Cheilotrichia  (Empeda)  fuscostigmata  Alexander 

Cheilotrichia  (Empeda)  fuscostigmata  Alexander;  Jour.  New  York 
Ent.  Soc.,  77:  201;  1969. 

Type  from  Rongne,  Sikkim.  Fig.  4  (venation). 

Cheilotrichia  (Empeda)  melanostyla  Alexander 

Cheilotrichia  (Empeda)  melanostvla  Alexander;  Jour.  New  York 
Ent.  Soc.,  77:  202;  1969. 

Type  from  Thingsat,  Mizo  District,  Lushai  Hills,  Assam,  India. 
Fig.  5  (venation);  Fig.  12  (male  hypopygium). 

Cheilotrichia  (Empeda)  tumidostyla  Alexander 

Cheilotrichia  (Empeda)  tumidostvla  Alexander;  Jour.  New  York 
Ent.  Soc.,  77:  203;  1969. 

Type  from  Thingsat,  Mizo  District,  Lushai  Hills,  Assam,  India. 
Fig.  6  (venation);  Fig.  14  (Male  hypopygium). 


32 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  January  1973 


The  Entomologist's  Record 

To  encourage  the  publication  of  concise  and  useful  new  distribution 
records,  corrections  of  previously  published  erroneous  records,  misidenti- 
fications,  short  field  notes,  and  current  news  items  about  entomologists, 
amateur  and  professional,  entomology  departments  and  museums,  prompt 
(monthly)  publication  is  offered  in  this  department. 


To  encourage  the  publication  of  concise  and  useful  new  distribution 
records,  corrections  of  previously  published  erroneous  records,  misidentifica- 
tions,  short  field  notes,  and  current  news  items  about  entomologists,  amateur 
and  professional,  entomology  departments  and  museums,  prompt  (monthly) 
publication  is  offered  in  this  department. 

A  Simple  Technique  for  Counting  Hard-to-See  Appendage  Segments 

Much  frustration  is  created  in  taxonomic  work  from  simply  not  being  able  to  count, 
easily,  the  number  of  tarsal  or  antennal  segments  of  certain  small  beetles.  I  have  found 
that  by  merely  placing  a  drop  of  benzene  on  the  specimen,  and  then  either  using  sub- 
illumination  or  reflecting  light  off  of  a  white  background  beneath  the  specimen,  the 
appendages  become  sufficiently  cleared  to  enable  one  to  see  the  segmentation.  Also,  any 
pubescence  which  may  obscure  detail  disappears.  One  difficulty  I  have  encountered  with 
this  method,  however,  is  that  with  some  beetles,  the  shape  of  the  body  allows  the 
benzene  to  evaporate  too  quickly.  In  this  case  I  immerse  the  entire  specimen  in  benzene 
in  a  Syracuse  dish  and,  with  proper  positioning  and  illumination,  I  achieve  the  same 
desired  effect.  I  have  not  encountered  any  instance  in  which  a  specimen  was  damaged  by 
the  benzene;  however,  those  beetles  point-mounted  with  white  glue  are  sometimes 
loosened  from  their  mounts,  in  which  case  the  insect  must  be  remounted. 

This  technique  also  works  splendidly  to  temporarily  clear  the  wings  of  moths  and 
butterflies,  without  discoloration.  This  eliminates  time-consuming  slide  preparations,  and 
the  accompanied  ruination  of  the  specimen,  and  yet  presents  a  clear  view  of  the  venation. 

Hans  P.  Allmendinger,  Department  of  Biological  Sciences,  San  Jose  State  College, 
San  Jose,  California  95114. 

Seed  Storage  in  Cocoons  of  Hyalophora  cecropia 

From  two  localities  in  Ohio  (near  Cleveland  and  in  Bowling  Green),  wild  cocoons  of 
H.  cecropia  have  been  found  to  contain  a  seed  at  the  tapered  end.  The  seeds  (corn  and 
sunflower)  are  wedged  between  the  silk  strands  of  the  loose  outer  cocoon  with  only  the 
tip  protruding.  Cocoons  in  both  localities  were  collected  from  trees,  mostly  silver  maples 
planted  in  residential  areas. 

As  the  adult  always  emerges  from  the  looser  tapered  end,  the  presence  of  a  seed 
might  hinder  the  emergence.  However,  a  cocoon  containing  a  viable  sunflower  seed  was 
collected  in  October,  1971,  and  the  adult  emerged  normally  in  January,  1972,  after 
being  kept  indoors.  The  seed  was  pushed  out  ahead  of  the  emerging  adult  which  would 
explain  why  seeds  are  never  found  in  empty  cocoons.  The  seeds  may  be  placed  in  the 
cocoons  by  birds,  perhaps  blue  jays  which  are  permanent  residents  in  both  areas  and 
are  known  to  store  seeds  in  crevices  (Dow,  1965).  --  Gary  L.  Bernon,  Department  of 
Biology,  Bowling  Green  University,  Bowling  Green,  Ohio  43402. 


LITERATURE  CITED 

DOW,  Douglas  D.   1965.  The  role  of  saliva  in  food  storage  by  the  gray  jay.  Auk  82: 
139-154. 


The  Moisture  Problem  in  Cyanide  Killing  Bottles 

A  cyanide  killing  bottle  is  traditionally  made  with  potassium  cyanide  powder  in  the 
bottom,  next  a  layer  of  sawdust,  and  topped  with  a  layer  of  plaster  of  Paris  which  holds 
the  charge  in  place.  As  made  by  modern  entomologists,  such  cyanide  bottles  are  nearly 
always  too  wet,  and  a  wet  bottle  means  specimens  spoiled  from  sticking  to  the  glass, 
discolored  or  otherwise  fouled.  A  wet  bottle,  besides  endangering  specimens,  functions 
irregularly  and  soon  deteriorates.  The  excess  moisture  comes  from  the  plaster  of  Paris 
which,  of  course,  has  to  be  wet  for  casting  in  place.  Sometimes  substitutes  such  as  discs 
of  cardboard  or  blotter,  or  rolled  blotter  are  used.  Their  popularity  is  mostly  because 
they  do  not  introduce  moisture.  Though  they  have  this  advantage,  they  are  not  as  tight 
nor  as  durable  as  plaster  of  Paris. 

The  best  cyanide  bottles  are  made  not  by  substituting  something  for  the  plaster  of 
Paris  but  by  drying  out  the  plaster.  A  bottle  should  have  about  5  mm  of  powdered 
potassium  cyanide  in  the  bottom  (packed  in),  followed  by  about  7  mm  of  fine  sawdust 
(packed  in),  and  about  6  mm  of  plaster  of  Paris  poured  into  place. 

The  same  day  that  a  bottle  is  made  it  should  be  thoroughly  dried.  This  is  done  by 
placing  the  open  bottle  in  an  oven  set  at  about  250°  Farenheit  until  dry.  Drying  will  take 
several  hours.  Keep  the  windows  open  and  stay  out  of  the  house  until  the  drying  is  done, 
as  cyanide  gas  is  released.  Drying  can  also  be  done  with  an  electric  hot  plate  or  gas 
burner,  if  the  bottle  is  protected  from  heat  shock  that  will  crack  it.  Drying  in  a  chemical 
fume  hood  is  the  safest  method.  The  bottle  is  dry  when  in  side  view  the  edge  of  the 
plaster  disc  appears  optically  to  have  separated  from  the  glass  all  around.  Continue 

drying  until  this  occurs. 

When  the  bottle  is  dry,  cover  the  bottom,  up  to  the  plaster  with  a  layer  of  adhesive 
tape.  The  tape  will  help  protect  against  breakage  and,  if  there  is  breakage,  the  tape  will 
keep  the  bottom  safely  together  until  the  cyanide  and  broken  glass  can  be  disposed  of. 

A  cyanide  bottle  completely  dried  out  after  it  is  made  will  keep  for  several  years. 
When  it  is  used,  it  should  be  started  with  one  or  two  drops  of  water  on  the  plaster.  On 
the  first  day  of  use  cyanide  gas  generation  will  be  very  slow.  After  a  day  or  two  of 
breaking  in,  the  killing  bottle  is  good  for  about  three  months  of  continuous  use  or  two 
or  three  years  of  occasional  use.  When  it  finally  deteriorates,  this  is  usually  from 
accumulation  of  moisture.  If  it  is  not  dried  initially,  it  is  not  a  good  killing  bottle  at  the 
start,  it  will  not  keep  in  storage,  and  when  used,  it  very  soon  becomes  too  wet.  Initial 
drying  is  very  important.  Henry  Townes,  American  Entomological  Institute,  5950 
Warren  Road,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan  48105. 


(Continued  from  front  inside  cover) 

Short  notes  will  be  promptly  published  in  The  Entomologist's  Record.  Literature  notices, 
short  reviews,  and  books  received  will  be  published  in  The  Entomologist's  Library.  Study 
notices,  want  items,  and  for  sale  notices  are  published  in  The  Entomologist's  Market 
Place.  All  manuscripts  should  follow  the  format  recommended  in  the  CUE  "Style 
Manual1'. 


The  Entomologist's  Market  Place 

Advertisements  of  goods  or  services  for  sale  are  accepted  at  $1.00 
per  line,  payable  in  advance  to  the  editor.  Notices  of  wants  and  ex- 
changes not  exceeding  three  lines  are  free  to  subscribers.  Positions  .open, 
and  position  wanted  notices  are  included  here  and  may  be  referred  to  by 
box  numbers.  All  insertions  are  continued  from  month  to  month,  the 
new  ones  are  added  at  the  end  of  the  column,  and,  when  necessary,  the 
older  ones  at  the  top  are  discontinued. 


Advances  in  Antarctic  and  far  southern  entomology.  Gressitt  and  Strandtman,  Eds. 
16  authors.  Pacific  Insects  Monograph  25,  1971,  226  p,  illustr.  $  7.50  hard  cover;  $  6.50 
wr.  Bishop  Museum  Press,,P.O.  Box  6037,  Honolulu,  HI  96818. 

For  sale:  Philippine  biological  specimens,  including  marine,  land,  and  fresh  water, 
carefully  preserved,  including  insects;  price  list  available  upon  request  from:  Romeo  M. 
Lumawig,  P.O.  Box  22  Boac,  Marinduque  201-E,  Philippines. 

Butterflies  for  exchange  for  any  from  North  America.  Antoine  Fonlupt,  5-D  Place 
Marechal  Foch,  42  Saint-Etienne,  France. 

Wanted  to  buy:  Living  pupae  of  H.  cecropia,  P.  cynthia,  A.  polyphemus,  H.  rubra, 
H.  gloveri,  A.  luna,  and  many  other  species  in  either  large  or  small  quantities.  Richard  K. 
Zajdel,  P.O.  Box  932,  East  Lansing,  MI  49923. 

For  sale:  Complete  set  of  "Systematic  Zoology",  v.  1-12  bound  red  buckram;  v.  13- 
20,  paper.  $200.00.  shipped  postpaid.  P.O.  Box  4068,  Tallahassee,  FL  32203. 

THE  MOTHS  OF  AMERICA  NORTH  OF  MEXICO.  Fascicle  2 1 ,  Sphingoidea  now  in 

stock,  xii+158  p.  14  superb  color  plates.  8  black-and-white  photos,  19  figs.,  2  plates  of 
line  drawings.  1971.  $24.00.  Also  available  at  a  reduced  price  to  subscribers  of  all  41 
fascicles,  which  will  treat  and  figure  in  color  all  10,000  species  of  North  American  moths. 
Write  for  complete  details  and  brochere,  with  sample  color  plate.  Entomological  Re- 
print Specialists,  P.O.  Box  77971,  Dockweiler  Station,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90007,  USA. 

Wanted:  One  copy  of  "Catalogue  of  the  Coleoptera  of  America,  North  of  Mexico", 
by  C.  W.  Leng,  published  at  Mount  Vernon,  1920.  Dr.  Paul  P.  Shubeck,  Biology  Depart- 
ment, Montclair  State  College,  Upper  Montclair,  New  Jersey  07043. 


AQUATIC  DIPTERA,  by  O.  A.  Johannsen.  370  p.,  including  757  figs,  on  72  full-page 
plates.  (1934-37)  reprint  1969.  All  five  parts  on  this  basic  reference  on  larvae  and  pupae 
of  aquatic  flies.  $11.25  cloth,  $5.00  paper.  For  this  and  any  insect  book  in  print,  write 
to:  Entomological  Reprint  Specialists,  P.  a  Box  77971,  Dockweiler  Station,  Los  Angeles, 
California  90007,  USA. 

BUTTERFLIES  OF  THE  AUSTRALIAN  REGION,  by  Bernard  D'Abrera.  352  p., 
over  4,000  full  color  photographs.  Ready  Feb.  1972.  $39.95  postpaid.  A  magnificently 
illustrated  and  comprehensive  work  treating  the  butterflies  of  Australia,  Papua  &  New 
Guinea,  the  Moluccas,  New  Zealand,  and  the  islands  of  the  South  Pacific.  Entomological 
Reprint  Specialists,  P.O.  Box  77971,  Dockweiler  Station,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90007,  USA. 

BIOLOGIE  DER  HYMENOPTEREN,  by  H.  Bischoff,  Berlin  1927.  8  vo.  pp.  VII,  598 
with  224  figs.  Cloth.  Subscription  price:  Dutch  florins  185  (ca.  $59.00)  withitsmany 
examples  for  all  groups  and  its  224  figures  this  book  will  be  of  great  value  for  any  student 
of  the  Hymenoptera.  Publication  date  end  of  1972.  Order  from:  Antiquarian  Junk, 
Dr.  R.  Schierenberg  &  Sons  NV.  P.O.  Box  5,  Lochem,  Holland. 

Wanted:  Your  name,  address  and  price  list  if  you  are  an  entomologist  that  has 
Lepidoptera  for  sale.  Prefer  overseas  contacts  if  possible.  Write  Edward  F.  Ruschewski, 
4165  Harbor  Drive,  Carlsbad,  California  92008  U.S.A. 


VOL.  84 


FEBRUARY  1973 


CONTENTS 

QUEUING  AND  ROSETTE  MOLTING  IN  AUTOMERIS  10 
(LEPIDOPTERA:  SATURNIIDAE) 

K.  Russi,  F.  Friedl,  and  H.  Russi,  p.  33 

A  NEW  SPECIES  OF  ATYPUS  (ARANEAE:  ATYPIDAE) 
FROM  PENNSYLVANIA 

Patricia  A.  Sarno,  p.  37 

SCIENTIFICALLY  DESIGNED  DRAWER  FOR 
SCIENTIFIC  INSECT  COLLECTIONS 

Henry  Townes,  p.  57- 

NEW  HAMPSHIRE,  VERMONT,  AND  SOUTHERN 
MAINE  INSECT  LIST 

Richard  E.  Gray,  p.  63 
THE  ENTOMOLOGIST'S  RECORD,  p.  52 


THE  AMERICAN  ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 


ENTOMOLOGICAL  NEWS 

Edited,  1890-1910,  by  Henry  Skinner  (1861-1926);  1911-1944,  by  Philip  P.  Calvert 
(1871-1961);  1945-1967,  by  R.  G.  Schmieder  (1898-1967);  1968-1972  by  R.  H.  Arnett, 
Jr. 

ENTOMOLOGICAL  NEWS  is  published  monthly  except  August  and  September  by 
The  American  Entomological  Society  at  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  1900  Race 
Street,  Philadelphia,  PA  19103,  U.  S.  A.  Editorial  Staff:  S.  S.  Roback  and  R.  W.  Lake 
(Editor). 

SUBSCRIPTIONS:  Communications  and  remittances  to  be  addressed  to  Entomologi- 
cal News,  1900  Race  Street,  Philadelphia,  PA  19103.  Prices  per  yearly  volume  of  10 
numbers:  Private  subscriptions  for  personal  use,  domestic  and  foreign,  $  7.00  postpaid; 
Institutional  subscriptions,  for  libraries,  laboratories,  etc.,  domestic  and  foreign,  $  12.00 
postpaid. 

MANUSCRIPTS  and  all  communications  concerning  same  should  be  addressed  to: 
Mr.  Robert  W.  Lake,  Department  of  Entomology  and  Applied  Ecology,  University  of 
Delaware,  Newark,  DE  19711.  The  receipt  of  all  papers  will  be  acknowledged  and,  if 
accepted,  they  will  be  published  as  soon  as  possible,  usually  within  six  months.  Articles 
longer  than  eight  pages  may  be  published  in  two  or  more  installments,  unless  the  author 
is  willing  to  pay  the  cost  of  a  sufficient  number  of  additional  pages  in  any  one  issue  to 
enable  such  an  article  to  appear  without  division.  BOOKS  FOR  REVIEW  should  be  sent 
to  the  editor. 

PAGE  CHARGES  are  normally  made  only  for  over-length  articles,  or  for  articles  pub- 
lished ahead  of  their  regular  place  in  the  issues,  and  then  only  as  additional  pages  for  an 
issue.  In  cases  where  authors  have  received  grant  money  for  publication,  or  their  institu- 
tion normally  pays  publication  costs,  they  will  be  billed  at  the  rate  of  $  18.75  per  page. 

ILLUSTRATIONS:  Authors  will  be  charged  for  text-figures  and  halftones  at  the 
following  rate:  Each  line  cut  regardless  of  size  $  1.50;  each  halftone  regardless  of  size, 
$  4.50.  Size  limit  of  illustrations,  when  printed,  4Vi  x  6'/2  inches. 

SEPARATES  printed  without  removal  of  extraneous  matter,  side-stitched,  without 
covers  will  be  supplied  by  the  printer  at  15  cents  each  for  the  first  100,  and  25  cents  each 
for  each  additional  separate.  Additional  copies  cost  more  because  they  are  produced  only 
by  printing  extra  copies  of  the  journal.  Extraneous  matter  is  confined  to  the  back  page  if 
any  is  present.  Usually  articles  are  free  of  extraneous  matter.  REPRINTS  are  not  avail- 
able. However,  each  author  will  be  provided  with  two  clean  separates  of  the  article  so 
that  he  may  arrange  for  reprinting  of  the  article  by  offset  as  he  chooses. 

EDITORIAL  POLICY:  Manuscripts  on  insect  life  and  related  terrestrial  arthropods 
are  appropriate  for  submission  to  ENTOMOLOGICAL  NEWS.  Titles  should  be  carefully 
composed  to  reflect  the  true  contents  of  the  article,  and  be  kept  as  brief  as  possible.  A 
short  informative  abstract  (not  a  descriptive  abstract)  of  about  150  words  should  be  sup- 
plied on  a  separate  sheet,  complete  with  title  and  ending  with  the  authors  name  and 
address.  In  addition,  the  author  should  supply  a  list  of  descriptors,  or  key  words  at  the 
end  of  the  abstract.  The  author's  complete  mailing  address,  including  zip  code  number, 
should  be  given  as  a  footnote  to  the  article.  All  papers  describing  new  taxa  should  include 
enough  information  to  make  them  useful  to  the  non-specialist.  Generally  this  requires  a 
key  and  a  short  review  or  discussion  of  the  group,  plus  reference  to  existing  revisions  or 
monographs.  Illustrations  are  almost  always  required. 

(Continued  on  back  inside  cover.) 

SECOND-CLASS  POSTAGE  PAID  AT  NEWARK,  DELAWARE 
&  ADDITIONAL  MAILING  OFFICES 


QUEUING  AND  ROSETTE  MOLTING 

IN  AUTOMERIS  IO 
(LEPIDOPTERA:  SATURNIIDAE)1 

K.  Russi2-3,  F.  Friedl4,  and  H.  Russi5 


During  studies  on  venomous  caterpillars  in  Florida,  some 
remarkable  aspects  of  the  behavior  of  larval  Automeris  io 
Fabricius  (Lepidoptera:  Saturniidae)  were  observed.  Although  the 
purpose  of  the  original  research  was  to  obtain  information  on  the 
dermatitis-producing  irritant  associated  with  these  larvae,  in  order 
to  have  an  unlimited  number  of  caterpillars  available  at  all  times,  it 
was  important  to  thoroughly  understand  the  life  cycle  and  colony 
complexities  of  A.  io.  In  this  way,  two  interesting  behavior 
patterns  came  to  light  and  are  reported  here. 

A.  io  chalk-white  eggs  are  deposited  in  upright  clusters  of  20-35 
or  more,  usually  on  the  underside  of  foliage  (Peterson,  1965). 
Under  optimum  conditions  (at  least  75°  F.)  the  eggs  hatch  in 
approximately  8-1 1  days.  Newly  hatched  larvae  are  3-4  mm  in 
length  and  reddish-brown  in  color.  Immediately  after  hatching, 
the  larvae  eat  the  empty  egg  shells,  still  attached  to  the  leaf.  Soon 
afterward,  the  tips  of  the  prominent  dermatitis-producing  larval 
spines  turn  black. 


'Accepted  for  publication:  March  9,  1972 

2This  research  was  supported  by  the  U.S.  Department  of  Health,  Education  and  Welfare, 

Public  Health  Service  Research  Fellowships  1-FO1-GM  42-902-01,  and  5-FO1-GM  42- 

902-02,  National  Institute  of  General  Medical  Sciences. 
3Present  address:  Box  456,  De  Leon  Springs,  Florida  32028 

4Associate  Professor  of  Zoology,  University  of  South  Florida,  Tampa,  Florida  33620 
5  Volusia  County  Board  of  Public  Instruction,  DeLand,  Florida  32720. 


Ent.  News,  84:  33-36,  1973  33 


34  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  February  1973 


Several  hours  after  hatching,  the  first  group  behavior,  queuing 
(Herrnkind,  1969)  or  trailing,  can  be  observed  (Figure  1).  As  many 
as  40  young  larvae  will  trail,  with  each  "trailer"  keeping  its  head 
against  the  posterior  end  of  the  preceeding  larva.  The  "trailer" 
constantly  lifts  and  extends  its  head,  first  to  one  side  and  then  to 
the  other  of  the  caudal  end  of  the  larva  in  front  of  it,  seemingly 
to  confirm  its  own  position  as  a  follower. 

At  times  the  trailing  was  unbroken  for  hours  around  the  inner 
surface  of  a  cylindrical  container,  until  a  leader  was  diverted  to 
foliage  by  means  of  blocks  and  hurdles. 

Mass  queuing  behavior  decreases  as  the  size  of  the  larvae  in- 
creases. However,  double  and  triple  trailing  is  not  unusual  in  even 
large  (3-5  cm)  4th  and  5th  instars. 

A  second  behavioral  oddity  is  rosette  molting.  Prior  to  the  first 
molt  (approximately  7  days  after  hatching),  caterpillars  huddle 
into  a  rosette  on  a  leaf,  typically  with  anterior  ends  toward  the 
outside,  and  posteriors  toward  the  inside  (Figure  2).  As  molting 
progresses,  the  exuviae  are  left  in  the  center  of  the  rosette  until 
the  caterpillars  turn  around  to  devour  the  cast-off  skins  (Figure  3). 

One  might  assume  this  to  be  a  defense  mechanism,  since 
collectively,  the  members  of  a  rosette  pattern  may  be  a  more 
formidable  deterrent  to  predators  than  single  larvae.  By  the  third 
molt,  probably  because  of  the  increase  in  larval  size,  the  tendency 
for  protective  rosette  molting  to  occur,  decreases.  However,  even 
in  the  later  molts,  the  exuviae  are  usually  eaten  (with  the  exception 
of  the  hard  head  capsule). 


LITERATURE  CITED 

PETERSON,   A.    1965.   Some  eggs  of  moths  among  the  Sphingidae,  Saturniidae.  Fla. 

Ent.,  48:213-220. 
HERRNKIND,  W.  1969.  Queuing  behavior  of  spiny  lobsters.  Sci.,  164:1425-7. 


ABSTRACT:  Two  unusual  types  of  behavior  are  described  for  Automeris  io  Fabricius 
(Lepidoptera,  Saturniidae)  larvae:  queuing  (trailing)  and  rosette  molting.  The  venomous 
larvae  are  gregarious,  which  may  be  a  defense  mechanism. 

K.  Russi,  F.  Friedl  &  H.  Russi,  Box  456,  De  Leon  Springs,  Florida  32028. 


Ent.  Neu-s,  Vol.  84,  February  1973 


Figure  1.         Automeris  io  larvae,  queuing. 


I  cm 


Figure  2.         Group  or  larvae  resting  in  a  rosette  form,  prior  to  molting. 


36 


Ent.  Neu's,  Vol.  84,  February  1973 


Figure  3.         Newly-molted  larvae  beginning  to  devour  the  cast-off  exuviae.  Notice  the 
rosette  design  of  exuviae. 


A  NEW  SPECIES  OF  ATYPUS  (ARANEAE. 
ATYPIDAE)  FROM  PENNSYLVANIA1 

Patricia  A.  Sarno2 

The  genus  Atypus,  first  described  by  Latreille  in  1804,  desig- 
nates those  subterranean  spiders  which  possess  three  pairs  of  spin- 
nerets, eight  eyes,  an  anal  tubercle  remote  from  the  spinnerets, 
paraxial  chelicerae,  three  pairs  of  cardiac  ostia,  a  sternum  with 
eight  sigilla,  and  a  labium  fused  to  the  sternum.  These  are  purse- 
web  spiders,  so  called  because  the  webs  in  which  they  live  are  long 
tubes  resembling  once-fashionable  purses.  The  biology  and  distrib- 
ution of  the  genus  is  imperfectly  known.  Bonnet  (1955)  lists  the 
following  seven  Old-World  species:  Atypus  piceus  (Sulzer,  1776) 
from  Northwestern  and  Central  Europe  and  Russia;  A  typus  affinis 
Eichwald,  1830  from  Northwestern,  Central  and  Southern  Europe 
and  Russia \Atypuskarschi  Donitz,  1887  from  Japan  and  Formosa; 
Atypus  javanus  Thorell,  1890  from  Java ;  A  typus  muralis  Bertkau, 
1890  from  Central  and  Southern  Europe  and  Russia;  Atypus 
dorsualis  Thorell,  1890  from  Burma;  and  Atypus  sutherlandi 
Chennoppaiya,  1935  from  India.  In  addition,  Schenkel  (1953) 
describes  A  typus  sinensis,  from  Shansi,  China  (mainland). 

Four  Nearctic  species  are  recognized  by  some  authors:  Atypus 
bicolor  Lucas,  \836;  Atypus  abboti  (Walckenaer,  1837);  Atypus 
milberti  (Walckenaer,  1837)  and  Atypus  niger  (Hentz,  1842). 
However,  Gertsch  (1936)  revised  the  Nearctic  Atypidae  and  in- 
cludes three  species  in  the  genus  A  typus:  A.  abboti,  A.  bicolor,  and 
A.  milberti;  he  considers  A.  niger  a  synonym  for  the  latter. 

Gertsch  records  the  distribution  of  the  Nearctic  species  as  follows: 
A.  abboti,  Georgia  and  Florida;  A  bicolor,  District  of  Columbia, 
Florida  and  Maryland;  and  A.  milberti,  Massachusetts  to  Wis- 
consin and  south  to  North  Carolina.  The  occurrence  of  A.  niger  in 
Ontario,  Canada  is  noted  by  Gray  (1956).  Exline  and  Petrunke- 
vitch  (1939)  list  four  species,  maintaining  the  distinction  between 


'Authorized  for  publication  as  paper  no.  4098  in  the  Journal  Series  of  The  Pennsylvania 
Agricultural  Experiment  Station.  Accepted  for  publication:  February  29,  1972. 

2Graduate  student  -  Department  of  Entomology,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University, 
University  Park,  Pennsylvania  16802. 

Ent.  News,  84:  37-51,  1973  37 


38  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  February  1973 


A.  milberti  and  A.  niger.  Kaston  (1948),  likeGertsch,  considers  the 
two  species  to  be  conspecific.  A.  niger  and  A.  milberti  are  con- 
sidered synonymous  in  this  paper.  Vogel  (1962)  also  notes  that: 
A.  abboti  has  been  collected  in  Tamoulipas,  Mexico;  A.  bicolor 
from  Louisiana;  A.  milberti  in  Connecticut  and  Illinois;  and 
A.  niger  in  Michigan. 

During  the  summer  of  1970,  specimens  of  Atypus  from  Dela- 
ware County,  Pennsylvania  were  collected  because  of  an  unusual 
complaint  -  a  home  owner  reported  an  invasion  of  his  swimming 
pool  by  spiders.  An  attempt  to  identify  these  materials  revealed 
that  they  did  not  fit  any  of  the  existing  species  descriptions.  There- 
fore, the  description  of  a  new  species  is  presented  in  this  paper. 
The  description  is  based  on  22  adult  males  and  20  adult  females. 
Morphological  terminology  and  descriptive  technique  follow 
Gertsch  (1936).  Descriptions  of  color  are  based  on  the  alcoholic 
material,  the  spiders  in  life  being  slightly  darker. 

Much  gratitude  is  extended  to  Dr.  R.  Snetsinger,  Professor  of 
Entomology,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  for  his  help  and 
guidance  as  research  adviser;  to  Dr.  K.  C.  Kim,  Assistant  Professor 
of  Entomology,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  for  his  help 
with  the  manuscript;  and  to  Dr.  J.  A.  L.  Cooke,  Associate  Curator 
of  Arachnida,  The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
New  York,  New  York,  for  the  loan  of  materials  for  study. 


ATYPUS  SNETSINGERI 
NEW  SPECIES 

Type-Data 

Male  holotype  and  21  paratypes  from  221  North  Lansdowne  Avenue,  Lansdowne 
(62.5  metres  above  sea  level),  Delaware  County,  Pennsylvania,  June  25,  1969,  R. 
Snetsinger.  Female  allotype,  19  paratypes,  and  30  immature  forms  from  the  same 
locality,  September  12,  1970,  P.  A.  Sarno.  Male  holotype  and  one  paratype,  female 
allotype  and  one  paratype  on  deposit  in  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
New  York,  New  York;  two  male  and  two  female  paratypes  in  the  Museum  of  Compara- 
tive Zoology,  Harvard  University,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts;  one  male  and  one  female 
paratype  in  the  Illinois  Natural  History  Survey,  Natural  Resources  Building,  Urbana, 
Illinois;  17  male  and  15  female  paratypes  and  30  immatures  in  the  Frost  Entomological 
Museum,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  University  Park,  Pennsylvania. 
Diagnosis 

Male.  Other  Nearctic  males  without:   smooth  carapace   and  cheliccrae,  roughened 
sternum,   15   teeth  on  each  chelicera,  fang  minus  tooth,  unswollen  palpal  tibia,  short 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  February  1973  39 


conductor,  straight  embolus.  Specifically,  A.  abboti  without:  brown  abdomen,  trans- 
verse cervical  groove,  leg  formula  4123,  five  teeth  on  proclaws,  three  teeth  on  retroclaws. 
A.  bicolor  without:  brown  legs,  oval  sigilla,  four-segmented  posterior  spinnerets. 
A.  milberti  without:  long  chelicerae  and  tarsi,  four-segmented  posterior  spinnerets. 

Female.  Other  Nearctic  females  without:  five  teeth  on  tarsal  retroclaws  and  medians, 
three  teeth  on  proclaws,  five  teeth  on  palpal  claws,  14  teeth  on  each  chelicera.  Specif- 
ically, A.  abboti  without:  sternum  broader  than  long,  transverse  cervical  groove.  A. 
bicolor  without:  oval  sigilla,  four-segmented  posterior  spinnerets.  A.  milberti  without: 
four-segmented  posterior  spinnerets. 
Description 

Male.  (Figures  1  -  6).  A  rather  large,  stout  spider  with  dark  reddish-brown  carapace, 
chelicerae,  and  legs,  and  a  brown  abdomen.  Measurements  of  the  cephalothorax  and 
abdomen  are  given  in  Table  1. 

Cephalothorax 

Carapace  darkest  at  the  margins  and  anterior  portion  of  the  cervical  groove;  smooth 
except  for  a  very  small,  curved  spine  on  the  front  face  of  the  ocular  tubercle  and  a  few, 
minute  posterior  spines.  Carapace  truncated  in  front,  width  greatest  just  behind  this 
point.  Sides  weakly  rounded,  almost  straight,  with  the  carapace  narrowed  slightly  from 
between  the  first  coxae  to  between  the  third  and  fourth.  Posterior  margin  of  carapace 
broadly  rounded  and  emarginated  above  the  pedicel.  Pars  cephalica  with  sparse  hairs, 
the  dorsal  aspect  a  subequilateral  triangle  with  slightly  rounded  and  irregular  sides 
(Figure  1).  The  lateral  aspect  of  the  pars  cephalica  strongly  elevated  and  convex,  rounded 
from  the  front  of  the  ocular  tubercle  to  where  it  tapers  off  to  the  pars  thoracica,  just  in 
front  of  the  cervical  groove.  Pars  thoracica  unevenly  flattened;  the  cervical  groove  a  deep 
transverse  depression  two-thirds  the  length  of  the  carapace  back  from  the  anterior 
margin.  The  depression  almost  triangularly  shaped  with  rounded  sides,  the  apex  posterior 
in  the  direction  of  the  posterior  margin  of  the  carapace.  Two  posterior  radial  furrows 
from  the  apex  of  the  depression  to  just  before  the  posterior  margin  of  the  carapace,  a 
furrow  on  each  side  of  the  emargination  above  the  pedicel  (Figure  1). 

Eyes  on  an  elevated,  black  tubercle,  anterior  medians  the  largest.  Viewed  from  above, 
the  second  row  of  eyes  very  slightly  recurved,  almost  in  a  straight  line,  the  medians 
separate  from  each  other  by  five  diameters  and  subcontiguous  with  the  laterals.  Lateral 
eyes  separate  at  their  bases.  Median  ocular  quadrangle  broader  than  long,  narrowed  in 
front  (Figure  2).  Viewed  from  the  front,  the  first  row  of  eyes  weakly  procurved.  Anterior 
medians  separate  from  the  laterals  by  one-half  their  diameter  and  from  each  other  by  one 
diameter.  The  laterals  plus  the  posterior  medians  forming  a  cluster  of  three  eyes,  the 
anterior  laterals  the  largest. 

Labium  and  sternum  fused  with  no  indication  of  a  suture.  Both  dark  reddish-brown; 
profusely  hirsute  at  the  anterior  margin  of  the  labium  and  posterior  margin  of  the 
sternum,  otherwise  sparsely  covered.  Surface  of  the  sternum  roughened,  notably  along 
the  margins.  Labium  roughened,  with  the  appearance  of  protruding  at  the  anterior 
portion.  Sternum  with  eight  well-defined  sigilla;  a  small  oval  pair  at  the  base  of  the 
labium;  a  second  small,  round  pair  in  between  the  first  and  second  coxae  on  each  side;a 
third  larger,  oval  pair  between  the  second  coxae  on  each  side;  a  fourth,  the  largest  pair, 
at  the  posterior  end  of  the  sternum  between  the  second  and  third  coxae  and  directly 
anterior  to  the  fourth.  Posterior  sigilla  separate  from  each  other  by  about  one  diameter. 
Coxae  subequal,  reddish-brown,  with  fine  brown  hairs.  Maxillae  concolorous  with 


40  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  February  1973 


sternum,  fine  brown  hairs  evenly  over  the  surfaces.  Endites,  strongly  developed,  with 
rows  of  short  clavate  hairs  on  their  prolateral  margins  (Figure  3). 

Chelicerae  same  color  as  carapace.  Dorsal  surfaces  smooth  with  fine  light  brown  hairs 
mainly  over  the  lateral  margins  and  distal  ends.  Distal  ends  with  longer,  stouter  curved 
hairs  approaching  spines.  Viewed  from  above,  the  chelicerae  three  times  as  long  as  broad, 
curving  downwards  distally.  Viewed  from  the  side,  twice  as  long  as  broad,  rounded 
above,  flat  on  the  prolateral  sides,  convex  on  the  retrolateral  sides,  abruptly  narrowed 
near  the  bases.  Ventral  margins  with  long,  light  brown  hairs  on  both  sides  of  the  teeth, 
thickest  on  the  retrolateral  sides.  Claws  dark  brown  to  black,  almost  as  long  as  chelicerae, 
gently  curved,  wider  at  the  bases  and  narrowed  to  points.  Each  claw  without  a  tooth  near 
the  base.  Cheliceral  furrows  indistinct.  The  ventral  margins  of  each  chelicera  with  a  row 
of  15  teeth;  eight  strong  longer  teeth,  subequal  in  size;  four  thinner,  much  shorter  teeth 
alternate  with  the  longer  ones;  three  reduced  but  strong  teeth  smaller  to  the  distal  end 
(Figure  4).  Two  very  small  tooth  buds  near  the  base  of  each  chelicera;  four  larger  buds  in 
a  row  at  the  distal  end  on  the  prolateral  side. 

Legs  and  Palps 

Legs  concolorous  with  carapace,  the  tarsi  slightly  lighter.  Relatively  slender,  the 
femurs  the  stoutest  segments  with  each  segment  thereafter  increasingly  slender.  Measure- 
ments of  the  lengths  of  legs  and  palps  are  given  in  Table  2.  Widths  of  first  leg:  femur  - 
0.9  mm,  patella  -  0.7  mm,  tibia  -  0.8  mm,  metatarsus  -  0.4  mm,  tarsus  -  0.3  mm.  Other 
legs  essentially  similar  in  stoutness.  Legs  with  an  uneven  cover  of  fine  brown  hairs, 
sparsest  on  the  femurs  and  increased  in  abundance  to  the  tarsi.  A  few  weak  spines  dorsal 
on  the  metatarsi,  mostly  at  the  distal  ends.  Not  less  than  six  ventral  spines  on  the  tibiae. 
With  12  strong  ventrals  along  the  lengths  of  the  metatarsi,  and  in  addition,  five  or  six 
shorter  distal  spines.  Tarsi  essentially  without  spines  except  for  a  few  very  weak  ones  on 
the  ventral  surfaces  of  the  third  and  fourth  legs.  Tarsi  flexible,  with  numerous  transverse 
false  sutures  the  distal  two-thirds  of  the  joints  except  very  near  the  claws.  Three  claws 
present  on  each  tarsus;  the  median  claw  small  and  curved,  the  lateral  claws  much  larger 
than  the  median,  slightly  dissimilar.  All  claws  dark  brown.  Proclaws  each  with  five  teeth 
in  a  row,  four  long  and  one  short  nearest  the  basal  end;  retroclaws  each  with  three  teeth, 
two  long  and  one  short  near  the  basal  end.  Palps  concolorous  with  legs.  Palpal  femurs 
with  long  hairs  on  the  ventral  surfaces.  Hairs  on  patellae  and  tibiae  much  as  on  femurs. 
Dorsal  and  lateral  surfaces  of  tarsi  same  as  femurs,  with  tarsi  formed  into  palpal  organs. 
Palpal  organs  spherical  and  brown.  Conductors  leading  to  and  under  emboli  whitish, 
grooved  and  sclerotized.  Emboli  short  and  straight,  whitish,  wider  at  bases  and  tapered  to 
thin  points.  Tibiae  on  palps  not  conspicuously  swollen  (Figure  5). 

Abdomen 

Abdomen  essentially  oval,  brown  to  brownish-gray,  mottled  with  lighter  tan  spots. 
Dorsum  with  a  very  dark  brown  marking  from  the  pedicel  back  to  a  round,  tan 
sclerotized  plate,  then  another  brown  marking  not  as  dark  as  the  first.  Extent  of 
markings  one-half  the  length  of  the  abdomen.  Surface  with  small,  fine  tan  hairs  (Figure 
1).  Venter  brown  and  mottled,  like  the  dorsum,  but  with  longer  hairs.  The  four  lung 
covers  light  tan  (Figure  3).  Anal  tubercle  some  distance  from  the  spinnerets.  Spinnerets 
six  in  number,  tan,  with  tan  hairs  (Figure  6).  Anterior  laterals  small  (0.5  mm  long), 
slender  and  one-segmented;  median  pair  one-segmented  (0.9  mm  long  and  0.6  mm  wide), 
tan  with  white  distal  ends;  posterior  spinnerets  long  (2.1  mm)  and  four-segmented,  the 
lengths  of  the  segments  from  base  to  apex,  0.7  mm,  0.6  mm,  0.6  mm,  0.3  mm. 


Ent.  NetfS,   Vol.  84,  February  1973 


41 


Figure  1 .         Male  -  dorsal  view 
1  mm  =  .5  cm 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  February  1973 


Figure  2.         Eyes  of  male  -  dorsal  view 
1  mm  =  2  cm 


Figure  3.         Underparts  of  male 
1  mm  =  .5  cm 


Ent.  Ntu'S,  Vol.  84,  February  1973 


Figure  4.        Chelicera  of  male  -  prolaterial  view 
1  mm  =  1 .5  cm 


Figure  5.         Left  male  palpus  -  frontal  view 
1  mm  =  2.5  cm 


44 


Ent.  Neu'S,  Vol.  84,  February  1973 


Figure  6. 


Spinnerets  -  male 
1  mm  =  2.5  cm 


TABLE  1     Measurements  of  the  Cephalolhorax  and  Abdomen 
of  ATYPUS  SNETSINGERI,  n.  sp   Male 


L 
E 

Carapace 

Sternum 

Labium 

Maxilla+tndite 

Abdomen 

N 
G 

Holotype 

41 

2.6 

0.6 

2.1 

6.1 

T 

H 

Type- 

X 

Range 

X 

Range 

X 

Range 

X 

Range 

X 

Range 

(mm) 

Series 

4.0 

2        3.2  -  4.6 

2.57 

2.0  •  3.8 

0.60 

0.4  -0.7 

2.13 

1.9-2.5 

4»4 

3.6  -  6.2 

W 

1 

Holotype 

3.9 

2.8 

0.8 

1.8 

3.4 

D 

T 

Type- 

X 

Range 

X 

Range 

X 

Range 

X 

Range 

X 

Range 

H 

Series 

3.70        3.0-4.2 

2  74        2  1  -  3.2 

0.75 

0.6  •  0.9 

1  M 

1.1-2.0 

3  20 

2.5  -  4.0 

(mml 

Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  February  1973 


00 

(N 

o 

CN 

Tt 

o    —  « 

(L>      ^« 

Q>       ^* 

00      , 

00       , 

00       , 

oo     , 

00      , 

S  q 

C 
cd    f 

g     (N 

i  t- 

|q 

O2  o 

Q2     ON 

02    oo' 

in           ^2 

2    E             H 

^ 

d 

en 

^ 

og              — 

^^ 

^^ 

^H 

H   O 

r- 

\o 

en 

ON 

~- 

en 

vO 

Tf" 

IX     (N 

IX   ^ 

IX   o 

IX  rj 

IX  ^ 

q 

CU     P 

CU      ^ 

o      . 

d>     . 

nn  cs 

00  fN 

oo  ri 

OO   <N 

oo  — 

C 

c 

C       , 

c     , 

CO 

0, 

co    ,  —  ,                               co    r~- 

3    E                      &  , 

CD 

02   ^ 

s.  ^ 

3.  °^ 

d 

•a 

c3    £              o 

o 

o 

Tj- 

fN 

Ou 

H^  '***'             c^i 

ri 

rj 

(N 

— 

c    QJ 

(N 

O 

o 

fN 

tn 

C3     "3 

as 

IX  ^ 

IX  °^ 

IX   °^ 

IX  °i 

fN 

IX  P 

•2  £ 

"o    c 

<D     " 

oo  m 

u    « 

00   fN 

oo  rn 

D     ^ 

u 

00 

V)           *. 

x;   — 

CO                                                                       C           • 

3                                            efl 

«     «1 

c 

C       , 

c 

CO       1 

I1  a 

|0                          02   £j 

02   P 

OJ    OJ 

(2  ^ 

fN 

02 

v  0 

~    1               P 

C*j 

*—  i 

. 

J  Z 

(N 

fN 

fi 

1 

cu    *—  < 

CU 

s 

t^ 

^> 

oo 

C!     nj 

IX  r 

IX  "> 

IX   "! 

IX  ^ 

IX 

'     Z 

(N 

CN 

<N 

1 

a  on 

<3  S9 

a>    °° 

V^i 

CU     ° 

00 

fN 

1  £ 

oo  ri 

. 

oo  r4 

oo  rn 

ofl  rs 

00  — 

c 

c 

c 

c     . 

1  5 

•2  -?                          ^    " 

n 

02    ^ 

O2    <^ 

OS    °^ 

s.  ^ 

d 

«1> 

—    5               o 

1—4 

ON 

in 

S    o 

H    -S                     «N 

H 

fN 

— 

o 

, 

oo 

f^ 

^. 

UJ 

IX  -r 
ts 

IX  P 

tM 

IX   2 

IX   t 

fN 

IX  P 

_) 

n 

H 

oo  — 

«    «i 
00    — 

u  ^ 

oo  — 

cu         • 
OO    — 

CU         • 

oo  o 

c 

C 

c 

c     , 

c 

£  - 

CQ 

CO 

O2    °^ 

CO 

02   ^P 

J2  ^             CN 

— 

d 

d 

0 

O       •                             ^-i 

_; 

_; 

_; 

d 

^5    c 

ix  5 

oo 
IX  ^ 

00 

IX    ^ 

OO 

IX  ^ 

IX  *> 

"" 

0 

o>       • 

* 

[-; 

m 

u   ^ 

oo  •'T 

00    Tf 

oo  m 

OD   ^* 

GO  fS 

C       , 

c 

c      . 

C       , 

C       , 

(2  <>< 

« 

O2   "^ 

a 

02    — 

s.  °^. 

|q 

cs 

fN 

fN 

11         - 

O      C 

1/1 

c<^ 

p 

o 

fN 

Uu    ^^                                       ^^ 

o 

m 

^- 

T 

IX  °i 

IX   ^ 

IX   P 

IX  ^ 

X  "~~. 

en 

<u 

cu 

u 

u 

ex 

O. 

a. 

Q. 

o. 

•*-•                       '           CO 

•»--                                  CO 

£* 

,     ._ 

C1              ^      (0 

—  '                       '          CO 

Q                     QJ         QJ 

CU        n> 

O            cu     cu 

"§              S   '^ 
I           H    00 

1    £5 

~5 
X 

D.    'C 

>,      CU 

H   oo 

1          ^1 

X          H   00 

<N 


I 


46  Ent.  Neu'S,  Vol.  84,  February  1973 


Female.  (Figures  7  -  9).  Lighter  in  color,  larger,  and  more  robust  than  the  male. 
Measurements  of  the  cephalo thorax  and  abdomen  are  given  in  Table  3. 

Cephalothorax 

Carapace  light  brown,  smooth,  with  a  few  small  spines  on  the  front  and  back  of  the 
ocular  tubercle  and  a  row  of  four  to  five  weak  spines  on  the  pars  cephalica  from  the 
ocular  tubercle  back.  Carapace  broadly  truncated  in  front,  sides  straighter  than  in  the 
male,  narrowed  to  between  the  third  coxae,  and  broadly  emarginated  above  the  pedicel 
(Figure  7).  Pars  cephalica  slightly  less  elevated  than  in  the  male,  dorsal  and  lateral  aspects 
essentially  alike.  Pars  thoracica  irregularly  flattened  with  radial  furrows  less  evident  than 
in  the  male.  Cervical  groove  transverse,  position  as  in  the  male  but  not  as  deep. 

Eyes  on  an  elevated  tubercle,  first  row  procurved  as  seen  from  the  front,  the  anterior 
medians  separate  from  each  other  by  more  than  their  diameter  and  separate  from  the 
anterior  laterals  by  three-fourths  of  one  diameter.  As  seen  from  above,  the  first  row  of 
eyes  very  slightly  recurved,  almost  in  a  straight  line  so  that  a  line  along  the  upper  margins 
of  the  laterals  passes  slightly  below  the  upper  margins  of  the  medians.  Second  row  of  eyes 
recurved,  the  medians  separate  from  each  other  by  four  times  their  length  and  contiguous 
with  the  laterals.  Median  ocular  quadrangle  broader  than  long  and  narrowed  in  front. 
Lateral  eyes  slightly  separate  at  their  bases  (Figure  8). 

Labium  and  sternum  darker  than  carapace,  both  smooth,  with  an  even  cover  of  short 
brown  hairs  except  on  the  sigilla.  Sigilla  the  same  in  shape  and  position  as  the  male,  the 
anterior  pair  not  as  well  defined.  Coxae  lighter  in  color  than  the  carapace,  subequal, 
with  short  brown  hairs.  Maxillae  as  broad  as  the  lengths  of  their  coxal  portions,  with  a 
cover  of  short  brown  hairs;  endites  well  developed,  with  short  spinules,  especially  on 
on  their  porlateral  margins.  Rows  of  clavate  hairs  here  not  as  dense  as  in  the  male. 

Chelicerae  shorter  than  in  the  male,  twice  as  long  as  broad  as  viewed  from  above. 
Slightly  darker  than  the  carapace,  smooth,  with  several  short  and  a  few  long  dorsal  spines 
the  first  two-thirds  from  the  proximal  ends.  The  distal  thirds  with  many  stout  hairs  and 
with  long  curved  spines  at  the  distal  ends.  Chelicerae  more  strongly  rounded  above  than 
in  the  male,  sides  as  in  the  male,  all  surfaces  smooth.  Cheliceral  furrows  indistinct. 
Ventral  surface  of  each  chelicera  with  14  strong  teeth;  seven  long  teeth,  subequal,  four 
shorter  teeth  alternate  with  the  long,  and  three  short  teeth  at  the  distal  end.  One  larger 
and  two  small  tooth  buds  near  the  base  of  each  chelicera,  a  small  tooth  bud  after  the 
fifth  tooth  from  the  distal  end.  A  bank  of  long,  thin  hairs  on  the  ventral  margin  on  each 
side  of  the  row  of  teeth,  thicker  on  the  retrolateral  side.  Claws  almost  as  long  as 
chelicerae,  each  with  a  weakly-developed  tooth  outside  near  the  base  (Figure  9). 

Legs  and  Palps 

Legs  brown,  stouter  than  in  the  male.  Measurements  of  the  lengths  of  legs  and  palps 
are  given  in  Table  4.  Widths  of  the  first  leg  as  follows:  femur  -  0.9  mm,  patella  -  1.0  mm, 
tibia  -  0.9  mm,  metatarsus  -  0.7  mm,  tarsus  -  0.6  mm.  Second  and  third  legs  proportion- 
ately stouter  respectively,  last  leg  essentially  as  the  first.  Legs  with  rows  of  short  dark  and 
long  brown  hairs  mainly  on  the  dorsal  and  ventral  surfaces  of  the  femurs  and  more  evenly 
over  the  rest  of  the  legs.  Hairs  increased  in  length  to  the  tibiae,  then  decreased  in  length 
to  the  tarsi.  First  metatarsus  with  not  less  than  10  short  dorsal  spines,  and  three  longer 
ventrals,  a  pair  at  the  distal  end;  first  tarsus  with  not  less  than  six  small  dorsals.  Second 
tibia  with  three  small  dorsals;  second  metatarsus  with  not  less  than  14  small  dorsals  and 
not  less  than  seven  longer  ventrals,  three  at  the  distal  end;  second  metatarsus  with  not 


Ent.  Neu'S,  Vol.  84,  February  1973 


47 


less  than  14  small  dorsals  and  not  less  than  seven  longer  ventrals,  three  at  the  distal  end; 
second  tarsus  with  not  less  than  six  small  ventrals.  Third  tibia  with  a  few  small  pro- 
laterals;  metatarsus  with  not  less  than  12  prolaterals  these  almost  dorsal,  and  not  less 
than  six  longer  ventrals;  third  tarsus  with  a  few  small  dorsals  and  ventrals.  Fourth  tibia 
with  a  few  short  dorsals  and  not  less  than  eight  longer  ventrals;  fourth  tarsus  like  the 
third.  Each  tarsus  with  three  small  claws,  retroclaw  with  four  larger  teeth  and  a  small 
basal  tooth,  proclaw  with  three  teeth,  median  claw  with  five  small  teeth.  Each  palpal 
claw  with  five  teeth. 

Abdomen 

The  abdomen  suboval,  narrowed  near  the  base,  a  tan  sclerotized  plate  in  the  cardiac 
area  (Figure  7).  Abdomen  darker  than  the  carapace  with  pale,  lighter  spots.  Venter  and 
dorsum  similar.  Posterior  spinnerets  four-segmented  as  in  the  male. 


Figure  7.        Female  -  dorsal  view 
1  mm  =  .5  cm 


48 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  February  1973 


Figure  8.        Eyes  of  female  -  dorsal  view 
1  mm  =  2  cm 


Figure  9.        Chelicera  of  female  -  prolateral  view 
1  mm  =1.5  cm 


TABLE  3    Measurements  of  the  Cephalothorax  and  Abdomen 
of  ATYPUS  SNETSINGERI,  n.  sp.  Female 


L 
E 

Carapace 

Sternum 

Labmm 

Maxilla+Endite 

Abdomen 

N 
G 

Allotype 

6.0 

3.2 

1.0 

2.9 

6.3 

T 

H 

Type- 

X 

Range 

X 

Range 

X 

Range 

X 

Range 

X 

Range 

(mm) 

Series 

5.32 

3.4  -  7.0 

3.19 

2.0  -  4.0 

0.90        0.6  -  1.2 

2.91 

2.3  -  3.6 

6.23 

4.2  -  10.0 

W 

I 

Allotype 

4.8 

3.5 

1.5 

2.1 

4.8 

D 

T 

Type- 

X 

Range 

X 

Range 

X 

Range 

X 

Range 

X 

Range 

H 

Series 

4.58 

30  -  5,5 

3.59 

2.5  -  4.3 

1.34         1 

0-1.8 

2.07 

1.5  •  2.9 

4.26 

2.7  -  6.0 

(mm) 

Ent.  Neu's,  Vol.  84,  February  1973 


49 


1   ^ 

r~                          (N 

D     —                                      D     —  H 
00    —  .                                   00   ~ 

c                          c 

CO                                                 CO 

/•y*       ^O                                                    /y*       f*^ 

m                \ci          r~-                 iri 

~                                       00 

IX   °°                     IX   ^ 
ON                                 oo 

-rjj    —                                i    — 
C       ,                                 C       . 

O    *^C                                U    fN 
OO                                       OO   -^ 

C                                        C 
CO                                                CO 

as  t                  aS  °°. 

NO                              l/~)                 f^                              NO 

od                          d 
IX  JQ                   IX  J 

oo  »                        oo  « 
c      ,                         c      , 

c1    , 
ON                   p-i 

ix  °; 
^j~ 

|2 

3    "p? 

--     ^                               OM    ^ 

aS  ^                  aS  "^ 

Q/      t 

<n      C 

S    £ 

p           d       P           d 

P              d        P              °' 

d 

Crt 

0, 

t""1    *~ 

^^                                       ^^ 

r—l                                                                  ^H 

^^ 

2 

•o 

c 

CO 

V 

•3 

fN                                    O\ 

IX  P                  IX  °i 
—                         o 

TJ-                                                          |-» 

IX   °^                   IX  P 

ON 
1  V    Os 

IX  d 

VI 

oo 

0- 

(U     ^                                      U     P 

f^t                                                          \Q 

Jj 

cx 

OO  <N                                OO  fN 

OO   fN                                  OO   tN 

00      | 

(_ 

81                      01 

c     ,                       c     , 

C        .                                    C        , 

c 

0 

d      3  ^ 

Q£     P                                     (V^     OO 

Qi    ON                          £j    O 

K 

& 

c 

5       1  1 

—              •*"*    **—  ' 

O                                 u~> 
tN                                       —I 

p        d    p 

fN                                       fN 

1 

tu 

0            5 

z       2 

IX  ^.                   IX  <*. 

IX  ^                   IX  °9 

IX     I 

5 

00 

•-H                                                                              — 

*~~*                                          ^^ 

1 

U— 

u 

O 
CO 

Z 

u    ^                          u    P 

<U     "">                                      01     — 

u  "* 

— 

WJ 

00    fNl                                      00    fN 

oo  —                          eo  ts 

bO  ^^ 

c 

oo 

C       ,                               C       , 

C       ,                                 C       , 

c     . 

~~> 

ID             o    ~ 

0^   ON                      Q/   r- 

a;   NO                    Q^   c  > 

CO 

aS  ^ 

a> 
IN 

3 

?      si 

m               °         m                ^ 

d         - 

0 

I 

^           H   3 

tN                                       — 

—  c                                                   fS 

d 

0 

"o 

IX  ^                  IX  ^ 

f>                                 O 

IX  -:                IX  ^ 

X 

^ 

d 

s 

-o                          t 

D     °                                      <y     ° 

fN 

CQ 

OO  tN                                OO   fN 

00  fS                                00   tN 

eo  — 

^£ 

C       ,                                 C       , 

C       ,                                 C       , 

j^ 

H 

A/    OO                               ^     ON 

(2    ON                              (2    0 

as  r~ 

a  'P 

d                         d 
NO                             oo 

o                         —  < 

fN                                       O 

0                    ° 

<u     1 

"""*       t 

tN                                          — 

—  ^                                       tN 

— 

Cu    "~  ' 

—  i                                    O 

O                               in 

ON 

IX  °9                   IX  ^ 

IX    "">                     IX    ""! 

IX  °^ 

o 

u  ^                          -, 

^.                         i»  I 

u   Tt 

OO    T*                                      OO    Tt" 

oo  r*">                         oo  T+ 

oo  fs 

c      ,                         c      , 

c                              c 

co                                   cd 

CO      ,                                         CO 

Qi    fN                               ^    tN 

as  P                  as  "1 

aS  ^* 

3    ^^ 

r~i                            tN 

•<t                          q 

tN                                       tN 

q                          tN 

0 

S    6 

m                            en 

d                               fi 

tN 

o      C 

uu  o 

•<fr                                ON 

—                                    ON 

00 

IX   ^                     IX   **. 

IX   ^                    IX    - 

IX  <*. 

rr>                                       tN 

— 

QJ                                                     Qj 

0.                                       0. 

0                                                0 
D,                                       Q. 

8. 

•^*           A     ^            -^*           ii     ^ 

>>              i       wi              ^             i      "" 

•S*           i     S 

o.  -c                      a.  •- 

o          a.  -2          °          o.  -2 

Q,     •  — 

=3              >,     g             =3              >,     g 

<         f-  oo         <         H   oo 

~                 >.     (U 

<           H    oo 

S1  d 

t 

-J   Z 

«                                      (N 

m                            TJ- 

0. 

50  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  February  1973 


HABITS 

Males.  Males  were  collected:  from  the  swimming  pool  filter  and 
from  silk  tubes  attached  to  the  lower  stems  and  around  the  roots 
of  a  hedgerow;  at  the  base  of  a  small  magnolia  tree  and  rhodo- 
dendron bush;  and  along  a  concrete  house  foundation.  Lengths  of 
the  tubes  range  from  150  to  175  mm  above  the  surface  of  the  soil, 
and  the  burrows  from  100  to  150  mm  below.  Widths  range  from 
12.2  to  15.5  mm.  Essentially  unbranched,  the  tubes  are  attached 
at  their  tops  to  the  plants  and  house  foundation.  Color  of  the  silk 
is  white,  but  the  tube  varies  from  gray  to  brown  depending  upon 
the  type  of  soil  particles  attached  to  it  by  the  spider  as  camouflage. 
The  tubes  are  separated  by  approximately  50  mm.  Males  wander 
away  from  their  tubes  during  late  June  and  early  July.  Occasionally, 
dead  males  are  found  in  tubes  in  early  September. 

Females.  Tubes  and  burrows  of  females  are  similar  in  location 
and  form  to  those  of  males  but  proportionately  larger.  Lengths 
range  from  175  to  250  mm  above  the  soil  surface,  and  from  150 
to  200  mm  below.  Widths  range  from  12.2  to  18.3  mm.  The  aerial 
portion,  or  tube,  is  occasionally  divided  into  two  or  three  branches. 
Females  retreat  when  disturbed,  but  on  continued  prodding  with  a 
probe  rear  back  (the  two  front  legs  extended  outward  and  upward, 
the  chelicerae  apart  and  fangs  extended)  and  strike  at  the  probe. 
Taken  from  the  original  tubes,  they  build  small  horizontal  tubes 
along  the  sides  of  the  containers  in  which  they  are  placed  within 
24  hours  after  capture.  When  placed  on  the  surface  of  soil,  they 
dig  a  tunnel  and  construct  a  tube  and  burrow  within  approximately 
six  days.  When  put  into  a  ready-made  tunnel,  they  begin  to  line  it 
with  silk,  extending  guidelines  the  length  of  the  tunnel  on  all  sides 
and  out  over  the  soil  surface.  These  lines  are  then  attached  to  the 
stem  of  woody  plants  or  sticks  nearby.  Construction  of  the  tube 
and  burrow  alone  is  completed  in  three  to  four  days,  at  the  rate  of 
37.2  mm  per  day.  Tubes  and  burrows  of  females  reared  in  captivity 
are  comparatively  smaller  than  those  in  nature,  the  tube  not  ex- 
ceeding 50  mm.  Soil  particles  are  added  to  the  tubes  only  a  small 
distance  above  the  soil  surface.  When  the  original  tube  and  burrow 
are  removed  with  the  spider  and  placed  into  a  terrarium,  the  spider 
usually  leaves  the  old  tube  and  constructs  a  new  one.  Females  feed 
approximately  once  every  two  days,  striking  at  small  insects 
through  the  tube  and  pulling  them  partially  in.  After  feeding,  the 


Ent.  Nws,  Vol.  84,  February  1973 


tube  is  repaired.  White,  liquid  fecal  matter  is  ejected  with  much 
force  from  the  top  of  the  tube.  The  spider  is  found  mainly  near 
the  upper  portion  of  the  burrow,  just  below  the  soil  surface.  At 
rest,  the  abdomen  is  directed  toward  the  base  of  the  burrow  and 
the  legs  are  bent  with  the  femurs  inward  and  upward  over  the 
body.  Spiders  usually  remain  in  the  lower  tubes  or  upper  portion 
of  the  burrow  but  leave  when  an  insect  is  introduced  down  the 
tube  from  the  top.  After  the  insect  is  removed,  the  spider  returns. 
When  molting  occurs,  the  exuviae  are  removed  from  the  tube  at 
the  top  and  are  often  found  entangled  in  the  side. 

Immatures.  Tubes  of  immatures  are  similar  to  those  of  males 
and  females  but  proportionately  smaller,  and  are  attached  on  a  side 
along  the  entire  length  of  the  aerial  portion.  They  may  be  in  rows 
of  seven  or  eight,  separated  by  18.3  mm  or  more.  Abandoned 
tubes  are  frequently  found.  Lengths  of  tubes  in  use  range  from  50 
to  100  mm  above  and  the  burrows  from  50  to  75  mm  below  the 
surface  of  the  soil.  Widths  range  from  3.1  to  4.0  mm.  Immatures 
do  not  live  long  in  captivity.  They  construct  a  small  horizontal 
tube  which  encloses  them  and  remain  inside. 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 

Much  gratitude  is  extended  to  Dr.  R.  Snetsinger,  Professor  of  Entomology,  The 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  for  his  help  and  guidance  as  research  advisor;  to  Dr.  K.  C. 
Kim,  Assistant  Professor  of  Entomology,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  for  his 
help  with  the  manuscript;  and  to  Dr.  J.  A.  L.  Cooke,  Associate  Curator  of  Arachnida, 
The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York,  New  York,  for  the  loan  of 
materials  for  study. 


LITERATURE  CITED 

BONNET,  P.  1955.  Bibliogrpahia  Araneorum.  Vol.  2:1-918. 
EXLINE,  H.  and  Petrunkevitch,  A.  1939.  Catalogue  of  American  spiders.  Trans.  Conn. 

Acad.  Arts  Sci.  33:  292-293. 

GERTSCH,  W.  J.  1936.  The  Nearctic  Atypidae.  Amer.  Mus.  Novit.  895:  1-19. 
GRAY,   D.    P.    1956.  A  note   on   the  occurrence   in  Canada  of  the  purse-web  spider, 

ATYPUS  NIGER  (Hentz).  Canad.  Ent.  88:  78-79. 
KASTON,  B.  J.    1948.  Spiders  of  Connecticut.  State  Geol.  Nat.  Hist.  Survey.  Bull. 

70:  58-59. 

LATREILLE,  P.  A.  1804.  ATYPUS.  Nouv.  Diet.  Hist.  Nat.  24:   133. 
SCHENKEL,  E.    1953.  Chinesische   arachnoidea  aus  dem   Museum   Hoangho-Peiho  in 

Tientsin.  Bol.  Mus.  nac  Rio.  de  J.  (Zool.)   119:   1-108. 
VOGEL,  B.  1962.  Supplementary  bibligraphy  of  North  American  tarantulas,  1939-1959 

(Araneida  Suborder  Mygalomorphae)  Ent.  News  73(9):  245-250. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  February  1973 


A  New  Species  of  ATYPUS  (Araneae:Atypidae) 

From  Pennsylvania 

ABSTRACT:    A   new  species,  Atypus  snetsingeri,  is  described  and  observations    are 
reported  on  its  biology.  The  specimens  were  collected  in  Lansdowne,  Delaware  County, 
Pennsylvania;  males  were  first  observed  invading  a  private  swimming  pool  in  considerable 
numbers. 
Descriptors:  Araneae;  Atypidae,  Atypus  snetsingeri  new  species. 


The  Entomologist's  Record 

To  encourage  the  publication  of  concise  and  useful  new  distribution 
records,  corrections  of  previously  published  erroneous  records,  misidenti- 
fications,  short  field  notes,  and  current  news  items  about  entomologists, 
amateur  and  professional,  entomology  departments  and  museums,  prompt 
(monthly)  publication  is  offered  in  this  department. 


A  New  Edition  of  the  International  Code  of 
Zoological  Nomenclature 

At  the  closing  plenary  session  of  the  XVIIe  Congres  International  de  Zoologie  held 
in  Monaco,  September,  1972,  numerous  changes  and  amendments  were  approved  for  the 
Code.  A  new  edition  (the  Third)  is  at  the  printers  (1  December  1972).  Most  of  the 
changes  are  minor  and  all  make  the  Code  more  workable.  The  Articles  affected  are  these: 
11,  13,  17,  23,  24,  26,  30,  32,  42,  45,  52,  59,  74,  79  and  90. 

The  "50-year  rule"  has  been  transferred  from  Article  23,  where  it  was  mandatory, 
to  Article  79,  where  its  application  becomes  a  plenary  power  of  the  Commission.  The 
new  wording  is  more  explicit  and  goes  far  to  remove  objections  to  the  original  statement 
in  Article  23. 

Article  74.  Lectotypes:  has  an  added  subsection  that  clarifies  the  type  locality  of  a 
name.  It  is  the  locality  of  the  lectotype,  despite  any  previous  restriction.  -  F.  M.  Brown, 
Fountain  Valley  Rural  Sta.,  Colorado  Springs,  CO  80911. 

A  Neallotype  for  PINIPHILUS  CONFUSUS  Fall 
(Coleoptera:  Staphylinidae) 

Following  his  description  of  Pinophilus  confusus  (H.  C.  Fall,  1932.  New 
Coleoptera  XV.  Canad.  Ent.  64:  56-62),  Fall  appended  the  following  note: 

"Described  from  two  examples  bearing  label  Cape  Hatteras,  North  Carolina,  Jan. 
1903;  F.  Sherman  collector.'  Both  are  probably  females.  With  the  above  I  have 
associated  a  male  from  Dunedin,  Florida,  IV-4-23  and  a  female  from  Paradise  Key, 
Florida,  IV-4-25,  both  collected  by  myself.  These  Florida  specimens  scarcely 
differ  from  the  North  Carolina  types  except  in  the  just  perceptibly  shorter  elytra, 
and  there  can  be  hardly  a  doubt  that  they  are  specifically  the  same.  In  the 
Dunedin  male  the  sixth  ventral  is  rather  narrowly  rounded  (not  at  all  truncate  or 
emarginate)  at  apex." 

In  the  collection  of  the  University  of  California  at  Riverside  is  a  male  specimen  with 

labels  reading  "Cape  Hatteras,  January  1903  NC.  F.  Sherman  collector."  There  is  no 

doubt  that  this  is  from  a  series,  part  of  which  came  into  Fall's  possession  from  which 

he  described  Pinophilus  confusus.  This  specimen  differs  from  Fall's  description  of  one 

(Continued  on  page  62) 


A  SCIENTIFICALLY  DESIGNED  DRAWER  FOR 
SCIENTIFIC  INSECT  COLLECTIONS1 

Henry  Townes2 

The  drawers  used  in  larger  insect  collections  have  designs  that 
were  adopted  fifty  to  more  than  a  hundred  years  ago.  In  North 
America  there  are  two  "standard"  designs.  The  Cornell  drawer, 
sized  16-1/2  x  19x3  inches,  was  introduced  by  H.  A.  Hagen  at  the 
Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  and  copied  by  J.  H.  Comstock 
for  use  in  the  Cornell  University  collection.  Hagen  himself  copied 
the  drawer  from  European  collections  (The  Berlin  Museum  uses 
this  type  of  drawer).  The  U.S.  National  Museum  drawer  was 
developed  at  that  institution.  It  has  a  double  outer  wall  with  slots 
between  the  two  walls  to  hold  naphthalene  fumigant.  The  outside 
dimensions  are  18  x  18  x  3  inches.  Other,  less  common  drawer 
sizes,  in  North  America  are  the  Philadelphia  drawer,  used  at  the 
Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia  and  at  the  University 
of  Michigan,  and  the  California  Academy  drawer  used  at  the 
California  Academy  of  Sciences.  The  Philadelphia  drawer  is  18  x 
13  x  2-1/2  inches,  made  originally  to  be  twice  the  size  of  a 
Schmitt  box  (9  x  13  x  2-1/2  inches).  In  other  countries  each 
museum  usually  has  its  own  drawer  size.  Despite  their  diverse 
origins,  these  sizes  resemble  those  used  in  North  America. 

Since  insect  drawers  of  approximately  the  same  size  have  been 
adopted  in  most  collections,  one  would  suppose  that  this  must  be 
the  best  size.  But  when  drawers  were  first  used,  insect  collections 
contained  mostly  larger  specimens,  especially  Lepidoptera.  The 
drawers,  if  opened,  were  laid  on  tables  and  the  curator  tended  to 
stand  up  to  his  work,  stepping  from  one  drawer  to  another  as 
specimens  were  studied.  If  magnification  was  needed,  a  hand  lens 
was  used  rather  than  a  microscope.  Working  habits  today  are 
different  and  not  as  well  adapted  to  these  drawers,  but  museums 
have  continued  with  the  sizts  acceptable  in  an  earlier  period.  The 


'Accepted  for  publication:  May  13,  1972. 

2American  Kntomological  Institute,  5950  Warren  Road,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan  48105 

Ent.  News  84:  53-61,  1973  -53 


54  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  February  1973 


fact  that  supply  houses  stock  the  Cornell  and  U.  S.  National 
Museum  styles  of  drawers  is  partially  responsible  for  the  fact  that 
new  collections  tend  to  adopt  these  sizes  without  seriously  con- 
sidering their  suitability. 

Before  discussing  whether  some  different  size  or  sizes  would  be 
better,  one  should  consider  whether  it  is  practical  now  to  make  a 
change.  It  would  certainly  be  troublesome  to  mix  different  sized 
drawers  in  the  same  part  of  a  collection.  Anyone  with  experience 
is  sure  of  that.  But  in  a  large  collection  it  might  be  practical  to  have 
different  parts  of  the  collection  in  different  sized  drawers,  for 
example  with  larger  drawers  for  Lepidoptera  and  smaller  ones  for 
Diptera.  A  change  could  be  made  by  adding,  as  new  drawers,  only 
the  new  size,  and  using  the  new  size  only  in  certain  groups  of 
insects.  As  these  groups  were  gradually  moved  to  the  new  drawer 
size,  the  old  sized  drawers  could  be  shifted  to  the  parts  of  the 
collection  (as  Lepidoptera)  for  which  the  old  size  was  better 
suited.  I  think  that  few  curators  would  be  ready  to  adopt  a  new 
size,  but  after  working  in  about  sixty  different  insect  collections 
and  finding  what  I  consider  a  correctly  sized  drawer  in  very  few 
of  them,  I  feel  urged  to  express  an  opinion. 

Modern  insect  collections,  of  course,  still  have  Lepidoptera  and 
other  larger  specimens,  but  smaller  insects  now  comprise  a  sub- 
stantial part.  Smaller  insects  are  studied  not  standing  up,  but  while 
sitting  at  a  table  with  a  microscope  and  with  the  drawer  on  the 
same  table.  The  drawer  should  be  small  enough  for  the  investigator 
to  reach  all  corners  without  moving  from  his  chair.  Since  specimens 
are  frequently  changed  from  one  drawer  to  another,  the  drawer 
size  should  also  be  small  enough  for  two  drawers  (not  one)  to  fit 
on  a  table  top  and  still  leave  room  for  a  microscope,  books,  papers, 
and  other  working  materials.  This  statement  might  not  seem  im- 
portant to  one  who  is  not  actively  working  on  collections,  and 
even  some  active  workers  are  so  accustomed  to  the  clumsy  larger 
sizes  that  the  unnecessary  difficulties  are  accepted  without 
question. 

It  is  common  with  the  pinning  tray  system  to  remove  these 
smaller  units  for  use  on  the  work  table  and  to  set  the  drawer  itself 
to  one  side.  Being  able  to  remove  the  pinning  trays  avoids  some  of 
the  disadvantages  of  oversized  drawers,  and  it  would  sometimes  be 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  February  1973 


convenient  to  do  this  even  if  the  drawers  were  smaller.  The  length 
of  drawers  now  in  use  is  not  a  disadvantage.  It  is  the  width  that  is 
awkward.  Reducing  the  width  by  about  4  inches  would  result  in  a 
drawer  resembling  the  size  of  a  Philadelphia  drawer,  but  the  Phila- 
delphia drawer  is  now  used  transversely  so  that  it  is  wider  than 
long.  If  the  Philadelphia  drawer  were  turned  90°  so  that  the  longer 
dimension  were  the  length  it  would  be  a  very  conventional  size. 

Most  large  collections  now  use  the  pinning  tray  system  and  have 
adopted  sizes  of  trays  that  can  be  arranged  in  four  columns  per 
drawer.  The  largest  pinning  trays  are  on  half  column  long  (about 
8  inches)  and  the  smaller  ones  are  one  column  long  (about  4 
inches),  one  eighth  column  long  (about  2  inches),  and  one  twelfth 
column  (about  1-1/3  inches).  These  tray  sizes  are  convenient.  If  a 
narrower  drawer  were  adopted  there  would  be  space  for  three 
columns  of  such  trays  instead  of  the  present  four. 

The  pinning  trays  sized  to  fit  the  Cornell  or  the  U.S.  National 
Museum  drawers  have  one  awkward  feature.  The  tray  one  fourth 
column  in  length  (about  4  inches  long)  turns  out  to  be  almost 
square,  but  not  quite.  Care  must  be  taken  not  to  use  the  tray  side- 
ways by  mistake  as  it  will  not  fit  that  way.  It  would  be  better  if 
the  tray  were  exactly  square,  4x4  inches. 

There  is  a  common  practice  to  size  the  pinning  trays  so  that  in 
combination  they  don't  quite  fill  a  column,  leaving  space  for  several 
wooden  blocks  1/4  inch  wide  to  be  inserted  between  the  trays  to 
carry  labels.  The  labels  on  the  blocks  usually  bear  generic  names 
and  in  very  small  collections  family  names.  The  use  of  label  blocks 
should  be  discontinued.  In  research,  as  opposed  to  display  collec- 
tions, such  label  blocks  are  more  time  consuming  to  maintain  than 
time  saving  in  use.  Trays  sized  to  accommodate  label  blocks  require 
the  blocks  to  be  inserted  to  tighten  the  columns  even  if  they  do 
not  carry  labels.  If  labels  are  needed,  a  simple  card  can  be  slid  be- 
tween the  trays,  high  enough  to  project  above  the  edge  of  the  tray 
and  bear  a  label. 

The  points  made  above  are:  That  a  tray  width  of  four  inches  is 
convenient;  that  the  tray  of  one  fourth  column  length  should  be 
exactly  square;  that  there  should  be  no  space  left  for  label  blocks; 
and  that,  to  keep  the  drawer  from  being  too  wide,  there  should  be 
only  three  columns  of  trays  per  drawer  rather  than  four.  Taking 


56  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  February  1973 


these  points  into  account  the  inside  drawer  dimension  should  be 
16  inches  long  by  12  inches  wide. 

The  drawer  depth  is  controlled  by  the  depth  needed  for  speci- 
mens on  standard  insect  pins  plus  the  depth  of  the  bottom  of  a 
tray,  the  depth  of  the  pinning  material,  and  an  allowance  for  un- 
usually long  pins  or  specimens  projecting  above  the  head  of  the 
pin.  With  insect  pins  38  mm  long  (1-9/16  inches),  pinning  bottoms 
a  maximum  of  3/8  inches  thick,  tray  bottom  1/16  inch  thick,  and 
1/8  inch  allowed  for  extra  high  specimens  or  extra  long  pins,  an 
inside  height  of  2-1/8  inches  is  sufficient. 

The  U.S.  National  Museum  drawer  has  a  double  outer  wall,  with 
slots  between  the  two  walls  for  naphthalene  fumigant.  Other 
drawer  styles  are  fumigated  by  using  a  small  tray  filled  with 
napthalene.  In  modern  buildings  it  is  relatively  easy  to  keep  collec- 
tions free  from  pests  (dermestids).  Winter  heating  makes  a  dry 
atmosphere  that  is  unfavorable  to  the  pests,  and  the  absence  of 
woolens,  cracks  in  floors,  and  stuffed  furniture  reduces  their 
breeding  sites.  Insects  that  fly  into  buildings  at  night  and  die  next 
to  windows  also  make  breeding  grounds  for  pests.  Window  screens 
keep  out  this  part  of  the  food  source  of  pest  infestations.  Air 
conditioned  buildings  with  sealed  windows  are  even  less  subject  to 
the  establishment  of  dermestid  colonies.  Tight  cabinets  for  insect 
drawers  provide  even  greater  protection  from  pests. 

Under  the  conditions  existing  in  most  modern  insect  collections, 
constant  fumigation  with  napthalene  is  not  necessary.  When  fumi- 
gation is  needed,  entire  cabinets  can  be  fumigated  as  units  and  for 
short  periods.  Nevertheless,  there  are  times  when  fumigant  is 
needed  in  individual  drawers,  as  when  they  are  left  out  of  their 
cabinets  for  some  weeks.  The  U.S.  National  Museum  drawer  is  the 
only  one  that  makes  good  provision  for  naphthalene  fumigation. 
This  drawer  in  fact,  overdoes  the  provision,  with  places  for  fumi- 
gant in  all  four  walls  One  double  wall  with  slots  for  naphthalene 
should  be  enough.  This  should  be  on  the  back  wall  of  the  drawer, 
where  it  will  be  least  in  the  way. 

In  some  styles  of  drawers  the  cover  is  held  on  by  hooks,  in 
others  not.  When  hooks  are  present  as  in  the  Cornell  drawer,  they 
are  often  not  used.  Hooks  seem  to  be  unnecessary  and  they  should 
be  omitted. 


Ent.  Neu's,  Vol.  84,  February  1973  .57 


On  the  front  of  drawers  there  is  always  a  drawer  pull  of  some 
sort,  usually  a  knob  at  the  center,  and  one  or  two  label  holders. 
The  drawer  pull  is  needed.  One  label  holder  is  also  necessary.  This 
can  be  in  combination  with  a  central  drawer  pull.  If  it  is  a  separate 
piece,  it  should  be  to  the  left  of  center.  The  label  holder  should 
take  a  card  3  inches  wide  and  1-1/4  inches  high. 

On  the  front  of  the  drawer  to  the  right  of  the  drawer  pull, 
should  be  the  drawer  serial  number.  The  number  should  be  re- 
peated on  the  drawer  lid.  A  common  fault  is  to  make  these 
numbers  too  small,  or  not  black  enough.  The  numbers  have  to  be 
checked  often,  to  make  sure  that  the  correct  lid  is  on  a  drawer, 
and  they  should  be  easy  to  find  and  to  read.  As  another  assistance 
to  getting  the  drawer  lids  on  properly,  the  back  side  of  the  drawer 
and  the  lid  should  be  painted  a  color  conspicuously  different  from 
the  front  side.  The  aggregate  time  lost  in  fitting  the  drawer  covers 
first  on  backwards  and  then  having  to  reverse  them  is  considerable. 
A  differently  colored  back  side  would  minimize  this  trouble. 

Much  time  is  spent  prying  off  stubborn  lids.  The  U.S.  National 
Museum  drawer  has  finger  notches  for  lifting  the  lid;  few  other 
drawer  styles  do.  There  should,  in  fact,  be  two  finger  notches  on 
each  side,  near  the  front  corner,  one  notch  in  the  lid  (2-1/2  inches 
from  the  corner)  for  pressing  downward  with  the  thumb,  and  one 
notch  in  the  bottom  (1-1/2  inches  from  the  corner)  for  lifting  the 
lid  with  the  index  finger. 

Manufacturing  the  Drawer 

Inherent  in  any  practical  design  for  an  article  is  the  necessity 
for  it  to  be  easily  made.  Some  thought  has  been  given  to  this.  As 
materials,  the  drawers  could  be  made  of  wood,  cardboard,  plastic, 
or  metal.  I  have  not  seen  plastic  nor  metal  insect  drawers.  If  they 
were  made,  setting  up  for  a  production  run  would  be  expensive, 
and  justifiable  only  if  a  large  number  were  to  be  made  at  one  time. 
Without  dismissing  plastic  or  metal  as  possibilities,  I  shall  discuss 
further  only  wood  and  cardboard,  wood  first. 

In  the  preceding  discussion,  inside  dimensions  of  1  6  \  12x2-1/8 
inches  have  been  advocated,  with  a  slot  forfumigant  in  the  back  of 
the  drawer.  Copying  the  more  successful  construction  details  of 
drawers  already  in  use,  a  wooden  drawer  can  be  designed  as  in 


58  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  February  1973 


Figure  1.  Outside  dimensions  would  be  17-1/4  x  13-1/4  x  2-5/8 
inches.  The  sides  of  the  drawer  are  of  basswood,  tulip  tree  (yellow 
poplar),  white  pine,  or  other  wood  that  is  non-warping,  not  too 
hard,  and  available.  The  bottom  is  of  1/8  tempered  hardboard  (as 
Masonite).  The  glass  is  single  strength.  Cost  of  materials  for  such  a 
drawer  is  about  $1.80:  wood,  60«;  hardboard,  (12-1/2  x  16-1/2 
inches),  17«;  glass  (12-1/2  x  16-1/2  inches),  60* ;  label  holder  and 
drawer  pull,  23« ;  glue,  paint,  and  varnish,  20*. 

For  construction  the  drawer  and  the  drawer  lid  can  be  made 
separately,  then  fitted  together.  But  with  this  method  it  is  difficult 
to  get  a  good  fitting  lid  except  by  time-consuming  adjustments.  An 
alternate  method  is  suggested  here;  the  drawer  sides  (lid  and 
bottom)  are  made  of  single  pieces,  grooved  as  in  figure  2C.  After 
the  sides,  bottom,  and  top  are  put  together,  clamped  in  place,  and 
the  glue  hardened,  the  lid  and  bottom  of  the  drawer  are  separated 
with  table  saw  cuts  as  in  Figure  2C.  If  the  precut  grooves  in  piece  A 
are  exactly  the  right  depth,  the  lid  and  bottom  will  fit  together 
perfectly.  The  top  outer  edge  of  the  inner  flange  of  the  drawer 
bottom  should  be  beveled  a  bit  with  sandpaper  or  a  block  plane  to 
help  guide  the  top  into  place.  If  the  fit  is  too  tight,  the  outer  face 
of  the  flange  can  be  sanded  to  loosen  it.  An  advantage  of  this 
method  of  construction,  besides  the  possibility  of  saving  time,  is 
that  the  wood  grains  of  the  lid  and  bottom  match.  Any  tendency 
for  the  lid  to  warp  will  be  matched  by  a  similar  warp  in  the  bottom 
and  a  tight  fit  will  be  maintained. 

The  corners  in  the  illustration  (Figure  1)  are  lap  joints.  Lap 
joints  are  easy  to  make  with  a  table  saw.  They  can  be  glued  and 
nailed,  or  better,  glued  and  clamped  in  both  directions.  Other  cor- 
ner joints  such  as  dovetail,  or  miter  and  spine  can  be  used, 
according  to  inclination  and  the  equipment  available. 

Before  assembly,  the  slots  for  the  glass  and  bottom  should  be 
partly  filled  with  caulking  compound  and  with  glue  respectively. 
Caulking  the  glass  and  gluing  in  the  bottom  will  give  the  drawer 
rigidity,  and  help  seal  the  cracks. 

The  front,  sides,  back,  and  top  edges  of  the  drawers  should  be 
sandpapered  smooth,  after  first  cutting  in  the  finger  notches.  The 
back  side  (top  and  bottom)  should  be  painted  dark  brown  to  con- 
trast with  the  front  and  sides.  The  sides,  front  and  top  edge  should 


Ent.  Neu'S,   Vol.  84,  February  1973  59 


be  laquered  or  varnished.  Polyurethene  varnish  is  excellent.  Paint 
the  inside  of  the  drawer  white. 

The  lids  and  bottoms  of  each  drawer  should  be  given  a  corre- 
sponding serial  number.  Place  these  on  the  right  side  of  the  front, 
above  and  below  the  crack  separating  the  lid  and  bottom.  Make 
the  numbers  in  black  ink,  after  the  sandpapering  and  before 
laquering  or  varnishing. 

An  inexpensive  drawer  can  be  made  of  cardboard  rather  than  of 
wood.  If  an  order  for  1,000  or  more  is  placed  with  a  cardboard 
box  factory,  the  cost  per  drawer  would  be  very  much  less  than  for 
one  made  of  wood.  The  bottom  part  of  such  a  drawer  would  be 
a  cardboard  tray  2-1/8  inches  deep.  The  lid  can  be  the  same  depth 
and  fully  telescoping,  or  can  be  shallower.  It  would  be  possible, 
but  not  essential,  to  have  a  transparent  plastic  inset  in  the  lid  to 
simulate  a  glass  top.  The  slot  for  the  fumigant  in  the  back  of  the 
drawer  would  probably  be  omitted  from  a  cardboard  drawer.  Card- 
board drawers  cannot  easily  be  used  in  the  same  cabinet  with 
wooden  drawers.  To  fit  the  same  cabinets,  the  outside  dimensions 
of  cardboard  drawers  would  have  to  be  the  same  as  for  wooden 
drawers,  but  since  their  sides  are  thinner  their  inside  dimensions 
would  be  greater.  This  means  that  pinning  trays  sized  for  wooden 
drawers  would  not  fit  snugly  in  cardboard  drawers  of  the  same  out- 
side dimensions,  unless  there  were  special  insets  to  take  up  the 
extra  space.  Collections  needing  a  lot  of  inexpensive  storage,  how- 
ever, should  consider  using  cardboard  drawers. 

Summary 

A  smaller  drawer  for  insect  collections  is  advocated  as  being 
easier  to  work  with.  Inside  dimensions  should  be  12  inches  wide, 
16  inches  long,  and  2-1/8  inches  deep,  to  accommodate  three 
columns  of  pinning  trays,  each  four  inches  wide.  Outside  dimen- 
sions would  be  13-1/4  x  17-1/4  x  2-5/8  inches.  Use  of  label  blocks 
should  be  discontinued,  substituting  cards  slipped  between  the 
trays  if  generic  or  other  group  labels  are  thought  necessary.  The 
back  side  of  the  drawer  should  have  slots  to  hold  naphthalene.  A 
method  is  suggested  for  making  the  drawer  sides,  top  and  bottom 
of  one  piece,  cutting  the  lid  and  the  bottom  apart  after  assembly. 
The  need  for  finger  slots  for  opening  the  lid,  and  a  different  color 
for  the  back  side  of  a  drawer  is  discussed. 


60 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  February  1973 


Ent.  Neu-s,   Vol.  84,  February  1973 


61 


=  .22 

O. 

.2  "2 

•£    O 
o    O 


<    "> 

§1 

•-     — 


o  . 

j=  a> 

«  TD 

O  'S 

•«  t 

fa  O 

= 


O  . 

>-  <a 

C  '•* 

O  fa 

r  ° 

o>  ^ 

CO  £ 


<N 

a 
i 

u. 


62 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  February  1973 


(Continued  from  page  52) 

of  the  two  Florida  males  which  he  felt  hardly  a  doubt  about  associating  with  his  female 
"types".  In  our  specimen  the  sixth  abdominal  segment  is  emarginate  asymetrically  and 
somewhat  shallowly  so  that  the  apex  itself  is  somewhat  produced  (Fig,  1).  I  here 
designate  this  specimen  a  Neallotype  of  Pinophilus  confusus  Fall  and  have  so  labeled  it. 
--  Ian  Moore,  Staff  Research  Associate,  Division  of  Biological  Control,  University 
of  Cah'fornia,  Riverside,  California  92502. 

Accepted  for  publication:  March  22,  1972 

Descriptors:  Coleoptera;  Staphylinidae;  Pinophilus  confusus;  Neallotype. 


Figure  1.    Apex  of  sixth  sternite  of  Pinophilus  confusus. 


A  Predaceous  Scarabaeid 

In  February,  1966  I  was  collecting  insects  at  Campina  Grande,  near  Curitiba,  Brazil. 
One  afternoon  while  walking  a  path  through  a  pasture  just  after  a  rainstorm  had  passed, 
I  came  across  a  large  writhing  earthworm.  Frantically  crawling  over  it  were  several  small 
scarabaeids,  apparently  trying  to  cut  it  into  pieces.  One  short  piece,  a  little  longer  than 
thick,  was  being  rolled  away  like  a  dung  ball,  and  while  I  watched  another  part  was  cut 
off  and  was  starting  to  be  rolled  away.  The  observations  were  terminated  by  catching 
two  of  the  beetles.  These  were  sent  to  Prof.  Henry  Howden  in  Ottawa,  who  reported 
them  to  be  CANTHON  PODAGRICUS  Harold.  He  made  the  determination  by  compari- 
son with  specimens  of  this  species  named  by  F.  S.  Pereira  in  1959. 

CANTHON  PODAGRICUS  has  evidently  substituted  earthworm  pieces  for  food,  in 
place  of  dung  as  used  by  its  congeners.  --  Henry  Townes,  American  Entomological 
Institute,  5950  Warren  Road.  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan  48105.  Accepted  for  publication: 
May  13,  1972. 

(Continued  on  page  68) 


NEW  HAMPSHIRE,  VERMONT,  AND  SOUTHERN  MAINE 

INSECT  LIST 


PART  I.  BACKGROUND  AND  PROCEDURE; 
PRELIMINARY  LISTING 

Richard  E.  Gray1 


During  the  last  100  years,  much  has  been  written  about  the 
insect  fauna  of  the  local  area  covered  by  the  Dartmouth  College 
Museum.  This  area,  comprising  the  Connecticut  River  Valley, 
Green  Mountains,  White  Mountain  National  Forest,  and  the  sea- 
shore area  of  York  County,  Maine  and  southern  New  Hampshire, 
has  been  collected  by  Scudder,  Whitney,  Slosson,  Morrison, 
Gerould,  Shaw,Ottolengui,  Alexander,  Bowditch,  and  many,  many 
others.  Most  of  this  collecting  activity  has  been  in  the  White 
Mountains  of  New  Hampshire,  but  the  rest  of  the  area  has  not 
been  totally  neglected. 

Unfortunately,  very  few  of  the  insects  collected  have  been 
recorded  in  print,  and  most  of  those  insects  that  have  been  re- 
corded are  scattered  in  several  hundred  articles  in  over  2,000 
volumes  printed  during  100  years.  Although  insects  of  these  areas 
have  been  included  in  the  volumes  of  the  State  of  Connecticut 
Geological  and  Natural  History  Survey  series,  and  there  are  many 
records  included  in  the  out-of-print  and  obsolete  series  of  New 

'Associate  Curator  of  Biology,  Dartmouth  College  Museum,  Hanover,  NH  03755. 
Ent.  News,  84:  63-67,  1973  6^ 


64  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  February  1973 


England  insect  lists  published  by  the  now  defunct  Boston  Society 
of  Natural  History,  there  are  very  few  state  lists  for  the  area,  and 
all  appear  to  be  both  out  of  date  and  out  of  print.  There  is,  at  this 
time,  no  available,  current  listing  of  all  orders  of  insects,  although 
a  list  of  New  Hampshire  Odonata  and  a  list  of  Maine  Lepidoptera 
are  being  prepared. 

Due  mainly  to  the  lack  of  comprehensive,  up-to-date  lists,  the 
interest  in  entomological  studies,  especially  by  non-professionals, 
students  and  collectors,  which  should  exist  in  this  area  is  almost 
nonexistant.  Here  and  there  a  few  interested  persons  struggle  to 
keep  the  fires  of  knowledge  and  accuracy  burning,  while  the 
environmentalists  and  ecologists  happily  print  and  publish  their 
articles  and  learned  papers  that  are  distinguished  by  ignorance  of 
entomological  knowledge  and  by  lack  of  a  realization  of  just  how 
large  a  place  the  insects  occupy  in  the  environment.  Who  is  to 
blame  for  this  ignorance?  We  are!  For,  ignorant  as  they  are,  we  are 
more  ignorant.  How  little  we  really  know,  and  that  little  scattered 
beyond  the  winds  in  seas  of  original  documents  that  defy  our  best 
efforts  to  extract  the  information  we  need. 

When  the  ecologist  asks  an  entomologist  for  a  list  of  New 
Hampshire  insects,  or  asks  for  a  list  of  the  insects  of  a  particular 
faunal  zone,  or  requests  information  on  the  distribution  of  a  non- 
economic  insect,  or  asks  what  insects  should  be  taken  into  account 
during  a  particular  project  or  study,  what  helpful  information  can 
we  give?  What  lists,  books,  pamphlets,  guides,  or  studies,  up-to- 
date,  accurate,  and  in  print,  spring  to  mind?  Here,  in  middle  New 
England,  none.  We  do  not  even  have  a  bibliography  that  we  could 
hand  to  him  and  say,  "Here,  read  these  500  articles  and  you  will 
know  about  five  percent  of  what  you  want  to  know".  If  this  is  the 
case,  and  unfortunately  it  is,  what  can  we  do  about  it? 

The  answer  is  simple:  we  must  thoroughly  collect  this  area  for 
five  to  ten  years  in  order  to  get  a  population  sample,  establish  a 
series  of  records  for  ranges  and  distributional  data,  and  then  pub- 
lish a  faunal  listing  based  on  the  population  sample  collected. 

Reality  is  not  so  simple.  There  is  no  money  available  for  such 
a  project,  either  from  the  state  or  Federal  Governments,  nor  is  any 
funding  to  be  had  from  private  foundations  for  what  is  essentially 
a  "taxonomic"  project.  Mission  oriented,  original  research  projects, 


Ent.  News,   Vol.  84,  February  1973 


with  an  ''ecological"  or  "environmental"  goal  are  now  the  "in" 
type  of  project.  Basic  and  secondary  research  and  publications, 
especially  if  they  are  concerned  with  taxonomic  problems,  are 
"out".  The  fact  that  is  now  being  ignored,  that  without  a  solid 
taxonomic  foundation  to  build  upon  any  project  is  likely  to  be 
shot  through  and  through  with  errors  and  misconceptions, 
probably  will  not  become  apparent  until  after  some  expensive 
ecological  or  environmental  project  brings  on  a  disaster,  after 
which  it  will  be  too  late  to  do  anything  about  it.  Sorry  about  that, 
as  they  say  in  the  Army! 

Rather  than  yell  and  scream  about  a  lack  of  funding  that  I  can 
not  do  anything  about,  I  am  nonetheless  undertaking  a  modest 
project  to  remedy,  at  least  partially,  our  ignorance.  This  is  being 
done  with  the  help  of  many  individuals,  unpaid,  of  course,  and 
with  the  backing  of  the  staff  and  facilities  of  the  Dartmouth 
College  Museum.  By  historical  accident,  a  very  small  sum  of 
money,  the  Fall  Entomological  Fund,  is  available  for  such  work. 
Part  of  this  sum  will  be  available  for  certain  costs  of  the  project, 
part  will  be  spent  for  other  purposes  connected  with  entomology. 

The  initial  stage  of  this  project  (designated  Project  ACREP, 
Accumulate,  Collate,  Report,  Explain.  Publish)  is  described  here. 

Project  ACREP  is  a  20-year  plan  for  compiling  a  Faunal  List  of 
the  insects  of  the  local  area.  The  listing  will  give  accurate  nomen- 
clature, according  to  the  latest  available  catalogs  and  checklists, 
in  an  easy  to  follow  checklist  style.  If  a  species  is  limited  to  a 
restricted  environment,  this  will  be  indicated.  Each  species  will 
have  a  reference  to  a  particular  determined  specimen,  preferably  in 
the  Dartmouth  College  Museum  Collections,  upon  which  the  listing 
will  be  based.  One  or  more  references  to  the  species  in  the  previous 
literature  will  be  included  if  available,  and  an  adequate,  but  not 
comprehensive  bibliography  will  be  appended.  Twenty  years  has 
been  assigned  to  complete  this  project,  time  being  added  to  make 
up  for  lack  of  funds  and  certain  hard  facts  of  life  that  will  be 
brought  out  in  later  parts  of  this  series. 

It  has  been  decided  that  the  method  of  procedure  will  be  as 
follows:  1)  to  go  through  the  available  literature  on  the  subject 
page  by  page  and  transfer  to  3  by  5  file  cards  those  species  pre- 
viously recorded  from  the  local  area;  2)  to  compile,  at  the  same 


66  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  February  1973 


time,  a  bibliography  file  of  articles,  papers,  and  monographs 
checked;  3)  to  combine  these  in  a  "Preliminary  Listing".  This  will 
be  subproject  (1);  4)  to  collect  such  specimens  as  time  will  allow 
and  add  them  to  the  huge  mass  of  undetermined  material  in  the 
Dartmouth  College  Museum  Collections.  These  specimens  will  be 
used  to  'prove"  (i.e.,  validate),  the  species  in  the  "Preliminary 
Listing"  and  add  new  species  to  the  listing  and  card  files.  This 
will  be  subproject  (2);  5)  to  accurately  determine,  with  the  help 
of  experts  in  the  various  orders,  the  specimens  in  the  Dartmouth 
College  Museum  Collections,  and  to  assign  reference  numbers  to 
each  specimen.  This  will  be  subproject  (3);  6)  to  transfer  all 
available  ecological  and  other  information  to  the  card  file;  7)  to 
arrange  the  card  file  in  the  sequence  in  which  it  is  to  appear  in  the 
final  publication  and  type  up  copies  by  families  or  orders;  8)  to 
send  copies  to  the  various  specialists  for  comment  and  criticism. 
This  will  be  subproject  (4);  9)  to  take  all  comment  and  criticism 
and  adopt  such  part  of  it  as  seems  reasonable,  rearranging  the  cards 
and  information  as  may  be  necessary;  10)  to  type  up  the  final 
publication.  This  will  be  subproject  (5);  1 1)  to  offer  the  typescript 
to  anyone  who  will  reproduce  it  and  distribute  it,  or  cover  the 
costs  of  my  doing  so  myself. 

Please  note  that  the  first  three  subprojects  and  parts  of  sub- 
project  (4)  may  be  done  concurrently. 

The  timeframe  currently  alloted  is  as  follows:  subproject  (1), 
3  years;  (2)  5  years;  (3)  10  years;  (4)  1  year;  (5)  1  year. 

Subproject  (I):  Preliminary  Listing 

Dartmouth  College  has  an  excellent  library,  the  Baker  Library, 
covering  general  subjects,  and  a  branch,  the  Dana  Bio-Medical 
Library,  which  concerns  us.  The  Dana  Library  contains  a  fair  run 
of  certain  entomological  serials  and  good  runs  of  the  general 
biological  serials.  Unfortunately,  it  contains  very  little  20th 
Century  entomological  literature  other  than  serial  publications. 
Certain  entomological  serials  are  not  represented,  such  as  the 
Journal  of  the  Lepidopterists' Society,  that  have  papers  of  interest 
dealing  with  the  local  insect  fauna. 

Presently,  the  Dana  Library  serials  are  being  taken  out  at  the 
rate  of  ten  bound  volumes  per  week  to  be  checked  for  references. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  February  1973 


These  are  transferred  to  file  cards  and  the  serials  returned  for 
another  batch.  In  this  manner,  the  Transactions  of  the  American 
Entomological  Society,  complete,  and  the  Canadian  Entomologist, 
through  volume  83,  have  been  checked  out.  Giving  up  the  last 
volumes  of  the  Canadian  Entomologist  as  a  tough,  unrewarding 
job  that  was  best  left  till  last,  I  am  now  on  volume  16  of  the 
Entomological  News. 

Also  at  the  present  time,  the  small  amount  of  money  available 
from  the  Fall  Entomological  Fund  is  being  split  50-50  for  upkeep 
of  collections  and  for  new  or  in  print  publications.  Many  of  these 
publications  contain  useful  references  or  will  be  used  later  for 
determination  work  under  subproject  (3). 

So  far  about  5,000  species  are  referenced  in  the  card  files,  a 
fairly  good  start. 

While  going  through  these  publications,  many  type  localities 
of  "Mt.  Washington,  NH",  "Wht.  Mts.,  NH",  "NH",  ''White  Mts."  , 
etc.,  have  been  recorded,  showing  that  the  bulk  of  the  New 
Hampshire  collecting  has  been  centered  in  that  region.  Certain 
impressions  gathered  by  a  consecutive  reading  of  the  literature  I 
have  seen  to  date  leads  me  to  suspect  that  many  later  authors  have 
copied  this  information  as  "gospel  truth"  when  they  have  not  had 
more  recent  specimens  or  records  to  go  by.  I  am  certain,  but 
cannot  at  this  time  prove,  that  some  of  these  type  localities  are 
cited  in  error,  and  the  original  specimens  did  not  come  from  within 
1 ,000  miles  of  New  Hampshire. 

Although  these  records  of  previous  collections  in  our  local  area 
can  by  no  means  be  fully  trusted  for  accuracy,  nonetheless,  a 
general,  overall  idea  of  what  areas  have  been  ignored  or  which 
orders  are  underrepresented  can  be  gained.  Even  though  this 
"Preliminary  Listing'"  is  going  to  be  defective,  it  will  at  least  give 
us  something  from  which  to  work.  While  on  this  subject,  may  I 
insert  a  request  to  the  readers  who  may  have  separates  containing 
local  records,  to  please  donate  a  copy  to  the  Dartmouth  College 
Museum  Library?  Thank  you! 

Having  given  an  idea  of  Project  ACREP,  and  how  far  it  has 
progressed,  this  part  of  the  series  is  finished.  In  Part  II,  I  shall 
describe  the  Dartmouth  College  Museum  Collections,  and  relate 
them  to  subprojects  (2)  and  (3). 


68  Ent.  Neu'S,  Vol.  84,  February  1973 


(Continued  from  page  62) 

Wing  Dimorphism  in  METABLETUS  AMERICANUS 
Dejean  (Coleoptera:  Carabidae) 

The  hind-wings  of  this  species  are  either  long  or  vestigial.  According  to  Lindroth 
(1969.  p.  1057),  the  long-winged  forms  are  in  minority.  I  examined  28  specimens  of 
this  species  collected  in  Quebec  and  found  25  full-winged  specimens  from  the  following 
places:  Saguenay  Co.,  Baie-Trinite,  17-VI-1971  (2  specimens);  Havre-Saint-Pierre, 
25-VI-1971  (1  specimen);  Mingan,  21-VI-1971  ( 14  specimens);  Port-Cartier,  18-VI-1971 
M  specimen)  and  Riviere-au-Tonnerre,  23-VI-1971  (7  specimens).  In  Saguenay  County, 
the  long-winged  forms  of  Metabletus  americanus  Dejean  are  very  common  and  occur 
in  the  same  populations  as  short-winged  forms;  thev  are  no  doubt  functional. 
Literature  Cited:  LINDROTH,  C.  H.  1969.  ^Ground  beetles  of  Canada  and  Alaska. 
Opusc.  Ent.,  Suppl.  34:  945-1192.  --  Andre  Larochelle,  College  Bourget,  Rigaud, 
Quebec,  Canada.  Accepted  for  publication:  April  28,  1972.  Descriptors:  Coleoptera; 
Carabidae;  Saguenay  County,  Quebec,  Canada. 


Another  Malodorous  Carabid, 
BLETHISA  QUADRICOLLIS  Haldeman 

Some  Carabidae  are  known  to  emit  unpleasant  odors  when  disturbed:  Calosorna 
calidum  Fabricius.  C.  scrutator  Fabricius,  Nomius  pygmaeus  Dejean,  Psydrus  piceus 
Leconte,  Scaphinotus  angusticollis  Mannerheim  and  Trechus  chalybeus  Dejean. 

Likewise,  Blethisa  quadricollis  Haldeman  gave  off  a  very  strong  fetid  odor 
when  handled,  in  the  following  places:  QUEBEC:  Saguenay  County,  Natashquan, 
28-VI-1971  (1  specimen)  and  Riviere-Saint-Jean,  22-VI-1971  (1  specimen).  The  odor 
clings  strongly  to  the  fingers.  --  Andre  Larochelle,  College  Bourget,  Rigaud,  Quebec, 
Canada.  Accepted  for  publication:  April  28,  1971.  Descriptors:  Coleoptera;  Carabidae; 
Natashquan  and  Riviere-Saint-Jean,  Quebec,  Canada. 


A  New  Distribution  Record  for 
Chrysops  montanus  Osten  Sacken 

While  studying  Chrysops  specimens  in  the  University  of  Delaware  entomology 
museum,  four  specimens  were  found  to  be  misidentified  as  Chrvsops  dimmocki  Hines. 
These  were  determined  to  be  Chrysops  montanus  Osten  Sacken,  previously  unreported 
in  the  state.  All  were  from  inland  fresh  water  locations  in  southern  Delaware.  The 
oldest  specimen  was  collected  in  1936.  -  Robert  W.  Patton,  Department  of  Kntomology 
and  Applied  Ecology,  University  of  Delaware,  Newark,  Delaware  19711. 


(Continued  from  front  inside  cover) 

Short  notes  will  be  promptly  published  in  The  Entomologist's  Record.  Literautre 
notices,  short  reviews,  and  books  received  will  be  published  in  The  Entomologist's 
Library.  Study  notices,  want  items,  and  for  sale  notices  are  published  in  The 
Entomologist's  Market  Place.  All  manuscripts  should  follow  the  format  recommended 
in  the  CBE  "Style  Manual". 


MEMOIRS  AMERICAN  ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 

No.  20.  Howard  E.  Evans- A.  Revision  of  the  Mexican  and  Central  American  Spider  Wasps 
of  the  Subfamily  Pompilinae  (Hymenoptera:  Pompilidae).  433  pages,  11  plates, 
80  maps $12.50 

No.  21.  Eric  G.  Mathews-A  Taxonomic  and  Zoogeographic  Survey  of  the  Scarabaeidae 
of  the  Antilles  (Coleoptera:  Scarabaeidae).  134  pages,  144  figures.  .  .$4.00 

No.  22.  Richard  M.  Fox- A.  Monograph  of  the  Ithomiidae  (Lepidoptera)  Part  III.  The 
tribe  Mechanitini  Fox.  190  pages,  170  figures,  1  color  plate $9.00 

No.  23.  Beatrice  R.  Vogel-A  list  of  New  North  American  Spiders  (1940-1966).  186 
pages $9.00 

No.  24.  Lee  D.  Miller-The  Higher  Classification,  Phytogeny  and  Zoogeography  of  the 
Satyridae  (Lepidoptera).  174  pp $7.00 

No.  25.  Michael  G.  Emsley-The  Schizopteridae  (Hemiptera:  Heteroptera)  with  the  de- 
scription of  new  species  from  Trinidad.  154  pp $6.50 

No.  26.  Jafnes  R.  Zimmerman- A  taxonomic  Revision  of  the  Aquatic  Beetle  Genus 
Laccophilus  (Dytiscidae)  of  North  America,  275  pp $12.00 

No.  27.     Philip  J.  Clausen  and  Edwin  F.  Cook  -  A  Revision  of  the  Nearctic  Species 
of  the  Tribe  Parydrini  (Diptera:  Ephydridae).  150  pp $7.00 

No.  28.     Annette    F.    Braun        Tischeriidae    of   America    North    of   Mexico   (Micro- 
lepidoptera).    148   pp $7.00 


The  Entomologist's  Market  Place 

Advertisements  of  goods  or  services  for  sale  are  accepted  at  $1.00 
per  line,  payable  in  advance  to  the  editor.  Notices  of  wants  and  ex- 
changes not  exceeding  three  lines  are  free  to  subscribers.  Positions  open, 
and  position  wanted  notices  are  included  here  and  may  be  referred  to  by 
box  numbers.  All  insertions  are  continued  from  month  to  month,  the 
new  ones  are  added  at  the  end  of  the  column,  and,  when  necessary,  the 
older  ones  at  the  top  are  discontinued. 


For  sale:  Philippine  biological  specimens,  including  marine,  land,  and  fresh  water, 
carefully  preserved,  including  insects;  price  list  available  upon  request  from:  Romeo  M. 
Lumawig,  P.O.  Box  22  Boac,  Marinduque  201-E,  Philippines. 

Butterflies  for  exchange  for  any  from  North  America.  Antoine  Fonlupt,  5-D  Place 
Marechal  Foch,  42  Saint-Etienne,  France. 

Wanted  to  buy:  Living  pupae  of//,  cecropia,  P.  cynthia,  A.  polyphemus,  H.  rubra, 
H.  gloveri,  A.  luna,  and  many  other  species  in  either  large  or  small  quantities.  Richard  K. 
Zajdel,  P.O.  Box  932,  East  Lansing,  MI  49923. 

For  sale:  Complete  set  of  "Systematic  Zoology",  v.  1-12  bound  red  buckram;  v.  13- 
20,  paper.  $200.00,  shipped  postpaid.  P.O.  Box  4068,  Tallahassee,  FL  32203. 

THE  MOTHS  OF  AMERICA  NORTH  OF  MEXICO.  Fascicle  21,  Sphingoidea  now  in 

stock,  xii+158  p.  14  superb  color  plates,  8  black-and-white  photos,  19  figs.,  2  plates  of 
line  drawings.  1971.  $24.00.  Also  available  at  a  reduced  price  to  subscribers  of  all  41 
fascicles,  which  will  treat  and  figure  in  color  all  10,000  species  of  North  American  moths. 
Write  for  complete  details  and  brochere,  with  sample  color  plate.  Entomological  Re- 
print Specialists,  P.O.  Box  77971,  Dockweiler  Station,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90007,  USA. 

Wanted:  One  copy  of  "Catalogue  of  the  Coleoptera  of  America,  North  of  Mexico", 
by  C.  W.  Leng,  published  at  Mount  Vernon,  1920.  Dr.  Paul  P.  Shubeck,  Biology  Depart- 
ment, Montclair  State  College,  Upper  Montclair,  New  Jersey  07043. 


AQUATIC  DIPTERA,  by  O.  A.  Johannsen.  370  p.,  including  757  figs,  on  72  full-page 
plates.  (1934-37)  reprint  1969.  All  five  parts  on  this  basic  reference  on  larvae  and  pupae 
of  aquatic  flies.  $11.25  cloth,  $5.00  paper.  For  this  and  any  insect  book  in  print,  write 
to:  Entomological  Reprint  Specialists,  P.  <9.  Box  77971,  Dockweiler  Station,  Los  Angeles, 
California  90007,  USA. 

BUTTERFLIES  OF  THE  AUSTRALIAN  REGION,  by  Bernard  D'Abrera.  352  p., 
over  4,000  full  color  photographs.  Ready  Feb.  1972.  $39.95  postpaid.  A  magnificently 
illustrated  and  comprehensive  work  treating  the  butterflies  of  Australia,  Papua  &  New 
Guinea,  the  Moluccas,  New  Zealand,  and  the  islands  of  the  South  Pacific.  Entomological 
Reprint  Specialists,  P.O.  Box  77971,  Dockweiler  Station,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90007,  USA. 

BIOLOGIE  DER  HYMENOPTEREN,  by  H.  Bischoff,  Berlin  1927.  8  vo.  pp.  VII,  598 

with  224  figs.  Cloth.  Subscription  price:  Dutch  florins  185  (ca.  $59.00)  with  its  many 
examples  for  all  groups  and  its  224  figures  this  book  will  be  of  great  value  for  any  student 
of  the  Hymenoptera.  Publication  date  end  of  1972.  Order  from:  Antiquariatt  Junk, 
Dr.R.  Schierenberg  &  Sons  NV.  P.O.  Box  5,  Lochem,  Holland. 

Wanted:  Your  name,  address  and  price  list  if  you  are  an  entomologist  that  has 
Lepidoptera  for  sale.  Prefer  overseas  contacts  if  possible.  Write  Edward  F.  Ruschewski, 
4165  Harbor  Drive,  Carlsbad,  California  92008  U.S.A. 

ODONATA  WANTED:  Will  pay  up  to  $50.00  each  for  needed  North  American 
species.  Want  list  sent  on  request.  Also  want  to  exchange  specimens  and  correspond 
with  Odonatologists  throughout  the  world.  Carl  Cook,  Center,  Kentucky  42114,  USA. 


MARCH  1973 


ENTOMOLOGICAL  NEWS 


CONTENTS 

EXTERNAL  PARASITES  OF  THE  WOODCHUCK, 
MARMOTA  MONAX,  IN  INDIANA 

John  O.  Whitaker,  Jr.  and  Larry  L.  Schmeltz,  p.  69 

A  REVIEW  OF  THE  GENUS  BRYOTHINUSA  WITH  DESCRIPTIONS  OF 

THREE  NEW  SPECIES  (COLEOFrERA:STAPHYLINIDAE) 

Ian  Moore,  E.  F.  Legner,  and  Tai-din  Chan,  p.  73 

COLLECTING  HIBERNATING  GROUND  BEETLES  UNDER  SNOW 

Andre  Larochelle,  p.  82 

SEVEN  FAMILIES  OF  AQUATIC  AND  SEMI-AQUATIC  HEMIPTERA 

IN  LOUISANA  -  PART  II 
Gene  J.  Gonsoulin,  p.  83 

BOT  INFESTATIONS  OF  PINYON  MICE  IN  NEW  MEXICO 
Glenn  E.  Haas  and  Richard  P.  Martin,  p.  89 

PREDATION  ON  CHIROMONID  EGGS  AND  LARVAE 
BY  NANOCLADIUS  ALTERNANTHERAE 

DENDY  AND  SUBLETTE 

(DIPTERA:CHIRONOMIDAE,ORTHOCLADIINAE) 
J.  S.  Dendy,  p.  91 

STUDIES  OF  THE  BYRON  BOG  IN  SOUTHWESTERN  ONTARIO  XLIX. 

ADDITIONAL  OBSERVATIONS  ON  THE 

INSECTS  OF  REDMOND'S  POND 

W.  W. Judd,  p.  96 

GROUND  BEETLES  COLLECTED  FROM  SEA-SHORE  DRIFTS 

Andre  Larochelle,  p.  99 

THE  KNTOMOLIGIST  RECORD,  p.  72 


THE  AMERICAN  ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 


ENTOMOLOGICAL  NEWS 

Edited,  1890-1910,  by  Henry  Skinner  (1861-1926);  1911-1944,  by  Philip  P.  Calvert 
(1871-1961);  1945-1967,  by  R.  G.  Schmieder  (1898-1967);  1968-1972  by  R.  H.  Arnett, 

Jr. 

Entomological  News  is  published  monthly  except  August  and  September  by  the 
American  Entomological  Society  at  253  Agricultural  Hall,  College  of  Agricultural 
Sciences,  University  of  Delaware,  Newark,  DE.  19711.  Second  class  postage  paid  at 
Newark,  Delaware  19711  and  additional  mailing  offices.  Editorial  Staff :  S.  S.  Roback  & 
R.  W.  Lake  (Editor). 

SUBSCRIPTION  RATES:  Private  subscriptions  for  personal  use  $7.00  per  year  post 
paid;  institutional  subscriptions  for  libraries,  laboratories,  etc.,  domestic  and  foreign 
$12.00  per  year  postpaid.  Communications  and  remittances  for  subscriptions  should  be 
addressed  to  Entomological  News,  1900  Race  Street,  Philadelphia,  PA.  19103,  U.SA. 

POSTMASTER:  If  undeliverable  please  send  form  3579  to  Mr.  Robert  W.  Lake,  253 
Agricultural  Hall,  University  of  Delaware,  Newark,  DE.  19711. 

MANUSCRIPTS  and  all  communications  concerning  same  should  be  addressed  to: 
Mr.  Robert  W.  Lake,  Department  of  Entomology  and  Applied  Ecology,  University  of 
Delaware,  Newark,  DE  19711.  The  receipt  of  all  papers  will  be  acknowledged  and,  if 
accepted,  they  will  be  published  as  soon  as  possible,  usually  within  six  months.  Articles 
longer  than  eight  pages  may  be  published  in  two  or  more  installments,  unless  the  author 
is  willing  to  pay  the  cost  of  a  sufficient  number  of  additional  pages  in  any  one  issue  to 
enable  such  an  article  to  appear  without  division.  BOOKS  FOR  REVIEW  should  be  sent 
to  the  editor. 

PAGE  CHARGES  are  normally  made  only  for  over-length  articles,  or  for  articles  pub- 
lished ahead  of  thek  regular  place  in  the  issues,  and  then  only  as  additional  pages  for  an 
issue.  In  cases  where  authors  have  received  grant  money  for  publication,  or  their  institu- 
tion normally  pays  publication  costs,  they  will  be  billed  at  the  rate  of  $18.75  per  page. 

ILLUSTRATIONS:  Authors  will  be  charged  for  text-figures  and  halftones  at  the 
following  rate:  Each  line  cut  regardless  of  size  $1.50;  each  halftone  regardless  of  size, 
$4.50.  Size  limit  of  illustrations,  when  printed,  4J/2  x  6y2  inches. 

SEPARATES  printed  without  removal  of  extraneous  matter,  without  covers,  will  be 
supplied  by  the  printer  at  20  cents  per  copy.  Minimum  order  100  copies.  Xerox  copies  of 
articles,  minimum  order  50  copies,  15  cents  per  copy. 

EDITORIAL  POLICY:  Manuscripts  on  insect  life  and  related  terrestrial  anthropods  are 
appropriate  for  submission  to  ENTOMOLOGICAL  NEWS.  Titles  should  be  carefully 
composed  to  reflect  the  true  contents  of  the  article,  and  be  kept  as  brief  as  possible.  A 
short  informative  abstract  (not  a  descriptive  abstract)  of  about  150  words  should  be 
supplied  on  a  separate  sheet,  complete  with  title  and  ending  with  the  authors  name  and 
address.  In  addition,  the  author  should  supply  a  list  of  descriptors,  or  key  words  at  the 
end  of  the  abstract.  The  author's  complete  mailing  address,  including  zip  code  number, 
should  be  given  as  a  footnote  to  the  article.  All  papers  describing  new  taxa  should 
include  enough  information  to  make  them  useful  to  the  non-specialist.  Generally  this 
requires  a  key  and  a  short  review  or  discussion  of  the  group,  plus  reference  to  existing 
revisions  or  monographs.  Illustrations  are  almost  always  required. 

Short  notes  will  be  promptly  published  in  The  Entomologist's  Record.  Literature  notices, 
short  reviews,  and  books  received  will  be  published  in  The  Entomologist's  Library.  Study 
notices,  want  items,  and  for  sale  notices  are  published  in  The  Entomologist's  Market 
Place.  All  manuscripts  should  follow  the  format  recommended  in  the  CBE  "Style 
Manual". 

SECOND-CLASS  POSTAGE  PAID  AT  NEWARK,  DELAWARE 
&  ADDITIONAL  MAILING  OFFICES 


EXTERNAL  PARASITES  OF  THE  WOODCHUCK, 

MARMOTA  MONAX,  IN  INDIANA1 

John  O.  Whitaker,  Jr.  and  Larry  L.  Schmeltz2 

A  total  of  91  woodchucks,  Marmota  monax,  from  Indiana  was 
examined.  Of  these  28  were  from  Vigo  and  Clay  Counties,  an-d  34 
were  from  Tippecanoe,  White  and  Fountain  Counties,  in  west 
central  Indiana.  Seventeen  came  from  Marshall  and  St.  Joe 
Counties  in  northern  Indiana,  and  12  came  from  Martin  County  in 
southern  Indiana.  Numbers  examined  during  the  months  of  Febru- 
ary through  November  were  2,  22,  34,  16,  5,  8,  0,  0,  2  and  2. 

Woodchucks  for  study  were  combed  over  white  paper  and  the 
resulting  parasites  collected;  then  the  fur  was  examined  during 
observation  with  a  zoom  dissecting  microscope  while  brushing  it 
with  dissecting  needles.  Parasites  were  placed  live  in  Nesbitts 
solution,  left  for  one  week,  then  mounted  in  Hoyers  solution 
and  the  cover  slip  later  ringed  with  asphaltum.  Adult  ticks  were 
stored  in  alcohol.  Parasites  were  counted  or  their  number  estimated 
when  concentrations  were  large.  The  numbers  of  parasites  reported 
here  are  probably  low  for  several  reasons.  Woodchucks  are  diffi- 
cult to  examine  under  the  dissecting  microscope  because  they  are 
so  large.  Early  in  the  study  less  care  was  taken  to  ensure  complete 
counts.  Some  of  the  animals  were  wet  when  examined,  making  the 
finding  of  external  parasites  much  more  difficult. 

All  but  eight  of  the  woodchucks,  or  91.2%  of  them,  had  some 
form  of  external  parasite. 

Seven  forms  of  Acarina  (mites,  chiggers  and  ticks),  one  flea 
(Siphonaptera)  and  one  louse  (Siphunculata)  were  found  (Table  1). 
The  most  abundant  parasite  was  the  mitQ,Androlaelapsfahrenholzi 
(=Laelaps  glasgowi,  Ewing)  found  on  many  species  of  mammals 
in  Indiana  (Whitaker  and  Wilson,  1968)  and  previously  reported  on 
Marmota  monax  by  Strandtmann  (1949)  and  Lawrence,  Hays  and 
Graham  (1965).  This  species  ranged  in  number  from  0  to  400  per 
woodchuck.  Strandtmann  states  that  the  form  as  it  occurs  on 
Marmota  is  somewhat  different  from  that  which  occurs  on  other 
mammals,  but  not  enough  so  that  it  should  be  classed  as  a  separate 

'Accepted  for  publication:  May  4,  1972 

2Department  of  Life  Sciences,  Indiana  State  University,  Terre  Haute,  47809 

Ent.  News,  84: 69- 72,1973  69 


70 Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  March  1973 

species.  It  should  be  noted  that  Ewing  (1923)  described  A ndro- 
laelaps  sternalis  from  Marmota  monax  from  Maryland.  To  our 
knowledge  this  name  has  not  been  used  again  nor  synonomyzed. 
We  have  not  examined  the  type,  but  from  the  description  it 
appears  to  us  that  it  is  likely  a  synonym  of  A.  fahrenholzi. 

The  second  most  abundant  form  found  was  the  louse, 
Enderleinellus  marmotae  Ferris  ranging  from  0  to  200  per  wood- 
chuck.  Wilson  (1961)  previously  reported  this  species  from  four 
widely  scattered  counties  in  Indiana.  He  states  that  what  little 
evidence  there  is  indicates  it  to  be  most  abundant  April  through 
June.  During  the  present  work,  75  lice  were  found  on  one  of  the 
two  woodchucks  examined  in  February,  89  on  9  of  the  animals 
taken  in  March,  2  on  one  animal  taken  in  July,  and  201  on  two 
animals  taken  in  November  as  well  as  70  from  animals  taken  in 
April  and  May.  The  lice  are  common  on  woodchucks  in  fall  and 
spring  in  Indiana. 

Two  kinds  of  chiggers,  Euschongastia  marmotae  Farrell,  ranging 
from  0  to  1 25  per  animal  and  Eutrombicula  alfreddugesi  Oudemans 
were  found.  The  first  is  a  normal  chigger  of  the  woodchuck,  but 
had  not  previously  been  reported  from  Indiana. 

Two  kinds  of  ticks,  Ixodes  cookei  Packard  (range  of  0-5  per 
host)  and  Dermacentor  variabilis  (Say)  ranging  from  0  to  20,  were 
found  during  this  study.  Wilson  (1961)  had  previously  reported 
both  these  species  from  Marmota  from  Indiana. 

The  flea,  Oropsylla  arctomys  (Baker)  is  a  normal  parasite  of 
Marmota  monax  in  the  northern  part  of  its  range  in  the  eastern 
and  central  United  States.  It  ranged  from  0  to  9  per  host  during 
this  study.  In  Indiana,  Wilson  (1961)  found  this  species  only  once 
in  examining  16  woodchucks  for  external  parasites.  The  one  record 
(2  specimens)  was  for  Noble  County  in  the  northeastern  corner  of 
the  state  but  most  of  Wilson's  collections  were  from  southern 
Indiana.  During  the  present  work,  none  of  the  39  woodchucks 
from  the  southern  half  of  Indiana  harbored  fleas;  while  the  wood- 
chucks  from  the  northern  counties,  Saint  Joe,  Marshall  and  Tippe- 
canoe  harbored  12,  1  and  1  respectively.  Present  data  support  the 
conclusion  that  this  is  a  flea  on  Marmota  only  in  northern  Indiana. 

Two  other  mites  were  taken,  one  specimen  of  Eulaelaps 
stabularis  (Koch),  and  17  of  Macrocheles  sp.  (ranging  from  0  to 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  March  1973  71 


11).  E.  stabularis  has  been  previously  reported  on  Marmota  monax 
from  Ontario  by  Banks  (1909  =  Laelaps  propheticus).  The  species 
of  Macrocheles  is  new  and  is  being  described  by  Dr.  G.  W.  Krantz 
(Department  of  Entomology,  Oregon  State  University,  Corvallis). 
The  same  form  has  also  been  found  on  Spermophilus  tridecem- 
lineatus  from  Vigo  County,  Indiana  (Whitaker,  in  press).  Macro- 
cheles sp.  should  not  be  considered  as  parasitic  on  Marmo  ta;  rather 
it  is  likely  a  phoretic  associate. 

We  thank  Dr.  R.  B.  Loomis  for  verifying  the  chigger  identi- 
fications. 

Table    1.   External  parasites   from   91    woodchucks,  Marmota  monax,   from   Indiana 

No.          Mean  No.     No.  Marmota       %  Marmota 
Parasites        Per  an.          with  para.  with  para. 

Androlaelaps  fahrenholzi  2628  28.9  71  78.0 

(mite) 

Enderleinellus  marmotae  437  4.8  26  28.6 

(louse) 

Euschongastia  marmotae  131  1.4  5  5.6 

(chigger) 

Ixodes  cookei  (tick)  34  0.4  21  23.1 

Dermacentor  variabilis  (tick)  31  0.3  7  7.7 

Macrocheles  sp.  (mite)  17  0.2  6  6.6 

Oropsylla  arctomys  (flea)  14  0.2  5  5.6 

Eutrombicula  alfreddugesi  12  0.1  1  1.1 

(chigger) 

Eulaelaps  stabularis  (mite)  1  0.01  1  1.1 

LITERATURE  CITED 
Banks,  N.  1909.  New  Canadian  mites.  (Arachnoidea,  Acarina).  Proc.  En  torn.  Soc.  Wash. 

11:  133-143. 
Ewing,  H.  E.  1923.  The  dermanyssid  mites  of  North  America.  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus. 

62  (13):  1-26. 
Lawrence,  W.  H.,  K.  L.  Hays,  and  S.  A.  Graham.  1965.  Arthropodous  ectoparasites  from 

some  northern  Michigan  mammals.  Occ.  Pap.  Mus.  ZooL  Univ.  Mich.  No.  639.  7  p. 

Strandtmann,  R.  W.  1949.  The  blood  sucking  mites  of  the  genus  Haemolaelaps  (Acarina: 

Laelaptidae)  in  the  United  States.  J.  Parasitol.  35:  325-352. 
Whitaker,  J.  O.,  Jr.  1972.  Food  and  external  parasites  of  Spermophilus  tridecemlineatus 

in  Vigo  County,  Indiana.  J.  Mammal.  53:644-648. 

Whitaker,  J.  O.,  Jr.,  and  N.  Wilson.  1968.  Mites  of  small  mammals  of  Vigo  County, 
Indiana.  Amer.  Midland  Nat.  80:  537-542. 

Wilson,  N.   1961.  The  ectoparasites  (Ixodides,  Anoplura  and  Siphonaptera)  of  Indiana 
mammals.  Unpublished  Ph.D.  dissertation.  Purdue  University.  527  p. 


72 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  March  1973 


External  Parasites  of  the  Woodchuck, 
Marmota  monax,  in  Indiana 

ABSTRACT:  From  91  woodchucks  from  Indiana  examined,  the  following  were  found: 
Androlaelaps  fahrenholzi  2628,  Enderleinellus  marmotae  437,  Euschongastia  marmotae 
131,  Ixodes  cookei  34,  Dermacentor  variabilis   31,  Macrocheles  sp.    17,   Oropsylla 
arctomys  14,  Eutrombicula  alfreddugesi  12,  and  Eulaelaps  stabularis  1.  -  John  O.  Whit- 
aker,  Jr.  and  L.  L.  Schmeltz.  Dept.  of  Life  Sciences,  Indiana  State  University,  Terre 
Haute,  Indiana  47809 
Descriptors:  Acarina,  Anoplura  &  Siphonaptera  parasites  of  Marmota  monax. 


The  Entomologist's  Record 

To  encourage  the  publication  of  concise  and  useful  new  distribution 
records,  corrections  of  previously  published  erroneous  records,  misidenti- 
fications,  short  field  notes,  and  current  news  items  about  entomologists, 
amateur  and  professional,  entomology  departments  and  museums,  prompt 
(monthly)  publication  is  offered  in  this  department. 


Habrocerus  capillaricornis  Gravenhorst 
(Coleoptera:  Staphylinidae)  in  Southern  California 

The  European  species  Habrocerus  capillaricornis  Gravenhorst  (Staphylinidae: 
Habrocerinae)  was  first  reported  from  North  America  by  Melville  Hatch,  1953:28 
(Beetles  of  the  Pacific  Northwest,  Part  I,  Introduction  and  Adephaga.  Univ.  Wash.  Publ. 
Biol.,  Vol.  16,  348  pp.  Seattle)  as  having  been  collected  at  Forest  Grove,  Oregon  in 
1941.  Later  Hatch,  1957:  150  (Beetles  of  the  Pacific  Northwest,  Part  II,  Staphylini- 
fomia  Univ.  Wash.  Publ.  Biol.,  Vol.  16,  384  pp.  Seattle)  reported  it  from  Creston, 
British  Columbia  collected  in  1954. 

I  have  recently  seen  one  specimen  taken  by  Robert  H.  Crandall,  Jr.  on  March  31, 
1966  at  Altadena,  Los  Angeles  County,  California  and  three  specimens  by  him  from  the 
same  locality  on  April  16,  1966.  This  is  its  first  known  appearance  in  California.  --  Ian 
Moore,  Department  of  Entomology,  Division  of  Biological  Control  University  of 
California,  Riverside  92502. 

Saturniids  as   Bat   Mimics 

Large  saturniid  moths  are  clumsy  in  flight.  They  travel  at  night,  often  high  over  the 
vegetation  or  tree  canopy  where  bats  hunting  by  sonar  could  easily  locate  them.  Their 
flight  is  not  swift,  nor  do  they  have  much  ability  to  dodge.  They  do  not  even  fly  in  the 
erratic  jumpy  manner  that  seems  to  give  butterflies  some  protection  from  bird  attacks. 
Evolution  seems  to  have  neglected  to  give  the  flying  adult  saturniids  any  ability  to 
escape  from  predatory  bats. 

It  might  be  that  these  moths  are  evil-tasting  enough  to  be  uninteresting  to  bats,  and 
most  of  them  do  have  a  strong  unpleasant  odor.  Another  possibility,  or  probability,  is 
that  they  resemble  the  bats  themselves  so  closely  in  their  size,  broad  downy  wings,  and 
flight  characteristics  that  the  bats  do  not  distinguish  them  from  other  bats.  If  this  is 
indeed  the  case,  they  can  flap  through  the  skies  on  warm  nights  together  with  the  hunt- 
ing bats  and  not  be  attacked.  --  Henry  Townes,  American  Entomological  Institute, 
5950  Warren  Road  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan,  48105. 


A  REVIEW  OF  THE  GENUS  BRYOTHINUSA  WITH 

DESCRIPTIONS  OF  THREE  NEW  SPECIES 

(COLEOPTERA:  STAPHYLINIDAE)1 

Ian  Moore,  E.  F.  Legner2,  and  Tai-din  Chan3 

Bryothinusa  is  one  of  several  strictly  marine  genera  of  rove 
beetles.  For  many  years  it  was  known  by  only  a  single  species  from 
the  eastern  Pacific  Ocean.  Recently,  a  number  of  species  have  been 
found  on  the  western  shores  of  the  Pacific  Ocean.  The  genus  is  re- 
viewed below  and  three  new  species  from  Hong  Kong  are  de- 
scribed. A  subsequent  paper  will  deal  with  the  larvae  of  some  of 
the  species. 

The  genus,  first  described  by  Casey  (1904),  was  based  on  B. 
catalinae  from  California.  Fenyes  (1920)  repeated  the  original 
description  and  placed  it  in  the  group  Phytosi  with  several  other 
marine  genera.  Moore  (1956)  redescribed  the  genus  and  the  species, 
leaving  it  in  the  Phytosi  but  expressed  doubt  about  its  position 
there.  The  next  species  to  be  placed  in  the  genus  was  chani  Moore 
and  Legner  (1971)  from  Hong  Kong.  They  called  attention  to  the 
fact  that  the  mouth  parts  were  similar  to  those  of  Myllaena.  The 
genus Halesthenus  was  described  by  Sawada  (1955)  for  four  species 
from  Japan.  Sawada  later  (1971)  synonymized  Halesthenus  with 
Bryothinusa,  synonymized  one  of  his  species,  added  another 
species  from  Japan,  and  removed  the  genus  to  the  tnbeMyllaenini 
of  the  subfamily  Aleocharinae. 

As  now  constituted  the  tribe  Myllaenini  contains  the  genera 
Camacopalpus  Motschulsky  (Indosnesia),  Myllaena  Erichson  (cos- 
mopolitan, terrestrial),  Polypia  Fauvel  (Indonesia,  marine), 
Halorhadinus  Sawada  (east  Pacific  Ocean,  marine),  and  Bryothinusa 
Casey  (north  Pacific  Ocean,  marine).  In  each  of  these  genera  the 
front  and  middle  tarsi  are  four-segmented  and  the  posterior  tarsi 
are  five-segmented.  In  Myllaena,  Halorhadinus  and  Bryothinusa 
the  outer  lobe  of  the  maxilla  is  entirely  corneus.  The  condition  of 

'Accepted  for  publication:  May  5,  1972. 

2Staff  Research  Associate  and  Associate  Professor  of  Biological  Control,  respectively, 

University  of  California,  Riverside,  92502. 

3Marine  Science  Laboratory,  Chinese  University  of  Hong  Kong,  Shatin,  New  Territory. 
Ent.  News,  84: 73-81 ,1973  73 


74 Eat.  News,  Vol.  84,  March  1973 

the  outer  lobe  of  the  maxilla  is  not  known  in  Camacopalpus  and 
Polypea.  In  each  of  them  the  head  is  produced  between  the  eyes 
in  the  form  of  a  beak  similar  to  that  of  Myllaena. 


KEY  TO  THE  GENERA  OF  THE  MYLLAENINI 

1.         Head  not  produced  in  front  in  the  form  of  a  beak 2 

Head  produced  in  front  in  the  form  of  a  beak  3 

2(1).  Ligula  very  short,  inconspicuous Bryothinusa  Casey 

Ligula   more    than    half  as   long   as    first    segment    of  labial   palpus     .... 

Halorhadinus  Sawada 

3(1).  Abdomen  rapidly  narrowed  behind  Myllaena  Erichson 

Abdomen  subparallel 4 

4(3).  First  antenna!  segment  as  long  as  head,  club  shaped.  .  Camacopalpus  Motschulsky 

First  antennal  segment  much  shorter  than  head Polypea  Fauvel 

KEY  TO  THE  SPECIES  OF  BRYOTHINUSA 

1.         Eyes  small,  occupying  one-fourth  or  less  of  side  of  head     2 

Eyes  large,  occupying  one-third  or  more  of  side  of  head  4 

2(1).  Elytra  shorter  than  pronotum 3 

Elytra  about  as  long  as  pronotum catalinae  Casey 

3(2)  Small  species,  1.60  mm minuta  (Sawada) 

Larger  species,  2.50  mm algarum  Sawada 

4(1).  Tenth  antennomere  longer  than  wide 5 

Tenth  antennomere  wider  than  long 6 

5(4).  Tempora  twice  as  long  as  eyes tsutsuii  (Sawada) 

Tempora  about  as  long  as  eyes sawada  n.  sp. 

6(4).  Eyes  much  longer  than  tempora  7 

Eyes  not  longer  than  tempora 8 

7(6).  Elytra  piceous  chani  Moore  and  Legner 

Elytra  yellow sinensis  n.  sp. 

8(6).  Third  segment  of  maxillary  palpi  more  than  three  times  as  long  as  wide 

nakanei  (Sawada) 

Third  segment  of  maxillary  palpi  about  twice  as  long  as  wide 

hongkongensis  n.  sp. 

Bryothinusa  catalinae  Casey 

Bryothinusa  catalinae  Casey,  1904,  Can.  Entomol.  36:  313;  Moore,  1956,  Trans.  San 
Diego  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  12:  132,  Fig.  60-65. 

The  eyes  are  very  small,  occupying  about  a  fourth  of  the  side  of  the  head,  all  the 
antennal  segments  are  longer  than  wide,  the  third  segment  of  the  maxillary  palpi  is  not 
exceptionally  elongate  and  the  elytra  are  a  little  wider  than  long.  The  color  is  fulvous 
with  the  abdomen  slightly  darker.  The  head  and  pronotum  are  concave.  California. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  March  1973 


Bryothinusa  sawadai,  NEW  SPECIES 

(Figures  2,  4B,  5 B) 

Description  of  holotype. 

Color.  Pronotum,  elytra  and  appendages  pale  ferruginous;  head  and  elytral  humeri 
slightly  darker;  abdomen  with  first  visible  segment  dark  ferruginous,  the  following  seg- 
ments increasingly  darker  to  base  of  fifth  segment  which  is  piceus,  apex  of  fifth  segment 
and  sixth  segment  gradually  paler. 

Head.  Head  ovoid,  a  little  wider  than  long.  Surface  flattened  at  center  of  disc;  finely 
densely  microreticulate  with  very  fine  scattered  punctures  and  sparse  short  fine  pubes- 
cence. Surface  beneath  very  finely  microreticulate.  Eyes  not  protruding,  about  as  long 
as  tempora,  the  facets  interspersed  with  short  pubescence.  Antennae  slender,  hardly  in- 
crassate;  first  and  second  segments  subequal  in  length  and  width,  each  more  than  twice 
as  long  as  wide;  third  segment  little  more  than  half  as  long  as  second,  very  little  longer 
than  wide;  fourth  through  tenth  segments  subequal  in  length,  tenth  segment  about  one- 
fourth  longer  than  wide;  eleventh  segment  a  little  more  than  twice  as  long  as  tenth, 
pointed  at  apex.  Third  segment  of  maxillary  palpi  almost  three  times  as  long  as  wide, 
widest  near  apical  third. 

Ttiorax.  Pronotum  one-fourth  wider  than  long,  widest  just  behind  apical  angles;  base 
four-fifths  as  wide  as  apex,  slightly  arcuate;  apex  nearly  straight;  apical  angles  nearly 
square;  sides  gently  arcuate  in  apical  half,  thence  nearly  straight  to  the  slightly  obtuse 
basal  angles;  disc  flattened  in  center.  Surface  very  finely  microreticulate.  Pubescence  as 
on  head.  Beneath  with  sculpture  and  pubescence  much  as  above. 

Elytra.  Elytra  conjointly  one-third  wider  than  long,  humeri  broadly  rounded,  sides 
very  gently  arcuate,  outer  and  inner  apical  angles  nearly  square.  Surface  finely  densely 
microreticulate.  Puncturation  and  pubescence  much  as  on  head  and  pronotum. 

Abdomen.  Abdomen  subparallel.  First  four  visible  tergites  impressed  at  base.  Surface 
sculpture  and  pubescence  very  similar  to  but  less  dense  than  that  of  foreparts.  No 
external  sexual  modifications  observed. 

Length.  2.00  mm. 

Holotype.  Tolo  Harbor,  New  Territory,  Hong  Kong,  May  24,  1971.  Tai-din  Chan 
Collector. 

Paratypes.  Twelve  specimens,  some  in  poor  condition,  same  data  as  holotype;  five 
specimens  same  locality,  August  1,  1971. 

Remarks.  Found  among  rock  crevices  and  dead  shells  of  barnacles  and  oysters.  When 
burrowing  in  the  sand  never  more  than  one  centimeter  deep.  Can  be  found  throughout 
the  year. 

This  species  has  the  eyes  occupying  about  one-half  of  the  side  of  the  head,  all  the 
antenna!  segments  elongate,  the  third  segment  of  the  maxillary  palpi  not  unusually 
elongate  and  the  elytra  a  little  wider  than  long.  The  color  is  largely  pale  orange  with  the 
abodmen  darker  particularly  in  the  posterior  part  of  the  middle  segments. 

This  species  is  named  in  honor  of  Kohei  Sawada. 


76  Ent,  News,  Vol.  84,  March  1973 


Bryothinusa  sinensis,  NEW  SPECIES 

Description  of  holotype.  (FiSures  3'  4C'  5C) 

Color.  Largely  piceus  with  the  elytra,  mouth  parts  and  appendages  yellow,  the  legs 
slightly  smoky,  the  tip  of  the  abdomen  gradually  ferruginous. 

Head.  Orbicular,  about  one-half  wider  than  long.  Surface  evenly  convex;  finely  very 
densely  microreticulate  with  very  fine  short  pubescence.  Beneath  with  sculpture  very 
similar  to  upper  surface.  Eyes  not  protruding,  occupying  most  of  the  side  of  head, 
tempora  about  one-fourth  the  length  of  eye.  Eyes  pubescent.  Antennae  not  incrassate; 
first  and  second  segments  subequal  in  length  and  width,  each  more  than  twice  as  long 
as  wide;  third  segment  less  than  half  as  long  as  second,  little  longer  than  wide;  fourth 
through  tenth  segments  subequal  in  length,  tenth  segment  one-third  wider  than  long; 
eleventh  segment  about  as  long  as  two  preceding  together,  pointed  at  apex.  Third  seg- 
ment of  maxillary  palpi  about  five  times  as  long  as  wide. 

Thorax.  Pronotum  one-third  wider  than  long,  widest  just  behind  apical  angles;  base 
three-fourths  as  wide  as  apex,  slightly  arcuate;  apex  nearly  straight;  apical  angles  nearly 
square;  sides  gently  arcuate  in  apical  half  thence  convergent  and  somewhat  sinuate 
before  the  nearly  square  basal  angles.  Disc  evenly  convex.  Surface  sculpture  and 
pubescence  similar  to  that  of  head. 

Elytra.  Elytra  conjointly  one-tenth  wider  than  long;  humeri  broadly  rounded;  sides 
nearly  straight  and  parallel;  outer  apical  angles  acute;  inner  apical  angles  square.  Sculpture 
and  pubescence  similar  to  that  of  head  and  pronotum. 

Abdomen.  Abdomen  subparallel,  slightly  wider  apically.  First  four  visible  tergites 
impressed  at  base.  Surface  sculpture  and  pubescence  very  similar  to  but  less  dense  than 
that  of  foreparts.  No  external  sexual  modifications  observed. 

Length.  2.20  mm. 

Holotype.  Tolo  Harbor,  New  Territory,  Hong  Kong,  April  1,  1971.  Tai-din  Chan 
Collector. 

Paratypes.  Ten  specimens  same  data  as  holotype. 

Remarks.  Found  among  rocks,  wandering  on  sand  or  burrowing  in  the  sand 
as  deep  as  36  cm.  Seems  to  prefer  a  sandy  beach.  Can  be  found  throughout 
the  year. 

This  species  has  the  eyes  occupying  almost  the  entire  side  of  the  head,  the 
outer  antennal  segments  transverse,  the  third  segment  of  the  maxillary  palpi 
unusually  elongate  and  the  elytra  nearly  as  long  as  wide.  The  elytra  are  largely 
bright  yellow  in  contrast  to  the  rest  of  the  body. 

Bryothinusa  chani  Moore  and  Legner 

(Figures  4D,  5D) 
Bryothinusa  chani  Moore  and  Legner,  1971,  Coleopt.  Bull.  25:  107,  Fig.  1. 

The  eyes  are  large,  occupying  about  two-thirds  of  the  side  of  the  head,  the  tenth 
antennal  segment  is  about  as  wide  as  long,  the  third  segment  of  the  maxillary  palpi  is 
not  unusually  elongate  and  the  elytra  are  about  as  long  as  wide.  The  color  is  largely 
piceus  with  the  appendages  paler.  Hong  Kong. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  March  1973 


Bryothinusa  tsutsuii  (Sawada) 

Halestehnus  tsutsuii  Sawada,    1955,  Publ.   Seto   Mar.   Biol.  Lab.  5:   84,  Fig.  8,   10. 
Halesthenus  serpentis  Sawada,  1955,  Publ.  Seto  Mar.  Biol.  Lab.  5:  85,  1971,  Publ.  Seto 

Mai.  Biol.  Lab.  19:  87. 
Bryothinusa  tsutsuii  Sawada,  1971,  Publ.  Seto  Mar.  Biol.  Lab.  19:  85,  Fig.  2. 

The  eyes  are  moderate  in  size,  occupying  about  one-third  of  the  side  of  the  head,  all 
the  antenna!  segments  are  elongate,  the  third  segment  of  the  maxillary  palpi  is  not 
exceptionally  elongate  and  the  elytra  are  a  little  wider  than  long.  The  color  is  dusky 
yellow  with  the  head  and  middle  of  the  abdomen  infuscate.  Japan. 

Bryothinusa  nakanei  (Sawada) 

Halesthenus  nakanei  Sawada,  1955,  Publ.  Seto  Mar.  Biol.  Lab.  5:  85,  Fig.  9. 
Bryothinusa  nakanei  Sawada,  1971,  Pub.  Seto  Mar.  Biol.  Lab.  19:  87,  Fig.  3. 

The  eyes  are  moderate  in  size,  occupying  more  than  one-third  of  the  side  of  the  head, 
the  tenth  antennal  segment  is  transverse,  the  third  segment  of  the  maxillary  palpi  is 
exceptionally  elongate  being  about  four  times  as  long  as  wide.  The  body  is  largely  brown 
with  the  apices  of  the  elytra  and  the  antennae  paler  and  the  abdomen  almost  black. 

Japan. 

Bryothinusa  algarum  Sawada 

Bryothinusa  algarum  Sawada,  1971,  Publ.  Seto  Mar.  Biol.  Lab.  19:  90,  Fig.  4. 

The  eyes  are  very  small,  occupying  about  a  fifth  of  the  side  of  the  head,  all  the 
antennal  segments  are  elongate  and  the  elytra  is  about  one-fourth  wider  than  long.  The 
color  is  largely  reddish  yellow  with  the  abdomen  darker  posteriorly  and  the  appendages 
paler.  Japan. 

Bryothinusa  minuta  (Sawada) 

Halesthenus  minutus  Sawada,  1955,  Publ.  Seto  Mar.  Biol.  Lab.  5:  83,  Figs.  3-7. 
Bryothinusa  minuta  Sawada,  1971,  Publ.  Seto  Mar.  Biol.  Lab.  19:  82,  Fig.  1. 

The  eyes  are  very  small,  being  composed  of  four  coarse  facets,  all  the  antennal  seg- 
ments are  elongate,  the  third  segment  of  the  maxillary  palpi  is  not  exceptionally  elongate 
and  the  elytra  are  about  one-fourth  wider  than  long.  The  color  is  pale  yellowish  brown 
with  the  posterior  half  of  the  abdomen  darker  and  the  appendages  paler  Japan. 

Bryothinusa  hongkongensis,  NEW  SPECIES 

(Figures  1,4A,  5 A) 

Description  of  holotype. 

Color.  Head  and  pronotum  dark  ferruginous,  mouth  parts  and  appendages  yellow, 
elytra  golden  with  the  scutellar  region  infumate,  abdomen  piceus. 

Head.  Head  ovoid  about  one-third  wider  than  long.  Surface  concave,  feebly  densely 
microreticulate  with  fine  pubescence.  Surface  beneath  microreticulate.  Eyes  not  pro- 
truding, about  two-thirds  the  length  of  the  tempora,  the  facets  interspersed  with 
pubescence.  Antennae  hardly  incrassate;  first  and  second  segments  subequal  in  length 
and  width,  each  more  than  twice  as  long  as  wide;  third  segment  less  than  half  as  long  as 
second,  little  longer  than  wide;  fourth  through  tenth  segments  subequal  in  length,  tenth 
segment  about  one-fourth  wider  than  long;  eleventh  segment  a  little  longer  than  two 
preceding  segments  together,  pointed  at  apex.  Third  segment  of  maxillary  palpi  about 
two  and  one-half  times  as  long  as  wide,  widest  near  apex. 


78  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  March  1973 


Thorax.  Pronotum  one-seventh  wider  than  long,  widest  very  near  apical  angles;  base 
six-sevenths  as  wide  as  apex,  slightly  arcuate;  apex  nearly  straight;  apical  angles  nearly 
square;  sides  very  gently  arcuate  and  not  sinuate  before  the  slightly  obtuse  basal  angles; 
disc  concave.  Surface  sculpture  and  pubescence  similar  to  that  of  head. 

Elytra.  Elytra  conjointly  one-tenth  longer  than  wide;  humeri  narrowly  rounded;  sides 
nearly  straight  and  parallel;  outer  apical  angles  nearly  square;  inner  apical  angles  rounded. 
Surface  sculpture  much  like  that  of  pronotum. 

Abdomen.  Abdomen  subparallel.  First  four  visible  tergites  impressed  at  base.  Surface 
sculpture  with  somewhat  denser  microreticulation  than  that  of  foreparts.  Pubescence 
dense.  No  external  sexual  modifications  observed. 

Length.   1.48  mm. 

Holotype.  Ho  Tung  Lau,  Tolo  Harbor,  New  Territory,  Hong  Kong,  April  1,  1971. 
Tai-din  Chan  Collector. 

Paratypes.  Fifteen  specimens,  same  data  as  holotype. 

Remarks.  Found  wandering  on  sand  or  burrowing  in  sand  as  deep  as  36  cm.  from 
mid-tidal  zone  to  low  tidal  zone.  Specimens  were  found  from  February  to  April,  1971 
oply  on  one  beach  at  Ho  Tung  Lau,  Tolo  Harbor. 

This  is  the  smallest  species  known.  The  eyes  occupy  less  than  half  of  the  side  of  the 
head  but  are  larger  than  in  algarum,  catalinae  and  minuta.  The  tenth  antennal  segment 
is  about  one-fourth  wider  than  long,  the  third  segment  of  the  maxillary  palpi  is  not 
unusually  elongate  and  the  elytra  are  longer  than  wide.  The  body  is  dark  with  the  elytra 
largely  golden  and  the  legs  and  antennae  pale.  The  head  and  pronotum  of  all  specimens 
examined  are  broadly  concave,  some  more  deeply  so  than  others,  a  condition  which 
exists  also  in  catalinae. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  extend  our  thanks  particularly  to  Kohei  Sawada  for  the  gift  of  specimens  and  to 
Robert  E.  Orth  for  many  favors  and  helpful  suggestions. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Casey,  T.  L.  1904.  On  some  new  Coleoptera,  including  five  new  genera.  Canadian  Ent. 

36:  312-324. 
Fenyes,    A.    1920.    Genera   Insectorum,   Coleoptera,    Fam.    Staphylinidae,     Subfam. 

Aleocharinae.    Fasc.    173B:    111-414. 
Moore,  I.  1956.  A  revision  of  the  Pacific  Coast  Phytosi  with  a  review  of  the  foreign 

genera.  Trans.  San  Diego  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  12:  103-152,  PI.  8-11. 
Moore,  I.  and  E.  F.  Legner.  1971.  Bryothinusa  chani,  a  new  species  of  marine  beetle 

from  Hong  Kong  (Coleoptera:  Staphylinidae).  Coleopt.  Bull.  25:  107-108,  1  Fig. 
Sawada.,  K.  1955.  Marine  insects  of  the  Tokara  Islands.  VIII.  Family  Staphylinidae 

(Coleoptera).  Publ.  Seto  Mar.  Biol.  Lab.  5:   81-87,   10  Figs. 

.    1971.   Aleocharinae  (Staphylinidae)  from  the  intertidal  zone  of  Japan. 

Publ.  Seto  Mar.  Biol.  Lab.   19:   81-110,  10  Figs. 

ABSTRACT.  A  key  is  given  to  the  five  genera  of  the  Myllaenini  and  a  key  to  the  nine 
species  of  Bryothinusa.  Three  new  marine  species  of  Bryothinusa  are  described  and 
illustrated  from  Hong  Kong,  hongkongensis,  sawadai  and  sinensis. 

Descriptors:  Coleoptera:  Staphylinidae;  genera  of  Myllaenini;  key;  species  of  Bryo- 
thinusa; key;  Bryothinusa  hongkongensis  n.  sp.;  Bryothinusa  sawadai  n.  sp.;  Bryo- 
thinusa sinensis  n.  sp 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  March  1973 


79 


\  mm 


I    mm 


Figure  1.  Bryothinusa  hongkongensis  Moort, 
Legner  and  Chan,  new  species,  habitus. 


Figure  2.  Bryothinusa  sawadai  Moore. 
Legner  and  Chan,  new  species,  habitus. 


mm 


Figure  3.  Bryothinusa  sinensis  Moore,  Legner  and  Chan,  new  species,  habitus. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  March  1973 


B 


Figure  4.  Male    genitalia    of    some    species    of   Bryothinusa:    A,  hongkongensis;    B, 
sawadai;   C,   sinensis;   D,   chani. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  March  1973 


81 


B 


FigureS.   Spermatheca  of  some  species  of  Bryothinusa:  A,  hongkongensis,  B,  sawadai; 
C,  sinensis;  D,  chani. 


COLLECTING  HIBERNATING  GROUND  BEETLES 

UNDER  SNOW 

Andre  Larochelle^ 


In  Quebec,  the  hibernation  of  Carabidae  seems  to  take  place 
principally  in  the  adult  stage. 

On  December  18,  1972,  I  collected  many  ground  beetles  under 
snow,  from  beneath  dead  leaves  and  small  stones,  along  an  eutro- 
phic  marsh,  in  Choisy,  Vaudreuil  County,  Quebec.  In  two  hours, 
I  captured  100  specimens  distributed  in  24  species.  The  beetles 
were  torpid  from  the  cold.  Agonum  puncticeps  Casey  shows 
evidence  of  gregariousness.  Besides,  all  species  seemed  to  favor 
superficial  cover,  the  specimens  being  found  upon  the  ground. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  captures,  with  the  number  of 
specimens  of  each  species: 

Acupalpus  cams  Leconte  (2);  A.  rectangulus  Chaudoir  (5);  Agonum  canadense 
Goulet  (1);  A  gratiosum  Mannerheim  (1);  A.  lutulentum  Leconte  (2);  A.  melanarium 
Dejean  (7);  A.  palustre  Goulet  (2);  A.  propinquum  Gemminger  and  Harold  (6);  A. 
puncticeps  Casey  (12);  A.  sordens  Kirby  (7);  A.  thoreyi  Dejean  (1);  Badister  notatus 
Haldeman  (1); Bembidion  castor Lindroth  (18);  B.  concretum  Casey  (\)\B.  fortestriatum 
Motschoulsky  (1);  B.  frontale  Leconte  (1);B.  graciliforme  Hayward  (4);  B.  intermedium 
Kirby  (1);  B.  muscicola  Hayward  (5);  B.  patruele  Dejean  (9);  B.  pseudocautum  Lindroth 
(1);  B.  quadrimaculatum  oppositum  Say  (1);  Bradycellus  atrimedeus  Say  (3);  and 
Lebia  viridis  Sav  (21. 

ABSTRACT.  One  hundred  specimens  of  Carabidae  distributed  in  24  species  were 
collected  under  snow,  from  beneath  dead  leaves  and  stones,  along  a  marsh.  A.  Larochelle, 
Bourget  College,  C.P.  1000,  Rigaud,  Quebec,  Canada. 

Descriptors:  Coleoptera;  Carabidae;  Choisy;  Quebec,  Canada. 


Accepted  for  publication:  April  28,  1972 

2Bourget  College,  C.  P.  1000,  Rigaud,  Quebec,  Canada 

Ent.  News,  84:82, 1973  82 


SEVEN  FAMILIES  OF  AQUATIC  AND 
SEMIAQUATIC  HEMIPTERA  IN  LOUISIANA1 

Gene  J.  Gonsoulin2 

Part  II.  Family  Naucoridae  Fallen,  1814.  "Creeping  Water  Bugs". 

Although  the  members  of  this  family  are  widely  distributed 
throughout  North  America,  comparatively  little  is  known  of  them. 
They  are  rather  flattened,  oval  shaped  bugs  (Fig.  1).  Coloration  is 
usually  dull  brown  to  greenish,  with  various  darker  spots  on  the 
pronotum.  The  head  is  broad  and  flattened  and  smoothly  continu- 
ous with  its  two  large,  often  red  tinted  eyes.  The  front  legs  are 
raptorial  and  the  middle  and  hind  legs  somewhat  modified  for 
swimming.  Antennae  are  concealed  in  clefts  beneath  the  eyes,  and 
the  beak  is  short  and  acute.  Hemelytra  are  coarse  and  lack  a 
membranous  portion  at  the  tip. 

In  Louisiana,  the  family  is  represented  by  one  genus,  Pelocoris, 
and  two  species.  These  bugs  seem  to  prefer  quiet  or  slow  moving 
bodies  of  fresh  water  with  abundant  aquatic  vegetation.  Although 
truly  aquatic,  naucorids  rarely  venture  beyond  the  protection 
served  by  submergent  vegetation.  They  prefer  to  move  through 
the  vegetation  in  a  half-swimming,  half-creeping  fashion  seizing 
any  victim  they  chance  to  come  upon.  They  are  fiercely  preda- 
ceous  and  may  inflict  a  painful  bite  when  handled  carelessly. 

Respiration  in  the  nymphs  is  usually  through  the  cuticle.  The 
adults  absorb  oxygen  through  the  spiracles  in  contact  with  an  air 
bubble  which  adheres  to  a  fine  pubescence  occurring  on  the 
venter.  Air  in  both  the  subelytral  air  space  and  the  ventral  air 
bubble  is  replenished  by  protrusion  of  the  tip  of  the  abdomen 
through  the  surface  film.  Oxygen  may  also  diffuse  directly  into 
the  bubble  from  the  water. 

'Accepted  for  publication:  May  8,  1972. 

2Department  of  Biology  &  Conservation,  Volunteer  State  Community  College,  Nashville 

Pike,  Gallatin.TN  37066. 


Em.  News,  84:83-88,  1973  83 


84 Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  March  1973 

Louisiana's  mild  climate  often  allows  these  bugs  to  remain  active 
throughout  the  winter.  The  suboval  eggs  are  deposited  in  early 
spring,  and  are  usually  glued  to  submerged  stationary  objects. 
According  to  Usinger  (1956),  "hatching  occurred  in  about  four 
weeks  for  Ambry sus  mormon  (a  western  relative  of  Pelocoris),  the 
nymph  emerging  through  a  crescent  shaped  tear  at  the  micropylar 
end  of  the  egg.  The  first  four  nymphal  instars  each  required  about 
a  week  during  May,  June,  and  July,  whereas  the  fifth  and  last 
instar  required  three  weeks".  Since  very  little  information  on  the 
biology  of  Pelocoris  is  available,  it  will  be  assumed  that  Louisiana 
specimens  follow  the  same  general  instar  sequence. 

Review  of  the  Literature.  Bueno  (1903)  published  notes  on  the 
habits  and  life  history  of  Pelocoris  femoratus.  Hungerford  (1927) 
recorded  biological  information  such  as  food,  oviposition,  and 
habitat  preferences,  for  Pelocoris  femoratus.  Usinger  (1938,  1941, 
1942,  1944,  1946,  1947)  contributed  much  to  our  current  knowl- 
edge of  the  naucorids.  Penn  (1951)  gave  additional  records  of 
naucorids  in  Louisiana.  LaRivers  (1948a,  1948b,  1950,  1951, 
1962,  1963,  1965)  published  much  useful  data  and  described 
several  new  species  of  Naucoridae,  none  of  which  have  been 
recorded  for  Louisiana. 

KEY  TO  THE  LOUISIANA  SPECIES  OF  PELOCORIS  STAL. 

1.  Female  subgenital  plate  deeply  notched  at  apex,  emargination  at  least  twice  as  deep 
as  wide  (Fig.  3a);  male  dorsal  aedeagal  plate  abruptly  truncate  at  tip  (Fig.  3b) 
P.  carolinensis  Bueno 

Female   subgenital  plate   only   weakly  emarginate   (Fig.    3c);  male  aedeagal  plate 
weakly  emarginate  at  tip  (Fig.  3d).  .  .    P.  femoratus  (Palisot  de  Beauvois)  LaRivers 

1.   Pelocoris  carolinensis  Bueno,  1907b,  Can.  Entomol.  39:  227. 

Description.  Oval,  but  more  narrowed  in  front  than  P.  femoratus,  with  same  general 
markings  but  color  usually  paler;  margin  of  the  pronotum  more  flattened  and  usually 
pale  greenish-yellow  to  light  brown;  connexivum  more  widely  exposed,  the  hind  angles 
of  each  segment  more  prolonged;  median  lobe  of  sixth  ventral  abdominal  segment  of 
female  with  deep  V  cleft  (Fig.  3a);  male  dorsal  aedeagal  plate  abruptly  truncate  at  tip 
(Fig.  3b);  length  8.0  -  9.5  mm. 

This  species  is  often  confused  with  P.  femoratus.  Since  both  species  are  subject  to  a 
great  deal  of  variation,  especially  in  color  patterns,  they  are  often  difficult  to  distinguish 
at  first  glance.  Close  examination  of  the  genitalia  is  the  only  sure  means  of  identification. 
Females  of  P.  carolinensis  are  readily  identified  by  the  deep  V  cleft  in  the  sixth  ventral 
segment.  Identification  of  the  males  requires  that  the  genitalia  be  softened  with  a  wetting 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  March  1973 


agent  and  then  withdrawn  for  study.  Although  P.  carolinensis  is  very  often  taken  with 
P.  femoratus  it  seems  to  prefer  clear,  slow  moving  streams  that  have  sandv-clav  bottoms 
and  some  degree  of  vegetation.  This  in  contrast  to  the  murky,  often  stagnant  habitat  of 
P.  femoratus.  The  habitats  of  P.  carolinensis  are  generally  cooler,  being  shaded  to  a  large 
degree. 


S.  of  Paradis,  1-29-67  (GJG  18);  St.  Tammany  -  W.  of  Hickory,  7-11-67  (GJG  86). 
Previous  Parish  Records.  St.  Tammany  (Penn,  1951). 

2.   Pelocoris  femoratus  (Palisot  de  Beauvois)  LaRivers,  1948,  Ann.  Entomol.  Soc.  Amer. 
41:  372. 

Naucoris  femoratus  Palisot  de  Beauvois,  1805,  Inst.  Recueillis  en  Afrique  et  en 

Amerique,  P.  237. 

Naucoris   poeyi   Guerin    Meneville,    1844,    Icon.    Regne.   Anim.   Ins.,  P.    352. 

Description.  Broadly  oval;  general  color  greenish-yellow;  head  usually  with  a  median 
brown  stripe;  pronotum  moderately  punctate,  more  than  twice  as  wide  than  its  median 
length;  hind  lobe  of  pronotum  lighter  colored  with  scattered  longitudinal  darker  marks; 
elytra  scutellum,  and  bentrum  olive-brown;  scutellum  and  elytra  thickly  .tit  finely 
punctate;  connexivum  moderately  exposed,  the  hind  angles  of  each  segment  rather 
abrupt;  median  lobe  of  sixth  ventral  abdominal  segment  of  female  not  or  weakly  cleft 
(Fig.  3c);  male  dorsal  aedeagal  plate  emarginate  at  tip  (Fig.  3d);  length  8.5  -  llmm. 

Of  the  two  species  of  Pelocoris  found  in  Louisiana  P.  femoratus  is  by  far  the  most 
common.  Collections  have  revealed  an  extensive  distribution  (Fig.  2a).  No  doubt  this 
species  may  be  found  in  every  parish  in  the  State.  This  species  frequents  very  slow 
moving  or  stagnant  water  with  an  extreme  amount  of  aquatic  vegetation.  This  type  of 
habitat  may  readily  be  found  throughout  the  state.  P.  femoratus  is  considerably  larger, 
more  plump,  and  has  much  darker  coloration  and  markings  than  its  closest  relative, 
P.  carolinensis.  In  a  suitable  habitat,  this  species  will  usually  be  found  among  the  roots 
and  leaves  of  floating  or  anchored  aquatic  vegetation.  Care  should  be  taken  in  removing 
the  specimens  from  the  vegetation  for  both  species  of  the  genus  can  inflict  a  painful 
bite. 


Distribution  by  Parish  (Fig.  2a).  Ascension  ••  W.  of  Sunshine,  6-14-67  (GJG  62). 
Bienville  --  S.  of  Lucky,  6-8-67  (GJG  54).  Cameron  -  N.  of  Hickory,  7-17-67  (GJG  93). 
Claiborne  -  W.  of  Athens,  6-8-67  (GJG  52).  East  Baton  Rouge  -  SE  of  Fred,  6-10-67 
(GJG  80).  East  Feliciana  -  W.  of  Clinton,  7-10-67  (GJG  81).  Grant  -  S.  of  Colfax, 
8-16-67  (GJG  116).  Iberia  -  W.  of  Avery  Island,  1-6-67  (GJG  20).  Jackson  --  N.  of 
Quiteman,  2-26-67  (GJG  64).  Lafayette  -  W.  of  La.  167,  10-9-67  (GJG  6)  ;  N.  of  Scott, 
11-1-67  (GJG  8);  Beaver  Park,  Lafayette,  11-15-66  (GJG  10);  S.  of  Lafayette,  1-31-67 
(GJG  19).  Lafourche  --  W.  of  Larose,  11-20-67  (GJG  150);  NE  of  Houma,  11-9-66 
(GJG  9d).  Natchitiches  --  S.  of  Perry,  10-20-66  (GJG  5a).  St.  James  -  NE  of  Thibodaux, 
11-27-67  (GJG  153).  St.  Landry  --  S.  of  Mellville,  6-14-67  (GJG  60).  St.  Martin  --  NWof 
Cecilia,  6-14-67  (GJG  55).  St.  Mary  --  W.  of  Berwick,  11-9-66  (GJG  9b);SSW  of  Center- 
ville,  3-27-67  (GJG  27);  SW  of  Centerville,  4-27-67  (GJG  35).  St.  Charles  -  S.  of  Paradis, 
1-29-67  (GJG  18).  St.  Tammany  --  E.  of  Montpelier,  7-11-67  (GJG  88);  W.  of  Hickory, 
7-11-67  (GJG  86).  Terrebonne  --  Bourg,  11-20-67  (GJG  149);  E.  of  Atchafalaya  R., 
11-9-66  (GJG  9c);  S.  of  Chauvin,  8-25-67  (GJG  27);  E.  of  Houma,  11-20-67  (GJG  28). 
Vermillion  -  NW  of  Intracoastal,  4-25-67  (GHG  148).  West  Baton  Rouge  -- W.  of  Carey, 
6-14-67  (GJG  63). 


86  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  March  1973 


Previous  Parish  Records.  St.  Tammany  (LaRivers,  1948).  Avoylles,  East  Baton  Rouge, 
Iberville,  Jefferson,  Lafourche,  Morehouse,  Orleans,  Plaquemines,  Point  Coupee,  St. 
Bernard,  St.  Charles,  St.  James,  St.  John,  St.  Martin,  St.  Mary,  and  West  Baton  Rouge 
(Ellis,  1951).  Assumption,  Jackson,  Lincoln,  Ouachita,  Rapides,  West  Carol  (Penn,  1951). 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Bueno,  Jose  Rollin  De  La.  1903.  Brief  notes  toward  the  life  history  of  Pelocoris  femorata 
(Palisot-Beauvois)  with  a  few  remarks  on  habits.  J.  N.  Y.  Entomol.  Soc.,  11:  166-173, 
Ifig. 

.  1907b.  Diplonychus  Laporte  (=  Hydrocyris  Spinola),  and  its  relation  to  the 

other  belostomid  genera.  Ibid.,  39:  333-341. 

Ellis,  Leslie  L.  1952.  The  Aquatic  Hemiptera  of  Southeastern  Louisiana  (exclusive  of  the 
Corixidae).  Amer.  Midi.  Natur.,  48:  302-329. 

Hungerford,  Herbert  B.  1927.  The  life  history  of  the  creeping  water  bug,  Pelocoris 
carolinensis  Bueno  (Naucoridae).  Bull.  Brooklyn  Entomol.  Soc.,  22:  77-82. 

LaRivers,  Ira.  1948a.  A  new  species  of  Pelocoris  from  Nevada,  with  notes  on  the  genus 

in    the    United   States   (Hemiptera-Naucoridae).   Ann.   Entomol.   Soc.    Amer.,   41: 

371-376. 
.   1948b.  A  new  species  of  Ambry sus  from  Death  Valley  with  notes  on  the 

genus  in  the  United  States  (Hemiptera-Naucoridae).  Bull.  So.  Calif.  Ac  ad.  Sci.,  47: 

103-110. 

.  1950.  The  meeting  point  of  Ambrysus  and  Pelocoris  in  Nevada  (Hemip- 
tera-Naucoridae). Pan-Pacific  Entomol.,  24:  19-21. 

1951.  A  revision  of  the  genus  Ambrysus  in  the  United  States  (Hemiptera- 


Naucoridae).  Univ.  Calif.  Publ.  Entomol.,  8(7):  277-338. 

.  1962.    Another    Mexican   Ambrysus    (Hemiptera-Naucoridae).    Entomol. 


News,  23:  152-155. 

.  1963.  Two  new  Ambrysi  (Hemiptera-Naucoridae).  Biol.  Soc.  of  Nevada, 


.  1965.   The   subgenera  of  the   genus  Ambrysus  (Hemiptera-Naucoridae). 


1:  3-7. 

Ibid.,  4:  1-8. 

Penn,  George  H.  1951.  Additional  records  of  aquatic  Hemiptera  in  Louisiana.  I,  Nepidae, 
Hydrometridae,  and  Naucoridae.  Proc.  La.  Acad.  Sci.,  14:  61-71. 

Usinger,  Robert  L.   1938.  The  Naucoridae  of  the  Philippine   Islands.  Philip.  J.  Sci.,  64: 
299-309. 

.   1941.  Key  to  the  subfamilies  of  Naucoridae  with  a  generic  synopsis  of  the 

new  subfamily  Ambrysinae.  Ann.  Entomol.  Soc.  Amer.,  34:  5-16. 

1942.  The  genus  Ryocoris  Stal.   (Hemiptera-Naucoridae).   Entomol.  Mo. 


Mag.,  78:  241-242. 

1944.  The  genus  Ilyocoris  Stal.  (Hemiptera-Naucoridae).  J.  Kans.  Entomol. 


Soc.,  17:  76-77. 

1946.  Notes  and  Description  of  Ambry  sis  Stal  with  an  account  of  the  life 


history  of  Ambrysis  mormon  Montandon  (Hemiptera-Naucoridae).  Univ.  Kans.  Sci. 
Bull.,  31:  185-210. 

.   1947.  Classification  of  the  Cryphocricinae  (Hemiptera-Naucoridae).  Ann. 

Entomol.  Soc.  Amer.,  40:  329-343. 

ABSTRACT.    Seven    Families   of  Aquatic   and   Semiaquatic    Hemiptera   in    Louisiana 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  March  1973 


87 


PART   II.   Family   Naucoridae 

This  paper  contains  data  on  the  collection,  taxonomy,  distribution,  and  synonymy 
of  two  species  of  the  family  Naucoridae  (aquatic  Hemiptera)  in  Louisiana.  In  addition 
to  a  key  to  the  species,  family  and  species  descriptions  are  also  included  along  with 
detailed  locality  data  for  each  species.  A  review  of  the  literature  is  presented  with  the 
family  discussion.  Ecological  information  is  given  with  each  species.  Collections  for 
this  study  were  made  on  a  year  round  basis.  A  new  state  record  is  herein  recorded. 


Fig.  1.       Pelocoris  femoratus  (Palisot  de  Beauvois)  La  Rivers. 


Fig.  2a.      Distribution  of  Pelocoris  femoratus 
(Palisot  de  Beauvois)  La  Rivers. 


Fig.  2b.     Distribution    of  Pelocoris 
carolinensis   Bueno. 


88 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  March  1973 


a«d«agal 

plat* 


Fig.  3a-b.       Pelocoris  carolinensis   Bueno.    a.   Female   subgenital   plate;  b.    Male   dorsal 
aedeagal  plate. 


subgenital 
plat* 


Fig.   3c-d.       Pelocoris  femoratus  (Palisot  de  Beauvois)   La  Rivers,  c.   Female  subgenital 
plate;  d.  Male  dorsal  aedeagal  plate. 


BOT  INFESTATIONS  OF  PINYON  MICE 
IN  NEW  MEXICO1 

Glenn  E.  Haas  and  Richard  P.  Martin2 

Although  the  pinyon  mouse,  Peromyscus  truei  (Shufeldt),  a 
widespread  rodent  of  the  Upper  Sonoran  Zone  in  New  Mexico, 
may  be  very  numerous  locally  (Bailey,  1931),  there  are  few  records 
of  specimens  infested  with  bots  (Cuterebra  sp.,  Diptera:  Cutere- 
bridae).  Manville  (1961)  recorded  2  inguinal  bots  in  a  female  from 
Valencia  County  in  May  1939,  but  he  did  not  describe  the  habitat 
or  climatic  conditions.  We  have  records  of  6  additional  specimens 
including  one  with  a  bot  cyst  scar. 

First  locality.  Two  3rd-instar  bots  from  2  of  several  pinyon 
mice,  19  October  1969.  Trap  lines  crossed  the  Santa  Fe  County  - 
Los  Alamos  County  line  along  the  narrow  ridge  between  New 
Mexico  State  Highway  Loop  4  and  Los  Alamos  Canyon,  2082  m. 

Second  locality.  One  3rd-  and  2  2nd-instar  bots  in  back  of  a 
female,  15  April  1970;  one  2nd-instar  bot  in  back  of  a  male, 
16  April  1970.  Mesa  rim  below  old  dump  overlooking  Frijoles 
Canyon,  Bandelier  National  Monument.  Sandoval  County,  1956  m. 
Five  other  uninfested  pinyon  mice  were  collected  on  the  same  trap 
line,  14-16  April.  No  other  species  of  Peromyscus  was  trapped. 
The  mouse  with  3  bots  had  an  unusually  heavy  infestation  of  lice, 
especially  around  the  opening  of  the  cyst  containing  the  3rd-instar 
bot. 

Third  locality.  One  3rd-instar  bot  in  side  of  a  male;  one  bot  cyst 
scar  on  right  side  of  another  male,  27  October  1970.  South- 
southwest  slope  of  Boundary  Peak,  San  Miguel  Mountains,  Sand- 
oval  County,  2445  m.  Besides  the  infested  and  scarred  pinyon 
mice,  8  males  and  a  female  were  neither  infested  nor  scarred.  No 
other  species  of  rodent  was  trapped. 

'Accepted  for  publication:  April  14,  1972. 


2 


Formerly  with  the  New  Mexico  Environmental  Improvement  Agency.  Present  Address: 
677  Deerpath  Drive,  Deerfield,  Illinois  60015,  and  P.O.  Box  158,  Cimarron,  New  Mexico 
87714. 


Ent.  News,  84:89-90,  1973  39 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  March  1973 


October  1970  was  exceptionally  cold  in  New  Mexico  (Houghton, 
1970).  A  light  snowfall  of  26  October  persisted  on  the  ground  at 
Boundary  Peak  while  mice  were  collected  there  on  27  October. 
These  winterlike  conditions  suggest  to  us  that  if  a  pinyon  mouse 
bot  should  leave  its  host  and  fall  into  snow,  the  bot's  chances  of 
survival  to  an  adult  would  be  reduced. 

All  localities  provided  good  habitat  for  pinyon  mice  being  semi- 
arid  and  rocky  with  scattered  pinyons.  The  first  2  localities  were 
situated  along  south-southwest-  to  southwest-facing  edges  of  mesas 
overlooking  deep  canyons;  the  third  locality  was  on  a  steep  south- 
southwest-facing  slope  of  a  prominent  rocky  peak  about  9  m 
below  the  summit.  Numerous  pinyon  mice  trapped  in  canyons 
were  not  infested.  This  suggests  that  these  mouse  bot  flies  ovi- 
posited in  exposed  rocky  places  that  rise  perhaps  50-100  m  above 
the  neighboring  land. 

Near  the  northern  border  of  New  Mexico  in  Mesa  Verde  Nation- 
al Park,  Colorado,  Douglas  (1969)  found  that  the  deer  mouse, 
P.  maniculatus  (Wagner),  was  more  heavily  infested  with  bots  than 
was  P.  truei.  Besides  the  2  bot-infested  pinyon  mice,  we  also 
trapped  deer  mice  at  the  first  locality  and  at  many  other  localities 
as  well.  Nevertheless,  we  never  detected  bots  in  this  species  nor  in 
any  of  the  other  33  species  of  small  mammals  we  collected  in 
northern  New  Mexico. 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 

Supported  in  part  by  the  U.  S.  Army  Medical  Research  and  Development  Command 
through  Contract  No.  DADA17-70-C-0022;  B.  E.  Miller,  Principal  Investigator.  Dr.  J.  S. 
Findley  confirmed  specific  determinations  of  representative  samples  of  rodents. 
N.  Weber  and  T.  Wolff  assisted  trapping  at  the  first  locality. 

LITERATURE  CITED 
Bailey,  V.    1931.   Mammals  of  New  Mexico.   Bur.   Biol.   Surv.,  N.  Amer.  Fauna,  No. 

53:   1-412. 
Douglas,  C.  L.  1969.  Comparative  ecology  of  pinyon  mice  and  deer  mice  in  Mesa  Verde 

National  Park,  Colorado.  Univ.  Kansas  Pub.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  18:  421-504. 
Houghton,  F.  E.  1970.  Special  weather  summary    p.  164.  In  U.  S.  Dept.  Commerce. 

Climatological  Data,  New  Mexico,  October.  74(10). 
Manville,   R.   H.    1961.  Cutaneous  myiasis  in   small  mammals.  J.  Parasitol.  47:646. 

ABSTRACT.  Three  new  locality  records  and  one  new  seasonal  record  of  bot  (Cuterebra 
sp.,  Diptera:  Cuterebridae)  infestations  in  pinyon  mice  (Peromyscus  truei)  in  northern 
New  Mexico  are  presented  with  notes  on  certain  ecological  factors.  --  Glenn  E.  Haas, 
677  Deerpath  Drive,  Deerfield,  Illinois  60015,  and  Richard  P.  Martin,  P.O.  Box  158, 
Cimarron  New  Mexico  87714. 

Descriptors:  Bots,  Cuterebra  sp.;  Cuterebridae;  Diptera;  host-parasite  relationships 
ecology;  Peromyscus  truei  (pinyon  mouse),  Cuterebra  sp.  from;  New  Mexico,  Cuterebra 
sp.  in. 


PREDATION  ON  CHIROMONID  EGGS  AND 
LARVAE  BY  NANOCLADIUS  ALTERNANTHERAE 

DENDY  AND  SUBLETTE 
(DIPTERA:  CHIRONOMIDAE,  ORTHOCLADIINAE)1 

J.  S.  Dendy  2.3 

When  Nanocladius  alternantherae  (Diptera:  Chironomidae)  was 
described  (Dendy  and  Sublette,  1959)  the  larval  stage  was  known 
only  from  exuviae.  No  information  on  feeding  habits  or  recogni- 
tion of  the  living  larvae  has  been  published.  The  literature  on 
predation  by  chirononmid  larvae  was  reviewed  by  Darby  (1962), 
who  stated  that  all  species  of  the  subfamily  Tanypodinae  were 
considered  to  be  predaceous.  He  listed  species  that  were  found  to 
be  predaceous  on  other  chironomid  larvae  in  California  rice  fields; 
in  the  Tanypodinae,  [Pentaneura  aequifasciata  Dendy  and  Sub- 
lette] =  Ablabesmyia  (A.)  mallochi  (Walley),  and  [Procladius 
culiciformis  (L.)]  =  Procladius  sublet tei  Roback,  and  in  the  sub- 
family Chironominae,  [Tendipes  (Cryptochironomus)  fulvus  Jo- 
hannsen)]  =  Cryptochironomus  fulvus  group  and  [T.  (Crypto- 
chironomus) tenuicaudatus  (Malloch)]  =  Parachironomus  tenui- 
caudatus  (Malloch).  Borutskii  (1960)  discussed  predation  on 
chironomid  larvae,  and  stated  that  larvae  of  the  genus  Procladius 
compete  with  fish  for  this  source  of  food. 

This  paper  presents  observations  on  predation  by  larvae  of 
Nanocladius  alternantherae  on  eggs  and  larvae  of  other  species  of 
the  family  Chironomidae.  Comments  on  life  history  of  this  species 
and  predation  by  some  other  forms  are  included. 

MATERIALS  AND  METHODS 

Chironomid  egg  masses  were  obtained  from  fertilized  ponds  on 
the  Fisheries  Research  Unit  and  from  an  unfertilized  pond  in  the 
Arboretum  of  the  Auburn  University  Agricultural  Experiment 
Station,  Auburn,  Alabama.  Collections  of  Nanocladius  larvae  on 
masses  of  eggs  of  other  species  of  chironomids  were  made  by 
manually  introducing  the  visually  located  natural  masses  of  eggs 
into  test  tubes  that  were  held  beneath  the  surface  of  the  water  of 

'This  research  was  supported  by  Hatch  Project  No.  Ala.  334. 

2Department    of    Fisheries    and    Allied    Aquacultures,   Auburn    University,      Auburn, 

Alabama   36830. 

3The  author  is  grateful  to  Drs.  James  E.  Sublette  and  Saul  Frommer  for  their  comments 

on  the  manuscript  of  this  paper. 

Ent.  News,  84:91-95,  1973  91 


92  Rnt.  News,  Vol.  84,  March  1973 


the  pond.  All  collections  were  made  at  the  water's  edge,  either 
along  shore  or  where  stumps,  logs,  or  plants  protruded  out  of 
the  water.  The  egg  masses  were  examined  in  the  laboratory  with 
the  aid  of  a  stereoscopic  microscope.  On  one  occasion  a  class  of 
31  students  collected  chironomid  egg  masses,  counted  the  larvae 
of  N.  alternantherae  per  mass,  and  estimated  the  number  of  eggs 
in  egg  masses.  Specimens  were  reared  in  plastic  petri  dishes  that 
contained  enough  pond  water  to  cover  the  masses. 

OBSERVATIONS 

Larvae 

The  living  larvae  of  N.  alternantherae  were  readily  distinguished 
from  other  chironomids  by  the  absence  of  red  coloration,  and  by 
the  presence  of  a  pair  of  conspicuous  tracheal  trunks  (Fig.  1),  one 
lateral  to  each  side  of  the  digestive  tract.  The  tracheal  trunks  ex- 
tended from  the  head  to  the  anal  gills,  and  appeared  opaque  when 
the  body  of  the  larva  was  in  the  same  plane  as  the  light  source  and 
silvery  when  it  lay  perpendicular  to  the  light  source.  Larvae 
showed  two  eye  spots  of  unequal  size  on  each  side  of  the  head.  The 
smaller  spot  lay  anterior  and  close  to  the  ventral  margin  of  the 
large  spot.  These  larvae  were  found  with  other  chironomid  larvae 
of  comparable  size  only  on  rare  occasions  and  in  no  case  were  the 
other  larvae  similar  in  appearance  to  these  predators. 

Larval  instars  were  judged  by  estimating  the  size  of  the  larvae, 
and  at  least  three  different  instars  were  seen  on  egg  masses.  The 
mature  larvae  were  approximately  3  mm  long.  No  eggs  of  N. 
alternantherae  were  found.  Slides  of  head  capsules  were  used  to 
compare  taxonomic  characters  with  the  original  description  of 
Nanocladim  alternantherae.  The  first  reared  adult  male  was 
identified  by  J.  E.  Sublette.  Other  specimens  were  mounted  on 
microscope  slides  for  examination,  and  subsequently  identified  by 
the  writer.  Predation  by  N.  alternantherae  on  eggs  and  larvae  of 
other  species  was  observed  at  intervals  from  April  20  through  the 
first  week  of  September,  1971,  and  again  beginning  on  April  13 
until  June  5,  1972. 

Larvae  of  N.  alternantherae  seemed  unable  to  penetrate 
chironomid  egg  masses  that  were  less  than  24  hours  old.  The  larvae 
crawled  slowly  over  the  surface  of  the  gelatinous  material  that 
became  less  viscid  and  increased  in  size  by  the  second  or  their  day, 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  March  1973 93 

and  predators  were  able  to  enter.  Each  invading  larva  remained 
several  hours  in  the  general  area  of  the  mass  where  it  entered,  and 
ate  the  eggs  in  the  immediate  vicinity. 

The  eggs  were  swallowed  whole,  after  being  turned  so  that  they 
could  be  swallowed  lengthwise,  or  they  were  broken  by  the 
mandibles  of  the  larvae  and  the  contents  were  sucked  out.  Fre- 
quently three  or  four  entire  eggs  could  be  seen  in  the  digestive 
tract  of  a  predator. 

A  larva  that  had  been  starved  for  24  hours  consumed  three  or 
four  eggs  at  the  rate  of  one  each  three  seconds,  and  then  ate  more 
slowly  until  the  immediate  supply  was  exhausted. 


Figure  1.  Photomicrograph   of  a  living  larva  01  Nanocladius  alternantherae  showing 
tracheal  trunks  as  dark  lines. 

Newly  hatched  host  larvae  did  not  leave  the  gelatinous  mass 
immediately.  When  both  eggs  and  larvae  were  available  as  prey  the 
predators  appeared  to  exhibit  a  definite  preference  for  eggs.  When 
newly  hatched  larvae  were  captured  by  the  predators  they  usually 
were  eaten  in  one  of  the  following  manners:  (1)  swallowed  whole, 
beginning  at  either  end;  (2)  decapitated  and  then  only  the  body 
eaten;  (3)  eaten  from  posterior  to  anterior,  but  not  including  the 
head.  Occasionally  a  predator  decapitated  a  larva  and  then  did 
not  eat  it. 

Larvae  of  N.  alternantherae  that  ate  chironomid  eggs  for  several 
days  grew  rapidly  and  the  body  became  crowded  with  droplets 
which  appeared  to  be  fat.  Prior  to  molting,  each  larva  built  a  trans- 
parent case  on  the  jelly  or  on  the  bottom  of  the  petri  dish,  and 
remained  quiescent  until  it  molted.  Soon  after  molting,  the  larva 


94  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  March  1973 

resumed  active  feeding.  Predators  that  fed  on  recently  hatched 
host  larvae  contained  less  fat  than  did  those  that  fed  on  eggs.  Not 
all  larvae  of  this  species  were  found  on  egg  masses.  Some  were 
collected  from  aquatic  plants  and  appeared  to  be  feeding  on 
aufwuchs.  These  individuals  readily  fed  on  chironomid  eggs  when 
this  food  was  offered  to  them.  In  some  laboratory  cultures  these 
predators  were  observed  feeding  on  terrestrial  arthropods  that 
were  on  the  surface  of  the  water.  Identification  of  the  remains  of 
the  prey  was  not  possible. 

Pupation 

Mature  larvae  were  easily  distinguished  by  an  enlargement  of 
the  thoracic  region.  Prior  to  pupation  the  larva  constructed  a 
transparent  case,  frequently  on  the  bottom  of  the  petri  dish,  and 
remained  quiescent  for  24  hours  or  more.  Molting  into  the  pupal 
stage  required  only  a  few  seconds.  Gradually  the  red  eyes  of  the 
developing  adult  within  darkened  and  pupal  pigment  developed. 
Frequent  observation  indicated  that  the  duration  of  the  pupal 
stage  was  less  than  24  hours.  On  one  occasion  precise  timing  was 
possible.  The  time  required  from  the  splitting  of  the  last  larval 
skin  until  the  emergence  of  the  adult  was  14  hours  and  29  minutes. 
The  adult  flew  off  immediately. 

Rearing 

Rearing  of  N.  althernantherae  in  petri  dishes  with  chironomid 
egg  masses  as  a  source  of  food  was  highly  successful.  Much  of  the 
observation  could  be  made  through  the  lid  of  the  dish.  Although 
males  and  females  were  kept  in  the  same  containers  for  up  to  4 
days  no  eggs  were  deposited. 
Density  of  Population 

On  April  28,  1972,  students  collected  chironomid  egg  masses, 
counted  the  larvae  of  N.  alternantherae  on  each  mass,  and 
estimated  the  number  of  eggs  per  "average  size"  mass.  A  total  of 
136  egg  masses  included  37  without  predators  and  99  with  one  or 
more  predators.  The  largest  number  of  predators  in  one  egg  mass 
was  18.  The  average  number  of  N.  alternantherae  larvae  per  egg 
mass  was  2.6.  Most  of  the  egg  masses  were  estimated  to  contain 
from  1,000  to  2,000  eggs.  Petri  dishes  that  contained  egg  masses 
without  predators  produced  large  numbers  of  chironomid  larvae. 
Some  counts  of  eggs  in  masses  that  had  been  subjected  to  preda- 
tion  by  three  larvae  contained  only  about  80  eggs  prior  to  hatch- 


Ent.  Neu's,   Vol.  84,  March  1973 


ing.  The  numbers  of  larvae  that  were  consumed  subsequent  to  the 
hatching  of  these  eggs  were  not  estimated. 

OTHER  PREDATORS  ON  CHIRONOMID  LARVAE 

At  times  larvae  of  the  family  Ceratopogonidae  (Diptera)  were 
common  on  egg  masses.  These  larvae  ate  eggs  and  recently  hatched 
chironomid  larvae.  A  few  larvae  of  the  chironomid  subfamily 
Tanypodinae  were  observed  eating  young  chironomid  larvae,  but 
none  was  seen  eating  eggs.  In  some  collections  hydras  were 
numerous.  They  were  observed  feeding  on  chironomid  larvae. 
Frequently  larval  heads  could  be  seen  in  the  gastrovascular  cavities 
of  the  hydras.  Hydras  were  usually  abundant  in  ponds  at  Auburn 
during  cold  weather,  but  were  rare  during  summer  and  early  fall. 
Compressed  air  was  used  in  a  destratification  experiment  in  one 
21  -acre  pond  with  a  maximum  depth  of  13  feet  and  hydras  re- 
mained abundant  at  all  depths,  even  during  summer.  It  is  likely 
that  these  hydras  consumed  large  numbers  of  chironomid  larvae, 
at  least  while  the  larvae  were  planktonic  immediately  after  leaving 

the  egg  masses. 

CONCLUSIONS 

Chironomid  larvae,  which  are  important  converters  of  organic 
matter  into  animal  flesh  for  fish  food,  are  preyed  upon  by  animals 
other  than  fish.  Observations  described  above  give  evidence  that 
fish  have  competition  for  this  source  of  food.  The  loss  of  potential 
food  probably  is  of  considerable  importance. 

LITERATURE  CITED 
Borutskii,  E.  V.  1960.  The  fishery  forage  base.  Akademiya  Nauk  SSSR.  Trudy  Instituta 

Morfologii  Zhivotnykh  im.  A.  N.  Severtsova,  No.  13:  5-61.  Trans  IPST  Cat.  No.  842. 

By  Israel  Program  for  Scientific  Translations.  Jerusalem   1964.  Office  of  Technical 

Services,  U.  S.  Department  of  Commerce,  Washington,  D.C. 
Darby,  Rollo  E.  1962.  Midges  associated  with  California  rice  fields,  with  special  reference 

to  their  ecology  (Diptera:  Chironomidae).  Hilgardia  32:  1-206. 
Dendy,  J.  S.  and  J.  E.  Sublette.   1959.  The  Chironomidae  (  =  Tendipedidae:  Diptera) 

of  Alabama  with  description  of  six  new  species.  Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  Amer.  52:  506-519. 

ABSTRACT.  Larvae  of  the  chironomid,  Nanocladius  alternantherae,  ate  eggs  and  larvae 
of  other  chironomids.  A  sample  including  136  egg  masses  averaged  2.6  of  these  predators 
pffr  mass.  This  species  was  easy  to  rear  in  petri  dishes  supplied  with  egg  masses.  Larvae 
of  Ceratopogonidae  also  ate  eggs  and  larvae  of  chironomids.  Hydras  and  larvae  of 
Tanypodinae  ate  recently  hatched  chironomids.  --  J.  S.  Dendy,  Department  of  Fisheries 
and  Allied  Aquacultures,  Auburn  University,  Auburn,  Ala.  36830. 

Descriptors:  ecology,  predation,  Chironomidae,  Orthocladiinae,  Nanocladius,  Tany- 
podinae, Hydra,  Ceratopogonidae,  eggs,  larvae,  fish  foods,  ponds. 


STUDIES  OF  THE  BYRON  BOG  IN  SOUTHWESTERN 

ONTARIO  XLIX. 

ADDITIONAL  OBSERVATIONS  ON  THE 
INSECTS  OF  REDMOND'S  POND1 

W.  W.  Judd2 

At  the  center  of  the  Byron  Bog  in  London,  Ontario,  lies 
Redmond's  Pond  (Judd,  1957).  Since  1956  studies  of  the  aquatic 
insects  in  the  pond  have  been  made.  In  1956  and  1957  the  popu- 
lations of  insects  emerging  as  adults  from  the  water  were  studied 
by  using  floating  traps  which  trapped  the  insects  at  the  surface 
(Judd,  1958,  1961).  In  1961  a  study  of  insects  which  remain  in 
the  water  throughout  their  life-cycle  was  made  by  collecting  the 
insects  with  a  dip-net  (Judd,  1963,  1968).  Some  insects  collected 
in  1961  were  not  reported  upon  previously  and  an  account  of 
them  is  included  herewith.  The  insects  were  collected  by  Mr.  M.  S. 
Beverley.  In  1962  a  collection  of  insects  in  the  families  Nepidae 
and  Belostomatidae  was  made  by  Mr.  K.  P.  Butler.  Also  included 
in  this  account  are  reports  of  aquatic  insects  from  the  moss 
surrounding  the  pond  and  from  temporary  pools  in  woods  east  of 
the  pond. 

In  1962  insects  were  collected  from  the  west  end  of  Redmond's 
Pond,  from  April  17  to  November  24.  On  December  1  one-half 
inch  of  ice  formed  over  the  pond  and  collecting  was  suspended. 
Each  day  five  sweeps  through  the  water  were  made  by  swinging 
the  dip-net  through  the  water  at  arm's  length,  the  net  having  a 
circular  mouth  10  inches  in  diameter.  The  insects  so  collected 
were  pinned  or  preserved  in  fluid. 

Beetles  of  the  family  Helodidae  were  identified  by  J.  M. 
Kingsolver,  Agricultural  Research  Service,  Department  of  Agri- 
culture, Beltsville,  Maryland  and  of  the  family  Carabidae  by  G.  E. 
Ball,  University  of  Alberta,  Edmonton.  Other  insects  were  iden- 
tified by  the  writer,  using  appropriate  keys. 

'Accepted  for  publication:  July   1972. 

2Department  of  Zoology,   University   of  Western  Ontario,  London,  Ontario,  Canada. 

Ent.  News,  84: 96-97,  1973  96 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  March  1973 97 

COLEOPTERA 

Carabidae 

Bembidion  versicolor  LeConte  -  One  beetle  was  collected  on 
September  22,  1961.  Its  presence  at  Redmond's  Pond  is  in  accord 
with  the  report  of  Blatchley  (1910)  that  beetles  of  the  genus 
Bembidion  occur  for  the  most  part  along  the  banks  of  streams, 
ponds  and  lakes.  B.  versicolor  has  been  reported  in  Indiana 
(Blatchley,  1910)  and  Quebec  (Chagnon  and  Robert,  1962). 

Bembidion  muscicola  Hayward  -  One  beetle  was  collected  on 
August  29,  1961  at  a  temporary  pool  east  of  Redmond's  Pond. 
This  species  has  been  reported  from  Michigan  and  Illinois 
(Blatchley,  1910)  and  from  Quebec  (Chagnon  and  Robert,  1962). 

Dyschirius  integer  LeConte  -  One  beetle  was  collected  from  the 
pond  on  July  30,  1961.  Its  presence  at  the  pond  is  in  accord  with 
the  report  of  Dillon  and  Dillon  (1961)  that  beetles  of  this  genus 
are  found  near  water. 

Helodidae 

Cyphon  ?variabilis  Thunb.  -  One  beetle  was  taken  from  the 
pond  on  May  25,  1961.  In  addition,  four  were  found  in  temporary 
pools  in  the  Sphagnum  moss  surrounding  the  pond  on  May  12, 

14,  15,  20  and  three  in  a  temporary  pool  in  woods  east  of  the 
pond  on  May  12.  C.  variabilis  was  collected  from  Redmond's  Pond 
in  1957  (Judd,  1961). 

Nepidae 

Ranatra  fusca  Palisot  de  Beauvois  -  From  May  10  to  September 

15,  1962,  thirty-eight  adults  were  collected  from  the  pond.  Five 
nymphs  were  collected,  three  on  July  3  and  one  each  on  July  7 
and  August  27.  The  presence  of  nymphs  throughout  the  season 
is  in  accord  with  the  report  of  Torre-Bueno  (1906)  that  the  life 
cycle   of  Ranatra   is  about   70  days.   One  adult  was  previously 
collected  from  Redmond's  Pond  by  Judd  (1963). 

HETEROPTERA 

Belostomatidae  flumineum  Say -Twenty-nine  adults  were  collec- 
ted from  the  pond  from  May  18  to  October  9, 1962.  The  first  three 
collected,  on  May  18,  22  and  27,  were  males  bearing  clusters  of 
eggs  on  their  backs.  Some  of  the  eggs  on  the  male  collected  on 
May  22  had  small  nymphs  projecting  from  them.  This  species  was 
previously  collected  from  Redmond's  Pond  in  1961  by  Judd 


98 Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  March  1973 

(1963).  Its  presence  is  in  accord  with  the  report  of  Menke  (1958) 
that  B.  flumineum  is  widely  distributed  in  North  America. 

Lethocerus  americanus  (Leidy)  -  Three  adults  were  collected 
from  the  pond,  one  each  on  May  29,  August  8  and  September  17, 
1962.  The  presence  of  this  species  in  Redmond's  Pond  is  in  accord 
with  the  reports  of  Menke  (1963)  and  Brooks  and  Kelton  (1967) 
that  it  occurs  in  ponds  and  quiet  streams  with  abundant  aquatic 
vegetation.  It  is  widely  distributed  in  the  northeastern  United 
States  and  adjacent  parts  of  Canada  (Menke,  1963). 

LITERATURE  CITED 

BLATCHLEY,  W.  S.  1910.  Coleoptera  of  Indiana.  Nature  Publishing  Co.,  Indianapolis. 

1386  pp. 
BROOKS,  A.  R.  and  L.  A.  KELTON.   1967.  Aquatic  and  semiaquatic  Heteroptera  of 

Alberta,  Saskatchewan,  and  Manitoba  (Hemiptera).  Memoirs,  Entomological  Society 

of  Canada,  No.  51. 
CHAGNON,   G.    and   A.    ROBERT.    1962.   Principaux  cole'opteres  de  la  Province  de 

Quebec.  Les  Presses  de  L'Universite'  de  Montreal,  Montreal.  440  pp. 
DILLON,  E.  S.  and  L.  S.  DILLON.  1961.  A  manual  of  common  beetles  of  eastern 

North  America.  Row,  Peterson  and  Co.,  Evanston,  Illinois.  884  pp. 
JUDD,  W.  W.  1957.  Studies  of  the  Byron  Bog  in  southwestern  Ontario    I.  Description 

of  the  bog.  Canadian  Ent.,  89:  235-238. 
JUDD,  W.  W.    1958.   Studies  of  the   Byron  Bog  in  southwestern  Ontario  IX.  Insects 

trapped  as  adults  emerging  from  Redmond's  Pond.  Canadian  Ent.,  90:  623-627. 
JUDD,  W.  W.  1961.  Studies  of  the  Byron  Bog  in  southwestern  Ontario  XII.  A  study  of 

the  population  of  insects  emerging  as  adults  from  Redmond's  Pond  in  1957.  Ameri- 
can Midland  Naturalist,  65:  89-100. 

JUDD,  W.  W.   1963.  Studies  of  the  Byron  Bog  in  southwestern  Ontario  XVII.   Season- 
al distribution  of  Hemiptera  (Corixidae,  Notonectidae,  Belostomatidae,  Nepidae)  in 

Redmond's  Pond.  Canadian  Ent.,  95:  1109-1111. 
JUDD,   W.   W.    1968.    Studies  of  the   Byron   Bog  in  southwestern  Ontario  XXXIII. 

Distribution    of    Dytiscidae    and    Hydrophilidae    (Coleoptera)    in    the    bog.    Proc. 

Entomol.    Soc.    Ontario    (1967),    98:    48-52. 
MENKE,  A.  S.  1958.  A  synopsis  of  the  genus  Belostoma  Latreille,  of  America  north  of 

Mexico,  with  the  description  of  a  new  species  (Hemiptera;  Belostomatidae).  Bull. 

South.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  57:   154-174. 
MENKE   A.  S.  1963.  A  review  of  the  genus  Lethocerus  in  North  and  Central  America, 

including    the    West    Indies    (Hemiptera:     Belostomatidae).    Ann.    Entomol.    Soc. 

America,    56:    261-267. 
TORRE-BUENO,   J.    R.   de   la.    1906.    Life  histories  of  North  American  water-bugs. 

Canadian  Ent.,  38:   242-252. 

ABSTRACT.  Aquatic  insects  including  Carabidae  (Bembidion  versicolor,  B.  muscicola, 
Dyschirius  integer),  Helodidae  (Cyphon  ?variabilis) ,  Nepidae  (Ranatra  fusca)  and 
Belostomatidae  (Belstoma  flumineum,  Lethocerus  americanus)  were  collected  from 
Redmond's  Pond  in  1961  and  1962.  Observations  on  the  seasonal  distribution  of  the 
various  species  are  included.  W.  W.  Judd,  Department  of  Zoology,  University  of  Western 
Ontario,  London,  Ontario,  Canada. 

Descriptors:   Carabidae,  Helodidae,  Nepidae,  Belostomatidae  of  Byron  Bog. 


GROUND  BEETLES  COLLECTED  FROM 
SEA  SHORE  DRIFTS1 

Andr£  Larochelle2 

Violent  waves  produce  strings  of  debris  on  sandy  beaches. 
Ground  beetles  may  be  very  abundant  there  and  may  suggest 
overseas  dispersal  by  air  or  water,  or  by  both  (Lindroth,  1963, 
pp.  56-61). 

From  June  15  to  July  21,  1971,  I  collected  many  Carabidae  in 
sea-shore  drifts  along  the  St.  Lawrence  River  in  Saguenay  County, 
Quebec. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  captures  and  the  localities,  with 
the  number  of  specimens  of  each  species. 

LIST  OF  SPECIES 

Agonum  affine  Kirby 

Havre-Saint-Pierre  (1). 
Agonum  cupreum  Dejean 

Pointe-Parent(l). 
Agonum  metallescens  Leconte 

Natashquan  (1). 
Agonum  obsoletum  Say 

Havre-Saint-Pierre  (2);  Mingan  (1). 
Agonum  quadripunctatum  De  Geer 

Havre-Saint-Pierre  (1);  Riviere-Saint-Jean  (1). 
Agonum  retractum  Leconte 

Pointe-Parent  (1). 
Amara  aenea  De  Geer 

Magpie  (1). 
Amara  aeneopolita  Casey 

Mingan  (2). 
Amara  apricaria  Paykull 

Aguanish  (1);  Magpie  (3);  Mingan  (1);  Riviere-au-Tonnerre  (2). 
Amara  bifrons  Gyllenhal 

Sept-lies  (1). 
Amara  familiaris  Duftschmid 

Mingan  (2);  Riviere-au-Tonnerre  (1);  Tadoussac  (1). 
Amara  fulva  De  Geer 

Baie-Trinite'  (1);  Havre-Saint-Pierre  (2);  Magpie  (7);  Riviere-au- 
Tonnerre  (9);  Riviere-Saint-Jean  (2). 
Amara  lunicollis  Schibdte 

Pointe-Parent  (1). 
Amara  pseudobrunnea  Lindroth 

Magpie  (1);  Mingan  (1);  Pointe-Parent  (2). 
Amara  quenseli  Schbnherr 

Aguanish  (2). 

'Accepted  for  publication:  April  28,  1972 
2Bourget  College.  C.P.  1000.  Rigaud,  Quebec,  Canada 
Ent.  News,  84: 99-101,  19 73  99 


100  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  March  1973 


Amara  sinuosa  Casey 

Magpie  (2);  Mingan  (2);  Pointe-Parent  (3):  Rivi£re-au-Tonnerre  (1). 
Amara  torrida  Panzer 

Aguanish  (2);  Pointe-Parent  (5);  Riviere-au-Tonnerre  (3); 

Sept-lies  (1). 
Bembidion  concretum  Casey 

Mingan  (1). 
Bembidion  grapei  Gyllenhal 

Aguanish  (2);  Lourdes-de-Blanc-Sablon  (1);  Mingan  (3); 

Natashquan  (1);  Riviere-au-Tonnerre  (3);  Sept-lies  (3). 
Bembidion  incrematum  Leconte 

Mingan  (1). 
Bembidion  occult  at  or  Notman 

Aguanish  (2). 
Bembidion  petrosum  Gebler 

Mingan  (3). 
Bembidion  planatum  Leconte 

Riviere-Saint-Jean  (1). 
Bembidion  transparens  Gebler 

Pointe-Parent  (1). 
Bembidion  versicolor  Leconte 

Mingan  (1). 
Calathus  advena  Leconte 

Natashquan  (1);  Pointe-Parent  (1). 
Clivina  fossor  Linne 

Tadoussac  (4). 
Harpalus  affinis  Schrank 

Aguanish  (5);  Havre-Saint-Pierre  (6);  Pointe-Parent  (1). 
Harpalus  egregius  Casey 

Mingan  (1). 
Harpalus  fuliginosus  Duftschmid 

Aguanish  (1);  Magpie  (2);  Mingan  (4);  Riviere-au-Tonnerre  (1). 
Harpalus  laticeps  Leconte 

Magpie  (1);  Mingan  (2). 
Harpalus  nigritarsis  C.  R.  Sahlberg 

Mingan  (2);  Natashquan  (2);  Pointe-Parent  (1);  Riviere-au- 
Tonnerre  (2). 
Harpalus  pleuriticus  Kirby 

Havre-Saint-Pierre  (4);  Mingan  (3);  Natashquan  (3);  Pointe-Parent  (3); 

Riviere-au-Tonnerre  (2). 
Loricera  pilicornis  Fabricius 

Sept-lies  (1). 
Metabletus  americanus  Dejean 

Mingan  (18);  Riviere-au-Tonnerre  (10). 
Notiophilus  aquaticus  Linne 

Riviere-au-Tonnerre  (2). 
Pterostichus  adstrictus  Eschscholtz 

Lourdes-de  Blanc-Sablon  (4);  Pointe-Parent  (2);  Sept-lies  (1). 
Pterostichus  melanarius  Illiger 

Natashquan  (3);  Pointe-Parent  (4);  Tadoussac  (7). 
Trechus  rubens  Fabricius 

Baie-Trinite  (11);  Riviere-au-Tonnerre  (1). 
Trichocellus  cognatus  Gyllenhal 


Aguanish  (1);  Mingan  (3);  Pointe-Parent  (1);  Rivierc-au-Tonnerre  (1); 
Sept-lies  (1). 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Lindroth,   C.    H.    1963.  The   fauna  history   of  Newfoundland  illustrated  by  Carabid 
beetles.  Opusc.   Ent.,  Supp.   23:    1-112. 

ABSTRACT.  Forty  species  of  Carabidae  were  collected  in  sea-shore  drifts  along  the 
St.  Lawrence  River.  A.  Larochelle,  Bourget  College,  C.P.  1000,  Rigaud,  Quebec. 
Descriptors:  Coleoptera;  Carabidae;  Saguenay  Co.,  Quebec.  Canada. 


MEMOIRS  AMERICAN  ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 

No.  20.  Howard  E.  Evans-  A  Revision  of  the  Mexican  and  Central  American  Spider  Wasps 
of  the  Subfamily  Pompilinae  (Hymenoptera:  Pompilidae).  433  pages,  11  plates, 
80  maps $12.50 

No.  21.  Eric  G.  Mathews-A.  Taxonomic  and  Zoogeographic  Survey  of  the  Scarabaeidae 
of  the  Antilles  (Coleoptera:  Scarabaeidae).  134  pages,  144  figures.  .  .$4.00 

No.  22.  Richard  M.  Fox- A  Monograph  of  the  Ithomiidae  (Lepidoptera)  Part  III.  The 
tribe  Mechanitini  Fox.  190  pages,  170  figures,  1  color  plate $9.00 

No.  23.  Beatrice  R.  Vogel-A  list  of  New  North  American  Spiders  (1940-1966).  186 
pages $9.00 

No.  24.  Lee  D.  Miller-The  Higher  Classification,  Phylogeny  and  Zoogeography  of  the 
Satyridae  (Lepidoptera).  174  pp $7.00 

No.  25.  Michael  G.  Emsley-The  Schizopteridae  (Hemiptera:  Heteroptera)  with  the  de- 
scription of  new  species  from  Trinidad.  154  pp $6.50 

No.  26.  Jatnes  R.  Zimmerman- A  taxonomic  Revision  of  the  Aquatic  Beetle  Genus 
Laccophilus  (Dytiscidae)  of  North  America,  275  pp $12.00 

No.  27.     Philip  J.  Clausen  and  Edwin  F.  Cook  -  A  Revision  of  the  Nearctic  Species 
of  tlic  Tribe  Parydrini  (Diptera:  Ephydridae).  150  pp $7.00 

No.  28.     Annette    F.    Braun        Tischeriidae    of   America    North    of   Mexico   (Micro- 
lepidoptera).    148   pp $7.00 


The  Entomologist's  Market  Place 

Advertisements  of  goods  or  services  for  sale  are  accepted  at  $1.00 
per  line,  payable  in  advance  to  the  editor.  Notices  of  wants  and  ex- 
changes not  exceeding  three  lines  are  free  to  subscribers.  Positions  open, 
and  position  wanted  notices  are  included  here  and  may  be  referred  to  by 
box  numbers.  All  insertions  are  continued  from  month  to  month,  the 
new  ones  are  added  at  the  end  of  the  column,  and,  when  necessary,  the 
older  ones  at  the  top  are  discontinued. 


For  sale:  Philippine  biological  specimens,  including  marine,  land,  and  fresh  water, 
carefully  preserved,  including  insects;  price  list  available  upon  request  from:  Romeo  M. 
Lumawig,  P.O.  Box  22  Boac,  Marinduque  201-E,  Philippines. 

Butterflies  for  exchange  for  any  from  North  America.  Antoine  Fonlupt,  5-D  Place 
Marechal  Foch,  42  Saint-Etienne,  France. 

Wanted  to  buy:  Living  pupae  of  H.  cecropia,  P.  cynthia,  A.  polyphemus,  H.  rubra, 
H.  gloveri,  A.  luna,  and  many  other  species  in  either  large  or  small  quantities.  Richard  K. 
Zajdel,  P.O.  Box  932,  East  Lansing,  MI  49923. 

For  sale:  Complete  set  of  "Systematic  Zoology",  v.  1-12  bound  red  buckram;  v.  13- 
20,  paper.  $200.00,  shipped  postpaid.  P.O.  Box  4068,  Tallahassee,  FL  32203. 

THE  MOTHS  OF  AMERICA  NORTH  OF  MEXICO.  Fascicle  21,  Sphingoidea  now  in 

stock,  xii+158  p.  14  superb  color  plates,  8  black-and-white  photos,  19  figs.,  2  plates  of 
line  drawings.  1971.  $24.00.  Also  available  at  a  reduced  price  to  subscribers  of  all  41 
fascicles,  which  will  treat  and  figure  in  color  all  10,000  species  of  North  American  moths. 
Write  for  complete  details  and  brochere,  with  sample  color  plate.  Entomological  Re- 
print Specialists,  P.O.  Box  77971,  Dockweiler  Station,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90007,  USA. 

Wanted:  One  copy  of  "Catalogue  of  the  Coleoptera  of  America,  North  of  Mexico", 
by  C.  W.  Leng,  published  at  Mount  Vernon,  1920.  Dr.  Paul  P.  Shubeck,  Biology  Depart- 
ment, Montclair  State  College,  Upper  Montclair,  New  Jersey  07043. 


AQUATIC  DIPTERA,  by  O.  A.  Johannsen.  370  p.,  including  757  figs,  on  72  full-page 
plates.  (1934-37)  reprint  1969.  All  five  parts  on  this  basic  reference  on  larvae  and  pupae 
of  aquatic  flies.  $11.25  cloth,  $5.00  paper.  For  this  and  any  insect  book  in  print,  write 
to:  Entomological  Reprint  Specialists,  .P.  <9.  Box  77971 ,  Dockweiler  Station,  Los  Angeles, 
California  90007,  USA. 

BUTTERFLIES  OF  THE  AUSTRALIAN  REGION,  by  Bernard  D'Abrera  352  p., 
over  4,000  full  color  photographs.  Ready  Feb.  1972.  $39.95  postpaid.  A  magnificently 
illustrated  and  comprehensive  work  treating  the  butterflies  of  Australia,  Papua  &  New 
Guinea,  the  Moluccas,  New  Zealand,  and  the  islands  of  the  South  Pacific.  Entomological 
Reprint  Specialists,  P.O.  Box  77971,  Dockweiler  Station,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90007,  USA. 

BIOLOGIE  DER  HYMENOPTEREN,  by  H.  Bischoff,  Berlin  1927.  8  vo.  pp.  VII,  598 

with  224  figs.  Cloth.  Subscription  price:  Dutch  florins  185  (ca.  $59.00)  withitsmany 
examples  for  all  groups  and  its  224  figures  this  book  will  be  of  great  value  for  any  student 
of  the  Hymenoptera.  Publication  date  end  of  1972.  Order  from:  Antiquariatt  Junk, 
Dr.  R.  Schierenberg  &  Sons  NV.  P.O.  Box  5,  Lochem,  Holland. 

Wanted:  Your  name,  address  and  price  list  if  you  are  an  entomologist  that  has 
Lepidoptera  for  sale.  Prefer  overseas  contacts  if  possible.  Write  Edward  F.  Ruschewski, 
4165  Harbor  Drive,  Carlsbad,  California  92008  U.S.A. 

ODONATA  WANTED:  Will  pay  up  to  $50.00  each  for  needed  North  American 
species.  Want  list  sent  on  request.  Also  want  to  exchange  specimens  and  correspond 
with  Odonatologists  throughout  the  world.  Carl  Cook,  Center,  Kentucky  42114,  USA. 


APRIL  1973 


ENTOMOLOGICAL  IEWS 


CONTENTS 

OSKAR  AUGUSTUS  JOHANNSEN 
Dorothea  Johannsen  Crook,  p.  101 

THE  MICROHABITATS  OF  WESTERN  WOLF  SPIDERS 

OF  THE  GENUS  PARDOSA 

Donald  C.  Lowrie,  p.  103 

THE  GENERA  OF  THE  PIESTINAE  OF 

AMERICA  NORTH  OF  MEXICO 

(COLEOPTERA:  STAPHYLINIDAE) 

Ian  Moore  and  E.  F.  Legner,  p.  117 

SYNONYMIA  AGRILINARUM 
(COLEOPTERA,  BUPRESTIDAE) 

I.  LIUS 
Henry  A.  Hespenheide,  p.  135 

NOTES  ON  THE  PERIODS  OF  EGG  PRODUCTION 

OF  SOME  GROUND  BEETLES 

Andre  Larochelle,  p.  139 

ANNOUNCEMENT 

INTERNATIONAL  COMMISSION  ON  ZOOLOGICAL  NOMENCLATURE 

p.  134 

THE  ENTOMOLOGIST  LIBRARY,  p.  132 

LETTER  TO  THE  EDITOR,  p.  1 33 
THE  ENTOMOLOGIST  RECORD,  p.  138 


THE  AMERICAN  ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 


ENTOMOLOGICAL  NEWS 

Edited,  1890-1910,  by  Henry  Skinner  (1861-1926);  1911-1944,  by  Philip  P.  Calvert 
(1871-1961);  1945-1967,  by  R.  G.  Schmieder  (1898-1967);  1968-1972  by  R.  H.  Arnett, 
Jr. 

Entomological  News  is  published  monthly  except  August  and  September  by  the 
American  Entomological  Society  at  253  Agricultural  Hall,  College  of  Agricultural 
Sciences,  University  of  Delaware,  Newark,  DE.  19711.  Second  class  postage  paid  at 
Newark,  Delaware  19711  and  additional  mailing  offices.  Editorial  Staff:  S.  S.  Roback  & 
R.  W.  Lake  (Editor). 

SUBSCRIPTION  RATES:  Private  subscriptions  for  personal  use  $7.00  per  year  post 
paid;  institutional  subscriptions  for  libraries,  laboratories,  etc.,  domestic  and  foreign 
$12.00  per  year  postpaid.  Communications  and  remittances  for  subscriptions  should  be 
addressed  to  Entomological  News,  1900  Race  Street,  Philadelphia,  PA.  19103,  U.S^A. 

POSTMASTER:  If  undeliverable  please  send  form  3579  to  Mr.  Robert  W.  Lake,  253 
Agricultural  Hall,  University  of  Delaware,  Newark,  DE.  19711. 

MANUSCRIPTS  and  all  communications  concerning  same  should  be  addressed  to: 
Mr.  Robert  W.  Lake,  Department  of  Entomology  and  Applied  Ecology,  University  of 
Delaware,  Newark,  DE  19711.  The  receipt  of  all  papers  will  be  acknowledged  and,  if 
accepted,  they  will  be  published  as  soon  as  possible,  usually  within  six  months.  Articles 
longer  than  eight  pages  may  be  published  in  two  or  more  installments,  unless  the  author 
is  willing  to  pay  the  cost  of  a  sufficient  number  of  additional  pages  in  any  one  issue  to 
enable  such  an  article  to  appear  without  division.  BOOKS  FOR  REVIEW  should  be  sent 
to  the  editor. 

PAGE  CHARGES  are  normally  made  only  for  over-length  articles,  or  for  articles  pub- 
lished ahead  of  their  regular  place  in  the  issues,  and  then  only  as  additional  pages  for  an 
issue.  In  cases  where  authors  have  received  grant  money  for  publication,  or  their  institu- 
tion normally  pays  publication  costs,  they  will  be  billed  at  the  rate  of  $18.75  per  page. 

ILLUSTRATIONS:  Authors  will  be  charged  for  text-figures  and  halftones  at  the 
following  rate:  Each  line  cut  regardless  of  size  $1.50;  each  halftone  regardless  of  size, 
$4.50.  Size  limit  of  illustrations,  when  printed,  4'/2  x  6Vz  inches. 

SEPARATES  printed  without  removal  of  extraneous  matter,  without  covers,  will  be 
supplied  by  the  printer  at  20  cents  per  copy.  Minimum  order  100  copies.  Xerox  copies  of 
articles,  minimum  order  50  copies,  15  cents  per  copy. 

EDITORIAL  POLICY:  Manuscripts  on  insect  life  and  related  terrestrial  anthropods  are 
appropriate  for  submission  to  ENTOMOLOGICAL  NEWS.  Titles  should  be  carefully 
composed  to  reflect  the  true  contents  of  the  article,  and  be  kept  as  brief  as  possible.  A 
short  informative  abstract  (not  a  descriptive  abstract)  of  about  150  words  should  be 
supplied  on  a  separate  sheet,  complete  with  title  and  ending  with  the  authors  name  and 
address.  In  addition,  the  author  should  supply  a  list  of  descriptors,  or  key  words  at  the 
end  of  the  abstract.  The  author's  complete  mailing  address,  including  zip  code  number, 
should  be  given  as  a  footnote  to  the  article.  All  papers  describing  ne\v  taxa  should 
include  enough  information  to  make  them  useful  to  the  non-specialist.  Generally  this 
requires  a  key  and  a  short  review  or  discussion  of  the  group,  plus  reference  to  existing 
revisions  or  monographs.  Illustrations  are  almost  always  required. 

Short  notes  will  be  promptly  published  in  The  Entomologist's  Record.  Literature  notices, 
short  reviews,  and  books  received  will  be  published  in  The  Entomologist's  Library.  Study 
notices,  want  items,  and  for  sale  notices  are  published  in  The  Entomologist's  Market 
Place.  All  manuscripts  should  follow  the  format  recommended  in  the  CBE  "Style 
Manual". 

SECOND  CLASS  POSTAGE  PAID  AT  NEWARK,  DELAWARE 
&  ADDITIONAL  MAILING  OFFICES 


Editor 

Entomological  News 

1900  Race  Street 

Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  19103 

Dear  Sir: 

The  manuscript  attached  to  this  letter  was  recently  submitted  to  Dr.  R.  H.  Arnett,  Jr.  He 
just  returned  it  because  he  was  resigning  as  editor  and  asked  me  to  submit  it  to  the  new 
editor. 

In  order  to  clarify  the  reasons  for  submitting  the  manuscript  let  me  make  a  few  explana- 
tory remarks.  Last  year  my  book,  American  Entomologists,  was  published.  It  contains 
the  biographies  of  more  than  two  hundred  entomologists.  Unfortunately,  there  are  some 
entomologists  who  are  not  in  there  who  should  be.  One  of  the  most  regrettable  omissions 
is  that  of  Dr.  O.  A.  Johannsen.  The  reason  for  this  is  that  up  to  the  time  of  publication  I 
was  unable  to  find  any  biographical  material  on  him.  Too  late,  I  found  a  brief  obituary  in 
the  Cornell  University  Necrology  of  the  Faculty  (1961-1962),  which  as  you  can  imagine 
has  a  very  limited  circulation. 

Recently  I  wrote  to  Dorothea  Johannsen  Crook,  Dr.  Johannsen's  daughter,  and  asked  her 
to  prepare  some  biographical  notes  about  her  father.  Attached  is  her  biography  of  Dr.  O. 
A.  Johannsen.  Will  you  kindly  publish  this  biography?  By  doing  this,  some  future  student 
of  entomology  will  not  miss  this  notable  entomologist.  Mrs.  Crook  prepared  the  bio- 
graphy, so  please  accredit  it  to  her. 

Sincerely  yours, 

/Arnold  Mallis/ 

Extension  Entomologist 

Patterson  Building 

The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

University  Park,  Pennsylvania  16802 

OSKAR  AUGUSTUS  JOHANNSEN 
14  MAY  1870  -   7  NOVEMBER  1961 

Oskar  Augustus  Johannsen  was  born  in  Davenport,  Iowa,  14  May  1870,  the  son 
of  Christian  and  Caroline  (St'uhrk)  Johannsen,  emigrants  from  Denmark.  He  went 
to  grammar  school  in  State  Center,  Iowa,  but  never  attended  high  school.  When  his 
brother,  Albert,  who  was  18  months  younger,  decided  to  go  to  college,  he  decided  to 
go,  too,  and  spent  the  summer  of  1890  "boning"  up  on  his  own,  so  as  to  pass  the 
required  entrance  examinations  for  the  University  of  Illinois.  (Until  middle  age  he 
carefully  concealed  the  gap  in  his  educational  history,  but  finally  decided  it  was  not  a 
matter  to  be  ashamed  of.)  He  and  his  brother  both  graduated  in  1894,  each  with  a  B.S. 
in  Architectural  Engineering.  (His  brother  also  rejected  engineering  for  science,  obtained 
a  Ph.  D.  from  John  Hopkins  in  Geology  and  was  for  many  years  in  the  Geology  Depart- 
ment at  the  University  of  Chicago.)  Oskar  worked  in  Chicago  as  a  draftsman,  then 
estimator  and  engineer  at  the  Globe  Iron  Works  (Chicago)  from  1894  to  1899. 

Professor  Johannsen  had  always  hankered  to  study  insects,  but  his  father's  query  as 
to  how  he  expected  to  earn  a  living  from  a  knowledge  of  bugs,  made  him  turn  to  his 
second  choice.  In  1899,  however,  he  was  offered  a  chance  to  teach  descriptive  geometry 
and  structural  design  in  the  Civil  Engineering  College  at  Cornell  University,  a  position 
which  would  permit  him  to  do  graduate  work  in  entomology  at  the  same  time.  (His 
boss  at  the  Iron  Works  offered  an  increase  in  salary  to  keep  him,  finally  saying,  "I  don't 
know  what  they  are  giving  you,  but  whatever  it  is,  I'll  match  it!"  Dad  didn't  dare  tell 
him  he  was  taking  a  healthy  cut  to  go  to  Cornell.)  He  stayed  at  Cornell  until  1909,  first 
as  instructor,  then  as  Assistant  Professor  in  Civil  Engineering,  but  he  simultaneously 

Ent.  News,  84:101-102,  1973 


102  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  April  1973 


took  the  necessary  courses  in  biology,  chemistry,  etc.,  and  obtained  an  M.A.  in  1902, 
a  Ph.  D.  in  1904,  under  the  direction  of  J.  H.  Comstock. 

In  1909  he  went  to  the  University  of  Maine  as  professor  and  entomologist  in  the 
Extension  Division,  and  remained  until  1912.  Then  he  returned  to  Cornell,  first  as 
Professor  of  Biology  (until  1918  when  W.  A.  Riley  went  to  Minnesota),  then  as  Professor 
of  Entomology.  He  was  Chairman  of  the  department  from  1936  until  his  retirement  in 
1938. 

He  taught  insect  histology,  morphology,  and  embryology,  and  was  a  highly  successful 
teacher.  His  skilled  draftsmanship  made  his  blackboard  diagrams  in  colored  chalk  works 
of  art,  and  the  students  especially  enjoyed  it  when  the  diagram  was  bilaterally 
symmetrical,  for  then  he  used  both  hands  simultaneously  and  produced  the  diagram 
in  short  order. 

Although  his  special  interest  was  in  aqifatic  diptera  (Chironomidae  and  Mycetophili- 
dae)  he  was  always  an  interested  and  very  competent  naturalist,  and  a  walk  with  him 
resulted  in  much  information  respecting  wild  flowers  and  song  birds,  as  well  as  insects. 
He  published  a  hundred  or  more  scientific  papers  (describing  many  new  species)  and  he 
co-authored  books  with  W.  A.  Riley  (Medical  Entomology),  B.  F.  Kingsbury  (Histo- 
logical  Technique),  and  F.  H.  Butt,  (Embryology  of  Insects  and  Myriapods). 

He  married  Harriette  Alice  Fuller  in  1896  and  there  were  three  children: 
Dorothea  (1903),  Laurence  (1907),  and  Robert  (1909). 

Professor  Johannsen  was  a  member  of  several  honorary  and  scientific  societies: 
Tau  Beta  Pi,  Sigma  Xi,  Phi  Kappa  Phi,  the  American  Association  for  the  Advancement 

of  Science,  the  Entomological  Society  of  America  (of  which  he  was  president  in  1937), 
the  American  Society  of  Zoologists,  the  American  Association  of  Economic  Entomolo- 
gistSj  the  American  Association  of  University  Professors. 

One  of  his  professional  responsibilities  which  gave  him  great  satisfaction  was  his 
position  as  the  American  representative  on  the  permanent  executive  committee  of  the 
International  Congresses  in  Entomology,  which  he  held  for  many  years.  He  was  the 
Executive  Secretary  of  the  Congress,  at  least  in  1927  when  the  Congress  met  in  Ithaca 
(and  perhaps  some  other  years,  but  I  don't  remember). 

One  of  Professor  Johannsen's  recreational  interests  was  the  study  of  languages.  As 
a  child  he  objected  to  his  emigrant  parents  speaking  anything  but  English,  but  when  he 
was  16  or  17  a  slightly  older  cousin  migrated  from  northern  Germany  to  be  a  clerk  in 
Christian  Johannsen's  store.  The  boys  decided  that  Oskar  would  teach  Johann  English 
in  return  for  German  lessons,  and  although  Cousin  Johann  progressed  considerably  faster 
in  English  than  Oskar  in  German,  he  eventually  did  learn  to  speak  fluent  Hochdeutsch, 
although  with  a  North  German  accent.  Subsequently  he  learned  to  read  Plattdeutsch, 
and  read  both  forms  for  pleasure.  French  he  never  spoke,  but  read  quite  well  after 
starting  the  language  in  college.  In  1917  he  decided  to  study  Danish,  and  worked  at  it 
so  assiduously  that  he  finally  could  read  it  as  rapidly  as  English  or  German.  With  this 
background  he  found  that  a  relatively  small  amount  of  study  permitted  him  to  read 
Dutch,  Norwegian,  and  Swedish.  He  then  decided  to  try  to  expand  his  grasp  of  the 
Romance  languages  but  although  he  gained  sufficient  mastery  of  both  Spanish  and 
Italian  to  read  them  with  the  aid  of  a  dictionary,  he  never  practiced  sufficiently  to  make 
them  really  his  own,  though  he  did  wade  through  a  long  Italian  work  on  entomology 
which  had  never  been  translated.  He  worked  for  a  time  at  Russian,  but  the  Cyrillic 
alphabet  annoyed  him.  and  he  never  achieved  more  than  a  minimal  grasp  of  the  language. 

Professor  Johannsen  retained  his  interest  in  entomology  and  continued  to  publish 
until  he  was  more  than  85  years  old,  when  deteriorating  eyesight  made  reading  an 
impossibility  He  died  in  Ithaca.  New  York  on  7  November  1961. 

Dorothea  Johannsen  Crook 


THE  MICROHABITATS  OF  WESTERN 
WOLF  SPIDERS  OF  THE  GENUS  Pardosa 

Donald  C.  Lowrie1 


Pardosa  is  the  largest  genus  of  the  family  Lycosidae  in  the 
western  United  States.  Well  over  50  species  of  this  genus  can  be 
found  in  the  mountain  states  while  all  other  lycosids  combined 
probably  exceed  that  number  only  slightly.  Arctosa,  Geolycosa, 
Tarentula  and  Lycosa  are  present  and  possibly  some  of  the  other 
genera  which  have  been  established  may  be  found.  In  central  and 
eastern  United  States  Lycosa  seems  to  be  the  largest  genus.  Within 
Pardosa  there  are  several  species  groups  which  have  not  been 
recognized  subgenerically.  Neither  the  genus  nor  the  family  have 
been  monographed  since  Montgomery  (1904)  and  Chamberlin 
(1908).  Papers  by  Gertsch  (1934),  Barnes  (1959),  and  Vogel 
(1964)  have  treated  some  of  the  groups  of  species  but  they  have 
been  mainly  morphologically  defined.  Vogel  (1964)  characterizes 
the  distincta  group  as  "six  closely  related  species.  Their  phyletic 
relationship  is  indicated  by  similar  color  pattern  and  genital 
morphology,  and  five  of  the  six  species  occupy  the  same  habitat". 
The  taxonomy  of  the  genus  Pardosa  is  still  confused  and  needs 
revision. 

During  the  past  ten  years  I  have  been  studying  the  genus  Pardosa 
of  the  western  United  States,  particularly  in  the  Jackson  Hole  and 
Grand  Teton  Range  area  of  Wyoming,  and  trying  to  determine  and 
characterize  the  microhabitat  preferences  of  each  of  the  species. 


Professor   Emeritus,    California    State    University    at  Los  Angeles.   Pressent  address 
Rt.  2,  Box  33  IF,  Santa  Fe,  N.M.  87501. 

Ent.  News,  84:103-116,  1973  103 


104  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  April  1973 


Few  ecological  observations  are  in  the  literature.  Tongiorgi  (1966) 
presents  a  summary  of  what  is  known  about  the  habitats  of  Italian 
pardosas.  However,  in  many  cases  he  had  no  data  available  about 
the  major  habitat  and  still  less  about  the  microhabitat  in  which  a 
particular  species  occurs.  Usually  only  the  altitude  range  or  type 
of  habitat,  such  as  meadow,  or  stream  margin,  is  known.  In 
defense  of  the  small  amount  of  microhabitat  data,  it  must  be  said 
that  microhabitats  are  not  readily  determined.  Habitat  preferences 
of  these  species  are  summarized  here  because  of  scarce  information 
in  the  literature.  The  writer  hopes  this  will  call  to  the  attention 
of  other  workers  the  specificity  and  importance  of  recording 
habitat  preferences. 

Wolf  spiders  of  this  genus  are  small  (most  species  5-8  mm), 
cursorial  and  nomadic.  Each  individual  probably  ranges  only  in  a 
limited  area.  After  emerging  from  the  egg  case  the  young  climb 
onto  the  back  of  the  female  where  they  remain  together  for  about 
7-14  days.  After  leaving  her  back  they  become  solitary  carnivores 
for  the  rest  of  their  lives  except  for  the  brief  courtship  period. 
Their  microhabitat  is  the  ground  surface  almost  exclusively.  They 
may  run  up  onto  blades  of  grass  or  on  a  floor  of  grass  in  those 
situations  where  grass  does  not  stand  erect  but  lies  in  great  hori- 
zontal sheets.  But  otherwise,  very  few  of  them  leave  the  ground 
to  clamber  upon  shrubs,  trees  or  other  objects  off  of  the  ground. 
Some  species,  such  as  the  European  Pardosa  nigriceps,  seem  to 
crawl  up  into  the  vegetation  some  of  the  time  (Vlijm  and  Kessler- 
Geschiere,  1967).  From  extensive  observations,  it  is  apparent  that 
only  accidentally,  or  momentarily  to  avoid  capture,  do  the  western 
United  States  species  move  onto  herbaceous  or  woody  vegetation 
which  is  not  lying  horizontally,  or  nearly  so,  upon  the  ground. 
Sweeping  of  vegetation  with  a  net  has  produced  no  specimens  in 
thousands  of  sweeps  in  the  western  United  States.  In  southeastern 
United  States  I  have  found  immature  lycosas  fairly  common  at 
night  upon  vegetation.  Neither  adults  nor  juveniles  are  usually 
found  on  vegetation  in  the  daytime. 

The  forest,  meadow  and  similar  habitats  can  be  subdivided 
ecologically  in  such  a  way  as  to  separate  them  into  microhabitats 
on  the  basis  of  the  following  environmental  factors. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  April  1973  105 


I.  The  texture  of  the  substratum  may  consist  of  1)  bare  soil, 
2)  wood,  such  as  fallen  logs,  twigs  and  branches,  3)  rocks  of 
various  sizes,  and  4)  grass  and/or  other  vegetation. 

II.  Moisture  is  another  variable  to  which  the  spiders  adjust. 
They  prefer   1)  very  wet,  2)  very  dry,  or  3)  intermediate  soil 
moisture   conditions.   Air  moisture    probably   serves   as   another 
variable  but  it  is  even  more  difficult  to  evaluate  and  separate  into 
categories  than  is  soil  moisture. 

III.  Another  characteristic  they  adapt  to  is  the  temperature  of 
the  environment  in  which  they  live.  Much  of  the  difficulty  in 
evaluating  differences  of  habitats  is  due  to  the  difficulty  of  deter- 
mining what  the  particular  habitat  in  which  they  occur  is  like 
with  regard  to  soil  and/or  air  moisture  and  temperature.  In  labora- 
tory work  it  has  been  shown  by  Norgaard  (195 1)  that  some  species 
do  prefer  different  temperatures. 

IV.  Food  is  a  factor  since  most  of  these  spiders  are  of  about  the 
same  size  and  hence  competitors.  The  spiders  also  vary  in  size 
and  hence  in  size  of  prey  and  probably  species  of  prey. 

V.  The  altitudinal  distribution  of  habitats  is  limited.  A  number 
of  spiders  are  confined  to  timberline  and  above  in  alpine  tundra 
habitats,  most  range  widely  in  intermediate  altitudes  from  timber- 
line  down  to  a  few  thousand  feet.  Few  species  are  limited  to  the 
lower  altitudes  although  some,  like  those  of  the  P.  sternalis  group, 
are    more    abundant    at    low    altitudes.    Individuals    of   species 
occurring   at   high  altitudes   will   be  found  in  greater  numbers, 
between  about  2400  -  3400  m,  although  more  collecting  will  be 
needed  before  this  can  be  definitely  determined.  The  generaliza- 
tions about  altitudes  apply  roughly  between  35°  and  45°N  lat  in 
the  western  United  States.  South  of  35°N  lat  the  high  altitude 
species  disappear  while  lower  altitude  species  replace  those  found 
to  the  north.  North  of  about  50°N  lat  the  low  altitude  species 
disappear  or  may  be  replaced  by  different  species.  High  altitude 
species  like  P.  uintana,  P.  mackenziana,  P.  hetchi,  P.  anomala,  and 
P.  concinna  are  found  probably  at  lower  altitudes  north  of  50°N 
lat.  This  is  documented  for  P.  uintana  and  P.  mackenziana.  It  is 
hypothesized  for  the  other  species  because  they  are  high  altitude 


206  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  April  1973 


species  but  their  occurrence  at  lower  altitudes  in  the  north  is  not 
documented.  In  the  northeastern  United  States  and  adjoining 
Canada  P.  uintana  and  P.  mackenziana  are  at  low  altitudes  in 
coniferous  forests.  Pardosa  tristis  seems  to  be  the  only  species  in 
the  west  which  is  abundant  from  low  altitudes  to  above  3400  m. 

The  following  major  habitats  for  spiders  of  the  genus  Pardosa 
can  be  identified: 

I) High  altitude  grasses,  rocks  and  wood  (fallen  logs,  bark  or 
branches)  -  Temperature  here  is  usually  high  when  the  sun  is 
shining  upon  the  ground  while  moisture  is  variable,  depending 
upon  the  microhabitat,  although  generally  low. 

2)  Stream  and  lake  margin  boulders  (one  cm  up  to  one  m  or 
more  in  diameter,  but  round  and  water-worn)  -  Temperature  here 
is  high  when  the  sun  is  shining,  but  cool  or  even  cold  beneath  the 
rocks    moisture  is  high  beneath  but  much  lower  on  top  or  the 
rocks. 

3)  Talus  rocks  -  Large  to  small,  usually  angular,  boulders  are 
formed  in  large  masses,  more  commonly  at  higher  altitudes,  where 
cliffs  disintegrate  into  a  slope  of  rubble.  In  these  talus  slopes 
temperature  and  moisture  vary  from  high  to  low  depending  upon 
where  the  spider  may  be.  Here  and  in  other  habitats  the  spider 
moves  about  with  the  shift  in  day  and  night  conditions,  as  well  as 
with  seasonal  conditions.  In  a  talus  area  a  spider  can  adjust  to 
temperature  and/or  humidity  to  utilize  a  wide  range    of  these 
conditions. 

4)  Streamside  and  lakeside  grasses  -  This  habitat  forms  a  narrow 
strip  in  which  moisture  seems  to  be  a  major  consideration.  The 
pardosa  may  not  always  abide  in  the  high  moisture  band  next  to 
the  water  but  water  is  always  available  and  the  grass  serves  as  a 
protection  from  the  direct  effect  of  the  sun.  Thus  the  spider  can 
avoid  heat,  cold,  dryness  or  moisture  by  moving  to  the  area  it 
prefers  and  still  be  in  the  same  habitat.  There  is  variation  within 
this  habitat  in  that  long  grasses  produce  a  protected,  variable  and 
different  habitat  from  the  short  grasses  which  screen  out  less  of 
the  effect  of  the  sun  and,  typically,  is  a  dry  habitat.  Open  areas 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  April  1973  107 


where  there  is  driftwood  or  other  pieces  of  bark,  logs  or  wood 
produce  still  drier  conditions. 

5)  Coniferous  forests  --  Most  forests  of  the  West  have  very  little 
surface  vegetation,  a  minimum  of  sunlight  and  heat  reach  the 
forest  floor  and  there  is  also  probably  a  limited  variety  of  food. 
Humidity  here  is  generally  high  although  as  the  forest     dries  out 
in  late  summer  and  fall  the  leaf  litter  layer  becomes  quite  dry.  In 
less  dense  forests,  these  spiders  may  differentiate  in  their  distribu- 
tion between  moist  and  dry  coniferous  woods. 

6)  Swampy  moist  meadows  -  These  open  treeless  areas  have 
populations  of  pardosas  not  found  elsewhere.  Also  some  of  the 
species  of  the  above  grassy  habitats  occur  in  this  habitat. 

7)  Treeless  or  open  parkland  areas  -  These  areas  of  prairies 
and   sagebrush  are  the  driest  and  hottest  of  the  habitats.  The 
ground  surface  is  much  less  inhabitable  than  in  the  other  com- 
munities, and  the  variety  of  species  much  less,  but  a  few  species 
have  become  adapted  to  this  habitat.  True  deserts  (rainfall  less 
than  20-25  cm)  have  no  permanent  wolf  spider  residents  except 
where  there  are  streams  or  springs. 

Most  species  of  Pardosa  have  fairly  specific  habit  preferences 
while  a  few  are  found  in  a  wide  variety  of  habitats.  Some  live  in 
ecotonal  situations  or  are  tolerant  of  more  than  one  habitat.  In 
some  habitats  several  species  have  been  found  living  together.  In 
these  situations  the  competitive  exclusion  principle  is  not  oper- 
ating at  the  time  partly  because  prey  is  not  in  short  supply. 


SPIDER  MICROHABITATS 

Following  is  a  species  by  species  summary  of  the  author's 
observations,  and  some  observations  from  the  literature,  regarding 
each  species,  or  species  group,  of  the  genus  Pardosa.  The  species 
are  listed  by  groups  (probably  subgenera).  Included  are  data  on 
species  collected  in  the  same  localities  as  an  indication  of  species 
which  may  be  in  competition  with  each  other.  Where  there  are 
no  data  on  such  interrelationships  it  is  not  an  indication  that  there 
are  none,  but  simply  that  only  the  one  species  has  been  collected 
in  that  habitat.  These  observations  on  species  collected  in  the  same 


108  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  April  1973 


habitat  are  included  to  indicate  that  overlapping  of  habitat 
preferences  occurs  rather  than  to  present  a  complete  listing  of 
possible  species  to  be  found  in  any  particular  type  of  habitat. 
Each  species  in  areas  of  mixed  habitat  may  not  be  found  always 
in  the  precise  microhabitat  indicated.  Finally,  at  the  periphery  of 
the  range  of  a  species  it  may  occur  in  a  slightly,  or  even  greatly, 
different  microhabitat. 

I.  The  distincta  group  prefers  the  driest  habitats  of  all  species. 
Vogel  (1964)  has  characterized  the  group  in  this  way  and  all  of 
my  experience  has  corroborated  this  conclusion.  These  species  are 
differentiated  from  one  another  mainly  on  their  allopatric  distri- 
bution although  some  species  seem   to   have  slightly  different 
moisture  requirements  and  some  are  syntopic  as  well  as  sympatric 
(Rivas  1964).  This  group  is  found  in  open  plains,  sagebrush  and 
other  non-forested  areas  except  where  forests  adjoin  open  dry 
lands. 

Pardosa  distincta  (Blackwall,  1846)  and  Pardosa  utahensis 
Chamberlin,  1919,  are  low  altitude  species.  I  have  collected  them 
alone  and  together  on  occasion,  but  rarely  with  other  species. 
Drier  habitats  are  preferred  by  P.  utahensis  than  by  P.  distincta. 
The  species  of  this  group  have  a  low  density  in  the  areas  where 
they  occur,  in  the  magnitude  of  1/100  m^. 

II.  The  glacialis  group  is  large  in  the  west  and  difficult  to 
characterize.  However,  it  seems  to  be  generally  a  moist  meadow- 
inhabiting  group.  None  are  to  be  found  in  forests,  although  some 
occur  in  open  meadows  within  a  forest. 

Pardosa  anomala  Gertsch,  1933,  is  one  of  the  two  main  species 
completely  restricted  to  high  elevations  in  forested  areas.  P. 
anomala  is  found  above  about  3000  m  in  the  Rockies  and  at  lower 
altitudes  farther  north.  It  is  found  only  in  coniferous  forest 
meadows,  usually  in  areas  moist  from  melting  snow. 

Pardosa  colorademis  Banks,  1894,  is  found  in  low  and  mid- 
altitude  meadows.  Many  individuals  occur  in  moist  meadows 
usually  with  bordering  drier  areas.  This  spider  has  been  found  in 
the  Gros  Ventre  River  Valley  in  both  moist  swales  and  irrigation 
ditches  where  sagebrush  and  dry  meadows  adjoing.  A  similar 
habitat  was  found  east  of  Bridgeport,  near  Grand  Coulee  Dam,  in 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  April  1973  109 


Washington.  Here  this  species  occurred  in  a  nearly  dry  creek  bed 
surrounded  by  grasslands.  Although  found  as  high  as  Togwotee 
Pass  in  the  Tetons  at  over  3000  m,  most  of  the  records  come  from 
about  2000  m. 

Pardosa  concinna  (Thorell,  1877)  was  recorded  by  Schmoller 
(1968)  from  timberline  (about  3500  m)  and  above  in  Colorado. 
He  characterizes  it  as  being  found  in  mesic  alpine  areas;  subalpine 
forest  edges  on  gravel  and  light  mixed  tundra  vegetation  such  as 
species  of  Geum  and  Kobresia. 

Pardosa  fuscula  (Thorell!,  1875)  is  found  in  extremely  wet  areas 
with  standing  water,  where  the  grass  is  often  quite  long  (over  20 
cm).  I  found  it  on  the  south  side  of  Togwotee  Pass  in  an  excep- 
tionally moist  area,  in  the  Blue  Mountains  of  Washington  (Target 
Meadows)  in  a  high  meadow  with  standing  water  surrounded  by 
coniferous  forest.  Other  locations  are  in  a  moist  meadow  in  the 
forests  of  the  Pioneer  Mountains  south  of  Wise  River  in  Montana, 
and  in  a  somewhat  drier  area  along  the  grassy  and  rocky  shore  of 
Duck  Lake  east  of  Glacier  National  Park.  In  the  Chicago  area  it 
inhabits  tamarack  bogs. 

Pardosa  johanseni  Gertsch,  1933,  does  not  seem  to  be  common 
but  has  been  found  enough  to  indicate  its  habitat  preferences.  I 
have  found  this  species  in  three  widely-separated  places  in  which 
sagebrush  prairies  have  surrounded  the  collecting  localities  while 
the  immediate  site  has  been  a  moist  pond  or  drying  wet  area  of 
willows,  sedges,  herbs  and  mosses. 

Pardosa  ourayensis  Gertsch,  1933,  has  been  collected  by 
Schmoller  (1968,  1970)  in  pitfall  traps  in  Colorado  mainly  at 
timberline,  and  above,  in  and  on  marsh  grasses,  among  krumholz 
and  in  boulder  fields  with  wet  ground  nearby.  He  characterized  it 
as  a  hygric  or  marshy  alpine  species. 

Pardosa  tetonensis  Gertsch,  1933,  has  been  found  with  P. 
distincta,  P.  altamontis,  P.  coloradensis  and/*,  uncata.  Its  general 
habitat  is  open,  dry  meadows.  This  species  was  found  in  Montana 
on  the  Yogo  Peak  Ridge  east  of  Great  Falls,  in  the  Toll  Mountain 
area  southeast  of  Butte,  in  dry  meadows  bordering  moist  sedges 
and  other  spots  in  the  Pioneer  Mountains  and  near  Dunraven  Pass 
in  Yellowstone  National  Park  among  sagebrush  but  where  moisture 


110  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  April  1973 


was  in  the  vicinity.  Therefore,  this  is  a  dry  meadow  species  which 
has  to  be  in  an  area  near  moisture. 

Pardosa  wasatchensis  Gertsch,  1933,  occurs  in  tall  grass,  in  an 
aspen  '  swamp",  and  in  a  wet  timothy  field  below  Uhl  Hill  in  the 
Jackson  Hole  area.  These  data  place  it  as  a  moist  meadow  form. 
It  is  a  rare  species  and  further  characterization  of  its  microhabitat 
is  needed. 

III.  The  lapidicina  group  is  found  among  boulders  and  gravel 
beside  streams  and  lakes  at  all  low  and  mid  altitudes  in  the  west, 
and  east. 

The  distribution  of  Pardosa  steva  Lowrie  and  Gertsch,  1955, 
and  Pardosa  sierra  Banks,  1898,  is  geographical  rather  than  eco- 
logical (they  are  mainly  allopatrig).  The  author  has  collected 
along  many  boulder-strewn  stream  beds  in  the  West  and  finds 
many  areas  lacking  spiders.  Other  areas  contain  more  than  just 
lapidicina  group  species.  The  boulders  nearly  level  with  the  stream 
but  not  imbedded  in  the  gravel  will  typically  have  lapidicina  group 
members  while  the  borders  of  the  boulder  piles  will  have  other 
species  from  grass  and  adjacent  microhabitats.  These  species  are 
found  usually  at  the  lower  to  median  altitudes,  although  they 
may  occur  along  streams  at  elevations  up  to  2200  m. 

IV.  The  mackenziana  group  consists  of  species  occurring  on  the 
ground  within  coniferous  forests.  Two  species  occur  at  timber- 
line  or  above,  but  adjoining  forests.  The  sympatric  species  may  be 
in  slightly  different  parts  of  the  forests  based  on  moisture  differ- 
ences. Characteristic  of  this  group  is  its  low  densities. 

P.  mackenziana  (Keyserling,  1877)  and  P.  uintana  Gertsch, 
1933,  are  both  geographically  and  ecologically  separated  from 
uncata  and  P.  dorsalis.  Geographically  they  are  widespread 
throughout  Canada  and  northern  United  States  and  occur  sym- 
patrically  and  often  syntopically.  Schmoller  (1968)  indicated  that 
in  Colorado  they  are  found  at  high  altitudes  (over  2700  m),  and 
they  may  live  in  separate  microhabitats.  In  a  series  of  pitfall  traps 
in  a  Picea-Abies  stand  he  recorded  70  P.  uintana  but  no  P. 
mackenziana  whereas  he  found  28  P.  mackenziana  but  no  P. 
uintana  in  a  Pinus  contorta  stand.  In  the  Tetons  I  have  found  only 
P.  uintana  above  3000  m  among  the  high  altitude  conifers.  In 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  April  1973  111 


Canada  and  Alaska  these  two  species  are  common  at  sea  level  but 
always  in  coniferous  forests. 

P.  hetchi  Chamberlin  and  Ivie,  1942,  is  restricted  to  tundra 
areas  above  timberline.  It  has  been  found  only  in  Colorado, 
Washington  and  California  but  in  all  areas  it  was  well  above  timber- 
line  (usually  3300  m  or  higher).  Whether  it  is  restricted  to  these 
high  altitudes  due  to  temperature,  moisture  or  substratal  and  prey 
relationships  is  unknown;  however,  its  microhabitat  preference 
among  alpine  tundra  rocks  and  vegetation  above  timberline  seems 
clear. 

The  habitat  preferences  of  P.  uncata  (Thorell,  1877)  and  P. 
dorsalis  Banks,  1894,  are  difficult  to  characterize  but  P.  dorsalis 
seems  to  prefer  drier  woods  than  P.  uncata.  P.  uncata  is  wide- 
spread from  east  to  west  in  northern  United  States  and  southern 
Canada  while  P.  dorsalis  is  restricted  to  northwestern  United 
States  and  adjacent  Canada.  These  species  are  found  at  lower 
altitudes  than  the  other  mackenziana  group  species.  P.  uncata 
may  be  found  under  and  on  bark  of  fallen  trees  on  the  ground 
but  is  always  found  distinctly  within  the  forest  while  P.  dorsalis 
is  at  times  to  be  found  on  trails  in  open  meadows  within  the 
forests.  Pitfall  trapping  would  aid  in  determining  more  specifically 
the  microhabitats  of  these  species. 

V.  The  sternalis  group  occurs  in  short  grass  where  the  spiders 
can  emerge  onto  rocks  and  dead  branches.  These  are  not  meadow 
species  because  they  also  occur  beside  streams  and  within  woods. 

Pardosa  altamontis  Chamberlin  and  Ivie,  1946,  lives  at  low  to 
mid-altitudes  although  specimens  have  been  collected  from  as  high 
as  2700  m  in  the  Tetons  at  Delta  Lake.  P.  ramulosa  (McCook, 
1874)  individuals  in  the  Los  Angeles  area  occur  at  altitudes  less 
than  1000  m.  One  collection  was  made,  however,  at  about  3000  m 
in  the  Sierras  of  California  (Vogel,  1970).  Likewise,  P.  vancouveri 
Emerton,  1917,  seems  to  be  restricted  to  low  altitudes.  The  habitat 
is  typically  short  grass  up  to  5-10  cm.  They  crawl  in  open  bare 
spots  and  on  fallen  branches  and  twigs.  They  will  crawl  up  onto 
any  solid  object  such  as  rocks,  housebricks,  branches  or  logs  to 
sun  themselves,  especially  the  females  when  incubating  egg  sacs. 
P.  ramulosa  is  a  common  inhabitant  of  the  margins  of  mowed 
lawns  in  the  Los  Angeles  area  as  is  the  case  with  P.  vancouveri  in 


112  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  April  1973 


the  Astoria,  Washington  locality.  This  group  is  abundant  wherever 
found.  Borders  of  lawns  where  there  is  a  wall  have  populations  of 
5-10/100  cm^,  whereas  the  main  lawn  will  be  nearly  devoid  of 
adults  and  young  are  very  sparse. 

VI.  The  groelandica  group  apparently  consists  of  only  P.  tristis 
in  the  west.  Its  taxonomy  is  not  clear. 

Pardosa  tristis  (Thorell,  1877)  is  widely  distributed  geograph- 
ically, altitudinally,  and  ecologically.  It  is  the  largest  species  of  the 
genus  and  may  therefore  be  less  dependent  upon  temperature  and 
humidity  variation  as  well  as  less  competitive  with  smaller  syn- 
topic  species.  It  is  common  in  the  vicinity  of  water.  It  has  been 
found  from  sea  level  to  altitudes  nearing  3000  m.  I  have  collected 
it  within  a  short  distance  of  a  stream  or  lake  except  at  the  highest 
altitudes  and  often  it  is  running  among  rocks  in  a  stream  as  well 
as  in  the  soggy  ground  of  nearby  marshy  areas.  It  is  not  only  wide- 
spread in  the  West  and  at  almost  all  altitudes,  but  is  probably  the 
most  common  species  of  Pardosa  if  one  were  to  collect  only  in 
moist  areas  I  have  not  found  it  in  habitats  which  are  very  dry, 
in  the  middle  of  talus  rocks,  or  on  bare  ground.  Schmoller  (1970) 
indicated  that  in  the  higher  altitudes  in  Colorado  it  occurred  in 
rocky,  alpine  dry  habitats.  Since  it  can,  and  possibly  does,  feed 
exclusively  upon  fairly  large  insects,  it  would  not  compete  with 
most  members  of  the  genus.  I  have  collected  it  more  commonly 
with  P.  uncata,  a  forest  species,  less  commonly  with  P.  xeram- 
pelina,  P.  wyuta,  and  P.  fuscula.  In  addition,  I  have  collected  it 
once  each  with  5  other  species.  In  summary,  the  spider  is  typically 
found  where  the  habitat  is  fairly  moist  although  it  will  wander 
into  some  bordering  dry  open  areas.  It  may  be  in  openings  in 
woods,  along  the  edge  of  woods,  or  on  driftwood  but  only  where 
there  is  grass  nearby. 

VII.  This  species  is  a  member  of  the  genus  Acantholycosa  or 
at  least  belongs  in  a  group  by  itself.  From  European  and  American 
records  I  have  examined,  it  is  certain  that  this  is  a  talus  rock 
species    and  possibly  genus. 

Pardosa  solituda  Levi  and  Levi,  1951,  was  discovered  "running 
between  stones  in  meadow"  on  the  southeast  shore  of  Lake 
Solitude  in  Grand  Teton  National  Park.  Further  collecting  has 
narrowed  this  habitat  down  to  talus  slopes.  In  any  talus  area 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  April  1973 113 


several  other  species  of  pardosas  may  be  found  around  the  edges 
where  grasses  or  fallen  wood  produce  an  ecotone.  But,  in  the  inner 
part  of  an  extensive  talus  slope  of  rocks,  the  small  dark  gray 
spider  is  usually  P.  solituda.  Altitude  is  probably  unimportant  ex- 
cept at  the  higher  elevations  where  weather  conditions  may  be- 
come too  severe  for  this  species.  I  have  found  it  in  talus  in  the 
Pioneer  Mountains  near  Butte,  Montana,  and  in  Glacier  National 
Park.  It  is  still  a  "rare"  species,  partly  because  it  is  extremely 
difficult  to  catch  due  to  inaccessibility  in  talus  rocks  and  its 
rapidity  of  movement. 

VIII.  The  following  species  are  either  alone  in  the  group  to 
which  they  belong,  or  the  group  is  not  well  identified. 

I  have  collected  Pardosa  californica  Keyserling,  1887,  in  some 
of  the  lawns  of  the  Los  Angeles  area  but  it  is  most  common  along 
streams.  David  W.  Hagstrum  (personal  communication)  has  found 
high  densities  of  this  species  in  a  moist  coniferous  forest  meadow 
near  Lake  Fulmor  above  1650  m  on  Mount  San  Jacinto  in 
Southern  California. 

Pardosa  moesta  Banks,  1892,  occurs  in  moist  areas  around  Two 
Ocean  Lake  in  the  Tetons  and  Bowman  Lake  in  Glacier  National 
Park,  in  a  meadow  of  long  grass  on  the  Olympic  Peninsula,  and 
in  long  grass  near  Mount  Vernon,  Washington.  It  was  also  along 
the  Touchet  River,  in  Montana  in  tall  sedges  beside  Saint  Mary's 
Canal  northeast  of  Glacier  National  Park  and  in  Wyoming  beside 
Lafferty  Creek  in  the  Gros  Ventre  River  Valley.  All  these  areas 
were  moist,  with  tangles  of  long  grasses  50-100  cm  long. 

Pardosa  tesquorum  (Odenwall,  1901)  has  been  found  in  associa- 
tion with  P.  distincta  at  one  place  east  of  Glacier  National  Park 
in  tall  grass  and  with  P.  tristis  in  the  same  general  area.  In  the 
Tetons  it  has  been  found  in  six  localities:  along  the  Gros  Ventre 
River,  Pacific  Creek  among  gravel,  boulders  and  grass,  in  long 
grass  beside  the  Snake  River,  above  Cascade  Creek,  around  Marion 
Lake  and  the  shores  of  Two  Ocean  Lake.  All  but  one  of  these  is 
about  2000  m. 

Pardosa  wyuta  Gertsch,  1934,  has  been  found  with  8  other 
species  at  various  places.  It  was  collected  mainly  with  P.  tristis 
and  P.  altamontis,  and  secondarily  with  P.  uncata  and  P.  fuscula. 
In  the  Tetons  it  has  been  found  only  in  a  lakeside,  grassy  meadow 


114  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  April  1973 


beside  Arrowhead  Pool  at  2750  m.  In  Glacier  National  Park  it 
was  in-  grassy  areas  beside  Iceberg  Lake  at  3050  m.  It  seems  to 
prefer  altitudes  around  2000  m.  In  the  Wallowa  Mountains  of 
Oregon  it  is  in  moist,  as  well  as  dry,  meadows  bordering  streams. 
In  the  northern  mountains  of  Washington,  it  occurs  in  the  forests 
among  rocks  beside  the  Nooksack  River.  In  Mount  Rainier 
National  Park  it  occurs  in  forests  beside  the  White  River,  and  in 
long  grass  and  short  herbs  beside  Clear  and  Rimrock  Lakes,  out- 
side the  Park  to  the  Southeast. 

Pardosa  xerampelina  (Keyserling,  1877)  has  been  collected  most 
commonly  along  the  Death  Canyon  stream  at  2000  to  3000  m 
in  the  Tetons.  It  is  found  there  in  grass  and  driftwood  immediately 
bordering  the  streams  where  it  has  access  to  both  dryness  on  top 
of  the  driftwood  and  the  moisture  of  the  stream  and  the  grass 
below.  Generally  it  is  a  forest  form,  always  occurring  beside  a 
stream  and  particularly  in  open  clearings.  It  has  been  collected 
with  P.  tristis  and  P.  uncata  on  one  occasion  each. 

REMARKS 

Data  which  I  have  collected  in  the  Chicago  area  (Michigan, 
Indiana,  Illinois,  Wisconsin)  indicates  that  those  species  found 
there  as  well  as  in  the  west,  show  much  the  same  habitat  pref- 
erences. P.  distincta,  P.  fuscula,  P.  lapidicina,  P.  mackenziana,  P. 
moesta,  P.  tristis,  P.  uncata  and  P.  xerampelina  have  all  been 
found  and  fit  into  the  habitat  descriptions  except  that  they  are 
all  at  low  altitudes.  Where  habitat  data  has  been  available  the 
same  has  been  true  of  Canadian  specimens  of  P.  coloradensis, 
P.  concinna,  P.  distincta,  P.  lapidicina,  P.  mackenziana,  P.  moesta, 
P.  tristis  (or  groenlandica),  P.  uintana,  P.  uncata,  and  P.  xeram- 
pelina sent  to  me  by  Dondale  and  Buckle. 

Other  species  could  be  mentioned  for  which  isolated  data  on 
habitats  are  available  but  I  judge  it  best  at  this  time  to  go  no 
further  with  these  habitat  preferences  because  the  data  on  most 
of  the  other  species  are  too  meagre.  Pitfall  trapping  would  be  a 
helpful  adjunct  to  field  observations  in  areas  where  two  or  more 
species  seem  to  coexist,  in  order  to  determine  the  degree  of  over- 
lap. Some  laboratory  work  with  the  species  to  note  temperature 
and  humidity  preferences  may  be  worthwhile  although  at  present 
humidity  preference  work  shows  less  promise  than  length  of 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  April  1973 


115 


survival  time  in  a  dry  atmosphere.  Work  in  all  these  areas  is 
continuing  and  information  would  be  welcome  from  anyone  who 
has  precise  ecological  habitat  data  and  species  records.  In  addition 
authors  are  encouraged  to  include  microhabitat  data  on  all  spiders 
when  describing  species  characteristics. 

TABLE  I.       Summary  of  the  microhabitats  of  the  spider  genus  Pardosa. 


Variable 
Altitudes 


Wet 
Habitats 


tesquorum, 
moesta 
long  grass 
moist  to  wet 


fuscula  (glacialis 
group)  only  in 
very  wet,  swampy 
habitats 


Habitats 

with  Variable 

Mositure  Conditions 

californica,  wyuta,  xerampelina 
dry  to  moist  grasses  and  downed 
wood,  often  beside  streams 


lapidicina  group  low  and  mid 
altitudes  among  boulders  and 
gravel  beside  streams  and 
lakes 

sternalis  group  moist  to  dry, 
short  to  medium  length  grasses 
and  downed  wood  and  rocks 

glacialis  group  meadow  habitats 
some  dry  (tetonensis  &  johanseni) 
but  most  in  moist  to  very  wet 
habitats 

mackenziana  group  coniferous 
forest  -  mainly  moist  habitats 

tristis  all  altitudes  all  moisture 
conditions 


Dry 
Habitats 

distincta  group 
dry  open  lands 
at  low  and  mid 
altitudes 


solituda  in  talus 
rocks  up  to  high 
altitudes 


High 

Altitudes 
Below 
Timberline 


Above  ourayensis 

Timberline      (glacialis  group) 
hygric  alpine 


uintana  and  mackenziana 
mackenziana  group  coniferous 
forests  at  higher  altitudes  in 
south  and  west  parts  of  range 
lower  altitudes  in  north  and 
cast 

anomala  (glacialis  group) 
moist  meadows  within 
coniferous  forests 

concinna  (glacialis  group) 
in  tundra  turf  and  forest 
edge 


hetchi  (mackenziana 
group)  in  drier 
habitats 


216  Ent-  Ne^s,  Vol.  84,  April  1973 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

I  would  like  to  thank  the  grants-in-aid  committee  of  the  Society  of  Sigma  Xi  for 
funds  provided  me  during  the  summer  of  1964  for  collecting  in  the  Northwestern 
United  States.  For  similar  aid  I  am  indebted  to  the  New  York  Zoological  Society  and 
the  Univeristy  of  Wyoming.  I  would  also  like  to  thank  a  number  of  my  colleagues  who 
have  contributed  ecological  data,  specimens,  and  identifications.  Don  Buckle,  C.  D. 
Dondale,  B.  Vogel,  W.  J.  Gertsch,  Robin  Leech,  and  R.  Schmoller  have  all  con- 
tributed information  for  this  study.  Finally  I  would  like  to  acknowledge  the  aid 
and  forbearance  of  my  wife.  Jacqueline,  and  my  family,  who  have  collected  spiders 
for  me. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

BARNES,  R.  D.  1959.  The  lapidicina  group  of  the  wolf  spider  genus  Pardosa  (Araneae, 

Lycosidae).  Amer.  Mus.  Novitates  1960:  1-19. 
CHAMBERLIN,    R.    V.    1908.    Revision   of  North   American   Spiders  of  the   family 

Lycosidae.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  60:  158-318. 
GERTSCH,  W.  J.   1934.  Notes  on  American  Lycosidae.  Amer.  Mus.  Novitates  693: 

1-25. 
MONTGOMERY,  T.  H.,  Jr.   1904.  Descriptions  of  North  American  Araneae  of  the 

families  Lycosidae  and  Pisauridae.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  56:  261-323. 
NORGAARD,  E.   1951.  On  the  ecology  of  two  lycosid  spiders  (Pirata  piraticus  and 

Lycosa  pullata)  from  a  Danish  sphagnum  bog.  Oikos  3:  1-21. 
RIVAS,  L.  R.   1964.  A  reinterpretation  of  the  concept  "sympatric"  and  "allopatric" 

with  proposal  of  the  additional  terms  "syntopic"  and  "allotopic".  Systematic  Zoo/. 

13:  42-43. 
SCHMOLLER,  R.  1968.  Ecology  of  alpine  tundra  arachnids  and  carabidae  (Coleoptera) 

in  Colorado.  Ph.D.  thesis  Univ.  of  Colorado,  Boulder,  Colorado.  81  pp. 

1970.  Ecology  of  alpine  tundra  arachnida  in  Colorado.  Amer.  Midland 
~~Nat.  83:   119-133. 
TONGIORGI,  P.  1966.  Italian  Wolf  Spiders  of  the  genus  Pardosa  (Araneae:  Lycosidae). 

Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zoo/.  134:  275-334. 
VLIJM,  L.  and  A.  M.  KESSLER-GESCH1ERE.  1967.  The  phenology  and  habitat  of 

Pardosa  monticola,  P.  nigriceps  and  P.  pullata  (Araneae:  Lycosidae)  J.  Anim.  Ecol. 

36:  31-56. 
VOGEL,  B.  R.   1964.  A  taxonomic  revision  of  the  distincta  group  of  the  wolf-spider 

genus  Pardosa  in  America  North  of  Mexico  (Araneida,  Lycosidae).  Postilla.  82:  1-30. 
.1970.  Taxonomy  and  morphology  of  the  sternalis  and  falcifera  species 

groups  of  Pardosa  (Araneida:  Lycosidae)  Armadillo  Papers.  3:  1-31. 


ABSTRACT:  The  microhabitat  preferences  of  species  of  the  genus  Pardosa  of  the 
family  Lycosidae  (wolf  spiders)  found  in  the  western  United  States  are  summarized.  In 
the  western  United  States  these  spiders  are  almost  completely  restricted  to  the  ground 
surface  and  objects  upon  the  ground.  Extensive  sweeping  has  not  yielded  any  specimens 
in  the  vegetation.  Habitats  and  spiders  mainly  associated  with  them,  where  identified, 
are  the  following:  1)  grasses,  rocks  and  downed  wood  at  high  altitudes,  2)  boulders 
and  pebbles  beside  lakes  and  streams  (lapidicina  group),  3)  rocks  of  talus  slopes  (P. 
solituda),  4)  grasses  beside  lakes  and  streams  with  separate  microhabitats  of  long  grasses, 
short  grasses  and  rocks  and  driftwood.  5)  coniferous  forest  floor  (mackenziana  group), 
6)  moist  to  wet  meadows  (glacialis  group),  7)  dry  sagebrush  and  other  open  prairie  and 
dry  forested  areas  (distincta  group). 


THE  GENERA  OF  THE  PIESTINAE  OF 

AMERICA  NORTH  OF  MEXICO 
(COLEOPTERA:  STAPHYLINIDAE)1 

Ian  Moore  and  E.  F.  Legner2 

Genera  of  the  subfamily  Piestinae  have  not  been  adequately 
characterized  in  the  literature.  The  treatment  which  follows  should 
make  identifications  of  these  genera  simple  for  the  first  time. 

Until  recently  most  students  included  in  this  subfamily  all 
staphylinids  with  small  anterior  coxae.  Blackwelder  (1942)  re- 
duced the  size  of  the  subfamily  by  removing  those  species  which 
had  unmargined  abdomens.  Moore  (1963)  added  Zalobius  and 
Asemobius,  formerly  placed  in  Oxytelinae. 

Herman  (1972)  removed  Charhyphus  which  is  not  followed 
here  as  explained  in  the  note  following  the  description  of  that 
genus. 

The  subfamily  Piestinae  may  be  briefly  characterized  as  follows 
(Moore  1964):  antennae  eleven  segmented,  inserted  at  the  front 
margins  of  the  head  near  the  eyes;  second  abdominal  segment 
absent;  third  abdominal  segment  usually  keeled  between  the 
coxae;  abdomen  with  paratergites;  anterior  coxae  small,  globose 
or  peg-shaped,  usually  not  longer  than  wide. 

This  is  a  large  subfamily  of  world  wide  distribution  mostly  in 
the  tropics.  Only  a  few  of  its  members  inhabit  temperate  zones. 
Many  species  are  subcortical  in  habit  and  as  a  result  are  of  de- 
pressed form.  A  few  of  the  species  which  are  found  in  leaf  litter 
are  of  a  less  depressed  form. 


'Accepted  for  publication:  May  13,  1972. 

2Staff  Research  Associate  and  Associate  Professor  of  Biological  Control,  respectively. 
Division  of  Biological  Control,  Citrus  Research  Center  and  Agricultural  Experiment 
Station,  University  of  California,  Riverside,  California  92502. 

Ent.  News,  84:117-131,  1973  JJ7 


118  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  April  1973 


KEY  TO  THE  GENERA  OF  THE  PIESTINAE  OF  AMERICA 
NORTH  OF  MEXICO 

1.         Anterior  tibiae  not  spinose  externally    2 

1'.        Anterior  tibiae  spinose  externally    5 

2(1).    Pronotum  and  elytra  costate;  last  segment  of  maxillary  palpi 

not  narrower  than  penultimate    3 

T.        Pronotum  and  elytra  not  costate    4 

3(2).    Gular  sutures  widely  separated  near  base    Asemobius  Horn 

3'.        Gular  sutures  very  approximate  near  base    Zalobius  LeConte 

4(2').  Last  segment  of  maxillary  palpi  not  narrower  than 

penultimate    Trigonurus  Mulsant 

4'.        Last  segment  of  maxillary  palpi  much  narrower  than 

penultimate    Charhyphus  Sharp 

5(1').  Elytra!  disc  without  impressed  striae Hypotelus  Erichson 

5'.        Elytra!  disc  with  impressed  striae  6 

6(5').  Clypeal  area  delimited  by  a  deeply  impressed  line; 

mesosternum  carinate    Piestus  Gravenhorst 

6'.        Head  without  such  a  line;  mesosternum  not 

carinate  Siagonium  Kirby  &  Spence 

Asemobius  Horn 

Form:  Moderately  stout,  subfusiform,  coarsely  sculptured.  The  pronotum  and 
elytra  costate. 

Head:  Head  subtriangular.  Eyes  large,  convex,  prominent.  Antennae  elongate; 
segments  one  and  two  thick,  glabrous;  three  through  seven  long  and  slender,  glabrous; 
eight  through  eleven  thickened,  forming  a  loose  club,  densely  pubescent;  their  fossae 
located  between  the  eyes  and  the  bases  of  the  mandibles.  Clypeal  area  very  small  but 
delimited  by  a  ridge.  Labrum  transverse,  front  margin  arcuate,  entire.  Maxillary  palpi 
four-segmented;  first  segment  short;  second  about  three  times  as  long  as  wide,  very 
slender  in  basal  two-thirds,  then  slightly  widened  and  somewhat  bulbous  in  apical  third; 
third  about  two-thirds  as  long  as  second,  about  three  times  as  long  as  wide,  widest  at 
apex;  fourth  cylindrical,  as  long  as  and  nearly  as  wide  as  second,  gradually  narrowed 
in  apical  third  to  the  very  narrowly  truncate  apex.  Labial  palpi  three-segmented,  last 
two  segments  of  about  equal  length;  third  segment  narrower  than  second,  cylindrical. 
Gular  sutures  well  separated,  divergent  behind.  Infraorbital  carina  complete,  very 
prominent. 

Thorax:  Pronotum  nearly  circular,  the  sides  with  eleven  short,  blunt  teeth,  surface 
irregular  with  vague,  anostomic  carinae,  three  posteriorly  and  two  anteriorly.  Prosternum 
large,  very  feebly  longitudinally  carinate,  its  process  short  and  pointed.  Epimera  not 
delimited  by  a  suture.  Lateral  prosternal  suture  distinct.  Trochantin  narrow,  parallel 
sided.  Metasternum  long.  Elytra  quadrate;  sides  minutely  serrulate;  surface  serrially 
punctured  and  carinate;  epipleura  delimited  by  a  strong  carina.  Scutellum  small. 
Anterior  coxae  small,  globose,  contiguous.  Posterior  coxae  small,  triangular.  Tibiae 
without  spines.  Tarsi  five-segmented,  with  a  few  long  setae.  Anterior  and  middle  tarsi 
with  the  first  four  segments  short,  robust,  subequal,  last  segment  about  as  long  as 
the  others  together.  Posterior  tarsi  longer  and  more  slender;  the  first  three  segments 
of  about  equal  length,  about  twice  as  long  as  wide;  fourth  about  as  wide,  but  only 
half  as  long;  fifth  about  as  wide  and  as  long  as  the  first  three  together. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  April  1973 


119 


1  mm 


Figure  1:  Asemobius  caelatus  Horn. 


120 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  April  1973 


1  mrn 


Figure  2:  Hypotdus  pusillus  Erichson  (Brazil) 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  April  1973  121 


Abdomen:  First  five  visible  segments  with  paratergites.  First  visible  sternite  with  a 
small  keel  between  the  coxae;  first  two  visible  sternites  vaguely  constricted  at  base. 
Last  sternite  of  the  only  specimen  seen  emarginate  and  impressed,  and  so  apparently 
a  male. 

Distribution:  The  single  species,  Asemobius  caelatus  Horn,  was  described  from  a 
single  specimen  from  California.  Another  specimen  from  Washington  is  in  the  collection 
of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences. 

Notes:  This  genus  has  previously  been  placed  in  the  Oxytelinae,  but  along  with 
Zalobius,  was  removed  to  the  Piestinae  by  Moore  (1963).  This  genus  can  easily  be 
recognized  by  its  subcircular,  crenulate  pronotum  and  rough  sculpture,  as  well  as  by 
its  slender  antennae  with  the  last  four  segments  forming  a  contrastingly  pubescent 
club.  It  is  remarkable  in  this  group  by  the  strong  infraorbital  carina. 

The  only  species  is  apparently  quite  rare,  the  only  specimens  known  to  us  being 
the  two  previously  mentioned.  The  above  description  was  taken  from  the  specimen 
from  Washington.  It  is  the  specimen  described  and  figured  by  Hatch  (1957).  We  have 
been  unable  to  give  a  more  complete  description  for  lack  of  a  specimen  for  dissection. 
Horn  (1895)  stated  that  the  head  is  abruptly  narrowed  behind  to  form  a  neck,  and 
that  the  middle  coxae  are  separate,  characters  not  visible  in  the  specimen  we  have  seen. 

The  shape  of  the  head  and  the  pronotum  of  the  specimen  from  Washington  differ 
considerably  from  the  figure  presented  by  Horn  of  the  California  specimen.  Either 
Horn's  illustration  is  inaccurate,  or  the  Washington  specimen  belongs  to  another  species. 
Judging  from  similar  discrepancies  in  Horn's  illustrations  of  Zalobius  serricollis  and 
Z.  spinicollism  the  former  seems  more  likely. 

Hypotelus  Erichson 

Form:  Small,  linear,  slightly  depressed,  shining. 

Head:  Head  nearly  as  large  as  pronotum,  subquadrate,  not  narrowed  behind  to  a 
neck.  Eyes  of  moderate  size,  very  prominent.  Antennae  incrassate;  the  first  four  seg- 
ments glabrous,  the  remainder  densely  pubescent;  their  fossae  located  under  a  ridge 
between  the  eyes  and  the  bases  of  the  mandibles.  The  first  antennal  segment  of  the 
male  often  with  a  small,  internal  tooth  at  apical  margin.  Clypeal  area  not  delimited. 
Labrum  transverse  with  the  entire  apex  evenly,  deeply  emarginate,  the  outer  angles 
rounded;  apex  furnished  with  a  fine,  membranous  border  and  ten  or  twelve  strong 
setae.  Mandibles  short,  stout,  simple.  Maxillary  palpi  four-segmented;  first  segment  short; 
second  longer  than  wide,  much  wider  at  apex;  third  transverse,  as  wide  as  second; 
fourth  as  wide  as  third,  twice  as  long  as  wide,  very  little  narrowed  to  the  rounded  apex. 
Inner  lobe  of  maxilla  shorter  than  outer,  membranous  and  ciliate  at  apex.  Outer  lobe 
wider  than  inner  with  a  dense  brush  of  cilia  at  apex.  Labial  palpi  three-segmented,  the 
first  two  segments  short  and  stout;  the  third  a  little  narrower,  cylindrical,  about  twice 
as  long  as  wide.  Gular  suture  united  or  extremely  approximate.  Infraorbital  carina 
lacking. 

Tliorax:  Pronotum  narrowed  behind.  Prosternum  well-developed,  its  process  very 
short,  rounded.  Lateral  prosternal  suture  distinct.  Prosternal  epimera  not  delimited  by 
a  suture.  Trochantin  large,  quadrate,  divided  longitudinally  by  a  strong  carina.  Meso- 
sternum  short,  its  process  narrow,  pointed,  extending  three-fourths  of  the  distance  be- 
tween the  coxae  where  it  meets  the  broad,  pointed  process  of  the  metasternum.  Meta- 
sternum  large.  Elytra  quadrate,  epipleuron  delimited  by  a  carina.  Anterior  coxae  small, 
globose,  contiguous.  Middle  coxae  larger,  globose,  narrowly  separated.  Posterior  coxae 
small,  triangular.  Anterior  and  middle  tibiae  with  a  double  row  of  spines  externally, 
posterior  tibiae  with  a  few  spines  near  apex.  Tarsi  five-segmented,  the  first  four  seg- 
ments short  and  subequal,  the  last  about  as  long  as  the  first  four  together. 


122  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  April  1973 


Abdomen:  First  five  visible  segments  with  paratergites.  Tergites  not  impressed. 
First  visible  sternite  with  a  small  keel  between  the  coxae.  External  sexual  differences 
feeble. 

Distribution:  Nine  species  have  been  described  in  this  neotropical  genus.  In  the 
United  States  a  Mexican  species  has  been  recorded  from  Texas. 

Notes:  The  above  description  was  taken  from  Hypotelus  pusillus  Erichson  from 
Brazil,  as  we  have  seen  no  North  American  specimens.  This  genus  is  closely  related  to 
Piestus.  The  denticle  on  the  inner  margin  of  the  first  antenna!  segment  of  the  male  is 
lacking  or  much  reduced  in  some  species. 

Piestus  Gravenhorst 
Form:  Moderately  robust,  subparallel,  shining. 

Head:  Head  somewhat  smaller  than  pronotum,  not  narrowed  behind  the  eyes,  with- 
out a  neck.  Eyes  of  moderate  size,  extremely  prominent.  Antennae  elongate,  not  in- 
crassate;  the  first  segment  in  the  males  of  some  species  with  a  brush  of  long  hair  on  the 
inner  side;  their  fossae  located  under  a  distinct  ridge  between  the  eyes  and  the  bases 
of  the  mandibles.  Clypeal  area  distinctly  set  off  by  a  strongly  impressed  arcuate  line. 
Labrum  transverse,  the  entire  apex  evenly  and  deeply  emarginate,  the  outer  angles 
rounded,  outer  margin  furnished  with  eight  or  ten  strong  setae.  Mandibles  stout,  simple. 
Maxillary  palpi  four-segmented;  the  first  segment  short;  second  longer  than  wide,  stout 
at  apex;  third  about  as  wide  as  long,  as  wide  as  second;  fourth  as  wide  as  third,  about 
twice  as  long  as  wide,  subcylindrical,  slightly  narrowed  to  the  rounded  apex.  Inner 
lobe  of  maxilla  shorter  than  outer,  membranous  and  ciliate  internally.  Outer  lobe  wider 
and  longer  than  inner,  with  a  brush  of  dense  setae  at  tip.  Ligula  transverse,  emarginate, 
membranous.  Labial  palpi  three-segmented,  segments  of  equal  width,  first  and  third 
each  about  twice  as  long  as  wide,  second  about  as  long  as  wide.  Gular  sutures  in- 
distinct, united.  Infraorbital  carina  lacking. 

Thorax:  Prosternum  well-developed,  its  process  acute,  short.  Lateral  prosternal 
suture  distinct.  Prosternal  epimera  not  delimited  but  a  suture.  Trochantin  large,  quad- 
rate, divided  by  a  carina.  Mesosternum  snort,  longitudinally  carinate,  its  process  long, 
slender,  acute,  extending  three-fourths  the  distance  between  the  coxae,  where  it  meets 
the  short,  bluntly  pointed  process  of  the  metasternum.  Metasternum  long.  Anterior 
coxae  small,  globose,  contiguous.  Middle  coxae  larger,  somewhat  exserted,  narrowly 
separated.  Posterior  coxae  small,  triangular.  Tibiae  spinose  externally,  the  anterior  with 
a  large,  internal  apical  spur.  Anterior  femora  excavated  internally  near  apex,  anterior 
tibia  with  a  pubescent  tumidity  internally  near  base  so  that  when  these  two  parts  are 
brought  together  they  fit  each  other.  Tarsi  five-segmented,  first  four  segments  short 
and  subequal,  last  about  as  long  as  the  others  together. 

Abdomen:  First  five  visible  segments  with  paratergites,  tergites  not  impressed. 
First  visible  sternite  with  a  small  keel  between  the  coxae.  External  sexual  characters 
lacking. 

Distribution:  This  is  a  strictly  neotropical  genus  with  48  known  species.  A  single 
Mexican  species,  Piestus  extimus  Sharp,  is  recorded  from  Arizona 

Notes:  The  above  description  was  taken  from  Piestus  pygmaeus  Laporte  from 
Brazil.  The  carinate  mesosternum  is  unusual  in  this  subfamily. 

Siagonium  Kirby  &  Spence 

Form:  Moderate  sized,  depressed,  parallel,  shining. 
Head:  Head  large,  somewhat  transverse  and  slightly  narrowed  behind  the  eyes,  with- 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  April  1973 


123 


1  mm 


Figure  3:  Piestus  pygmaeus  Laporte  (Brazil) 


124 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  April  1973 


1  mm 


Figure  4A:     Siagonium  punctatum  LeConte,  Male 
Figure  4B:     S.  punctatum  LeConte,  head  of  female 
Figure  4C:     S.  americanum  Melsheimer,  left  elytron 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  April  1973  125 


out  a  nuchal  constriction;  in  the  males,  above  the  antennal  insertions,  often  with  a 
forward  directed  horn  on  each  side,  which  differs  greatly  in  amount  of  development 
among  the  individuals.  Eyes  moderate  in  size,  prominent.  Antennae  elongate,  their 
fossae  located  between  the  bases  of  the  mandibles  and  the  eyes  under  a  distinct 
prominence  of  the  front  of  the  head.  Labrum  transverse,  emarginate  in  front.  Mandibles 
prominent,  the  left  with  a  large,  central,  internal  tooth,  sometimes  with  two  to  four 
small  teeth;  in  the  males,  with  a  large  external  forwardly  directed  tooth.  Maxillary 
palpi  four-segmented;  first  segment  short;  second  larger,  widened  apically;  third  about 
as  long  as  wide,  half  as  long  as  second;  fourth  cylindrical,  slightly  narrowed  apically, 
almost  as  wide  and  a  little  longer  than  second.  Inner  lobe  of  maxilla  narrow,  at  apex 
membranous  and  ciliate,  with  a  few  short  teeth  internally.  Outer  lobe  of  maxilla  broad, 
at  apex  membranous  and  ciliate.  Ligula  large,  transverse,  composed  of  two  widely 
diverging  membranous  lobes  which  are  ciliate  on  the  outer  margin,  outer  angles 
rounded.  Labial  palpi  three-segmented,  segments  of  nearly  equal  width,  the  first  two 
transverse,  the  last  twice  as  long  as  wide.  Prostheca  as  long  as  labial  palpi,  densely 
ciliate  internally.  Gular  sutures  approximate,  parallel  throughout  most  of  their  length. 
Infraorbital  carina  lacking. 

Thorax:  Pronotum  slightly  narrowed  at  base.  Prosternum  well-developed,  slightly 
tumid  centrally,  its  process  short  and  pointed,  not  extending  between  the  coxae. 
Lateral  prosternal  suture  distinct.  Prostemal  epimera  delimited  from  the  hypomera  by 
a  weak,  curved  line.  Mesosternum  short;  its  process  long,  very  slender,  pointed,  ex- 
tending more  than  three-fourths  of  the  distance  between  the  coxae  where  it  meets  the 
short,  bluntly  pointed  process  of  the  metasternum3.  Trochantin  prominent,  narrow. 
Metasternum  elongate.  Scutellum  visible.  Elytra  striate,  the  epipleuron  delimited  by  a 
carina.  Anterior  coxae  small,  somewhat  transverse,  contiguous,  open  behind.  Middle 
coxae  small,  narrowly  separated  by  the  processes  of  the  meso-  and  metasternum3. 
Posterior  coxae  transverse  with  a  lateral  posterior  expansion.  Anterior  and  middle  tibiae 
spinose  externally,  posterior  unarmed  except  at  apex.  Tarsi  five-segmented,  the  first 
four  segments  very  short,  the  last  a  little  longer  than  the  first  four  together,  enlarged 
apically. 

Abdomen:  Paratergites  present  on  the  first  five  visible  segments.  Tergites  not 
impressed.  First  visible  stemite  with  a  small  keel  between  the  coxae.  External 
sexual  differentiation  feeble  or  lacking. 

Distribution:  This  is  a  small  genus  with  •three  nearctic  species,  two  European  species, 
four  Japanese  species  and  one  species  described  from  India.  Two  new  genera  have 
recently  been  erected  for  two  closely  related  New  Zealand  species  previously  placed 
here.  The  species  are  found  under  bark  of  trees. 

Notes:  Males  of  this  genus  are  distinguished  from  the  females  by  a  long,  prominent 
tooth  on  the  external  margin  of  the  mandibles.  Many  of  the  males  also  have  a  forwardly 
directed  horn  on  each  side  of  the  front  margin  of  the  head  above  the  eyes.  These 
cephalic  horns  may  be  entirely  lacking  or  of  variable  development  among  the  individuals 
of  each  species. 

Charhyphus  Sharp 

Form:  Small,  elongate,  parallel  sided,  very  depressed.  Integuments  finely  punctured 
and  alutaceous. 

Head:  Head  as  large  as  the  pronotum,  round,  slightly  narrowed  behind  the  eyes  to 
form  a  very  broad  neck.  Eyes  of  moderate  size,  slightly  prominent.  Antennae  in- 


3In  Siagonium  vittatum  I-'auvel,  a  palaearctic  species,  the  mesosternal  process  is  short, 
not  meeting  the  metasternal  process.  Consequently,  the  middle  coxae  are  contiguous. 


126  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  April  1973 


crassate,  their  fossae  located  under  a  slight  ridge  between  the  eyes  and  the  bases  of  the 
mandibles.  Clypeal  area  not  delimited  by  a  suture.  Labrum  transverse,  divided  into 
two  evenly  rounded  lobes.  Mandibles  short,  stout,  abruptly  hooked  at  the  apex,  each 
with  a  small  median  tooth  internally,  the  right  with  several  minute  denticles  between 
the  median  tooth  and  the  tip.  Maxillary  palpi  four-segmented;  first  segment  short; 
second  longer  than  wide,  thickened  apically;  third  similar  to,  but  a  little  longer  and 
slightly  wider,  than  second;  fourth  two-thirds  as  long  and  half  as  wide  as  third,  sub- 
cylindrical,  slightly  narrowed  to  the  truncate  apex.  Inner  lobe  of  maxilla  narrow, 
tapered  and  hooked  at  apex,  inner  margin  with  a  row  of  setae.  Outer  lobe  of  maxilla 
narrower  and  slightly  longer  than  inner  lobe,  membranous  at  apex,  with  a  row  of  fine, 
long  cilea  internally.  Ligula  semicircular  with  two  knob-like  processes  at  tip.  Labial 
palpi  three-segmented;  first  segment  widest,  about  twice  as  long  as  wide;  second  a^little 
narrower,  slightly  longer  than  wide;  third  as  long  as  first  and  about  half  as  wide, 
cylindrical.  Gular  sutures  moderately  separated  anteriorly,  widely  divergent  behind. 
Infraorbital  carina  lacking. 

Thorax:  Prosternum  well-developed,  its  process  very  short  and  pointed.  Lateral 
prosternal  suture  distinct.  Prosternal  epimera  not  delimited  by  a  suture.  Trochantin  well- 
developed,  elongate,  triangular,  divided  by  a  longitudinal  carina,  Mesosternum  moderate, 
its  process  narrow,  acute,  extending  about  three-fifths  of  the  distance  between  the 
coxae  where  it  meets  the  stout,  narrowly  rounded  process  of  the  metasternum.  Meta- 
sternum  large.  Elytra  quadrate,  with  discal  striae;  epipleura  delimited  by  a  carina. 
Anterior  coxae  small,  globose,  contiguous.  Middle  coxae  longer  than  anterior,  globose, 
narrowly  separated.  Posterior  coxae  triangular.  Tibiae  finely  pubescent.  Tarsi  five- 
segmented;  first  four  segments  short  and  subequal,  last  segment  longer  than  the  first 
four  together.  Anterior  tarsi  slightly  thickened  and  densely  pubescent  beneath. 

Abdomen:  First  five  visible  segments  with  paratergites.  Tergites  not  impressed. 
First  visible  sternite  without  a  keel  between  the  coxae. 

Distribution:  The  species  of  this  genus  apparently  are  not  rare  under  bark  in  the 
eastern  section  of  the  United  States  and  Canada  and  Arizona. 

Notes:  The  lack  of  the  small  keel  at  the  base  of  the  abdomen  between  the  coxae 
is  very  unusual  in  this  subfamily.  This  is  the  genus  previously  called  Trigites.  Herman 
(1972)  united  the  two  genera.  He  also  removed  the  genus  to  Phloeocharinae  which  is 
not  followed  here  because  to  do  so  would  make  identification  much  more  difficult. 

Trigonurus  Mulsant 

Form:  Moderate-sized,  stout,  fusiform,  with  shining  integuments,  the  elytra  long, 
with  coarsely  punctured  striae. 

Head:  Head  much  smaller  than  pronotum,  suboval,  inserted  into  the  thorax  without 
a  distinct  neck.  Eyes  moderate  in  size,  somewhat  prominent.  Antennae  elongate,  their 
fossae  located  under  a  slight  ridge  between  the  eyes  and  the  bases  of  the  mandibles. 
Clypeal  area  delimited  by  an  unimpressed,  straight  line  between  the  antennae.  Labrum 
transverse,  broadly  emarginate  in  front,  with  a  ciliate,  membranous  lobe  on  each  side. 
Mandibles  simple,  short  stout,  with  a  membranous  area  at  the  base  internally.  Maxil- 
lary palpi  four-segmented;  first  segment  very  small,  second  elongate,  curved,  thickened 
apically;  third  a  little  shorter  than  and  about  as  wide  as  the  second,  slightly  curved; 
fourth  a  little  longer  and  a  little  wider  than  the  second,  tapering  from  before  the  middle 
to  the  bluntly  pointed  apex.  Inner  lobe  of  maxilla  broad,  membranous  at  apex  with 
an  internal  apical  brush  of  dense  ciliae.  Outer  lobe  of  maxilla  very  similar  to  the  inner, 
but  considerably  longer.  Ligula  large,  transverse,  largely  membranous,  broadly  emar- 
ginate, outer  angles  well-defined.  Labial  palpi  three-segmented,  the  first  two  short  and 
transverse,  the  last  cylindrical,  slightly  narrower  and  as  long  as  the  first  two  together. 
Gular  sutures  very  approximate  and  parallel  throughout  most  of  their  length.  Mentum 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  April  1973 


127 


1  mm 


Figure  5:  Oiarhyphus  picipennis  LeConte 


128 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  April  1973 


1  mm 


Figure  6:  Trigommts  sliarpi  Blackwclder 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  April  1973  129 


transverse,   the   anterior  margin   slightly  produced  in  the  middle.  Infraorbital  carina 
lacking. 

Ttiorax:  Prosternum  well-developed,  its  process  extending  more  than  three-fourths 
of  the  distance  between  the  coxae,  pointed,  sometimes  feebly  longitudinally  carinate. 
Lateral  prosternal  sutures  distinct.  Prosternal  epimera  not  delimited  from  the  hypomera 
by  a  suture  but  represented  by  large,  triangular  processes  of  the  latter,  extending  some- 
what behind  the  coxae.  Trochantin  well-developed,  narrow,  triangular.  Mesosternum 
moderate,  its  process  extending  between  the  middle  coxae  for  three-fourths  of  the 
distance  where  its  truncated  apex  meets  the  broadly  truncated  process  of  the  meta- 
sternum.  Metasternum  elongate.  Elytra  elongate,  covering  part  of  the  abdomen,  striate. 
Epipleura  delimited  by  a  distinct  carina.  Anterior  coxae  separate,  small,  globose, 
separated  from  the  hypomera  by  about  their  width.  Middle  coxae  well-separated, 
larger  than  the  anterior,  globose.  Posterior  coxae  triangular,  the  posterior  margin  of  the 
metasternum  emarginate  each  side  above  their  bases.  Tibiae  finely  pubescent.  Tarsi 
with  the  first  four  segments  short,  sub-equal,  the  last  nearly  as  long  as  the  first  four 
together. 

Abdomen:  Paratergites  present  on  the  first  five  visible  segments.  Tergites  not 
impressed.  First  sternite  with  two  long,  widely  diverging  carina  which  are  united 
between  the  coxae.  External  sexual  differences  very  feeble. 

Distribution:  Besides  our  seven  species  which  range  from  British  Columbia  to 
middle  California,  two  species  are  known  from  the  palearctic  region,  one  of  which  is 
confined  to  a  limited  area  of  the  mountains  of  southern  Europe,  the  other  to  the 
Caucasus.  The  species  are  found  under  the  bark  of  dead  coniferous  trees. 

Notes:  This  genus  has  been  revised  twice  in  recent  years,  by  Van  Dyke  in  1934 
and  by  Blackwelder  in  1941,  each  of  whom  added  a  single  new  species  to  our  list. 
One  other  species  has  since  been  described  by  Hatch  in  1957. 

/a  1  (thins  LeConte 

Form:  Moderate  sized,  stout,  with  the  abdomen  pointed.  Integuments  roughly 
sculptured,  the  pronotum  and  elytra  with  prominent  longitudinal  carinae. 

Head:  Head  smaller  than  the  pronotum,  abruptly  constricted  at  base  to  form  a 
well-defined  neck.  Eyes  moderate,  not  very  prominent.  Antennae  incrassate,  their  fossae 
located  between  the  eyes  and  the  bases  of  the  mandibles  under  a  distinct  ridge.  Clypeal 
area  delimited  by  a  strong  carina.  Labrum  with  the  anterior  margin  arcuate  and 
provided  with  several  short,  blunt  denticles.  Mandibles  heavy  in  serricollis,  long,  slender, 
arcuate  in  spinicollis,  each  with  a  median  internal  tooth.  Maxillary  palpi  four-segmented; 
first  segment  short;  second  elongate,  curved,  widest  at  apex;  third  one-half  as  long  as 
second,  a  little  longer  than  wide;  fourth  a  little  longer  than  second,  widest  before  the 
middle,  then  gradually  narrowed  to  the  rounded  apex.  Inner  lobe  of  maxilla  shorter 
than  outer,  each  at  apex  membranous  and  with  a  dense  brush  of  long  cilia.  Ligula 
small,  entire,  membranous  with  two  or  three  chitinous  rods.  Labial  palpus  three- 
segmented;  the  first  segment  a  little  longer  than  wide,  thickened  apically;  second  a 
little  longer  and  much  wider  than  first,  bulbous  toward  the  apex,  almost  as  wide  as 
long;  third  cylindrical,  about  as  long  as  and  less  than  half  as  wide  as  second,  slightly 
narrowed  at  apex.  Paraglossae  as  long  as  first  segment  of  labial  palpi,  with  a  dense  comb 
of  long  cilia  internally.  Gular  sutures  very  approximate  at  the  middle,  slightly  divergent 
ahead  and  behind.  Mentum  quadrangular,  anterior  margin  straight.  Infraorbital  carina 
lacking. 

Thorax:  Pronotum  longitudinally  carinate.  Prosternum  well-developed,  its  process 
short  and  acute.  Lateral  prosternal  sutures  distinct.  Prosternal  epimera  not  delimited 
by  a  suture.  Trochantin  small,  narrow,  triangular.  Mesosternum  moderate,  its  process 


1 30  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  April  1973 


pointed  and  extending  about  halfway  between  the  coxae;  in  spinicollis  feebly  carinate. 
Metasternum  long,  its  process  short,  pointed,  not  meeting  the  mesosternal  process. 
Elytra  quadrate,  longitudinally  carinate;  epipleura  delimited  by  a  distinct  carina. 
Scutellum  very  small.  Anterior  coxae  contiguous,  small,  globose;  slightly  elongate  in 
spinicollis.  Middle  coxae  contiguous,  small,  globose;  slightly  elongate  in  spinicollis. 
Posterior  coxae  small,  triangular,  the  posterior  margin  of  the  metasternum  emarginate 
each  side  above  the  bases  of  the  coxae.  Tibiae  without  spines.  Tarsi  strongly  pubescent, 
particularly  beneath,  five-segmented;  first  segment  a  little  longer  than  wide;  next  three 
progressively  narrower  and  shorter;  fifth  a  little  longer  than  first,  narrowed  at  base, 
at  apex  about  as  wide  as  fourth. 

Abdomen:  Paratergites  present  on  first  five  visible  segments.  Tergites  not  impressed. 
First  visible  •sternite  with  a  short  keel  between  the  posterior  coxae.  External  sexual 
differences  very  feeble. 

Distribution:  Two  species  are  known,  each  of  which  is  found  from  British  Columbia 
to  middle  California.  They  are  usually  found  in  leaf  litter. 

Notes:  This  genus,  and  Asemobius  appear  to  be  closely  related.  They  were  originally 
placed  in  the  Oxytelinae.  They  most  certainly  do  not  belong  there,  having  no  trace 
of  a  second  abdominal  sternite.  They  have  small  anterior  coxae,  a  well-developed 
trochantin,  and  the  first  visible  abdominal  sternite  has  a  short  keel  between  the  coxae, 
all  characters  which  indicate  a  relationship  to  the  Piestinae.  They  appear  to  be  related 
to  Trigomirus. 

The    two    species    can    easily    be    distinguished  by   the   shape   of  the  pronotum. 

ABSTRACT  -  A  key  is  given  to  the  genera  of  the  subfamily  Piestinae  of  America 
north  of  Mexico.  A  full  generic  description,  distributional  notes  and  a  habitus 
illustration  of  a  member  of  each  of  the  following  genera  is  presented:  Asemobius  Horn, 
Zalobius  LeConte,  Trigonurus  Mulsant,  Charhyphus  Sharp,  Hypotelus  Erichson,  Piestus 
Gravenhort  and  Siagonium  Kirby  &  Spence. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  thank  Jacques  Heifer  and  Hugh  B.  Leech  for  loan  and  gift  of  specimens  and 
other  favors  and  Robert  E.  Orth  for  useful  suggestions  and  criticism. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

BLACKWELDER,    RICHARD    E.    1941.    A    monograph    of    the   genus    Trigonurus 

(Coleoptera:  Staphylinidae).  Amer.  Mus.  Novitates,  No.  1124,  pp.  1-13. 
BLACKWELDER,  RICHARD  E.   1942.  Notes  on  the  classification  of   the  staphlinid 

beetles  of  the  groups  Lispini  and  Osoriinae.  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  92:  75-90. 
HATCH,  MELVILLE  H.  1957.  The  beetles  of  the  Pacific  Northwest.  Part  II. 

Staphyliniformia.  Univ.  Wash.  Publ.  Zool.  16:  i-x,  1-384,  37  pi. 
HERMAN,    LEE    H.    JR.    1972.    A    revision    of  the   rove  beetle  genus  Charhyphus 

(Coleoptera:  Staphylinidae:  Phloeocharinae).  Amer.  Mus.  Novitates.  No.  2496:  1-16. 
HORN,  GEORGE  HENRY.  1895.  The  Coleoptera  of  Baja  California  (Supplement  I). 

Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  Ser.  2,  5:  225-259,  illus. 
MOORE,  IAN.  1963.  Removal  of  Zalobius  and  Asemobius  to  the  Piestinae  (Coleoptera: 

Staphylinidae).  Coleopt.  Bull  17:  47-48. 
MOORE,  IAN.  1964.  A  new  key  to  the  subfamilies  of  the  nearctic  Staphylinidae  and 

notes  on  their  classification.  Coleopt.  Bull.  18:  83-91. 
VAN  DYKE,  EDWIN  C.  1934.  The  North  American  species  of  Trigonurus  Muls.  and 

Rey.  Bull.  Brooklyn  Ent.  Soc.  29:  177-183. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  April  1973 


131 


B 


Figure  7B:      Z.  spinicollis  LeConte,  pronotum 
Figure  7A:     Zalobius  serricollis  LeConte. 


132 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  April  1973 


The  Entomologist's  Library 

This  section  contains  titles  of  books,  monographs,  and  articles  received 
by  the  editor  that  may  be  of  special  interest  to  entomologists  and  biologists. 
A  brief  statement  of  contents  and  items  of  interest  are  noted.  Brief  analyti- 
cal reviews  may  be  submitted  for  possible  publication.  All  correspondence 
for  this  section  should  be  addressed  to  the  editor. 


Diptera 

Merritt,  R.  W.  and  M.  T.  James.  1973.  The  Micropezidae  of  California  (Diptera) 
Bulletin  of  California  Insect  Survey,  Volume  14,  University  of  California  Press;  Berkeley 
and  Los  Angeles.  43  figs.  33  pp.  paper.  $3.00. 


Lepidoptera 

Pinhey,  Elliot.  Emperor  Moths  of  South  and  Central  Africa.  150  pp. 
C.  Struik  (Pty)  Ltd.  Cape  Town.  The  exclusive  agent  in  North  America 
is  Julian  J.  Nadolny  and  Co.,  Natural  History  Booksellers,  35  Varmor 
Dr.,  New  Britain,  Conn. 

This  book  presents  a  rather  thorough  treatment  of  the  emperor  moths  of  southern 
and  central  Africa.  It  is  well  illustrated  with  plates,  15  in  color  and  28  in  black 
and  white.  Also  there  are  15  pages  of  line  drawings,  eight  of  which  are  genitalia. 

Included  in  the  work  are  the  Attacinae,  and  the  tribes  Saturniini,  Microgonini, 
Decachordini,  Pseudapheliini,  Bunaeini,  and  Ludiinae  of  the  Saturniinae. 

There  is  an  excellent  host  plant  index  and  a  cross  reference  list  of  foodplants  by 
caterpillar  species  which  should  be  invaluable  to  anyone  seeking  to  collect  and/or  rear 
the  various  species.  There  is  a  list  of  references,  a  glossary,  and  a  section  on  derivation 
of  scientific  names.  The  style  of  writing  represents  a  pleasant  departure  from  much  of 
our  modern  scientific  literature.  It  is  a  warm  easy  presentation  in  which  the  author 
sprinkles  personal  experience  he  has  had  with  emperor  moths. 

The  book  should  be  very  helpful  to  anyone  studying  and/or  collecting  these  large 
handsome  moths  in  Africa. 


D.  F.  Bray,  Entomology  and  Applied  Ecology, 

University  of  Delaware 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  April  1973  133 


Subscribers  and  readers  may   be   interested  in  the  January   1973  publication  of 
"An  Index  of  Equine  Research,  1973". 

The  publication  is  a  series  of  brief  descriptions  of  research  projects  and  a  set  of 
cross  indices  which  facilitate  the  finding  of  descriptions  of  projects  under  a  given  sub- 
ject of  research  emphasis,  investigator  name,  performing  organization,  granting  agency 
or  title  keyword.  Purposes  of  the  Index  are  to  facilitate  communication  among 
scientists  who  are  interested  in  problems  of  horses,  ponies,  mules  and  other  equines, 
and  to  inform  administrators  and  other  interested  citizens  of  the  scope  and  intensity 
of  the  research.  The  new  publication  is  119  pages  in  length  and  contains  descriptions 
of  203  projects  currently  active  in  the  United  States  and  Canada.  Single  copies  may  be 
obtained  by  writing  directly  to:  Edwin  I.  Pilchard,  Principal  Veterinarian,  Animal 
Sciences  Program,  U.S.D.A.,  Cooperative  State  Research  Service,  Washington,  D.C. 
20250. 

Letter  to  the  Editor 

April  26,  1972 


Editor 

Entomological  News 
1900  Race  Street 
Philadelphia,  Pa.  19103 

Dear  Sir: 

I  am  sure  that  scorpionologists  were  pleased  to  read  the  article,  "Some  Observations 
of  the  Genus  Centruroides  Marx  (Buthidae,  Scorpionida)  and  C.  sculpturatus  Ewing", 
Ent.  News  83:  281  307,  1972  by  Herbert  L.  Stahnke.  There  has  been  some  question 
about  the  validity  of  Centruroides  gertschi  as  a  species,  and  it  is  gratifying  to  note 
that  based  on  the  characteristics  cited  by  Dr.  Stahnke,  Centruroides  sculpturatus  and 
Centruroiden  gertschi  are  (is)  probably  the  same  animal. 

Perhaps  the  most  serious  challenge  to  gertschi  was  the  study  by  Mclntosh  and 
Russell  (Fed.  Proc.  29:  350,  1970),  who  found  that  the  chemical  and  physiopharmaco- 
logical  characteristics  of  both  pooled  and  individual  samples  of  venom  from  the  two 
groups  of  scorpions  were  identical,  with  as  much  variation  between  individual  samples 
from  the  same  group  as  between  samples  taken  from  animals  of  both  groups.  These 
findings  were  further  confirmed  when  samples  provided  by  Dr.  Stahnke  were  tested 
for  the  same  biological  properties. 

Since  this  was  the  first  time  that  we  had  found  two  species  of  an  arthropod  genus 
to  have  identical  venoms,  that  is,  chemical  and  physiopharmacological  characteristics, 
the  question  as  to  whether  or  not  they  were  one  or  several  species  was  raised.  At  the 
Federation  meetings  it  was  suggested  that  the  two  scorpions  were  actually  of  the  same 
species,  an  argument  now  confirmed  by  Dr.  Stahnke. 

Perhaps  the  most  interesting  part  of  the  study  by  Mclntosh  and  Russell  was  that 
it  once  again  demonstrated  the  value  of  chemical  and  physiopharmacological  properties 
as  tools  in  establishing  the  nomenclature  of  a  species.  Such  properties,  as  well  as 
similar  properties  of  the  hemolymph,  may  certainly  be  of  value  in  systematics,  where 
close  morphological  characteristics  or  relationships  are  not  well  defined. 


l;indlay  E.  Russell 


134  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  April  1973 


INTERNATIONAL  COMMISSION  ON  ZOOLOGICAL  NOMENCLATURE 

A  (n.s.)  89 

ANNOUNCEMENT 


Required  six  month's  notice  is  given  of  the  possible  use  of  plenary  powers  by  the 
International  Commission  on  Zoological  Nomenclature  in  connection  with  the  following 
names  listed  by  case  number: 
(see  Bull.  zoo/.  Nomencl.  29,  part  1,  1st  May  1972) 
1944.  Suppression  of  Lyda  inanis  Klug.  1808  (Insecta,  Hymenoptera) 
1977.  Suppression  of  Pterodactylus  crassipes  Meyer,  1857  (Aves) 

1979.  Type-species  for  Uloma  Dejean,  1821  (Insecta,  Coleoptera) 

1980.  Suppression  of  Anthus  paytensis  Lesson,  1837  (Aves) 

1981.  Suppression  of  Pharopteryx  benoit  Ruppell,  1852  (Pisces) 

1982.  Suppression  ofHyla  crucialis  Harlan,  1826  (Amphibia) 

1987.  Grant  of  precedence  to  NASSARIIDAE  Iredale,  1916,  over  CYCLONASSINAE 
GUI,    1871,   DORSANINAE  Cossmann,    1901,   ALECTRIONIDAE  Dall,   1908, 
and  ARCULARIIDAE  Medley,   1915  (Gastropoda) 

(see  Bull.  zoo/.  Nomencl.   29,  part  3,  30th  November   1972) 

1958.  Validation  of  DREPANIDIDAE  Gadow,  1891  (Aves) 

1092.  Validation   of  Aglaja   Renier,    1807,  Aglaja  depicta   Renier,    1807,  Aglaja  tri- 

colorata   Renier,    1807,   and  AGLAJIDAE   Bergh,    1894,   with   suppression   of 

Doridium  Meckel,  1809  (Gastropoda) 

1988.  Validation  of  Cleiothyridina  Buckman,  1906  (Brachiopoda) 

1989.  Type-species   for  Anobium   Fabricius,    1775,   Grynobius  Thomson,   1859,  and 
Priobium  Motschulsky,  1845  (Insecta,  Coleoptera) 

1992.  Validation  of  Haplosphaeronis  Jaekel,  1926  (Diploporita) 

1994.  Type-species  for  Dicyrtoma  Bourlet,  1842,  and  Dicyrtomina  Bb'rner,  1903; 
suppression  of  Podura  minuta  O.  Fabricius,  1783,  and  Papirius  cursor  Lubbock, 
1862;  validation  of  Papirius  fuscus  Lubbock,  1873  (Insecta,  Collembola) 

2001.  Type-species  for  Lucina  Bruguiere,  1797  (Pelecypoda) 

1998.  Type-species  for  Deuterosminthurus  Borne'r,  1901  (Insecta,  Collembola) 

1999.  Type-species  for  Eusminthurus  Borner,  1900  (Insecta,  Collembola) 

(see  Bull.  zoo/.  Nomencl.  29,  part  4,  29th  December  1972) 

1721.  Suppression  of  Teuthis  Linnaeus,  1758  (Pisces) 

1979.  Type-species  for  Phaleria  Latreille,  1802  (Insecta,  Coleoptera) 

1948.  Validation  of  RIODINIDAE  Grote,  1895  (Insecta,  Lepidoptera) 

1993.  Validation  of  Paraonis  Cerruti,  1909  (Polychaeta) 

2000.  Suppression  of  Ptenura  Templeton,  1842,  and  Podura  crystallina  Miiller,  1776 
(Insecta,  Collembola) 

2004.  Suppression  of  Dapanus  Hentz,  1867  (Araneae) 

2006.  Type-species  for  Alella  Leigh-Sharpe,  1925  (Crustacea,  Copepoda) 

Comments  should  be  sent  in  duplicate,  citing  case  number,  to  the  Secretary, 
International  Commission  on  Zoological  Nomenclature,  c/o  British  Museum  (Natural 
History),  Cromwell  Road,  London  SW7  5BD,  England.  Those  received  early  enough 
will  be  published  in  the  Bulletin  of  Zoological  Nomenclature. 

January  1973  MARGARET  DOYLE 

Scientific  Assistant 


SYNONYMIA  AGRILINARUM 
(COLEOPTERA,  BUPRESTIDAE)' 

I.  Lius 

Henry  A.  Hespenheide2 


Examination  of  type  material  of  the  subfamily  Agrilinae  of  the 
Buprestidae  in  the  possession  of  the  British  Museum  (Natural 
History)  and  the  U  S.  National  Museum  has  revealed  a  number  of 
nomenclatural  changes  among  the  species  treated  by  Waterhouse, 
Fisher  and  Kerremans.  Examination  of  these  types  is  part  of  a 
general  review  of  the  genus  Lius  and  the  rest  of  the  subfamily 
Agrilinae  of  the  Buprestidae  in  preparation  for  a  taxonomic  revi- 
sion of  the  subfamily  and  examination  of  its  ecology  and  distri- 
bution in  Central  America.  A  complete  revision  of  Lius,  including 
a  key  and  descriptions  of  new  species  is  planned. 

At  present  the  genus  Lius  includes  about  1 1 0  named  species 
(Blackwelder,  1944),  of  which  25  named  species  and  varieties 
occur  in  Central  America  and  Panama;  these  numbers  incorporate 
the  transfers  to  the  genus  and  synonymies  presented  in  this  paper, 
but  do  not  include  undescribed  forms.  The  distribution  of  the 
genus  appears  to  be  centered  in  the  Amazon  basin.  The  species  are 
leaf-miners,  in  members  of  several  families  of  plants  (unpubl.; 
G.  B.  Vogt,  personal  comm.).  The  species  are  discussed  in  alpha- 
betical order. 


'Accepted  for  publication:  June  1972. 

2Biological  Sciences  Group,  Box  U-43,  University  of  Connecticut,  Storrs,  Connecticut 
06268. 


Ent.  News,  84:135-137,  1973  135 


136  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  April  1973 


Lius  aeneus  Kerremans,  1896:  330.  Kerremans  described  this  species  from  two 
specimens,  both  now  in  the  British  Museum.  One  is  labeled  "Valencia/Simon"  and  is  a 
male;  the  other,  "Mexique/Manuf.  Tabacs."  and  is  a  female.  The  two  specimens  belong 
to  different  species;  because  the  original  description  fits  the  Venezuelan  specimen  more 
closely,  it  is  hereby  designated  the  unique  Lectotype.  No  material  from  Central  America 
appears  to  be  referable  to  aeneus  as  restricted  here. 

Lius  amabilis  Kerremans,  1896:  329.  This  species  was  described  from  specimens 
found  in  refuse  from  tobacco  warehouses.  Blackwelder  (1944)  follows  Fisher  (1922) 
in  questioning  the  locality  cited  by  Kerremans  as  the  geographic  origin  of  the  tobacco. 
Other  of  Kerremans'  species  of  the  same  origin,  however,  can  consistently  be  shown  to 
have  originated  from  Mexico,  so  that  Fisher's  doubts  seem  to  be  unconfirmed.  Two 
specimens  in  Kerremans'  collection  carry  the  labels  "Mexique/Manuf.  Tabacs"  and 
"amabilis/Kerr./Type".  Both  are  females  and  one  has  been  designated  as  Lectotype. 

Lius  ares  Saunders,  1876:  49.  This  species  was  described  from  material  from  Brazil. 
Comparison  of  Panamanian  and  Central  American  specimens  referred  to  this  species  with 
the  type  of  ares  in  the  British  Museum  shows  that  this  species  does  not  occur  in  Central 
America.  The  material  cited  by  Waterhouse  as  this  species  appears  to  represent  an  un- 
described  form. 

Lius  dissimilis  Waterhouse,  1889:   135.  The  type  in  the  British  Museum  is  unique. 

Lius  parvulus  Waterhouse,  1889:  136.  A  total  of  18  specimens  in  the  British  Museum 
can  be  considered  as  type  material.  A  card  bearing  two  females  carries  the  label 
"Bugaba,/800-1500  ft. /Champion"  and  a  second,  handwritten  label  "Lius/parvulus/ 
(Type)  Waterh.";  the  right-hand  specimen  of  these  two  is  here  designated  as  the 
Lectotype.  Sixteen  other  specimens  on  11  pins  bear  the  labels  "Bugaba,/Panama./ 
Champion.'  and  "V.  de  Chiriqui,/2-300  ft./Cnampion."  and  are  considered,  with  the 
other  female,  as  paratypes. 

Lius  variabilis  Waterhouse,  1889:  136.  A  total  of  10  specimens  in  the  British 
Museum  can  be  considered  as  type  material.  A  card  bearing  two  specimens  carries  the 
label  "S.  Geronimo/Guatemala./Champion"  and  a  second,  handwritten  label  "Lius/ 
variabilis/(Type)  Waterh."  The  left-hand  specimen  is  a  male  and  is  designated  as  the 
Lectotype.  A  female  bearing  the  label  "S.  Geronimo,/3000  ft./Champion."  is  designated 
as  a  Lecto-allotype.  Other  specimens  bearing  these  labels  and  those  of  "Chiacaman,/ 
Vera  Paz./Champion."  and  "San  Joaquin,/Vera  Paz./Champion."  are  considered  to  be 
paratypes. 

In  addition  to  four  of  the  above  species  treated  as  Lius,  Waterhouse  (1889)  named 
seven  other  species  of  Lius  under  the  generic  name  Leiopleura.  He  expresses  doubt  about 
the  generic  position  of  these  (and  one  other  species  which  is  considered  by  me  to  be  a 
true  Leiopleura,  p.  160),  but  does  not  say  why  he  did  not  place  them  with  Lius.  These 
are  all  transferred  here  to  Lius,  as  follows  (all  specimens  are  in  the  British  Museum): 

Lius  difficilis  (Waterhouse),  Basionym:  Leiopleura  difficilis  Waterhouse,  1889:  161. 
The  type  is  unique. 

Lius  inconspicuus  (Waterhouse),  Basionym:  Leiopleura  inconspicua  Waterhouse, 
1889:  162.  There  are  two  specimens,  both  females,  each  with  the  label  "Belize./ 
Blancaneaux."  One  of  them  bears  the  label,  partially  handwritten,  "Leiopleura/ 
inconspicua./(Type)  Waterh."  and  is  designated  as  the  Lectotype. 

Lius  jubilans  (Waterhouse),  Basionym:  Leiopleura  jubilans  Waterhouse,  1889:163. 
The  type  is  unique. 

Lius  longulus  (Waterhouse),  Basionym:  Leipleura  longula  Waterhouse,  1889:  162. 
Synonym:  Lius  timidus  Kerremans,  1900:  349  (New  Synonymy).  Two  specimens  can 
be  considered  the  type  of  Leiopleura  longula.  One  bears  the  labels  "Cordova/Mexico./ 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  April  1973  137 


Salle  Coll.".,  "735",  and.  partly  handwritten,  "Leiopleura/longula./(Type)  Waterh.", 
and  is  here  designated  as  the  Lectotype.  A  second  specimen  bears  the  label  "Mexico./ 
Salle  Coll./735"  and  is  considered  to  be  a  paratype.  The  type  of  Lius  timidus 
Kerremans  is  a  unique  female.  It  does  not  differ  significantly  from  the  type  material  of 
Leiopleura  longula. 

Lius  placidus  (Waterhouse)  Basionym:  Leiopleura  placida  Waterhouse,  1889:  163. 
This  type  is  unique. 

Lius  cuneiformis  Fisher,  1922:  58.  Synonym:  Leiopleura  parvula  Waterhouse,  1889: 

161.  The  name  Lius  parvulus  is  preoccupied  by  the  species  discussed  above,  but  Fisher's 
name   is   available   for  this  species.   Two   specimens  qualify  as  types  of  "Leiopleura 
parvula  Wat."  and  both  bear  the  label  "David,/Panama./Champion."  One  of  them,  a 
female,  bears  the  additional  handwritten  label  ((Leiopleura/parvula,/^7>pe;  Water."  and 
is  designated  as  the  Lectotype.  The  second  specimen  is  a  male  and  is  designated  a  Lecto- 
allotype. 

Lius  waterhousei  Hespenheide,  New  Name  for  Leiopleura  polita  Waterhouse,  1889: 

162.  The  name  Lius  politus  is  preoccupied  by  a  Brazilian  species  described  by  Saunders 
in  1876.  The  type  of  Leiopleura  polita  Waterhouse  in  unique. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

The  author  is  indebted  to  the  University  of  Connecticut  Research  Foundation  for 
travel  funds  and  other  support  on  grant  35-451.  Curators  at  the  British  Museum, 
Messers.  R.  D.  Pope  and  Brian  Levey,  and  the  U.  S.  National  Museum,  G.  B.  Vogt, 
were  most  helpful  and  generous  with  their  time.  A  visit  to  the  British  Museum  in  June  of 
1969  was  made  at  the  author's  expense. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

BLACKWELDER,  R.  E.  1944.  Checklist  of  the  coleopterous  insects  of  Mexico,  Central 

America,   the   West  Indies,  and  South  America.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  Bull.    185   [2]: 

189-340. 
FISHER,  W.  S.  1922.  The  leaf  and  twig  mining  buprestid  beetles  of  Mexico  and  Central 

America.  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  62  [81 :  1-95. 

KERREMANS,  C.  1896.  Trachydes  nouveaux.  Ann.  Soc.  Ent.  Belgjque  43:  306-333. 
.  1900.  Buprestides  nouveaux  et  remarques  synonymiques.  Ann.  Soc.  Ent. 

Belgique44:  292-351. 
SAUNDERS,  E    1876.  Descriptions  of  some  new  species  of  Buprestidae  belonging  to 

the  genus  Lius,  H.  Deyrolle.  Ent.  Monthl.  Mag.  13:  48-51. 
WATERHOUSE,  C.  O.  1889.  Buprestidae.  Biol.  Cent.-Am.,  Coleoptera,  Vol.  3,  pt.  1: 

135-137, 154-163. 

ABSTRACT.  The  taxonomic  and  distributional  status  of  13  Central  American  species 
of  the  neotropical  leaf-mining  genus  Lius  is  examined.  Two  of  15  names  were  found  to 
be  synonyms;  and  two  species  were  found  to  occur  only  in  South  America,  their  names 
having  been  misapplied  to  Central  American  insects.  Lectotype  designations  are  made 
for  seven  species,  and  seven  species  described  by  Waterhouse  under  the  generic  name 
Leiopleura  are  transferred  to  Lius.  One  new  name,  Lius  waterhousei,  is  proposed  for  a 
transferred  species  whose  original  name  is  preoccupied  in  Lius.  --  Henry  A.  Hespenheide, 
Biological  Sciences  Group,  Box  U-43,  University  of  Connecticut,  Storrs,  CT  06268. 

Descriptors:  Coleoptera,  Buprestidae,  Lius,  Leiopleura,  Central  America,  new  synonymy, 
new  name,  lectotypes. 


138 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  April  1973 


The  Entomologist's  Record 

To  encourage  the  publication  of  concise  and  useful  new  distribution 
records,  corrections  of  previously  published  erroneous  records,  misidenti- 
fications,  short  field  notes,  and  current  news  items  about  entomologists, 
amateur  and  professional,  entomology  departments  and  museums,  prompt 
(monthly)  publication  is  offered  in  this  department. 


Jean  L.  Laffoon,  50,  professor  of  zoology  and 
entomology  at  Iowa  State  University  died  Friday, 
January  19,  in  a  local  hospital. 

A  member  of  the  faculty  since  1946,  he  was  a 
native  of  Sioux  City  where  he  was  born  August  19, 
1922.  A  graduate  of  Central  High  School,  he  received 
his  B.S.  degree  in  1942  at  Morningside  College. 

After  Navy  service  during  World  War  II,  he  came 
to  Iowa  State  as  an  instructor.  He  was  promoted  to 
professor  in  1962.  He  received  his  master's  and  Ph.D. 
degrees  from  Iowa  State,  the  latter  in  1953. 

Dr.  Laffoon  was  a  member  of  the  American 
Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  and  was 
a  Fellow  and  a  member  of  the  council  from  1953  to 
1957.  He  was  a  member  of  the  Entomological  Society 
of  America,  Iowa  Academy  of  Science,  Entomological 
Society  of  Washington,  Society  of  Systematic  Zoology, 
Royal  Entomological  Society  of  London  and  Ameri- 
can Entomological  Society. 

He  was  also  a  member  of  Zeta  Sigma,  Phi  Kappa 
Phi.  Gamma  Sigma  Delta,  and  Sigma  Xi  research  and 
scholastic  honoraries. 

His  widow,  the  former  Esther  Jayne  Hemminson 
of  Huxley,  and  one  son,  Jon  Lee,  survive. 


Jean  L.  Laffoon 


NOTES  ON  THE  PERIODS  OF  EGG  PRODUCTION 
OF  SOME  GROUND  BEETLES1 

Andre  Larochelle2 


In  Quebec,  the  majority  of  Carabidae  seem  to  breed  in  the 
spring  and  in  the  beginning  of  summer. 

From  June  15  to  July  23,  1971,  I  collected  by  hand  samples 
of  female  ground  beetles  in  Saguenay  County  and  in  Schefferville, 
New  Quebec,  Quebec. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  captures  with  the  localities,  the 
dates  and  the  number  of  gravid  females  of  each  species. 

LIST  OF  SPECIES 

Agonum  mannerheimi  Dejean 

Chute-aux-Outardes:  June  6,  Isp. 
Amara  torrida  Panzer 

Sept-lies:  July  19,  Isp. 
Blethisa  quadricollis  Haldeman 

Natashquan:  June  28,  Isp. 
Calathus  ingratus  Dejean 

Blanc-Sablon:  July  8,  Isp. 
Carabus  chamissonis  Fischer 

Blanc  Sablon:  July  8,  Isp. 


'Accepted  for  publication:  April  28,   1972. 

2Bourget  College    C.P.  1000,  Rigaud,  Quebec,  Canada 

Ent.  News,  84:139-140,  1973  139 


140  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  April  1973 


Cymindis  unicolor  Kirby 

Blanc-Sablon:  July  8,  Isp. 
Harpalus  fulvilabris  Mannerheim 

Port-Menier:  July  8,  Isp.,  Sept-lies:  July  19,  Isp. 
Harpalus  laticeps  Leconte 

Sept-lies:  July  19,  Isp. 
Harpalus  rufipes  Leconte 

Port-Menier:  July  13,  Isp.;  Riviere  a  THuile:  July  14,  Isp. 
Nebria  gyllenhali  Schbnherr 

Blanc-Sablon:  July  4,  Isp.;  Chevery:  June  30,  2sp.; 

Schefferville:  July  21,  9sp. 
Patrobus  foveocollis  Eschscholtz 

Blanc-Sablon:  July  4,  2sp.;  Schefferville:  July  23,  Isp. 
Patrobus  stygicus  Chaudoir 

Brador:  July  7,  Isp.;  Harrington:  July  1,  3sp.; 

Natashquan:  June  28,  2sp.;  Port-Cartier:  June  18,  3sp.; 

Setp-Iles:  July  19,  Isp. 
Pelophila  borealis  Paykull 

Brador:  July  7,  Isp.;  Chevery:  June  30,  Isp.; 

Harrington:  July  1,  Isp.;  Lourdes-de-Blanc-Sablon:  July  3,  6sp. 
Pterostichus  adstrictus  Eschscholtz 

Blanc-Sablon:  July  4,  4sp.;  and  July  8,  Isp.;  Brador:  July  9,  Isp.; 

Chevery:  June  30,  Isp.;  Harrington:  July  1,  2sp.; 

Havre-Saint-Pierre:  June  20,  Isp.;  Moisie:  June  19,  Isp.; 

Natashquan:  June  26,  Isp.;  Port-Menier:  July  12,  2sp.; 

Riviere  a  la  Patate:  July  15,  Isp.;  Schefferville:  July  21,  5sp., 

and  July  23,  2sp.;  Sept-lies:  July  19,  Isp.;  Tadoussac:  June  14,  Isp. 
Pterostichus  coracinus  Newman 

Port-Menier:  July  12,  2sp.,  and  July  13,  2sp.; 

Riviere  Jupiter:  July  7,  Isp.;  Riviere  McDonald:  July  15,  Isp. 
Pterostichus  haematopus  Dejean 

Lourdes-de-Blanc  Sablon:  July  3,  Isp. 
Pterostichus  lucublandus  Say 

Riviere  a  1'Huile:  July  14,  Isp. 
Pterostichus  melanarius  Illiger 

Port-Menier:  July  13,  Isp. 
Pterostichus  punctatissimus  Randall 

Lourdes-de-Blanc-Sablon:  July  3,  Isp.; 

Riviere  Jupiter:  July  17,  Isp.;  Schefferville:  July  22,  Isp. 
Synuchus  impunctatus  Say 

Port-Menier:  July  13,  Isp. 


ABSTRACT.  Gravid  females  of  twenty  species  of  ground  beetles  were  collected  by  hand 
in  June  and  July  1971,  in  Quebec.  A.  Larochelle,  Bourget  College,  C.P.  1000,  Rigaud, 
Quebec. 

Descriptors:  Coleoptera;Carabidae;  Saguenay  County  and  New  Quebec,  Quebec,  Canada. 


MEMOIRS  AMERICAN  ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 

No.  20.  Howard  E.  Evans- A.  Revision  of  the  Mexican  and  Central  American  Spider  Wasps 
of  the  Subfamily  Pompilinae  (Hymenoptera:  Pompilidae).  433  pages,  11  plates, 
80  maps S12.50 

No.  21.  Eric  G.  Mathcws-A  Taxonomic  and  Zoogeographic  Survey  of  the  Scarabaeidae 
of  the  Antilles  (Coleoptera:  Scarabaeidae).  134  pages,  144  figures.  .  .54. 00 

No.  22.  Richard  M.  Fox- A  Monograph  of  the  Ithomiidae  (Lepidoptera)  Part  III.  The 
tribe  Mechanitini  Fox.  190  pages,  170  figures,  1  color  plate S9.00 

No.  23.  Beatrice  R.  Vogel-A  list  of  New  North  American  Spiders  (1940-1966).  186 
pages $9.00 

No.  24.  Lee  D.  Miller-The  Higher  Classification,  Phylogeny  and  Zoogeography  of  the 
Satyridae  (Lepidoptera).  174  pp S7.00 

No.  25.  Michael  G.  Emsley-The  Schizopteridae  (Hemiptera:  Heteroptera)  with  the  de- 
scription of  new  species  from  Trinidad.  154pp.  ...  ...  .  $6.50 

No.  26.  James  R.  Zimmerman- A  taxonomic  Revision  of  the  Aquatic  Beetle  Genus 
Laccophilus  (Dytiscidae)  of  North  America,  275  pp $12.00 

No.  27.     Philip  J.  Clausen  and  Edwin  F.  Cook  -  A  Revision  of  the  Nearctic  Species 
of  the  Tribe  Parydrini  (Diptera:  Ephydridae).  150  pp J7.00 

No.  28.     Annette    F.    Braun        Tischcriidae    of   America    North    of   Mexico   (Micro- 
lepidoptera).    148    pp $7.00 


The  Entomologist's  Market  Place 

Advertisements  of  goods  or  services  for  sale  are  accepted  at  $1.00 
per  line,  payable  in  advance  to  the  editor.  Notices  of  wants  and  ex- 
changes not  exceeding  three  lines  are  free  to  subscribers.  Positions  open, 
and  position  wanted  notices  are  included  here  and  may  be  referred  to  by 
box  numbers.  All  insertions  are  continued  from  month  to  month,  the 
new  ones  are  added  at  the  end  of  the  column,  and,  when  necessary,  the 
older  ones  at  the  top  are  discontinued. 


Butterflies  for  exchange  for  any  from  North  America.  Antoine  Fonlupt,  5-D  Place 
Marechal  Foch,  42  Saint-Etienne,  France. 

Wanted  to  buy:  Living  pupae  of  H.  cecropia,  P.  cynthia,  A,  polyphemus,  H.  rubra, 
H.  gloveri,  A.  luna,  and  many  other  species  in  either  large  or  small  quantities.  Richard  K. 
Zajdel,  P.  O.  Box  932,  East  Lansing,  MI  48823. 

For  sale:  Complete  set  of  "Systematic  Zoology",  v.  1-12  bound  red  buckram;  v.  13- 
20,  paper.  $200.00,  shipped  postpaid.  P.  O.  Box  4068,  Tallahassee,  FL  32303. 

AQUATIC  DIPTERA,  by  O.  A.  Johannsen.  370  p.,  including  757  figs,  on  72  full-page 
plates.  (1934-37)  reprint  1969.  All  five  parts  of  this  basic  reference  on  larvae  and  pupae 
of  aquatic  flies.  $11.25  cloth,  $5.00  paper.  For  this  and  any  insect  book  in  print,  write 
to:  Entomological  Reprint  Specialists,  P.  O.  Box  77971,  Dockweiler  Station,  Los 
Angeles,  California  90007,  USA. 

BUTTERFLIES  OF  THE  AUSTRALIAN  REGION,  by  Bernard  D'Abrera.  352  p., 
over  4,000  full  color  photographs.  Ready  Feb.  1972.  $39.95  postpaid.  A  magnificently 
illustrated  and  comprehensive  work  treating  the  butterflies  of  Australia,  Papua  &  New 
Guinea,  the  Moluccas,  New  Zealand,  and  the  islands  of  the  South  Pacific.  Entomological 
Reprint  Specialists,  P.  O.  Box  77971,  Dockweiler  Station,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90007,  USA. 

THE  MOTHS  OF  AMERICA  NORTH  OF  MEXICO.  Fascicle  21,  Sphingoidea  now  in 
stock,  xii+158  p.,  14  superb  color  plates,  8  black-and-white  photos,  19  figs.,  2  plates  of 
line  drawings.  1971.  $24.00.  Also  available  at  a  reduced  price  to  subscribers  of  all  41 
fascicles,  which  will  treat  and  figure  in  color  all  10,000  species  of  North  American  moths. 
Write  for  complete  details  and  brochure,  with  sample  color  plate.  Entomological  Re- 
print Specialists,  P.  O.  Box  77971,  Dockweiler  Station,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90007,  USA. 

Wanted:  One  copy  of  "Catalogue  of  the  Coleoptera  of  America,  North  of  Mexico," 
by  C.  W.  Leng,  published  at  Mount  Vernon,  1920.  Dr.  Paul  P.  Shubeck,  Biology  Depart- 
ment, Montclair  State  College,  Upper  Montclair,  New  Jersey  07043. 

Wanted  to  buy:  Hebard,  M.  1917.  The  Blattidae  of  North  America.  Mem.  American 
Ent.  Soc.  2.  Dr.  Ivan  Huber,  Biology,  Fairleigh  Dickinson  University,  Madison,  NJ  07940. 

Papers  on  Tipulidae.  More  than  700  papers  and  14,000  pages.  For  sale  to  highest 
bidder.  Address  all  inquiries  to  Alan  Stone,  5308  Wriley  Rd.,  Washington,  DC  20016. 

Wanted:  One  copy  of  "Catalog  of  the  Diptera"  by  Stone,  et  al.  C.  L.  Sperka,  Depart- 
ment of  Entomology,  University  of  Kentucky,  Lexington,  KY  40506. 

For  sale:  Handlirsch,  A.  Monographic  d.  mit  Nysson  u.  Bembex  verw.  Grabvespen. 
Sitz.  k.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien.  1887-1893.  1433  p.,  25  pi.  7  parts  u.  Nachtrage  in  5  vols.  bd. 
$  200.00  Horn,  W.  and  S.  Schenkling.  Index  Litteraturae.  Ser.  1.  Die  Weltlitteratur 
uber  die  ges.  Entomologie  bis  inklusiv  1963.  1426  p.  4  vols.  Paper.  Berlin  1928-1929.  $ 
80.00.  Schroder,  C.,  (ed.)  Handbuch  der  Entomologie.  1  col.  pi.,  2514  textfigs.  3  vols. 
Bd.  ]/2  leather.  G.  Fischer,  Jena.  1925-1929.  Mrs.  Rudolf  G.  Schmieder,  Box  34,  Elwyn, 
PA  19063. 

For  sale:  Butterflies  and  Moths  from  Brazil  and  foreign  Countries.  12,300  specimens 
classified  and  set  in  special  caseboards.  For  further  information,  write  to  P.O.  Box  416, 
Rio  de  Janeiro,  GB,  BRASIL. 


MAY  1973 


ii L nun i,  n 


CONTENTS 

NOTES  ON  YELLOWJACKETS  AS  A  FOOD  SOURCE 
FOR  THE  BALD  FACED  HORNET,  VESPULA  MACULATA  (L.) 

James  O.  Howell,  p.  141 

A  NEW  CLASSIFICATION  OF  THE  SEPEDON  GROUP 
OF  THE  FAMILY  SCIOMYZIDAE  (DIPTERA)  WITH  TWO  NEW  GENERA 

George  C.  Steyskal,  p.  143 

DISTRIBUTION  AND  NEW  RECORD  OF  THE 

ALDERFLY  SIALIS  (MEGALOPTERA:SILIADAE)  IN  WEST  VIRGINIA 
D.  C.  Tarter  and  J.  E.  Woodrum,  p.  147 

NEW  ARGENTINE  LYOPHLAEBA  (DIPTERA:BOMBYLIIDAE) 

Jack  C.  Hall,  p.  149 

A  SUMMARY  OF  THE  SPHINGIDAE  TAKEN  AT  THE 
ARCHBOLD  BIOLOGICAL  STATION,  HIGHLAND  COUNTY,  FLORIDA 

S.  W.  Frost,  p.  157 

THE  BEE  GENUS  PROTERIADES 

IN  SOUTH  DAKOTA  (HYMENOPTERA:MEGACHILIDAE) 
Wallace  E.  LaBerge,  p.  160 

NOTES  ON  CYRTOLOBUS  MAXINEI  DENNIS 

(HOMOPTERA:MEMBRACIDAE) 

Clifford  J.  Dennis,  p.  161 

CORIXIDAE  (WATER  BOATMEN)  OF  THE 

SOUTH  DAKOTA  GLACIAL  LAKE  DISTRICT 

Richard  L.  Applegate,  p.  163 

REPLACEMENT  NAME  FOR  HAYWARDINA  FORSTER,  1964 

( LEPI DOPTERA :  SATYRIDAE) 

Richard  E.  Gray,  p.  171 

INTERNATIONAL  COMMISSION  ON  ZOOLOGICAL  NOMENCLATURE,  p.  146 

CORRESPONDING  MEMBERS,  AMERICAN  ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY,  p.  148 

THE  ENTOMOLOGIST'S  RECORD,  p.  156 

LETTER  TO  THE  EDITOR,  n.  162 


THE  AMERICAN  ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 


ENTOMOLOGICAL  NEWS 

Edited,  1890-1910,  by  Henry  Skinner  (1861-1926);  1911-1944,  by  Philip  P.  Calvert 
(1871-1961);  1945-1967,  by  R.  G.  Schmieder  (1898-1967);  1968-1972  by  R.  H.  Arnett, 
Jr. 

Entomological  News  is  published  monthly  except  August  and  September  by  the 
American  Entomological  Society  at  253  Agricultural  Hall,  College  of  Agricultural 
Sciences,  University  of  Delaware,  Newark,  DE.  19711.  Second  class  postage  paid  at 
Newark,  Delaware  19711  and  additional  mailing  offices.  Editorial  Staff:  S.  S.  Roback  & 
R.  W.  Lake  (Editor). 

SUBSCRIPTION  RATES:  Private  subscriptions  for  personal  use  $7.00  per  year  post 
paid;  institutional  subscriptions  for  libraries,  laboratories,  etc.,  domestic  and  foreign 
$12.00  per  year  postpaid.  Communications  and  remittances  for  subscriptions  should  be 
addressed  to  Entomological  News,  1900  Race  Street,  Philadelphia,  PA.  19103,  U.SA. 

POSTMASTER:  If  undeliverable  please  send  form  3579  to  Mr.  Robert  W.  Lake,  253 
Agricultural  Hall,  University  of  Delaware,  Newark,  DE.  19711. 

MANUSCRIPTS  and  all  communications  concerning  same  should  be  addressed  to: 
Mr.  Robert  W.  Lake,  Department  of  Entomology  and  Applied  Ecology,  University  of 
Delaware,  Newark,  DE  19711.  The  receipt  of  all  papers  will  be  acknowledged  and,  if 
accepted,  they  will  be  published  as  soon  as  possible,  usually  within  six  months.  Articles 
longer  than  eight  pages  may  be  published  in  two  or  more  installments,  unless  the  author 
is  willing  to  pay  the  cost  of  a  sufficient  number  of  additional  pages  in  any  one  issue  to 
enable  such  an  article  to  appear  without  division.  BOOKS  FOR  REVIEW  should  be  sent 
to  the  editor. 

PAGE  CHARGES  are  normally  made  only  for  over-length  articles,  or  for  articles  pub- 
lished ahead  of  their  regular  place  in  the  issues,  and  then  only  as  additional  pages  for  an 
issue.  In  cases  where  authors  have  received  grant  money  for  publication,  or  their  institu- 
tion normally  pays  publication  costs,  they  will  be  billed  at  the  rate  of  $18.75  per  page. 

ILLUSTRATIONS:  Authors  will  be  charged  for  text-figures  and  halftones  at  the 
following  rate:  Each  line  cut  regardless  of  size  $1.50;  each  halftone  regardless  of  size, 
$4.50.  Size  limit  of  illustrations,  when  printed,  4/4  x  6'/2  inches. 

SEPARATES  printed  without  removal  of  extraneous  matter,  without  covers,  will  be 
supplied  by  the  printer  at  20  cents  per  copy.  Minimum  order  100  copies.  Xerox  copies  of 
articles,  minimum  order  50  copies,  15  cents  per  copy. 

EDITORIAL  POLICY:  Manuscripts  on  insect  life  and  related  terrestrial  anthropods  are 
appropriate  for  submission  to  ENTOMOLOGICAL  NEWS.  Titles  should  be  carefully 
composed  to  reflect  the  true  contents  of  the  article,  and  be  kept  as  brief  as  possible.  A 
short  informative  abstract  (not  a  descriptive  abstract)  of  about  150  words  should  be 
supplied  on  a  separate  sheet,  complete  witli  title  and  ending  with  the  authors  name  and 
address.  In  addition,  the  author  should  supply  a  list  of  descriptors,  or  key  words  at  the 
end  of  the  abstract.  The  author's  complete  mailing  address,  including  zip  code  number, 
should  be  given  as  a  footnote  to  the  article.  All  papers  describing  new  taxa  should 
include  enough  information  to  make  them  useful  to  the  non-specialist.  Generally  this 
requires  a  key  and  a  short  review  or  discussion  of  the  group,  plus  reference  to  existing 
revisions  or  monographs.  Illustrations  are  almost  always  required. 

Short  notes  will  be  promptly  published  in  The  Entomologist's  Record.  Literature  notices, 
short  reviews,  and  books  received  will  be  published  in  The  Entomologist's  Library.  Study 
notices,  want  items,  and  for  sale  notices  are  published  in  The  Entomologist's  Market 
Place.  All  manuscripts  should  follow  the  format  recommended  in  the  CBE  "Style 
Manual". 

SECOND  CLASS  POSTAGE  PAID  AT  NEWARK,  DELAWARE 
&  ADDITIONAL  MAILING  OFFICES 


NOTES  ON  YELLOWJACKETS  AS  A  FOOD  SOURCE 
FOR  THE  BALD    FACED  HORNET, 

VESPULA  MACULATA  (L.)1 

James  O.  Ho  well2 

There  have  been  few  reports  in  the  literature  concerning  the 
predatory  habits  of  the  bald  faced  hornet  on  other  species  of  the 
genus  Vespula.  Ran  (1930)  recorded  "Vespula  germanica"  [  =  V. 
maculifrons  (Buysson)]  as  being  attacked  and  killed  by  the  bald- 
faced  hornet,  and  Bromley  (1931)  reported  the  same  thing.  Davis 
(1928)  saw  an  individual  hornet  catch  several  specimens  of  V. 
Carolina  \-V.  squamosa  (Drury)]  and  then  let  them  go. 


Figure  1.  Bald  faced    hornet    worker    with    captured    ycllowjacket,     V.    maculifrons. 


'Accepted  for  publication:  November  19,  1972. 

2Department  of  Entomology,  University  of  Georgia,  College  of  Agriculture  Experiment 
Stations,  Georgia  Station,  Experiment,  Georgia. 


Ent.  News  84:141-142,  1973 


141 


142  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  May  1973 


From  observations  made  in  1971  and  1972,  the  author  feels 
that  the  extent  of  this  predatory  habit  on  V,  maculifrons  is  far 
greater  than  was  originally  believed,  and  that  this  species  is  an 
important  food  source  for  the  bald  faced  hornet  in  areas  where 
their  populations  overlap.  In  August  of  1971  while  observing  the 
feeding  of  yellowjackets  on  grapes  in  a  vineyard,  a  hornet  was  seen 
to  fly  in  and  pick  a  worker  of  Vespula  maculifrons  from  the  grapes 
(Fig.  1).  It  crushed  the  insect's  prothorax  with  its  mandibles,  pro- 
ceeded to  tear  off  the  wings  and  head,  then  flew  away  with  the 
remainder.  During  the  next  15  minutes  3  other  hornets  were  ob- 
served to  do  the  same  thing.  Though  numerous  muscoid  flies  were 
present  around  the  fermenting  grapes,  none  was  seen  being  attack- 
ed by  the  hornets.  On  August  21,  1972  the  same  behavior  was 
noted  in  a  cowpea  field,  where  the  yellowjackets  were  collecting 
nectar. 

When  a  hornet  and  an  individual  of  V.  maculifrons  were 
captured  in  an  insect  net,  the  hornet  would  immediately  attack 
the  yellowjacket  as  soon  as  they  came  in  close  proximity.  Hanging 
from  the  strands  of  the  net  by  a  hind  leg,  it  would  then  tear  it 
apart  as  described  before.  When  placed  in  the  net  with  V. 
squamosa,  the  hornet  would  attack  the  yellowjacket  but  imme- 
diately let  it  go.  These  trials  were  repeated  10  times  with  both 
species,  each  trial  lasting  5  minutes.  Nine  specimens  of  V.  maculi- 
frons were  captured  and  torn  apart  by  the  hornets,  while  none  of 
the  V.  squamosa  individuals  was  harmed.  I  have  never  seen  an 
individual  of  V.  squamosa  to  be  killed  by  a  hornet  in  the  field. 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Bromley,  S.  W.   1931.  Hornet  Habits.  J.  New  York  Entomol.  Soc.  39  (2):123-129. 
Davis,  W.  T.  1928.  Notes  on  Collecting  in  Virginia.  J.  New  York  Entomol.  Soc.  36: 197. 
Rau,  P.    1930.   Behavior  Notes   on   the   Yellow  Jacket   Vespula  germanica  (Hymen: 
Vespidae).  Entomol.  News.  41:185-190. 

ABSTRACT. -The  yellowjacket  Vespula  maculifrons  is  apparently  an  important  food 
source  for  the  bald  faced  hornet,  V.  tnaculata,  in  areas  where  their  populations  overlap. 
Hornet  workers  were  observed  to  readily  attack  this  species  in  the  field.  The  hornets  also 
would  attack  individuals  of  a  closely  related  yellowjacket  species,  V.  squamosa,  but 
would  always  let  them  go. -James  O.  Howell,  University  of  Georgia,  College  of  Agricul- 
ture Experiment  Stations,  Georgia  Station,  Experiment,  Georgia.  30212. 

Descriptors:  Vespidae;  Vespula;  bald  faced  hornet,  food  source;  yellowjackets,  as  prey. 


A  NEW  CLASSIFICATION  OF  THE 

SEPEDON  GROUP  OF  THE  FAMILY  SCIOMYZIDAE 

(DIPTERA)  WITH  TWO  NEW  GENERA1 

George  C.  Steyskal2 


This  new  classification  of  the  genera  related  to  Sepedon  Latreille 
is  presented  at  this  time  in  order  to  define  new  genera  to  be  used  in 
further  work  on  the  group  and  as  a  preliminary  to  a  catalogue  of 
the  neotropical  species. 

Among  the  Tetanocerini  as  defined  by  me  (Steyskal,  1965),  the 
group  of  genera  distinguished  by  the  following  characters  has  been 
designated  as  the  Sepedonini  by  Acloque  (1897:481),  and  by 
various  later  authors  as  Sepedontini  (incorrectly  formed),  Sepe- 
donina,  Sepedoninae,  and  even  Sepedonidae:  Vallar  bristles  present 
(on  ridge  immediately  below  wing);  lunule  well  exposed;  ocellar 
bristles  small  and  weak  or  lacking;  scutellar  bristles  2;  face  more  or 
less  extended  below. 

I  do  not  believe  that  this  group  is  sufficiently  distinct  from  more 
typical  Tetanocerini,  especially  from  such  genera  as  Hedria  and 
Dichetophora,  to  be  given  the  rank  of  tribe  or  even  subtribe.  I 
would  prefer  to  call  it  merely  "the  Sepedon  group."  The  African 
genus  Tetanoptera  Verbeke  (1950:18)  was  placed  by  its  author 
in  the  Tetanocerinae  rather  than  in  the  Sepedoninae,  but  with  the 
statement  that  it  is  intermediate  between  those  two  groups.  The 
genus  is  based  upon  a  single  female  specimen.  When  a  male  is 
available,  I  believe  that  the  genus  will  be  found  synonymous  with 
Sepedon. 


'Accepted  for  publication:  November  17,  1972. 

2Mail  address:  c/o  U.  S.  National  Museum,  Washington,  D.  C.  20560. 


Ent.  News,  84:143-146,  1973  743 


144  Eat.  News,  Vol.  84,  May  1973 


The  American  species  of  the  group  have  been  referred  previously 
to  Sepedon,  with  the  exception  of  3  species  of  Thecomyia,  a  very 
specialized  genus  restricted  to  the  neotropical  region.  Work  on 
Thecomyia  now  in  progress  indicates  that  13  species  must  be 
recognized.  Some  of  the  American  species  referred  to  Sepedon  are 
so  distinct  from  the  typical  members  of  that  genus,  as  well  as  from 
other  genera  of  the  group,  that  2  new  genera  are  here  proposed 
for  them.  The  new  and  previously  known  genera  of  the  Sepedon 
group  may  be  distinguished  as  in  the  following  key. 

Genera  of  Sciomyzidae  of  the  Sepedon  Group 

1  (2)    Sternum  closed  above  hindcoxae;  lower  head  drawn  out 

into  conical  rostrum  into  which  proboscis  may  be  with- 
drawn; palpus  not  developed,  postocellar  and  usually 
fronto-orbitals  lacking;  pleural  sclerites  without  hairs  or 
bristles,  except  a  few  hairs  on  propleuron  close  above 
forecoxa  (Neotropical)  Thecomyia  Perty 

2  (1)    Sternum  above  hindcoxae  divided  by  membranous  area; 

lower  head  not  forming  tube  into  which  proboscis  may 
be  withdrawn;  palpus  well  developed;  postocellars  pres- 
ent or  absent;  fronto-orbitals  1-2  pairs;  pleura  frequent- 
ly with  numerous  hairs. 

3  (6)    Postocellars  absent;  1  fronto-orbital;  midfemurwith  minute 

bristles  or  setae,  none  of  which  is  distinctly  larger  than 
the  others. 

4  (5)    Postalars  and  supra-alars  weak  or  hairlike;  notopleurals  2; 

hindfemur  much  longer  than  abdomen,  hindtibia  straight; 
parafacial   with   black   spot  just  ventrad  of  antennae; 
metapleural    callus    with    several    hairs;    lunule    probu- 
berant  between  antennal  bases;  large  neotropical  species 
Sepedomerus,  new  genus 

Type  of  genus,  Sepedon  marcopus  Walker;  gender  masculine. 

5  (4)    Postalars  and  supra-alars  strong;  notopleural  1 ;  hindfemur 

approximately  as  long  as  abdomen,  hindtibia  gently 
curved;  parafacial  unicolorous;  metapleural  callus  with- 
out hairs;  lunule  flat  between  antennal  bases;  small 
African  species  (wing  4.5  mm  or  less  in  length) 
Sepedonella  Verbeke 


Ent.  Neu>s,  Vol.  84,  May  1973  145 


6  (3)    Postocellars  well  developed;  fronto-orbitals  0-2;  midfemur 

with  one  or  more  distinctly  larger  anterior  setae  near 
midlength  of  femur. 

7  (8)    Fronto-orbitals  2,  1  proclinate  and  1  reclinate,  but  some- 

times greatly  reduced;  parafacial  without  spot  (African) 
Sepedoninus  Verbeke 

8  (7)     Fronto-orbitals  lacking  or  only  posterior  1  present;  para- 

facial   without  spot  or  with  spot  just  below  level  of 
antennae. 

9(10)  Face  with  black  spot  in  each  lower  corner;  forefemur  with 
at  least  1  outstanding  dorsal  bristle;  male  with  surstyli 
fused  to  form  one  median  structure;  neotropical  species 
Sepedonea,  new  genus 

Type  of  genus,  Sepedon  lindneri  Mendel;  gender  feminine. 

10  (9)  Face  without  spot  in  lower  corners;  forefemur  without 
outstanding  dorsal  bristle;  male  with  surstyli  well  separa- 
ted on  median  line  (widespread  outside  of  American 
tropics Sepedon  Latreille 

Including  subgenera  Mesosepedon  and  Parasepedon  and  genus  Sepedomyia 
(see  Verbeke,  1950),  which  latter  (1st  antennal  segment  somewhat  elongated) 
is  very  doubtfully  more  than  subgenerically  distinct. 

Species  Referred  to  New  Genera 
Sepedomerus  bipuncticeps  (Malloch),  n.  comb. 
S.    bipuncticeps    trinidadensis    (Steyskal),    n.    status,    n.    comb. 
S.    cacnileus    (Melander),    n.    comb. 
S.     macropus    (Walker),    n.    comb,    (type    of    genus) 
Sepedonea  guatemalana  (Steyskal),  n.  comb. 
S.    guianica   (Steyskal),   n.    comb. 
S.    isthmi   (Steyskal),    n.    comb. 
S.    lagoa   (Steyskal),    n.    comb. 
S.    lindneri   (Hendel),    n.    comb. 
S.    telson    (Steyskal),    n.    comb. 

Descriptions   and    references   to    the  above   may  be   found   in 
Steyskal  (1951). 


146  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  May  1973 


LITERATURE  CITED 
Acloque,  A.  1897.  Faune  de  France,  viii  +516  pp.  Paris:  Billiere  et  fils. 

Steyskal,  G.  C.  1951.  The  genus  Sepedon  Latreille  in  the  Americas  (Diptera:Sciomyzidae). 
Wasmann  Jour.  Biol.  8:271-297. 

.  1965.  The  subfamilies  of  Sciomyzidae  of  the  world  (Diptera:Acalyptratae). 

Ann.  Entomol.  Soc.  Am.  58:593-594. 
Verbeke,   J.    1950.   Sciomyzidae   (Diptera  Cyclorrhapha).   Explor.  Pare  Natl.  Albert, 

Mission  G.  F.  De  Witte  (1933-1935),  Inst.  des  Pares  Nationaux  du  Congo  Beige, 

Brussels,  fasc.  66:1-97. 

A  NEW  CLASSIFICATION  OF  THE 

SEPEDON  GROUP  OF  THE  FAMILY  SCIOMYZIDAE 

(DIPTERA)  WITH  TWO  NEW  GENERA 

ABSTRACT. -The  group  of  genera  related  to  Sepedon  Latreille  are  defined  and 
the  new  genera  Sepedomerus  (type,  Sepedon  macropus  Walker)  and  Sepedonea  (type, 
Sepedon  lindneri  Hendel)  are  described  in  a  key.  A  list  of  new  combinations  is  also 
given.  --  George  C.  Steyskal,  c/o  U.  S.  National  Museum,  Washington,  D.  C.  20560. 

Descriptors:  Diptera:   Sciomyzidae;  Sepedomerus,   new  genus;  Sepedonea,  new  genus; 
neotropical  region. 


INTERNATIONAL  COMMISSION  ON  ZOOLOGICAL  NOMENCLATURE 

A.(n.s.)90 
ANNOUNCEMENT 

Required  six-months'  notice  is  given  of  the  possible  use  of  plenary  powers  by  the 
International  Commission  on  Zoological  Nomenclature  in  connection  with  the  following 
names  listed  by  case  number  (see  Bull.  zoo/.  Nomencl.  30,  part  1,  6th  July  1973). 

272.  Type-species  for  Nicodrilus  Bouche,  1972  (Oligochaeta) 

1958.  Correction  of  homonymy  of  DREPANIDAE  in  Insecta  and  Pisces 

2007.  Type-species  for  Nipponaphera  Habe,  1961  (Gastropoda) 

2008.  Suppression  of  Macgillivraya  Grote,  1894  (Insecta,  Collembola) 

2009.  Validation  of  Haematopinus  eurysternus  Denny,  1842  (Insecta,  Anoplura) 
2015.  Validation  of  Gammarus  setosus  Dementieva,  1931  (Crustacea,  Amphipoda) 
2017.  Suppression  of  Rhopalidia  Lepeletier,  1836,  (Insecta,  Hymenoptera) 

2021.  Type-Species  for  Tutufa  Jousseaume,  1881  (Gastropoda) 

2023.  Suppresion  of  Formica  maxima  Moore,  1842  (Insecta,  Hymenoptera) 

2025.  Suppression  of  Daristane  Walker,  1859  (Insecta,  Lepidoptera) 

2026.  Type-species  for  Crinocems  Buimeister,  1839  (Insecta,  Hemiptera) 
2028.  Type-species  for  Onycholyda  Takeuchi,  1938  (Insecta,  Hymenoptera) 

Comments  should  be  sent  in  duplicate,  citing  case  number,  to  the  Secretary,  Inter- 
national Commission  on  Zoological  Nomenclature,  c/o  British  Museum  (Natural  History), 
Cromwell  Road,  London  SW7  5BD,  England.  Those  received  early  enough  will  be  pub- 
lished in  the  Bulletin  of  Zoological  Nomenclature. 

July  1973  MARGARET  GREEN 

Scientific  Assistant 


DISTRIBUTION  AND  NEW  RECORD  OF  THE 
ALDERFLY  SIALIS  (MEGALOPTERA:SIALIDAE) 
IN  WEST  VIRGINIA1 

D.  C.  Tarter  and  J.  E.  Woodrum2 

These  authors  are  reporting  the  occurrence  of  Stalls  aequalis 
Banks  for  the  first  time  in  West  Virginia.  Several  adults  were 
collected  between  21  April  1971  and  4  May  1971  near  Camp 
Creek  on  the  East  Fork  of  Twelvepole  Creek  at  East  Lynn,  West 
Virginia  in  Wayne  County.  Previously,  it  had  been  reported  from 
Maryland,  New  Jersey,  North  Carolina,  Pennsylvania,  and  Virginia 
(Ross,  1937).  S.  aequalis  was  originally  described  by  Banks  (1920), 
the  lectotype  (male)  was  collected  from  Falls  Church,  Virginia. 

Ross  (1937)  reported  the  genus  Stalls  from  33  states  and 
Canada.  At  that  time,  he  reported  only  one  species  of  Stalls  in 
West  Virginia,  S.  velata  Ross.  One  adult  (male)  was  collected  in 
Millville,  West  Virginia  (Jefferson  County)  in  April,  1921.  Collec- 
tion and  records  at  Marshall  University  indicate  that  Stalls  spp, 
have  been  collected  in  Boone,  Cabell,  Fayette,  Grant,  Greenbrier, 
Hardy,  Marion,  Mineral,  Nicholas,  Pendleton,  Pocahontas,  Tucker, 
and  Wayne  counties  in  West  Virginia.  Only  S.  aequalis  and  S.  vela- 
ta, Wayne  and  Jefferson  counties,  respectively,  have  been  accurate- 
ly determined  at  the  species  level.  Hopefully,  further  collecting  by 
these  authors  will  add  more  species  to  the  state  distribution  list. 

Many  thanks  to  Dr.  Herbert  H.  Ross,  Department  of  Entomo- 
logy, University  of  Georgia,  for  identification  of  the  alderfly  and 
critically  reading  the  manuscript.  Special  thanks  to  Dr.  Oliver  S. 
Flint,  Jr.,  Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington,  D.  C.  for  checking 
material  in  the  United  States  National  Museum.  Also,  we  want  to 
thank  Ron  Preston,  Federal  Water  Quality  Administration,  Wheel- 
ing Field  Station,  Wheeling,  West  Virginia  for  the  loan  of  materials. 


Accepted  for  publication:  July  8,  1972. 

2Department  of  Biological  Sciences,  Marshall   University,  Huntington,  West  Virginia. 
25701. 

Ent.  News,  84:147-148,  1973  147 


148 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  May  1973 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Banks,  N.   1920.  New  Neuropteriod  insects.  Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  ZooL,  64(3):299-362. 
Ross,  H.  H.   1937.   Studies  of  Nearactic  aquatic  insects.  I.  Nearactic  alderflies  of  the 
genus  Stalls  (Megaloptera,  Sialidae).  Bull.  HI.  Nat.  Hist.  Sur.,  21(3):57-78. 

ABSTRACT.  Sialis  aequalis  Banks  is  reported  for  the  first  time  in  West  Virginia. 
In  addition,  state  distribution  records  of  the  genus  Sialis  are  recorded.  -  D.  C.  Tarter 
and  J.  E.  Woodrum,  Department  of  Biological  Sciences,  Marshall  University,  Huntington, 
West  Virginia.  25701. 

Descriptors:    Megaloptera;    Sialidae;   Sialis,    New    distribution    record,   West   Virginia. 

AMERICAN  ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 

Corresponding  Members* 


Dr.  Chas.  P.  Alexander 
Dr.  J.  C.  Bequaert 
FATHER  Thos.  Borgmeier 
Dr.  J.  Chester  Bradley 
Dr.  Annette  F.  Braun 
Dr.  Lars  B  run  din 
Dr.  P.  J.  Darlington 
Dr.  Dwight  Delong 
Dr.  A.  E.  Emerson 
Dr.  Howard  E.  Evans 
Prof.  Dr.  Karl  von  Frisch 
Dr.  J.  F.  Clarke  Gates 
Prof.  Dr.  Willi  Hennig 
Dr.  Karl  Krombein 
Dr.  E.  G.  Linsley 
Carl  F.  W.  Meusebeck 
Dr.  Charles  D.  Michener 
Dr.  Alvah  Peterson1 
Dr.  N.  D.  Riley 
Dr.  B.  Rohdendorf 
Dr.  H.  H.  Ross 
Curtis  W.  Sabrosky 
Dr.  John  T.  Salmon 
Dr.  H.  Schouteden 
Dr.  P.  H.  Timberlake 
Dr.  Henry  K.  Townes 
Dr.  V.  B.  Wigglesworth 
Dr.  I.  H.  Yarrow 

H.  W.  Allen 

*As  of  May   1972. 
1  Deceased. 


Amherst,  Mass. 
Cambridge,  Mass. 
Rio  de  Jan.,  Brasil 
Ithaca,  N.  Y. 
Cincinnati,  Ohio 
Stockholm,  Sweden 
Cambridge,  Mass. 
Columbus,  Ohio 
Chicago,  Illinois 
Cambridge,  Mass. 
Munchen,  Germany 
Washington,  D.  C. 
Stuttgart,  Germany 
Washington,  D.  C. 
Berkeley,  Calif. 
Washington,  D.  C. 
Lawrence,  Kansas 
Columbus,  Ohio 
London,  England 
Moscow,  USSR 
Athens,  Ga. 
Washington,  D.  C. 
Wellington,  N.  Z. 
Tervueren,  Belgium 
Riverside,  Calif. 
Ann  Arbor,  Mich. 
Cambridge,  England 
London,  England 

Resident  Honorary  Member 

Moorestown,  N.  J. 


T 

O 
O 

N 
T 
N 
O 
T 
O 
N 
T 
T 
T 
T 
N 
N 
T 
O 
T 
T 
T 
N 
T 
T 
T 
N 
T 
T 

N 


NEW  ARGENTINE  LYOPHLAEBA 
(DIPTERA:  BOMBYLIIDAE)1 

Jack  C.  Hall2 


While  going  over  several  collections  of  beeflies  for  determina- 
tion, the  following  undescribed  species  were  discovered.  They  are 
being  described  at  this  time  in  order  to  have  the  names  available 
for  inclusion  in  the  forthcoming  section  on  Bombyliidae  in  the 
Catalog  of  Neotropical  Diptera. 

Lyophlaeba  (Lyophlaeba)  chorista,  NEW  SPECIES 

This  species  runs  to  couplet  7  in  Paramonov's  (1948)3  key  to  species.  It  differs  from 
both  haywardi  (Edwards)  and  transandina  (Edwards)  by  the  entirely  black  scutellum, 
the  series  of  white  tomentose  spots  down  the  midline  of  the  abdominal  dorsum  and  by 
the  somewhat  paler  wing  markings. 

From  other  species  of  Lyophlaeba,  chorista  may  be  separated  by  the  divided  first 
posterior  cell,  the  very  narrowly  open  anal  cell,  the  hyaline  base  and  apex  of  the  anal 
cell;  the  white  tomentose  stripe  in  the  middle  and  along  the  sides  of  the  abdomen  and 
the  dark  antennal  segments. 

Male.  -Black,  oral  margin,  tibiae,  partially  so,  and  venter  of  abdomen  testaceous. 
Eyes  separated  by  less  than  width  of  median  ocellus,  hair  white  to  pale  yellow,  slightly 
darker  medially.  Antennae  grayish  pruinose;  first  segment  nearly  three  times  longer  than 
second  segment  which  is  as  wide  as  long,  both  with  long  pale  yellow  to  white  hair;  a  few 
black  hairs  also  present  on  dorsum  near  apex;  third  segment  nearly  one  and  one-half 
times  length  of  two  basal  segments  combined,  narrow,  linear,  rather  evenly  tapering 
from  base  to  acuminate  apex.  Face  white  pilose.  Proboscis  projecting  at  least  length  of 
antennae  beyond  tip  of  antennae.  Palpi  brown  with  pale  yellow  hair.  Occiput  pale 
yellow  pilose  and  tomentose,  the  hair  short;  cervical  fringe  yellow.  Ground  color  of 


'Accepted  for  publication:  November  17,   1972. 

2Department  of  Entomology,  Division  of  Biological  Control,  University  of  California, 
Riverside,  CA  92502. 

3Uebersicht   der   Bombyliiden-Gattung  Lyophlaeba    Rond.,    nebst   einer  Bestimmung- 
stabelle.   Rev.   de  Ent.    19(  1-2):  1 15-148. 


Ent.  News,  84:149-155,  1973  149 


150  Eat.  News,  Vol.  84,  May  1973 


mesonotum  with  three  grayish  longitudinal  stripes;  disc  of  mesonotum  with  short  black 
hair  which  is  a  little  longer  towards  scutellum,  anterior  half  of  mesonotum  with  longer 
and  denser  yellowish  hair,  hair  on  lateral  margin  between  humeral  callus  and  wing  base 
white;  tomentum  long,  hair-like  predominately  yellow,  spot  of  black  tomentum  above 
post-alar  callus,  white  tomentum  overlying  the  three  gray  stripes  in  ground  color, 
anteriorly  this  white  tomentum  becomes  longer,  denser  and  more  hair-like,  (dorsum 
of  mesonotum  is  partially  abraded  but  there  are  indications  that  the  three  white  tomen- 
tose  stripes  begin  at  the  anterior  margin  and  run  posteriorly  to  near  base  of  post-alar 
callus,  the  midline  is  connected  with  the  spot  of  white  tomentum  at  the  base  of  the 
scutellum)  lateral  margin  between  wing  base  and  post-alar  callus  densely  white  tomen- 
tose;  bristles  pale  yellow.  Pleura  white  pilose  and  tomentose,  pteropleura  bare  for  the 
most  part.  Coxae  white  pilose  and  tomentose;  a  few  pale  hairs  on  fore  femur,  rest 
apilose;  tomentum  of  shiny  white  scales  on  all  femora,  black  scales  on  anterior  side  of 
all  femora,  bristles  black;  tibiae  a  dusky  yellowish-brown  with  small  pale  scales,  anterio- 
ventral  surfaces  of  mid  and  hind  tibiae  with  black  scales,  setulae  hair-like,  black;  tarsi 
brown  with  black  bristles,  pulvilli  well  developed,  nearly  as  long  as  claws.  Halter  stem 
and  knob  yellow  the  latter  may  be  paler.  Squama  yellowish  with  fringe  of  long  white 
hair.  Scutellum  black,  black  hair  in  middle,  yellow  hair  at  sides  towards  base,  tomentum 
black,  entire  margin  of  scutellum  yellow  tomentose,  white  tomentose  spot  in  middle  at 
base  and  at  sides  at  base;  bristles  pale  yellow. 

Extreme  base  of  basicosta  with  yellow  setulae,  rest  of  basicosta  with  black  setulae. 
Wing  banded  with  pale  brown  color,  hyaline  portions  at  base,  middle  and  tip  chalky 
white;  basal  brown  band  reaches  from  costa  through  basal  half  of  first  basal  cell,  middle 
of  second  basal  and  anal  cells  leaving  base  and  apex  of  both  clear  to  a  little  beyond 
second  anal  vein;  apical  band  of  color  extends  from  costal  margin  to  posterior  margin  of 
wing,  color  does  not  extend  basally  beyond  middle  of  discal  cell  or  beyond  tip  of  anal 
cell,  apically  color  extends  only  slightly  beyond  a  line  drawn  from  tip  of  first  posterior 
cell  upward  to  anterior  margin;  sides  in  bend  at  end  of  radial  vein  not  parallel;  four  sub- 
marginal  cells;  first  posterior  cell  divided  by  an  adventituous  crossvein  beyond  apex  ot 
discal  cell;  first  posterior  cell  open  at  wing  margin  about  length  of  r-m  crossvein;  anal 
cell  very  narrowly  open  at  wing  margin;  axillary  cell  a  little  wider  than  anal  cell;  alula 
only  moderately  developed. 

Abdominal  dorsum  yellowish  pilose,  slightly  paler  towards  base  of  abdomen,  short 
black  hair  present  on  last  three  or  four  segments;  tomentum  black,  that  across  posterior 
margin  of  first  segment  white,  yellow  tomentum  on  posterior  margins  of  second  to 
sixth  segments,  spots  of  white  tomentum  along  midline  from  segment  two  to  posterior 
margin  of  seventh  segment,  spots  are  not  connected  except  on  sixth  and  seventh  seg- 
ments, white  tomentum  along  side  of  abdomen  forming  a  lateral  stripe  which  extends 
from  second  to  seventh  segments;  lateral  margin  of  abdomen  pale  yellow  pilose,  a  few 
black  hairs  on  third  and  following  segments,  amount  of  black  increasing  posteriorly; 
ninth  tergite  with  a  median  shallow  depression;  venter  of  abdomen  pale  yellow  to  white 
pilose  and  white  tomentose. 

Female.-The  only  female  specimen  on  hand  is  somewhat  teneral  and  denuded  but 
the  following  differences  from  the  male  can  be  made  out:  Eyes  separated  by  twice  width 
of  ocellar  tubercle;  black  hair  on  ocellar  tubercle  and  in  middle  of  front.  First  antennal 
segment  tending  towards  rufous  below.  Legs  a  little  paler  (teneral?).  Bristles  surround- 
ing ovipositor  large  and  spatulate.  Otherwise  the  female  is  very  similar  to  the  male. 

Holotype  male,  allotype  female  and  three  paratypes  collected  at  Mendoza,  Mendoza 
Prov.,  Argentina,  with  no  other  data.  All  but  two  paratypes  retained  by  the  author  are  in 
the  U.  S.  National  Museum. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  May  1973  151 


Lyophlaeba  (Lyophlaeba)  peridema,  NEW  SPECIES 

Similar  in  many  respects  to  the  Chilean  L.  consobrina  (Philippi).  L.  peridema  is 
immediately  separated  from  consobrina  by  the  absence  of  the  median  longitudinal  stripe 
on  the  abdomen,  the  more  predominately  white  pilose  mesonotum  and  the  lighter  and 
less  extensive  coloration  in  the  wing. 

Male.  -Black,  oral  margin  and  posterior  margins  of  ventral  abdominal  segments 
testaceous,  legs  dark  ferruginous.  Eyes  separated  by  less  than  width  of  median  ocellus; 
ocellar  tubercle  with  black  hair.  Front  with  white  hair,  a  few  black  hairs  present  in 
middle  above.  Antennae  black,  first  two  segments  with  black  hair  above,  pale  yellow  to 
white  below;  first  segment  more  than  three  times  length  of  second;  second  segment 
a  little  wider  than  long;  third  segment  linear  rather  evenly  tapering  from  base  to  apex, 
as  long  as  two  basal  segments  together.  Face  white  pilose.  Proboscis  reaching  less  than 
length  of  antennae  beyond  tip  of  antennae.  Palpi  with  pale  yellow  hair.  Occiput  and 
cervical  fringe  with  short  yellowish  hair.  Mesonotum  with  short  black  hair,  longer  to- 
wards scutellum,  hair  anterior  to  wing  bases  dusky  white,  what  little  tomentum  is 
present  is  short  and  pale  yellow  to  white,  a  patch  of  dense  white  tomentum  above  root 
of  wing,  a  small  patch  of  -  hitish  tomentum  in  middle  of  posterior  margin;  prealar 
bristles  pale,  post- alar  bristles  black.  Pleura  and  coxae  pale  yellow  to  white  pilose  and 
tomentose;  pteropleura  bare.  Femora  with  pale  yellow  to  white  bristle-like  hair,  tomen- 
tum shiny  white,  a  few  black  scales  towards  the  apices  of  the  femora;  bristles  black; 
tibiae  white  tomentose  with  black  bristles;  pulvilli  well  developed,  nearly  as  long  as 
claws.  Halter  stem  brown,  knob  yellowish.  Squama  whitish  with  fringe  of  white  hair. 
Scutellum  with  black  hair  and  tomentum,  white  hair  and  tomentum  at  sides  and  along 
posterior  margin;  bristles  pale  yellow. 

Basicosta  with  black  setulae.  Wing  infuscated  with  light  brown,  color  interrupted 
along  costal  margin  creating  two  bands  of  color;  basal  band  short,  not  extending 
posteriorly  beyond  middle  of  second  basal  cell;  apical  band  does  not  reach  posterior 
margin;  tip  and  middle  of  wing  chalky  white;  with  four  submarginal  cells;  radial  vein 
broadly  recurved  towards  apex,  sides  of  curve  divergent;  anal  and  axillary  cells  nearly 
equal  in  width;  alula  moderately  developed;  anal  cell  open  in  wing  margin  about  length 
of  r-m  crossvein. 

Abdominal  dorsum  whitish  pilose,  a  few  black  hairs  in  middle  of  second,  third  and 
fourth  segments,  black  hair  increasing  in  extent  posteriorly  so  that  sixth  and  seventh 
segments  entirely  black  haired;  tomentum  black,  patch  of  white  tomentum  in  middle  of 
posterior  margin  of  first  segment  and  across  posterior  margins  of  rest  of  abdominal 
segments  to  the  seventh,  sides  of  segments  two  to  seven  with  a  patch  of  white  tomentum 
which  increases  in  amount  posteriorly;  lateral  margin  of  abdomen  whitish  pilose,  with 
black  hair  in  middle  of  second  segment,  most  of  third  and  all  of  fourth  and  following 
segments;  ninth  tergite  with  a  small  median  parallel  sided  notch.  Abdominal  venter 
white  pilose  and  tomentose. 

Female.  -Like  the  male  except  eyes  separated  by  twice  width  of  ocellar  tubercle; 
more  black  hair  on  front;  black  hair  on  mesonotum  denser  and  longer  especially  towards 
anterior  margin;  white  tomentum  on  first  abdominal  segments  extends  across  the 
segment  along  posterior  margin;  otherwise  as  described  for  the  male. 

Holotype,  allotype  and  two  paratypes  collected  at  Zapala,  Neuqucn  Province,  Argen- 
tina, X1I-1 9-22-46  (Hayward  and  Willin).  Holotype  and  allotype  in  U.  S.  National 
Museum,  both  paratypes  in  author's  collection. 


152  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  May  1973 


Lyophlaeba  (Lyophlaeba)  hypoxantha,  NEW  SPECIES 


The  pale  wing  markings,  black  scutellum,  short  pulvilli,  short  proboscis  and  banded 
abdomen  without  a  median  longitudinal  stripe  or  series  of  spots  should  serve  to,  separate 
hypoxantha  from  the  congeners.  In  general  habitus  it  appears  to  be  not  too  far  removed 
from  koslowskyi  (Edwards),  landbecki  (PhUippi)  or  pallipennis  Paramonov. 

Male.  -Black;  front,  face  flavo-cinereous,  basal  half  of  first  antenna!  segment  testa- 
ceous-cinereous, palpi,  legs  except  knees  and  tarsi,  lateral  margin  of  last  four  abdominal 
segments  and  venter  of  abdomen  testaceous.  Eyes  separated  by  less  than  width  of  median 
ocellus;  ocellar  tubercle  with  black  hair;  front  pale  yellow  to  white  pilose,  median 
portion  immediately  above  base  of  antennae  bare.  First  antennal  segment  four  times 
length  of  round  second  segment,  both  with  short  black  hair  above,  longer  and  pale 
yellow  to  white  below;  third  segment  shorter  than  two  basal  segments  combined,  in 
lateral  view  widest  near  middle,  apical  portion  beyond  middle  slightly  tapering  to  acumi- 
nate apex.  Face  white  pilose.  Palpi  with  yellow  hair.  Proboscis  short,  barely  exceeds  tip 
of  antennae.  Lower  half  of  occiput  cinereous,  upper  half  black,  with  pale  yellow  hair 
and  tomentum;  cervical  fringe  pale  yellow.  Mesonotum  with  short  black  hair,  longer 
towards  post-alar  calli,  buff  colored  hair  anterior  to  wing  bases,  much  more  dense  than 
black  hair;  when  viewed  from  above  sides  of  mesonotum  show  white  hair,  when  viewed 
laterally  hair  appears  buff  colored,  spot  of  whitish  hair  above  wing  base;  tomentum 
yellow  hair-like,  thin,  scattered;  spot  of  whitish  tomentum  in  middle  of  posterior 
margin;  all  thoracic  bristles  reddish.  Pleura  pale  yellow  to  white  pilose  and  tomentose. 
Coxae  white  pilose,  fore  and  middle  coxae  with  long  yellow  bristle-like  hair;  legs  whitish 
pilose  and  tomentose,  setulae  and  bristles  black;  pulvilli  while  developed  are  short  and 
do  not  exceed  half  length  of  claws.  Squama  white  with  fringe  of  white  to  pale  yellow 
hair.  Halter  stem  testaceous,  knob  whitish.  Scutellum  in  some  lights  shows  two  faint 
reddish  spots,  these  normally  are  not  visible;  hair  and  tomentum  yellowish,  bristles 
reddish. 

Basicosta  entirely  covered  with  black  setulae.  Wing  lightly  infuscated  with  brown, 
color  along  anterior  margin  not  interrupted  and  as  a  consequence  wings  not  banded. 
color  extends  in  marginal  cell  to  apex  of  subcosta,  along  vein  R5  to  branch  of  R4,  color 
is  expanded  around  r-m  crossvein  forming  a  broadly  connected  spot  of  brown,  most  of 
first  basal  cell  infuscated,  spot  of  color  at  base  of  third  posterior  cell,  color  margining 
veins  at  base  of  wing  to  discal  cell  somewhat  diffused  into  surrounding  cells,  anal  and 
axillary  cells  except  extreme  base,  hyaline;  tip,  middle  and  base  partially  chalky  white, 
rest  of  wing  hyaline;  vein  R,  broadly  recurved,  sides  of  curve  subparallel;  first  posterior 
cell  open  at  least  length  of  r-m  crossvein  at  wing  margin;  axillary  cell  a  little  wider  than 
anal  cell;  alula  moderately  developed,  entirely  brown. 

Abdominal  dorsum  pale  yellow  to  whitish  pilose,  a  few  black  hairs  present  on  sixth 
and  following  segments,  amount  increases  posteriorly;  tomentum  black,  whitish  tomen- 
tum across  posterior  margins  of  segments  one  to  seven  and  along  sides  forming  broad 
lateral  stripes;  side  of  abdomen  with  at  most  only  a  few  black  hairs  towards  apex,  at 
least  none  anterior  to  sixth  segment;  venter  whitish  pilose  and  tomentose.  Small  median 
notch  in  middle  of  posterior  margin  of  ninth  tergite. 


e.-  Shows  a  considerable  amount  of  variation  from  the  male,  especially  in  the 
amount  of  black  hair  present  and  in  the  darker  and  more  extensive  wing  coloring.  Eyes 
separated  by  less  than  twice  width  of  ocellar  tubercle;  front  above  with  a  few  black  hairs. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  May  1973  153 


Buff  colored  pile  on  anterior  half  of  mesonotum  not  as  long  or  as  dense  as  in  male; 
mesonotal  tomentum  shiny  yellow,  dense;  yellow  tomentose  spot  in  middle  of  posterior 
margin.  Scutellum  with  black  hair,  yellow  tomentum  becoming  whitish  towards  sides  at 
base.  Wing  color  dark  brown,  interrupted  along  anterior  margin,  color  mainly  along 
veins  but  broadly  so,  does  not  reach  posterior  margin;  brown  color  extends  beyond 
apex  of  subcosta  in  marginal  cell,  beyond  base  of  vein  R4  along  vein  R5,  along  veins 
bordering  second,  third  and  fourth  posterior  cells;  first  and  second  basal  cells  nearly  en- 
tirely infuscated,  spot  of  color  in  apical  fourth  of  anal  cell.  Black  hair  on  abdomen  more 
prevalent,  present  on  both  dorsum  and  along  lateral  margin  from  fourth  segment  to 
apex;  pale  tomentum  across  posterior  margins  of  abdominal  segments  more  yellowish. 
Female  otherwise  as  described  for  male. 

While  the  variation  expressed  in  any  one  sex  is  slight  there  is  a  considerable  amount 
of  dimorphism  between  the  two  sexes.  The  females  tend  to  be  much  darker  colored  than 
the  males  and  the  wing  is  much  darker  and  more  extensively  patterned  in  the  female. 

Holotype  male  and  allotype  female  from  Rio  Colorado,  Rio  Negro,  Argentina  11-15- 
20-46.  Both  deposited  in  U.  S.  National  Museum. 

Twenty-four  paratypes,  topotypic,  same  data  as  types,  deposited  in  U.  S.  National 
Museum  and  author's  collection. 

Lyophlaeba  (Lyophlaeba)  melanothrix,  NEW  SPECIES 

This  species  is  unlike  any  of  the  congeners  in  that  it  is  about  one-fourth  the  size  of  a 
"normal"  sized  Lyophlaeba.  The  specimens  on  hand  do  not  exceed  8  mm  in  length.  The 
sexes  exhibit  considerable  dimorphism  mainly  in  that  the  male  is  predominately  black 
haired  and  has  7-8  faintly  colored  spots  in  the  wing  while  the  female  is  predominately 
pale  haired  with  10-11  darker  colored  spots  in  the  wing. 

The  distinguishing  characteristics  may  be  found  in  the  shining  black  integument, 
spotted  wings,  short  proboscis,  absence  of  pale  colored  tomentum  on  the  abdomen  in  the 
male,  predominate  black  hair  in  the  male  and  the  small  size. 

Male.  -Shiny  black,  knob  of  halter  pale,  pleura  and  legs  brownish-black.  Eyes  separa- 
ted at  narrowest  point  by  half  width  of  ocellar  tubercle.  Front  black  haired,  bare  in 
middle  immediately  above  antennae.  First  antennal  segment  five  times  length  of  second 
segment;  second  segment  twice  as  wide  as  long,  both  segments  with  black  hair  above  and 
below;  third  segment  one  and  one-half  times  length  of  two  basal  segments  combined, 
at  broadest  point  as  wide  as  width  of  first  segment,  broadest  before  middle  then  tapering 
to  a  narrowed  but  not  acuminate  apex.  Face  with  black  hair.  Proboscis  short,  not 
extending  beyond  middle  of  third  antennal  segment.  Palpi  with  black  hair.  Hair  on 
occiput  and  cervical  fringe  black.  Mesonotum  with  long  black  hair,  pale  yellow  hair 
mixed  in  on  anterior  half;  tomentum  hair-like,  scattered,  yellow,  a  rather  loose  patch  of 
yellow  tomentum  in  middle  of  posterior  margin;  bristles  black.  Hair  on  pleura  black,, 
pale  yellow  patch  of  hair  on  anterior  portion  of  mesopleuron.  Pile  and  tomentum  on 
coxae  and  legs  black;  bristles  black;  pulvilli  well  developed,  nearly  as  long  as  claws. 
Squama  pale  with  fringe  of  pale  yellow  hair.  Scutellum  black  pilose,  pale  yellow  tomen- 
tose, the  tomentum  long,  hair-like,  confined  to  apical  half  of  scutellum,  base  of  scutellum 
devoid  of  tomentum;  bristles  black. 

Basicosta  with  black  setulae.  Wings  hyaline  with  7-8  faint  spots  of  color  located  as 
follows:  one  at  base  of  radial  vein  extending  into  first  basal  cell,  in  middle  of  vein  R2+3 
above  r-m  crossvein,  on  r-m  crossvein,  on  vein  at  base  of  fourth  submarginal  cell,  at  base 
of  discal  cell,  on  posterior  crossvein  and  in  middle  of  second  basal  cell;  in  some  lights 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  May  1973 


extremely  faint  spots  may  be  seen  at  bases  of  second  and  third  posterior  cells;  bend  at 
apex  of  radial  vein  narrow,  sides  diverging;  four  submarginal  cells,  knee  of  vein  R4  at 
base  of  fourth  submarginal  cell  with  a  long  appendage;  first  posterior  cell  broadly  open 
in  wing  margin  as  is  anal  cell;  axillary  cell  much  narrower  than  anal  cell;  alula  at  most 
only  slightly  developed. 

Abdomen  black  pilose  and  tomentose,  tomentum  along  midline  reflects  a  yellowish 
cast  in  some  lights,  tomentum  forming  an  obscure  median  longitudinal  stripe,  a  few 
scattered  pale  yellow  short  hairs  along  sides,  not  easily  discernible  nor  forming  any 
pattern;  lateral  margin  entirely  black  pilose;  venter  black  pilose;  posterior  margin  of 
ninth  tergite  with  a  narrow,  rounded  depression;  dististyli  of  genitalia  long  and  narrow, 
prominent. 

Female.  -Quite  different  from  the  male.  Eyes  at  narrowest  point  separated  only 
slightly  more  than  width  of  ocellar  tubercle.  Front  yellow  haired,  a  few  black  hairs  on 
ocellar  tubercle.  Third  antenna!  segment  narrow,  linear,  parallel  sided  until  near  tip. 
Face  whitish  to  pale  yellow  pilose.  Occiput  and  cervical  fringe  with  yellow  hair.  Mesono- 
tum  yellow  pilose  and  tomentose;  bristles  yellow.  Pleura  with  pale  yellow  to  white 
hair.  Fore  and  mid  coxae  with  black  hair,  hind  coxae  with  pale  yellow  hair.  Scutellum 
yellow  pilose,  pale  yellow  tomentose;  bristles  yellow. 

Wing  hyaline  with  10-11  darkly  colored  spots,  spots  of  color  on  all  crossveins  and  in 
middle  of  marginal,  first  submarginal  and  second  basal  cells. 

Abdominal  dorsum  yellow  haired,  black  hair  present  on  fifth  and  following  segments; 
tomentum  whitish,  forming  a  broad  median  longitudinal  stripe  from  middle  of  second 
segment  to  apex  of  abdomen,  posterior  margins  of  all  segments  broadly  whitish  tomen- 
tose, basal  half  of  second  segment  black  tomentose,  paired  black  tomentose  spots,  either 
side  of  midline  on  segments  three  to  seven;  sides  whitish  tomentose;  lateral  margin  of 
abdomen  with  yellow  hair,  black  hair  present  from  fourth  segment  to  apex,  increasing 
in  amount  posteriorly.  Venter  pale  yellow  haired  on  basal  half,  black  haired  on  apical 
half,  tomentum  overall  whitish.  Female  otherwise  as  described  for  male. 

Holotype  male  and  allotype  female  together  with  one  paratype  male  from  19.5  km. 
E.  Shaman,  Chubut  Province,  Argentina,  650  m.,  XI-19-66  (E.  1.  Schlinger,  M.  E.  Irwin). 
All  three  specimens  in  author's  collection. 


Lyophlaeba  (Lyophlaeba)  amegiston,  NEW  SPECIES 

Not  unlike  holoxantha  in  habitus,  L.  amegiston  differs  from  holoxantha  and  other 
similar  species  (consobrina  (Philippi)  by  the  black  hair  along  the  side  of  the  abdomen 
from  the  second  segment  to  the  apex,  the  absence  of  the  median  longitudinal  stripe  on 
the  abdomen  and  by  the  lack  of  dimorphism  in  the  wing  coloring  and  pattern  between 
the  sexes. 

This  is  a  small  species,  10  mm  or  less,  with  banded  wings,  black  legs,  predominately 
white  pile  and  a  short  proboscis. 

Male. -Black,  at  most  tibiae  may  be  brownish,  knob  of  halter  white.  Eyes  separated 
by  less  than  width  of  median  ocellus.  Ocellar  tubercle  with  black  hair.  Front  white 
pilose,  black  hair  in  a  narrow  line  down  middle.  First  antennal  segment  three  times 
longer  than  second  segment;  second  segment  a  little  wider  than  long,  both  with  short 
black  hair  above,  longer  white  hair  below,  apex  of  first  segment  with  a  tuft  of  black  hair 
below;  third  antennal  segment  about  equal  in  length  to  first  segment,  somewhat  lanceo- 
late, tip  acuminate.  Face  white  pilose.  Proboscis  not  reaching  beyond  middle  of  third 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  May  1973  155 


antennal  segment.  Palpi  with  white  hair.  Occiput  with  pale  yellow  hair,  becoming  darker 
above;  cervical  fringe  white.  Mesonotum  with  short  black  hair,  longer  posteriorly, 
anterior  portion  in  front  of  wing  base  white  pilose  with  long  black  hair  mixed  in  es- 
pecially across  anterior  margin,  sides  of  mesonotum  white  haired  with  scattered  black 
hair  in  front  of  pre-alar  bristles;  tomentum  white,  short,  hair-like,  scattered;  prealar 
bristles  yellow,  post-alar  bristles  black.  Pleura  white  pilose.  Coxae  white  pilose.  Femora 
with  mixed  black  and  pale  hair;  tomentum  white,  black  scales  on  anterior  surface;  tibiae 
white  tomentose,  scattered  black  scales  on  anterior  surface  of  hind  tibia;  pulvilli  well 
developed,  nearly  as  long  as  claws.  Squama  pale  with  fringe  of  white  hair.  Halter  stem 
testaceous,  knob  white.  Scutellum  black  haired,  tomentum  black,  white  along  posterior 
margin  and  at  base;  bristles  yellow. 

Basicosta  with  black  setulae.  Wing  hyaline  and  brown,  color  forming  a  short  basal 
band  and  an  incomplete  apical  band,  color  does  not  reach  hind  margin  of  wing,  anal  and 
axillary  cells  pure  hyaline,  upper  portion  of  second  basal  cell  brown,  lower  portion 
hyaline,  apex  of  wing  chalky;  bend  at  end  of  radial  vein  broad,  sides  diverging;  base  of 
fourth  submarginal  cell  without  a  stump  of  a  vein;  first  posterior  cell  broadly  open  in 
wing  margin;  and  cell  narrowly  open  in  wing  margin;  anal  and  axillary  cells  of  nearly 
equal  width;  alula  moderately  developed. 

Abdominal  dorsum  predominately  white  pilose,  black  hair  in  middle  of  second  seg- 
ment then  increasing  in  amount  posteriorly  so  that  last  three  segments  nearly  entirely 
black  haired;  tomentum  black,  white  tomentum  across  posterior  margins  of  segments 
two  to  seven,  not  dense,  and  at  lateral  apical  corners  of  these  same  segments;  side  of 
first  segment  and  base  of  second  white  pilose,  rest  of  lateral  margin  to  fifth  segment  mix- 
ed black  and  white  pilose,  apical  segments  entirely  black  haired;  venter  with  white  hair 
and  tomentum;  ninth  tergite  with  a  small  median  notch  on  posterior  margin. 

Female. -Eyes  separated  only  slightly  more  than  width  of  ocellar  tubercle.  Upper  half 
of  front  with  black  hair  and  pale  yellowish  to  white  tomentum.  Tomentum  on  mesono- 
tum pale  yellow,  not  forming  a  definite  pattern.  Female  other  than  the  more  dense  to- 
mentum on  the  abdomen  does  not  differ  appreciably  from  the  description  of  the  male. 

Holotype  male  and  allotype  female  from  2.4  km.  S.  Fitz  Roy,  Santa  Cruz  Province, 
Argentina,  210  m.  XII-12-66  (M.  E.  Irwin,  E.  I.  Schlinger).  Both  in  author's  collection. 

Paratypes. -Twenty-six  topotypic,  same  data  as  types.  Three  from  2  km.  S.  Caleta 
Olivia,  Santa  Cruz  Province,  Argentina,  10  m.  XII-12-67  (E.  I.  Schlinger,  M.  E.  Irwin), 
in  coastal  dunes.  Three  from  3  km.  N.  Puerto  Lobos,  Chubut  Province,  Argentina,  20  m. 
XII- 14-66  (E.  I.  Schlinger,  M.  E.  Irwin)  dunes. 


NEW  ARGENTINE  LYOPHLAEBA 
(DIPTERA:  BOMBYLIIDAE) 

ABSTRACT.-Five  new  species  of  Lyophlaeba  from  Argentina  are  described,  namely 
chorista,  peridema,  hypoxantha,  melanothrix  and  amegiston.  Each  is  compared  and 
differences  pointed  out  with  congeners.  Distribution  for  each  new  species  is  given.  Jack 
C.  Hall,  Division  of  Biological  Control,  University  of  California,  Riverside  CA  92502 

Descriptors:  Diptera;  Bombyliidae;  Lyophlaeba,  new  species:  chorista,  peridema,  hypox- 
antha, melanothrix,  and  ame.ifiston;  Argentina. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  May  1973 


The  Entomologist's  Record 

To  encourage  the  publication  of  concise  and  useful  new  distribution 
records,  corrections  of  previously  published  erroneous  records,  misidenti- 
fications,  short  field  notes,  and  current  news  items  about  entomologists, 
amateur  and  professional,  entomology  departments  and  museums,  prompt 
(monthly)  publication  is  offered  in  this  department. 


THE  ABILITY  OF  A  SPITTING  SPIDER, 
SCYTODES  HEBRAICA,  TO  CAPTURE  FLYING  PREY1 

Scytodes  hebraica  (Scytodidae)  was  common  on  the  walls  both  inside  and  outside  a 
house  on  the  outskirts  of  Call,  Colombia  (el.  1000  m,  4°  N)  in  an  area  classified  by  Es- 
pinal  (1968)  as  dry  tropical  forest.  The  spiders  were  inactive  during  the  day,  crouching  in 
cracks  and  corners,  but  at  night  they  came  out  on  the  walls.  Spiders  were  generally 
immobile  at  night,  resting  facing  down  just  off  the  surface  of  a  wall  on  a  very  sparse 
mesh  of  threads. 

The  spiders  captured  prey  by  spitting  on  them  as  do  other  Scytodes  (e.g.  Bristowe 
1958),  but  differed  from  those  described  in  that  they  could  apparently  "shoot  down" 
flying  insects  as  well  as  capture  those  walking  or  entangled  in  webs.  On  several  occasions 
I  saw  a  S.  hebraica  capture  an  insect  which  flew  near  or  collided  with  a  spider.  A  small  ex- 
periment showed  that  the  spiders  probably  detect  and  react  to  flying  prey  rather  than 
simply  waiting  passively  for  collisions.  Covering  my  mouth  and  nose  with  my  hand  (to 
avoid  blowing  on  the  spider),  I  hummed  loudly  (approximately  middle  C)  near  a  series 
of  ten  spiders.  Some  cringed  or  moved  away  as  if  disturbed,  but  several  responded  by 
immediately  Lifting  their  legs  I  or  pawing  the  air  rapidly  for  a  moment  with  legs  I  and  (?) 
II;  and  one  responded  by  immediately  spitting  onto  one  of  its  front  legs,  then  cleaning 
the  sticky  material  off  in  its  mouth.  This  suggests  that  the  spiders  respond  to  the  sound 
of  flying  prey  by  attempting  to  touch  them  with  their  legs,  and  then  spitting  to  cause 
them  to  stick  to  their  legs. 

William  G.  Eberhard 
Departamento  de  Biologia 
Universidad  del  Valle 
Cali,  Colombia 


Bristowe,  W.  S. 
Espinal,  L.  S. 


LITERATURE  CITED 

1958.  The  World  of  Spiders.  Collins,  London. 

1968.  Vision  ecologica  del  Departamento  del  Valle  del  Cauca.  Univer- 
sidad del  Valle,  Cali,  Colombia. 


'I  thank  Dr.  H.  W.  Levi  for  identifying  the  spider,  and  the  Comite  de  Investigaciones  of 
the  Universidad  del  Valle  for  support. 


A  SUMMARY  OF  THE  SPHINGIDAE 

TAKEN  AT  THE 

ARCHBOLD  BIOLOGICAL  STATION 
HIGHLAND  COUNTY,  FLORIDA ' 

S.  W.  Frost2 


The  majority  of  the  records  were  taken  from  specimens 
collected  at  light  traps  operated  practically  every  night  from  the 
end  of  November  to  the  middle  of  May  at  the  Archbold  Biological 
Station.  The  species  were  obtained  over  a  period  of  5  years  from 
1968  to  and  including  1972,  with  additional  records  by  Kimball 
(1965).  Thirty  species  have  been  definitely  determined  and 
recorded. 

The  principal  larval  food  plants,  especially  those  common  in 
Florida,  are  listed  for  each  species.  Many  select  Vitaceae  including 
grape,  Virginia  creeper  and  Ampelopsis.  Several  prefer  Convolvu- 
laceae  including  tomato,  potato,  morning  glory  and  related  species. 
Others  are  more  specialized  in  their  selection  of  food.  Lapara 
coniferamm  Smith,  the  most  common  species  taken  at  the  Arch- 
bold  Biological  Station,  feeds  only  on  pine.  Another  common 
species  Dolba  hyloeus  (Drury)  selects  chiefly  paw-paw  and  holly. 
Xylophanes  tersa  also  a  common  species  feeds  on  several  unrelated 
hosts;  Spermacoce,  Manettia,  and  Pentas.  Sphinx  gordius  Cramer, 
collected  somewhat  frequently,  feeds  on  Carolina  rose,  prairie  crab 
apple,  blueberry  and  others. 

Seven  species  of  Sphingidae  not  included  in  Table  I,  Erinnyis 
lassauxii  Boisdv.,  Eumorpha  labruscae  (Linn.),  Eumorpha  ritis 
(Linn.),  Paonis  myops  (Smith),  Xylophanes  pluto  (Fab.),  Cera- 
tomia  amyntor  (Geyer),  and  Smerinthus  jamaicemis  judging  from 
records  by  Hodges  (1971)  might  be  expected  in  the  Archbold 
Biological  Station  area. 

'Accepted  for  publication:  November  17,  1972. 

2Frost  Entomological  Museum,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  University  Park,  Pa. 

Ent.  News,  84:157-160,  1973  757 


158 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  May  1973 


O 

oo 

cn 

3 

oo 

,C 

d 

4-1 

•  r-l 

d 

d 

CO 

)-! 

i  —  i 

CO 

-o 

r-l 

0 

cu 

^ 

cu 

cu 

CO 

CO 

r> 

cu 

cu 

CD 

CO 

CO 

CO 

CO 

.d 

T3 

CD 

cu 

CO 

CU 

o 

cu 

Q 

a, 

C 

3 

3 

!• 

J^ 

^ 

o 

cu 

u 

CJ 

cu 

X 

CO 

oo 

^ 

O 

CO 

0 

M 

r-l 

CO 

CD 

u 

r—l 

E 

1  —  1 

IS 

r-l      CO 

4J 

4-1 

4J 

CL 

4J 

4-1 

,  —  1 

CO 

•> 

•  r-l 

4-J 

4-1 

CO 

•  r-l 

cu 

CL 

•r-l 

•  r-l 

n 

O 

r—l 

CD 

E 

•  r-l 

r-l      d 

4-1 

£•> 

CD 

^> 

£> 

CO 

33 

<£ 

•  r-l 

£> 

CD       CO 

0 

•  r-l 

CU 

4-1 

oo 

CL  i  —  i 

CL 

*>J 

CD 

Jj 

t3 

r>1 

*-3 

t^Q 

00 

f 

M 

4-J 

d 

(-3 

•1-1    CL 

CL 

CL 

r-l 

t-l 

d 

3 

CO 

CU 

•r-l 

o 
d  -o 

4-J 

01 

0) 
Q. 

"^ 

*. 

CO 
4-1 

O 

CU 
CL 

01 
CU 

CO 

CD 

CL 

CD 

cn 

d 

1= 

CL 

•r-l       O 

O) 

CD 

4-1 

.d 

CO 

u 

CO 

CO 

T3 

5 

CL 

•  r-l 

•r-l 

CO 

t-i     O 
fa  4-i 

3 

CO 

O 

U 

to 

3 
U 

•  r-l 
X 

S-J 

o 

O 

£ 

CO 

fa 

CO 

O 
fa 

r—l 

U 

0 

X  u~i 

B 

r~i    \^ 

4-1 

1J 

C^ 

U 

CL 

CO    i—  1 

, 

O 

cu 

p7^ 

d 

4-1 

CO 

o 

O     r-l 

CL 

4J 

• 

• 

M 

•r-l     r-l 

cu 

CL 

to 

J-l 

H 

CO 

cu 

3 

U 

•rl    JO 

CO 

<^ 

O 

H 

*"O     £ 

•1 

• 

*• 

« 

* 

CO 

T)      -rJ 

cu 

4-1 

r^l 

• 

r*^ 

•^ 

rJ 

<c  ^ 

d 

3 

CL 
CU 

r-l 

3 

DO 

D 

i  —  1 

3 

r—l 

D 

r"J 

CO 

I-) 

^ 

r^ 

*"") 

U 

0 

CO     r-l 

3 

D.   co 

tn 

ro 

O 

t—  i 

0 

^ 

n 

^ 

r-l 

^ 

i^ 

CM 

O 

0 

0 

|j    O 

CXI 

F") 

CXI 

r—l 

M 

4J     H 

M 

Q 

jC      H3 

r—i 

O 

O 

O 

o 

O 

o 

<)• 

0 

O 

CXI 

r—l 

O 

CXI 

i—3 

oo  2 

0 

•r-l 

&> 

r-l            • 

»•[-; 

t-l 

CJ 

E    Q. 

^ 

CN 

O 

r—l 

o^ 

1—  1 

o 

0 

O 

1  —  1 

O 

O 

i—  I 

CO 

(v; 

0   < 

r—  < 

< 

r-l 

1   |       I                       ^ 

w 

C     TO 

o 

Q 

O 

O 

o 

CXI 

i—  i 

c^ 

1  —  1 

CO 

0 

O 

0 

0 

H 

ju  2 

I  —  1 

H 

CO 

"*• 

0) 

0 

r_, 

0 

o 

o 

,  —  i 

r—l 

CN 

o 

r-l 

O 

O 

O 

CM 

Z 

cn   fa 

•—  < 

d 

^ 

E    d 

H 

•r-l       CD 

o 

O 

o 

o 

o 

O 

r-l 

O 

o 

m 

m 

O 

O 

0 

CJ      <~i 

W 

CU 

<^ 

CL     • 

(""^ 

cn     u 

M 

cu 

0 

0 

0 

0 

o 

O 

O 

o 

o 

O 

o 

r—l 

fl 

CM 

O 

S-i    Q 

2* 

0) 

M 

rCl              . 

p-j 

E    > 

fa 

3     0 

o 

0 

o 

o 

o 

0 

0 

c 

o 

r—  1 

CXJ 

O 

vj 

,  —  I 

CO 

.C 

to 

cn 

-o 

,—  N 

4-J 

•  r-l 

•r-l 

s-^ 

CO 

• 

/-** 

•r^ 

t-i 

t-l 

• 

^-^ 

•H 

V 

£Xj 

E 

r-l 

r-l 

s—  \ 

o 

^ 

O 

r—l 

^ 

CO 

CO 

(^~N 

CO 

• 

CD 

0) 

eq 

2 

3 

33 

i-i 

/—  V 

^^ 

^-~, 

^2 

s~^ 

fa 

£ 

^^ 

t-i 

\^s 

at 

x-^ 

^ 

X 

* 

Cfl 

• 

CD 

cu 

Q 

CO 

e 

J_j 

tJ 

d 

fa 

d 

)-i 

CD 

CO 

•  r-l 

CD 

« 

S-J 

3 

3 

d 

•-^ 

d 

CO 

CL 

CO 

T) 

4-1 

J_J 

o 

H 

V-i 

•  r-l 

»r-( 

3 

s_x 

r—l 

0 

CO 

d 

CL 

u 

r—l 

C 

Q 

r-J 

CO 

rJ 

4-J 

CU 

r-l 

3 

CD 

•r-l 

v«.> 

O 

•*~s 

x—  ^ 

•«  —  ' 

t-l 

^-^  ' 

CD 

n 

CO 

3 

CU 

i—  i 

J-l 

U 

01 

3 

i  —  1 

3 

4J 

-o 

CD 

00 

CJ 

c 

•r-l 

to 

CL 

O 

CJ 

to 

3 

tn 

CO 

4J 

3 

to 

o 

tn 

3 

O 

r—l 

tn 

•r-l 

00 

cn 

U 

3 

d 

•'  —  i 

d 

J_J 

v_j 

CU 

r—l 

1  i 

-Q 

t-l 

cu 

CD 

•r-l 

^, 

cu 

O 

CO 

OJ 

O 

,O 

•  r-l 

CO 

CO 

CO 

E 

l> 

r—  1 

3 

CJ 

•r-l 

.r-l 

cn 

•  r-l 

CD 

^ 

tn 

tn 

cn 

to 

CO 

d 

1= 

E 

d 

•r-l 

n 

CO 

-d 

•r-l 

•  H 

•  r-l 

3 

O) 

cn 

o 

0 

0 

0 

e 

to 

cn 

X 

X 

X 

,  —  I 

•  r-l 

3 

•r-l 

4-1 

4-1 

4-J 

to 

CO 

Q. 

CL 

CO 

d 

d 

d 

CJ 

CO 

CO 

>, 

CO 

•o 

CD 

CO 

J3 

d 

d 

d 

O 

O) 

j_i 

CL 

Jj 

J_l 

O 

O) 

•1-4 

t-i 

P*J 

,  —  I 

•  r-l 

•r-l 

•r-l 

X 

CL 

CO 

00 

e 

0) 
CJ 

CU 

o 

u 

01 

CO 
Q 

cc 
Q 

O 

Q 

r-l 

tu 

w 

w 

d 

LO 

Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  May  1973 


•a 
<u 

c 


c 
o 
u 


c 
o 


CO 

4-1 

co 


60 
O 

rH 

O 

•r-l 

PQ 

-O 

rH 

O 
43 

U 
l-i 


0) 

.c 


c 

0) 

^ 

C3 
4-1 

01 

CO 

•a 

•  H 
60 

•H 
.C 
CL 
CO 


S-I 

OJ 

O) 

1  —  1 

CL 

CL 

Ol 

CL 

CJ 

0) 

cc 

CJ 

^ 

O 

rW 

u 

43 

U 

^j 

re 

co 

Ol 

4-1 

r-l 

E 

J= 

01 

CJ 

r-l 

u 

Q. 

OJ 

E 

Ol 

a. 

f. 

3           OJ 

•iH 

CO 

C           co 

w         c 

J-, 

rJ                    -r-l                                                                             0) 

H          -H 

CO 

n 

1—  1 

01                                                  OJ                                                 O                      U)                                                                             C 

E 

}_* 

co 

CO 

co                     co                    jn         4^                               •f~i 

in 

CL 

•r-l 

£> 

01                    oi                   4-1         u                    o         E 

O                                         l-i            CO 

•• 

4-1 

1-1 

CJ                                   CJ                                  33                                  4-1                W 

4-1                                                      CJ              tr~> 

OJ 

4-1 

CO 

CO                             CO                             CC            CL,                             CC             CO 

co                                       S 

cn 

01 

rH        in 

4J                                  4J                                 4:                                                      E              "— 

E                     ^          0 

O 

c 

4J 

•iH                                 *>H                                                        *                                 O 

O                                  CO              rH                CO 

l-i 

c: 

rH       C 

>                                 >                                     .CO                                  4-1 

4-1                                  O              >4H                C 

^r 

CO       CO 

0)                                                      E                U                                                      CO 

CD 

CO 

Q.   rH 

l^J                   W                  c£j                                           3                    CO                                              ••                *r-l 

C            CL 

c 

»• 

O                                     rH                 C                rH                                       0                 C 

O                                  3                O              -r-l 

•  rl 

cn 

CJ 

O)             V-*             Ol             Cn             *-i              3                            4JO 

4-1                                      O                'r4                 00 

rH 

CO 

c  -o 

CL            E             CL            rJ             3             4-1             <y             CO             C 

CO                                    rH                  M                  C 

O 

4-1 

•rJ        O 

CO-iHC0343S-lC4-!60 

4J                 60              rH                  US                  CO 

V-i 

C 

Vi     O 

rJ                 H                 rJ                 «B               T-1                 O                "ft                 O                -l-l 

C                  -H                 -r-l                    CO                    t-l 

CO 

OJ 

CXj     *-M 

OD-lCJ)rJ>Pja<pLlP2 

Hi        fn       S        Oi        fe 

u 

Cu 

43    vO 

4-1 

4-1 

CT» 

CL 

a 

CO     rH 

0 

C 

CO 

•« 

O   r-l 

n                                                                                                                                      • 

4-1 

•r-l      1—  1 

00                                                                                          4J 

D- 

4-)     c\j 

3                                                                  0 

CJ 

•H    43 

<                                                                 O 

CO 

'O     £ 

•                    •          • 

ft 

•0    -H 

?*>                 ?^                                                                 r*^                                          ?••»                                         CJ 

4J                                 4-14-1 

X 

<;  ^ 

i—  1              rH                                                    i  —  It  —  1C 

Q.                         CL           CL 

rH 

33                                       333 

0)                           OJ             0) 

3 

r-,                 r-,                                                                 r-,                                          r-)                                         r-, 

CO                         CO           CO 

^ 

cn   i—  i 

CL   co 

CO     4-1 

LPlf^'  —  1             1  —  "CNI^OO^C"") 

O                 1—  1                 <T                  CNI                  rH 

^o 

^J 

l-i     O 

00 

i  —  i 

CNI 

•J- 

4->     H 

4-»      >> 

XI     CO 

OOOOrHrHOrHCNl 

O          O          O          O          O 

0 

r-l 

60  S 

•r-l 

CNI 

1  —  1       • 

rJ 

E    Q- 

I—  1               >J"                O                O               rH                ,  —  1                00               rH                Q 

CN                O               O                rH                O 

m 

vO 

0    < 

CNI 

rH 

MH 
S-i 

C     co 

-J-rHrHrHOCNIr^OO 

O                 rH                 rH                  O                 '  —  ' 

O-N 

CN 

oj  2 

rH 

r—  1 

rH 

CO 

a 

OrHOOOOrHrHQ 

rH               O               CO                O                O 

r—  1 

r— 

cn   (—  . 

rH 

C 

o      • 

e  c 

•r4        CO 

OOOOOOOOOO 

rH                O               O                O                O 

rH 

<r 

0    •-) 

Ol 

D.      • 

CO     U 

Ol 

OOOOOOCNIrHO 

O          O          O          O          O 

O 

CO 

1*    Q 

43        • 

E    > 

3     O 

OrHOOOOCOOrH 

0          0          0          --I          0 

o 

,  —  1 

£2    S 

3 

CO 

^^ 

x-s 

^r-^ 

pa 

• 

^—^ 

s-^ 

. 

^ 

\  ' 

^—  ^ 

C 

^^v 

• 

• 

Qi 

4_» 

4: 

C 

£>*, 

N 

C 

•H 

CO 

4-1 

s-~^ 

•rH 

,—  \ 

^J 

i—  1 

43 

^J 

E 

4-1 

^—  N 

x^v 

-H 

• 

rJ 

c 

3 

3 

3 

^.^^ 

W 

CO 

. 

• 

E 

41 

Lj 

c 

CO 

rC 

• 

• 

X-N 

x^x 

rH 

43 

/  —  \ 

c 

CO 

CO 

CJ 

•  iH 

Q 

v-^ 

O 

O 

• 

3 

CO 

C 

c 

^^ 

I* 

O 

E 

rJ 

v-^ 

CO 

O 

E 

u 

r* 

c 

•  r-l 

v^x 

•rJ 

CO 

^—  ^ 

CO 

cn 

IX, 

CO 

3 

CO 

\-^ 

rJ 

cn 

rJ 

>-, 

C 

4-1 

3 

cn 

^-^ 

rlH 

^, 

E 

J 

3 

co 

4-1 

U 

CO 

O 

CO 

l-i 

•r-l 

X_X 

CO 

0) 

CO 

N—x 

4-1 

•'  —  i 

CJ 

cn 

E 

•rJ. 

O 

,  —  1 

0) 

V_i 

3 

0 

cn 

CO 

OJ 

4-1 

cn 

V-i 

Ol 

U 

•a 

•r-l 

43 

CO 

OJ 

cr 

•rJ 

CO 

3 

CJ 

43 

3 

OJ 

j3 

CO 

c 

U 

cn 

4-1 

"4H 

c 

4-1 

4-1 

CJ 

OJ 

CJ 

X 

•r4 

-J 

u 

CO 

CO 

CO 

^, 

CO 

•  r4 

•  r-| 

cn 

^J 

CO 

rH 

c 

-a 

CO 

UH 

0. 

J-l 

r! 

0) 

C 

3 

3 

OJ 

14-4 

CL 

•  rH 

h 

in 

60 

4-1 

C 

o 

cr 

1-, 

cn 

OJ 

4: 

o 

01 

CO 

CO 

CO 

•r-l 

CJ 

CO 

CO 

CL 

60 

C 

cn 

f 

4: 

cn 

CO 

rH 

CO 

CO 

CO 

•r4 

CO 

CJ 

cn 

co 

OJ 
•H 

Q. 

CL 

CL 
l-i 

rJ 

rJ 

(fl 

CO 

u 

3 

U 

3 

CJ 

3 

.  1 

X 

CO 

IH 
4-1 

0 

-o 

3 

4: 
CL 

U 

O 

O 

O 

CO 

CO 

Ol 

co 

"O 

•o 

-o 

4: 

c 

CO 

3 

•H 

O 

OJ 

E 

E 

E 

E 

E 

1  —  1 

CL 

u 

0 

rJ 

OJ 

4: 

.  —  i 

CL 

3 

3 

3 

0) 

CU 

>^ 

CO 

co 

CO 

CO 

co 

CO 

CO 

cn 

CL 

X 

CO 

U] 

LJ 

U 

W 

X 

PC 

2 

2 

s 

0. 

CM 

PM 

D-, 

CO 

X 

160  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  May  1973 


REFERENCES 

Hodges,  R.  W.  1971  The  Moths  of  America  North  of  Mexico,  including  Greenland. 
Fasc.  21  158  pp.,  16  Plates. 

Kimball,  C.  P.  1965  Arthropods  of  Florida  and  neighboring  land  areas,  The  Lepidop- 
tera  of  Florida,  An  annotated  checklist,  Florida  Department  Agricul- 
ture, Vol.  1:1-363. 

ABSTRACT.-Thirty  species  of  Sphingidae  have  been  taken  at  the  Archbold  Biologi- 
cal Station  well  representing  the  species  that  occur  in  south  central  Florida.  The  principal 
food  plants,  especially  those  common  in  Florida,  are  listed  for  each  species.  Seven  other 
species  are  included  that  might  be  expected  in  the  same  area,-S.  W.  Frost,  Frost  En- 
tomological Museum,  Penns  Ivania  State  University,  University  Park,  Pa. 


THE  BEE  GENUS  PROTERIADES  IN  SOUTH  DAKOTA 
(HYMENOPTERAiMEGACHILIDAE)1 

Wallace  E.  LaBerge2 

The  genus  Proteriades  is  a  small  specialized  genus  of  bees  belonging  in  the  family 
Megachilidae.  Species  of  Proteriades  are  all  restricted  to  plants  of  the  genus  Crypthantha 
in  their  pollen-collecting  habits  and  the  bees'  mouthparts  are  modified  by  possessing 
hooked  hairs  in  order  to  facilitate  extracting  pollen  from  the  tubular  flowers.  Previously 
these  bees  were  known  to  occur  only  in  California,  except  Proteriades  incanescens 
(Cockerell)  whose  range  was  known  to  extend  into  northern  Arizona  and  southern 
Nevada  (Timberlake  and  Michener,  1950). 

Two  females  of  Proteriades  incanescens  were  discovered  among  bees  collected  during 
a  pollination  study  of  plants  in  the  Badlands  National  Monument  of  South  Dakota  by 
Sue  Wolf  under  the  direction  of  Dr.  Lutz  J.  Bayer  of  the  University  of  Wisconsin  in  Madi- 
son. The  bees  were  submitted  to  the  author  for  identification.  Since  this  record  involves 
a  straight-line  extension  of  known  range  of  about  800  miles,  it  was  deemed  worthy  of 
mention  in  print.  Perhaps  collectors  will  be  stimulated  to  look  for  these  bees  more 
assiduously,  especially  in  the  drier  western  prairie  areas  or  along  the  eastern  flanks  of  the 
Rocky  Mountains  and  across  New  Mexico  and  Arizona. 

The  two  South  Dakota  specimens  resemble  most  closely  specimens  from  southern 
Nevada  and  Mono  County,  California,  and  are  referable  to  the  subspecies/1,  incanescens 
nevadensis  Timberlake  and  Michener.  The  South  Dakota  specimens  were  taken  in 
Pennington  County  within  the  Sheep  Mountain  section  of  the  Badlands  National 
Monument  at  11:20  am  on  June  4,  1972,  collecting  pollen  and  nectar  from  flowers  of 
Cryptantha  bradbiiriana  Payson. 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Timberlake,   P.   H.   and   C.   D.   Michener.    1950.   The   bees   of   the  genus  Proteriades 
(Hymenoptera,  Megachilidae).  The  Univ.  Kansas  Sci.  Bui.,  33:387-440. 

'Accepted  for  publication:  February  22,  1973. 

2Taxonomist,  Illinois  Natural  History  Survey,  Urbana,  Illinois  61801 


NOTES  ON  CYRTOLOBUS  MAXINEI  DENNIS 
(HOMOPTERArMEMBRACIDAE)1 

Clifford  J.  Dennis2 

In  the  original  description  (1970)  of  Cyrtolobus  maxinei  Dennis 
I  indicated  that  the  host  plant  was  probably  bur  or  jack  oak.  I  can 
now  state  with  confidence  that  in  the  type  locality  the  host  plant 
is  bur  oak. 

It  is  rather  surprising  to  me,  but  I  have  been  unable  to  find  this 
species  anywhere  except  in  the  restricted  type  locality.  Even  what 
appears  to  be  identical  habitat  in  nearby  areas  has  not  produced 
this  species. 

My  collection  includes  two  males  found  in  1971  which  have  the 
green  and  black  pattern  of  the  pronotum  obscure.  When  alive  the 
pattern  was  there,  but  the  color  was  more  yellowish-green  and  pale 
black.  At  first  glance  they  appeared  to  be  females  as  described  in 
my  (1971)  paper.  When  dry  these  two  males  are  pale  yellow  with 
only  a  hint  of  the  black  pattern.  I  have  none  that  exhibit  inter- 
mediate color  and  pattern  forms.  These  two  males  fit  no  other 
specific  description.  I  believe  that  they  are  variant  males  of  C. 
maxinei. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Dennis,  Clifford  J.,     1970.  A  new  treehopper  of  the  genus  Cyrtolobus  from  Wisconsin 
(Homoptera,  Membracidae).  Ent.  News,  81:191-194. 

.  1971.  The  female  of  Cyrtolobus  maxinei  Dennis  (Homoptera,  Membracidae). 

Ent.  News,  82:323-325. 

ABSTRACT.  This  paper  reports  observations  on  host  plant,  distribution  and  variant 
males  of  Cyrtolobus  maxinei  Dennis. -Clifford  J.  Dennis,  University  of  Wisconsin-White- 
water, Wisconsin  53190. 

Descriptors. -Homoptera;  Membracidae;     Cyrtolobus  maxinei  Dennis;  host;  distribution; 
variation. 


'Accepted  for  publication:  November  17,  1972. 

2University  of  Wisconsin-Whitewater,  Whitewater,  Wisconsin  53190. 

Ent.  News,  84:161,  1973  161 


162 Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  May  1973 


Letter  to  the  Editor 


Again     on     Harry     Hopkins 


Harry  Hopkins  was  eulogized  in  proceeding  issues  of  this  journal  predominantly  as  a 
siphonapterist1 ,  but  my  contact  with  him  was  with  maUophaga,  and  I  fully  respect  him 
as  a  promoter  and  for  many  years  a  leading  specialist  in  this  field.  His  paper  on  "The 
host-associations  of  the  lice  of  mammals"2  is  something  like  a  bible  of  liceology  and  his 
"Lice"3  then  a  catechism  was  so  excellent  that  I  could  not  resist  the  temptation  to  trans- 
late it  into  German.4 

We  had  many  contacts  via  publications5  or  correspondence  and  only  war  and  post- 
war conditions  disturbed  further  intimate  contact.  We  met  only  once,  this  was  in  1938 
at  the  International  Congress  of  Entomology  at  Berlin  -  and  I  immediately  felt  so  much 
admiration  for  Harry,  that  I  remember  this  as  if  it  had  been  yesterday.  Two  moments 
from  these  few  days  may  be  mentioned  here: 

The  first  refers  to  an  entomological  excursion  in  the  surroundings  of  Berlin  in  connec- 
tion with  the  Congress.  We  two  were  together  and  at  an  opportune  moment,  when  no 
foreign  ears  were  in  our  presence,  he  asked  me  cautiously,  if  I  were  a  "nazi"6.  I  answered 
as  quietly  as  possible,  "No,  I  hate  them."  I  felt  that  he  was  relieved  with  my  answer  as 
previously  he  had  feared  that  I  might  have  been  one. 

The  second  moment  preserved  in  my  memory  was  almost  a  joke  to  me.  I  like  to  have 
friends  as  guests  and  as  I  had  just  married  some  weeks  before,  he  had  the  chance  to  be 
one  of  my  first  guests  in  my  home.  I  invited  him  and  his  wife  for  an  evening  tea,  but 
he  refused  with  the  (for  me  very  surprising!)  argument,  "It's  not  possible,  because  I've 
my  smoking  in  the  big  luggage  aboard  the  steamer  going  to  Uganda."  I  am  a  very  un- 
conventional man  (but  nevertheless  not  a  nonconformist)  and  at  that  time  I  was  a  young 
man  not  familiar  with  English  customs.  I  could  not  imagine  at  that  time  that  it  must  have 
been  impossible  for  an  Englishman  to  meet  his  friend  without  this  special  evening  dress 
called  "smoking." 

Yours  sincerely 
WOLFDIETRICH  EICHLER 
DDR- 104  Berlin 
Invalidenstrasse  43 
Museum  fuer  Naturkunde 


'See  Ent.  News  81:279  [1970]  -  or  mentioned  also  as  a  culicidologist,  see  Ent.  News 
82:326  [1972]. 

2Published  1949  in  Proc.  zool.  Soc.  London  119,  p.  387-604. 
3Published  1945  in  Bull.  Uganda  Soc.  5,  p.  1-8. 

4Published  1949  under  the  title  "Lauskerfe"  in  the  western  German  entomological 
journal  "Entomon"  (Munich,  vol.  1,  p.  126-134)  with  some  of  my  comments. 

5I  had  the  honour  that  Harry  proposed  the  name  "Eichler's  rule"  for  the  "Entfalrungs- 
regel"  which  I  had  detected  as  a  special  rule  in  phylogenetic  host-parasite-relations; 
see  HOPKINS  1948  in  Entomologist  81,  p.  253. 

ei.e.  member  of  Hitler's  national-socialist  party. 


CORIXIDAE  (WATER  BOATMEN)  OF  THE 
SOUTH  DAKOTA  GLACIAL  LAKE  DISTRICT1 

Richard  L.  Applegate2 

Introduction 

The  genus  and  species  designations  of  many  North  American 
corixids  were  uncertain  prior  to  the  revision  of  the  family, 
Corixidae,  by  Hungerford  (1948)  and  Sailer  (1948).  Pennak 
(1953)  described  the  taxonomy  of  corixids  as  undoubtedly  the 
most  difficult  of  all  families  of  aquatic  and  semiaquatic  Hemiptera. 
Hungerford  (1948)  presented  a  history  of  the  confused  state  of 
the  taxonomy  of  the  family  Corixidae  from  the  time  Linnaeus 
described  the  first  corixid  in  1758  until  the  time  Hungerford 
published  his  monograph.  The  difficulties  in  classifying  corixids 
are  due  to  great  similarity  in  various  genera  and  species  and  the 
lack  of  distinctive,  easily  observed  diagnostic  morphology.  Many 
species  are  variable  in  structural  detail,  and  most  identification  is 
based  on  morphology  of  males.  Females  and  nymphs  are  generally 
associated  with  males  in  a  sample  for  identification. 

There  are  about  1  1 5  known  species  of  Corixidae  in  the  United 
States,  23  of  which  occur  in  South  Dakota.  Nine  genera  and  18 


'Accepted  for  publication:  November  19,  1972. 

2South  Dakota  Cooperative  Fishery  Unit  and  Department  of  F.ntomology  and  Zoology 
South  Dakota  State  University,  Brookings  57006.  Cooperative  Agencies;  South  Dakota 
Department  of  Game,  Fish,  and  Parks;  South  Dakota  State  University;  Bureau  of  Sport 
Fisheries  and  Wildlife,  U.  S.  Department  of  the  Interior. 


Ent.  News,  84:163-170,  1973  163 


164  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  May  1973 


species  are  representative  of  the  Eastern  South  Dakota  Lake  Dis- 
trict. Specimens  from  South  Dakota  are  in  the  South  Dakota  State 
University  Insect  Collection.  Specimens  have  been  taken  by  light 
trapping  and  random  field  collecting  with  no  emphasis  on  popula- 
tion structure  or  ecology.  Objectives  of  this  study  were  to 
determine  habitat  preference,  species  composition  and  relative 
abundance  and  to  construct  a  simplified  key  to  the  Corixidae  of 
the  South  Dakota  Glacial  Lake  District. 

Study  Area 

The  South  Dakota  Glacial  Lake  District  is  located  primarily 
within  the  Big  Sioux  River  Basin  (1,633,039  ha)  from  44°  to  46° 
North  latitude.  Lakes,  pothole,  and  marshes  were  formed  approxi- 
mately 20,000  years  ago  during  the  Wisconsin  ice  age  (Flint  1955). 
Surface  waters  are  high  in  sulfate,  chloride,  calcium,  and  mag- 
nesium (Schmidt  1967).  Concentrations  of  dissolved  solids  are 
indicative  of  high  productivity  and  all  surface  waters  are  eutrophic. 

Methods 

Corixid  collections  were  taken  with  a  dip  net  from  43  lakes, 
28  marshes  and  five  locations  on  the  Big  Sioux  River.  Each 
collection  represented  approximately  30  min.  sampling  time. 
Collections  were  made  in  August  1970,  at  the  time  adults  of  all 
species  were  represented  and  prior  to  fall  migrations.  Collections 
were  preserved  in  10  percent  formalin  and  identified  to  species 
and  sex.  Permanent  mounts  of  male  genital  capsule,  pala,  and 
strigil  were  made  in  Turtox  CMC  Mounting  Medium.  Diagnostic 
morphology  described  by  Hungerford  (1948)  and  Sailer  (1948) 
was  used  to  construct  a  key  to  the  Corixidae  of  South  Dakota. 

Results  and  Discussion 

Species  compostion  and  relative  abundance  indicates  distinct 
differences  in  habitat  types  (Table  1).  Trichocorixa  borealis, 
Palmacorixa  buenoi,  Trichocorixa  naias,  Cenocorixa  dakotensis, 
and  Trichocorixa  verticalis  comprised  96  percent  of  4,543  speci- 
mens from  lakes,  Sigara  conocephala  and  S.  alternata  occurred  at 
low  densities,  but  ranked  high  in  the  number  of  lake  collections. 
Trichocorixa  naias,  Hesperocorixa  vulgaris,  S.  alternata,  T.  vertical- 
is,  and  S.  bicoloripennis  comprised  91  percent  of  1588  specimens 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  May  1973  165 


from  marshes.  Callicorixa  audeni  and  Sigara  solensis  occurred  at 
low  densities,  but  ranked  high  in  the  number  of  marsh  samples. 

The  percent  composition  and  percent  occurrence  suggests  that 
T.  borealis,  C.  dakotensis,  S.  decoratella  and  S.  conocephala  were 
predominantly  lake  species.  Corisella  tarsalis,  Callicorixa  audeni, 

H.  vulgaris  and  Cenocorixa  utahensis  were  marsh  species.  Sigara 
grossolineata  was  a  river  species  that  comprised  53  percent  of  the 
228  corixids  from  river  collections.  Trichocorixa  verticalis  was  a 
lake-marsh  species,  P.  buenoi  a  lake- river  species,  S.  alternata  a 
marsh-river  species,  and  T.  naias  and  Sigara  solensis  were  lake- 
marsh-river  species.  Cymatia  americana  was  a  rare  species  in  one 
lake  and  two  marsh  collections.  Cymatia  americana  like  P.  bueoni 
has  reduced  and  nonfunctional  flight  wings  and  is  restricted  to 
permanent  bodies  of  water  with  sufficient  depth  to  permit  winter 
survival. 


Species  diversity  ranged  from  zero  to  seven.  Corixids  were  not 
taken  at  Lake  Henry,  Kingsbury  County;  Lake  Cochrane,  Deuel 
County;  Red  Iron  Lake,  Marshall  County;  and  Clear  Lake,  Roberts 
County.  Dense  blue-green  algal  blooms  were  present  in  each  of 
these  lakes  except  Lake  Cochrane.  Lake  Cochrane  had  the  greatest 
transparency  of  all  sampling  sites.  The  lake  also  had  an  abundant 
yellow  perch,  Perca  flavescens  (Mitchill),  population.  Stagnation 
and  fish  predation  may  be  responsible  for  the  lack  of  observable 
populations  in  such  lakes.  The  most  frequent  number  of  species  in 
any  one  sample  was  two  in  lake  samples  and  four  in  marsh  samples. 
Thirteen  samples  had  from  five  to  seven  species. 

Eight  genera  and  16  species  of  corixids  were  collected  in  this 
study.  Species  previously  collected  in  Eastern  South  Dakota,  but 
not  collected  in  this  study  are  Ramphocorixa  aciiminata  (Uhler), 
Trichocorixa  calva  (Say),  T.  kanza  Sailer  and  Sigara  comprcssoidea 
(Hungerford).  Ramphocorixa  acuminata  is  a  pond  species  taken  in 
light  traps  at  Brookings  in  1942.  Trichocorixa  calva  was  collected 
at  the  southern  boundary  of  the  state  in  1940  and  T.  kanza  was 
collected  at  the  southern  boundary  of  the  state  in  1945  and  1946, 


166  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  May  1973 


and  represent  the  extreme  northern  range  for  these  species.  A 
single  female  specimen  of  S.  compressoidea  was  reported  by 
Hungerford  (1948)  to  have  been  collected  in  South  Dakota.  Calli- 
corixa  audeni  was  present  in  two  lake  samples  and  1 1  marsh 
samples  in  this  study,  but  not  listed  as  a  South  Dakota  species  by 
Hungerford.  Species  occurring  in  South  Dakota  west  of  the 
Missouri  River  and  not  observed  in  this  study  are  Hesperocorixa 
michigenensis  (Hungerford),  H.  laevigata  (Uhler)  and  Sigara 
penniensis  (Hungerford).  The  following  key  includes  species  of 
Corixidae  observed  in  this  study  and  Corixidae  previously  observed 
in  the  state  of  South  Dakota.  Morphological  terms  used  in  the 
key  are  illustrated  in  Figure  1.  Reference  should  be  made  to 
Hungerford  (1948)  and  Sailer  (1948)  for  detailed  taxanomic 
descriptions  and  distributions. 


Key  To  Genera  And  Species  of  Male 
Corixidae  of  South  Dakota 

1.  Rostrum  without  transverse  sulcations;  pala  long  and  narrow  without  a  peg  row.... 
Subfamily. ...Cymatinae  Hungerford 

Cymatia  Flor 

C.  americana  Hussey 

1'.        Rostrum  with  transverse  sulcations;  pala  broad  and  having  a  peg  row 

Subfamily.. ..Cprixinae  Enderlein     2 

2.  Males  with  sinistral  asymmetry;  strigil  on  left  side;  pala  short  and  triangular 

Trichocorixa  Kirkaldy     3 

2'.        Males  with  dextral  asymmetry;  strigil  on  right  side  or  lacking 7 

3.  StrigiJ  oval.  Males  3.3—3.8  mm 

T.  naias  (Kirkaldy) 

3'.        Strigil  elongate 4 

4.  Strigil  elongate  with  anterior  and  posterior  margins  nearly  parallel  and  straight 
.T.  verticalis  interiores  Sailer 

4'.        Strigil  elongate  and  curved  along  lateral  margin,  of  left  tergal  lobe  of  sixth 

abdominal  segment 5 

5.  Strigil  appearing  as  a  heavy  dark  line  along  lateral  margin  of  left  tergal  lobe  of 

sixth  abdominal  segment 

T.  calva(Say) 

5'.        Strigil  showing  definite   transverse  comblike  row  of  teeth 6 

6.  Strigil    anterior   and   posterior   margins   nearly    parallel;   pala   dorsal   margin 

angulate,  pegs  arranged  in  shape  of  inverted  V 

T.  kanza  Sailer 

6'.        Strigil  anterior  and  posterior  margins  not  parallel    widened  in  medial  half; 
pala  dorsal  margin  and  pegs  smoothly  curved  and  not  angulate   and  arranged  in 

shape  of  inverted  V T.  borealis  Sailer 


Ent.  Neu's,  Vol.  84,  May  1973  167 


7.  Seventh  dorsal  tergite  just  to  right  of  middle  with  a  pencil  of  long  hairs  and  a 

curved  dextral  scleroti/ed  hook;  hemelytral  pattern  reticulate 

Palmacorixa  Abbott 

P.  buenoi  Abbott 
7'.        Not  as  above 8 

8.  Pala  with  a  single  or  double  conspicuous  peg  in   the  upper  row  position; 
embrowned  hind  tarsus Corisella  Lundblad 

C.  tarsalis  (Fieber) 
8'.        Not  as  above 9 

9.  Upper  surface  of  pala  deeply  incised;  head  of  male  strongly  produced  and 
carinate Ramphocorixa  Abbott 

R.  acuminata  Abbott 
9'.        Not  as  above 10 

10.  Male  palar  pegs  in  two  rows;  strigil  lacking Callicorixa  B.  White 

C.  audeni  Hungerford 
10'.      Male  palar  pegs  in  one  row;  strigil  present 11 

11.  Apex    of  pala  blunt,  rounded  or  truncated;  prothoracic  lobe  quadrate  or 

trapezoidal;  claval  suture  shorter  than  post-nodal  prunose  area 

Hesperocorixa  Kirkaldy 12 

11'.      Not  as  above 14 

12.  Mesoepimeron  at  level  of  scent  gland  osteole  considerable  broader  than  the 

lateral  lobe  of  prothorax;  body  length  6. 3-7. 2mm 

H.  michiganensis  (Hungerford) 

12'.      Mesoepimeron  at  level  of  scent  gland  osteole  plainly  narrower  than  lateral 

lobe  of  prothorax;  body  length  >8.0  mm 13 

13.  Pattern  of  hemelytra  reticulate H.  laevigata  (Uhler) 

13'.      Pattern   of  hemelytra  not  reticulate,  corium  transversely  marked  with  pale, 

slightly  zigzag  lines H.  vulgaris  (Hungerford) 

14.  Pattern  of  hemelytra  reticulate 

Cenocorixa  Hungerford 15 

14'.      Pattern  of  hemelytra  not  reticulate,  corium  transversely  marked  with  lines 

Sigara  Fabricius 16 

15.  Last  tarsal  segment  of  hind  leg  embrowned  to  black 

C.  dakotensis  (Hungerford) 

15'.  Last  tarsal  segment  of  hind  leg  pale 

C.  utahensis  Hungerford) 

16.  Body  length  >6. 3  mm 17 

16'.  Body  length  (6.3  mm 19 

17.  Pala  with  14-16  lower  palmar  hairs S.  decoratella  (Hungerford) 

17'.  Pala  with  18-20  lower  palmar  hairs 18 

18.  Male  vertex  conically  produced S.  conocephala  (Hungerford) 

18'.  Male  vertex  rounded,  not  conically  produced 

S.  penniensis  (Hungerford) 

19.  Dark  bands  of  pronotal  disk  interrupted  down  middle  by  longitudinal  pale 
band S.  compressoidea  (Hungerford) 

19'.      Dark  bands  of  pronotal  disk  not  interrupted  down  middle  by  longitudinal  pale 

band 20 


168  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  May  1973 


20.  Metaxyphus  longer  than  broad S.  solensis  (Hungerford) 

20'.      Metaxyphus  not  longer  than  broad 21 

21.  Metaxyphus  end  blunt;  scent  gland  osteole  nearer  lateral  bend  of  mesoepimer- 
on  than  to  its  tip;  mesoepimeron  connected  to  metasternum  by  broad,  often 

dark  postcoxal  piece  (lateral  flange  of  the  sternellum). 

'. S.  grossolineata  Hungerford 

21'.      Metaxyphus  end  pointed;  scent  gland  osteole  nearer  to  tip  than  to  lateral  bend 

of  mesoepimeron 22 

22.  Metaxyphus  tip  a  right  angle S.  bicoloripennis  (Walley) 

22'.      Metaxyphus  sides  forming  less  than  right  angle;  mesoepimeron  of  equal  width 

from  osteole  to  lateral  bend S.  alternata  (Say) 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Flint,  R.  F.  1955.  Pleistocene  geology  of  Eastern  South  Dakota.  South  Dakota  State 
Geological  Survey  Professional  Paper  262. 

Hilsenhoff,  W.  L.  1970.  Corixidae  (water  boatmen)  of  Wisconsin.  Trans.  Wis.  Acad.  Sci, 
Arts  and  Lett.  58:203-235. 

Hungerford,   H.    B.    1948.   The  Corixidae  of  the  Western  Hemisphere.   University   of 

Kansas  Science  Bull.  32: 1-827. 

Pennak,  R.  W.  1953.  Fresh-water  invertebrates  of  the  United  States.  Ronald  Press.  769  p. 
Sailer,  R.  I.     1948.    The    genus    Trichocorixa    (Corixidae,    Hemiptera).    University    of 

Kansas   Science   Bull.    32:289-407. 
Schmidt,  A.  E.  1967.  Limnology  of  selected  South  Dakota  Lakes.  M.S.  Thesis,  South 

Dakota  State  University,  Brookings.  95  p. 


CORIXIDAE  (WATER  BOATMEN)  OE  THE 
SOUTH  DAKOTA  GLACIAL  LAKE  DISTRICT 

ABSTRACT.— Corixids  collected  in  August  1970,  from  lakes,  marshes,  and  the  Big  Sioux 
River  of  the  South  Dakota  Glacial  Lake  District  indicated  distinct  differences  in  habitat 
type  and  species  composition.  Trichocorixa  borealis,  T.  naias,  T.  verticalis,  Palrnacorixa 
buenoi,  and  Cenocorixa  dakotensis  comprised  96  percent  of  4,543  specimens  from  43 
lakes.  Trichocorixa  naias,  T,  verticalis,  Hesperocorixa  vulgaris,  Sigara  alternata  and  S. 
bicoloripennis  comprised  91  percent  of  1588  specimens  from  28  marshes.  Percent 
composition  and  percent  occurrence  suggests  that  T.  borealis,  C.  dakotensis,  Sigara 
decoratella  and  S.  conocephala  were  predominantly  lake  species.  Corisella  tarsalis,  Calli- 
corixa  audeni,  Cenocorixa  utahensis  and  H.  vulgaris  were  marsh  species.  Sigara  gros- 
solineata was  a  river  species,  T.  verticalis  a  lake-marsh  species,  /'.  buenoi  a  lake-river 
species,  S.  alternata  a  marsh-river  species,  and  T.  naias  and  Sigara  solensis  were  lake- 
marsh-river  species.  A  key  to  the  Corixidae  of  South  Dakota  is  given.  Richard  L. 
Applegate,  South  Dakota  Cooperative  Fishery  Unit  and  Department  of  Entomology 
and  Zoology,  South  Dakota  State  University,  Brookings  57006. 

Descriptors  :-HemiptciSL\    Corixidae  (water  boatmen),  species  occurring  in  South  Dako- 
ta Glacial  Lake  District. 


Ent.  Neu'S,  Vol.  84,  May  1973 


169 


l  poitnodal 


n*mbron* 


pr  orhor  a<i< 
lob. 

pala 

i  tomur 

'-*  tibia 


7lh    obd     >.g 

UI    rariol  »»o 
2nd    tartal  ««g 

anal    lob*. 


low»r    palmar    b...ri..  imdular 


Figure  1.  Morphology  of  Corixidae  (modified  from  Hungerford  1948  by  Hilsenhoff 
1970).  A.  Dorsal  view  of  male.  B.  Ventral  view  of  male.  C.  Lateral  view  of 
female.  D.  Foreleg  of  male. 


170 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  May  1973 


CO 


PC 
I 

ID 
l-j 

i-h 
O 
l-l 
CL 


PC 

c 

3 
00 

n> 

I-l 

Ml 

O 

I-t 

CL 


CO 

CO 

CO 

CO 

n 

n 

PC 

n        H       H 

H 

o 

*a 

n 

CO 

• 

H- 

• 

fD 

ro 

fa 

^ 

o 

03 

d 

00 

3 

CO 

H- 

i-t 

h-> 

3 

fD 

03 

n 

CL 

03 

c 

o 

^TZ) 

M        cr        3 

C3 

H- 

3 

03 

n 

I—1 

o 

fD 

I-l 

rt 

n 

fD 

H-           O            03 

pr 

en 

03 

rt 

H- 

rt 

3 

n 

03 

03 

o 

I-l 

n         i-i         H- 

o 

fD 

n 

H- 

fD 

(D 

o 

o 

pr 

i-i 

0 

O            fD            03 

o 

H 

o 

03 

CO 

i-l 

n 

i-l 

cr 

fD 

H- 

O 

r-t         03         en 

0 

I-1 

M 

3 

fD 

03 

H- 

3 

X 

O 

H-            (-1 

i-i 

03 

I-1- 

03 

03 

a 

rt 

o 

en 

03 

I-t 

X            H-          ^ 

H- 

X 

3 

rt 

pr 

(D 

o 

H- 

H- 

03         en         ?N 

X 

rt 

03 

rt) 

03 

03 

I—1 

H 

en 

CL 

X 

H- 

03 

03 

f~t 

1—  ' 

O 

03 

03 

CD            CO           ft 

I-l 

cr 

H- 

^—  s 

03 

03 

i-l           /-^ 

J^T* 

C            0>            fC 

<^ 

en 

c 

n 

CO 

H.          PC 

o 

<^ 

CL           H-           03 

fD 

03 

ro 

03 

03              -~v            x-v 

d        c 

f-f 

C 

fD            h-  '           I—  ' 

h( 

I-1 

3 

3 

fD          3 

(D 

M 

3           (D           CL 

rt 

H- 

0 

03 

w         e          g 

3         00 

3 

OQ 

H-         i-t         >< 

i-i. 

CO 

H- 

3          3 

3          fD 

en 

(13                                                         s-^" 

n                              PC 

00           00 

H-            i-l 

H- 

i-l           PC 

03              x-s             >              C 

fD            fD 

CO               Hi 

CO 

H-            C 

M        i-tj        cr        en 

hj           h                         0 

en          3 

H-        H-         cr        co 

i~h          i~h         X-N          i"t           -^^                      00 

en         ro         o         rt> 

o         o         s;        CL        pc       x~*       ro 

cr        rt        v; 

i-t           i-l           OJ          N—  -         C           PC          i-l                                   -—  stnrt 

CL           CL           1—  '                         3            C            Mi                                        !ij           1 

>—  '         vx          H                      003O                                      H-         ^-- 

fD                           ft)           00            i-l                                         (D 

*"^                                     r^                (^                 pi  .                                                        U"4 

v-/                  HI       i-i                                       n> 

0          hh                                             i-l 

l-(                       O                                                                                                             N_, 

CL           l-( 

o 
M 

03 

o 

H- 

03 


r1 

03 


CD 


n 

fD 
3 


n 
o 

3 


o 
o 


oo        ^j 


ho 

Ui 
U) 


hO 
U> 

CO 


OJ 


ON 


ho 


00 
Ui 


ON 


ON 


hO 


hO 
Ln 


ON 


OJ 
ON 


OJ 
ON 


o        ^j 


OJ 

ON  *~ 

00          O 


hO 

OJ 


ho 


CO 
ON 


hO 
Ul 


OJ  , 
OJ 


Ul 

CO 


OJ 
ON 


CO 


ON 

O 


hO 

ON 


Ln 


ho 
00 


OJ 
ON 


hO 


hO                         L 

1. 

n              h 

n 

0    CO    L 

o 

ho 

ON 

4> 

O    hO    hO    ho    hO    H-    C 

IN     hO     M     L 

n    O    C 

IN      O 

•^J     O 

^ 

I—1 

ON 

OJ 
ho 

4S 

—  i 

-XJ 

OJ 

ho 

|_l          _p«* 

ON 

ho 

OJ 

SO 

Ln 

OJ 

ho 

0 

o 

OJ 

ON 

--J 

O 

o 

ON 

ON     --J 

!> 

OJ 

OJ 

o 

On 

OJ 

OJ 


hO 


2; 
o 


fD 
i-l 
O 
rt) 
3 


O 

o    ^ 
n    fD 

n 

(D 
rt>  3 
3  rt 

n 


o 

n  "TJ 
n  fD 
c  >-i 

n 
rt> 
ro  3 
3  rt 
n 

fD 


H- 

n 
rt 


00 
CO 


O 

o 

o 
c 
I-I 


O 

ft) 


X 

H- 
CL 

03 
rt) 


fD 
CO 


3 

03 
1-1 
CO 

pr 

fD 

en 


tsj 
O 


ho 


ho 
Ln 


O 
O 


ho 

Ln 


ho 
Ln 


ho 
ho 


03 


hO 

• 

oo 


o 
o 


ho 
Ul 


o 

o  ^ 

o  ro 

c  i-i 

H  n 

i-t  ro 

fD  3 

3  rt 

n 
ro 


S5 

CO 
H- 
O 

C 
>i 


CO 

H- 
O 

c 

X 


pr 

fD 

00 

O 

c 


REPLACEMENT  NAME  FOR 
HAYWARDINA  FORSTER,  1964 
(LEPIDOPTERArSATYRIDAE)1 

Richard  E.  Gray2 

Having  begun  work  on  the  tribe  Euptychiini  of  the  Western 
Hemisphere,  I  ran  across  the  preoccupation  of  Haywardina  Forster 
(1964,  pg.  109)  by  Haywardina  Aczel,  1952,  in  Miller  (1968, 
pg.  93). 

Needing  a  valid  Generic  name  for  a  paper  on  the  Brazilian 
Euptychiini,  I  wrote  to  Dr.  Forster  to  find  out  if  he  had  already 
provided  a  replacement.  In  a  letter  to  me,  Dr.  Forster  explained 
that  he  had  not  yet  done  so  and  that  further,  his  current  work  pre- 
vented him  from  doing  so  in  the  near  future.  He  suggested  that  I 
should  go  ahead  and  suggest  an  appropriate  replacement  name.  I 
am  here  proposing  the  name  FORSTERINARIA,  nom.  nov.  I  take 
great  pleasure  in  naming  it  after  Dr.  Walter  Forster  of  the 
Zooligische  Staatssammlung,  Munich,  West  Germany. 

The  type  species  of  Forsterinaria  is  the  same  as  that  of  Hay- 
wardina Forster,  1 964,  and  is  Satyrus  necys  Godart,  1823  (p.  5 1 1 ). 
The  included  species,  besides  the  type,  are  boliviana  (Godman, 
1905);  difficilis  (Forster,  1964);  eusebia  (Butler,  \S17y,howarthi 
(Hayward,  1962);  inornata  (C.  &  R.  Felder,  1867);  polyphemus 
(Butler,  1 866);  proxima  (Hayward,  \951);pseudinornata  (Forster, 


'Accepted  for  publication:   March  22,   1973. 
2Dartmouth  College  Museum,  Hanover,  N.H.  03755. 

Ent.  News,  84:171-1 72  1 71 


172  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  May  1973 


1964);  quantiiis  (Godart,  1803);  rustica  (Butler,  1868);  Stella 
(Hayward,  1957);  stelligera  (Butler,  1874);  umbmcea  (Butler  & 
Druce,  1872);  and  subspecies  of  the  above  taxa.  Forsterinaria, 
nom.  nov.,  is  feminine  in  gender,  because  most  of  the  taxa  now 
included  have  a  feminine  termination,  having  been  originally 
described  in  the  Genus  Euptychia  Huebner. 


LITERATURE  CITED 
Forster,  W.  1964.  Beitrage  zur  Kenntnis  der  Insektenfauna  Boliviens  XIX.  Lepidoptera 

III.  Satyridae.  Veroff.  Zool.  Staatssamml.  Munchen,  8:51-188. 
Godart,    J.    B.    1823.   Encyclopedic   Methodique,   Historic   Naturelle.   Paris,   9:1-828. 

(Page   511    by   Godart.) 

Miller,  L.  D.   1968.  The  Higher  Classification,  Phylogeny  and  Zoogeography  of  the 
Satyridae  (Lepidoptera).  Memoirs  Amer.  Ent.  Soc.,  24:iii  +   174  pp. 


ABSTRACT. -Forsterinaria,  nom.  nov.,  Type  Satyrus  necys  Godart,  1823,  is  proposed 
as  a  Generic  replacement  name  for  Haywardina  Forster,  1964,  which  is  preoccupied  by 
Haywardina  Aczel,  1952.  Richard  E.  Gray,  Dartmouth  College  Museum,  Hanover,  N.  H. 
03755. 


MEMOIRS  AMERICAN  ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 

No.  20.  Howard  E.  Evans-  A  Revision  of  the  Mexican  and  Central  American  Spider  Wasps 
of  the  Subfamily  Pompilinae  (Hymenoptera:  Pompilidae).  433  pages,  11  plates, 
80  maps $12.50 

No.  21.  Eric  G.  Ma  thews- A.  Taxonomic  and  Zoogeographic  Survey  of  the  Scarabaeidae 
of  the  Antilles  (Coleoptera:  Scarabaeidae).  134  pages,  144  figures.  .  .$4.00 

No.  22.  Richard  M.  Fox- A.  Monograph  of  the  Ithomiidae  (Lepidoptera)  Part  III.  The 
tribe  Mechanitini  Fox.  190  pages,  170  figures,  1  color  plate $9.00 

No.  23.  Beatrice  R.  Vogel-A.  list  of  New  North  American  Spiders  (1940-1966).  186 
pages $9.00 

No.  24.  Lee  D.  Miller-The  Higher  Classification,  Phytogeny  and  Zoogeography  of  the 
Satyridae  (Lepidoptera).  174  pp $7.00 

No.  25.  Michael  G.  Emsley-The  Schizopteridae  (Hemiptera:  Heteroptera)  with  the  de- 
scription of  new  species  from  Trinidad.  154  pp $6.50 

No.  26.  Jafnes  R.  Zimmerman  -  A  taxonomic  Revision  of  the  Aquatic  Beetle  Genus 
Laccophilus  (Dytiscidae)  of  North  America,  275  pp $12.00 

No.  27.     Philip  J.  Clausen  and  Edwin  F.  Cook  -  A  Revision  of  the  Ncarctic  Species 
of  the  Tribe  Parydrini  (Diptera:  Ephydridae).  150  pp $7.00 

No.  28.     Annette   F.    Braun        Tischcriidae    of   America    North    of  Mexico   (Micro- 
lepidoptera).    148   pp $7.00 


The  Entomologist's  Market  Place 

Advertisements  of  goods  or  services  for  sale  are  accepted  at  $1.00 
per  line,  payable  in  advance  to  the  editor.  Notices  of  wants  and  ex- 
changes not  exceeding  three  lines  are  free  to  subscribers.  Positions  open, 
and  position  wanted  notices  are  included  here  and  may  be  referred  to  by 
box  numbers.  All  insertions  are  continued  from  month  to  month,  the 
new  ones  are  added  at  the  end  of  the  column,  and,  when  necessary,  the 
older  ones  at  the  top  are  discontinued. 


AQUATIC  DIPTERA,  by  O.  A.  Johannsen.  370  p.,  including  757  figs,  on  72  full-page 
plates.  (1934-37)  reprint  1969.  All  five  parts  of  this  basic  reference  on  larvae  and  pupae 
of  aquatic  flies.  $11.25  cloth,  $5.00  paper.  For  this  and  any  insect  book  in  print,  write 
to:  Entomological  Reprint  Specialists,  P.  O.  Box  77971,  Dockweiler  Station,  Los 
Angeles,  California  90007,  USA. 

BUTTERFLIES  OF  THE  AUSTRALIAN  REGION,  by  Bernard  D'Abrera.  352  p., 
over  4,000  full  color  photographs.  Ready  Feb.  1972.  $39.95  postpaid.  A  magnificently 
illustrated  and  comprehensive  work  treating  the  butterflies  of  Australia,  Papua  &  New 
Guinea,  the  Moluccas,  New  Zealand,  and  the  islands  of  the  South  Pacific.  Entomological 
Reprint  Specialists,  P.  O.  Box  77971,  Dockweiler  Station,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90007,  USA. 

THE  MOTHS  OF  AMERICA  NORTH  OF  MEXICO.  Fascicle  21,  Sphingoidea  now  in 
stock,  xii+158  p.,  14  superb  color  plates,  8  black-and-white  photos,  19  figs.,  2  plates  of 
line  drawings.  1971.  $24.00.  Also  available  at  a  reduced  price  to  subscribers  of  all  41 
fascicles,  which  will  treat  and  figure  in  color  all  10,000  species  of  North  American  moths. 
Write  for  complete  details  and  brochure,  with  sample  color  plate.  Entomological  Re- 
print Specialists,  P.  O.  Box  77971,  Dockweiler  Station,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90007,  USA. 

Wanted:  One  copy  of  "Catalogue  of  the  Coleoptera  of  America,  North  of  Mexico," 
by  C.  W.  Leng,  published  at  Mount  Vernon,  1920.  Dr.  Paul  P.  Shubeck,  Biology  Depart- 
ment, Montclair  State  College,  Upper  Montclair,  New  Jersey  07043. 

Wanted  to  buy:  Hebard,  M.  1917.  The  Blattidae  of  North  America.  Mem.  American 
Ent.  Soc.  2.  Dr.  Ivan  Huber,  Biology,  Fairleigh  Dickinson  University,  Madison,  NJ  07940. 

Papers  on  Tipulidae.  More  than  700  papers  and  14,000  pages.  For  sale  to  highest 
bidder.  Address  all  inquiries  to  Alan  Stone,  5308  Wriley  Rd.,  Washington,  DC  20016. 

Wanted:  One  copy  of  "Catalog  of  the  Diptera"  by  Stone,  et  al.  C.  L.  Sperka,  Depart- 
ment of  Entomology,  University  of  Kentucky,  Lexington,  KY  40506. 

For  sale:  Handlirsch,  A.  Monographic  d.  mit  Nysson  u.  Bembex  verw.  Grabvespen. 
Sitz.  k.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien.  1887-1893.  1433  p.,  25  pi.  7  parts  u.  Nachtrage  in  5  vols.  bd. 
$  200.00  Horn,  W.  and  S.  Schenkling.  Index  Litteraturae.  Ser.  1.  Die  Weltlitteratur 
uber  die  ges.  Entomologie  bis  inklusiv  1963.  1426  p.  4  vols.  Paper.  Berlin  1928-1929.  $ 
80.00.  Schroder,  C.,  (ed.)  Handbuch  der  Entomologie.  1  col.  pi.,  2514  textfigs.  3  vols. 
Bd.  '/2  leather.  G.  Fischer,  Jena.  1925-1929.  Mrs.  Rudolf  G.  Schmieder,  Box  34,  Elwyn, 
PA  19063. 

For  sale:  Butterflies  and  Moths  from  Brazil  and  foreign  Countries.  12,300  specimens 
classified  and  set  in  special  caseboards.  For  further  information,  write  to  P.O.  Box  416, 
Rio  de  Janeiro,  GB,  BRASIL. 

PSEPHENIDAE  (including  EUBRIINAE,  EUBRIANACINAE,  and  PSEPHENINAE): 
Revising  the  family  in  the  Western  Hemisphere.  Request  loan  of  any  material  from  the 
New  World.  Dr.  Harley  P.  Brown,  Zoology  Dept.,  Univ.  Oklahoma,  730  Van  Vleet  Oval, 
Norman,  Okla.  73069,  U.S.A. 

For  sale:  Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  Amer.-Vol.  41,  43,  62,  63,  64,  ea.  $15.00;  Proc.  N.  Cent. 
Branch  E.S.A.-Vol.  24-5,  $10.00;  Practical  Entomologist,  Vol.  1-2  (1865-7),  $10.00; 
American  Entomologist,  Vol.  1  (1868-9),  $8.00;  Proc.  Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,  Vols  39,  55,  56; 
the  lot,  $10.00;  Ecological  Monographs,  Vols  34  through  40;  ea.  $10.00.  Russell  A  Rahn, 
314  N.  5th  Street,  Watertown,  WI  53094. 


JUNE  1973 


CONTENTS 


SEVEN  FAMILIES  OF  AQUATIC  AND  SEMIAQUATIC  HEMIPTERA 

IN  LOUISIANA 
PART  III.  FAMILY  BELOSTOMATIDAE 

Gene  P.  Gonsoulin,  p.  1 73 

TEMPERATURE    SALINITY  TOLERANCE  LIMITS  OF  THE 
SOLDIER  FLY  LARVAE  OF  ODONTOMYIA  COMMUNIS 

JAMES,  1939 
BADWATER,  DEATH  VALLEY,  CALIFORNIA 

Alex  W.  Klishevich  and  Wayne  P.  Alley,  p.  190 

NEW  SPECIES  AND  DESCRIPTIONS  OF 
STONEFLIES  (PLECOPTERA)  FROM  OKLAHOMA 

Bill  P.  Stark  and  Kenneth  W.  Stewart,  p.  192 

RESTING  SITES  OF  STREAM  DWELLING  GYRINIDS 
(COLEOPTERA) 

George  W.  Folkerts  and  Lois  A.  Donavan,  p.  198 

A  NEW  SPECIES  OF  MEXICAN  TEXANANUS 
(HOMOPTERA:CICADELLIDAE) 

Dwight  M.  DeLong  and  Candace  Martinson,  p.  202 


THE  AMERICAN  ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 


ENTOMOLOGICAL  NEWS 

Edited,  1890-1910,  by  Henry  Skinner  (1861-1926);  1911-1944,  by  Philip  P.  Calvert 
(1871-1961);  1945-1967,  by  R.  G.  Schmieder  (1898-1967);  1968-1972  by  R.  H.  Arnett, 
Jr. 

Entomological  News  is  published  monthly  except  August  and  September  by  the 
American  Entomological  Society  at  253  Agricultural  Hall,  College  of  Agricultural 
Sciences,  University  of  Delaware,  Newark,  DE.  19711.  Second  class  postage  paid  at 
Newark,  Delaware  19711  and  additional  mailing  offices.  Editorial  Staff:  S.  S.  Roback  & 
R.  W.  Lake  (Editor). 

SUBSCRIPTION  RATES:  Private  subscriptions  for  personal  use  $7.00  per  year  post 
paid;  institutional  subscriptions  for  libraries,  laboratories,  etc.,  domestic  and  foreign 
$12.00  per  year  postpaid.  Communications  and  remittances  for  subscriptions  should  be 
addressed  to  Entomological  News,  1900  Race  Street,  Philadelphia,  PA.  19103,  U.SA. 

POSTMASTER:  If  undeliverable  please  send  form  3579  to  Mr.  Robert  W.  Lake,  253 
Agricultural  Hall,  University  of  Delaware,  Newark,  DE.  19711. 

MANUSCRIPTS  and  all  communications  concerning  same  should  be  addressed  to: 
Mr.  Robert  W.  Lake,  Department  of  Entomology  and  Applied  Ecology,  University  of 
Delaware,  Newark,  DE  19711.  The  receipt  of  all  papers  will  be  acknowledged  and,  if 
accepted,  they  will  be  published  as  soon  as  possible,  usually  within  six  months.  Articles 
longer  than  eight  pages  may  be  published  in  two  or  more  installments,  unless  the  author 
is  willing  to  pay  the  cost  of  a  sufficient  number  of  additional  pages  in  any  one  issue  to 
enable  such  an  article  to  appear  without  division.  BOOKS  FOR  REVIEW  should  be  sent 
to  the  editor. 

PAGE  CHARGES  are  normally  made  only  for  over-length  articles,  or  for  articles  pub- 
lished ahead  of  their  regular  place  in  the  issues,  and  then  only  as  additional  pages  for  an 
issue.  In  cases  where  authors  have  received  grant  money  for  publication,  or  their  institu- 
tion normally  pays  publication  costs,  they  will  be  billed  at  the  rate  of  $18.75  per  page. 

ILLUSTRATIONS:  Authors  will  be  charged  for  text-figures  and  halftones  at  the 
following  rate:  Each  line  cut  regardless  of  size  $1.50;  each  halftone  regardless  of  size, 
$4.50.  Size  limit  of  illustrations,  when  printed,  4'/2  x  6Vz  Inches. 

SEPARATES  printed  without  removal  of  extraneous  matter,  without  covers,  will  be 
supplied  by  the  printer  at  20  cents  per  copy.  Minimum  order  100  copies.  Xerox  copies  of 
articles,  minimum  order  50  copies,  15  cents  per  copy. 

EDITORIAL  POLICY:  Manuscripts  on  insect  life  and  related  terrestrial  anthropods  are 
appropriate  for  submission  to  ENTOMOLOGICAL  NEWS.  Titles  should  be  carefully 
composed  to  reflect  the  true  contents  of  the  article,  and  be  kept  as  brief  as  possible.  A 
short  informative  abstract  (not  a  descriptive  abstract)  of  about  150  words  should  be 
supplied  on  a  separate  sheet,  complete  with  title  and  ending  with  the  authors  name  and 
address.  In  addition,  the  author  should  supply  a  list  of  descriptors,  or  key  words  at  the 
end  of  the  abstract.  The  author's  complete  mailing  address,  including  zip  code  number, 
should  be  given  as  a  footnote  to  the  article.  All  papers  describing  new  taxa  should 
include  enough  information  to  make  them  useful  to  the  non-specialist.  Generally  this 
requires  a  key  and  a  short  review  or  discussion  of  the  group,  plus  reference  to  existing 
revisions  or  monographs.  Illustrations  are  almost  always  required. 

Short  notes  will  be  promptly  published  in  The  Entomologist's  Record.  Literature  notices, 
short  reviews,  and  books  received  will  be  published  in  The  Entomologist's  Library.  Study 
notices,  want  items,  and  for  sale  notices  are  published  in  The  Entomologist's  Market 
Place.  All  manuscripts  should  follow  the  format  recommended  in  the  CBE  "Style 
Manual". 

SECOND  CLASS  POSTAGE  PAID  AT  NEWARK,  DELAWARE 
&  ADDITIONAL  MAILING  OFFICES 


SEVEN  FAMILIES  OF  AQUATIC 

AND  SEMIAQUATIC  HEMIPTERA 

IN  LOUISIANA1 

Gene  J.  Gonsoulin2 


Part  III.  Family  Belostomatidae  Leach,  1815.  "Giant  Water 
Bugs,"  "Fish  Killers,"  "Electric  Light  Bugs,"  or  "Toe 
Biters." 

Belostomatids  are  the  most  conspicuous  of  the  aquatic  Hemip- 
terans.  They  range  from  15-70  mm  long.  They  are  dull  brown  or 
dull  green,  oval,  and  rather  flattened.  Beneath  the  prominent  eyes 
are  hidden  the  four-segmented  antennae.  The  three-jointed  beak  is 
very  stout  and  may  inflict  a  painful  wound  should  the  bugs  be 
handled  carelessly.  The  front  legs  are  raptorial  and  the  middle 
and  hind  legs  flattened  and  ciliated  for  swimming.  Adults  possess 
wings  with  distinct  membranous  portions  at  the  tips.  A  pair  of 
short,  straplike,  retractile  appendages  are  found  on  the  apex  of  the 
abdomen. 

Two  genera,  Lethocerus  and  Belostoma,  and  seven  species  are 
found  in  Louisiana.  Species  of  Lethocerus,  the  larger  in  body  size 
of  the  two  genera,  are  often  attracted  to  street  lights  at  night  in 
great  abundance.  Their  gross  appearance  and  sprawling  motions 
when  on  the  ground  render  them  "demons"  to  the  average  person. 
A  third  genus,  Abedus,  may  be  found  eventually  in  Louisiana 
since  it  is  recorded  for  Mississippi  by  Wilson  (1 958). 


'Accepted  for  publication:  August  28,  1972. 

Department  of  Biology-Conservation,  Volunteer  State  Community  College,  Gallatin, 
Tennessee  37066. 


Ent.  News,  84: 1 73-1 S9,  1973  173 


174  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  June  1973 


A  species  of  the  genus  Lethocerus  is  boiled  in  salt  water  and 
eaten  by  many  Asiatic  peoples.  This  same  species  may  be  pur- 
chased as  food  in  Chinatown  in  San  Francisco. 

The  curious  habit  of  "Death  feigning"  is  reported  for  members 
of  the  genus  Belostoma.  When  disturbed,  either  by  removal  from 
the  water  or  by  touch,  these  bugs  assume  a  position  in  which 
the  legs  are  partially  bent  and  held  rigid  for  varying  periods  of 
time. 

Belostomatids  may  be  readily  collected  in  association  with  many 
types  of  aquatic  vegetation.  They  are  often  found  clinging  to  some 
support  near  the  surface  with  the  tips  of  the  abdomen  protruding 
above  the  surface.  Each  of  the  strap-like  appendages  at  the  tip  of 
the  abdomen  has  an  opening  near  the  base  through  which  air  is 
admitted  to  the  space  beneath  the  hemelytra.  They  are  masters 
of  their  environment  and  are  fiercely  predaceous,  feeding  on  many 
times  their  size  and  often  play  havoc  in  fish  ponds.  All  members 
of  the  family  secrete  a  toxic  salivary  substance  which  stuns  or  kills 
the  prey. 


Belostomatids  overwinter  as  adults.  Irwin  (1962)  gives  observa- 
tions of  Belostoma  in  an  apparent  state  of  hibernation  during  the 
winter  months  at  two  different  locations  in  California.  However, 
in  Louisiana  the  adults  may  remain  active  during  the  mild  winters. 
Eggs  are  laid  in  the  spring  and  early  summer  months.  Lethocerus 
often  deposit  large  masses  of  eggs  on  structures  at  or  above  the 
water  level.  The  eggs  are  glued  to  the  backs  of  the  males,  probably 
for  protection,  often  in  such  abundance  as  to  render  him  unstable 
in  swimming  and  certainly  unable  to  fly.  The  male  carries  the  eggs 
until  hatching  which  usually  occurs  in  10-12  days.  The  egg  mass 
may  then  be  easily  shed.Hungerford  (1920)  gives  the  approximate 
length  of  the  five  instars  as  4.6,  5.5,  8,  1 1 .5,  and  17  days. 


Review  of  the  Literature.  Townsend  (1886)  recorded  one  speci- 
men of  Lethocerus  americanus  (Leidy)  from  New  Orleans,  La. 
This  lone  record  may  have  been  the  result  of  a  misidentifi cation. 
Hoffman  (1924)  published  notes  on  the  biology  of  Lethocerus 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  June  197 3 


americanus  (Liedy)  and  Hungerford  (1925)  added  notes  on  the  life 
cycle  of  this  species.  A  paper  on  the  American  Belostomatidae 
with  keys,  synonymy,  descriptions,  and  distributional  data  was 
written  by  Cummings  (1933).  Rankin  (1935)  published  a  life 
history  study  of  L.  americanus.  De  Carlo  (1932,  1935,  1938b) 
wrote  papers  describing  new  species  and  a  monograph  of  the 
Belostomatidae  of  the  Americas  (1938a).  In  1948,  De  Carlo  pub- 
lished a  revision  of  the  genus  Abedus  which  contains  keys, 
descriptions,  and  synonymy  of  the  known  species  from  both  of 
the  Americas.  Menke  (1958)  published  a  synopsis  of  the  genus 
Belostoma  of  America  North  of  Mexico,  with  the  description  of 
a  new  species.  This  work  contains  keys,  descriptions,  distribution, 
and  synonymy.  Additional  records  of  aquatic  Hemiptera  in  Louis- 
iana were  given  by  Penn  (1952).  Lauck  and  Menke  (1961)  made 
Benacus  Stal  a  subgenus  of  Lethocerus.  Their  classification  is  used 
herein.  Irwin  (1962)  published  observations  on  hibernation  in 
Belostoma.  A  review  of  the  genus  Lethocerus  in  North  and  Central 
America  was  published  by  Menke  (1963).  This  useful  work  pre- 
sents useful  keys,  systematic  data,  synonymy,  and  distribution 
maps. 

KEY  TO  THE  LOUISIANA  GENERA 
OF  BELOSTOMATIDAE  LEACH 

1.  Metasternum  with  a  strong  midventral 

keel;  membrane  of  first  wing  reduced    ABEDUS  Stal 

Metasternum  without  midventral  keel; 

membrane  of  first  wing  not  reduced 2 

2.  Basal  segment  of  beak  longer  than  second 

(except  in  B.  bakeri);  less  than  30  mm  long  (Fi£.  1) BELOSTOMA  Latrielle 

Basal  segment  of  beak  shorter  than  the  second; 

length  40  mm  or  more  long LETHOCERUS  Mayr 

KEY  TO  THE  LOUISIANA  SPECIES 
OF  BELOSTOMA  LATRIELLE 

1.  Connexival  plates  completely  covered  with  hair; 
patch  of  hair  on  sixth  connexival  plate,  extending  to 
one-half  the  length  of  genital  plate,  triangular  in 
shape  (Fig.  3c)     2 


176  Eat.  News,  Vol.  84,  June  1973 


Connexival  plates  never  ceompletely  covered  with 

hair;  always  separated  from  abdominal  sternites 

by  a  glabrous  area;  patch  of  hair  on  sixth  connexi- 

val  plate  separated  from  genital  plate  by  a  glabrous 

area,  never  reaching  one-half  length  of  genital 

plate,  shape  various  (Fig.  3b  &  3d) 3 

2.  Lateral  margins  of  profiotum  concave,  at  least  at 
the  anterior  one  third  (Fig.  5a);  width  of  head 
through  eyes  usually  less  than  one-half  width  of 
hemeytra;  base  of  beak  arising  well  beyond 

anterior  margin  of  eye  as  seen  from  side  (Fig.  4a)     B.  flumineum  Say 

Lateral  margins  of  pronotum  straight  (rarely  concave) 

(Fib.  5B);  width  of  head  through  eyes  nearly  equal 

to  one-half  width  of  hemelytra;  base  of  beak  arising 

under  anterior  margin  of  eye  or  slightly  beyond 

(Fig.  4b) B.  bakeri  Montandon 

3.  Hair  on  connexivum  wide,  covering  two-thirds  or 
more  of  connexival  plates  at  widest  point 

(Fig.  3c  &  3d);  interocular  space  smooth,  evenly 

convex,  without  depressions  beside  each  eye 

(Figs.  1  &  6b)      4 

Hair  on  connexivum  narrow,  covering  only 

one-third  of  connexival  plates  at  widest  point 

(Fig.  3a);  interocular  space  with  a  large  shallow 

depression  beside  each  eye  (Fig.  6a)      B.  fusciventre  (Dufour) 

4.  Glabrous  area  separating  hair  from  abdominal 
sternites  very  narrow,  mesal  margin  of  hair  not 
evidently  scalloped  in  outline  (Fig.  3d);  20  mm 

or  more  in  length  (Fig.  1) B.  lutarium  (Stal) 

Glabrous  area  separating  hair  from  abdominal 
sternites  wide,  mesal  margin  of  hair  scalloped 
in  outline  (Fig.  3b);  19  mm  or  less  long B.  testaceum  (Leidy) 


Belostoma  flumineum  Say,  1832. 

Belostoma  flumineum  Say,   1832.  Description  of  New  Species  of  Heteropterous 
Hemiptera  of  North  America,  p.  32. 

Perthostoma  aurantiacum  Leidy,   1843;  J.  Acad.  Natur.  Sci.  Phil.,  (2),  1:60,66 
(incl.  var.  imMaculatum). 

Zaitha  micrantula  Gillette  and  Baker,  1895,  Colo.  Agr.  Exp.  Sta.  Bull.,  no.  31,  p.  63. 
Zaitha  fluminea  Dufour,  1863,  Ann.  Soc.  Entomol.  France,  32:388. 
Belostoma  flumineum  Bueno,  1905,  J.  N.  Y.  Entomol.  Soc.,  13:44. 

Description.  General  color  brownish-yellow  to  fuscous-brown;  legs  usually  having 
large  dark  spots;  margins  of  pronotum  concave;  disk  of  pronotum  with  five  transverse 
wrinkles;  scutellum  with  longitudinal  wrinkles  at  middle  of  basal  portion;  wide  silken 
stripe  of  hairs  on  connexivum,  covering  entire  mesal  area  and  touching  genital  operculum 
(Fig.  3c);  length  18-21  mm;  width  8.5-10  mm. 


Eat.  News,  Vol.  84,  June  1973  -777 


Although  this  is  probably  the  most  common  species  of  the  genus  Belostoma  in  the 
United  States,  it  ranks  far  behind  B.  lutarium  in  distribution  in  Louisiana.  B.  flumineum 
frequents  sluggish  streams  or  marsh  areas  with  abundant  aquatic  vegetation.  This  species 
is  closely  related  to  B.  lutarium,  from  which  it  can  be  readily  separated  by  the  characters 
given  in  the  key. 

Distribution  by  Parish  (Fig.  7b).  Cameron-N.  of  Creole,  7417-67  (GJG  95).  Cameron- 
N.  of  Hickory,  7-17-67  (GJG  93).  E.  Baton  Rouge-SE  of  Fred,  7-10-67  (GJG  80). 
St.  Mary-S.  of  Louisa,  3-16-67  (GJG  21). 

Previous  Parish  Records.  Orleans  (New  Orleans,  Say,  1831).  Orleans  (New  Orleans, 
Shufeldt,  1884).  Jefferson,  St.  Bernard,  St.  John  the  Baptist  (Ellis,  1952).  Bossier,  Red 
River,  Winn,  (Penn,  1952). 
Belostoma  bakeri  Montandon,  1913. 

Belostoma  bakeri  Montandon,  1913,  Bull.  Soc.  Rom.  Sti.  Buc.,  22:123-125. 

Description.  General  color  brownish-yellow  to  fuscous;  first  segment  of  beak  shorter 
than  second;  base  of  beak  arising  under  anterior  margin  of  eye  or  slightly  beyond;  lateral 
margin  of  pronotum  straight  (rarely  concave)  (Fig.  5b);  connexival  plates  completely 
covered  with  hair;  patch  of  hair  on  sixth  connexival  plate  touching  genital  plate  (Fig.  3c); 
length  61-20  mm;  width  7.5-9.5  mm. 

Only  seven  collections  of  this  species  were  made  in  Louisiana  (Ellis,  1952).  The 
specimens  are  from  Orleans  and  Lafourche  parishes.  Habitats  recorded  were  permanent 
bodies  of  fresh  water  which  were  exposed,  soft  bottomed,  and  contained  abundant  aqua- 
tic vegetation.  Future  collections  may  reveal  it  to  occur  throughout  the  alluvial  areas  of 
southern  Louisiana. 

Distribution  by  Parish  (Fig.  8a).  No  specimens  were  found  during  course  of  this  study. 
Previous  Parish  Records.  Orleans,  Lafourche  (Ellis,  1952). 

Belostoma  fusciventre  (Dufour),  1863. 

Zaitha  fusciventre  Dufour,  1863,  Ann.  Soc.  Entomol.  France,  32:329. 

Belostoma  fusciventris  Bueno,  1906,  Entomol.  News,  18:55. 

Belostoma  fiisciventris  De  Carlo,  1938,  Anal.  Mus.  Arg.  Cienc.  Natur.,  39:222. 

Description.  General  color  brownish-yellow  to  fuscous;  lateral  margins  of  pronotum 
straight  (rarely  concave)  (Fib.  5b);  hair  on  connexivum  narrow,  covering  only  one-third 
of  connexival  plates  at  widest  point  (Fig.  3a);  interocular  space  with  a  large  shallow  de- 
pression beside  each  eye  (Fig.  6a);  marginal  brown  spot  in  middle  of  each  connexival 
plate;  terminal  hook  of  transverse  suture  of  pronotum  depressed;  length  16-19  mm; 
width  7.5-9  mm. 

This  species  is  sometimes  confused  with  B.  bakeri,  from  which  it  can  be  readily 
distinguished  by  the  large  shallow  depressions  beside  each  eye.  B.  fusciventre  is  primarily 
a  Mexican  form.  According  to  Menke  (1958)  it  has  been  recorded  as  far  N.E.  as 
Brownsville,  Texas.  Snow  (1906)  recorded  this  species  in  S.E.  Arizona.  It  is  herein 
recorded  for  Louisiana  as  a  new  state  record  and  a  sizable  range  extension  of  600-800 
miles.  This,  however,  is  not  too  surprising.  Many  species  have  much  more  extensive 

ranges  than  are  suspected,  but  due  to  lack  of  adequate  collections  the  ranges  remain  un- 
known. One  of  the  collections  of  this  species  was  taken  from  extreme  N.E.  Louisiana.  No 
doubt  this  insect  may  be  found  in  Mississippi  and  possibly  still  further  East. 


178  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  June  1973 


Distribution  by  Parish  (Fig.  7d).  Adison-S.  of  TaUuah,  8-17-67  (GJG  122).  Calcasieu- 
S.W.  of  Vinton,  7-17-67  (GJG  92).Iberia-S.E.  of  Iberia,  8-23-67  (GJG  128).  Lafayette- 
Greenbriar  Sub.,  8-17-67  (GJG  3).  Vermilion-at  Kaplan,  La.,  10-10-67  (GJG  159). 

Belostoma  lutarium  (Stal),  1856. 

Zaitha  lutarium  Stal,  1856,  Ofvers.  Kongl.  Vetenskaps-Akad.  Forhandl.,   12:190. 

Zaitha  aurantiaca  Walker,  1873,  Cat.  Hem.  Het.  Brit.  Mus.,  pt.  8,  p.  179. 

Zaitha  aurantiacum  Uhler,  1886,  Checkl.  Hem.  Het.  No.  Amer.,  Brookl.  Entomol. 

Soc.,  p.  28. 

Belostoma  aurantiacum  Bueno  and  Brimley,  1907,  Entomol.  News,  18:435. 

Belostoma  lutarium  Montandon,  1909,  Bull.  Soc.  Rom.  Sti.  Buc.,  18:187-188. 

Belostoma  lutaria  Van  Duzee,  1916,  Checkl.  Hem.  Amer.,  N.Y.  Entomol.  Soc.,  p.  53. 

Description.  General  color  greenish-yellow  to  fuscous:  lateral  margins  of  pronotum 
concave  (Fig.  5a);  hair  on  connexivum  wide,  covering  two-thirds  or  more  of  connexival 
plates  at  widest  point  (Fig.  3d);  glabrous  area  separating  hair  from  abdominal  sternites 
narrow,  mesal  margin  of  hair  not  evidently  scalloped  in  outline;  middle  and  hind  legs 
annulate  with  fuscous,  front  femora  with  spots  of  the  same  hue;  length  20-24  mm;  width 
10-12  mm. 

B.  lutarium  is  the  most  common  species  of  the  genus  found  in  Louisiana.  It  resem- 
bles B.  flumineum  somewhat  in  shape  and  color  pattern  but  can  be  separated  from  it  by 
the  overall  larger  size  and  more  conical  head.  This  species  was  found  in  all  types  of 
habitats  throughout  the  state.  Although  greater  numbers  were  collected  in  habitats  with 
abundant  aquatic  vegetation,  several  collections  were  made  in  cold,  clear,  sand  bottomed 
streams  which  were  partly  or  wholly  devoid  of  aquatic  vegetation. 

Distribution  by  Parish  (Fig.  7a).  Beaureguard-E.  of  Singer,  6-27-67  (GJG  74).  Bienville- 
S.S.W.  of  Acadia,  6-8-67  (GJG  53).  Bossier-N.N.E.  of  Midway,  6-8-67  (GJG  48). 
Calcasieu-S.Vl.  of  Vinton,  7-17-67  (GJG  92).  E.  Carrol-^,  of  Alsatia,  7-25-67 
(GJG  104).  E.  Feliciana-W.  of  Clinton,  7-10-67  (GJG  81).  E.  Feliciana-W.  of  Clinton, 
7-10-67  (GJG  82).  Iberville-NW.  of  Plaquemine,  6-14-67  (GJG  61).  Lafayette-S.  of 
Beaver  Park,  Lafayette,  11-23-67  (GJG  12).  Lafayette-S.  of  Lafayette,  1-31-67  (GJG 
19).  Lafayette-TN.  of  Louisiana,  10-9-66  (GJG  4).  Lafayette-Vl.  of  Lafayette,  10-26-66 
(GJG  6).  La  5a//e-S.S.W.  of  Trout,  8-17-67  (GJG  127).  Natchitoches-S.  of  Perry, 
10-20-66  (GJG  5a).  Ouachita-N.  of  Monroe,  7-25-67  (GJG  101).  Ouachita-S.  of  Fon- 
dale,  7-25-67  (GJG  100).  Sabine-E.  of  Converse  8-14-67  (GJG  110).  St.  Charles-S.  of 
Paradis,  1-29-67  (GJG  17).  St.  James-S.  of  Ponchatoula,  11-27-67  (GJG  152).  St.  Mar- 
tin-N.Vf.  of  Cecilia,  6-14-67  (GJG  55).  St.  Mzry-N.W.  of  Louisa,  3-16-67  (GJG  23). 
St.  Mary-Vi.  of  Berwick,  11-9-66  (GJG  9b).  Terrebonne-E.  of  Atchafalaya,  11-9-66 
(GJG  9c).  Terrebonne-E.  of  Houma,  11-20-67  (GJG  151).  Terrebonne-S.  ofChauvin, 
8-17-67  (GJG  130).  £//i/oiz-E.N.E.  of  Linville,  6-26-67  (GJG  67).  t/mow-W.  of  Spear- 
ville,  6-26-67  (GJG  66).  Vermillion-N.W.  of  Intracoastal,  4-25-67  (GJG  148).  Ver- 
million-W.  of  Pecan  Island,  3-18-67  (GJG  24). 

Previous  Parish  Records.  Orleans  (New  Orleans,  Shufeldt,  1884).  East  Baton  Rouge, 
Iberville,  Jefferson,  Lafourche,  Points  Coupee,  St.  Benard,  St.  Charles,  St.  John  the 
Baptist,  St.  Mary,  St.  Tammany,  Tangipahoa,  West  Feliciana,  (Ellis,  1952).  Acadia, 
Bossier,  Beinville,  Caddo,  DeSoto,  Iberia,  Jackson,  Lafayette,  Lincoln,  Natchitoches, 
Ouachita,  Rapides,  Richland,  St.  Landry,  St.  Martin,  Webster,  W.  Carrol,  Winn  (Penn 
(1952). 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  June  1973  179 


Belostonia  testaceum  (Leidy),  1843 

Perthostoma  testaceum  Leidy,  1843,  J.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.,  (2)  1:60-66. 

Zaitha  reticulata   Haleman,   1852,  Explor.  Surv.  Valley  Great  Salt  Lake  Utah, 
Append.  C,  p.  370. 

Zaitha  testaceum  Mayr,  1863,  Verhandl.  Kais-Konig.  Zool.  Bot.  Ges.  Wein,  13: 
354. 

Zaitha  testacea  Mayr,  1871,  Verhandl.  Kasikonig.  Zool.  Bot.  Ges.  Wein,  21:409-417. 
Belostoma  testaceum  Bueno,  1905,  J.N.Y.  Entomol.  Soc.,  13:44. 

Description.  General  color  brownish-yellow  to  fuscous;  broadly  oval;  legs  dull  yellow, 
irregularly  barred  or  spotted;  head  short  obtuse,  interocular  space  smooth,  evenly  con- 
vex (Fig.  6b);  hair  on  connexivum  wide,  covering  two-thirds  or  more  of  connexival 
plates  at  widest  point;  glabrous  area  separating  hair  from  abdominal  sternites  wide,  mesal 
margin  of  hair  scalloped  (Fig.  3b);  length  18-19.5  mm;  width  9.5-10.5  mm. 

This  species  has  a  fairly  wide  distribution  in  Louisiana.  Future  collections  should 
reveal  its  range  to  be  much  more  extensive.  B.  testaceum  resembles  B.  flumineum  most 
closely  but  can  be  separated  from  it  by  the  characteristic  pattern  of  connexival  hair, 
smaller  size,  and  more  oval  shape.  The  short  head  of  B.  testaceum  resembles  that  of  B. 
fusciventre  at  first  glance  but  lacks  the  interocular  depressions  that  makes  B.  fitsciven- 
tre  so  distinctive. 

Distribution  by  Parish  (Fig.  7c).  Beaureguard-W '.  of  Sugartown,  6-27-67  (GJG  73). 
Bienville-N.  of  Ringgold,  6-8-67  (GJG  51).  Bossier-S.  of  Filmore,  6-8-67  (GJG  49).  De 
Sofo-W.S.W.  of  Mansfield,  6-7-67  (GJG  40).  E.  Baton  Rouge-S.E.  of  Fred,  6-10-67 
(GJG  80).  Lafayette-Gieenbriai  Sub.,  10-5-66  (GJG  3).  Lafayette-S.  of  Beaver  Park, 
11-23-66  (GJG  12).  Lafayette-^N .  of  Louisiana,  10-26-66  (GJG  6).  Plaquemines-N.  of 
Myrtle  Grove,  8-24-67  (GHG  136). 

Previous  Parish  Records.  Jefferson,  Lafourche,  Livingston,  Morehouse,  Orleans,  Pla- 
quemines.  St.  Benard,  St.  Charles,  St.  John  the  Baptist,  St.  Martin,  Si.  Mary,  St 
Tammany,  Terrebonne  (Ellis,  1952).  Acadia,  Lafayette  (Perm,  1952). 

KEY  TO  LOUISIANA  SPECIES 
OF  LETHOCERUS  MAYR 

1.  Fore  femur  not  grooved  for  reception  of  tibia  (Fig.  2b) L.  griseus  (Say) 

Fore  femur  grooved  for  reception  of  tibia  (Fig.  2a)     2 

2.  Interocular  space  narrower  than  width  of  eye;  sides 
of  elytra  straight  and  subparallel  from  base  to  apical 

third Z,.  uhleri  (Montandon) 

Interocular  space  equal  to  or  slightly  greater  than 
width  of  eye;  sides  of  elytra  obviously  but  feebly 
curved L.  americanus  (Leidy) 

Lethocerus  (Benacus)  grisea  (say),  1832. 

1.  Belostoma  grisea  Say,  1832,  Descriptions  of  new  species  of  heteropterous  Hemiptera 
of  N.  Amer.,  p.  37. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  June  1973 


2.  Belostoma  haldemanum  Leidy,  1847,  J.  Acad.  Matur.  Sci.  Phil.,  1:66. 

3.  Belostoma  harpax  Stal,  1855,  Ofvers.  KongL  Vetensk.  Akad.  Forhandl.,  11:240. 

4.  Belostoma  angustatum  Guerin,  1856,  Historia  .  . .  de  la  Isla  de  Cuba,  Part  2,  7: 176. 

5.  Belostoma  distinctiim  Dufour,  1863,  Ann.  Soc.  Entomol.  France,  32:382. 

Description.  Elongated-oval;  color  above  dark  olive  to  grayish-brown;  pronotum  with 
a  vague  light  median  stripe;  narrow  margins  of  pronotum  and  elytra  dull  yellow; 
under  surface  and  legs,  fuscous-brown,  the  femora  and  keel  of  abdomen  often  wholly  or 
in  part  paler;  fore  femur  not  grooved  for  reception  of  tibia  (Fig.  2b);  length  55-56  mm; 
width  18-22  mm. 

Lauck  and  Menke  (1961)  reduced  Benacus  Stal  to  a  subgenus  of  Lethocems.  L. 
griseus  may  be  easily  distinguished  from  other  members  of  the  genus  by  the  lack  of 
grooves  on  the  closing  face  of  the  fore  femur.  Most  of  the  collections  of  this  genus  were 
made  under  street  lights  at  night.  Occasionally  the  bugs  may  be  taken  with  dip  nets  in 
slow  moving  or  stationary  bodies  of  water  with  abundant  aquatic  vegetation.  This  species 
is  no  doubt  well  distributed  throughout  Louisiana. 

Distribution  by  Parish  (Fig.  8b).  USL  student  collections  record  this  species  from  the 
following  parishes:  Acadia,  Lafayette,  Lafourche,  and  Vermillion. 

Previous  Parish  Records.  Orleans  (New  Orleans,  Say,  1831).  Jefferson,  Orleans,  Pointe 
Coupee,  St.  Tammany  (Ellis,  1952).  Jackson,  St.  John  the  Baptist,  St.  Martin  (Penn, 
1952). 

Lethocems  uhleri  (Montandon),  1895. 

Belostoma  uhleri  Montandon,  1896,  Ann.  Soc.  Entomol.  Belgique,  40:513. 

Description.  Elongate-oval;  general  color  dull  brownish-yellow;  interocular  space 
equal  to  two-thirds  width  of  eye;  hind  lobe  and  scutellum  with  a  vague  median  keel; 
broad  stripe  on  each  side  of  front  lobe  of  pronotum;  scutellum  dark  fuscous-brown; 
middle  and  hind  legs  distinctly  annulated  with  pale  and  dark  rings;  fore  femur  grooved 
for  reception  of  tibia  (Fig.  2a);  length  40-50  mm;  width  16-19  mm. 

L.  uhleri  occupies  the  same  type  habitat  as  does  L.  griseus.  Being  attracted  to  lights  at 
night,  these  bugs  are  nearly  always  collected  together.  L.  uhleri  is  somewhat  smaller  than 
L.  griseus  and  may  be  distinguished  from  it  by  the  possession  of  a  groove  on  the  inner 
face  of  the  femur.  They  are  not  often  collected  in  their  aquatic  habitats.  Since  few 
biologists  collect  at  night,  members  of  this  genus  are  often  neglected. 

Distribution  by  Parish  (Fig.  8c).  USL  student  collections  record  this  species  from  the 
following  parishes:  Acadia,  Evangeline,  Iberia,  Lafayette,  Lafourche,  Rapids,  Vermillion. 

Previous  Parish  Records.  Orleans  (Cummings,  1933,  and  Ellis,  1952).  St.  Benard  (Penn, 
1952). 

Lethocerus  americanus  (Leidy),  1847. 

Belostoma  grandis  var.  americanum  Leidy,  1847,  J.  Acad.  Natur.  Sci.  Phil.,  1:66. 
Belostoma  impressum  Haldeman,  1854,  Proc.  Acad.  Natur.  Sci.  Phil.,  6:364. 
Belostoma  litigiosum  Dufour,  1863,  Ann.  Soc.  Entomol.  France,  32:383. 
Belostoma  obscurum  Dufour,  1863,  Ann.  Soc.  Entomol.  France,  32:383. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  June  1973 


Description.  Elongate-oval;  color  above  dull  brownish-yellow;  more  or  less  mottle  or 
streaked;  scutellum  sometimes  with  three  vague  pale  spots;  undersurface  yellow,  dotted 
with  dark  brown  fuscous;  front  of  head  with  distinct  median  keel;  interocular  space  at 
narrowest  point  equal  to  width  of  eye;  femora  dull  yellow,  vaguely  mottled  with  black; 
fore  femur  grooved  for  reception  of  tibia  (Fig.  2a);  length  50-55  mm,  width  19-21  mm. 

Only  one  collection  of  this  species  was  ever  made  in  Louisiana  and  this  by  Townsend 
(1886)  in  New  Orleans.  Townsend  stated  that  this  species  was  seen  in  abundance  under 
street  lights  in  New  Orleans.  It  is  not  out  of  the  realm  of  possibility  that  L.  americanus 
could  occur  in  Louisiana  but  the  specimen  is  not  available  and  the  record  is  generally  be- 
lieved to  be  a  mistaken  identification  of  L.  uhleri,  which  is  very  common  throughout 
Louisiana  The  two  species  can  be  separated  by  the  wider  interocular  space  of  L. 
americanus. 

Distribution  by  Parish  (Fig.  8d).  This  species  was  not  found  in  Louisiana  during  this 
study. 

Previous  Parish  Record.  Orleans  (Townsend,  1886). 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Bueno,  Jose  Rollin  De  La.  1905.  Notes  onHydrometra  martini  Kirk,  (-lineata  Say).  Can. 

Entomol.,  37:12-15,  Figs.  3-4. 
Cummings,  Carl.    1933.  The  giant  water  bugs  (Belostomatidae-Hemiptera).  Univ.  Kans. 

Sci.  Bull.,  21:197-219,  pgs.  18-19. 
DeCarlo,  Jose  A.    1932.  Neuvas  especies  de  Belostomidos.  Rev.  Soc.  Entomol.  Argentina, 

5:121-126. 
.  1932.  Neuvas  especies  de  Belostomidos.  Rev.  Soc.  Entomol.  Argentina,  5:121-126. 

•  1938a.  Los  Belostomidos  Americanos  (Hemiptera).  Ann.  Mus.  Argentina  Cienc. 

Natur.,  39:189-260. 

.  1938b.    Dos    nuevos   especies    del   genero  Abedus   Stal.    Rev.   Soc.   Entomol. 

Argentina,    10:41-45. 

Ellis,  Leslie  L.  1952.  The  aquatic  Hemiptera  of  Southeastern  Louisiana<(exclusive  of  the 
Corixidae).  Amer.  Midi.  Natur.,  48:302-329. 

Hoffman,  William  E.  1924.  Biological  notes  on  Lethocerus  americanus  (Leidy).  Psyche 
31:175-183. 

Hungerford,  Herbert  B.   1920.  The  biology  and  ecology  of  aquatic  and  semiaquatic 

Hemiptera.  Univ.  Kans.  Sci.  Bull.  11:1-328,  colored  pis.  1-3,  pis  1-30. 

.  1925.  Lethocerus  americanus,  habits.  Psyche,  32:88-91. 

Irwin,  M.  E.  1962.  Observation  on  hibernation  in  Belostoma.  Pan-Pacific  Entomol.  3: 162. 
Lauck,  D.  R.  and  A.  S.  Menke.  1961.  The  higher  classification  of  the  Belostomatidae. 

Ann.  Entomol.  Soc.  Amer.,  54:644-657. 
Menke,  Arnold  S.  1958.  A  synopsis  of  the  genus  Belostoma  Latreille,  of  America  North 

of  Mexico,  with  the  description  of  a  new  species.  Bull.  So.  Calif.  Acad    Sci 

57:154-174. 

.  1963.  A  review  of  the  genus  Lethocerus  in  North  and  Central  America,  including 

the  West  Indies  (Hemiptera-Belostomatidae).  Ann.  Entomol.  Soc.  Amer.,  56:261- 
267. 


Eat.  News,  Vol.  84,  June  1973 


Penn,  George  H.  1952.  Additional  records  of  aquatic  Hemiptera  in  Louisiana.  II,  Belos- 

tomatidae,  Mesoveliidae,  and  Gelastocoredae.  Ibid.,  15:49-55. 
Say,  Thomas.  1832.  Description  of  New  Species  of  Heteropterous  Hemiptera  of  North 

America.  New  Harmony,  Indiana,  dated  Dec.,  1831.  (Reprinted  by  Fitch,  1857, 

Trans.  N.  Y.  State  Agr.  Soc.,  17:755-812,  and  by  Leconte,  1859,  Compl.  Writ. 

Thomas  Say  on  Entomol.  North  Amer.,  1:310-368. 
Shufeldt,  R.  W.  1884.  Observations  upon  a  collection  of  insects  made  in  the  vicinity  of 

New  Orleans,  Louisiana,  during  the  years  1882  &  1883.  Proc.  U.  S.  Narur.  Mus., 

7:331-338. 
Snow,  F.  H.   1906.  Some  results  of  the  University  of  Kansas  entomological  exp:  to 

Arizona  in  1904  &  1905.  Trans.  Kans.  Acad.  Sci.,  20(4):  180. 
Townsend,  C.  H.  T.  1886.  A  list  of  Hemiptera-Heteroptera  collected  in  South  Louisiana. 

Can  Entomol.,  18:116-118. 
Wilson,  Clifton  A.   1958.  Aquatic  and  semiaquatic  Hemiptera  of  Mississippi.  Tulane 

Studies  in  Zoology,  6(3):  116-170. 


SEVEN  FAMILIES  OF  AQUATIC  AND  SEMIAQUATIC  HEMIPTERA  IN  LOUISIANA 

Part  III.    Family  Belostomatidae 

ABSTRACT-This  paper  contains  data  on  the  collection,  taxonomy,  distribution,  and 
synonymy  of  eight  species  of  the  family  Belostomatidae  (aquatic  Hemiptera)  in 
Louisiana.  Included  are  keys  to  the  genera  and  species  along  with  detailed  locality  data 
for  each  species.  A  review  of  the  literature  is  presented  with  the  family  discussion. 
Ecological  information  is  given  with  each  species.  Collections  for  this  study  were  made 
on  a  year  around  basis.  A  new  state  record  with  a  considerable  range  extension  is 
herein  recorded. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  June  1973 


183 


G3G 


Fig.  1.    Belostoma  lutarium  (Stal). 


184 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  June  1973 


Figs.  2a-b.     Fore  femur  of  Lethocerus.  a.  uhleri  (Montandon)  and  americanus  (Leidy); 
b.  griseus  (Say). 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  June  1973 


185 


Figs.  3a-d.      Hair  on  connexival  plates  of  Belostoma.  a.  fusciventre  (Dufour);  b.  testa- 
ceum  (Leidy);  c.flumineum  Say  and  bakeri  Montandon;d.  lutarium  (Stal). 


186 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  June  1973 


Figs.  4a-b.      Lateral    aspect    of   head    of  Belostoma.    a.  flumineum    Say;    b.   bakeri 
Montandon. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  June  1973 


187 


Figs.  5a-b.       Dorsal  aspect  of  pronotum  of  Belostoma.  a.  flumineum  Say;  b.  bakeri 
Montandon. 


G:TG 


Figs.  6a-b.      Dorsal  aspect  of  head  and  pronotum  of  Belostoma.  a.fusciventre  (Dufour); 
b.  testaceum  (Leidy). 


188 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  June  1973 


Fig.  7a.  Distribution  of  Belostoma 
lutarium  (Stal). 


Fig.  7b.  Distribution  of  Belostoma 
flumineum  Say. 


Fig.  7c.  Distribution  of  Belostoma 
testaceum  (Leidy). 


Fig.  7d.  Distribution  of  Belostoma 
fusciventre  (Dufour). 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  June  1973 


189 


Fig.  8a.  Distribution  of  Belostoma 
bakeri  Montandon. 


Fig.  8b.  Distribution  of  Lethocerus 
griseus  (Say). 


Fig.  8c.  Distribution  of  Lethocerus 
uhleri  Montandon. 


Fig.  8d.  Distribution  of  Lethocerus 
americanus  (Leidy). 


TEMPERATURE  SALINITY  TOLERANCE  LIMITS  OF  THE 
SOLDIER  FLY  LARVAE  OF  ODONTOMYIA  COMMUNIS 

JAMES,  1939,  FROM 
BADWATER,  DEATH  VALLEY,  CALIFORNIA1 

AJex  W.  Klishevich  and  Wayne  P.  Alley2 


Monthly  observations  taken  at  Badwater,  Death  Valley,  from 
January  1970  to  February  1971  showed  that  larvae  ofOdontomyia 
communis  James,  1939  were  capable  of  surviving  a  myriad  of 
environmental  conditions.  Water  temperatures  fluctuated  from  a 
low  of  8°C  in  December  to  a  high  of  41°C  in  May.  In  addition, 
salinities  varied  from  a  winter  low  of  25  ppt  to  a  summer  high  of 
58  ppt  in  August. 

These  stratiomyiid  larvae  are  very  abundant  in  the  ponded  areas 
of  Badwater  from  late  spring  to  late  summer,  but  are  only 
occasionally  found  from  November  to  March  when  water  tempera- 
tures and  salinities  would  seem  more  suitable  for  survival.  Since 
ambient  temperatures  and  salinities  are  not  limiting  factors  for 
these  larvae,  specimens  were  brought  back  to  the  laboratory 
July  17,  1971  so  that  tests  could  be  conducted  to  determine  their 
temperature  and  salinity  tolerances. 

In  order  to  avoid  disrupting  the  ecology  of  Badwater,  only 
limited  collecting  was  allowed  by  the  National  Park  Service  which 
administers  the  Death  Valley  National  Monument.  For  this  reason 
a  less  than  representative  number  of  larvae  could  be  used  in  these 
tests;  however,  the  results  do  show  some  definitive  trends. 


'Accepted  for  publication:  September  15,  1972. 

2Department   of  Biology,   California   State   University    at   Los  Angeles,   Los  Angeles, 
California  90032. 


Ent.  News,  84:190-191,  1973  190 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  June  1973  191 


Salinity  concentrations,  containing  distilled  water  and  sodium 
chloride,  were  prepared  in  the  following  concentrations:  0,  30,  60, 
90,  1 20  ppt.  Sodium  chloride  was  used  in  the  preparation  of  the 
solutions  because  an  analysis  of  Badwater  spring  water  by  the 
authors  indicated  that  75  per  cent  of  the  total  dissolved  solids  was 
composed  of  this  salt.  One  hundred  ml  of  solution  was  placed  in  a 
beaker  with  10  larvae  and  a  battery  of  these  beakers  was  placed  in 
water  baths  of  35°C,  40°C,  and  45°C  for  24  hours.  The  per  cent 
mortality,  determined  for  each  beaker  at  the  end  of  the  testing 
period,  is  shown  in  Table  I. 

Table  I.  Per  cent  Mortality  of  Odontomyia  communis  Larvae 
at    Various    Combinations    of    Temperature    and    Salinity. 


Temperature,  Salinity,  Parts  Per  Thousand 

Centigrade 0  30  60  90  120 


35 

20 

0 

0 

0 

0 

40 

40 

0 

0 

0 

0 

45 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

The  results  clearly  demonstrate  that  these  larvae  can  easily  toler- 
ate salinities  approaching  three  times  the  salinity  of  sea  water, 
provided  that  water  temperatures  do  not  exceed  40 °C.  In  fact, 
larvae  of  Odontomyia  communis  appear  to  be  more  vulnerable  to 
low  salinities  since  the  only  mortality,  which  was  observed  be- 
tween temperatures  of  35  °C  to  40°C,  was  found  among  larvae 
placed  in  distilled  water.  The  maximum  tolerable  temperatures  of 
these  larvae  must  lie  between  45  °C  and  41  °C  because  field  obser- 
vations showed  that  larvae  were  alive  at  41°C  and  all  laboratory 
specimens  were  killed  by  temperatures  of  45 °C.  The  laboratory 
results  and  field  observations  strongly  indicate  that  the  larvae 
approach  their  upper  temperature  limits  in  the  summer  months. 


Descriptors:   Stratiomyidae;  Soldier  fly   larvae,  Odontomyia  communis:  Badwater, 
Death  Valley,  California. 


NEW  SPECIES  AND  DESCRIPTIONS  OF 
STONEFLIES  (PLECOPTERA)  FROM  OKLAHOMA1 

BUI  P.  Stark2  and  Kenneth  W.  Stewart3 


In  the  course  of  a  study  of  Oklahoma  Plecoptera  (Stark,  1 972), 
two  undescribed  species  and  the  undescribed  adult  stage  for  two 
additional  species  were  discovered.  Their  descriptions  are  pre- 
sented in  this  paper. 

Zealeuctra  cherokee  NEW  SPECIES 

Male  (Fig.  l)-Length  of  body  6  mm;  to  tip  of  wings,  7.5  mm.  Cleft  of  the  ninth  ter- 
gite  heavily  sclerotized  around  the  margins,  broadly  rounded  anteriorly,  terminating 
behind  in  blunt  incurved  points  on  either  side,  and  with  a  smaller  subterminal  point  on 
either  side,  and  with  a  smaller  subterminal  point  on  either  side  of  the  margin.  Tenth 
tergite  unsclerotized  mesally  except  for  a  small  area  extending  anteriorly  to  the  ninth. 
Epiproct  (Fig.  2)  somewhat  similar  to  Zealeuctra  narfi  (Ricker  &  Ross,  1969),  the  spine 
thin,  acute,  and  without  extra  cusps.  Cerci  (Fig.  3)  generally  similar  to  Zealeuctra 
warreni,  but  with  basal  lobe  broader  and  not  as  high.  Length  of  the  vesicle  of  the  ninth 
sternite  1.5  times  its  width. 

Female  (Fig.  4) -Length  of  body  7  mm;  to  tip  of  wings,  8.5  mm.  Similar  to  Zealeuctra 
washita,  but  the  terminal  lobe  of  the  seventh  sternite  is  longer  and  its  lateral  margins 
gradually  converge  posteriorly,  then  diverge  near  the  apex.  In  addition,  the  sclerotized 
bar  along  the  anterior  margin  of  the  eighth  sternite  bears  two  distinctly  darker  triangu- 
lar areas  at  each  end. 

Holotype  male,  allotype  female  and  three  male  and  female  paratypes-type  locality: 
two  miles  west  of  Vian,  Sequoyah  County,  Oklahoma,  February  13,  1972,  Stark. 
Holotype  (USNM  #72425)  and  allotype  deposited  at  the  United  States  National  Museum, 
Washington,  D.  C.  Paratypes  are  deposited  with  the  Illinois  Natural  History  Survey  and 
the  North  Texas  State  University  Museum. 


'Study  supported  by  the  Faculty  Research  Fund,  North  Texas  State  Univ.,  accepted  for 
publication  September  28,  1972. 

2Graduate  Student,  Univ.  of  Utah,  Salt  Lake  City,  841 12. 
3Associate  Professor,  North  Texas  State  Univ.,  Denton,  76203. 


Ent.  News,  84:192-197,  1973  192 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  June  1973  193 


Paratypes-Oklahoma:  Adair  Co.,  10  miles  south  n  Stillwell,  February  13,  1972, 
Stark,  56,  19;  same  data,  February  20,  1°72,  66,  9?.  LeFlore  Co.,  Polk  Creek,  Poteau, 
February  19,  1972.  Stark  19.  Pushmataha  Co.,  Hai.ly  Creek,  9  miles  south  of  Clayton, 
February  12,  1972,  Stark,  19.  Sequoyah  Co.,  2  miles  west  of  Vian,  February  20,  1972, 
Stark,  2o. 

This  species  was  discovered  in  the  Cherokee  portion  of  the  Indian  Nation  and  is 
named  in  honor  of  that  tribe. 

Isoperla  ouachita  NEW  SPECIES 

Male  (Fig.  5)-Length  of  body  7  mm;  to  tip  of  wings,  9  mm.  General  color  pale  yellow 
with  darker  brownish  areas.  Pronotum  brown  except  for  a  median,  pale  longitudinal 
stripe.  Dorsum  of  head  with  a  dark  area  joining  all  three  ocelli  and  extending  forward  to 
the  anterior  margin  of  the  head,  but  with  a  pale  longitudinal  stripe  extending  forward 
from  the  median  ocellus  (Fig.  6).  Subanal  lobes  weakly  developed,  not  projecting  over 
the  ninth  tergite.  The  eighth  sternite  bears  a  short,  indistinct  lobe  in  the  middle  of  the 
posterior  margin. 

Female -Generally  similar  to  male  in  coloration,  but  slightly  larger  in  size.  The  eighth 
abdominal  sternite  is  triangularly  produced  over  much  of  the  ninth  and  bears  a  small 
terminal  nipple  (Fig.  7). 

Naiad- General  color  of  dorsum  pale  brown  with  small  darker  areas.  Numerous  short, 
dark  setae  covering  dorsum.  Pronotum  pale  with  dark  margin,  head  with  markings  as  in 
Fig.  8.  Abdominal  tergites  pale  with  darker  lateral  longitudinal  stripes,  and  two  lateral, 
and  a  median  double  row  of  dark  freckle-like  spots.  Mature  naiads  with  body  length  of 
9mm. 

Holotype  male,  allotype  female,  and  five  male  and  female  paratypes-type  locality: 
Pine  Creek,  13  miles  east  of  Hartshorne,  Larimer  Co.,  Oklahoma,  April  10,  1971,  Stark. 
Holotype  (USNM  #72424)  and  allotype  are  deposited  at  the  United  States  National 
Museum,  Washington,  D.  C.  Paratypes  are  deposited  with  the  Illinois  Natural  History 
Survey  and  the  North  Texas  State  University  Museum. 

Paratypes-Oklahoma:  Latimer  Co.,  Turkey  Creek,  6  miles  east  of  Red  Oak,  April  8, 
1971,  Stark,  56,  39.  LeFlore  Co.,  Caston  Creek,  5  miles  east  of  Fanshawe,  April  9,  1971, 
Start,  1(5,  19. 

This    species    is    named    after    the    mountain    range   in   which    it   was   discovered. 

Strophopteryx  cucullata  Prison 

Strophopteryx  cucullata  Prison  (1934).    Original  description,  9. 

Prison  (1934)  described  this  species  on  the  basis  of  a  single  female  collected  in 
southeastern  Oklahoma.  Since  the  male  has  not  been  previously  recognized,  a  brief 
description  is  given  here. 

Mz/e-Posterior  margin  of  the  head  with  numerous  small  dark  brown  markings.  Ocelli 
joined  by  a  solid  dark  area  and  with  a  distinctive  V-shaped  dark  area  extending  for- 
ward of  the  median  ocellus.  Dorsum  of  abdomen  brown  with  small  membranous  areas 
visible  along  the  lateral  margins  of  the  middle  segments.  Wings  banded,  a  clear  stripe 
extending  across  the  forewing  at  the  cord.  Morphologically  similar  in  most  respects  to 
Strophopteryx  fasciata,  but  with  the  epiproct  shorter  and  the  membranous  hind  portion 
more  globular  (Fig.  9).  The  upturned  hind  margin  of  the  ninth  sternite  is  neither  strongly 
narrowed  nor  excavated  as  in  fasciata.  The  subanal  lobes  are  complex  and  asymetrical 
and  there  are  no  lobes  on  the  hind  margin  of  the  ninth  tergite. 


194  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  June  1973 


Allotype  male  and  17  male  and  19  female  specimens-Polk  Creek,  Poteau,  LeFlore 
Co.,  Oklahoma,  March  8,  1972,  Stark.  The  allotype  is  deposited  with  the  United  States 
National  Museum,  Washington,  D.  C.  Additional  specimens  are  deposited  with  the 
Illinois  Natural  History  Survey  and  the  North  Texas  State  University  Museum. 

Isogenus  (Helopicus)  nalatus  (Prison) 

Hydroperla  nalata  Prison  (1942).  Original  description,  6,  naiad. 

Isogenus  (Helopicus)  nalatus  (Prison):    Ricker  (1952). 

Since  the  female  of  this  species  has  not  been  previously  recognized,  a  brief  description 
is  given  here  based  on  a  single  reared  specimen. 

Female -General  color  pattern  similar  to  the  male.  Venter  with  transvere  dark  mark- 
ings on  mesosternum  and  metasternum  and  a  smaller  dark  area  at  the  base  of  the  meta- 
sternal  Y-ridge.  Subgenital  plate  (Fig.  10)  similar  to  Isogenus  subvarians,  smoothly 
rounded  and  covering  half  of  the  ninth  sternite.  Wings  hyaline  with  no  trace  of  dark 
markings  in  the  anal  area.  Body  length  22mm;  to  tips  of  wings,  24  mm. 

Allotype  female-Flint  Creek,  Flint,  Delaware  Co.,  Oklahoma,  February  13, 1972, 
Stark.  The  allotype  female  is  deposited  at  the  United  States  National  Museum, 
Washington,  D.  C. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

The  authors  gratefully  acknowledge  the  assistance  of  Dr.  R.  W.  Baumann  and 
Dr.  W.  E.  Ricker  for  their  helpful  comments  and  Mr.  Walt  Poole  for  his  help  in  preparing 
the  drawings. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Prison,  T.  H.  1934.  Four  new  species  of  stoneflies  from  North  America  (Plecoptera). 
Can.  Ent.  66(2):25-28. 

Prison,  T.  H.  1942.  Studies  of  North  American  Plecoptera  with  special  reference  to  the 
fauna  of  Illinois.  Bull.  111.  Nat.  Hist.  Surv.  22(2):235-355. 

Ricker,  W.  E.  1952.  Systematic  studies  in  Plecoptera.  Ind.  Univ.  Pub.  Sci.  Series  no.  18, 
1-200. 

Ricker,  W.  E.  and  H.  H.  Ross,  1969.  The  genus  Zealeuctra  and  its  position  in  the  family 
Leuctridae  (Plecoptera,  Insecta).  Can.  Jour.  Zool.  47(6):  11 13-1 127. 

Stark,  B.  P.  1972.  The  stoneflies  (Plecoptera)  of  Oklahoma.  Unpublished  M.S.  Thesis. 
North  Texas  State  Univ. 


NEW  SPECIES  AND  DESCRIPTIONS  OF 
STONEFLIES  (PLECOPTERA)  FROM  OKLAHOMA 

ABSTRACT-Descriptions  are  provided  for  two  species  of  Plecoptera  new  to  science. 
Zealeuctra  cherokee  and  Isoperla  ouachita  and  for  the  previously  undescribed  male  of 
Strophopteryx  cucullata  Prison  and  female  of  Isogenus  (Helopicus)  nalatus  (Prison). 


Descriptors -Plecoptera;  Leuctridae,  Perlodidae,  Taeniopterygidae;  Zealeuctra,  Iso- 
perla, Strophopteryx,  Isogenus,  Helopicus;  new  species:  Zealeuctra  cherokee,  Isoperla 
ouachita;  new  descriptions:  Strophopteryx  cucullata  male,  Isogenus  (Helopicus)  nalatus 
female. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  June  1973 


195 


\ 


Figures  1-4.  Zealeuctra  cherokee.  Fig.  1.  Male  terminal  segments  from  above.  Fig.  2. 
Male  epiproct  from  the  side.  Fig.  3.  Male  cercus  from  the  side.  Fig.  4. 
Female  terminal  segments  from  below. 


196 


Ent.  News,   Vol.  84,  June  1973 


Figures  5-8.  Isoperla  ouachita.  Fig.  5.  Male  terminal  segments  from  below.  Fig.  6.  Male 
head  and  pronotum.  Fig.  7.  Female  terminal  segments  from  below. 
Fig.  8.  Naiad  head  and  pronotum. 


Ent.  Neu'S,  Vol.  84,  June  1973 


191 


Figure      9.      Strophopteryx  cucullata.  Male  terminal  segments  from  the  side. 


Figure     10.      Isogenus  (Helopicus)  nalatus.  Female  terminal  segments  frombelow. 


RESTING  SITES  OF 
STREAM  DWELLING  GYRINIDS  (COLEOPTERA)  ' 

George  W.  Folkerts2  and  Lois  A.  Donavan3 

It  is  generally  assumed  that  whirligig  beetles  (Gyrinidae)  spend 
most  of  their  adult  lives  on  the  surface  of  the  water.  Although  cer- 
tain Dineutus  dive  beneath  the  surface  when  attacked  or  disturbed, 
their  underwater  sojourns  are  usually  of  short  duration  because 
their  buoyancy  necessitates  that  they  hold  on  to  a  submerged 
object  or  continue  to  swim  vigorously  in  order  to  remain  submerg- 
ed (Hatch,  1925).  Members  of  the  genera  Gyrinus  and  Gyretes  are 
smaller  and  more  compact  and  seldom  dive  beneath  the  surface. 
Some  of  these  may  be  incapable  of  breaking  the  surface  tension  or 
may  be  too  buoyant  to  submerge. 

Gyrinids  which  inhabit  lakes,  ponds,  swamps,  and  other  lentic 
habitats  frequently  rest  by  floating  motionless  on  the  surface. 
Since  they  shun  areas  of  wave  action,  they  use  little  energy  in 
maintaining  their  position  in  the  optimum  microhabitat.  Stream- 
dwelling  forms,  however,  would  be  swept  downstream  unless  some 
kind  of  compensatory  action  was  taken.  In  streams,  torrential  por- 
tions, riffles,  and  other  areas  of  swift  current  are  avoided.  Members 
of  Dineutus  typically  frequent  areas  where  the  current  is  slowed  by 
emergent  logs,  rocks  or  vegetation  or  inhabit  the  slower  waters  of 
pools  and  wide  meanders.  Many  members  of  the  genus  Gyrinus  fre- 
quent areas  of  slow  current  near  the  bank.  Other  species  of  Gy- 
rinus and  Gyretes  prefer  areas  where  the  bank,  the  roots  of  stream- 
edge  trees,  or  bank  vegetation  overhang  the  water  creating  a  pro- 
tected cove-like  area  with  relatively  slow  current.  Nevertheless, 


'Accepted  for  publication:   September  6,   1972. 

2Department  of  Zoology-Entomology,  Auburn  University,  Auburn,  Ala.  36830. 

3Department  of  Biology,  University  of  Southern  Mississippi,  Hattiesburg,  Miss.  39341. 


Ent.  News,  84:198-201,  1973  198 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  June  1973  199 


continuous  swimming  is  necessary  to  maintain  position  relative  to 
the  bank,  even  in  areas  of  slow  current. 

Stream-dwelling  gyrinids  are  rheotrophic.  The  pattern  of  their 
swimming  motions  varies  from  erratic  or  circular,  to  a  constant 
orientation  against  the  current,  but  all  undoubtedly  expend  the 
majority  of  swimming  energy  in  locomotion  against  the  current. 
Constant  swimming  throughout  the  adult  life  would  result  in  a  net 
distance  of  approximately  3,000  km  covered  per  season.  The 
energy  required  to  swim  this  distance  would  seem  to  be  excessive, 
especially  since  food  does  not  appear  to  be  abundant.  It  therefore 
seems  likely  that  mechanisms  other  than  constant  swimming  may 
be  used  to  maintain  the  individuals  in  the  same  relative  position  in 
the  stream. 

During  the  past  several  years,  we  have  had  the  opportunity  to 
make  a  large  number  of  observations  on  gyrinids  inhabiting  small 
and  medium-sized  streams  in  the  mid-South.  We  have  frequently 
noticed  that  more  gyrinids  were  seen  by  looking  backward  than  by 
looking  ahead  in  the  direction  we  were  wading.  Often,  the  first 
vigorous  thrust  with  a  dip-net  into  an  area  overhung  by  the  bank 
or  roots  yields  few  or  no  Gyrinus  or  Gyretes,  whereas  subsequent 
attempts  in  exactly  the  same  place  may  yield  dozens  of  specimens. 
The  reasons  for  these  anomalous  phenomena  are  obscure  unless 
one  closely  scrutinizes  the  vegetation,  detritus,  and  other  emergent 
material  near  the  edge  in  an  area  where  specimens  have  been  seen. 
If  an  observer  remains  motionless  to  prevent  further  disturbance 
of  a  group  of  rapidly  gyrating  Gyrinus  marginellus,  their  move- 
ments are  seen  to  become  slower  as  the  initial  alarm  reaction 
ceases.  Within  a  few  minutes  they  approach  emergent  twigs,  roots, 
or  leaves  and  climb  out  of  the  water.  Often  a  number  of  individuals 
select  the  same  site,  the  first  ones  to  emerge  sometimes  climbing 
above  the  water  surface  to  a  height  of  20  cm  or  more.  Certain  sites 
seem  to  be  preferred  over  others,  although  differences  between  the 
sites  may  not  be  apparent.  Both  sheltered  and  exposed  sites  are 
occupied. 

The  smaller  Gyrinus  such  as  G.  marginellus  are  adept  at 
climbing.  In  one  case,  specimens  were  seen  climbing  up  a  smooth 


200  Eat.  News,  Vol.  84,  June  1973 


barkless  twig  which  emerged  from  the  water  at  an  angle  less  than 
15°  from  vertical.  Their  ability  to  cling  to  surfaces  is  indicated  by 
the  fact  that  some  individuals  were  clinging  to  the  underside  of  the 
twig. 

Individuals  of  several  species  may  be  found  together  on  a  resting 
site.  We  have  noted  Gyrinus  pachysomus  and  Gyretes  tricolor 
occupying  the  same  sites.  The  latter  species  seems  to  be  the  more 
proficient  climber.  It  also  moves  by  short  hops,  a  mode  of  loco- 
motion not  characteristic  of  Gyrinus,  Gyrinus  pachysomus  is  larger, 
heavier,  and  more  rotund  than  Gyretes  and  seems  to  prefer  sites 
which  do  not  slope  steeply  from  the  water  surface.  In  one  instance 
we  obtained  9  G.  pachysomus  by  sweeping  through  an  overhang- 
ing alder  branch  that  was  in  contact  with  the  water.  Although 
many  of  the  sites  occupied  were  within  a  few  cm  of  the  bank,  in- 
dividuals were  never  observed  resting  on  the  bank  itself. 

Gyrinids  resting  on  emergent  sites  do  not  seem  to  be  alarmed  by 
the  approach  of  humans  or  objects.  They  either  see  very  poorly  or 
fail  to  react  with  alarm  to  visual  stimuli.  Movement  of  the  object 
on  which  they  are  resting  seldom  elicits  a  response,  perhaps  be- 
cause such  movements  may  often  be  the  result  of  current  or  wind. 
At  one  site  we  picked  up  a  twig  on  which  several  G.  marginellus 
were  resting.  Several  seemed  to  shift  slightly  in  an  attempt  to  gain 
a  firmer  hold  as  the  twig  was  lifted  but  none  released  its  hold, 
jumped  off,  or  changed  its  basic  position  on  the  twig.  It  was  neces- 
sary to  bang  the  twig  forcibly  on  the  edge  of  a  dipnet  in  order  to 
dislodge  the  individuals. 

Frequently  occupying  resting  sites  may  be  characteristic  of 
Gyretes  and  many  of  the  stream-dwelling  Gyrinus.  Although  speci- 
mens of  Dineutus  can  occasionally  be  seen  resting  with  part  of  the 
body  on  the  edge  of  a  leaf  or  twig,  they  seldom,  if  ever,  completely 
leave  the  water  surface.  Perhaps  their  larger  size  and  more  flat- 
tened shape  prevent  them  from  being  successful  climbers. 

We  have  not  made  a  concerted  effort  to  determine  if  species  in- 
habiting bodies  of  water  without  current  demonstrate  similar 
resting  behavior.  Gyrinus  pachysomus,  which  occurs  in  both  lentic 
and  lotic  situations,  occasionally  climbs  onto  objects  at  the  edges 
of  ponds.  Gyrinus  analis,  which  is  quite  common  in  both  flowing 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  June  1973  201 


and  still-water  habitats,  seldom  demonstrates  this  type  of  behavior. 
In  streams  it  prefers  areas  farther  from  the  bank  than  those  occu- 
pied by  Gyretes  and  most  other  Gyrinus.  In  such  situations  resting 
sites  may  not  be  common  or  stable  and  the  resting  habit  may  be 
undeveloped. 

The  functional  significance  of  the  habit  of  resting  on  emergent 
objects  may  be  manyfold.  Obviously,  less  energy  is  expended  than 
if  the  insects  were  continually  swimming  to  maintain  their  position 
in  the  stream.  Perhaps  thermal  regulation  is  involved  as  has  been 
postulated  as  a  function  of  basking  in  turtles.  Heat  gain  necessary 
for  subsequent  activity  may  occur  more  rapidly  at  the  higher  tem- 
peratures that  exist  a  few  cm  above  the  water  surface.  This 
behavior  may  also  function  to  reduce  the  danger  of  predation  by 
aquatic  carnivores  such  as  fish.  In  times  of  flood  the  ability  to 
climb  out  of  the  water  and  cling  to  stream-edge  or  emergent 
materials  may  be  critical  to  certain  species,  especially  weak 
swimmers. 

Clearly,  at  least  some  of  the  stream-dwelling  gyrinids  spend 
much  of  their  time  away  from  the  water  surface.  Further  investi- 
gation is  necessary  to  determine  the  significance  of  this  habit  in 
the  various  species. 

Collectors  should  be  aware  that,  in  many  cases,  groups  of 
Gyrinus  and  Gyretes  will  not  be  observed  on  the  water  surface 
until  they  are  washed  from  their  resting  sites  by  waves  resulting 
from  disturbance  of  the  water. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Hatch,  M.  H.  1925.  An  outline  of  the  ecology  of  Gyrinidae.  Bull.  Brooklyn  Entomol. 
Soc.  20(3):  101-1 14. 

RESTING  SITES  OF  STREAM  DWELLING  GYRINIDS  (COLEOPTERA) 

ABSTRACT.- A  number  of  the  smaller  stream-dwelling  gyrinids  of  the  genera  Gyrinus 
and  Gyretes  climb  out  of  the  water  and  cling  to  emergent  materials.  This  behavior  may 
function  in  energy  conservation,  in  protection  from  predation,  in  thermal  regulation,  or 
as  an  escape  from  flood  conditions.  George  W.  Folkerts  and  Lois  A.  Donavan,  Depart- 
ment of  Zoology-Entomology,  Auburn  University,  Auburn,  Alabama  36830. 

Descriptors:  Coleoptera;  Gyrinidae;  Gyrinus;  Gyretes;  resting  behavior;  stream  gy- 
rinids. 


A  NEW  SPECIES  OF  MEXICAN  TEXANANUS 
(HOMOPTERA:CICADELLIDAE)' 

Dwight  M.  DeLong  and  Candace  Martinson2 

Introduction 

In  1944,  a  paper  recording  and/or  describing  27  species  of 
Mexican  Texananus  was  published  by  the  senior  author.  Addition- 
al collecting  and  laboratory  study  will  undoubtedly  add  many 
additional  species  to  this  list. 

Texananus  copalanus  NEW  SPECIES 

(Figs.  1  -  6) 

Length  of  male  7.5  mm,  female  8  mm.  Crown  produced,  apex  bluntly  angled,  rounded 
at  apex,  more  than  half  as  long  at  middle  as  basal  width  between  eyes.  Color:  crown 
pale  brown  with  a  black  transverse  band  between  anterior  margins  of  eyes,  which  is 
interrupted  at  middle.  Each  half  is  broadened  at  median  end.  Pronotum  pale  brown  with 
darker  brown  mottling.  Scutellum  pale  brown  with  dark  brown  basal  angles.  Fore  wings 
white  with  brown  veins  and  ramose  pigment  lines. 

Male  genitalia:  with  plates  twice  as  long  as  broad;  apices  broad,  almost  truncate. 
Style  elongate,  narrow,  apex  curved  laterally  and  pointed.  Aedeagus  with  shaft  straight, 
tapered  to  apex.  Apical  two-thirds  bifid,  forming  two  long,  straight,  slender,  pointed 
processes.  The  basodorsal  process  is  roundedly  notched,  forming  a  thick,  thumb-like 
basal  process  and  a  longer,  slender,  dorsally  curved,  apical  process.  Pygofer  with  two 
pairs  of  apical  spines  beneath  pygofer  wall,  but  without  protruding  spines  or  lobes  as  in 
species  of  lowanus. 

Female  genitalia:  with  lateral  angles  of  seventh  sternum  rounded  to  posterior  margin 
which  is  concavely  rounded  each  side  of  a  median  produced  lobe.  The  lobe  is  one-fourth 
width  of  sternum,  produced  beyond  the  apices  of  lateral  angles  and  is  notched  at  middle, 
forming  two  apical,  rounded  teeth. 


'This  work  was  sponsored  by  the  Ohio  State  University  Development  Fund.  Accepted 
for  publication:  September  20,  1972. 

2Department  of  Entomology,  The  Ohio  State  University. 


Ent.  News,  84:202-204,  1973  202 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  June  1973 


203 


Holotype  male:  Copala  (3  mi  NE)  Sinaloa,  Mexico,  July  11,  1963;  El.  2660  ft. 
(J.  P.  Donahue).  AlJotype  female  same  data  as  holotype.  Paratypes:  id  same  data  as 
holotype.  Types  in  the  DeLong  collection. 

This  species  is  most  closely  related  to  T.  pergrada  DeLong,  but  can  be  distinguished 
by  the  longer  aedeagal  shaft  with  the  split  apex,  and  by  the  two  produced,  rounded 
apical  teeth  on  the  female  seventh  sternum. 


Figures  1-6  Texananus  copalanus  n.  sp.  1  -  plate,  ventrally.  2  -  style,  ventrally. 
3  -  aedeagus  and  connective,  ventrally.  4  -  aedeagus  and  connective,  laterally.  5  -  pygofer, 
lateral  view  of  apical  portion.  6  -  female  seventh  sternum. 


204  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  June  1973 


LITERATURE  CITED 

DeLong,  Dwight  M.  1944.  The  Mexican  Species  of  Leafhoppers  of  the  Genus  Texananus 
(Homoptera:Cicadellidae).  Jour.  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.  34(7):228-239. 


A  NEW  SPECIES  OF  MEXICAN  TEXANANUS 
(HOMOPTERA  :CICADELLIDAE) 

ABSTRACT. -De Long,  Dwight  M.  and  Candace  Martinson.  A  New  Species  of 
Mexican  Texananus  (Homoptera:Cicadellidae).  A  new  species  of  Texananus,  T.  copala- 
nus  n.  sp.  from  Copala,  Sinaloa,  Mexico  is  described  and  illustrated. 

Descriptors:  Homoptera,  Cicadellidae,  Texananus  copalanus  n.  sp.  from  Sinaloa, 
Mexico. 


MEMOIRS  AMERICAN  ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 

No.  20.  Howard  E.  Erans-A  Revision  of  the  Mexican  and  Central  American  Spider  Wasps 
of  the  Subfamily  Pompilinae  (Hymenoptera:  Pompilidae).  433  pages,  11  plates, 
80  maps 512.50 

No.  21.  Eric  G.  Mathews-A  Taxonomic  and  Zoogeographic  Survey  of  the  Scarabaeidae 
of  the  Antilles  (Coleoptera:  Scarabaeidae).  134  pages,  144  figures.  .  .$4.00 

No.  22.  Richard  M.  Fox- A  Monograph  of  the  Ithomiidae  (Lepidoptera)  Part  III.  The 
tribe  Mechanitini  Fox.  190  pages,  170  figures,  1  color  plate $9.00 

No.  23.  Beatrice  R.  Vogel-A  list  of  New  North  American  Spiders  (1940-1966).  186 
pages $9.00 

No.  24.  Lee  D.  Miller-T^he  Higher  Classification,  Phylogeny  and  Zoogeography  of  the 
Satyridae  (Lepidoptera).  174  pp $7.00 

No.  25.  Michael  G.  Emsley-T\\e  Schizopteridae  (Hemiptera:  Heteroptera)  with  the  de- 
scription of  new  species  from  Trinidad.  154  pp $6.50 

No.  26.  Jafnes  R.  Zimmerman- A.  taxonomic  Revision  of  the  Aquatic  Beetle  Genus 
Laccophilus  (Dytiscidae)  of  North  America,  275  pp $12.00 

No.  27.     Philip  J.  Clausen  and  Edwin  F.  Cook  -  A  Revision  of  the  Nearctic  Species 
of  the  Tribe  Parydrini  (Diptera:  Ephydridae).  150  pp S7.00 

No.  28.     Annette    F.    Braun    -    Tischeriidae    of   America    North    of   Mexico   (Micro- 
lepidoptera).    148   pp $7.00 


The  Entomologist's  Market  Place 

Advertisements  of  goods  or  services  for  sale  are  accepted  at  $1.00 
per  line,  payable  in  advance  to  the  editor.  Notices  of  wants  and  ex- 
changes not  exceeding  three  lines  are  free  to  subscribers.  Positions  open, 
and  position  wanted  notices  are  included  here  and  may  be  referred  to  by 
box  numbers.  All  insertions  are  continued  from  month  to  month,  the 
new  ones  are  added  at  the  end  of  the  column,  and,  when  necessary,  the 
older  ones  at  the  top  are  discontinued. 


AQUATIC  DIPTERA,  by  O.  A.  Johannsen.  370  p.,  including  757  figs,  on  72  full-page 
plates.  (1934-37)  reprint  1969.  All  five  parts  of  this  basic  reference  on  larvae  and  pupae 
of  aquatic  flies.  $11.25  cloth,  $5.00  paper.  For  this  and  any  insect  book  in  print,  write 
to:  Entomological  Reprint  Specialists,  P.  O.  Box  77971,  Dockweiler  Station,  Los 
Angeles,  California  90007,  USA. 

BUTTERFLIES  OF  THE  AUSTRALIAN  REGION,  by  Bernard  D'Abrera.  352  p., 
over  4,000  full  color  photographs.  Ready  Feb.  1972.  $39.95  postpaid.  A  magnificently 
illustrated  and  comprehensive  work  treating  the  butterflies  of  Australia,  Papua  &  New 
Guinea,  the  Moluccas,  New  Zealand,  and  the  islands  of  the  South  Pacific.  Entomological 
Reprint  Specialists,  P.  O.  Box  77971,  Dockweiler  Station,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90007,  USA. 

THE  MOTHS  OF  AMERICA  NORTH  OF  MEXICO.  Fascicle  21,  Sphingoidea  now  in 
stock,  xii+158  p.,  14  superb  color  plates,  8  black-and-white  photos,  19  figs.,  2  plates  of 
line  drawings.  1971.  $24.00.  Also  available  at  a  reduced  price  to  subscribers  of  all  41 
fascicles,  which  will  treat  and  figure  in  color  all  10,000  species  of  North  American  moths. 
Write  for  complete  details  and  brochure,  with  sample  color  plate.  Entomological  Re- 
print Specialists,  P.  O.  Box  77971,  Dockweiler  Station,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90007,  USA. 

Wanted:  One  copy  of  "Catalogue  of  the  Coleoptera  of  America,  North  of  Mexico," 
by  C.  W.  Leng,  published  at  Mount  Vernon,  1920.  Dr.  Paul  P.  Shubeck,  Biology  Depart- 
ment, Montclair  State  College,  Upper  Montclair,  New  Jersey  07043. 

Wanted  to  buy:  Hebard,  M.  1917.  The  Blattidae  of  North  America.  Mem.  American 
Ent.  Soc.  2.  Dr.  Ivan  Huber,'  Biology,  Fairleigh  Dickinson  University,  Madison,  NJ  07940. 

Papers  on  Tipulidae.  More  than  700  papers  and  14,000  pages.  For  sale  to  highest 
bidder.  Address  all  inquiries  to  Alan  Stone,  5308  Wriley  Rd.,  Washington,  DC  20016. 

Wanted:  One  copy  of  "Catalog  of  the  Diptera"  by  Stone,  et  al.  C.  L.  Sperka,  Depart- 
ment of  Entomology,  University  of  Kentucky,  Lexington,  KY  40506. 

For  sale:  Handlirsch,  A.  Monographic  d.  mit  Nysson  u.  Bembex  verw.  Grabvespen. 
Sitz.  k.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien.  1887-1893.  1433  p.,  25  pi.  7  parts  u.  Nachtrage  in  5  vols.  bd. 
$  200.00  Horn,  W.  and  S.  Schenkling.  Index  Litteraturae.  Ser.  1.  Die  Weltlitteratur 
uber  die  ges.  Entomologie  bis  inklusiv  1963.  1426  p.  4  vols.  Paper.  Berlin  1928-1929.  $ 
80.00.  Schroder,  C.,  (ed.)  Handbuch  der  Entomologie.  1  col.  pi.,  2514  textfigs.  3  vols. 
Bd.  '/2  leather.  G.  Fischer,  Jena.  1925-1929.  Mrs.  Rudolf  G.  Schmieder,  Box  34,  Elwyn, 
PA  19063. 

For  sale:  Butterflies  and  Moths  from  Brazil  and  foreign  Countries.  12,300  specimens 
classified  and  set  in  special  caseboards.  For  further  information,  write  to  P.O.  Box  416, 
Rio  de  Janeiro,  GB,  BRASIL. 

PSEPHEN1DAE  (including  EUBRIINAE,  EUBRIANACINAE,  and  PSEPHENINAE): 
Revising  the  family  in  the  Western  Hemisphere.  Request  loan  of  any  material  from  the 
New  World.  Dr.  Harley  P.  Brown,  Zoology  Dept.,  Univ.  Oklahoma,  730  Van  Vleet  Oval, 
Norman,  Okla.  73069,  U.S.A. 

For  sale:  Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  Amer.-Vol.  41,  43,  62,  63,  64,  ea.  $15.00;  Proc.  N.  Cent. 
Branch  E.S.A.-Vol.  24-5,  $10.00;  Practical  Entomologist,  Vol.  1-2  (1865-7),  $10.00; 
American  Entomologist,  Vol.  1  (1868-9),  $8.00;  Proc.  Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,  Vols  39,  55,  56; 
the  lot,  $10.00;  Ecological  Monographs,  Vols  34  through  40;  ea.  $10.00.  Russell  A  Rahn, 
314  N.  5th  Street,  Watertown,  WI  53094. 


JULY    1973 


ENTOMOLOGICAL  NEWS 


CONTENTS 

A  REDESCRIPTION  AND  BIOLOGY  OF 

PROBETHYLUS  SCHWARZI  ASHMEAD 

(HYMENOPTERA:SCLEROGIBBIDAE) 

WITH  NOTES  ON  RELATED  SPECIES 

David  J.  Shetlar,  p.  205 

A  NEW  HOST  RECORD  FOR  THE  PARASITIC  ROVE  BEETLE 
ALEOCHARA  BIPUSTULATA  L.  (COLEOPTERA:STAPHYLINIDAE) 

Ian  Moore  and  E.  F.  Legner,  p.  210 

NEW  RECORDS  OF  PENTATOMOIDEA  (HEMIPTERA) 

FROM  SRI  LANKA 

A.  D.  Pawar,  p.  211 

A  PRELIMINARY  STUDY  OF  THE  BIOLOGY  OF 

ENTOMOBR  YOIDES  PURPURASCENS 

(PACKARD,  1873)  (COLLEMBOLA:ENTOMOBRYIDAE) 

John  E.  R.  Stainer  and  D.  Keith  McE.  Kevan,  p.  217 

A  NEW  GENUS,  METACEPHALUS,  AND 
NEW  SPECIES  OF  BOLIVIAN  LEAFHOPPER 

(HOMOPTERA  :CICADELLIDAE) 
Dwight  M.  DeLong  and  Candace  Martinson,  p.  225 

A  PRELIMINARY  SURVEY  OF  THE 

ZOOPLANKTON  AND  BENTHOS  OF  AN 

ARCTIC  LAKE  NEAR  PRUDHOE  BAY,  ALASKA 

David  Nyquist  and  Jacqueline  D.  LaPerriere,  p.  227 

HONEYBEES  AND  BUMBLEBEES  TAKEN  IN  LIGHT  TRAPS 

S.  W.  Frost,  p.  235 

LETTER  TO  THE  EDITOR,  p.  210 

ERRATA,  p.  216 
MEETING  SCHEDULE  (Inside  Back  Cover) 


THE  AMERICAN  ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 


ENTOMOLOGICAL  NEWS 

Edited,  1890-1910,  by  Henry  Skinner  (1861-1926);  1911-1944,  by  Philip  P.  Calvert 
(1871-1961);  1945-1967,  by  R.  G.  Schmieder  (1898-1967);  1968-1972  by  R.  H.  Arnett, 
Jr. 

Entomological  News  is  published  monthly  except  August  and  September  by  the 
American  Entomological  Society  at  253  Agricultural  Hall,  College  of  Agricultural 
Sciences,  University  of  Delaware,  Newark,  DE.  19711.  Second  class  postage  paid  at 
Newark,  Delaware  19711  and  additional  mailing  offices.  Editorial  Staff:  S.  S.  Roback  & 
R.  W.  Lake  (Editor). 

SUBSCRIPTION  RATES:  Private  subscriptions  for  personal  use  $7.00  per  year  post 
paid;  institutional  subscriptions  for  libraries,  laboratories,  etc.,  domestic  and  foreign. 
$12.00  per  year  postpaid.  Communications  and  remittances  for  subscriptions  should  be 
addressed  to  Entomological  News,  1900  Race  Street,  Philadelphia,  PA.  19103,  U.SA. 

POSTMASTER:  If  undeliverable  please  send  form  3579  to  Mr.  Robert  W.  Lake,  253 
Agricultural  Hall,  University  of  Delaware,  Newark,  DE.  19711. 

MANUSCRIPTS  and  all  communications  concerning  same  should  be  addressed  to: 
Mr.  Robert  W.  Lake,  Department  of  Entomology  and  Applied  Ecology,  University  of 
Delaware,  Newark,  DE  19711.  The  receipt  of  all  papers  will  be  acknowledged  and,  if 
accepted,  they  will  be  published  as  soon  as  possible,  usually  within  six  months.  Articles 
longer  than  eight  pages  may  be  published  in  two  or  more  installments,  unless  the  author 
is  willing  to  pay  the  cost  of  a  sufficient  number  of  additional  pages  in  any  one  issue  to 
enable  such  an  article  to  appear  without  division.  BOOKS  FOR  REVIEW  should  be  sent 
to  the  editor. 

PAGE  CHARGES  are  normally  made  only  for  over-length  articles,  or  for  articles  pub- 
lished ahead  of  their  regular  place  in  the  issues,  and  then  only  as  additional  pages  for  an 
issue.  In  cases  where  authors  have  received  grant  money  for  publication,  or  their  institu- 
tion normally  pays  publication  costs,  they  will  be  billed  at  the  rate  of  $18.75  per  page. 

ILLUSTRATIONS:  Authors  will  be  charged  for  text-figures  and  halftones  at  the 
following  rate:  Each  line  cut  regardless  of  size  $1.50;  each  halftone  regardless  of  size, 
$4.50.  Size  limit  of  illustrations,  when  printed,  4'/2  x  6Vz  inches. 

SEPARATES  printed  without  removal  of  extraneous  matter,  without  covers,  will  be 
supplied  by  the  printer  at  20  cents  per  copy.  Minimum  order  100  copies.  Xerox  copies  of 
articles,  minimum  order  50  copies,  15  cents  per  copy. 

EDITORIAL  POLICY:  Manuscripts  on  insect  life  and  related  terrestrial  anthropods  are 
appropriate  for  submission  to  ENTOMOLOGICAL  NEWS.  Titles  should  be  carefully- 
composed  to  reflect  the  true  contents  of  the  article,  and  be  kept  as  brief  as  possible.  A 
short  informative  abstract  (not  a  descriptive  abstract)  of  about  150  words  should  be 
supplied  on  a  separate  sheet,  complete  with  title  and  ending  with  the  authors  name  and 
address.  In  addition,  the  author  should  supply  a  list  of  descriptors,  or  key  words  at  the 
end  of  the  abstract.  The  author's  complete  mailing  address,  including  zip  code  number, 
should  be  given  as  a  footnote  to  the  article.  All  papers  describing  new  taxa  should 
include  enough  information  to  make  them  useful  to  the  non-specialist.  Generally  this 
requires  a  key  and  a  short  review  or  discussion  of  the  group,  plus  reference  to  existing 
revisions  or  monographs.  Illustrations  are  almost  always  required. 

Short  notes  will  be  promptly  published  in  The  Entomologist's  Record.  Literature  notices, 
short  reviews,  and  books  received  will  be  published  in  The  Entomologist's  Library.  Study 
notices,  want  items,  and  for  sale  notices  are  published  in  The  Entomologist's  Market 
Place.  All  manuscripts  should  follow  the  format  recommended  in  the  CBE  "Style 
Manual". 

SECOND  CLASS  POSTAGE  PAID  AT  NEWARK,  DELAWARE 
&  ADDITIONAL  MAILING  OFFICES 


A  REDESCRIPTION  AND  BIOLOGY  OF 
PROBETHYLUS  SCHWARZI  ASHMEAD 
(HYMENOPTERA:SCLEROGIBBIDAE) 
WITH  NOTES  ON  RELATED  SPECIES1 2 

David  J.  Shetlar3 

The  genus  Probe  thy  Ins  was  first  established  by  W.  H.  Ashmead 
(1902)  based  on  a  single  male  specimen  of  P.  schwarzi  from 
Arizona.  No  female  of  P.  schwarzi  has  been  previously  found. 
Richards  (1939)  revised  the  genus  to  include  three  species:  P. 
schwarzi  Ashmead,/3.  callani  Richards,  and  P.  mexicanus  Richards. 
He  described  the  female  of  P.  callani  and  the  males  of  P.  callani 
and  P.  mexicanus  using  very  good  morphological  characters.  How- 
ever, P.  schwarzi  was  not  redescribed  and  the  scant  original 
information  by  Ashmead  was  used  in  a  key. 

On  April  21,  1968,  specimens  of  the  embiopteran,  Anisembia 
texana  Melander,  were  collected  among  mosses  in  the  Wichita 
Mountains  Wildlife  Refuge,  Comanche  Co.,  Oklahoma.  The  em- 
biids  were  cultured  in  the  laboratory,  and  P.  schwarzi  was  taken 
from  the  culture  during  June  and  August  of  that  year.  With  these 
additional  collections,  the  male  and  female  of  P.  schwarzi  are  here 
redescribed  and  illustrated,  Probethylus  is  reviewed,  a  key  to  the 
species  is  presented,  and  notes  on  the  biology  of  P.  schwarzi  are 

also  included.  Probethylus  Ashmead,  1902 

Probethylus  Ashmead  1902:268-273;  Richards  1939:211-223. 

DESCRIPTION:  Male.  Black;  may  become  dark  brown  with  age.  Head  and  thorax 
dull,  generally  punctured  or  shagreened.  Abdomen  shiny;  dorsum  flattened  with  seven 
visible  segments.  Wing  hyaline,  covered  with  short  pubescence;  costal  (C),  marginal  (MA), 
submarginal  (SMA),  medial  (M),  and  submedial  (SM)  cells  present  in  front  wing  (Fig.  1); 
hind  wing  with  prominent  jugal  lobe.  Antenna  with  20  to  26  segments  with  much  fine 
pubescence.  Genitalia  with  volsella  of  two  distal  lobes,  gonosquama  and  gonostipes  fused 
or  contiguous  for  their  width. 


'Authorized  for  publication  as  paper  no.  4318,  on  October  20,  1972,  Journal  Series  of 
the  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  University 
Park,  Pa.  16802. 

2Accepted  for  publication:    November  27,  1972. 

3The  Frost  Entomological  Museum,  Department  of  Entomology,  The  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  University  Park,  Pa.  16802 

Ent.  News  84:205-210,  1973  205 


206  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  July  1973 


Female.  Light  testaceous  in  color;  dull  without  punctures.  Wingless.  Head  short-pyri- 
form  in  dorsal  view;  ocelli  in  equilateral  triangle;  mandibles  with  three  distal  teeth;  maxil- 
lary palpi  with  three  segments;  labial  palps  with  two  segments;  antenna  with  18  to  26 
segments.  Fore  and  mid  tibia  with  one  prominent  spur,  hind  tibia  with  two  spurs.  Sting 
slightly  projecting. 

Discussion.  The  sclerogibbids  generally  resemble  other  groups  in  the  Bethyloidea 
except  in  the  greater  number  of  antennal  segments.  However,  P.  schwarzi  females  may 
have  18  segments,  a  number  less  than  the  20  to  23  which  is  found  in  P.  callani.  This 
character  is  still  useful  in  most  keys  separating  related  families  such  as  the  Dryinidae  or 
Bethylidae  which  have  10  to  13  antennal  segments. 

Key  to  the  Species  of  PROBETHYLUS 

1.  Wingless;  fore  leg  with  greatly  enlarged  femur  (females) 2 

Wings  present;  fore  leg  normal  (males) 3 

2.  Anterior  edge  of  each  abdominal  tergite  darkened;  antennae  20-23  segmented    .  . 

P.  callani 

Base  of  first  abdominal  segment  dark;  conspicuous  dark  band  on  segment  3; 
antennae  18  segmented P.  schwarzi 

3.  Notaulices  incomplete;  head  and  mesonotum  shiny,  pitted  or  punctured 4 

Notaulices   complete;  head  and  mesonotum  shagreened,  slightly  punctured    .  . 
P.  callani 

4.  Notaulices  extending  half  way  across  mesonotum;  head  and  notum  pitted  and 

punctured;  antennae  21-23  segmented P.  schwarzi 

Notaulices  extending  4/5  the  way  across  mesonotum;  head  and  notum  with 

fine  punctures;  antennae  25  segmented P.  mexicanus 

Note  on  Known  Species 
P.  schwarzi  Ashmead,  1902 

Known  from  a  single  male  specimen  from  Arizona.  It  was  described  as  the  type 
species  for  the  genus  in  a  key  without  proper  description.  The  host  and  the  female  of 
this  species  was  previously  unknown,  but  has  now  been  taken  from  Asembia  texana. 

P.  callani  Richards,  1939 

Known  from  a  good  series  of  males  and  females  from  Trinidad,  British  West  Indies, 
and  Mexico.  The  host  was  an  unidentified  embiid. 

P.  mexicanus  Richards,  1939 

Described    from    two    males   from    Mexico.   The    female   and   host   are   unknown. 

Probethylus  schwarzi  Ashmead 
Probethylus  schwarzi  Ashmead  1902:  268-273;  Richards  1939:211-223. 

TYPE  DATA:  "Oracle,  Arizona,  1-7,  E.  A.  Schwarz"  Holotype  male  is  deposited  in 
the  collection  of  the  U.  S.  National  Musuem. 

DESCRIPTION:  Male  (Figs.  1,  2,  3).  Body  black  with  dense  short  pubescence; 
length  1.9-2.1  mm.  Antenna  usually  22  segmented  but  occasionally  21  or  23  segmented, 
distal  two  segments  sometimes  fused.  Head,  notum,  and  scutellum  shiny  with  large 
coarse  punctures.  Notaulices  extending  halfway  across  mesonotum.  Wings  hyaline,  entire 
surface  covered  with  a  short  pubescence;  marginal  cell  elongate  and  narrower  than  sub- 
marginal  cell.  Base  of  abdomen  with  longitudinal  furrows,  first  2-3  segments  having 
shallow  pits.  Genitalia  with  ventral  lobe  of  volsella  (V)  smaller  than  dorsal  lobe  and  con- 
cave on  inner  surface,  armed  with  tubercles  and  bristles;  gonostipes  and  gonosquama 
(GG)  fused  with  a  series  of  small  bristles  over  its  entire  length,  large  bristles  on  distal  sur- 
face. Bristles  on  ninth  sternite  irregular  in  arrangement. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  July  1973 


207 


SMA 


MA 


Figs.  1  -3.      Probethylus  schwarzi  Ashmead  male;  1 ,  adult  male;  2,  genitalia;  3,  morpho  - 
logical  9th  sternite. 

Wing  cells:  C— coastal,  MA-marginal,  SMA-submarginal,  M-medial,  SM- 
submedial. 
Genitalia:  V-volsella,  GG-gonostipe  and  gonosquama. 


208  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  July  1973 


Female  (Fig.  4).  Light  testaceous;  single  dark  band  on  third  abdominal  segment;  base 
of  first  abdominal  segment  dark;  length:  2.7  mm.  Head  flattened,  pyriform;  conspicuous 
impression  present  in  mid-dorsal  line  just  posterior  to  front  margin;  eyes  large  pubescent; 
ocelli  reddish,  forming  an  equilateral  triangle;  antenna  1 8-segmented.  Thorax  dull,  un- 
punctured;  pronotum  longer  than  wide.  Wings  absent.  Fore  legs  with  greatly  enlarged 
femur  and  tibia;  first  tarsal  segment  elongate,  flattened,  tarsi  2-4  broad  and  short.  Mid 
and  hind  coxa  with  prominent  anterior  and  posterior  dorsal  keels;  mid  and  hind  femur 
grooved  ventrally  for  the  reception  of  the  tibia.  Sting  slightly  projecting. 

DISTRIBUTION:  Arizona  and  Oklahoma. 
Host:  Anisembia  texana  Melander 

Specimens  Examined:  Four  males  and  one  female  in  the  collection  of  the  U.  S. 
National  Museum;  2  males  in  the  Frost  Entomological  Museum,  Pennsylvania  State 
University;  2  males  in  the  University  of  Oklahoma  Stovall  Museum;  3  males  and  1  female 
retained  in  author's  collection. 

Notes  on  the  Biology  of  Probethylus  schwarzi  Ashmead 

The  embiid  Anisembia  texana  was  collected  on  April  21,  and  specimens  were  reared 
in  a  4-inch  finger  bowl  covered  with  a  plastic  petri  dish  top.  The  culture  was  supplied 
with  dead  moss  and  sprinkled  with  water  and  powdered  rat  food  pellets  every  week.  This 
culture  yielded  2  females  of  P.  schwarzi,  one  on  June  14  and  another  on  June  20.  During 
early  July,  one  or  two  parasite  larvae  per  embiid  nymph  were  seen  in  a  transverse  posi- 
tion over  the  first  or  second  abdominal  segments  of  some  of  the  embiid  nymphs.  Callan 
(1939),  who  reared  P.  callani  from  an  unidentified  embiid  from  Trinidad,  stated  that  the 
parasitic  larvae  were  "...bright  yellow..."  and  "...occupied  a  transverse  position  on  the 
dorsal  surface  of  the  thorax  of  the  host,  being  attached  usually  between  the  head  and 
prothorax  or  between  the  pro-  and  mesothoriacic  segments."  The  larvae  of  P.  schwarzi 
often  caused  the  embiid  abdomens  to  be  slightly  deflected  (Fig.  5).  On  July  19,  a  mature 
larva  of  P.  schwarzi  was  seen,  being  cream  colored  instead  of  yellow.  The  wasp  cocoons 
were  made  of  white  silk  with  embiid  frass  and  debris  adhered  to  the  surface.  A  total  of  9 
males  and  one  dwarf  (male)  were  collected  from  the  culture  from  August  6  to  August 
14. 

The  female  wasps  were  very  active  and  easily  ran  among  the  embiid  webs.  The  larval 
period  of  the  parasite  appears  to  be  five  to  six  weeks  and  pupal  stage  is  about  two  weeks. 
The  males  were  also  very  active  but  usually  stayed  out  of  the  embiid  webs.  Parasites 
supplied  only  with  water  lived  no  more  than  4  days.  The  parasitized  embiids  were  usually 
smaller  than  normal,  but  were  apparently  not  hampered  in  normal  activity.  The  wasp 
larva  upon  maturation  seems  to  kill  the  embiid  nymph  and  eat  the  remains  as  has  been 
observed  for  P.  callani. 

No  male  parasites  were  present  when  the  females  were  active.  Thus,  it  is  doubtful  that 
any  females  were  mated.  Since  only  male  parasites  were  produced  in  the  second  genera- 
tion, P.  schwarzi  might  be  considered  arrhenotokous. 

The  embiid  host,  A.  texana,  has  a  known  range  of  Texas,  Louisiana,  Arkansas, 
Mississippi,  and  Oklahoma;  and  P.  schwarzi  could  thus  be  expected  to  be  found  in  the 
same  area  but  may  require  rearing  of  the  embiids  to  show  its  presence. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

Many  thanks  to  Dr.  A.  S.  Menke  at  the  U.  S.  National  Museum  for  his  comparison  of 
material  with  the  type  and  for  information  concerning  the  type.  My  sincerest  thanks  to 
Dr.  K.  C.  Kim  for  his  kindly  suggestions  and  help,  and  to  Miss  D.  D.  Wilder  for  her  edi- 
torial assistance. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  July  1973 


209 


L 


Figs.  4—5.      4,  Probethylus  schwarzi  female  adult. 

SjAnisembia  texana  Melander  nymph  with  two  parasite  larvae  (L). 


210  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  July  1973 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Ashmead,  W.  H.  1902.  Classification  of  the  fossorial,  predaceous  and  parasitic  wasps,  of 
the  superfamily  Vespoidea.  Family  XXXII.  Bethylidae.  Canad.  Entom.  34:268- 
273. 

Callan,  E.  McC.  1939.  A  note  on  the  breeding  of  Probethylus  callani  Richards  (Hymen- 
opt.,  Bethylidae),  an  embiopteran  parasite.  Proc.  Roy.  Ent.  Soc.  Lond.  Ser   B 
8(ll):223-224. 

Richards,  O.  W.  1939.  The  bethylidae  subfamily  Sclerogibbinae  (Hymenoptera).  Proc. 
Roy.  Ent.  Soc.  Lond.  Ser.  B.  8(1 1):21 1-223. 

ABSTRACT:-The  genus  Probethylus  (Hymenoptera,  Sclerogibbidae)  is  reviewed  and  a 
key  to  the  species  is  included.  Probethylus  schwarzi  Ashmead  is  redescribed  and  illus- 
trated based  on  male  and  female  specimens  reared  from  Anisembia  texana  Melander 
(Embioptera:Anisembidae).  The  embiids  were  collected  from  the  Wichita  Mountains 
Wildlife  Refuge,  Comanche  Co.,  Oklahoma.  P.  schwarzi  seems  to  be  arrhenotokous. 
Notes  on  the  biology  of  P.  schwarzi  are  also  made. 

Descriptors:  Hymenoptera;  Sclerogibbidae;  Probethylus,  redescription:  schwarzi;  arrhen- 
otoky;  Embioptera;  A.nhembidae\  Anisembia  texana. 

Letter  to  the  Editor 

Sir: 

I  find  the  note  on  "Saturniids  as  Bat  Mimics,"  appearing  on  page  72  of  Entomological 
News,  Vol.  84,  March,  1973,  ludicrous.  The  title  itself  is  completely  out  of  line,  since  the 
ensuing  two  paragraphs  do  not  establish  that  saturniids  mimic  bats  in  any  feature  except 
size. 

Almost  every  sentence  contains  statements  that  must  be  challenged.  The  first  one, 
describing  saturniid  moths  as  "clumsy"  in  flight,  reflects  only  that  author's  opinion;  it  is 
not  a  quality  that  can  be  measured,  and  it  is  quite  possible  that  other  people  would  con- 
sider the  flight  graceful.  "Swiftness"  and  "ability  to  dodge"  likewise  are  not  given  base- 
lines, and  we  do  not  know  with  what  other  forms,  normally  preyed  upon  by  bats,  the 
author  is  comparing  saturniids.  "Evolution  seems  to  have  neglected  to  give  the  flying 
adult  saturniids  any  ability  to  escape  from  predatory  bats"  is  such  an  opinionated  mish- 
mash that  it  is  hardly  worth  pointing  out  that  no  evidence  is  presented  for  that 
conclusion. 

The  author  states  that  most  saturniids  have  a  "strong  unpleasant  odor."  On  the  con- 
trary, I  find  the  odor  of  each  species  very  pleasant,  since  it  reminds  me  of  the  happy 
years  of  study  I  have  enjoyed  with  these  marvelous  creatures.  At  most,  if  some  others  do 
not  find  the  odors  pleasant,  I  would  urge  that  "unpleasant"  be  changed  to  "characteris- 
tic." Next,  one  reads  that  saturniids'  "broad  downy  wings  and  flight  characteristics" 
make  it  possible,  or  probable,  that  bats  think  they  are  other  bats.  That  is  very  odd,  since 
bats'  wings  are  naked,  and  the  anatomy  of  the  respective  flight  appendages  so  remotely 
different  that  entirely  separate  aerodynamic  principles  come  into  play. 

I  believe  that  bat  mimicry  can  be  dismissed  as  a  hypothesis  on  the  arguments 
presented  in  this  communication.  If  saturniids  do  indeed  possess  relative  immunity  from 
attack  by  bats,  it  is  more  likely  to  be  based  on  the  fact  that  bats  capture  prey  in  flight 
within  a  basket  formed  by  one  or  the  other  wing  and  the  interfemoral  membrane.  Most 
saturniids  are  simply  too  large  to  be  taken  readily  in  this  manner. 

C.  Brook  Worth 

R.  D.  Delmont,  N.  J. 

July  2,  1973 


NEW  RECORDS  OF 
PENTATOMOIDEA  (HEMIPTERA) 
FROM  SRI  LANKA1  2 

A.  D.  Pawar3 

This  paper  presents  the  results  of  studies  on  the  unidentified 
collection  of  Pentatomoidea  from  Sri  Lanka  (Ceylon)  in  the 
National  Pusa  Collection,  Division  of  Entomology,  Indian  Agricul- 
tural Research  Institute,  New  Delhi.  The  following  thirty-three 
species  are  listed  here  as  new  records  of  Pentatomoidea  for  the 
first  time  from  Sri  Lanka. 

Family  1  PLATASPIDAE 
Genus  Coptosoma  Laporte,  1832 

1.  Coptosoma  cribrarium  (Fabricius,  1798) 

Cimex  cribrarium  Fabricius,  1798,  Ent.  Syst.  Suppl.  p.  531 

Specimen    examined:    1    female,    Ceylon,    S.    P.    Hambantota,    Feb.    7,    1909, 
T.   B.   F.   Coll. 

Distribution:    China,   Burma,    Formosa,    India,   Sri   Lanka. 

2.  Coptosoma    fletcheri    Distant,  1918 

Coptosoma  fletcheri  Distant,  1918,  Fauna  British  India  Rhynch.  7:114-115. 

Specimen  examined:   1  male,  Ceylon,  S.  P.  Hambantota,  Feb.  7,  1909,  T.  B.  F. 
Coll. 

Distribution:  Burma,  Sri  Lanka. 

3.  Coptosoma  integrum  Walker,  1867 
Coptosoma  integrum  Walker,  1867,  Cat.  Het.  1:88 

Specimen  examined:   1   male,  Ceylon,  S.  P.  Hambantota,  Feb.  7,  1909,  T.  B.  F. 
Coll. 

Distribution:  India,  Sri  Lanka. 

4.  Coptosoma  nazirae  Atkinson,  1889 

Coptosoma  nazirae  Atkinson,  1889,  Jour.  Asiatic  Soc.  Bengal  57:343 
Specimen  examined:  1  female,  Ceylon,  June  3,  1908,  T.  B.  F.  Coll. 
Distribution:  India,  Sikkim,  Sri  Lanka. 


'Contribution  No.  3. 

2Accepted  for  publication:  October  5,  1972. 

3Research  Scholar,  Division  of  Entomology,  Indian  Agricultural  Research  Institute,  New 
Delhi.  Present  address:  Postdoctoral  Fellow,  Department  of  Entomology,  The  Inter- 
national Rice  Research  Institute,  P.O.  Box  583,  Manila,  Philippines. 


Ent.  News  84:211-216,  1973  211 


212  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  July  1973 


5.  Coptosoma  ostensum  Distant,  1918 

Coptosoma  ostensum  Distant,   1918,   Fauna  British  India  Rhynch.  7: 112 

Specimen  examined:   1  female,  Ceylon,  S.  P.  Hambantota,  Feb.  7,  1909,  T.  B.  F. 
Coll. 

Distribution:   India,  Sri  Lanka. 

Family  2  CYDNIDAE 
Genus  Aethus  Dallas,  1851 

6.  Aethus  indicus  (Westwood,  1837) 

Cydnus  indicus  Westwood,  1837,  In  Hope  Cat.  1 : 19 

Specimens  examined:  2  females,  Ceylon,  S.  P.  Hambantota,  Feb.  6,  1909,  T.  B.  F. 
Coll. 

Distribution:  Australia,  Burma,  India,  Madagascar,  Malay  Archipelago,  Sri  Lanka, 
Southern  Africa. 

Genus  Cydnus  Fabricius,  1803 

7.  Cydnus  aterrimus  (Forster,  1771) 

Cimex  aterrimus  Forster,  1771,  Nov.  Sp.  Ins.  p.  71 

Specimen  examined:  1  female,  Ceylon,  S.  P.  Hambantota,  Feb.  6,  1909,  T.  B.  F. 
Coll. 

Distribution:  Australia,  India,  Sri  Lanka,  North  Africa,  common  in  the  Palaearctic 
Region. 

Genus  Stibaropus  Dallas,  1851 

8.  Stibaropus  callidus  (Schiodte,  1849) 

Scaptocoris  callidus  Schiodte,  1849,  In  Kroy  Nat.  Tidskr.  (2)  2:460 

Specimen  examined:  1  female,  Ceylon,  S.  P.  Hambantota,  Feb.  7,  1909,  T.  B.  F. 
Coll. 

Distribution:   Burma,  India,  Sri  Lanka. 

Family  3  PENTATOMIDAE 
Subfamily  Scutellerinae 

Tribe  Scutellerini 
Genus  Chrysocoris  Hahn,  1834 

9.  Chrysocoris  stolli  (Wolff,  1801) 

Cimex  stolli  Wolff,  1801,  Icones  Cimicum  desc.  illust.  2:48 

Specimen  examined:   1  male,  Ceylon,  S.  P.  Hambantota,  Feb.  6,  1909,  T.  B.  F. 
Coll. 

Distribution:  Burma,  Formosa,  India,  North  China,  Pakistan,  Sikkim,  Sri  Lanka. 
Genus  Poecilocoris  Dallas,  1848 

10.   Poecilocoris  hardwickii  (Westwood,  1837) 

Tectocoris  hardwickii  Westwood,  1837,  In  Hope  Cat.  1:13 

Specimen  examined:   1  male,  Ceylon,  S.  P.  Hambantota,  Feb.  6,  1909,  T.  B.  F. 
Coll. 

Distribution:  Burma,  Bhutan,  Hong  Kong,  India,  Sri  Lanka,  West  China. 
Genus  Lamprocoris  Stal,  1864 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  July  1973  213 


11.  Lamprocoris  roylii  (Westwood,  1837) 

Collided  roylii  Westwood,  1837,  In  Hope  Cat.  1:16 

Specimen  examined:    1   male,  Ceylon,  S.  P.  Hambantota,  Feb.  6,  1909,  T.  B.  F. 

Coll. 

Distribution:    India,  Nepal,  Sikkim,  Sri  Lanka. 

Subfamily  Pentatominae 

Tribe  Carpocorini 
Genus  Carpocoris  Kolenati,  1846 

12.  Carpocoris  pallidus  (Dallas,  1851) 

Pentatoma  pallidus  Dallas,  1851,  List  Hem.  1:234 

Specimen  examined:   1  female,  Ceylon,  S.  P.  Hambantota,  Feb.  7,  1909,1.  B.  F. 
Coll. 

Distribution:  India,  Sri  Lanka. 

Genus  Dolycoris  Mulsant  and  Rey,  1866 

13.  Dolycoris  indicus  Stal,  1876 

Dolycoris  indicus  Stal,  1876,  En.  Hem.  5:76 

Specimens  examined:  2  males,  Ceylon,  S.  P.  Hambantota,  Feb.  6,  1909,T.  B.  F. 
Coll. 

Distribution:  India,  Sri  Lanka. 

Genus  Palomena  Mulsant  and  Rey,  1866 

14.  Palomena  viridissima  (Poda,  1761) 

Cimex  viridissima  Poda,  1761,  Ins.  Mus.  Graec.  p.  56 

Specimen  examined:    1   male,  Ceylon,  S.  P.  Hambantota,  Feb.  6,  1909,  T.  B.  F. 
Coll. 

Distribution:  Europe,  India,  Northwest  Siberia,  Pakistan,  Sri  Lanka. 

Genus  Tolumnia  Stal,  1867 

15.  Tolumnia  latipes  (Dallas,  1851) 

Pentatoma  latipes  Dallas,  1851,  List  Hem.  1:238 

Specimen  examined:   1  female,  Ceylon,  S.  P.  Hambantota,  Feb.  7,  1909,  T.  B.  F. 
Coll. 

Distribution:  Burma,  Hong  Kong,  Indonesia,  Malay  Peninsula,  Sri  Lanka. 

Tribe  Aeschrocorini 
Genus  Aeschrocoris  Bergroth,  1887 

16.  Aeschrocoris  fumosus  Distant,  1908 

Aeschrocoris  fumosus  Distant,  1908,     Fauna  British  India,  Rhynch.  4(2):439. 

Specimen  examined:   1  female,  Ceylon,  S.  P.  Hambantota,  Feb.  6,  1909,  T.  B.  F. 
Coll. 

Distribution:   India,  Sri  Lanka. 

Tribe  Hoplistoderini 
Genus  Hoplistodera  Westwood,  1837 

17.  Hoplistodera  recurva  Distant,  1900 

Hoplistodera  recurva  Distant,  1900,  Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  London  1900:  170 


214  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  July  1973 


Specimen  examined:   1  male,  Ceylon,  S.  P.  Hambantota,  Feb.  6,  1909,  T.  B.  F. 
Coll. 

Distribution:  India,  Nepal,  Sri  Lanka. 

Tribe  Eurydemini 
Genus  Agonoscelis  SpinoSa,  1837 

18.  Agonoscelis  femoralis  Walker,  1868 
Agonoscelis  femoralis  Walker,  1868,  Cat.  Het.  3:545 

Specimen  examined:  1  female,  Ceylon,  S.  P.  Hambantota,  Feb.  7,  1909,  T.  B.  F. 
Coll. 

Distribution:    India,  Sri  Lanka. 

Genus  Eurydema  Laporte,  1832 

19.  Eurydema  pulchrum  (Westwood,  1837) 

Pentatoma  pulchrum  Westwood,  1837,  In  Hope  Cat.  1:34 

Specimen  examined:      1    female,   Ceylon,   S.    P.    Hambantota,   Feb.   6,    1909, 
T.  B.  F.  Coll. 

Distribution:  China,  Burma,  India,  Indonesia,  Sikkim,  Sri  Lanka. 

20.  Eurydema  lituriferum  (Walker,  1867) 

Strachia  lituriferum  Walker,  1867,  Cat.  Het.  2:326 

Specimen  examined:   1  female,  Ceylon,  S.  P.  Hambantota,  Feb.  7,  1909,  T.  B.  F. 

Coll. 

Distribution:  Burma,  India,  Sikkim,  Sri  Lanka. 

Genus  Madates  Strand,  1910 

21.  Madates  limbata  (Fabricius,  1803) 

Cimex  limbata  Fabricius,  1803,  Syst.  Rhyng.  p.  176 

Specimen  examined:   1  male,  Ceylon,  S.  P.  Hambantota,  Feb.  6,  1909,  T.  B.  F. 

Coll. 

Distribution:  Burma,  India,  Indonesia,  Malay  Peninsula,  Sri  Lanka. 

Tribe  Rhynchocorini 
Genus  Rhynchocoris  Westwood,  1837 

22.  Rhynchocoris  humeralis  (Thunberg,  1783) 

Cimex  humeralis  Thunberg,  1783,  Nov.  Ins.  Spec.  2:40 

Specimen  examined:   1  female,  Ceylon,  Madulsina,  May  19,  1908,  T.  B.  F.  Coll. 

Distribution:   Burma,  India,  Sri  Lanka,  Sikkim,  Thailand. 

Tribe  Nezarini 
Genus  Nezara  Amyot  and  Serville,  1843 

23.  Nezara  antennata  Scott,  1874 

Nezara  antennata  Scott,  1874,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.    Hist.  (4)  14:299 

Specimen  examined:   1  male,  Ceylon,  S.  P.  Hambantota,  Feb.  6,  1909,  T.  B.  F. 

Coll. 

Distribution:   China,  India,  Japan,  Sri  Lanka. 

Subfamily  Asopinae 
Genus  Amyotea  Ellenrieder,  1862 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  July  1973  215 


24.  Amyotea  malabaricus  (Fabricius,  1775) 

Cimex  malaharicus  Fabricius,  1775,  Syst.  Fnt.  p.  718 

Specimen  examined:   1  female,  Ceylon,  S.  P.  Hambantota,  Feb.  6,  1909,  T.  B.  F. 

Coll. 

Distribution:  Burma,  India,  Indonesia,  Philippines,  Sri  Lanka. 

Genus  Zicrona  Amyot  and  Serville,  1843 

25.  Zicrona  caerulea  (Linnaeus,  1758) 

Cimex  caerulea  Linnaeus,  1758,  Syst.  Nat.  ed.  X,  1:445 

Specimen  examined:   1  female,  Ceylon,  S.  P.  Hambantota,  Feb.  6,  1909,  T.  B.  F. 

Coll. 

Distribution:  China,  Burma,  India,  Japan,  Malay  Archipelago,  Pakistan,  Palaearctic 

Region,  Sri  Lanka. 

Subfamily  Tessaratominae 

Tribe  Tessaratomini 
Genus  Tessaratoma  Berthold,  1827 

26.  Tessaratoma  papillosa  (Drury,  1770) 

Cimex  pap illosa  Drury,  1770,  Illust.  Nat.  Hist.  Exotic  Insects  1:96 

Specimen  examined:   1  female,  Ceylon,  S.  P.  Hambantota,  Feb.  7,  1909,  T.  B.  F. 

Coll. 

Distribution:   China,  India,  Sri  Lanka. 

Genus  Eusthenes  Laporte,  1832 

27.  Eusthenes  rubefactus  Distant,  1901 

Eusthenes  rubefactus  Distant,  1901,  Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  London  1901:111 

Specimen  examined:    1   male,  Ceylon,  S.  P.  Hambantota,  Feb.  6,  1909,  T.  B.  F. 
Coll. 

Distribution:   Burma,  India,  Sri  Lanka. 

Subfamily  Dinidorinae 
Genus  Coridius  Illiger,  1807 

28.  Coridius  orientalis  (Kirkaldy,  1909) 

Aspongopus  orientalis  Kirkaldy,  1909,  Cat.  Hem.  (Het.)  Cimicidae  1:256 

Specimen  examined:   1  female,  Ceylon,  S.  P.  Hambantota,  Feb.  6,  1909,T.  B.  F. 

Coll. 

Distribution:  India,  Sri  Lanka. 

29.  Coridius  brunneus  (Thunberg,  1783) 

Cimex  brunneus  Thunberg,  1783,  Nov.  Ins.  Sp.  2:45 

Specimen  examined:  1  female,  Ceylon,  S.  P.  Hambantota,  Feb.  7,  1909.T.  B.  F. 

Coll. 

Distribution:  Burma,  India,  Malay  Archipelago,  Sri  Lanka. 

Genus  Megymenum  Laporte,  1832 

30.  Megymenum  subpurpurascens  (Westwood,  1834) 

Platydius  subpurpurascens  Westwood,  1834,  Zool.  Journ.  5:446 

Specimen  examined:   1  female,  Ceylon,  S.  P.  Hambantota,  Feb.  7,  1909,  T.  B.  F. 

Coll. 


216  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  July  1973 


Distribution:  Burma,  India,  Malaya,  Sri  Lanka. 

Family  4  UROSTYLIDAE 
Genus  Urostylis  Westwood,  1837 

31.  Urostylis  pallida  Dallas,  1851 

Urostylis  pallida  Dallas,  1851,  List  Hem.  1:315 

Specimen  examined:   1  female,  Ceylon,  S.  P.  Hambantota,  Feb.  6,  1909,  T.  B.  F. 
Coll. 

Distribution:  India,  Sikkim,  Sri  Lanka. 

Genus  Urochela  Dallas,  1 850 

32.  Urochela  guttulata  Stal,  1876 

Urochela  guttulata  Stal,  1  876,  En.  Hem.  5:115 

Specimen  examined:    1  male,  Ceylon,  S.  P.  Hambantota,  Feb.  7,  1909,  T.  B.  F. 
Coll. 

Distribution:    India,  Sikkim,  Sri  Lanka. 

Family  5  ACANTHOSOMATIDAE 
Genus  Microdeuterus  Dallas,  1 85 1 

33.  Microdeuterus  dallasi  Atkinson,  1889 

Microdeuterus  dallasi  Atkinson,  1889,  Jour.  Asiatic  Soc.  Bengal  58:21 

Specimen  examined:    1  male,  Ceylon,  S.  P.  Hambantota,  Feb.  7,  1909,  T.  B.  F. 
Coll. 

Distribution:    India,  Sri  Lanka. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

The  author  is  indebted  to  Dr.  M.  G.  Ramdas  Menon,  Senior  Systematic  Entomologist, 
Division  of  Entomology,  Indian  Agricultural  Research  Institute,  New  Delhi,  for  placing 
this  interesting  collection  at  his  disposal,  and  to  Dr.  S.  Pradhan,  Head,  Division  of  Ento- 
mology, Indian  Agricultural  Research  Institute,  New  Delhi,  for  the  necessary  facilities. 

ABSTRACT.— Thirty-three    species   of  Pentatomoidea   (Hemiptera)   belonging   to   five 
families  are  reported  as  new  records  for  the  first  time  from  Sri  Lanka. 

A.  D.  Pawar,  Research  Scholar,  Division  of  Entomology,  Indian  Agricultural 
Research  Institute,  New  Delhi. 

Present  address:  Postdoctoral  Fellow,  Department  of  Entomology,  The  International 
Rice  Research  Institute,  P.  O.  Box  583,  Manila,  Philippines. 

Descriptors:    Hemiptera   (Heteroptera);   Pentatomoidea;  Plataspidae,  Cydnidae,  Penta- 
tomidae,   Urostylidae,  Acanthosomatidae,  New  records,  Sri  Lanka. 


ERRATA 

The  following  errors  were  noted  in  J.  S.  Dendy's  article,  Vol.  84,  No.  3,  pages  91  &  92: 

1.  Page  91,  line  one  of  title,  CHIROMONID  should  read  CHIRONOMID. 

2.  Page  91,  line  five  of  the  text  ""chirononmid"  should  read  "chironomid." 

3.  Page  92,  last  line  next  to  the  last  word,  "their"  should  read  "third." 


A  PRELIMINARY  STUDY  OF  THE 
BIOLOGY  OF  ENTOMOBRYOIDES  PURPURASCENS 
(PACKARD,  1873)    (COLLEMBOLA:ENTOMOBRYIDAE) '  2 

John  E.  R.  Stainer  and  D.  Keith  McE.  Kevan3 


INTRODUCTION 

Entomobryoid.es  purpurascens  was  described  very  briefly  by 
Packard  (1873)  and  was  redescribed  most  recently  by  Christiansen 
(1958).  It  is  a  comparatively  large  species,  widely  distributed,  and 
common  in  woodpiles  and  similar  situations  in  southwestern 
Quebec.  It  was  selected  for  study  because  of  its  ready  availability 
and  the  lack  of  any  previous  detailed  information  on  its  biology. 
The  original  intention,  to  work  out  the  life  cycle  and  feeding 
habits,  led  to  the  discovery  of  a  previously  unsuspected  'diapause' 
or  period  of  arrested  development. 

The  species  has  been  mentioned  many  times  in  the  literature, 
as  evidenced  by  a  long  list  of  references  in  Salmon's  (1964)  bibli- 
ography, but  has  received  detailed  consideration  only  by  Christian- 
sen (op.  cit.)  and  Willson  (1960).  The  former  elucidated  some 
aspects  of  its  taxonomy,  while  the  latter  examined  certain  light 
and  temperature  relationships.  Other  literature  on  the  species 
relevant  to  the  present  study  has  been  covered  in  four  recent 
papers:  Christiansen  (1964),  Joose  and  Veltkamp  (1970),  Kevan 
and  Kevan  ( 1 970)  and  Butcher  et  al.  ( 1 97 1 ). 

MATERIAL  AND  REARING  METHODS 

All  of  the  animals  used  were  collected  by  means  of  a  simple  as- 
pirator in  a  single  woodpile  in  the  Morgan  Arboretum,  Ste-Anne- 
de-Bellevue,  west  Montreal  Island,  Province  of  Quebec.  The  cut 
wood  in  the  pile  originated  from  a  mixture  of  tree  species,  mostly 
American  beech  (Fagus  grandiflora  Ehrh.)  and  various  birches 
(Betula  spp.). 

'Based  on  data  presented  in  an  unpublished  thesis  by  the  first  author:  (Stainer,  1969). 
2Accepted  for  publication:  September  21,  1972. 

Department    of  Entomology,   McGill    University,   Macdonald   Campus,    Ste-Anne-de- 
Bellevue,   Province  of  Quebec,  H9X  SMI,  Canada. 

Ent.  News,  84:21 7-224,  1973  217 


218  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  July  1973 


The  rearing  chamber  used  in  the  laboratory  (Fig.  1 )  was  de- 
signed to  combine  maintenance  of  a  high  humidity  with  maximum 
ease  of  observation.  It  was  based  on  a  design  originally  conceived 
by  Mr.  Lynton  Martin  of  Sault  Ste.  Marie,  Ontario,  and  subse- 
quently much  modified  by  various  research  workers  in  the  soil 
zoology  laboratory  of  the  Department  of  Entomology,  Macdonald 
Campus,  McGill  University.  Inside  the  larger  chamber,  the  animals 
were  confined  in  a  variety  of  containers,  but  for  all  of  the  work 
reported  here,  l2-dram'  glass  vials4  with  polyethylene  'snap'  caps 
were  used.  A  hole  was  blown  in  the  base  of  each  vial  so  that  a 
5mm.  layer  of  plaster  of  Paris  subsequently  placed  there  would  be 
in  contact  with  the  moist  plaster  base  of  the  large  rearing  chamber. 
For  rearing  the  larger  stages  of  the  animals,  the  centres  of  the  snap 
caps  were  cut  out  and  replaced  with  fine  nylon  mesh.  Because  they 
could  pass  through  the  mesh  with  ease,  the  smallest  stages  were 
reared  in  vials  with  solid  caps.  The  entire  apparatus  was  placed  in  a 
temperature-controlled  incubator.  Illumination  was  provided  by  a 
10-watt  incandescent  bulb  (Sylvania)  controlled  by  a  time  switch 
(Paragon  APT5-0).  Intensity  of  illumination  at  the  level  of  the 
rearing  chambers  varied  between  15  and  25  foot-candles.  The 
photophase  was  of  15%  or  16  hours'  duration. 

Animals  were  transferred  between  containers  using  a  fine,  mois- 
tened camel-hair  brush  and,  when  necessary,  carbon  dioxide  as  an 
anaesthetic.  An  abundant  supply  of  baker's  yeast,  augmented  by 
volunteer  moulds,  served  as  food.  Vials  were  sterilized  with  95 
per  cent  ethanol  before  use  and  then  dried.  This  kept  the  mould 
growth  down  to  a  manageable  level  for  the  duration  of  the 
experiments. 

Groups  of  E.  purpurascens  were  cultured  in  the  laboratory  un- 
der various  regimes  of  temperature,  to  ascertain  rearing  require- 
ments, development  times  and  readiness  to  ovipost. 

Samples  of  the  species  were  also  collected  from  the  field  at 
regular  intervals  in  the  spring  and  sporadically  at  other  seasons. 
Observations  on  behaviour  in  the  field  and  spot  checks  of  tempera- 
ture were  made  whenever  the  samples  were  collected.  The 
specimens  were  killed  and  mounted  in  Hoyer's  medium  (Krantz, 
1970)  on  microscope  slides  and  examined  in  order  to  detect 
changes  in  the  maturity,  sex  ratio  and  diet. 

4Approximately  1 1  ml. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  July  1973  219 


LIFE  CYCLE 

In  early  April,  the  animals  are  active  and  feeding  (Table  I). 
No  mature  male  has  been  found  at  this  time  in  the  populations 
studied  (Table  II),  but  it  is  possible  that  some  females  are  mature 
at  this  time.  Little  change  takes  place  until  the  end  of  April  or 
early  May.  Then,  at  a  date  probably  dependent  upon  the  severity 
of  the  preceding  winter,  the  first  mature  males  appear.  Within  a 
week  the  proportion  of  males  reaches  its  summer  level  of  1  7  to  30 
per  cent  of  the  total  population.  By  the  following  week  the  fe- 
males have  apparently  been  fertilized  and  are  ready  to  lay  eggs.  At 
this  time  of  year  they  will  oviposit  immediately  upon  being 
brought  into  the  laboratory.  In  the  field,  oviposition  begins  by  the 
middle  of  May.  Incubation  periods  of  16  days  at  18°C.,  7  days  at 
22°C.  and  6  days  at  25°C.  suggest  that,  at  the  daily  maximum 
temperatures  of  a  woodpile  (8°  to  15°C.),  the  incubation  peri- 
od would  be  much  longer,  perhaps  over  40  days. 

Laboratory  studies  indicate  the  occurrence  of  a  minimum  of 
seven  nymphal  instars  before  maturity  is  reached.  At  the  July  and 
August  daily  mean  temperatures  in  the  woodpiles  (15°  to  20°C.), 
the  duration  of  each  stadium  is  about  7  to  9  days.  In  a  favorable 
year,  some  of  the  spring  brood  may  be  mature  by  mid-August  and 
it  is  possible  that  there  might  be  a  second  brood  at  this  time.  In 
most  years,  however,  it  is  unlikely  that  this  takes  place,  for  the  ani- 
mals appear  always  to  enter  a  state  of  arrested  development  about 
the  first  of  September.  Oviposition  ceases  and  mature  males  dis- 
appear from  the  population.  Only  a  small  proportion  of  the  re- 
maining animals  continue  to  feed.  Collections  of  females  brought 
from  the  field  into  the  laboratory  at  this  time  of  year  and  kept 
(even  with  a  long-day  photophase)  at  25°C. -normally  a  suitable 
rearing  temperature  at  other  times-died  months  later  without 
having  oviposited. 

The  animals  pass  the  winter  amongst  the  wood  and,  by  late 
January,  the  physiological  requirements  for  the  termination  of  the 
period  of  arrested  development  have  been  at  least  partially  met. 
The  delay  between  collection  and  oviposition  in  the  laboratory- 
about  40  days  in  late  January-steadily  decreases  at  a  rate  of 
change  which  seems  to  be  dependent  upon  the  severity  of  the 
winter. 


220  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  July  1973 


DIET 

The  feeding  habits  of  E.  purpurascens  were  examined  in  some 
detail  (Table  I).  Fungal  matter,  both  hyphae  and  spores,  makes  up 
the  bulk  of  the  normal  diet.  The  only  other  important  constituent 
is  pollen.  This  is  apparently  wind-borne,  coming  from  two  sources, 
the  surrounding  trees  in  the  spring  and  a  different  source,  probably 
goldenrods  (Solidago  spp.)  in  the  summer.  Collembolan  remains 
also  appeared  regularly  in  the  gut  contents  of  both  field  and  labor- 
atory specimens.  Most  of  these  were  probably  of  E.  purpurascens, 
but,  in  one  case,  they  were  definitely  of  a  different  species,  Lepido- 
cyrtus  sp.  This  probably  indicates  mere  scavenging;  no  evidence  of 
predation  (cannibalism)  has  been  found  in  the  laboratory.  Of 
interest  is  the  fact  that  no  higher  plant  material,  other  than  pollen, 
was  found  in  the  guts.  Further,  the  possibility  is  remote  that  any 
significant  amount  of  unidentified  material  was  of  this  origin.  This 
suggests  strongly  that  E.  purpurascens  does  not  directly  attack 
wood  or  leaves,  although  it  could  indirectly  cause  damage  by  dis- 
seminating spores. 

DISCUSSION 

The  determination  of  the  number  of  instars  in  Collembola  be- 
fore maturity  presents  problems.  In  the  past,  workers  have  attemp- 
ted this  using  measurements  of  large  samples  and  subsequent 
elaborate  statistical  analysis  (Agrell,  1948;  Janetschek,  1967). 
Their  conclusions  would  have  been  more  convincing,  however,  had 
they  been  supported  by  rearing  data.  The  series  measured  in  the 
present  research  showed  that  the  measurement  of  a  structure  in  a 
given  animal  of  known  instar  was  dependent  upon  the  temperature 
at  which  the  individual  had  been  reared.  This  would  explain  the 
absence  of  recognizable  size  classes  in  a  non-uniform  natural 
environment. 

Rearing  studies  confirmed  the  existence  of  a  period  of  arrested 
development  or  'diapause'  and  indicated  that  it  may  be  broken  by 
exposure  for  one  to  two  months  at  5°  C.  The  cause  of  the  arrest  is 
not  yet  clear.  It  is  known,  however,  that  it  is  not  obligate  because, 
at  25°C.  in  the  laboratory  ^  the  animals  will  complete  a  life  cycle  in 
30  to  35  days  without  any  observable  arrest,  but  once  entered, 
arrestation  cannot  be  overcome  merely  by  raising  the  temperature. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  July  1973  221 


The  winter  populations  present  an  interesting  problem,  for  there 
appear  to  be  two  classes  of  animals  entering  'diapause'  in  the  fall. 
One  is  the  normal  new  generation;  the  other  seems  to  comprise 
animals  which  have  already  lived  through,  one  reproductive  season, 
for  they  are  much  too  large  to  belong  to  the  new  brood.  It  seems 
that  these  large  animals  may  be  females  that  go  through  a  second 
reproductive  season,  losing  their  external  sexual  characters  in  the 
interval.  This  is  not  as  improbable  as  it  might  seem,  for  a  similar 
situation  has  been  shown  by  Verhoeff  (1933,  1939)  to  occur  in 
some  millipedes  (the  hexapod  larval  stages  of  which,  incidentally, 
exhibit  certain  features  somewhat  reminiscent  of  Collembola). 
This  hypothesis  cannot  be  tested,  however,  until  a  reliable  method 
is  found  for  sexing  living  adults. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

Financial  assistance  from  the  Quebec  Agricultural  Research 
Council  and  the  National  Research  Council  of  Canada  is  gratefully 
acknowledged. 

REFERENCES 

Agrell,  I.,  1948.  Studies  on  the  Postembryonic  development  of  Collemboles  Ark.  Zool. 

41A:l-35. 
Butcher,  J.  W.,  R.  Snider,  and  R.  J.  Snider,  1971.  Bioecology  of  Edaphic  Collembola  and 

Acarina.  Annu.  Rev.  Ent.  16:249-288. 
Christiansen,  K.,    1958.  The  Nearctic  members  of  the  Genus  Entomobrya  (Collembola) 

Bull.  Mus.  comp.  Zool.  Harv.  118:439-545  &  24pl. 
Christensen,  K.,  1964.  Bionomics  of  Collembola.  Annu.  Rev.  Ent.  9:147-148. 

Janetschek,  H.,  1967.  Growth  and  maturity  of  the  springtail,  Gomphiocephalus  hodg- 
soni  Carpenter,  from  south  Victoria  Land  and  Ross  Island,  in  Gressitt,  J.  L.  (ed.), 
Entomology  of  Antarctica.  Antarctic  Res.  Series.  10:295-305. 

loose,  E.N.G.,  and  E.  Veltkamp,  1970.  Some  aspects  of  growth,  moulting  and  reproduc- 
tion in  five  species  of  surface  dwelling  Collembola.  Ned.  J.  Zool.  20:315-328. 

Kevan,  P.  G.,  and  D.  K.  McE.  Kevan,  1970.  Collembola  as  pollen  feeders  and  flower 
visitors  with  observations  from  the  High  Arctic.  Quaest.  entomol.  6:311-326. 

Packard,  A.  S.,  1873.   Synopsis  of  the  Thysanura  of  Essex  County.  Rep.  Peabody  Acad. 

5:22-51. 
Salmon,  J.  T.,  1964.   An  Index  to  the  Collembola.  Bull.  Royal  Soc.  New  Zealand  7(2): 

145-644. 

Stainer,  J.E.R.,  1969.  The  biology  of  Entomobryoides  purpurascens  (Packard,  1873) 
(Collembola: Entomobryidae).  M.Sc.  Thesis,  McGill  University,  Montreal  (un- 
published). 

Verhoeff,  K.  W.,  1933.  Wachstum  and  Lebensverlangerung  bei  Blaniuliden  und  uber  die 
Periodomorphose.  Z.  Morph.  Okol.  Tiere,  27:732-749. 


222 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  July  1973 


Verhoeff,  K.  W.,  1939.  Wachstum  und  Lebensverlangerung  bei  Blaniuliden  und  uber  die 
Periodomorphose.   II  Teil.  Z.  Morph.  Okol.  Tiere,  36:21-40. 

Willson,  M.  F.,  1960.  The  Effect  of  Temperature  and  Light  Upon  the  Phenotypes  of 
Some  Collembola.   Proc.  Iowa  Acad.  Sci.  67:598-601. 

ABSTRACT.— The  life  cycle  and  diet  of  Entomobryoides  purpurascens  are  outlined, 
and  an  account  of  a  previously  undescribed  rearing  apparatus  is  given.  Laboratory  studies 
indicate  a  minimum  of  seven  nymphal  instars.  There  is  usually  only  a  single  generation 
per  year  although  development  can  be  more  rapid  at  higher  temperatures  in  the  labora- 
tory. Field  populations  in  the  autumn  seem  to  consist  only  of  females,  which  enter  a 
state  of  arrested  development  which  is  not  terminated  until  after  exposure  to  low 
temperatures.  The  food  comprises  mainly  fungal  hyphae,  but  appreciable  quantities  of 
pollen  are  eaten.  Some  scavenging  on  the  bodies  of  Collembola,  including  E.  purpuras- 
cens, occurs.  Overwintering  field  populations  include  some  individuals  of  extra  large  size, 
but  which  exhibit  immature  external  characters.  It  is  suggested  that  these  may  be  adult 
females  which  have  reverted  to  a  'nymphal'  state  (as  occurs  in  some  millipedes)  before 
assuming  a  second  breeding  period  in  the  following  season.  John  E.R.  Stainer  and  D. 
Keith  McE.  Kevan,  Department  of  Entomology,  McGill  University,  Macdonald  Campus, 
Ste-Anne-de-Bellevue,  Province  of  Quebec,  H9X  3MI,  Canada. 

Descriptors:  Collembola,  Entomobryidae;  Entomobryoides;  Biology;  Quebec. 


cvrt»ins 
on    ulirei 


c/*jf*r     of     fetrit 


Fig.  1  Rearing  apparatus  for  organisms  requiring  high  humidity.  Air  enters  at  the  left,  is 
moistened  by  the  wet  curtains,  passes  into  the  rearing  chamber  at  the  right  and  leaves 
through  the  exhaust  port.  The  exhaust  fan  is  driven  by  a  small  electric  clock  motor.  A 
transparent  lid  covers  the  whole  apparatus. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  July  1973 


223 


TABLE   I 

Gut  contents  of  samples  of  Entomobryoides  purpurascens  collected  in  the 
Morgan  Arboretum,    Ste-Anne-de-Bellevue,   Quebec,    in   1968-69. 


Collection 
date 

i 
No.  in 
sample 

No.  of  specimens  containing: 

Indct  . 
debris 

Pollen!  Spores  Hyphae 

Collembolan 
remains 

i 

1 

1 

15.  IV.  68       50 

42 

2      1 

- 

1 

22.  IV.  68   i    50 

34 

7      1 

5 

1 

j 

29.  IV.  68       50 

26 

1      18 

2 

6.V.68         57 

43 

- 

- 

5 

i             t 

13.V.68        54 

44 

5 

3 

1 

'(27.V.68        68 

47 

i 

261 

2 

,'ll.  VI.  68       44 

17 

4   j   24     11        2 

j 

J 

'25.VI.68       55 

18 

2      32     27 

3 

i 

8.  VII.  68       55 

19 

2      31     17        3 

j 

i 

8.  IX.  68 

57 

50 

6      1         3 

23.  IX.  68 

55 

43 

5 

i 

1 

;  30.  IX.  68 

39 

31 

8 

- 

- 

f 

14.X.  68 

36 

32 

- 

4 

- 

- 

( 

i 

J5.XI.68        56 

51 

3 

- 

1 

13.  IV.  69 

52 

14 

39 

2 

1 

21.  IV.  69       52 

29 

24 

4 

3 

t 

30.  IV.  69 

50 

28 

25 

5 

2 

i 

5.V.69 

54 

30 

2 

14 

6 

1 

12.V.69 

53 

24 

1 

20 

7 

- 

17.V.69 

54 

21 

23 

8 

- 

/ 

224 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  July  1973 


TABLE    II 


Percentage  mature  males  in  samples  of  Entomobryoides  purpurascens 
collected  in  the  Morgan  Arboretum,  Ste-Anne-de-Bellevue,  Quebec  in  1968. 


Collection  date 

Total  no.  in  sample 

Mature  Males 

No.     % 

19.1.68 

66 

0      0 

25.  III.  68 

50 

0      0 

15.  IV.  68 

50 

0      0 

22.  IV.  68 

50 

0      0 

29.  IV.  68 

49 

1      2 

6.V.68 

57 

12     19 

13.V.68 
27.V.68 
11.  VI.  68 

54 
68 
44 

12     22 
12     17.5  | 
9      20 

25.  VI.  68 

55 

16     29 

8.  VII.  68 

55 

14     25 

8.  IX.  68 

57 

4      7 

23.  IX.  68 

55 

0      0 

30.  IX.  68 

39 

0      0 

14.X.  68 

54 

0      0 

5.  XI.  68 

56 

0      0 

A  NEW  GENUS,  METACEPHALUS,  AND  NEW  SPECIES 

OF  BOLIVIAN  LEAFHOPPER 
(HOMOPTERArCICADELLIDAE)  '• 2 

Dwight  M.  DeLong  and  Candace  Martinson3 


Introduction 

One  of  the  recently  collected  species  of  leafhoppers  from 
Bolivia  is  brilliantly  color  marked,  apparently  undescribed,  and  is 
placed  in  a  new  genus,  Metacephalus. 

Genus  Metacephalus  NEW  GENUS 

Crown  conical,  as  long  as  basal  width  between  eyes,  convexly  rounded,  horizontal- 
ly and  apically;  apex  blunt,  conical,  rounded  to  front,  without  a  distinct  margin.  Ocelli 
on  upper  portion  of  marginal  area,  half  the  distance  from  eye  to  apex.  Post  clypeus  long, 
narrow,  convexly  rounded,  margin  concavely  indented,  each  side,  at  base  of  antennae. 
Lora  elongate,  four  times  as  long  as  wide.  Pronotum  slightly  wider  than  head,  one-half  as 
long  as  wide,  lateral  margins  very  short.  Venation  of  forewing  simple,  without  extra 
cross  veins  or  reticulations. 

Type  species:     Metacephalus  albocrux     NEW  SPECIES 

Metacephalus  albocrux    NEW  SPECIES 
(Figs.  1-6) 

Length  of  male  5  mm,  female  unknown.  Crown  as  long  as  basal  width  between  eyes, 
convexly  rounded,  apex  blunt,  conical,  rounded  to  front,  without  a  distinct  margin. 
Color:  crown  with  black  apical  area  enclosing  red  ocelli  and  extending  halfway  to  base  at 
middle.  This  area  also  encloses  a  median  white  cross,  the  transverse  portion  extending 
between  the  ocelli,  and  the  longitudinal  portion  extending  along  the  median  line.  Basal 
two-thirds,  except  at  middle,  bright  red.  Pronotum  black  with  two  broad,  long  longitudi- 
nal red  stripes,  extending  from  base  of  eyes  to  basal  angles  of  scutellum.  Lateral  and 
apical  portions  of  scutellum,  red.  Forewings  subhyaline,  appearing  black,  veins  brown, 
commissure  red  with  two  claval,  red,  lobes.  Face  yellow  with  lateral  brown  infuscations. 

Male  genitalia:  with  plates  almost  three  times  as  long  as  broad,  apices  blunt,  rounded. 
Style  appearing  twisted,  with  a  long,  narrow  basal  portion,  apical  third  notched,  forming 
a  blunt,  thumb-like  outer  process  and  a  longer  curved  inner  process,  which  curves  lateral- 
ly and  is  sharp-pointed  at  apex.  Adedeagus  with  narrow  shaft  bearing  a  broad,  blunt,  sub- 
apical  process  extending  dorsally,  and  a  pair  of  long  slender  divergent  apical  processes 
extending  ventrally.  Pygofer  with  apical  process  which  bears  a  short,  dorsal  pointed  spine 
and  a  longer,  narrow,  ventral  sharp-pointed  spine. 


'This  work  was  supported  by  the  Ohio  State  University  Development  Fund. 
2Accepted  for  publication:   September  28,  1972. 
3Department  of  Fntomology,  The  Ohio  State  University. 


Ent.  News,  84:225-226,  1973  225 


226 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  July  1973 


Holotype   male    Loreta,   Pucallpa,   Peru,   August   1962,  (V.  T.   VanVelzen)   in  the 
DeLong  collection. 

ABSTRACT.— A  New  Genus,  Metacephalus,  and  New  Species  of  Bolivian  Leafhopper.  A 
new  genus,  Metacephalus  and  a  new  species,  M.  albocrux  n.  sp.,  the  type  species  are  des- 
cribed and  illustrated.  DeLong,  Dwight  M.  and  Candace  Martinson. 

DESCRIPTORS:  Homoptera,  Cicadellidae,  Metacephalus  new  genus,  albocrux  new 
species,  Loreta,  Pucallpa,  Peru. 


Figs.  1—6.  Metacephalus  albocrux  n.  sp.  1  -  head,  thorax  and  abdomen.  2  -  style, 
lateroventrally.  3  —  plate,  ventrally.  4  -  aedeagus,  ventrally.  5  -  aedeagus, 
laterally.  6  -  pygofer,  laterally. 


A  PRELIMINARY  SURVEY  OF  THE 
ZOOPLANKTON  AND  BENTHOS  OF  AN 
ARCTIC  LAKE  NEAR  PRUDHOE  BAY,  ALASKA1 


David  Nyquist2 

and 
Jacqueline  D.  LaPerriere3 


INTRODUCTION 

A  North  Slope  lake  was  chosen  for  comparison  in  a  study  of 
lead  contamination  of  lentic  waters  near  Fairbanks,  Alaska 
(Nyquist,  Casper  and  LaPerriere,  1972).  Water,  plant,  zooplankton, 
and  bottom  sediment  samples  were  collected  according  to  the  rou- 
tine established  for  the  lead  study.  The  zooplankton  collected  and 
the  benthos  picked  from  the  bottom  sediment  samples  are  the 
focus  of  this  paper. 

The  intensive  study  of  freshwater  benthos  is  just  beginning  in 
Arctic  Alaska.  In  the  summer  of  1971,  substantial  work  was  begun 
on  an  arctic  pond  and  lake  under  the  International  Biological  Pro- 
gram. Earlier  studies  in  Arctic  Alaska  that  report  anything  related 
to  benthic  organisms  merely  report  the  capture  of  imago  forms. 
The  expeditions  of  the  late  nineteenth  and  early  twentieth  centuries 
(Ashmead  et  al,  1910),  and  the  work  of  Weber  (Weber,  1948, 
1949,  1950,  and  1954)  concentrated  on  the  collection  of  terres- 
trial arthropods.  Weber  did  include  a  section  in  his  survey  paper 
(Weber,  1950)  on  the  relations  of  insects  with  fishes  which  in- 
directly refers  to  the  arctic  benthos.  However,  the  general  informa- 
tion, other  than  the  lists  of  arthropods  captured,  has  been  severely 
criticized  by  Sailer  (Sailer,  1951  ). 


'Accepted  for  publication:   September  22,  1972 

2Director,  Environmental  Sciences  Study  Program,  Desert  Research  Institute,  Universi- 
ty of  Nevada  System,  4582  Maryland  Parkway  S.,  Las  Vegas,  Nevada  89109. 

Institute   of  Water  Resources,  Box  95103,  University  of  Alaska,  Fairbanks,  Alaksa 
99701. 


Ent.  News,  84:227-234,  1973  227 


225 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  July  1973 


DESCRIPTION  OF  AREA 

The  lake  (Figure  1)  chosen  was  on  the  North  Slope  near 
Prudhoe  Bay,  located  at  latitude  70°  15'  30",  longitude  148°  35' 
at  an  elevation  of  8.81  meters  above  sea  level.  The  lake  was  70% 
ice-covered  on  September  16,  1971,  the  date  it  was  sampled.  It  is 
approximately  .70  kilometers  long  and  .45  kilometers  wide.  The 
maximum  depth  is  1.21  meters  and  the  average  depth  is  0.91 
meters.  On  August  31,  1971,  the  permafrost  depth  below  the 
surface  was  approximately  50.8  centimeters  on  land  adjacent  to 
the  sampling  sites. 

The  land  area  surrounding  the  lake  is  bordered  along  its  western 
edge  by  a  gentle,  almost  flat,  slope  with  a  0.45  meter  bank  at  the 
shore.  The  eastern  edge  of  the  lake  is  extremely  flat  and  possibly 
slopes  away,  draining  the  lake. 


I  km 


Scale 


Figure  1.         Morphometry  of  study  lake  located  near  Prudhoe  Bay,  Alaska. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  July  1973  229 


The  drainage  basin  encompassing  the  lake  is  6.21  x  1  O5  square 
meters  or  153.5  acres.  The  lake  surface  area  is  2.28  x  10s  square 
meters  (56.5  acres).  The  total  land  area  in  the  drainage  basin  is 
3.92  x  105  square  meters. 

MATERIALS  AND  METHODS 

The  zooplankton  was  sampled  near  the  surface  and  near  the 
bottom  with  a  five-liter  Van  Dorn  bottle.  The  plankton  was  sepa- 
rated with  a  20-mesh  stainless  steel  screen  (0.076  mm)  and  preser- 
ved in  plastic  bags  with  a  5%  buffered  formalin  solution.  Three 
bottom  grabs  were  made  with  a  standard  15.24  cm  square  Ekman 
dredge  from  an  inflatable  rubber  raft  approximately  60  meters  off 
Station  270  at  the  1.21  meter  depth,  and  six  additional  bottom 
grabs  were  taken  3  meters  from  shore  between  Stations  270  and 
480  at  a  depth  of  0.3  meters. 

The  samples  were  subdivided  and  the  benthos  was  floated  out  in 
water  and  hand  picked  with  forceps.  The  organisms  were  preserved 
in  70%  ethanol. 

The  chironomids  were  prepared  for  identification  by  clearing 
the  severed  heads  for  20  minutes  in  warm  5%  KOH,  washing  with 
water,  soaking  for  10  minutes  in  absolute  ethanol,  soaking  for 
10  minutes  in  toluene,  and  mounting  in  Permount®  under  a  cover 
glass.  The  photomicrographs  (Figures  2,  3,  5,  6,  7,  8  and  9)  were 
made  through  a  Zeiss  Standard  microscope  equipped  with  a  beam 
splitter  and  a  Zeiss  Ikon  camera  back.  The  photo  (Figure  4)  was 
made  with  a  Cannon  camera  with  a  bellows  attachment. 

RESULTS 

The  zooplankton  collected  in  this  lake  consisted  of  calanoid 
copepods,  a  single  cyclopoid  copepod,  Daphnia  sp.,  and  Ceratium 
sp.  Calnanoid  copepods  were  the  most  numerous  and  Ceratium 
sp.  the  second  most  numerous  in  both  zooplankton  subsamples: 
one  taken  near  the  surface  and  the  other  just  above  the  bottom  in 
water  1.21  meters  deep. 

The  diversity  of  the  surface  subsample  was  calculated,  with  a 
formula  developed  by  Margalef  (1956),  to  be  1.09,  and  that  of  the 
bottom  subsample  was  calculated  to  be  1.00.  When  these  sub- 
samples  were  combined,  a  zooplankton  diversity  of  1.06  was 


230  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  July  1973 


calculated.  This  can  be  compared  with  an  average  zooplankton 
diversity  of  1.10  calculated  for  forty-nine  subarctic  lakes  in  the 
lead  contamination  study.  This  indicates  low  biological  diversity 
which  seems  to  be  a  characteristic  of  northern  lakes  (Gerd,  1956). 
The  benthic  samples  taken  in  the  deeper  water  contained  mainly 
chironomids  of  the  subfamily  Orthocladiinae,  Cricotopus  (Para- 
trichocladius)  cf.  alpicola  Zett  (Figure  2).  One  individual  of  the 
subfamily  Chironominae,  Stictochirononuis  cf.  rosenscholdi  (Fig- 
ure 3)  was  also  taken.  All  of  the  deep  water  chironomids  were 
5  mm  or  less  in  length. 

The  shallow  water  benthos  consisted  of  three  unidentified 
oligocheates,  three  Plecoptera  (Figure  4),Nemoura  possibly  of  the 
species  trespinosa  reported  by  Weber  (1950)  as  very  numerous 
near  Point  Barrow,  and  various  chironomids. 

Eight  different  species  of  chironomids  were  identified  from 
these  samples. 

Of  the  subfamily  Chironominae,  Para tany tarsus  sp.  (Figure  5), 
Stictochironomus  rosenscholdi  (Figure  3),  Stictochironomus  his- 
trio  type  (Figure  6),  and  Cryptochironomus  (Figure  7),  were 
identified.  Of  the  subfamily  Orthocladiinae,  again  Cricotopus 
( Paratrichocladius)  cf.  apicola  Zett  (Figure  2)  was  the  only  repre- 
sentative. The  subfamily  Tanypodinae  was  represented  by  Pro- 
cladius  (Psilotanypus)  sp.  (Figure  8)  and  by  another  species  of 
Procladius  (Figure  9)  which  could  not  be  further  identified. 


iv 

Figure  2.         Labial  plate  of  Cricotopus  (Paratrichocladius)  cf.  alpicola  Zett. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  July  1973 


231 


Figure  3.  Antenna  of  Stictochironomus        Figure  4.        Nemoura  sp. 
rosenscholdi. 


r 


. 

\ 


Figure  5.   Labial  plate  of  Paratanytarsus       Figure  6.  Head  capsule  of  Stictochironomus 
sp.  histrio  type. 


252 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  July  1973 


• 


Figure  7.    Oblique  lateral  teeth  of  labial     Figure  8.    Head  capsule  of  Procladius 

(Psilotanypus)  sp.  plate  of  Cryptochironomus  sp. 


Figure  9.        Lingua  of  Procladius  sp. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  July  1973  233 


DISCUSSION 


The  work  of  Weber  ( 1 950)  and,  more  recently,  of  the  U.  S.  Tun- 
dra Biome  Program  has  pointed  out  the  importance  of  aquatic 
diptera,  caddisflies,  and  stoneflies  as  well  as  zooplankton  in  the 
diet  of  arctic  fish. 

Bierle  (1972)  of  the  U.  S.  Tundra  Biome  Program  found  the 
benthos  of  arctic  ponds  and  an  arctic  lake  to  consist  primarily  of 
oligocheates  and  Dipterans  with  a  few  representatives  of  the  orders 
Plecoptera  and  Trichoptera  as  well  as  a  few  Turbellarians.  More 
extensive  sampling  of  the  lake  of  our  study  would  probably  also 
yield  Trichopterans. 

Weber  (1950)  does  report  the  sighting  of  mayflies  (Baetis  sp.)  as 
far  north  as  Anaktuvuk  Pass  in  the  Brooks  Range,  but  larval  forms 
have  not  been  reported  in  the  benthos  of  any  Alaskan  Arctic  lakes. 
Burk,  in  personal  communication  to  Weber  (1950),  speculated 
that  perhaps  in  the  Arctic  these  insects  spend  most  of  the  time  in 
the  egg  stage  with  extremely  short  nymphal,  subimago,  and  imago 
stages.  This  possibility  indeed  merits  further  study  of  the  Arctic 
Alaskan  waters  since  mayflies  are  an  important  component  of  the 
diet  of  cold  water  fishes  in  other  areas. 

Odonata  (Dragonflies  and  Damselflies)  also  have  not  been  taken 
as  benthos,  but  have  been  seen  hawking  on  the  arctic  plateau 
(Weber,  1950).  Although  it  is  true  that  these  insects  could  have 
flown  from  the  Yukon  River  drainage  where  they  have  been  repor- 
ted, their  usual  territorial  behavior  leads  one  to  suspect  that  larval 
forms  may  be  found  in  the  Arctic  with  further  sampling. 

Much  work  then  remains  to  be  done  on  the  benthos  of  Arctic 
Alaska.  A  serious  effort  along  this  line,  at  least  as  concerns  the 
benthos  of  lakes  and  ponds,  is  presently  being  made  by  the  U.  S. 
Tundra  Biome  Program,  which  hopes  to  fully  characterize  the  tun- 
dra aquatic  ecosystem,  but  as  yet  much  is  unknown. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

The  study  upon  which  this  paper  is  based  was  supported  by 
funds    (Project    A-035-ALAS)    provided    by   the   United   States 
Department  of  the  Interior,  Office  of  Water  Resources  Research, 
as  authorized  under  the  Water  Resources  Act  of  1 964,  as  amended. 

We  are  grateful  to  British  Petroleum  Alaska  for  transportation. 


234  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  July  1973 

Technical  assistance  was  rendered  by  Robert  P.  Britch,  Floyd 
Damron,  and  Wolfgang  Hebel. 

The  chronomids  were  identified  by  Dr.  Ole  A.  Saether  of  the 
Fisheries   Research   Board   of  Canada  for  which  we  are  indeed 

grateful.  LITERATURE  CITED 

Ashmead,  W.  H.,  Coquillett,  D.  W.,  Kincaid,  T.,  and  Pergande,  T.,  1910.  Harriman  Alaska 
Series,  Volume  IX,  Insects,  Part  II.  Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington,  D.  C. 
284  pp. 

Bierle,  D.  A.,  1972.     Personal  communication. 

Gerd,  S.  V.,  1956.  Opyt  biolimnologicheskogo  raionirovaniia  ozer  Karelii.  (Akademiia 
nauk  SSSR.  Karel'skn  filial.  Trudy  1956,  No.  5,  pp.  47-75.)  In  Russian.  Title  Tr.: 
Tentative  bio-limnological  zoning  of  the  Karelian  lakes.  Abstract  only  available. 
Arctic  Bibliography  13:354. 

Manson,  W.  T.  Jr.,  1968.  An  introduction  to  the  identification  of  chironomid  larvae. 
Division  of  Pollution  Surveillance,  Federal  Water  Pollution  Control  Administra- 
tion, U.  S.  Department  of  the  Interior,  Cincinnati,  Ohio.  89  pp. 

Margalef,  R.,  1956.  Informacion  y  diversidad  espicfica  en  las  cominudades  de  organis- 
mos.  Invest.  Pesquera,  3:99-106.  (Referred  to  in  Wilm,  J.  L.  and  Dorris,  T.  C., 
1968.  Biological  Parameters  for  water  quality  criteria.  Bioscience  18(6):477-481.) 

Nyquist,  D.,  L.  A.  Casper  and  J.  D.  LaPerriere,  1972.  Survey  of  lentic  waters  with  respect 
to  dissolved  and  particulate  lead.  IWR  Report  No.  30,  University  of  Alaska. 

Sailer,  R.  I.,  1951.  Concerning  a  recent  paper  on  the  insects  and  related  arthropods  of 
Arctic  Alaska.  Ecology  52:729-730. 

Weber,  N.  A.,  1942.  Opportunities  for  Entomological  Research  in  the  Arctic.  Entomo- 
logical News,  59:253-257. 

1949.  Late  summer  invertebrates  mostly  insects  of  the  Alaskan  Arctic  slope. 

Entomological  News  60:118-128. 

1950.  A  survey   of  the  insects  and  related  arthropods  of  Arctic  Alaska, 

part  1.  American  Entomological  Society  Transactions  76:147-206. 

1954.  Arctic  Alaskan  Diptera.  Entomological  Society  of  Washington  Pro- 


ceedings 56(2):  86-91. 

ABSTRACT.-A  single  lake  on  the  North  Slope  of  the  Brooks  Range  in  arctic  Alaska  was 
sampled  for  zooplankton  and  benthos.  The  sampling  was  not  intensive  enough  to  quanti- 
fy the  benthos,  but  some  indication  of  its  composition  was  obtained. 

The  plankton  was  sampled  with  a  five-liter  Van  Dorn  bottle  and  the  zooplankton 
separated  with  a  20-mesh  (0.076  mm)  screen.  The  benthos  was  sampled  with  a  small 
(15.24  cm  square)  Ekman  dredge. 

The  zooplankton  consisted  of  calanoid  copepods,  a  single  cyclopoid  copepod, 
Daphnia  sp.,  and  Ceratium  sp.  The  diversity  of  this  zooplankton  was  calculated  to  be 
1.06. 

The  benthos  consisted  of  oligocheates,  Nemoura  sp.,  Cricotopus  (Paratrichocladius) 
cf.  alpicola  Zett,  Stictochironomus  rosenscholdi,  Paratany tarsus  sp.,  Stictochironomus 
histrio  type,  Cryptochironomus,  and  Prodadius  (Psilotanypus)  sp.,  and  an  unidentified 
Procladius,  sp.  David  Nyquist  and  Jacqueline  LaPerriere,  Institute  of  Water  Resources, 
Fairbanks,  Alaska. 


HONEYBEES  AND  BUMBLEBEES  TAKEN  IN  LIGHT  TRAPS1 

S.  W.  Frost2 

Light  traps  have  been  operated  in  the  past,  chiefly  for  insect 
surveys  or  to  control  injurious  insects.  Therefore,  beneficial  species 
have  frequently  been  disregarded.  As  a  result,  there  are  very  few 
references  to  the  capture  of  honeybees  or  bumblebees  at  lights. 
Many  extensive  accounts  of  light  trapping  do  not  list  these  insects. 
Hymenoptera  in  general  are  not  nocturnal  and  this  is  especially 
true  of  honeybees  and  bumblebees. 

It  is  well  known  that  honeybees  respond  to  wave  lengths 
between  313  Mu  in  the  ultraviolet  to  677  Mu  in  the  red  range. 
According  to  Bertholf  (1931)  and  Weiss  (1943),  maximum  stimu- 
lation occurs  in  the  yellow-green  area  about  553  MJJ.  Thus  it  is  not 
strange  that  these  bees  are  occasionally  attracted  to  lights. 

Milne  (1945)  and  others  deal  with  the  selection  of  lights  by 
night-flying  insects  but  make  no  mention  of  honeybees.  Slinger- 
land  (1902)  took  10  specimens  between  May  20  and  October  1 
but  indicated  no  dates  or  hours  of  collection.  Weiss  (1943)  simply 
states  that  honeybees  have  been  taken  at  lights.  Girardeau  (1952) 
took  14  honeybees  in  light  traps  in  Georgia  from  the  end  of  March 
to  the  end  of  October  but  gives  no  dates  or  hours.  Frost  (1966) 
mentions  that  honeybees  were  taken  in  light  traps. 

Subsequent  studies  yielded  further  information.  Traps  operated 
for  14  years  at  the  Archbold  Biological  Station,  Florida  from 
November  1  to  the  middle  of  May  yielded  4  specimens,  one  each 
January  25  between  9  PM  and  7  AM,  February  7  between  9  PM 


'Accepted  for  publication:  August  27,  1973 

2Frost  Entomological  Museum,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  University  Park,  PA, 
16802. 


Ent.  News,  84:235-236,  1973  235 


256  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  July  1973 


and  7  AM,  March  26  between  6  and  8  PM,  and  May  3  between  2 
and    7    AM.    Apparently  all  were  taken  near  twilight  or  dawn. 

Bumblebees  have  been  recorded  from  light  traps  less  frequently 
than  honeybees  although  the  writer  has  taken  them  more  often. 
Slingerland  (1902)  makes  no  mention  of  these  insects  in  light 
traps.  Girardeau  (1952)  took  18  specimens  in  Georgia  from  March 
1  to  the  end  of  October  but  gives  no  data  on  species,  dates  or  hours 
of  collections.  Frost  (1964,  1966)  lists  two  species,  Bombus  ameri- 
canorum  Fab.  and  B.  impatiens  Cress.,  which  were  taken  in  light 
traps  operated  at  the  Archbold  Biological  Station,  Florida.  More 
recent  trapping  has  added  new  observations.  Forty-one  specimens 
of  B.  impatiens  Cress.,  have  been  taken  in  light  traps  over  a  period 
of  14  years,  1  in  November,  5  in  January,  4  in  March,  30  in  April 
and  1  in  May.  These  were  usually  taken  towards  dawn.  Four  were 
captured  between  2  and  7  AM,  13  between  10  PM  and  7  AM,  3  be- 
tween 7  and  8  PM,  and  1  between  8  and  10  PM.  Workers  were 
trapped  more  frequently  than  queens,  the  proportion  was  5  queens 
to  20  workers. 

Light  trapping  is  certainly  not  a  satisfactory  method  of  collec- 
ting honeybees  or  bumblebees.  It  appears  that  these  insects  have 
been  taken  more  frequently  in  light  traps  in  the  warmer  parts  of 
the  country,  especially  Georgia  and  Florida.  Beekeepers  should 
have  no  fear  that  nearby  light-trapping  may  interfere  with  their 
operations. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Bertholf,  L.  M.  1931.  Reactions  of  the  honeybee  to  light.  Journ.  Agric.  Res.  42(7):379- 
419. 

Frost,  S.  W.  1964.  Insects  taken  in  light  traps  at  the  Archbold  Biological  Station,  High- 
lands County,  Florida.  Fla.  Entomol.  Soc.  47(2):  161. 

1966.  Additions  to  Florida  insects  taken  in  light  traps.  Fla.  Entomol.  Soc. 

49(4):251. 

Girardeau,  M.  F.,  J.  M.  Stanley  and  D.  W.  LaHue.  1952.  A  preliminary  report  on  light 
traps  for  catching  night-flying  insects.  Tech.  Mimeograph  No.  5.  Costal  Plain 
Station.  Experiment  Station,  University  of  Georgia. 

Milne,  L.  J.  and  M.  J.  Milne.  1945.  Selection  of  colored  lights  by  night-flying  insects. 
Ent.  Americana  24(n.s.)  No.  2:21-86. 

Slingerland,  M.  V.  1902.  Trap  lanterns  or  moth  catchers.  Bull.  202,  Cornell  University 

Exp.  Sta. 
Weiss,  H.  B.  1943.  The  group  behavior  of  14,000  insects  to  color.  Ent.  News  54:152- 

156. 


MEMOIRS  AMERICAN   ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 

No.  20.  Howard  E.  Evans-A  Revision  of  the  Mexican  and  Central  American  Spider 
Wasps  of  the  Subfamily  Pompilinae  (Hymenoptera:Pompilidae).  433  pages, 
1 1  plates,  80  maps $12.50 

No.  21.  Eric  G.  Mathews-A  Taxonomic  and  Zoogeographic  Survey  of  the  Scarabaeidae 
of  the  Antilles  (Coleoptera:Scarabaeidae).  134  pages,  144  figures  $  4.00 

No.  22.  Richard  M.  Fox- A  Monograph  of  the  Ithomiidae  (Lepidoptera)  Part  III.  The 
tribe  Mechanitini  Fox.  190  pages,  170  figures,  1  color  plate $  9.00 

No.  23.  Beatrice  R.  Vogel-A  list  of  New  North  American  Spiders  (1940-1966). 
186  pages  $  9.00 

No.  24.  Lee  D.  Miller-The  Higher  Classification,  Phylogeny  and  Zoogeography  of  the 
Satyridae  (Lepidoptera).  174pp.  $  7.00 

No.  25.  Michael  G.  Emsley-The  Schizopteridae  (Hemiptera:Heteroptera)  with  the 
description  of  new  species  from  Trinidad.  154  pp $  6.50 

No.  26.  James  R.  Zimmerman- A  taxonomic  Revision  of  the  Aquatic  Settle  Genus 
Laccophilus  (Dytiscidae)  of  North  America,  275  pp $12.00 

No.  27.  Philip  J.  Clausen  and  Edwin  F.  Cook- A  Revision  of  the  Nearctic  Species 
of  the  Tribe  Parydrini  (Diptera:Ephydridae).  150  pp $  7.00 

No.  28.  Annette  F.  j&ra/rc-Tischeriidae  of  America  North  of  Mexico  (Micro-lepidop- 
tera).  148  pp .  $  7.00 


MEETING  SCHEDULE 

American  Entomological  Society 

TIME:   Thursday  Nite;  7:30,  Council  Meeting:  6:00  Saturday  Afternoon;  2:00,  Council 
Meeting:  1:00. 

1.  27  September  -  1973  (Thursday).   Academy  of  Natural  Sciences 

Speaker:   Dr.  D.  C.  Rentz  (ANSP) 

Topic:   Some  comments  on  seasonality   and  adaptations  of  Costa 
Rican  Orthoptera. 

2.  17  November       1973  (Saturday)   Academy  of  Natural  Sciences 

Members  Day,  contributed  talks  by  the  membership. 

3.  24  January  1974  (Thursday)  Place  and  speaker  to  be  announced. 

4.  30  March  1974  (Saturday)   Place  and  speaker  to  be  announced. 


The  Entomologist's  Market  Place 

Advertisements  of  goods  or  services  for  sale  are  accepted  at  $1.00 
per  line,  payable  in  advance  to  the  editor.  Notices  of  wants  and  ex- 
changes not  exceeding  three  lines  are  free  to  subscribers.  Positions  open, 
and  position  wanted  notices  are  included  here  and  may  be  referred  to  by 
box  numbers.  All  insertions  are  continued  from  month  to  month,  the 
new  ones  are  added  at  the  end  of  the  column,  and,  when  necessary,  the 
older  ones  at  the  top  are  discontinued. 


BUTTERFLIES  OF  THE  AUSTRALIAN  REGION,  by  Bernard  D'Abrera.  352  p., 
over  4,000  full  color  photographs.  Ready  Feb.  1972.  $39.95  postpaid.  A  magnificently 
illustrated  and  comprehensive  work  treating  the  butterflies  of  Australia,  Papua  &  New 
Guinea,  the  Moluccas,  New  Zealand,  and  the  islands  of  the  South  Pacific.  Entomological 
Reprint  Specialists,  P.  O.  Box  77971,  Dockweiler  Station,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90007,  USA. 

THE  MOTHS  OF  AMERICA  NORTH  OF  MEXICO.  Fascicle  21,  Sphingoidea  now  in 
stock,  xii+158  p.,  14  superb  color  plates,  8  black-and-white  photos,  19  figs.,  2  plates  of 
line  drawings.  1971.  $24.00.  Also  available  at  a  reduced  price  to  subscribers  of  all  41 
fascicles,  which  will  treat  and  figure  in  color  all  10,000  species  of  North  American  moths. 
Write  for  complete  details  and  brochure,  with  sample  color  plate.  Entomological  Re- 
print Specialists,/5.  O.  Box  77971,  Dockweiler  Station,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90007,  USA. 

Wanted:  One  copy  of  "Catalogue  of  the  Coleoptera  of  America,  North  of  Mexico," 
by  C.  W.  Leng,  published  at  Mount  Vernon,  1920.  Dr.  Paul  P.  Shubeck,  Biology  Depart- 
ment, Montclair  State  College,  Upper  Montclair,  New  Jersey  07043. 

Wanted  to  buy:  Hebard,  M.  1917.  The  Blattidae  of  North  America.  Mem.  American 
Ent.  Soc.  2.  Dr.  Ivan  Huber,  Biology,  Fairleigh  Dickinson  University,  Madison,  NJ  07940. 

Papers  on  Tipulidae.  More  than  700  papers  and  14,000  pages.  For  sale  to  highest 
bidder.  Address  all  inquiries  to  Alan  Stone,  5308  Wriley  Rd.,  Washington,  DC  20016. 

Wanted:  One  copy  of  "Catalog  of  the  Diptera"  by  Stone,  et  al.  C.  L.  Sperka,  Depart- 
ment of  Entomology,  University  of  Kentucky,  Lexington,  KY  40506. 

For  sale:  Handlirsch,  A.  Monographic  d.  mit  Nysson  u.  Bembex  verw.  Grabvespen. 
Sitz.  k.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien.  1887-1893.  1433  p.,  25  pi.  7  parts  u.  Nachtrage  in  5  vols.  bd. 
$  200.00  Horn,  W.  and  S.  Schenkling.  Index  Litteraturae.  Ser.  1.  Die  Weltlitteratur 
uber  die  ges.  Entomologie  bis  inklusiv  1963.  1426  p.  4  vols.  Paper.  Berlin  1928-1929.  $ 
80.00.  Schroder,  C.,  (ed.)  Handbuch  der  Entomologie.  1  col.  pi.,  2514  textfigs.  3  vols. 
Bd.  Vi  leather.  G.  Fischer,  Jena.  1925-1929.  Mrs.  Rudolf  G.  Schmieder,  Box  34,  Elwyn, 
PA  19063. 

For  sale:  Butterflies  and  Moths  from  Brazil  and  foreign  Countries.  12,300  specimens 
classified  and  set  in  special  caseboards.  For  further  information,  write  to  P.O.  Box  416, 
Rio  de  Janeiro,  GB,  BRASIL. 

PSEPHENIDAE  (including  EUBRIINAE,  EUBRIANACINAE,  and  PSEPHEN1NAE): 
Revising  the  family  in  the  Western  Hemisphere.  Request  loan  of  any  material  from  the 
New  World.  Dr.  Harley  P.  Brown,  Zoology  Dept.,  Univ.  Oklahoma,  730  Van  Vleet  Oval, 
Norman,  Okla.  73069,  U.S.A. 

For  sale:  Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  Amer.-Vol.  41,  43,  62,  63,  64,  ea.  $15.00;  Proc.  N.  Cent. 
Branch  E.S.A.-Vol.  24-5,  $10.00;  Practical  Entomologist,  Vol.  1-2  (1865-7),  $10.00; 
American  Entomologist,  Vol.  1  (1868-9),  $8.00;  Proc.  Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,  Vols  39,  55,  56; 
the  lot,  $10.00;  Ecological  Monographs,  Vols  34  through  40;  ea.  $10.00.  Russell  A  Rahn, 
314  N.  5th  Street,  Watertown,  WI  53094. 

For  Sale:  Natural  History  Library,  including  entomological  works  and  journals.  List 
on  request.  R.  Rahn,  314  N.  5th,  Watertown,  WI  53094 


OCTOBER  1973 


ENTOMOLOGICAL  NEWS 


CONTENTS 

THE  ECOLOGY,  BEHAVIOR  AND  DESCRIPTION  OF 

A  NEW  SPECIES  OF  CRICKET  FROM  THE 

OSA  PENINSULA  OF  COSTA  RICA 

David  C.  Rentz,  p.  237 

NEW  MEGALEUCTRA 
FROM  THE  EASTERN  UNITED  STATES 
(PLECOPTERA:LEUCTRIDAE) 
Richard  W.  Bauman,  p.  247 

A  NEW  HOST  RECORD  FOR  THE 

PARASITIC  ROVE  BEETLE 

ALEOCHARA  BIPUSTULATA  L. 

(COLEOPTERA:STAPHYLINIDAE) 

Ian  Moore  and  E.  T.  Legner,  p.  250 

THE  GENUS  MARICAONA 

(HOMOPTERA:CICADELLIDAE) 

Dwight  M.  DeLong  and  Candace  Martinson,  p.  251 

REPRODUCTIVE  BIOLOGY  AND  DULOTIC  ANTS 

PRELIMINARY  REPORT 
(HYMENOPTERA:FORMICIDAE) 
A.  Chang-Fu.Hung,  p.  253 

THE  BEHAVIOR  OF  CHLOROCHROA  LIGATA  (SAY) 
AND  COSMOPEPLA  BIMACULATA  (THOMAS) 
(HOMOPTERA:PENTATOMIDAE) 
Jill  Fish  and  John  Alcock,  p.  260 

THE  ENTOMOLOGIST'S  RECORD,  p.  268 


THE  AMERICAN  ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 


ENTOMOLOGICAL  NEWS 

Edited,  1890-1910,  by  Henry  Skinner  (1861-1926);  1911-1944,  by  Philip  P.  Calvert 
(1871-1961);  1945-1967,  by  R.  G.  Schmieder  (1898-1967);  1968-1972  by  R.  H.  Arnett, 
Jr. 

Entomological  News  is  published  monthly  except  August  and  September  by  the 
American  Entomological  Society  at  253  Agricultural  Hall,  College  of  Agricultural 
Sciences,  University  of  Delaware,  Newark,  DE.  19711.  Second  class  postage  paid  at 
Newark,  Delaware  19711  and  additional  mailing  offices.  Editorial  Staff:  S.  S.  Roback  & 
R.  W.  Lake  (Editor). 

SUBSCRIPTION  RATES:  Private  subscriptions  for  personal  use  $7.00  per  year  post 
paid;  institutional  subscriptions  for  libraries,  laboratories,  etc.,  domestic  and  foreign 
$12.00  per  year  postpaid.  Communications  and  remittances  for  subscriptions  should  be 
addressed  to  Entomological  News,  1900  Race  Street,  Philadelphia,  PA.  19103,  U.SA. 

POSTMASTER:  If  undeliverable  please  send  form  3579  to  Mr.  Robert  W.  Lake,  253 
Agricultural  Hall,  University  of  Delaware,  Newark,  DE.  19711. 

MANUSCRIPTS  and  all  communications  concerning  same  should  be  addressed  to: 
Mr.  Robert  W.  Lake,  Department  of  Entomology  and  Applied  Ecology,  University  of 
Delaware,  Newark,  DE  19711.  The  receipt  of  all  papers  will  be  acknowledged  and,  if 
accepted,  they  will  be  published  as  soon  as  possible,  usually  within  six  months.  Articles 
longer  than  eight  pages  may  be  published  in  two  or  more  installments,  unless  the  author 
is  willing  to  pay  the  cost  of  a  sufficient  number  of  additional  pages  in  any  one  issue  to 
enable  such  an  article  to  appear  without  division.  BOOKS  FOR  REVIEW  should  be  sent 
to  the  editor. 

PAGE  CHARGES  are  normally  made  only  for  over-length  articles,  or  for  articles  pub- 
lished ahead  of  their  regular  place  in  the  issues,  and  then  only  as  additional  pages  for  an 
issue.  In  cases  where  authors  have  received  grant  money  for  publication,  or  their  institu- 
tion normally  pays  publication  costs,  they  will  be  billed  at  the  rate  of  $18.75  per  page. 

ILLUSTRATIONS:  Authors  will  be  charged  for  text-figures  and  halftones  at  the 
following  rate:  Each  line  cut  regardless  of  size  $1.50;  each  halftone  regardless  of  size, 
$4.50.  Size  limit  of  illustrations,  when  printed,  4]/2  x  6!/2  inches. 

SEPARATES  printed  without  removal  of  extraneous  matter,  without  covers,  will  be 
supplied  by  the  printer  at  20  cents  per  copy.  Minimum  order  100  copies.  Xerox  copies  of 
articles,  minimum  order  50  copies,  15  cents  per  copy. 

EDITORIAL  POLICY:  Manuscripts  on  insect  life  and  related  terrestrial  anthropods  aie 
appropriate  for  submission  to  ENTOMOLOGICAL  NEWS.  Titles  should  be  carefully 
composed  to  reflect  the  true  contents  of  the  article,  and  be  kept  as  brief  as  possible.  A 
short  informative  abstract  (not  a  descriptive  abstract)  of  about  150  words  should  be 
supplied  on  a  separate  sheet,  complete  with  title  and  ending  with  the  authors  name  and 
address.  In  addition,  the  author  should  supply  a  list  of  descriptors,  or  key  words  at  the 
end  of  the  abstract.  The  author's  complete  maiMng  address,  including  zip  code  number, 
should  be  given  as  a  footnote  to  the  article.  All  papers  describing  new  taxa  should 
include  enough  information  to  make  them  useful  to  the  non-specialist.  Generally  this 
requires  a  key  and  a  short  review  or  discussion  of  the  group,  plus  reference  to  existing 
revisions  or  monographs.  Illustrations  are  almost  always  required. 

Short  notes  will  be  promptly  published  in  The  Entomologist's  Record.  Literature  notices, 
short  reviews,  and  books  received  will  be  published  in  The  Entomologist's  Library.  Study 
notices,  want  items,  and  for  sale  notices  are  published  in  The  Entomologist's  Market 
Place.  All  manuscripts  should  follow  the  format  recommended  in  the  CBE  "Style 
Manual". 

SECOND-CLASS  POSTAGE  PAID  AT  NEWARK,  DELAWARE 
&  ADDITIONAL  MAILING  OFFICES 


THE  ECOLOGY,  BEHAVIOR  AND  DESCRIPTION   OF 

A  NEW  SPECIES  OF  CRICKET  FROM 
THE  OSA  PENINSULA  OF  COSTA  RICA1 

David  C.  Rentz2 

Through  the  educational  opportunity  afforded  by  the  Organiza- 
tion for  Tropical  Studies  in  Costa  Rica,  hundreds  of  graduate 
students  and  professional  biologists  have  been  able  to  begin  to 
understand  the  complexity  of  the  Tropical  ecosystem.  Through 
participation  in  a  course  in  tropical  ecology,  I  had  the  chance  to 
make  a  detailed  study  of  the  behavior  and  ecology  of  a  small 
sword-bearing  cricket  on  the  Osa  Peninsula  of  Costa  Rica  in  late 
February  1969. 

Although  the  Orthoptera  form  a  conspicuous  element  of  the 
tropical  insect  fauna,  no  truly  comprehensive  faunistic  studies  have 
been  made  for  these  insects  as  a  group  in  the  New  World  tropics. 
Descamps  (1970)  graphically  compared  the  present  state  of  know- 
ledge of  the  orthopterofauna  of  the  New  World  Tropics  with  that 
of  Tropical  Africa  pointing  out  that  both  regions  possess  similar 
diversity  indexes  but  the  state  of  knowledge  of  the  Tropical 
American  fauna  is  many  years  behind  that  of  Africa.  He  began  a 
continuing  faunistic  study  on  the  grasshoppers  of  Columbia  in 
1971. 


'Accepted  for  publication:     April  13,   1973. 
2Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia 


Ent.  News,  84:237-246,  1973  237 


238 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  October  1973 


i 


Fig.  I   Type  locality  of  Anaxipha  philifolia  Rentz,  new  species  near  OTS  building  on  Osa 
Peninsula,  3.5  mi.  S.  of  Rincon,  Costa  Rica;  fig.  2,  allotype  on  Heliconia  leaf. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  October  1973  239 


Costa  Rica  has  been  visited  by  several  Orthopterists  in  the  past. 
J.A.G.  Rehn  began  a  series  of  publications  dealing  with  the 
Orthoptera  of  Costa  Rica  in  1904  and  subsequently  visited  the 
country  on  two  occasions.  Unfortunately,  these  reports  were  never 
completed  and  they  are  not  very  extensive  in  their  coverage  and 
amount  to  little  more  than  a  scattering  of  species  descriptions.  No 
noteworthy  keys  exist  to  help  identify  any  of  the  species. 

The  crickets  of  the  subfamily  Trigonidiinae  are  frequently  seen 
amongst  foliage  of  tropical  understory  vegetation.  Some  are  terres- 
trial living  in  leaf  litter  and  doubtlessly  there  are  species  which  are 
peculiar  to  the  forest  canopy.  Chopard  (1968)  listed  only  four 
species  in  two  genera  as  occurring  in  Costa  Rica  but  the  Academy 
collections  indicate  that  at  least  twice  this  number  may  be  found 
there.  This  is  the  first  published  record  of  the  biology  of  any 
tropical  American  species  of  this  subfamily. 

Anaxipha  philifolia  Rentz,  new  species  is  a  diurnal  species  liv- 
ing on  the  surfaces  of  the  leaves  of  predominantly  musaceous 
plants,  mainly  species  of  Heliconia.  Similarly  large-leafed  plants  of 
the  genus  Calathea  in  the  Marantaceae  are  avoided.  A  few  crickets 
were  found  on  other  plants  but  these  individuals  always  returned 
to  Heliconia.  Stridulation  and  mating  occurs  in  the  early  morning 
although  isolated  singing  individuals  may  be  heard  at  other  times 
during  the  day.  Singing  was  never  detected  at  night.  Courtship 
always  occurred  on  the  undersurface  of  the  leaves,  possibly  to 
reduce  the  likelihood  of  predation,  and  the  courting  individuals 
always  oriented  parallel  to  the  leaf  midrib  with  heads  of  both 
individuals  facing  toward  the  axil. 

A  description  of  the  new  species  is  presented  below  with  more 
detailed  data  on  the  bionomics  of  the  species.  A  log  of  the 
observations  is  also  presented. 

Type  data. -"Costa  Rica,  Puntarenas  Prov.  Osa  Peninsula,  3.5 
mi.  S.  Rincoxn,  28-1  1-1969,  08°42'N.  83°29'W.  D.C.  Rentz,  collec- 
tor." 

Type  locality.  The  exact  type  locality  (fig.  1)  is  along  a  small 
ephemeral  creek  within  a  quarter  of  a  mile  of  the  complex  of 
buildings  used  by  the  Organization  for  Tropical  Studies  owned  by 
the  Tropical  Science  Center.  The  area  is  within  the  Wet  Tropical 


240 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  October  1973 


3 


., 


5 


Fig.  3  Tegmina  paratype  female;  fig.  4,  tegmina  holotype  male;  fig.  5,  hind  leg  paratype 
male;  fig.  6,  frontal  view  head,  paratype  male;  fig.  7,  dorsal  view  pronotum  paratype 
male.  Magnification  SOX. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  October  1973  241 


Forest  classification  of  Holdridge  (1967).  The  altitude  ot  the  type 
locality  is  15  meters  and  the  area  receives  over  4,100  millimeters 
of  rain  per  year  with  the  heaviest  rains  during  December.  The 
average  monthly  temperature  is  approximately  27°C.  The  wet 
tropical  forest  vegetation  type  is  found  in  the  lowland  areas  of 
southwestern  and  northeastern  Costa  Rica.  The  type  series  was 
collected  during  the  middle  of  the  dry  season. 

Diagnosis.— A.  philifolia  is  distinguished  from  all  other  species 
in  the  genus  by  its  unique  color  pattern  (figs.  2,3,4)  and  structure 
of  the  male  genitalia.  The  shining  black  frons  and  coal  matte  black 
punctate  pronotum  are  not  found  in  any  other  known  tropical 
American  species  of  A  naxipha.  The  color  pattern  of  A.  philifolia  is 
more  like  that  seen  among  species  of  Phylloscyrtus  on  the  basis  of 
the  structure  of  the  distal  segment  of  the  maxillary  palpus  which  is 
greatly  expanded  in  Phylloscyrtus  but  slender  in  Anaxipha.  The 
structure  of  the  male  genitalia  in  Anaxipha  species  is  apparently 
species  distinct  as  indicated  by  Chopard  (1956). 

Species  description.  HOLOTYPE  MALE.  Size  moderately  large  for  genus,  form 
attenuate.  HEAD:  appearing  flattened  between  eyes,  but  very  faintly  tumescent  and 
sparsely  setose,  interocular  distance  0.8;  eyes  very  prominent,  greatly  bulging,  (0.82  x 
0.61);  fastigium  smooth,  tumid,  bearing  two  parallel  rows  of  six  elongate  setae  confined 
to  the  median  portion  of  the  triangular  black  region,  projecting  for  a  distance  equal  to 
about  one-half  the  length  of  the  first  antennal  segment;  maxillary  palpi  1.79  mm  in  total 
length,  distal  segment  (0.69)  slightly  longer  than  the  one  preceeding  it  (0.47),  apical  one- 
quarter  slightly  expanded  (fig.  11);  antenna  very  long,  six  times  the  length  of  the  body, 
basal  segment  (0.41)  rectangular,  slightly  expanded  on  internal  margin,  second  segment 
minute,  cylindrical  12  mm  in  length,  third  segment  similar  in  size  and  length  to  second. 
THORAX:  pronotum  narrowing  anteriorly,  a  shallow  transverse  sulcus  present  in  median 
portion;  longitudinal  sulcus  faintly  indicated  in  median  by  three  impressions  (fig.  7); 
lateral  lobes  longer  than  broad  (1.00  x  .08),  ventral  margin  truncate;  surface  of  pronotum 
clothed  with  setae  of  two  sizes,  dorsal  surface  with  a  number  of  very  long  stiff  bristles, 
margins  of  pronotum  bearing  a  single  row  of  short  setae;  legs  elongate,  densely  pubescent, 
especially  on  tarsi,  auditory  foramen  prominent,  elongate,  ovoid,  two  and  one-half  times 
longer  than  broad,  open  on  both  faces;  fore  tibia  armed  with  a  single  spine,  this  in  apical 
position  on  posterior  (external)  face,  median  tibia  with  a  pair  of  apical  short  spurs,  hind 
tibia  armed  on  dorsal  surface  with  three  spines  on  internal  and  external  margins,  apex 
armed  with  a  pair  of  spurs  on  internal  margin,  the  inferior  of  which  is  one-third  shorter 
than  superior,  superior  spur  little  more  than  half  the  length  of  adjacent  metatarsus, 
external  surface  also  bearing  a  pair  of  spurs  but  these  minute,  the  inferior  twice  the  length 
of  the  superior  which  is  minute,  inferior  one-twentieth  the  length  of  adjacent  metatarsus; 
all  tarsi  three  segmented,  densely  pubescent,  the  metatarsus  elongate,  longer  than  other 
segments  combined,  second  segment  cordate,  depressed,  metatarsus  of  posterior  tibia 
armed  at  apex  on  dorsal  surface  with  a  pair  of  short  subapical  spines  and  with  two  spurs 
on  internal  margin,  the  superior  spur  minute,  inferior  elongate,  about  half  the  length  of 
the  adjacent  two  segments  combined,  external  margin  also  with  a  short  quadrate  spur  in 
length  attaining  about  half  that  of  second  tarsal  segment;  elytra  elongate  conforming  to 


242 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  October  1973 


A 


8 


\  '™ 


10 


•  *•»•  • 


X 

11 


13 


12 

Fig.  8,  dorsal  view  and  fig.  9,  ventral  view,  genitalia  holotype  male;  fig.  10,  apex  of  abdo- 
men paratype  male,  dorsal  view;  fig.  11,  maxillary  palpus  paratype  male;  fig.  12,  ventral 
view  subgenital  plate  paratype  female;  fig.  13,  lateral  view  apex  of  abdomen  paratype 
female.  Magnification  50X. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  October  1973 


243 


shape  of  body,  (4.5  x  1.8),  venation  (fig.  4),  tegmina  without  pubescent  wings  present, 
projecting  beyond  abdominal  apex.  ABDOMEN:  subgenital  plate  elongate,  lateral  margins 
weakly  concave;  cerci  elongate,  longer  than  length  of  abdomen,  apex  recurved  ventrad, 
surface  of  cerci  clothed  with  long  thin  setae;  male  genitalia  (figs.  8-10).  COLORATION: 
general  overall  coloration  in  life  pale  yellow,  this  becoming  light  brown  in  death;  frons 
(fig.  6)  shining  black,  eye  uniform  dark  brown  with  faint  grey  pattern;  antenna  pale 
yellow  at  base  becoming  darker  brown  on  distal  portion  of  flagellum;  pronotum  coal 
black;  anterior  border  and  inferior  border  of  lateral  lobes  yellow;  legs  uniform  yellow 
brown,  hind  tibia  somewhat  darker;  elytra  greyish  or  light  yellow  marked  with  black 
(fig.  4). 

FEMALE.  Similar  to  male  but  differs  as  follows:  elytra  more  cylindrical  (3.8  x  1.6) 
with  several  nearby  parallel  longitudinal  veins  each  separated  by  as  many  as  five  hori- 
zontal cross  veins,  wings  present;  ovipositor  (2.1)  gradually  curved  upward  (fig.  13), 
apex  and  lateral  surface  serrate;  subgenital  plate  short,  broad,  pubescent,  with  shallow 
median  excavation;  coloration  more  intense  than  male,  vertex  and  femur  fusco- 
testaceous,  elytra  almost  entirely  coal  black;  ovipositor  yellow  in  basal  half,  apical  por- 
tion lustrous  dark  brown. 

Specimens  studied.-Described  from  five  males,  ten  females  and  one  nymph  all  bear- 
ing the  same  data  as  holotype.  The  holotype  and  allotype  are  deposited  in  the  Academy 
of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia.  Paratypes  will  be  deposited  in  the  U.  S.  National 
Museum,  British  Museum  (Natural  History),  and  the  Paris  Museum. 

MEASUREMENTS  (IN  MM) 

Length      Width        Length      Length      Width        Length      Length 
Pronot.      Pronot.      Tegmen     Fern.  Ill    Fem.  Ill    Metatarjn  Ovip. 


Males 

Holotype 

Para  type 

Paratype 

Paratype 

Paratype 

Females 
Allotype 
Paratype 
Paratype 
Paratype 
Paratype 
Paratype 
Paratype 
Paratype 
Paratype 
Paratype 


Length 
body 

4.9 
5.7 
5.3 
5.3 
5.4 

5.2 

4.8 

4.70 

4.80 

5.0 

4.80 

5.0 

5.0 

4.9 

4.9 


0.90 

1.0 

0.95 

1.20 

0.90 

1.0 

0.95 

1.0 

0.95 

1.0 

1.0 

1.25 

1.0 

1.10 

1.0 

1.1 

0.9 

1.0 

0.9 

1.0 

.0 

1.1 

.0 

1.0 

.1 

1.0 

.0 

1.1 

.0 

1.1 

4.5 
4.3 
4.3 
4.2 
4.3 

3.8 
3.9 
3.9 
3.8 
3.7 
3.8 
3.7 
3.9 
3.6 
3.9 


5.3 
5.9 
5.6 
5.6 
5.6 

5.6 
5.2 
5.5 
5.5 
5.4 
5.6 
5.6 
5.6 
5.7 
5.7 


1.25 
1.20 
1.25 
1.20 
1.20 

1.25 

1.2 
1.1 
1.2 

.2 

.3 

.2 

_2 

.3 
.3 


1.20 

1.25 

1.02 

1.25 

1.20 

1.25 

2.1 

1.00 

2.1 

1.1 

2.1 

1.1 

2.0 

1.0 

2.0 

.1 

2.1 

.1 

2.0 

.1 

2.1 

.0 

2.0 

.0 

2.0 

Bionomics. -A.  philifolia  is  found  only  on  leaves  of  larger  understory  plants,  especial- 
ly those  of  the  banana  family,  Musaceae  (fig.  14).  The  crickets  were  not  found  along  the 
stream  margin  but  always  within  the  forest  sometimes  in  small  clearings.  A.  philifolia  is 
distinctly  diurnal  with  stridulation  and  mating  occurring  only  in  the  morning,  usually 
shortly  after  sunrise.  Plants  of  the  family  Marantaceae  (fig.  15),  Calathea  sp.,  were  found 
in  the  same  habitat  but  the  crickets  were  notably  absent  from  these  plants  probably  be- 
cause the  crickets  are  omnivorous  scavengers,  feeding  by  day  on  the  paiticulate  mat- 
ter which  is  constantly  dropping  from  canopy  trees  and  plants.  This  consists  of  animal 
matter,  such  as  feces  and  dead  or  injured  insects,  and  plant  material,  including  blossoms 
and  fruits.  Marantaceous  plants,  such  as  any  of  several  species  of  the  genus  Calathea 


244 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  October  1973 


Fig.   14,  Habitat  of  Anaxipha  philifolia.  Heliconia  plants  in  forest  clearing;  fig.  15, 
Calathea  with  uplifted  leaves  at  midday  at  type  locality. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  October  1973  245 


which  occur  in  the  same  habitat  as  the  cricket,  lift  the  normally  horizontally  held  leaves 
to  a  vertical  position  (fig.  15)  during  the  heat  of  the  day.  This  exposes  the  whitish  under- 
surfaces  of  the  leaves  and  reflects  light  supposedly  reducing  transpiration.  Such  particu- 
late  matter  which  might  serve  as  food  for  the  crickets  is  removed  from  the  leaves  by  the 
lifting  action.  In  addition,  the  lifting  action  of  the  leaves  might  tend  to  expose  mating  or 
courting  crickets  to  predation. 

Even  though  certain  host  plants  such  asHeliconia  bihai  grow  to  heights  of  many  feet, 
A.  philifolia  was  found  only  between  two  and  four  feet  from  the  ground.  It  was  never 
seen  higher  nor  were  any  crickets  found  on  the  ground. 

A.  philifolia  is  locally  abundant  on  the  proper  host  plants.  One  small  plant  was  seen 
to  harbor  four  of  the  crickets  per  large  leaf.  Other  larger  plants  had  up  to  eight  adults 
and  immatures  on  a  given  leaf. 

Even  though  the  vegetation  of  the  Osa  Peninsula  might  be  classified  in  the  Wet 
Tropical  Forest  scheme  of  Holdridge  it  should  be  stressed  that  at  least  as  far  as  the 
Orthoptera  fauna  is  concerned,  the  area  is  represented  by  a  different  complex  of  species 
than  found  in  the  other  major  part  of  the  country  classed  in  this  category,  the  north- 
western lowlands.  Repeated  comparisons  between  the  faunas  of  two  such  areas  (Osa  and 
La  Selva)  show  that  there  is  little  in  common  between  these  two  areas,  Duellman  (1966 
for  reptiles),  Roberts  (1973,  for  grasshoppers). 

LOG  OF  BIOLOGICAL  OBSERVATIONS 

The  crickets  were  observed  continuously  from  late  in  the  afternoon  of  3  March  1969 
until  mid-evening.  The  same  crickets  were  watched  from  early  morning  until  noon  on  the 
following  day.  Three  crickets  were  captured  and  marked  with  non-toxic  paint  in  the 
afternoon  of  3  March. 

3-III-69 

6:30  P.M.  Area  in  total  darkness,  crickets  completely  silent,  all  on  undersurfaces  of 
leaves.  Antennae,  which  are  two  inches  in  length  or  more  held  laterally  and  each  side 
moved  in  a  sweeping  semi-circle.  This  behavior  was  maintained  constantly,  even  though 
the  crickets  stayed  in  the  same  place  on  the  plant  for  a  much  longer  time  than  would 
normally  have  been  the  case  during  the  day.  Many  predators  were  present,  these  con- 
sisting primarily  of  spiders  and  ground  beetles  (Carabidae).  A  single  predaceousbug 
(Ploiariidae)  was  observed  near  a  cricket  but  when  the  cricket  detected  the  bug  with  its 
sweeing  antennae,  it  darted  away  and  avoided  predation. 

7:30  Marked  cricket  relocated,  two  feet  from  original 

27°C  release. 

8:00  All  marked  specimens  located  and  within  a  few  inches 

27°C  of  original  point  of  release. 
4-II1-69 

5:00  A.M.  Dawn  approaching.  Marked  specimens  located.  One  near  original  point  of 
release,  the  other  six  feet  away  on  a  dicotyledonous  plant.  Many,  other  individuals, 
adults  and  immatures  located  on  Heliconia  surfaces  feeding  on  bits  of  matter  "rained" 
out  of  canopy. 

5:30  Dawn  approaching. 
25°C 

5:50  Crickets  becoming  more  active,  run  erratically  on  leaf  surface  and  feed  on  bits 
25°C  of  food  as  encountered.  Search  in  random  manner. 

6:00  Marked  female  found  on  same  plant  but  two  leaves  away. 

25°C  A  crushed  dolichopodid  placed  on  leaf,  eaten  by  cricket  as  soon  as  discovered. 

7:00  Stridulation  begun,  dozens  of  males  heard  in  unison. 


246  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  October  1973 


25.5°C  All  males  sit  on  undersurface  of  leaves  head  toward  axis,  tegmina  raised  in 
right  angles  to  body  as  in  Oecanthus. 

7:17       Stridulating  male  has  attracted  two  females.  Both  sit  parallel  to  the  male  fac- 
26°C      ing  axis  of  leaf.  Spermatophore  protruding  from  male. 

7:34      Female  approaches  male,  spermatophore  transferred  within  a  few  seconds, 
26°C      female  runs  away,  spermatophore  observed  from  genitalia  of  female.      Male 
continues  calling. 

7:49      Male  produces  another  spermatophore.  No  transfer  observed. 
29°C 

9:00      Stridulation  begins  to  diminish.  Same  male  as  above  transfers  another  sperma- 
30°C      tophore  to  another  female. 

9:35      Chorus  stridulation  ceases.  Only  a  few  scattered  males  observed  singing. 
32°C 

10:00      Courting  stopped.  Most  crickets  resting  on  leaf  surfaces.  No  more  courtship 
32°C      observed. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

I  would  like  to  thank  Drs.  M.  G.  Emsley  and  T.  J.  Walker,  Jr.  for  comments  on  the 
manuscript.  The  illustrations  were  prepared  by  Donna  M.  Foster  and  Mrs.  Gloria  Phelan 
typed  the  manuscript.  Mrs.  Paulette  M.  Francis  is  thanked  for  technical  assistance. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Chopard,  L.  1956.  Some  crickets  from  South  America  (Grylloidea  and  Tridactyloidea). 
Proceedings  of  the  United  States  National  Museum,  106:241-293. 

Chopard,  L.  1968.  Orthopteroum  Catalogus,  editor  M.  Beier.  part  12,  Gryllidae.  edit., 
Dr.  W.  Junk,  N.V.,  pp.  1-500. 

Descamps,    M.  1970.  Geographical  regions  and  taxonomic  groups  of  Acridomorpha  in 
need  of  study.  Proceedings  of  the  International  Study  Conference.  Current  and 
future  problems  of  Acridology,  London,  pp.  9-20. 

Descamps,  M.  1971.  Contrabution  a  la  faune  des  Acridoidea  de  Colombie.  Annales,  Soc. 

ent.  Fr.  (N.S.),  7(1):95-113. 
Duellman,  W.  E.  1966.  The  Central  American  herpetofauna:  an  ecological  perspective. 

Copeia,  4:700-719. 
Holdridge,  L.  R.  1967.  Life  Zone  Ecology,  revised  edition.  206  pp.  Tropical  Science 

Center.  San  Jose  C.R. 

Rehn,  J.A.G.  1904.  Studies  in  American  mantids  or  soothsayers.  Proceedings  of  the  U.S. 
National  Museum,  27:561-574. 

Roberts,  H.  R.  1973.  Collecting  arboreal  Orthoptera  in  the  rain  forests  of  Costa  Rica 
with  Insecticide:  A  report  on  the  grasshoppers  (Acrididae)  including  new  species. 
Proceedings  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia.  Vol.  125(3): 

49-66. 

ABSTRACT 

ABSTRACT.-The  trigonidiine  crickets  are  a  conspicuous  element  of  the  tropical  insect 
fauna  yet  nothing  has  been  written  about  their  bionomics.  A  new  species,  Anaxipha 
phiUfolia  Rentz,  is  described  and  its  diurnal  occurrence,  feeding  and  courtship  behavior 
are  discussed.  The  crickets'  preference  for  a  single  host  plant  family  and  the  significance 
of  the  latter  in  terms  of  predation  avoidance  is  presented.  David  C.  Rentz,  Academy  of 
Natural  Sciences,  Philadelphia,  PA  19103. 
Descriptors:  diurnal  tropical  cricket;  bionomics;  host  association. 


NEW  MEGALEUCTRA 
FROM  THE  EASTERN  UNITED  STATES 
(PLECOPTERAiLEUCTRIDAE)1 

Richard  W.  Baumann2 

The  extant  Megaleuctra  fauna  represents  a  recent  Nearctic  relict 
(lilies,  1967).  Megaleuctra  neavei  Ricker,  from  Baltic  Amber 
collected  at  Palmnicken,  Prussia  (Ricker,  1935),  is  the  only  Pale- 
arctic  representative.  Megaleuctra  jewetti  Lewis,  another  fossil 
species,  is  recorded  from  northern  Idaho  (Lewis,  1969).  There  are 
presently  five  extant  Megaleuctra  species  all  from  North  America. 
Three  species:  M.  complicata  (Claassen),  M.  kincaidi  Prison  andM. 
stigmata  (Banks)  are  known  only  from  the  Pacific  Northwest. 
Megaleuctra  williamsae  Hanson  is  restricted  to  the  southern  Appa- 
lachians in  the  Great  Smoky  Mountains. 

This  study  contains  a  description  of  a  fifth  species  Megaleuctra 
flinti  from  Shenandoah  National  Park  and  also  the  female  of  M. 
williamsae  Hanson.  The  specimens  studied  were  collected  by 
Dr.  Oliver  S.  Flint,  Jr.,  Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington,  D.C., 
for  whom  the  interesting  new  species  is  named. 

The  localities  where  Megaleuctra  specimens  have  been  collected 
in  eastern  North  America  are  areas  that  also  contain  other  relict 
faunal  and  floral  elements.  The  absence  of  records  from  the  high 
mountains  of  northern  New  England  might  be  due  to  inadequate 
collecting. 

My  experience  indicates  that  Megaleuctra  is  probably  restricted 
to  spring-like  areas.  Water  temperature  in  springs  seldom  varies 
more  than  a  few  degrees  centigrade  throughout  the  year.  This  tem- 
perature stability  and  the  fact  that  large  springs  create  a  limited 
microclimate  would  enable  stenothermic  species  to  survive  tem- 
perature extremes.  This  makes  such  areas  excellent  refuges  of  relict 
plant  and  animal  species. 


'Accepted  for  publication:  February  7,  1973. 

2Department  of  Entomology,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Smithsonian  Insti- 
tution, Washington,  D.C.,  20560. 

Ent.  News,  84:247-250,  1973  247 


248  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  October  1973 


Megaleuctra  flinti  NEW  SPECIES 
(Fig.   1) 

Holotype  male.-Macropterous.  Length  of  forewings  10  mm;  length  of  body  12  mm. 
General  color  brown;  legs  brown  at  junction  of  femur  and  tibia,  becoming  gradually 
yellow  toward  base  and  apex;  antennae  brown  and  very  long.  Head  as  wide  as  prothorax, 
general  color  yellow;  broad  darkly  sclerotized  rugose  lines  in  front  of  each  ocellus,  an- 
terior line  crescent-shaped,  posterior  lines  V-shaped,  base  of  head  with  broad  brown 
band;  ocellar  triangle  with  broad  base,  posterior  ocelli  closer  to  eyes  than  to  each  other. 
Pronotum  wider  than  long,  corners  slightly  flattened,  dark  broad  rugose  pattern  extend- 
ing from  midline,  pattern  shaped  like  back-to-back  "J's".  Wings  hyaline,  with  small  dark 
patch  in  costal  space  beyond  cord;  venation  typical  for  genus.  Abdomen  entirely  brown, 
segments  unmodified  except  for  terminalia;  eighth  tergite  with  very  small  sclerotized  nub 
located  medially  near  posterior  margin;  ninth  tergite  bisected  medially,  bearing  narrow 
rectangular  lobe  directed  posteriorly,  lobe  darkly  sclerotized  near  apex  and  with  numer- 
ous small  teeth-like  projections,  lateral  posterior  margins  expanded  producing  large 
nipple-like  processes  on  each  side  of  sclerotized  lobe;  subgenital  plate  large,  broad  at  base, 
becoming  gradually  narrower  to  rounded  tip  which  covers  base  of  subanal  probe,  lobe 
at  base  of  ninth  sternite  long  and  thin,  of  equal  width  throughout,  tip  rounded.  Tenth 
segment  highly  modified;  supra-anal  process  heavily  sclerotized,  with  membranous  dorsal 
groove,  base  broad,  becoming  gradually  narrower  toward  concave  triangular  apex,  paired 
lateral  projections  extending  out  from  near  base  of  apex,  tip  of  projections  sclerotized 
and  shaped  like  broad  forked  teeth  which  curve  back  and  up,  projections  shield  thin 
pointed  sclerotized  internal  structures;  subanal  probe  very  long  and  narrow,  basal  half 
enclosed  in  sheath-like  structure,  sheath  broad  at  base,  becoming  abruptly  narrow  and 
then  wider  towards  apex,  extending  to  middle  of  supra-anal  process,  probe  directed 
upward  and  then  recurved  forward  over  abdomen,  apex  narrowing  to  thread-like  tip; 
cerci  single  segmented,  elongate  and  fairly  large  (Fig.  1). 

Female. -Unknown. 

Holotype  6,  Hogcamp  Brook,  Shenandoah  National  Park,  Virginia,  22-23-V-1970,  O. 
S.  Flint,  Jr.  Type  deposited  at  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Washington, 
D.  C.  as  No.  72493. 

Megaleuctra  flinti  can  be  separated  from  the  other  known  species  by  the  combination 
of  a  rectangular  sclerotized  lobe  on  the  ninth  tergite  and  an  extremely  long  subanal 
probe  which  is  encased  only  along  its  basal  half  by  a  sheath. 

Megaleuctra  williamsae  Hanson 

(Figs.  2,3) 
Megaleuctra  williamsae  Hanson  (1941:64,65)  Great  Smoky  Mountains,  Tennessee. 

Allotype  female. -Macropterous.  Length  of  forewings  14  mm;  length  of  body  13  mm 
(excluding  extended  subgenital  plate).  General  morphology  similar  to  male;  pronotum 
longer  than  wide,  anterior  corners  nearly  90  degrees,  posterior  corners  cut  off  forming 
two  small  flat  sides  (Fig.  3).  Eighth  sternite  formed  into  subgenital  plate  which  extends 
past  tip  of  abdomen  and  reaches  2  mm  beyond,  broad  at  base,  narrowing  gradually  to  tip 
of  abdomen,  extended  portion  long  narrow  and  round  in  cross  section.  Ninth  sternite 
formed  into  long  narrow  ovipositor-like  structure  which  lies  inside  the  subgenital  plate, 
structure  very  narrow  and  extending  half  the  length  of  subgenital  plate.  Cerci  small  and 
inconspicuous  (Fig.  2). 

Allotype  9  deposited  at  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History  from  the  following 
locality:  10.2  miles  east  of  Gatlinburg,  Great  Smoky  Mountains  National  Park,  Tennessee, 
20-V-1970,  O.  S.  Flint,  Jr.,  Id,  19. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  October  1973 


249 


1mm 


Figure  1.  Megaleuctra  flinti,  n.  sp.,  male  terminalia,  lateral,  dorsal  (tip  of  supra-anal 
process  removed)  and  ventral.  Figures  2,  3.  Megaleuctra  williamsae  Hanson.  2.  FemaJe 
terminalia,  lateral  and  ventral.  3.  Head  and  pronotum. 


250  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  October  1973 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Hanson,  J.  F.  1941.  Studies  on  the  Plecoptera  of  North  America,  II.  Bull.  Brooklyn 
Entomol.  Soc.  36:57-66. 

lilies,  J.  1967.  Die  Gattung  Megaleuctra  (Plecopt.,  Ins.),  Beitrag  zur  konsequent- 
phylogenetischen  Behandlung  eines  Incertae-sedis-Pioblems.  Z.  Morphol.  5kol. 
Tiere  60:124-134. 

Lewis,  S.  E.  1969.  Fossil  Insects  of  the  Latah  Formation  (Miocene)  of  Eastern  Washing- 
ton and  Northern  Idaho.  NW  Sci.  43:99-115. 
Ricker,  W.   E.    1935.    New   Canadian   Perlids   (Part   II).   Can.   Entomol.    67:256-264. 

ABSTRACT. -Metaleuctra  flinti  is  described  from  Shenandoah  National  Park  from  a 
single  male.  A  detailed  description  and  drawings  are  given.  The  female  of  Megaleuctra 
williamsae  Hanson  is  described  and  figured  and  an  allotype  designated. -Richard  W. 
Baumann,  Department  of  Entomology,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Smith- 
sonian Institution,  Washington,  D.  C.,  20560. 

Descriptors:  Plecoptera;  Megaleuctra  flinti;  new  species;  Virginia;  Megaleuctra  williamsae 
Hanson;  female. 

A  NEW  HOST  RECORD  FOR  THE 
PARASITIC  ROVE  BEETLE 

ALEOCHARA  BIPUSTULATA  L. 
(COLEOPTERA:STAPHYLINIDAE)  ' 

Ian  Moore2  and  E.  F.  Legner3 

Larvae  of  the  staphylinid  genus  Aleochara  are  known  to  be 
ectoparasites  on  the  pupae  of  flies  within  the  puparium.  All  re- 
ported American  host  records  for  the  genus  were  listed  in  1971  by 
Moore  and  Legner  (Ann.  Entomol.  Soc.  Amer.  64:1184-1185)  at 
which  time  new  records  were  reported.  A.  bipustulata  L.  was  re- 
corded by  them  as  a  parasite  of  Hylemya  brassica  (Bouche),  H, 
platura  (Meigen)  and  H.  floralis  (Fallen).  We  have  recently  seen  a 
series  of  52  specimens  of  A.  bipustulata  L.  reared  from  puparia  of 
Ravinia  derelictum  (Walker)  during  June  and  August,  1972  at 
State  College,  Mississippi  by  Klois  J.  Watts.  This  is  not  only  a  new 
record  but  from  a  different  family,  Sarcophagidae.  Previously 
known  hosts  for  this  species  belong  to  the  family  Anthomyiidae. 

'Accepted  for  publication:  May  3,  1973 
2Staff  Research  Associate 

3Associate  Professor  of  Biological  Control,  Division  of  Biological  Control,  Citrus  Re- 
search Center  and  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  University  of  California,  Riverside. 

Editor's  Note;      This    paper  was  originally  scheduled  for  the  July  1973,  Vol.  84,  No.  7, 
issue  of  the  Entomological  News. 


THE  GENUS  MARICAONA 
(HOMOPTERArCICADELLIDAE)1 

Dwight  M.  DeLong  and  Candace  Martinson2 

INTRODUCTION 

The  genus  Maricaona  Caldwell  and  Martorell  was  described  from 
a  single  female  specimen,  collected  in  Puerto  Rico  in  1950  and  de- 
scribed as  Maricaona  polyamia  Cald.  &  Mart.  The  authors  did  not 
attempt  to  distinguish  this  genus  from  Polyamia.  Linnavuori, 
1959,  recognized  the  genus  and  described  two  new  species,  M.  re- 
imoseri  Linn,  from  Costa  Rica  and  M.  reticulata  Linn,  from 
Mexico.  Kramer,  1963,  refused  to  recognize  the  genus  on  the  basis 
of  a  female  specimen,  alone,  and  placed  M.  reticulata  in  the  genus 
Polamia.  The  male  of  M.  poliamia,,  the  type  species  of  the  genus, 
is  described  at  this  time.  The  reticulate  pattern  of  the  fore  wing 
differs  between  males  and  females  and  apparently  varies  within  the 
same  sex.  The  male  aedeagus  is  not  broadened  dorsoventrally  at 
the  base  and  differs  from  most  of  the  known  species  of  Polyamia. 

Maricaona  polyamia  Cald.  &  Mart. 

Length  of  male  4  mm,  female  4.5  mm.  The  structural  and  color  markings  of  the  male 
agree  with  those  of  the  female,  except  that  the  reticulate  veins  of  the  fore  wing  are  fewer 
in  the  male  specimens  than  in  the  females.  In  the  male  the  reticulate  veins  occur  almost 
entirely  on  the  disc,  the  inner  and  median  anteapical  cells  and/or  the  posterior  costal 
margin. 

Male  genitalia  with  plates  more  than  twice  as  long  as  broad,  apex  narrowed,  rounded. 
Style  narrow,  broadened  at  base,  with  a  long  narrow  basal  portion  extending  to  connec- 
tive; apical  portion  notched,  producing  a  short,  curved,  finger-like,  apical  process.  Aedea- 
gus rather  short  and  broad  (in  ventral  view)  apex  deeply,  roundedly  excavated,  forming 
a  pair  of  slender,  curved,  pincerlike  apices  which  are  proximal  at  their  tips.  Pygofer 
narrowed  on  apical  half,  apex  narrow,  rounded. 

Allotype  male,  Maricao,  Puerto  Rico,  4  mi.  S.  1-29-69  (C.  W.  &  L.  B.  OBrien).  This 
specimen  is  designated  an  alJotype  in  order  that  the  species  can  be  more  readily  identi- 
fied and  in  order  to  compare  it  with  related  species  of  Polyamia. 

ABSTRACT.-The  male  of  Maricaona  polyamia  Caldwell  and  Martorell  is  described  and 
illustrated. 

Descriptors:  Homoptera,  Cicadellidae,  Maricaona  polyamia -description  of  male  from 
Puerto  Rico. 


'This  work  was  sponsored  by  the  Ohio  State  University  Development  Fund.  Accepted 
for  publication:  December  6,  1972. 

2Department  of  Entomology,  The  Ohio  State  University. 

Ent.  News,  84:251  -252,  1973  251 


252 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  October  1973 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Caldwell,  John  S.  &  Luis  F.  Martorell.  1952.  Review  of  the  Auchenorynchous  Homop- 
tera  of  Puerto  Rico.  Part  I  Cicadellidae.  Puerto  Rico  Jour,  of  Agr.  34:1-132. 

Kramer,  James  P.  New  and  little  known  Mexican  and  Neotropical  Deltocephalinae 
(Homoptera:Cicadellidae)  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.  76:39. 

Linnavuori,  Rauno.  1959.  Revision  of  the  Neotropical  Deltocephalinae  and  some  related 
subfamilies.  Ann.  Zool.  Soc.  "Vanamo".  20(1):  1-370. 


Figs.  1-5.  Maricaona  polyamia  Caldwell  and  Martorell.  1  -  aedeagus,  ventrally.  2  -  aedea- 
gus,  laterally.  3  -  style,  ventrally.  4  -  plate,  ventrally.  5  -  pygofer,  laterally. 


REPRODUCTIVE  BIOLOGY  IN  DULOTIC  ANTS 

PRELIMINARY  REPORT 
(HYMENOPTERA:  FORMICIDAE)1 

A.  Chang-Fu  Hung2 


Ant  workers  are  ordinarily  sterile  females  with  reduced  ova- 
rioles.  They  may  be  able  to  lay  eggs  in  the  presence  of  the  queen, 
but  the  eggs  laid  by  these  workers  are  specialized  trophic  eggs 
which  usually  serve  no  purpose  other  than  to  provide  protein  for 
the  queen  and  larvae.  However,  in  queenless  colonies  workers  are 
known  to  lay  eggs  which  in  most  cases  develop  into  males.  This 
inhibition  of  worker  ovarian  development  has  been  observed  thus 
far  in  Leptothomx  (Bier,  1954),  Formica  (Bier,  \956\Plagiolepis 
(Passera,  1965),  and  Myrmica  (Mamsch  and  Bier,  1966).  The  phe- 
nomenon of  queen  control  is  also  found  in  other  social  insects.  At 
least  two  inhibitory  pheromones  (both  produced  in  the  queen's 
mandibular  glands)  are  involved  in  queen  control  in  honeybees 
(Butler,  1957).  One  of  these  pheromones  has  been  identified  as 
9-oxodec-/lra/zs-2-enoic  acid  (Butler  et  al.,  1961).  No  queen  control 
pheromone  in  ants  has  yet  been  identified. 

The  practice  of  slavery  or  dulosis  in  ants  is  unique  among 
insects.  Ants  of  the  genera  Harpagoxenus,  Strogylognathus, 
Myrmoxenus(?),  Leptothorax,  Formica,  Polyergus,  and  Rossomy- 
rex  are  known  to  raid  colonies  of  other  species  for  their  worker 
brood  and  use  them  as  slaves  after  they  emerge  into  adults  (Wilson, 


1  Acepted  for  publication:  February  6,  1973. 

Department  of  Biology,  University  of  North  Dakota,  Grand  Forks,  North  Dakota  58201. 


Ent.  News,  84:253-259  253 


254  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  October  1973 


1971).  Two  types  of  dulosis  are  known  (Wheeler,  1910).  In  the 
faculative  slave-makers  the  colonies  are  sometimes  found  without 
slaves.  In  the  obligatory  slave-makers,  however,  the  ants  are  wholly 
dependent  on  their  slaves  so  that  they  are  even  incapable  of  ob- 
taining their  own  food.  The  ovarian  development  of  both  master 
workers  and  slaves  is  of  course  restricted  by  the  queen(s)  of  the 
slave-maker  species.  Here  I  present  two  cases  in  which  the  produc- 
tion of  Isave  progeny  is  inhibited  by  the  presence  of  their  master 
workers  in  queenless  colonies. 

Workers  of  the  facultative  slave-maker,  Formica  pergandei  (ace. 
no.  71-11)  with  their  slaves,  Formica  canadensis,weiQ  collected  at 
Oakville  Prairie,  the  University  of  North  Dakota  biological  field 
station  located  12  miles  west  of  Grand  Forks,  on  14  September 
1971  and  maintained  in  the  laboratory  for  3  months.  It  was  hoped 
that  any  effects  the  queen  or  queens  of  the  original  colony  may 
have  had  on  these  workers  (both  masters  and  slaves)  would  have 
disappeared  during  this  3  month  separation  from  the  original 
colony.  On  19  December  1971  this  colony  fragment  was  divided 
into  3  parts  and  kept  in  1 -gallon  jars  with  soil  preheated  to  avoid 
contamination  of  brood  from  the  original  nest.  Both  master  and 
slave  workers  were  used  in  nests  71-11 A  and  71-1  IB,  but  only 
slaves  in  nest  71-1 1C.  These  3  nests  were  then  kept  in  a  refrigera- 
tor at  4°C  for  two  weeks.  After  this  treatment  they  were  moved  in- 
to the  laboratory,  kept  at  room  temperature  (=  20  -  -  25°C),  and 
fed  with  an  artificial  diet  consisting  of  a  mixture  of  whole,  raw  egg 
and  honey. 

Males  emerged  from  both  71-1 1 A  and  7 1-1  IB  on  15  March  1972 
and  from  71-1 1C  on  30  March  1972.  When  this  experiment  was 
concluded  on  5  May,  a  total  of  23  males  were  collected  from  nest 
7 1-11  A,  31  from  nest  7 1-1  IB,  and  7  from  nest  7 1-1 1C.  There 
were  27  master  workers  and  104  slaves  remaining  in  71-1 1 A  and 
33  slaves  in  71-1 1C  at  the  conclusion  of  the  experiment  (no  initial 
number  of  ants  in  each  nest  was  recorded).  No  brood  was  present 
in  any  of  these  two  nests.  Nest  7 1-1  IB  was  not  opened  at  this 
time.  It  was  kept  in  a  refrigerator  at  4°C  for  10  days  and  then 
moved  back  into  the  laboratory  in  hopes  that  the  workers  would 
lay  eggs  again.  One  male  was  collected  from  this  nest  on  27  May 
1972.  This  male  was  probably  left  over  from  the  first  brood.  When 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  October  1973  255 


this  nest  was  opened  on  13  August  1972  there  were  27  master 
workers  and  168  slaves  and  no  brood. 

The  males  collected  from  both  71-1 1A  and  71-1  IB  (i.e.,  the 
nests  with  both  master  workers  and  slaves)  are  all  pergandei  (those 
from  71-1  1C  are  of  course  all  canadensis).  This  seems  to  indicate 
that  in  the  presence  of  the  master  workers  no  adult  males  of  the 
slave  species  are  produced. 

To  test  this  hypothesis  workers  of  the  obligatory  slave-maker, 
Polyergus  breviceps  (ace.  no.  72-1),  and  their  slaves,  canadensis, 
were  collected  from  Oakville  Prairie  on  19  May  1972  for  a  similar 
experiment.  This  colony  fragment  was  divided  into  7  parts.  35 
breviceps  workers  and  35  slaves  were  used  in  each  of  the  first  5 
nests  (72-1 -A  to  E)  and  only  70  slaves  each  were  in  the  last  2 
(72-1 -F,  G)  to  serve  as  control.  The  first  male  emerged  from  nest 
72-1 F  on  16  July  1972.  When  this  experiment  was  concluded  on 
21  August  1972,  the  following  males  were  collected:  4  from  A,  9 
from  B,  6  from  C,  6  from  D,  6  from  E,  3  from  F,  and  2  from  G. 
Again,  only  males  of  breviceps  were  collected  from  nests  A 
through  E  where  both  master  and  slave  workers  were  used. 

It  thus  appears  that  after  the  removal  of  the  slave-maker  queen 
the  master  workers  take  over  the  control  and  in  turn  inhibit  the 
production  of  slave  adults  in  the  queenless  colony.  This  is  not  the 
same  as  in  the  case  of  reproductive  inhibition  of  parasitic  queens 
over  their  hosts  found  in  some  parasitic  ants  such  as  Plagiolepis 
xene  (Passera,  1969).  The  only  comparable  case  was  found  in  the 
slave-maker  Harpagoxenus  americanus,  in  which  one  of  the  master 
workers  assumes  the  reproductive  functions  in  the  secondary  col- 
ony after  losing  contact  with  the  home  nest  (Wesson,  1939).  How- 
ever, the  production  of  unusually  high  number  of  female  brood  by 
these  presumably  virgin  workers  and  the  fact  that  americanus  will 
mate  in  the  nest  seem  to  suggest  that  these  reproductive  workers 
might  have  already  been  inseminated  as  in  the  case  of  the  Euro- 
pean species,  H.  sublaevis  (Buschinger,  1968)  before  establish- 
ing the  secondary  colony,  in  spite  of  Wesson's  claim  to  the  con- 
trary. If  this  is  true,  then  these  impregnated  workers  will  certainly 
assume  a  dominant  status  over  the  slaves  in  the  absence  of  the 
queen(s).  Since  I  found  no  female  brood  in  the  two  cases  studied, 
I  assume  that  no  inseminated  workers  were  involved. 


256  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  October  1973 


Further  investigations  on  the  nature  of  this  inhibition  are  now 
in  progress.  These  include  an  observation  nest  #71-11  D-l  estab- 
lished on  26  October  1972  using  pergandei  workers  with  can- 
adensis  again  as  their  slaves.  Although  this  nest  is  still  under 
observation,  some  established  facts  regarding  the  behavior  of  both 
slaves  and  master  workers  can  be  pointed  out  in  this  preliminary 
report. 

As  of  3  January  1973  I  spent  a  total  of  40  hours  and  45  minutes 
observing  ants  in  this  nest  through  green  glass.  During  this  period 
I  saw  pergandei  workers  laying  both  normal  and  trophic  eggs  43 
times,  but  I  have  only  two  rather  dubious  records  for  their  slaves. 
Among  those  eggs  laid  by  pergandei,  1 1  were  eaten  by  pergandei 
themselves,  2  by  both  pergandei  and  slaves  (Figs.  1-4),  and  2  were 
given  directly  to  the  larvae.  As  shown  in  Fig.  3,  some  slaves  also 
have  gasters  as  extended  as  those  of  egg-laying  pergandei.  Dis- 
section of  these  slaves  has  shown  that  they  also  have  well  develop- 
ed oocytes. 

On  18  December  1972  one  pergandei  was  seen  carrying  an  egg 
on  the  glass  wall  of  the  observation  nest.  Later  she  bent  over  and 
touched  her  anus  with  that  egg,  dropped  the  egg  to  the  floor,  pull- 
ed an  egg  out  of  her  anus,  and  then  walked  away  with  the  new  egg. 
Several  pergandei  tried  to  take  that  egg  away  from  her  without 
success.  Finally,  she  reached  the  brood  pile  and  fed  that  egg  to  a 
larva  for  about  2  minutes  and  then  finished  up  on  it  herself.  An- 
other pergandei  came  over  and  solicited  food  from  her,  but  she  did 
not  give  her  any.  This  first  pergandei  again  bent  over  and  licked 
her  anus.  Then,  one  rather  elongated  egg  came  out.  She  did  not 
pick  up  this  egg,  but  just  left  it  on  the  glass  wall  beneath  her  (Fig. 
5).  Six  mins  later  she  picked  up  the  egg  and  stood  there  while 
other  ants  were  feeding  the  larva  nearby.  She  then  walked  toward 
the  larva  and  put  that  egg  on  the  glass  wall  near  the  larva  and  left 
(Fig.  6).  Another  pergandei  came  over  carrying  an  egg  which  she 
fed  to  the  larva.  At  this  time  the  pergandei  worker's  head  was  al- 
most touching  the  elongated  egg  laid  by  the  first  pergandei  (Fig.  7). 
Thus,  it  appears  that  the  elongated  egg  was  a  normal  egg  which 
the  first  pergandei  laid  soon  after  she  had  laid  a  trophic  egg.  A 
total  of  7  cases  were  observed  in  which  one  ant  laid  more  than  one 
egg  in  a  short  period.  In  some  cases  the  second  egg  came  out  so 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  October  1973 


257 


soon  that  the  ant  had  to  receive  it  when  the  first  egg  was  still 
between  her  mandibles  (Fig.  8). 

My  observations  also  revealed  several  behavioral  patterns  of 
pergandei  toward  their  slaves.  Although  pergandei  will  drag  each 
other  around,  it  is  more  often  that  pergandei  will  drag  the  slaves 
either  by  their  antennae  or  legs  (Fig.  9).  Also  there  were  52  cases 
in  which  slaves  were  carried  by  pergandei  (Fig.  1 0)  in  the  typical 
formicine  fashion  (Wilson,  1971).  Yet  no  pergandei  has  been  seen 
carried  in  this  manner  by  either  other  pergandei  or  by  slaves.  This 
might  indicate  a  subordinate  status  in  slaves. 


Fig.  1 .  Worker  of  pergandei  beginning  to  lay  egg.  Note  the  wide-open  anus. 

Fig.  2.  The  same  worker  carrying  the  egg  she  has  just  laid. 

Fig.  3.  Same  worker  sharing  that  egg  with  a  slave.  Note  the  extended  gaster  of  the  slave. 

Fig.  4.  Another  pergandei  worker  with  a  trophic  egg  just  pulled  out  from  her  anus. 


258 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  October  1973 


Fig.  5.  One  pergandei  worker  and  a  normal  egg  just  laid  on  the  glass  wall  beneath  her. 

Fig.  6.  The  same  worker  after  placing  that  egg  near  a  larva. 

Fig.  7.  Another  pergandei  worker  feeding  the  same  larva.  Note  the  proximity  of  the 
worker's  head  to  the  normal  egg. 

Fig.  8.  One  pergandei  worker  receiving  her  second  egg  although  the  first  egg  is  still  be- 
tween her  mandibles. 

Fig.  9.  Pergandei  worker  dragging  a  slave  by  her  hind  leg. 

Fig.  \Q. Pergandei  worker  carrying  a  slave  in  the  typical  formicine  fashion. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  October  1973  259 


ACKNOWLEDGMENT 

This  research  was  carried  out  under  the  direction  of  Dr.  Paul  B.  Kannowski,  Univer- 
sity of  North  Dakota.  I  thank  Dr.  Kannowski;  Dr.  Gordon  L.  Ayre,  Canada  Department 
if  Agriculture;  and  Dr.  Murray  S.  Blum,  University  of  Georgia,  for  valuable  advice  during 
the  preparation  of  the  manuscript.  Thanks  are  also  due  to  Dr.  William  F  Buren  Depart 
ment  of  Entomology,  University  of  Florida,  Gainesville,  Florida,  and  Dr  Andre 
Francoeur,  Umversite  du  Quebec  a  Chicoutimi  for  identifying  Formica  pergandei  and 
F.  canadensis,  respectively. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Bier,    K.    1954.    Uber    den    Einfluss   der   Konigin   auf  die   Arbeiterinnenfertilitat    im 

Ameisenstaat.  Insectes  Sociaux  1:7-19. 
Bier,  K.  1956.  Arbeiterinnenfertilitat  und  Aufzucht  von  Geschlechtstieren  als  Regula- 

tionsleistung  des  Ameisenstattes.    Insectes  Sociaux  3:177-184. 

Buschinger,  A.  1968.  Untersuchungen  an  Harpogoxenus  sublaevis  Nyl.  (Hymenoptera, 

Formicidae).  III.  Kopula,  Koloniegrundung,  Raubzuge.  Insectes  Sociaux  15:89- 

104. 
Butler,   C.   G.    1957.   The  control  of  ovary  development  in  worker  honeybee  (Apis 

mellifera).  Experientia   13:256-275. 
Butler,  D.  G.,  R.  K.  Callow,  and  Norah  C.  Johnston.  1961.  The  isolation  and  synthesis  of 

queen  substance,  9-oxodec-/ra«s-2-enoic  acid,  a  honeybee  pheromone.  Proc.  Roy. 

Soc.  B,  155:417-432. 

Mamsch,  E.  and  K.  Bier.  1966.  Das  Verhalten  von  Ameisenarbeiterinnen  gegenuber  der 
Konigin  naeh  vorangegangener  Weisellosigkeit.  Insectes  Sociaux  8:277-284. 

Passera,  L.  1965.  Inhibition  de  la  ponte  des  ouvrieres  par  les  reines  chez  la  fourmi 
Plagiolepis  pygmaea  Latr.  Comptes  Rendus  de  la  Ve  Congres  Union  Internationale 
pour  1'Etude  des  Insectes  Sociaux,  Toulouse  1965,  pp.  298-302. 

Passera,  L.  1969.  Interactions  et  fecondite  des  reines  de  Plagiolepis  pygmaea  Latr.  et  de 
ses  parasites  sociaux  P.  grassei  Le  Masne  et  Passera  et  P.  xene  St.  (Hym.  Formi- 
cidae).   Insectes  Sociaux    16:179-194. 

Wesson,  L.  G.  1939.  Contribution  to  the  natural  history  of  Harpagoxenus  americanus 
(Hymenoptera:  Formicidae).  Trans.  Amer.  Ent.  Soc.  65:97-122. 

Wheeler,  W.  M.  1910.  Ants:  Their  structure,  development  and  behavior.  Columbia 
University  Press,  New  York. 

Wilson,  E.  O.  1971.  The  Insect  Societies.  Harvard  University  Press,  Cambridge,  Massachu- 
setts. 


ABSTRACT.- Reproductive  biology  in  dulotic  ants:  Preliminary  report  (Hymenoptera: 
Formicidae).  Queens  of  the  slave-maker  ants,  Formica  pergandei  and  Polyergus  breviceps, 
restrict  the  ovarian  development  of  their  workers  and  slaves.  When  queens  are  removed, 
the  workers  of  the  slave-maker  species  in  turn  inhibit  the  production  of  slave  progeny. 
Workers  of  Formica  pergandei  lay  both  normal  and  trophic  eggs  in  queenless  colonies. 
A  normal  egg  can  be  laid  immediately  after  a  trophic  egg.  Trophic  eggs  are  either  eaten 
by  pergandei  workers  themselves,  or  fed  to  the  larvae  and  slaves.  Only  slaves  are  carried 
by  pergandei  in  the  typical  formicine  fashion. -A.  Chang-Fu  Hung,  Department  of  Bio- 
logy, University  of  North  Dakota,  Grand  Forks,  N.  D.  58201. 

Descriptors:  Hymenoptera;  Formicidae;  Formica  pergandei;  Formica  canadensis;  Polyer- 
gus breviceps;  dulosis;  reproductive  inhibition;  trophic  egg;  behavior. 


THE  BEHAVIOR  OF 

CHLOROCHROA  LIGATA  (SAY)  AND 

COSMOPEPLA  BIMACULATA  (THOMAS), 

(HEMIPTERA:PENTATOMIDAE)' 

Jill  Fish2  and  John  Alcock3 

The  behavior  of  relatively  few  pentatomid  stinkbugs  has  been 
reported  in  any  detail.  Nevertheless;  the  accounts  of  their  activities 
that  do  exist  indicate  that  the  courtship  and  mating  activities  of 
these  insects  are  highly  diverse  and  worthy  of  study  (Kullenberg, 
1 947 ;Teyrovsky,  1949;  Southwood  and  Hine,  1950;Leston,  1955; 
Southwoodand  Leston,  1959;  Kaufmann,  1966;  Mitchell  and  Mau, 
1969;  Tostowaryk,  1971).  Recently  one  of  us  discovered  a  species 
(Euschistus  conspersus  Uhler)  that  initiates  copulation  with  the 
male  facing  directly  away  from  the  female  as  he  inserts  his  aedea- 
gus  (Alcock,  1972).  To  the  best  of  our  knowledge,  this  behavior 
has  been  recorded  for  a  pentatomid  only  once  previously  (Mitchell 
and  Mau,  1969)  and  would  appear  to  be  rarely  practiced  by  the 
Heteroptera  in  general  (Weber,  1930;  Grasse,  1951).  Typically 
male  bugs  mount  the  female  inserting  the  aedeagus  while  facing  in 
the  same  direction  as  their  mate  before  dismounting  to  turn  180° 
away  from  the  female.  This  paper  reports  our  observations  of  mat- 
ing and  some  other  activities  by  two  species  of  Pentatomidae. 

Chlorochroa  ligata 

This  is  one  of  the  commonest  of  all  Chlorochroa  and  is 
abundant  in  the  Seattle  area  especially  in  blackberry  patches 
(Rubus  laciniatum).  This  species  was  studied  in  the  laboratory  and 
field  from  mid-May  1972  through  mid-August  1972.  The  primary 
field  location  consisted  of  a  dense  blackberry  tangle  near  the 
University  of  Washington  campus  in  Seattle,  Washington.  In 
addition,  groups  of  bugs  were  kept  in  a  5  gal.  terrarium  and  fed 
green  beans. 


'Accepted  for  publication:  December  14,  1972. 
25306  24th  Avenue,  N.E.,  Seattle,  Wash.  98105. 
3Department  of  Zoology,  Arizona  State  University,  Tempe  85281. 

Ent.  News,  84:260-268,  1973  260 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  October  1973  261 


Mating  occurred  primarily  in  the  late  afternoon  (fig.  1).  Females 
were  approached  by  males  sometimes  while  the  former  were  feed- 
ing. A  male  would  (1)  tap  the  female  with  its  antennae  and 
(2)  then  begin  to  lift  the  rear  part  of  her  abdomen  with  its  head  in 
short  pushes.  This  caused  the  male's  body  to  jerk  rapidly.  Sooner 
or  later  the  male  would  move  directly  behind  the  female  vigorous- 
ly patting  the  underside  of  her  abdomen  with  his  antennae.  At  this 
time  the  male's  aedeagus  was  often  extruded  sufficiently  to  show  a 
black  ring  at  its  base.  Receptive  females  responded  by  lowering 
their  head  until  it  touched  the  surface  on  which  they  were  stand- 
ing. This  of  course  has  the  effect  of  elevating  the  female's  entire 
abdomen.  The  male  would  then  turn,  lift  his  abdomen,  and  back 
into  the  female  inserting  his  aedeagus  into  her  genital  opening. 
After  copulation  is  initiated  the  male  lowers  his  abdomen  some- 
what pulling  that  of  the  female  downward.  An  encounter  might 
lead  to  a  copulation  in  as  little  time  as  two  minutes.  Males  con- 
fronted with  an  unreceptive  female  might  continue  to  court  for  as 
long  as  30  min.  Almost  always  three  or  more  bugs  were  present 
during  a  courtship  and  at  one  time  three  mated  pairs  were  ob- 
served within  25  cm  of  one  another.  This  suggests  the  release  of 
an  attractant  by  the  female  presumably. 

After  mating  the  male  rests  both  hindlegs  on  the  tibia  or  tarsi 
of  the  hindlegs  of  the  female.  Males  often  feed  during  copulation 
while  females  exude  drops  of  clear  liquid  from  their  rostrum 
which  is  rigidly  extended  or  bent  rather  than  folded  against  the 
thorax  in  its  resting  position.  Pairs  remain  mated  for  2-21/2  hr. 
based  on  three  field  observations.  A  total  of  eight  courtships 
resulting  in  copulations  were  seen  during  the  study. 

Reproduction  was  well  under  way  by  mid-May  and  continued 
through  to  the  first  week  of  August.  However,  by  the  second 
week  of  this  month  almost  all  adults  had  died  and  the  second 
generation  nymphs  were  becoming  increasingly  abundant. 

Ten  clusters  of  eggs  were  laid  in  the  terrarium  with  an  average 
number  of  32.5  (range,  8-56).  A  cluster  of  27  eggs  was  found  on 
the  underside  of  a  blackberry  leaf  in  the  study  area.  Two  clutches 
required  a  mean  number  of  12  days  to  hatch  and  another  58 
days  to  reach  adulthood. 

The   first   and    second   instars  formed   tightly   packed   contact 


262  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  October  1973 


clusters  in  the  terrarium  but  this  behavior  was  much  less  pro- 
nounced in  the  later  stages  of  development.  In  the  field  the 
nymphs  remained  in  a  tight  cluster  about  one  cm  from  the  egg 
cases  for  the  first  five  days  after  hatching  but  by  the  sixth  day 
they  had  dispersed  somewhat. 

The  peak  population  of  the  second  and  third  instars  occurred 
at  the  same  time  large  numbers  of  blackberries  came  into  season. 
The  nymphs,  a  brilliant  black  with  yellow  borders,  are  quite  cryp- 
tic against  this  background. 

Feeding  behavior 

C.  ligata  is  a  generalist  feeder  attacking  dried  and  fresh  black- 
berries, the  main  and  secondary  veins  of  blackberry  leaves,  black- 
berry stems,  grass  stems  and  grass  seeds.  In  addition,  one  bug  was 
watched  while  feeding  on  a  morning  glory  seed  pod  and  another 
was  seen  with  a  group  of  about  sixty  E.  conspersus  adults  feeding 
on  a  stem  of  the  bracken  fern  Pteridium  aquilinurn.  This  is  then 
the  second  species  of  pentatomid  known  to  feed  on  a  fern 
(Alcock,  1972).  Feeding  occurs  primarily  in  the  morning  and 
evening  (fig.  1). 

Basking  behavior 

Like  E.  conspersus  (Alcock,  1972),  C.  ligata  basks  conspicuous- 
ly on  the  exposed  upper  surfaces  of  blackberry  leaves,  particularly 
in  the  morning  with  a  secondary  peak  in  the  late  afternoon  (fig.  1 ). 
During  these  times  bugs  often  tilt  so  that  their  green  back  is  orien- 
ted at  right  angles  to  the  sun,  probably  the  optimal  surface  for 
absorbing  heat.  At  the  middle  of  the  day  during  sunny  hot  spells 
the  bug  is  rarely  seen  in  exposed  areas.  Several  that  were  in  the 
open  had  tilted  their  bodies  so  as  to  expose  the  minimum  back 
surface  area  to  the  sun. 

Grooming  behavior 

In  addition  to  a  variety  of  movements  involving  the  use  of  the 
tarsi  and  claws  to  clean  portions  of  the  legs,  the  antennae,  the 
edge  of  the  abdomen,  and  the  aedeagus,  this  species,  as  well  as  E. 
conspersus  (Eric  McPherson,  pers.  comm.;  pers.  observation)  and 
Cosmopepla  bimaculata,  employs  an  interesting  claw-washing  be- 
havior. Resting  bugs  sometimes  exude  a  small  drop  of  fluid  from 
the  tip  of  the  rostrum  and  place  it  on  any  one  of  a  number  of 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  October  1973  263 


combinations  of  two  or  three  claws  held  closely  together.  The  two 
front  claws,  the  two  front  and  one  middle  claw,  one  front  and  one 
middle  claw,  or  one  middle  and  one  hind  claw  are  anointed  and 
then  rubbed  smartly  together. 

Because  the  amounts  used  were  very  small  in  all  three  species 
and  difficult  to  collect,  it  was  not  possible  to  analyze  the  cleaning 
fluid  directly.  However,  on  the  supposition  that  the  substance 
expelled  by  C.  ligata  females  during  mating  might  be  the  same  as 
the  cleaning  liquid  for  this  species,  it  was  collected  in  capillary 
tubes  and  analyzed  with  the  help  of  John  Edwards.  No  precipitate 
formed  when  the  liquid  was  mixed  with  concentrated  acetic  acid 
and  ethyl  alcohol  indicating  no  significant  protein  content.  No 
bubbles  formed  when  the  liquid  was  blown  into  showing  that  it 
was  not  a  surface  active  detergent.  No  significant  amounts  of  pre- 
cipitate formed  when  silver  nitrate  was  added;  the  solution  was 
not  saline. 

The  fluid  is  most  likely  water.  Pressure  on  the  abdomen  during 
mating  probably  causes  excess  water  in  the  gut  to  be  absorbed  by 
the  salivary  glands  and  excreted  through  the  rostrum.  If  this  is  the 
fluid  used  during  claw-washing,  and  there  is  no  guarantee  that  it 
is,  it  has  no  special  cleansing  action.  Even  so,  water  presumably  is 
an  effective  aid  in  the  removal  of  dust  particles  and  other  debris 
that  might  reduce  the  adhesive  properties  of  these  bugs'  claws. 

Dispersal  of  adults 

Groups  of  adult  bugs  in  six  zones  (200  m  stretches  along  a 
railway  track  through  the  blackberry  patch)  were  marked  with 
acrylic  paint  dots  placed  on  the  thorax  using  a  code  that  identified 
the  zone  in  which  they  were  originally  found.  A  total  of  89  bugs 
were  marked  with  observations  continuing  for  2 1  days.  Up  to 
eight  marked  individuals  were  seen  as  late  as  10  days  after  mark- 
ing. However,  never  more  than  a  single  pentatomid  was  seen  out- 
side its  original  area.  It  would  appear  that  few  bugs  wander  widely 
although  they  are  quite  capable  of  flying  10  m  or  so  and  were 
rather  frequently  observed  in  flight,  especially  in  the  early  after- 
noon (fig.  1). 

C.  ligata,  E.  conspersus,  and  C.  bimaculata  engage  in  both  silent 
flight  and  "buzz"  flight.  In  the  first  two  species  buzz  flight  pro- 
duces sounds  reminiscent  of  a  bee  and  so  may  deter  some  aerial 


264 Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  October  1973 

predators  from  attack.  This  can  hardly  be  the  case  for  bimaculata, 
a  much  smaller  animal  with  much  quieter  flight.  The  significance 
of  silent  flight  is  uncertain. 

Cosmopepla  bimaculata 

This  species  was  observed  briefly  in  the  field  in  late  May  at 
Flaming  Geyser  State  Park  near  Auburn,  Washington.  It  was  found 
in  scattered  groups  in  pastures  and  open  areas  feeding  on  butter- 
cups. In  addition,  a  group  of  about  fifteen  was  collected  and  ob- 
served in  a  terrarium  where  they  were  maintained  on  their  natural 
foodplant. 

Reproductive  behavior 

Unfortunately  no  complete  mating  was  ever  seen  in  about  30  hr. 
of  watching.  However,  a  very  large  number  of  unsuccessful  court- 
ships were  observed  and  from  these  a  picture  of  courtship  and  the 
probable  manner  of  copulation  emerges. 

Females  standing  on  plant  stems  or  feeding  on  buttercup  pods 
were  often  approached  by  males.  These  often  assumed  a  "waiting 
position"  with  their  head  touching  the  underside  of  the  female's 
abdomen  or  thorax.  Often  several  minutes  elapsed  before  the  next 
action  which  was  a  very  active,  rapid  tapping  of  the  female  with 
the  male's  antennae.  Males  frequently  moved  quickly  from  one 
side  of  the  female  to  her  head  and  then  back  to  the  thorax.  They 
might  completely  circle  the  potential  mate  on  occasion,  anten- 
nating  furiously  all  the  while.  Generally  males  eventually  oriented 
these  rapid  patting  movements  to  the  tip  of  the  female's  abdomen. 

Antennation  was  followed  by  very  quick  butting  movements  by 
the  male  apparently  designed  to  lift  the  abdomen  of  the  female 
upward.  These  were  usually  directed  at  the  rear  part  of  the  female. 
After  a  brief  period  (5-10  sec.)  of  butting  during  which  time  the 
male  literally  vibrates  he  turns  around  with  aedeagus  fully  extru- 
ded and  inverted.  At  this  stage  his  body  forms  an  angle  of  between 
180°  (often)  to  90°  with  the  female's  body.  When  contact  was 
made,  the  male's  aedeagus  moved  rapidly  side  to  side;  again  the 
male  appears  to  vibrate  his  actions  are  so  rapid.  It  seems  highly 
likely  that  copulation  is  initiated  in  this  end-to-end  position  al- 
though this  was  not  verified  because  the  females  always  proved  to 
be  unreceptive  despite  dozens  of  observed  attempts  to  copulate  by 
males. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  October  1973 


265 


o 
o 

00 


o 
o 


o 

00 


o 

CO 


o 

CM 


S3I1IAI13V   anOJ   Nl 

S9H9   JO   39ViN3:>a3d 


<u 

€ 
.S 

| 

— 
— 


o 
u 

o 


C 
O 
O 


o 


™  .2J 
5  ^5 

«  E 


o    .a 

2    o 


>3 

o     g  tS 

o    -~  ^ 

CN         <J  <£ 


O 

S  s  > 

O  4>  O 

~~  5  E 


^  .>   <a 

O  S  .c 

O  ^  H 

oo 

O  >>  ob 


§  f  s 

>O         #00 

o      o.S 

li 


266  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  October  1973 


Females  signalled  their  lack  of  receptivity  by  moving  away  from 
the  male  or  by  pushing  a  suitor  away  with  a  firm  deliberate 
kick  given  by  the  hind  legs.  When  a  female  walked  off  a  male 
might  follow  for  as  much  as  25  cm.  Sometimes  males  overtook  a 
female  and  courted  her  once  more.  Other  times  the  bug  would  re- 
trace its  path  to  the  spot  where  courtship  had  begun.  Females  were 
seen  returning  to  these  areas  some  time  later;  they  were  courted 
again  by  the  males  that  remained  behind. 

The  failure  to  observe  mating,  despite  the  fact  that  mated  pairs 
were  often  seen  and  despite  the  many  hours  of  watching  between 
09.00  and  17.00,  suggest  that  copulations  may  occur  largely  in 
the  evening  or  possibly  at  night. 

Discussion 

Assuming  that  C.  bimaculata  does  copulate  directly  in  an  end- 
to-end  position  there  are  now  a  variety  of  pentatomids  represent- 
ing several  genera,  including  Nezara  (Mitchell  and  Man,  1969), 
that  are  known  to  employ  this  pattern.  Dr.  R.  I.  Sailer  informs  us 
that  he  has  observed  this  behavior  in  Euschistus  variolus  and  E. 
servus  as  well  as  in  some  species  of  Thyanta.  Thus  this  manner  of 
mating  may  be  common  among  the  Pentatomidae.  It  is  perhaps 
surprising  that  what  is  really  rather  complex  courtship  and  mating 
behavior  should  be  so  similar  across  genera.  Those  courtships  we 
have  studied  all  include:  (1)  male  taps  the  female's  body  with  its 
antennae,  (2)  male  strokes  underside  of  the  female's  abdomen 
with  its  antennae,  (3)  male  lifts  the  female's  abdomen  with  its 
head,  and  (4)  male  backs  into  the  female  often  in  response  to 
elevation  of  her  abdomen.  Differences  have  been  primarily  quanti- 
tative (such  as  the  rapidity  of  antennal  tapping)  rather  than  quali- 
tative. It  may  be  that  these  similarities  are  the  product  of  conver- 
gent evolution  with  selection  for  male  behavior  patterns  that  are 
effective  in  inducing  the  female  to  adopt  a  position  (abdomen 
raised)  that  facilitates  insertion  of  the  aedeagus.  Additional  com- 
parative data  on  other  pentatomids  would  be  extremely  useful  in 
answering  this  question  as  well  as  providing  evidence  on  the  taxo- 
nomic  relationships  within  the  family  and  the  probable  evolution 
of  the  distinctive  courtship  behaviors  that  are  practiced  by  mem- 
bers of  the  group. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  October  1973  267 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  are  indebted  to  Mr.  Thomas  Halstead,  Drs.  Frank  Hasbrouck, 
Mont  A.  Cazier,  G.  G.  E.  Scudder  for  their  help  in  the  identifica- 
tion of  the  pentatomids.  Mr.  George  M.  Buxton  of  the  California 
Department  of  Agriculture  made  the  definitive  identification  of 
the  Chlorochroa  and  we  thank  him  very  much  for  his  assistance. 
Mr.  Eric  McPherson  shared  his  knowledge  of  E.  conspersits;  Drs. 
Reece  I.  Sailer  and  Wallace  C.  Mitchell  wrote  to  us  about  the  mat- 
ing behavior  of  some  other  pentatomids.  Dr.  John  Edwards 
graciously  helped  in  identifying  the  components  of  C.  ligata 
regurgitate.  We  are  deeply  grateful  to  all  these  gentlemen. 

REFERENCES 

ALCOCK,  J.  197 1 .  The  behavior  of  a  stinkbug,  Euschistus  conspersus  Uhler  (Hemiptera: 
Pentatomidae).  Psyche,  78:215-228. 

GRASSE,  P.-P.  1951.  Traite  de  zoologie,  anatomie,  systematique,  biologie,  Tome  X. 
Insectes  superieurs  et  hemipteroides.  Ordre  des  Heteropteres.  Masson  et  Cie, 
Paris,  pp.  1657-1803. 

KAUFMANN,  T.  1966.  Notes  on  the  life  history  and  morphology  of  Calidea  dregii 
(Hemiptera:Pentatomidae:Scutellerini)  in  Ghana,  West  Africa.  Ann.  Ent.  Soc. 
Amer.,  59:654-659. 

KULLENBERG,  B.  1947.  Uber  Morphologie  und  Funktion  des  Kopulationsapparats  der 
Capsiden  und  Nabiden.  Zool.  Bidrag.  Fran  Uppsala,  24:217-418. 

LESTON,  D.  1955.  The  function  of  the  conjunctiva  in  copulation  of  a  shieldbug, 
Peizodorus  lituratus  /Tabricius)  (Hemiptera,  Pentatomidae).  J.  Soc.  Brit.  Ent., 
5:  101-105. 

MITCHELL,  W.  C.  and  R.F.L.  MAU.  1969.  Sexual  activity  and  longevity  of  the  southern 
green  stink  bug  Nezara  viridula.  Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  Amer.,  62: 1246-1247. 

SOUTHWOOD,  T.R.E.  and  D.  J.  HINE.  1950.  Further  notes  on  the  biology  of  Sehinis 
bicolor  (L.)  Ent.  Mon.  Mag.,  86:  299-301. 

SOUTHWOOD,  T.R.E.- and  D.  LESTON.  1959.  Land  and  water  bugs  of  the  British  Isles. 
Frederick  Warne  and  Co.,  London,  pp.  436. 

TEYROVSKY,  V.  1949.  Praeconnubia  and  courtship  in  terrestrial  bugs.  Acta  Acad.  Sci. 
Nat.  Hist.  Moravo-Silesiacae,  Brno,  21:  1-16. 

TOSTOWARYK,  W.  1971.  Life  history  and  behavior  of  Podisus  modestus  (Hemiptera: 
Pentatomidae)  in  a  boreal  forest  in  Quebec.  Can.  Ent.,  103:662-674. 

WEBER,  H.  1930.  Biologie  der  Hemipteren.  Julius  Springer,  Berlin,  pp.  543. 

ABSTRACT.-The  courtship  and  copulatory  behaviors  of  two  species  of  pentatomid 
bugs,  Chlorochroa  ligata  and  Cosrnopepla  bimaculata  are  described.  These  species  provide 
one  certain  and  another  probable  example  of  pentatomids  in  which  the  male  initiates 
copulation,  following  courtship,  while  facing  directly  away  from  the  female.  Information 
on  the  daily  activity  cycle  of  C.  ligata  in  Seattle,  Washington  is  presented.  This 
bug  has  been  seen  feeding  on  a  fern,  Pteridium  aquilinum.  Both  stinkbugs  engage  in  elab- 
orate claw-washing  behavior  in  which  regurgitate,  possibly  water,  is  applied  from  the  tip 
of  the  rostrum  to  various  combinations  of  claws  which  are  then  rubbed  together.  Simi- 
larities in  the  courtship  sequence  employed  by  members  of  four  separate  genera  of 


268 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  October  1973 


Pentatomidae  are  outlined  followed  by  a  speculation  on  the  significance  of  this  pattern 
of  mating. 

Descriptors:  Hemiptera;  Pentatomidae;  courtship  and  mating  behavior;  Cosmopepla  bi- 
maculata  (Thomas)  and  Chlorochroa  ligata  (Say). 


The  Entomologist's  Record 

To  encourage  the  publication  of  concise  and  -useful  new  distribution 
records,  corrections  of  previously  published  erroneous  records,  misidenti- 
fications,  short  field  notes,  and  current  news  items  about  entomologists, 
amateur  and  professional,  entomology  departments  and  museums,  prompt 
(monthly)  publication  is  offered  in  this  department. 


INTERACTION  BETWEEN  A  WESTERN  HARVESTER  ANT 
AND  A  GREAT  BASIN  SAGEBRUSH  LIZARD 

On  30  September  1972  a  Great  Basin  sagebrush  lizard,  Sceloporus  graciosus  graciosus 
Baird  and  Girard,  was  collected  20  km  NW  Reno,  Washoe  County,  Nevada,  at  an  elevation 
of  1585  m.  The  lizard  (3.5  cm  snout-vent  length  and  1.7  g  live  weight)  was  collected  by 
hand  along  a  gravel  road  edge  in  a  dense  patch  ofSalsola  kali.  The  head  of  a  western  ant, 
Pogonomyrmex  occidentalis  (Cresson),  was  found  attached  to  the  middle  of  the  fifth 
toe  of  the  lizard's  right  fore  leg.  This  ant  is  abundant  in  the  area,  having  nest  densities  of 
up  to  42  per  hectare.  It  is  not  known  if  the  harvester  ant  attacked  the  lizard  in  self- 
defense  or  as  an  active  predator. 

Examination  of  the  stomach  and  intestinal  contents  of  this  lizard  revealed  that  4  ants 
(none  could  be  recognized  as  Pogonomyrmex),   1  other  Hymenoptera,  2  Hemiptera,  1 
Homoptera  (Aphididae)   and  2  Coleoptera  (Carabidae  and  Curculionidae),  along  with 
several  grains  of  sand  had  been  ingested.  Knowlton  (1942;  1953)  and  Knowlton  and 
Valcarce  (1950)  report  S.  g.  graciosus  feeding  on  P.  occidentalis  in  Utah. 

No  reference  to  P.  occidentalis  attacking  living  reptiles  under  natural  circumstances 
could  be  found.  In  the  laboratory  Knowlton  (1946)  found  that  this  ant  readily  attached 
to  various  areas  including  the  toes  of  a  living  individual  of  the  northern  desert  horned 
lizard,  Phrynosoma  platyrhinos  platyrhinos  when  the  two  were  placed  together  in  a 
container. 

The    lizard    with    attached    ant   head   is   in   the   collection    of   the   author,    #504. 

Field  work  was  assisted  by  a  grant  from  the  Research  Advisory  Board,  University  of 
Nevada,  Reno. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Knowlton,  G.  F.  1942.  Range  lizards  as  insect  predators.  Jour.  Econ.  Entomol.  35:602. 

1946.  Feeding  habits  of  some  reptiles.  Herpetologica  3:77-80. 

.  1953.  Some  insect  food  of  Sceloporus  g.  graciosus  (B.  G.).  Herpeto- 

lotica  9:70. 
__________  ,  and  A.  C.  Valcarce.   1950.  Insect  food  of  the  sagebrush  swift  in  Box 

Elder  County  of  Utah.  Herpetologica  6:33-34. 

William  H.  Clark,  Department  of  Biology,  University  of  Nevada,  Reno  89507. 
Present  address:  705  Smith  Street,  Vale,  Oregon  97918.  Accepted  for  publication: 
September  10,  1973. 


MEMOIRS  AMERICAN  ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 

No.  20.  Howard  E.  Evans-A  Revision  of  the  Mexican  and  Central  American  Spider 
Wasps  of  the  Subfamily  Pompilinae  (Hymenoptera:Pompilidae).  433  pages, 
11  plates,  80  maps $12.50 

No.  21.  Eric  G.  Mathews-A  Taxonomic  and  Zoogeographic  Survey  of  the  Scarabaeidae 
of  the  Antilles  (Coleoptera:Scarabaeidae).  134  pages,  144  figures  $  4.00 

No.  22.  Richard  M.  Fox- A  Monograph  of  the  Ithomiidae  (Lepidoptera)  Part  III.  The 
tribe  Mechanitini  Fox.  190  pages,  170  figures,  1  color  plate $  9.00 

No.  23.  Beatrice  R.  Vogel-A  list  of  New  North  American  Spiders  (1940-1966). 
186  pages  $  9.00 

No.  24.  Lee  D.  Miller  The  Higher  Classification,  Phylogeny  and  Zoogeography  of  the 
Satyridae  (Lepidoptera).  174  pp.  $  7.00 

No.  25.  Michael  G.  Emsley-The  Schizopteridae  (HemipterarHeteroptera)  with  the 
description  of  new  species  from  Trinidad.  154  pp $  6.50 

No.  26.  James  R.  Zimmerman- A.  taxonomic  Revision  of  the  Aquatic  Settle  Genus 
Laccophilus  (Dytiscidae)  of  North  America,  275  pp $12.00 

No.  27.  Philip  J.  Clausen  and  Edwin  F.  Cook- A  Revision  of  the  Nearctic  Species 
of  the  Tribe  Parydrini  (Dip tera:Ephydridae).  150  pp $  7.00 

No.  28.  Annette  F.  5raw«-Tischeriidae  of  America  North  of  Mexico  (Micro-lepidop- 
tera).  148  pp .  $  7.00 


The  Entomologist's  Market  Place 

Advertisements  of  goods  or  services  for  sale  are  accepted  at  $1.00 
per  line,  payable  in  advance  to  the  editor.  Notices  of  wants  and  ex- 
changes not  exceeding  three  lines  are  free  to  subscribers.  Positions  open, 
and  position  wanted  notices  are  included  here  and  may  be  referred  to  by 
box  numbers.  All  insertions  are  continued  from  month  to  month,  the 
new  ones  are  added  at  the  end  of  the  column,  and,  when  necessary,  the 
older  ones  at  the  top  are  discontinued. 


BUTTERFLIES  OF  THE  AUSTRALIAN  REGION,  by  Bernard  D'Abrera.  352  p., 
over  4,000  full  color  photographs.  Ready  Feb.  1972.  $39.95  postpaid.  A  magnificently 
illustrated  and  comprehensive  work  treating  the  butterflies  of  Australia,  Papua  &  New 
Guinea,  the  Moluccas,  New  Zealand,  and  the  islands  of  the  South  Pacific.  Entomological 
Reprint  Specialists,  P.  O.  Box  77971,  Dockweiler  Station,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90007,  USA. 

THE  MOTHS  OF  AMERICA  NORTH  OF  MEXICO.  Fascicle  21,  Sphingoidea  now  in 
stock,  xii+158  p.,  14  superb  color  plates,  8  black-and-white  photos,  19  figs.,  2  plates  of 
line  drawings.  1971.  $24.00.  Also  available  at  a  reduced  price  to  subscribers  of  all  41 
fascicles,  which  will  treat  and  figure  in  color  all  10,000  species  of  North  American  moths. 
Write  for  complete  details  and  brochure,  with  sample  color  plate.  Entomological  Re- 
print Specialists,/'.  O.  Box  77971,  Dockweiler  Station,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90007,  USA. 

Wanted:  One  copy  of  "Catalogue  of  the  Coleoptera  of  America,  North  of  Mexico," 
by  C.  W.  Leng,  published  at  Mount  Vernon,  1920.  Dr.  Paul  P.  Shubeck,  Biology  Depart- 
ment, Montclair  State  College,  Upper  Montclair,  New  Jersey  07043. 

Wanted  to  buy:  Hebard,  M.  1917.  The  Blattidae  of  North  America.  Mem.  American 
Ent.  Soc.  2.  Dr.  Ivan  Huber,  Biology,  Fairleigh  Dickinson  University,  Madison,  NJ  07940. 

Papers  on  Tipulidae.  More  than  700  papers  and  14,000  pages.  For  sale  to  highest 
bidder.  Address  all  inquiries  to  Alan  Stone,  5308  Wriley  Rd.,  Washington,  DC  20016. 

Wanted:  One  copy  of  "Catalog  of  the  Diptera"  by  Stone,  et  al.  C.  L.  Sperka,  Depart- 
ment of  Entomology,  University  of  Kentucky,  Lexington,  KY  40506. 

For  sale:  Handlirsch,  A.  Monographic  d.  mit  Nysson  u.  Bembex  verw.  Grabvespen. 
Sitz.  k.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien.  1887-1893.  1433  p.,  25  pi.  7  parts  u.  Nachtrage  in  5  vols.  bd. 
$  200.00  Horn,  W.  and  S.  Schenkling.  Index  Litteraturae.  Ser.  1.  Die  Weltlitteratur 
uber  die  ges.  Entomologie  bis  inklusiv  1963.  1426  p.  4  vols.  Paper.  Berlin  1928-1929.  $ 
80.00.  Schroder,  C.,  (ed.)  Handbuch  der  Entomologie.  1  col.  pi.,  2514  textfigs.  3  vols. 
Bd.  Vi  leather.  G.  Fischer,  Jena.  1925-1929.  Mrs.  Rudolf  G.  Schmieder,  Box  34,  Elwyn, 
PA  19063. 

For  sale:  Butterflies  and  Moths  from  Brazil  and  foreign  Countries.  12,300  specimens 
classified  and  set  in  special  caseboards.  For  further  information,  write  to  P.O.  Box  416, 
Rio  de  Janeiro,  GB,  BRASIL. 

PSEPHEN1DAE  (including  EUBRJINAE,  EUBRIANACINAE,  and  PSEPHENINAE): 
Revising  the  family  in  the  Western  Hemisphere.  Request  loan  of  any  material  from  the 
New  World.  Dr.  Harley  P.  Brown,  Zoology  Dept.,  Univ.  Oklahoma,  730  Van  Vleet  Oval, 
Norman,  Okla.  73069,  U.S.A. 

For  sale:  Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  Amer.-Vol.  41,  43,  62,  63,  64,  ea.  $15.00;  Proc.  N.  Cent. 
Branch  E.S.A.-Vol.  24-5,  $10.00;  Practical  Entomologist,  Vol.  1-2  (1865-7),  $10.00; 
American  Entomologist,  Vol.  1  (1868-9),  $8.00;  Proc.  Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,  Vols  39,  55,  56; 
the  lot,  $10.00;  Ecological  Monographs,  Vols  34  through  40;  ea.  $10.00.  Russell  A  Rahn, 
314  N.  5th  Street,  Watertown,  WI  53094. 

For  Sale  or  Trade.  Lloyds  Natural  Nistory.  A  handbook  to  the  order  Lepidoptera  by 
W.  F.  Kirby,  London  1896.  5  vols.,  158  color  plates.  Prof.  H.  E.  Evans,  Veterinary 
College,  Cornell  University,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  14850. 

Top  prices  paid  for  Centruroides  sculpturatus  or  any  scorpions  under  4  cm,  either 
large  or  small  quantities  bought.  Mr.  P.  Walmsley,  33  Clarence  Ave.,  Blackpool,  FY52BG, 
England. 


NOVEMBER  1973 


ENTOMOLOGICAL  NEWS 


CONTENTS 

AN  ANNOTATED  LIST  OF  THE  STONEFLIES  (PLECOPTERA) 

OF  COLORADO,  PART  I. 
B.  P.  Stark,  B.  R.  Oblad  &  A.  R.  Gaufin,  p.  269 

SURVIVAL  RECORDS  FOR  ELMID  BEETLES, 
WITH  NOTES  ON  LABORATORY  REARING 

OF  VARIOUS  DRYOPOIDS  (COLEOPTERA) 
Harley  P.  Brown,  p.  278 

NOTES  ON  THE  NESTS  OF  MONTEZUMIA 

(Hymenoptera,  Eumenidae) 

H.  E.  Evans,  p.  285 

MICRASEMA  KLUANE,  A  PROBABLE  STEPPING 
STONE  TO  THE  ARCTIC  (TRICHOPTERA, 

BRACHYCENTRIDAE) 
H.  H.  Ross  &  J.  C.  Morse,  p.291 

GENERATIONAL  "CARRYOVER"  AND 

THE  SUPPRESION  OF  SUBMARGINAL  PATTERN  ELEMENTS 

IN  VERNAL  PHENOTYPES  OF  PIERIS  PROTODICE 

(LEPIDOPTERA:PIERIDAE) 

A.  M.  Shapiro,  p.  294 

A  NEW  SPECIES  OF  ACMAEDORA  (COLEOPTERA: BUPRESTIDAE) 

J.N.Knull,  p.  299 

ERRATA,  p.  284 
INTERNATIONAL  COMMISSION  ON  ZOOLOGICAL  NOMENCLATURE 

Announcement,  p.  290 
LETTERS  TO  THE  EDITOR,  p.  300 

Publication  Date:    March  13,  1974 


THE  AMERICAN  ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 


ENTOMOLOGICAL  NEWS 

Edited,  1890-1910,  by  Henry  Skinner  (1861-1926);  1911-1944,  by  Philip  P.  Calvert 
(1871-1961);  1945-1967,  by  R.  G.  Schmieder(  1898-1 967);  1968-1972  by  R.  H.  Arnett, 
Jr. 

Entomological  News  is  published  monthly  except  August  and  September  by  the 
American  Entomological  Society  at  253  Agricultural  Hall,  College  of  Agricultural 
Sciences,  University  of  Delaware,  Newark,  DE.  19711.  Second  class  postage  paid  at 
Newark,  Delaware  19711  and  additional  mailing  offices.  Editorial  Staff:  S.  S.  Roback  & 
R.  W.  Lake  (Editor). 

SUBSCRIPTION  RATES:  Private  subscriptions  for  personal  use  $7.00  per  year  post 
paid;  institutional  subscriptions  for  libraries:,  laboratories,  etc.,  domestic  and  foreign 
$12.00  per  year  postpaid.  Communications  and  remittances  for  subscriptions  should  be 
addressed  to  Entomological  News,  1900  Race  Street,  Philadelphia,  PA.  19103,  U.Sj\. 

POSTMASTER:  If  undeliverable  please  send  form  3579  to  Mr.  Robert  W.  Lake,  253 
Agricultural  Hall,  University  of  Delaware,  Newark,  DE.  19711. 

MANUSCRIPTS  and  all  communications  concerning  same  should  be  addressed  to: 
Mr.  Robert  W.  Lake,  Department  of  Entomology  and  Applied  Ecology,  University  of 
Delaware,  Newark,  DE  19711.  The  receipt  of  all  papers  will  be  acknowledged  and,  if 
accepted,  they  will  be  published  as  soon  as  possible,  usually  within  six  months.  Articles 
longer  than  eight  pages  may  be  published  in  two  or  more  installments,  unless  the  author 
is  willing  to  pay  the  cost  of  a  sufficient  number  of  additional  pages  in  any  one  issue  to 
enable  such  an  article  to  appear  without  division.  BOOKS  FOR  REVIEW  should  be  sent 
to  the  editor. 

PAGE  CHARGES  are  normally  made  only  for  over-length  articles,  or  for  articles  pub- 
lished ahead  of  their  regular  place  in  the  issues,  and  then  only  as  additional  pages  for  an 
issue.  In  cases  where  authors  have  received  grant  money  for  publication,  or  their  institu- 
tion normally  pays  publication  costs,  they  will  be  billed  at  the  rate  of  $18.75  per  page. 

ILLUSTRATIONS:  Authors  will  be  charged  for  text-figures  and  halftones  at  the 
following  rate:  Each  line  cut  regardless  of  size  $1.50;  each  halftone  regardless  of  size, 
$4.50.  Size  limit  of  illustrations,  when  printed,  4'/2  x  6'/2  inches. 

SEPARATES  printed  without  removal  of  extraneous  matter,  without  covers,  will  be 
supplied  by  the  printer  at  20  cents  per  copy.  Minimum  order  100  copies.  Xerox  copies  of 
articles,  minimum  order  50  copies,  15  cents  per  copy. 

EDITORIAL  POLICY:  Manuscripts  on  insect  life  and  related  terrestrial  anthropods  aie 
appropriate  for  submission  to  ENTOMOLOGICAL  NEWS.  Titles  should  be  carefully 
composed  to  reflect  the  true  contents  of  the  article,  and  be  kept  as  brief  as  possible.  A 
short  informative  abstract  (not  a  descriptive  abstract)  of  about  150  words  should  be 
supplied  on  a  separate  sheet,  complete  with  title  and  ending  with  the  authors  name  and 
address.  In  addition,  the  author  should  supply  a  list  of  descriptors,  or  key  words  at  the 
end  of  the  abstract  The  author's  complete  mailing  address,  including  zip  code  number, 
should  be  given  as  a  footnote  to  the  article.  All  papers  describing  new  taxa  should 
include  enough  information  to  make  them  useful  to  the  non-specialist.  Generally  this 
requires  a  key  and  a  short  review  or  discussion  of  the  group,  plus  reference  to  existing 
revisions  or  monographs.  Illustrations  are  almost  always  required. 

Short  notes  will  be  promptly  published  in  The  Entomologist's  Record.  Literature  notices, 
short  reviews,  and  books  received  will  be  published  in  The  Entomologist's  Library.  Studv 
notices,  want  items,  and  for  sale  notices  are  published  in  The  Entomologist's  Market 
Place.  All  manuscripts  should  follow  the  format  recommended  in  the  CBE  "Style 
Manual". 

SECOND  CLASS  POSTAGE  PAID  AT  NEWARK,  DELAWARE 
&  ADDITIONAL  MAILING  OFFICES 


AN  ANNOTATED  LIST  OF 

THE  STONEFLIES  (PLECOPTERA) 

OF  COLORADO 

PART  I.1 

Bill  P.  Stark2,  Briant  R.  Oblad3  &  A.  R.  Gaufin4 

INTRODUCTION 

Through  the  years,  the  Colorado  stonefly  fauna  has  received  the 
casual  attention  of  numerous  collectors,  including  many  of  our 
foremost  North  American  authorities.  As  a  result,  records  of 
Colorado  species  are  scattered  through  one-hundred  years  of 
literature.  Gaufin  (1964),  in  bringing  together  information  of  the 
intermountain  stonefly  fauna,  listed  fifty-seven  species  from  the 
state,  but  no  distributional  records  were  provided.  Over  the  past 
decade,  studies  at  the  University  of  Utah  have  provided  numerous 
species  records  for  the  state  (Knight,  1964;  Nebeker  and  Gaufin, 
1965;  Knight  and  Gaufin,  1965;  Knight  and  Gaufin,  1967; 
Neberker  and  Gaufin,  1967;  Oblad,  1969;  Baumann,  1970; 
Baumann  and  Gaufin,  1970;  Baumann  and  Gaufin,  1972). 
Additional  records  were  obtained  from  the  personal  collections  of 
several  individuals  and  from  the  collection  of  the  University  of 
Utah.  The  present  study  brings  together  distributional  records  for 
eighty-one  stonefly  species  known  to  occur  in  the  state. 

LIST  OF  SPECIES 
SUBORDER  FILIPALP1A 


'Study  supported  by  Science  Foundation  Grant  P1B2899.  Accepted  for  publication: 
February  15,  1973. 

2Graduate  Student,  University  of  Utah. 

3Present  Address,  230  Adeline  Avenue,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

4Professor,  Biology  Department,  University  of  Utah. 

Ent  News,  84:269-277,  1973  269 


270  _Ent.N_ews,  Vol.  84,  November  1973 

Family  Nemouridae 

Genus  Nemoura 

Subgenus  Amphinemura 

1.  TV.  banksi  (Baumann  and  Gaufin) 

Distribution:  Boulder  Co.,  Copeland  Park,  Boulder;  Rock  Creek;  St.  Malo  Boys  Camp; 
Fox  Creek;  North  Boulder  Creek;  Fawn  Brook;  North  St.  Vrain  Creek;  Middle  St.  Vrain 
Creek.  Chaffee  Co.,  Cottonwood  Creek.  El  Paso  Co.,  Green  Mountain  Falls.  Gilpin  Co., 
South  Fork  Boulder  Creek,  Hgy.  119,  near  Black  Hawk.  Grand  Co.,  Colorado  River; 
Fraser  River;  Muddy  Creek;  Little  Muddy  Creek;  Pass  Creek;  North  Fork  Colorado  River; 
Blacktail  Creek;  Big  Rock  Creek;  Onahu  Creek.  Jackson  Co.,  Cameron  Pass;  Gould.  Lari- 
mer Co.,  Hidden  Valley  Creek;  Cub  Creek;  Glacier  Creek;  Fall  River;  Big  Thompson 
River;  Mill  Creek;  Michigan  River;  Laramie  River.  Las  Animas  Co.,  Trinidad.  Mineral 
Co.,  Creede.  Rio  Blanco  Co.,  Crosho  Lake.  Routt  Co.,  Yampa  River;  Fish  Creek;  Oak 
Creek;  Beaver  Creek;  Green  Creek;  Elk  River;  Cow  Creek;  Coulton  Creek.  Summit  Co., 
Loveland  Pass;  Kokomo;  Blue  River.  Teller  Co.,  Catamount  Creek;  Midland.  Gunnison 
Co.,  Coal  Creek. 

2.  TV.  linda  Ricker 

Distribution:  Grand  Co.,  Grand  Lake. 
Subgenus  Malenka 

3.  N.  californica  Claassen 

Distribution:  Grand  Co.,  Muddy  Creek;  Little  Muddy  Creek;  Big  Rock  Creek.  Routt 
Co.,  Toponas  Creek;  Oak  Creek.  Larimer  Co.,  Mill  Creek;  Thompson  River. 

4.  N.  coloradensis  Banks 

Distribution:  Boulder  Co.,  North  Boulder  Creek;  St.  Vrain  Creek;  St.  Malo  Boys 
Camp;  Fox  Creek;  Fawn  Brook;  Lefthand  Creek;  North  Boulder  Creek;  Lyons.  Chaffee 
Co.,  Middle  Cottonwood  Creek;  Chalk  Creek.  Clear  Creek  Co.,  Empire;  Chicago  Creek. 
Conefos  Co.,  Trujfllo  Meadow  Campground.  El  Paso  Co.,  Green  Mountain  Falls;  Gate- 
mount  Creek;  Crystal  Creek;  Chipita  Park;  Manitou.  Gunnison  Co.,  East  Elk  Creek;  Red 
Creek.  Hinsdale  Co.,  Cebolla  Creek.  Jefferson  Co.,  Golden.  LaPlata  Co.,  Lime  Creek; 
Electra  Lake.  Larimer  Co.,  Fort  Collins;  Mill  Creek;  Virginia  Dale.  Routt  Co.,  Toponas 
Creek;  Yampa  River,  Yampa.  Teller  Co.,  Florissant;  Crystola;  Edloe;  Woodland  Park. 
Delta  Co.,  Grand  Mesa. 

5.  N.  flexura  Claassen 

Distribution.  Boulder  Co.,  Lanham;  Fawn  Brook;  Corona  Pass;  Boulder.  Conefos  Co., 
Trujillo  Meadow  Campground.  Eagle  Co.,  Tennessee  Pass.  Gilpin  Co.,  Tolland.  Grand 
Co.,  Phanton  Valley;  Berthoud  Pass;  Current  Creek.  Larimer  Co.,  Poudre  Lake.  Routt 
Co.,  Little  Rock  Creek. 

Subgenus  Podmosta 

6.  N.  decepta  Prison 

Distribution:  Grand  Co.,  St.  Louis  Creek;  West  of  Milner  Pass.  Jackson  Co.,  Teller 
City.  Larimer  Co.,  Cache  La  Poudre  River;  Estes  Park;  Mill  Creek;  Longs  Peak.  Routt 
Co.,  Fish  Creek;  Harrison  Creek;  Independence  Creek;  North  Fork  Morrison  Creek;  Mud- 
dy Creek;  Rocky  Creek;  Walton  Creek. 

7.  N.  delicatula  Claassen 

Distribution:  Boulder  Co.,  Rock  Creek;  Boulder.  Clear  Creek  Co.,  Chicago  Creek. 
Eagle  Co.,  Eagle  River;  East  Lake  Creek;  Tennessee  Creek;  Tennessee  Pass.  Grand  Co., 
Big  Rock  Creek;  North  Fork  Colorado  River;  Fraser  River;  Gore  Pass  Creek,  Kinney 
Creek;  Muddy  Creek;  Onahu  Creek;  St.  Louis  Creek;  Timber  Creek;  Walton  Creek.  Hins- 
dale Co.,  Lake  Fork  Gunnison  River;  Cebolla  Creek.  Jackson  Co.,  Government  Creek; 


Ent .  News,  Vol.  84,  November  1973  271 


Cameron  Pass;  Teller  City.  Lake  Co.,  Arkansas  River;  Climax.  Larimer  Co.,  Wind  River; 
five  miles  east  of  Cameron  Pass;  Fall  River;  Mill  Creek;  Cache  La  Poudre  River;  Michi- 
gan River.  Routt  Co.,  Bear  River;  Beaver  Creek;  Burgess  Creek;  Butcher  Knife  Creek; 
North  Fork  Elk  River;  Fish  Creek;  Green  Creek;  Harrison  Creek;  Hinman  Creek;  Inde- 
pendence Creek;  Lester  Creek;  Morrison  Creek;  North  Fork  Morrison  Creek;  Oak  Creek; 
Little  Rock  Creek;  Rocky  Creek;  Sarvice  Creek;  Little  Snake  River;  Soda  Creek;  Spring 
Creek;  Toponas  Creek;  Trout  Creek;  Walton  Creek;  Willow  Creek;  Yampa  River.  Summit 
Co.,  Blue  River;  Indian  Creek;  Tenmile  Creek. 

Subgenus  Prostoia 

8,  N.  besametsa  Ricker 

Distribution:  Archuleta  Co.,  Devil  Creek;  Piedra  River.  Boulder  Co.,  Rock  Creek; 
Boulder.  Chaffee  Co.,  Arkansas  River;  North  Fork  Arkansas  River;  Squaw  Creek.  Clear 
Creek  Co.,  near  Berthoud  Pass;  Clear  Creek.  Eagle  Co.,  Eagle  River;  Gore  Creek.  Garfield 
Co.,  Canyon  Creek;  Grizzly  Creek.  Gilpin  Co.,  South  Fork  Boulder  Creek.  Gunnison  Co., 
Taylor  River;  East  Fork  Cimarron  Creek;  Gunnison  River;  Sapinero  Creek.  Hinsdale  Co., 
Henson  Creek;  Lake  Fork  Gunnison  River.  Routt  Co.,  Bear  River;  Big  Creek;  Cotton 
Creek;  Elk  River,  East  Fork  Elk  River;  North  Fork  Elk  River;  Fish  Creek;  Hot  Springs 
Creek;  Mud  Creek;  Oak  Creek;  Soda  Creek;  Spring  Creek;  Trout  Creek;  Walton  Creek; 
Yampa  River.  Summit  Co.,  Blue  River;  Indian  Creek.  Jefferson  Co.,  Clear  Creek.  Larimer 
Co.,  Estes  Park.  Grand  Co.,  North  Fork  Colorado  River. 

Subgenus  Zapada 

9.  TV.  cinctipes  Banks 

Distribution:  Boulder  Co.,  Lyons;  Boulder.  Chaffee  Co.,  Cree  Creek.  Eagle  Co.,  Eagle 
River.  Delta  Co.,  Grand  Mesa.  Grand  Co.,  Big  Rock  Creek.  Gunnison  Co.,  Blue  Creek; 
Cimarron  River;  East  Elk  Creek;  Red  Creek.  Jackson  Co.,  Camp  Creek.  LaPlata  Co.,  Free- 
man Creek.  Larimer  Co.,  Estes  Park;  Longs  Peak.  Montrose  Co.,  Cimarron  Creek.  Routt 
Co.,  Little  Rock  Creek;  Toponas  Creek;  Fish  Creek;  Harrison  Creek;  Oak  Creek;  Walton 
Creek;  Yampa  River.  Saguache  Co.,  Agate  Creek.  Summit  Co.,  no  location. 

10.  N.  frigida  Claassen 

Distribution:  Boulder  Co.,  Boulder  Creek.  Hinsdale  Co.,  Hensen  Creek.  Mineral  Co., 
no  location.  Chaffee  Co.,  South  Arkansas  River.  Summit  Co.,  no  location. 

11.  N.  haysi  Ricker 

Distribution:  Clear  Creek  Co.,  South  Fork  Clear  Creek.  Garfield  Co.,  twenty-five 
miles  east  of  Buford.  Grand  Co.,  Phantom  Valley;  Fraser  River;  West  of  Milner  Pass. 
Hinsdale  Co.,  Hensen  Creek.  Jackson  Co.,  Lake  Agnes.  Lake  Co.,  Mountain  Boy  Park. 
Larimer  Co.,  Cache  La  Poudre  River;  Cameron  Pass;  Phantom  Valley;  Fall  River.  Pitkin 
Co.,  Independence  Pass.  Routt  Co.,  Fish  Creek;  Yampa  River.  Summit  Co.,  Blue  River. 

12.  N.  oregonensis  Claassen 

Distribution:  Boulder  Co.,  Lyons.  Clear  Creek  Co.,  Herman  Gulch.  Eagle  Co.,  Eagle 
River,  Grand  Co.,  Big  Rock  Creek;  Current  Creek;  Fraser  River.  Gunnison  Co.,  White 
Pine  Creek;  East  Fork  Cimarron  Creek.  Hinsdale  Co.,  Hensen  Creek.  Larimer  Co.,  Mill 
Creek:  Longs  Peak;  Fall  Creek;  Emiline  Lake;  Little  South  Fork  Poudre  River.  Routt  Co., 
Fish  Creek;  Toponas  Creek;  Walton  Creek;  Yampa  River.  San  Juan  Co.,  Red  Mt.  Pass. 

Family  Leuctridae 

Genus  Paraleuctra 

13.  P.  jewetti  Nebeker  and  Gaufin 
Distribution:  Grand  Co.,  Fraser  River. 

14.  P.  occidentallis  (Banks) 

Distribution:  Larimer  Co.,  Wild  Basin.  Routt  Co.,  Yampa  River. 


272 Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  November  1973 


15.  P.  sara  (Classen) 

Distribution:  Boulder  Co.,  Rock  Creek.  Clear  Creek  Co.,  Chicago  Creek.  Eagle  Co., 
East  Lake  Creek;  Eagle  River.  Grand  Co.,  North  Fork  Colorado  River;  Fraser  River; 
Hideaway  Park;  Colorado  River;  Kinney  Creek.  Gunnison  Co.,  Curecanti  Creek;  East  Elk 
Creek;  Steuben  Creek;  Beaver  Creek;  Coal  Creek;  Slate  River;  East  River.  Hinsdale  Co., 
Lake  Fork  Gunnison  River;  Cebolla  Creek.  Lake  Co.,  North  of  Leadville.  Larimer  Co., 
Little  South  Fork  Poudre  River.  Routt  Co.,  Toponas  Creek;  Bear  River;  Yampa  River; 
Elk  River;  Fish  Creek  Falls;  Fish  Creek;  Green  Creek;  Harrison  Creek;  Sarvice  Creek; 
Soda  Creek;  Spring  Creek;  Trout  Creek;  Walton  Creek;  Willow  Creek:  Burgess  Creek: 
Coulton  Creek;  Hot  Springs  Creek;  Independence  Creek;  Mad  Creek;  North  Fork  Elk 
River;  North  Fork  Morrison  Creek.  Summit  Co.,  Indian  Creek;  Blue  River.  Delta  Co., 
Grand  Mesa.  LaPlata  Co.,  Lime  Creek. 

Genus  Perlomyia 

16.  P.  utahensis  Needham  and  Claassen 
Distribution:  Mineral  Co.,  no  location. 

Family  Capniidae 
Genus  Capnia 

Subgenus  Capnia  s.  s. 

17.  C.  barbata  Prison 

Distribution:  Arapaho  Co.,  Littleton.  Boulder  Co.,  Little  Thompson  River. 

18.  C.  coloradensis  Classen 

Distribution:  El  Paso  Co.,  North  Cheyenne  Canyon.  Grand  Co.,  Fraser  River.  Gun- 
nison Co.,  Blue  Creek;  Spring  Creek.  Hinsdale  Co.,  Lake  Fork  Gunnison  River.  Routt 
Co.,  Yampa  River;  Oak  Creek;  Walton  Creek;  East  Fork  Elk  River;  Soda  Creek;  Fish 
Creek;  Big  Creek;  Hot  Springs  Creek;  Willow  Creek.  San  Juan  Co.,  Lime  Creek.  Lake  Co., 
North  Fork  Lake  Creek.  South  Fork  Rio  Grande. 

19.  C.  confusa  Claassen 

Distribution:  Chaffee  Co.,  Arkansas  River;  Cree  Creek.  Eagle  Co.,  Gypsum  Creek; 
Eagle  River.  Garfield  Co.,  No  Name  Creek;  Grizzly  Creek.  Canyon  Creek.  Grand  Co.,  two 
miles  west  of  Big  Rock  Creek;  Fraser  River.  Gunnison  Co.,  Gunnison  River.  Hinsdale  Co., 
Lake  Fork  Gunnison  River.  LaPlata  Co.,  LaPlata  River;  Lightning  Creek.  Larimer  Co., 
Cache  La  Poudre  River.  Montezuma  Co.,  Mancos  River.  Ouray  Co.,  one  mile  north  of 
Ouray;Uncompahgre  River.  Pitkin  Co.,  Roaring  Fork  River.  Routt  Co.,  Yampa  River; 
Oak  Creek;  Soda  Creek;  Walton  Creek;  North  Fork  Elk  River;  Willow  Creek.  Summit 
Co.,  Gore  Creek. 

20.  C.  decepta  (Banks) 

Distribution:  Boulder  Co.,  South  Boulder  Creek.  Routt  Co.,  Steamboat  Springs. 
Larimer  Co.,  Ft.  Collins. 

21.  C.  frisoni  Baumann  and  Gaufin 

Distribution:  Larimer  Co.,  Little  Thompson  River. 

22.  C.  gracilaria  Claassen 

Distribution:  Archuleta  Co.,  Devil  Creek.  Clear  Creek  Co.,  Chicago  Creek.  Gunni- 
son Co.,  Blue  Creek;  East  Elk  Creek;  Steuben  Creek;  Spring  Creek.  Hinsdale  Co.,  Lake 
Fork  Gunnison  River.  LaPlata  Co.,  Freeman  Creek,  Montrose  Co.,  Cimarron  Creek. 
Ouray  Co.,  one  mile  north  of  Ouray.  Routt  Co.,  Yampa  River;  Soda  Creek;  Cow  Creek; 
Mad  Creek;  Fish  Creek.  Lake  Co.,  North  Fork  Lake  Creek. 

23.  C.  limata  Prison 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  November  1973  273 


Distribution:  Arapaho  Co.,  South  Platte  River.  Archuleta  Co.,  Rio  Blanco.  Chaffee 
Co.,  Cree  Creek.  Conejos  Co.,  Conejos  River;  Rio  San  Antonio.  Grand  Co.,  Colorado 
River.  Gunnison  Co.,  Soap  Creek;  Red  Creek;  Willow  Creek;  Tomichi  Creek;  Beaver 
Creek;  Blue  Creek;  Gunnison  River;  East  Elk  Creek.  Moffat  Co.,  Yampa  River;  Fortifica- 
tion Creek;  Elkhead  Creek.  Montrose  Co.,  Cimarron  River.  Pueblo  Co.,  Pueblo.  Routt 
Co.,  Yampa  River;  East  Elk  Creek;  East  Fork  Elk  River;  Fish  Creek;  Walton  Creek;  Soda 
Creek;  Willow  Creek. 

24.  C.  nana  Claassen 

Distribution:  Gunnison  Co.,  Spring  Creek. 

25.  C.  wanica  Prison 

Distribution:  Arapaho  Co.,  South  Platte  River.  Boulder  Co.,  Little  Thompson  River. 
Douglas  Co.,  Plum  Creek. 

Subgenus  Utacapnia 

26.  C.  lemoniana  Nebeker  and  Gaufin 

Distribution :Routt  Co.,  Yampa  River;  Little  Morrison  Creek. 

27.  C.  logana  Nebeker  and  Gaufin 

Distribution:  Boulder  Co.,  Beaver  Brook;  Boulder  Creek;  Four-Mile  Creek.  £7  Paso 
Co.,  Cheyenne  Canyon.  Gilpin  Co.,  Lump  Gulch.  Gunnison  Co.,  East  Elk  Creek;  Spring 
Creek;  Blue  Creek;  Soap  Creek;  West  Elk  Creek;  Gunnison  River.  Larimer  Co.,  Big 
Thompson  River.  Montrose  Co.,  Cimarron  River.  Routt  Co.,  Yampa  River;  Little  Morri- 
son Creek.  San  Juan  Co.,  Lime  Creek. 

28.  C.  poda  Nebeker  and  Gaufin 

Distribution:  Archuleta  Co.,  San  Juan  River;  Rio  Blanco.  Grand  Co.,  Colorado 
River.  Gunnison  Co.,  Gunnison  River;  West  Elk  Creek;  East  Elk  Creek;  Blue  Creek; 
Soap  Creek;  Steuben  Creek;  Beaver  Creek;  Sapinero  Creek.  Hinsdale  Co.,  Lake  Fork 
Gunnison  River.  LaPlata  Co.,  Animas  River;  Lightning  Creek.  Moffat  Co.,  Elkhead  Creek. 
Mineral  Co.,  South  Fork  Rio  Grande.  Montrose  Co.,  Cimarron  River.  Ouray  Co.,  Uncom- 
pahgre  River.  Routt  Co.,  Yampa  River;  Little  Morrison  Creek;  Soda  Creek;  Trout  Creek; 
Walton  Creek;  Butcher  Knife  Creek;  Willow  Creek;  East  Fork  Elk  River.  Saguache  Co., 
Agate  Creek. 

Genus  Eucapnopsis 

29.  E.  brevicauda  (Claassen) 

Distribution:  Pnulder  Co.,  Boulder.  Eagle  Co.,  Eagle  River.  Garfield  Co.,  Canyon 
Creek.  Grand  Co.,  Hideaway  Park.  Gunnison  Co.,  Taylor  River.  Routt  Co.,  Yampa  River; 
Elk  River;  Fish  Creek  Falls;  Fish  Creek;  Walton  Creek;  Lester  Creek;  North  Fork  Elk 
River.  Summit  Co.,  Indian  Creek;  Gore  Creek;  Blue  River. 

Genus  Isocapnia 

30.  /.  crinita  Needham  and  Claassen 
Distribution:  Gunnison  Co.,  Gunnison  River. 

31.  7.  grandis  (Banks) 

Distribution:  Listed  from  Colorado  by  Gaufin  (1964). 

32.  /.  hyalita  Ricker 

Distribution:  Lake  Co.,  Small  Creek,  Hwy.  82. 
Genus  Paracapnia 

33.  P.  angulata  Hanson 

Distribution:  Routt  Co.,  Walton  Creek;  Willow  Creek. 


274 Ent._News,  Vol.  84,  November  1973 

Family  Taeniopterygidae 

Genus  Brachyptera 

Subgenus  Doddsia 

34.  B.  occidental^  Banks 

Distribution:  Boulder  Co.,  Boulder.  Chaffee  Co.,  North  Fork  Arkansas  River;  Cree 
Creek.  Hinsdale  Co.,  Hensen  Creek.  Saguache  Co.,  Agate  Creek.  Gunnison  Co.,  Spring 
Creek. 

Subgenus  Oemopteryx 

35.  B.  fosketti  Ricker 

Distribution:  Mesa  Co.,  Gunnison  River.  Moffat  Co.,  Yampa  River. 

36.  B.  zelona  Ricker 

Distribution:  Listed  by  Ricker  (1965)  from  "U.  S.  Highway  50,  Colorado." 
Subgenus  Taenionema 

37.  B.  nigripennis  Banks 

Distribution:  Boulder  Co.,  Boulder.  Clear  Creek  Co.,  South  Fork  Clear  Creek; 
Chicago  Creek.  Eagle  Co.,  Eagle  River.  Grand  Co.,  Hideaway  Park.  Larimer  Co.,  Beaver 
Creek;  Little  South  Fork  Poudre  River.  Routt  Co.,  Bear  River;  East  Fork  Elk  River;  Elk 
River;  Fish  Creek  Falls;  Fish  Creek;  Walton  Creek;  Hot  Springs  Creek;  Mad  Creek;  North 
Fork  Elk  River;  Toponas  Creek;  Big  Rock  Creek.  Summit  Co.,  Indian  Creek;  Blue  River; 
Snake  River.  Gunnison  Co.,  White  Pine  Creek.  Delta  Co.,  Grand  Mesa. 

38.  B.  pad  flea  Banks. 

Distribution:  Boulder  Co.,  Boulder.  Gunnison  Co.,  Soap  Creek;  Lake  Fork  Gunni- 
son River;  Gunnison  River;  Sapinero  Creek;  Quartz  Creek.  Hinsdale  Co.,  Hensen  Creek; 
LaPlata  Co.,  Lightning  Creek.  Larimer  Co.,  Ft.  Collins.  Moffat  Co.,  Yampa  River.  Mon- 
trose  Co.,  Cimarron  Creek.  Routt  Co.,  Bear  River;  Yampa  River. 

39.  B.  pallida  Banks 

Distribution:  Boulder  Co.,  Lyons.  Gunnison  Co.,  Soap  Creek.  Delta  Co.,  Grand 
Mesa.  San  Juan  Co.,  Red  Mt.  Pass. 

SUBORDER  SETIPALPIA 
Family  Pteronarcidae 

Genus  Pteronarcella 

40.  P.  badia  Hagen 

Distribution:  Archuleta  Co.,  Big  Navajo  River;  San  Juan  River;  Rio  Blanco;  West 
Fork  San  Juan  River;  Turkey  Creek;  Piedra  River.  Boulder  Co.,  Boulder.  Conejos  Co., 
Rio  San  Antonio;  Conejos  River.  Eagle  Co.,  Eagle  River.  El  Paso  Co.,  Manitou.  Grand 
Co.,  Colorado  River;  Gore  Pass  Creek.  Gunnison  Co.,  East  Fork  Cimarron  Creek;  West 
Fork  Cimarron  Creek;  Lake  Fork  Gunnison  River;  Blue  Creek;  Little  Blue  Creek;  Cure- 
canti  Creek;  Soap  Creek;  West  Elk  Creek;  Red  Creek;  Cebolla  Creek;  East  Elk  Creek; 
Steuben  Creek;  Beaver  Creek;  Gunnison  River;  Tomichi  Creek;  East  River;  Coal  Creek; 
Quartz  Creek.  Hinsdale  Co.,  Lake  Fork  Gunnison  River;  Cebolla  Creek.  Lake  Co.,  Arkan- 
sas River.  LaPlata  Co.,  LaPlata  River;  Animas  River;  Lightner  Creek;  Los  Pinos  River. 
Larimer  Co.,  Beaver  Creek;  Big  Laramie  River;  Cache  La  Poudre  River.  Montezuma  Co., 
Mancos  River;  Dolores  River.  Montrose  Co.,  Cimarron  Creek;  Uncompahgre  River. 
Ouray  Co.,  Uncompahgre  River;  Cow  Creek.  Rio  Grande  Co.,  Rio  Grande  River.  Routt 
Co.,  Yampa  River;  Butcher  Knife  Creek;  East  Fork  Elk  River;  West  Fork  Elk  River-  Elk 
River;  Fish  Creek;  Harrison  Creek;  Hunt  Creek;  Little  Snake  River;  Morrison  Creek- Oak 
Creek;  Sarvice  Creek;  Soda  Creek;  Spring  Creek;  Trout  Creek;  Walton  Creek;  Big  Creek- 
Hmman  Creek;  Mad  Creek;  North  Fork  Elk  River.  Saguache  Co.,  Cochetopa  Creek 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  November  1973  275 


41.  P.  regularis  Hagen 

Distribution:  Larimer  Co.,  Estes  Park;  Cache  La  Poudre  River. 
Genus  Pteronarcys 

42.  P.  californica  Newport 

Distribution:  Archuleta  Co.,  San  Juan  River;  Turkey  Creek;  Rio  Blanco;  West  Fork 
San  Juan  River;  Big  Navajo  River;  Piedra  River.  Chaffee  Co.,  Arkansas  River.  Grand  Co., 
Colorado  River.  Gunnison  Co.,  Curecanti  Creek;  Gunnison  River;  Lake  Fork  Gunnison 
River;  Soap  Creek;  Red  Creek;  West  Elk  Creek;  East  Elk  Creek;  Steuben  Creek;  Beaver 
Creek;  Cochetopa  Creek;  Tomichi  Creek.  Hinsdale  Co.,  Lake  Fork  Gunnison  River. 
LaPlata  Co.,  Los  Pinos  River.  Larimer  Co.,  Poudre  Canyon.  Montezuma  Co.,  Mancos 
River;  Dolores  River.  Montrose  Co.,  Gunnison  River.  Rio  Blanco  Co.,  White  River.  Rio 
Grande  Co.,  Rio  Grande  River.  Routt  Co.,  Yampa  River;  East  Fork  Elk  River;  Elk  River; 
Little  Snake  River;  Big  Creek;  Mad  Creek. 

Family  Perlodidae 

Genus  Arcynopteryx 

Subgenus  Arcynopteryx  s.s. 

43.  A.  compacta  Mac  Laughlan 

Distribution:  Listed  by  Ricker  (1952)  from  Colorado. 
Subgenus  Megarcys 

44.  A.  signata  Hagen 

Distribution:  Boulder  Co.,  Boulder.  Clear  Creek  Co.,  East  of  Berthoud  Pass;  Chicago 
Creek  Custer  Co.,  no  location. Dolores  Co.,  Dolores  River.  Gilpin  Co.,  Tolland.  Grand 
Co.,  Second  Creek;  Fraser  River.  Gunnison  CCL.  East  Fork  Cimarron  Creek;  Myers  Gulch; 
Slate  River.  Tomichi  Creek;  Coal  Creek;  East  River.  Hinsdale  Co.,  Hensen  Creek;  Lake 
Fork  Gunnison  River;  Cebolla  Creek;  Deer  Creek.  LaPlata  Co.,  LaPlata  River.  Larimer 
Co.,  Cache  La  Poudre  River;  Cameron  Pass;  Estes  Park;  Fall  Creek.  Mineral  Co.,  eight 
miles  southwest  of  Wolf  Creek  Pass.  Moffat  Co.,  Yampa  River.  Ouray  Co.,  one  mile  north 
of  Ouray.  Park  Co.,  Kenosha  Pass.  Routt  Co.,  Bear  River;  Yampa  River;  Fish  Creek  Falls; 
Harrison  Creek;  Spring  Creek;  Walton  Creek;  Toponas  Creek.  San  Juan  Co.,  Animas 
River;  Cunningham  River;  five  miles  south  of  Silverton.  Summit  Co.,  Blue  River;  Indian 
Creek. 

Subgenus  Skwala 

45.  A.  parallela  Frison 

Distribution:  Archuleta  Co.,  San  Juan  River;  Piedra  River;  West  Fork  San  Juan 
River.  Boulder  Co.,  Boulder.  Conejos  Co.,  Conejos  River.  Gunnison  Co.,  Cebolla  Creek; 
Lake  Fork  Gunnison  River;  Blue  Creek;  Curecanti  Creek;  Gunnison  River;  Soap  Creek; 
West  Elk  Creek;  Steuben  Creek;  Beaver  Creek;  Tomichi  Creek;  East  River;  Sapinero 
Creek;  Quartz  Creek.  Hinsdale  Co.,  Cebolla  Creek.  LaPlata  Co.,  Lightner  Creek;  Los 
Pinos  River.  Larimer  Co.,  Cache  La  Poudre  River.  Montezuma  Co.,  Dolores  River.  Mon- 
trose Co.,  Cimarron  Creek.  Ouray  Co.,  Uncompahgre  River.  Routt  Co.,  Bear  River;  Yam- 
pa  River;  Butcher  Knife  Creek;  East  Fork  Elk  River;  West  Fork  Elk  River;  Elk  River; 
Fish  Creek;  Little  Snake  River;  Oak  Creek;  Soda  Creek;  Spring  Creek;  Trout  Creek; 
Walton  Creek;  Big  Creek;  Hinman  Creek;  Hot  Springs  Creek;  North  Fork  Elk  River;  Mad 
Creek;  Willow  Creek;  Elkhead  Creek.  Saguache  Co.,  Cochetopa  Creek. 

Genus  Isogenus 

Subgenus  Cultus 

46.  /.  aestivalis  Needham  and  Claassen 


276  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  November  1973 


Distribution:  Archuleta  Co.,  Piedra  River.  Garfield  Co.,  Roaring  Fork  River.  Grand 
Co.,  Colorado  Rivei.  Gunnison  Co.,  Curecanti  Creek;  Lake  Fork  Gunnison  River;  Cebolla 
Creek;  Soap  Creek;  West  Elk  Creek;  Red  Creek;  Gunnison  River;  Steuben  Creek;  Beaver 
Creek;  Tomichi  Creek;  Slate  River.  Hinsdale  Co.,  Lake  Fork  Gunnison  River.  Larimer 
Co.,  Bed  Springs;  Cache  La  Poudre  River;  Little  South  Fork  Poudre  River;  Beaver  Creek. 
Moffat  Co.,  Yampa  River.  Montrose  Co.,  Cimarron  Creek.  Rio  Blanco  Co.,  White  River. 
Routt  Co.,  Yampa  River;  East  Fork  Elk  River;  Fish  Creek.  Saguache  Co.,  Chochetopa 
Creek;  Marshall  Creek. 

47.  /.  pilatus  (Prison) 

Distribution:  Larimer  Co.,  Estes  Park. 
Subgenus  Isogenoides 

48.  /.  colubrinus  Hagen 

Distribution:  Archuleta  Co.,  Piedra  River.  Gunnison  Co.,  Blue  Creek;  West  Fork 
Cimarron  Creek;  Tomichi  Creek;  Beaver  Creek;  Soap  Creek;  Gunnison  River.  Hinsdale 
Co.,  Lake  Fork  Gunnison  River.  Moffat  Co.,  Yampa  River.  Routt  Co.,  Yampa  River. 

49.  /.  elongatus  Hagen 

Distribution \Archuleta  Co.,  West  Fork  San  Juan  River.  Boulder  Co.,  South  Boulder 
Creek.  Conejos  Co.,  Conejos  River.  Gunnison  Co.,  East  Fork  Cimarron  Creek;  West  Fork 
Cimarron  Creek;  West  Fork  Cimarron  Creek;  Blue  Creek;  Lake  Fork  Gunnison  River; 
Ceboila  Creek;  Soap  Creek;  West  Elk  Creek;  Willow  Creek;  Beaver  Creek;  Gunnison 
River;  Tomichi  Creek;  Slate  River.  Hinsdale  Co.,  Lake  Fork  Gunnison  River;  Cebol- 
la Creek.  Larimer  Co.,  Cache  La  Poudre  River.  Mesa  Co.,  Colorado  River.  Montrose  Co., 
Cimarron  Creek;  Crystal  Creek.  Ouray  Co.,  Uncompahgre  River.  Routt  Co.,  Yampa  River. 
Saguache  Co.,  Cochetopa  Creek. 

50.  /.  zionensis  Hanson 

Distribution:  Gunnison  Co.,  Lake  Fork  Gunnison  River. 
Subgenus  Kogotus 

51.  /.  modestus  (Banks) 

Distribution:  Boulder  Co.,  Middle  St.  Vrain  Creek;  North  St.  Vrain  Creek;  Rock 
Creek;  Fawn  Brook;  Left  Hand  Creek;  Boulder.  Clear  Creek  Co.,  Idaho  Springs;  Blue 
Creek.  Eagle  Co.,  Eagle  River.  Gilpin  Co.,  South  Fork  Boulder  Creek;  Tolland.  Gunnison 
Co.,  Cement  Creek;  Slate  River.  Hinsdale  Co.,  Hensen  Creek;  Lake  Fork  Gunnison  River. 
Larimer  Co.,  Hidden  Valley  Creek;  Mill  Creek;  Cache  La  Poudre  River;  Estes  Park;  Fall 
River;  Glacier  Creek;  Beaver  Creek.  Rio  Blanco  Co.,  White  River.  Routt  Co.,  Coulton 
Creek;  Toponas  Creek.  Summit  Co.,  Blue  River.  Teller  Co.,  Florissant. 

Subgenus  Pictetiella 

52.  I.  expansa  (Banks) 

Distribution:  Gilpin  Co.,  Tolland.  Larimer  Co.,  Big  Thompson  River.  Park  Co., 
Grant. 

Genus  Isoperla 

53.  /.  bilineata  (Say) 

Distribution:  Listed  from  Colorado  by  Needham  and  Claassen  (1925). 

54.  /.  ebria  (Hagen) 

Distribution:  Boulder  Co.,  Corona  Pass;  South  Boulder  Creek.  Gilpin  Co.,  Tolland. 

Larimer  Co.,  Fall  River;  Little  South  Fork  Poudre  River.  Routt  Co.,  Green  Creek.  Teller 
Co.,  Florissant.  Gunnison  Co.,  Tomichi  Creek.  Delta  Co.,  Grand  Mesa. 

55.  /.  fulva  Claassen 

Distribution:  Chaffee  Co.,  Arkansas  River.  Delta  Co.,  Grand  Mesa.  Clear  Creek  Co., 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  November  1973  277 


Chicago  Creek.  Eagle  Co.,  Eagle  River;  East  Lake  Creek.  Grand  Co.,  Colorado  River; 
North  Fork  Colorado  River.  Gunnison  Co.,  West  Fork  Cimarron  Creek;  Blue  Creek; 
Lake  Fork  Gunnison  River;  Myers  Gulch;  Curecanti  Creek;  Gunnison  River;  Soap  Creek; 
West  Elk  Creek;  Red  Creek;  East  Elk  Creek;  Steuben  Creek;  Tomichi  Creek;  Taylor 
River;  East  River;  Slate  River.  Hinsdale  Co.,  Lake  Fork  Gunnison  River:  Cebolla  Creek; 
Spring  Creek.  LaPlata  Co.,  Lightner  Creek.  Larimer  Co.,  Michigan  River;  Cache  La 
Poudre  River;  Fall  River.  Mesa  Co.,  West  Creek.  Montrose  Co.,  Cimarron  Creek.  Routt 
Co.,  Bear  River;  Yampa  River;  Butcher  Knife  Creek;  Elk  River;  Green  Creek;  Middle 
Hunt  Creek;  Morrison  Creek;  Oak  Creek;  Spring  Creek;  Trout  Creek;  Walton  Creek;  Big 
Creek;  Burgess  Creek;  Hot  Springs  Creek;  Mad  Creek;  North  Fork  Elk  River.  Saguache 
Co.,  Cochetopa  Creek.  Summit  Co.,  Blue  River. 

56.  /.  longiseta  Banks 

Distribution:  Archuleta  Co.,  San  Juan  River;  Piedra  River.  Grand  Co.,  Colorado 
River.  Huerfano  Co.,  LaVeta  Pass.  Moffat  Co.,  Yampa  River. 

57.  /.  mormona  Banks 

Distribution:  Archuleta  Co.,  Los  Pinos  River;  Piedra  River;  San  Juan  River.  Delta 
Co.,  Gunnison  River.  Gunnison  Co.,  Steuben  Creek.  Rio  Blanco  Co.,  White  River. 

58.  /.  patricia  Prison 

Distribution:  Arapaho  Co.,  South  Boulder  Creek.  Archuleta  Co.,  Piedro  River. 
Boulder  Co.,  St.  Vrain  River.  Chaffee  Co.,  Arkansas  River.  Eagle  Co.,  Eagle  River. 
Garfield  Co.,  Roaring  Fork  River.  Grand  Co.,  Colorado  River.  Gunnison  Co.,  Blue  Creek; 
Lake  Fork  Gunnison  River;  West  Elk  Creek;  Red  Creek;  Cebolla  Creek;  Gunnison  River; 
Steuben  Creek;  Beaver  Creek;  Tomichi  Creek;  lola.  Hinsdale  Co.,  Cebolla  Creek.  Mesa 
Co.,  Colorado  River.  Moffat  Co.,  Yampa.  Montezuma  Co.,  Chicken  Creek.  Montrose  Co., 
Cimarron  Creek;  Mesa  Creek;  Uncompahgre  River.  Ouray  Co.,  Cow  Creek.  Park  Co., 
Hartzell;  Lake  George.  Rio  Blanco  Co.,  White  River.  Routt  Co.,  Yampa  River;  East  Fork 
Elk  River;  Little  Snake  River;  Soda  Creek.  Saguache  Co.,  Cochetopa  Creek;  Marshall 
Creek.  Larimer  Co.,  Cache  La  Poudre  River.  Delta  Co.,  Gunnison  River. 

59.  /.  phalerata  Smith 

Distribution:  Grand  Co.,  Willow  Creek  Pass. 

60.  /.  pinta  Prison 

Distribution:  Grand  Co.,  Colorado  River;  Troublesome  Creek.  Gunnison  Co.,  Soap 
Creek;  Willow  Creek;  South  Beaver  Creek.  Routt  Co.,  Yampa  River.  Saguache  Co., 
Cochetopa  Creek. 

61.  /.  quinquepunctata  (Banks) 

Distribution:  Archuleta  Co.,  Piedra  River.  Gilpin  Co.,  Tolland.  Rio  Blanco  Co., 
White  River.  Routt  Co.,  Yampa  River. 

62.  /.  sobria  (Hagen) 

Distribution:  Hagen  (1874)  lists  the  type  locality  as  "Colorado  Mountains,  Pacific 
Slope." 

Genus  Diura 

Subgenus  Dolkrila 

63.  D.  know! toni  (Prison) 

Distribution:  Grand  Co.,  North  Fork  Colorado  River;  Fraser  River.  Gunnison  Co., 
Soap  Creek;  West  Elk  Creek;  East  River.  Hinsdale  Co.,  Lake  Fork  Gunnison  River;  Cebol- 
la Creek;  Hensen  Creek.  Larimer  Co.,  Fall  River;  Mill  Creek;  Thompson  River.  Mineral 
Co.,  no  location.  Moffat  Co..  Spring  Creek.  Routt  Co.,  Yampa  River;  Elk  River;  Fish 
Creek;  Soda  Creek;  Spring  Creek;  Walton  Creek;  Hinman  Creek;  Mad  Creek;  North  Fork 
Elk  River.  Chaffee  Co.,  Bellows  Creek. 


SURVIVAL  RECORDS  FOR  ELMID  BEETLES, 
WITH  NOTES  ON  LABORATORY  REARING 
OF  VARIOUS  DRYOPOIDS  (COLEOPTERA)1 

Harley  P.  Brown2 

Because  of  their  importance  as  indicators  of  water  quality, 
dryopoid  beetles  are  receiving  increased  attention  (Sinclair,  1964; 
Brown,  1972).  Despite  the  fact  that  elmids  are  the  most  abundant, 
diverse,  and  ecologically  significant  of  the  dryopoids,  no  one  has 
yet  described  the  complete  life  history  of  an  elmid.  Eggs  are 
known  only  from  dissected  specimens,  little  has  been  published 
concerning  larval  instars,  and  few  pupae  have  been  identified 
(Bertrand,  1972).  Knowledge  of  longevity  of  larval  and  adult 
stages  and  of  pupal  duration  is  almost  entirely  inferential,  for  no 
factual  data  have  been  published.  Laboratory  rearing  will  certainly 
play  a  significant  role  in  providing  much  of  the  needed 
information. 

In  1957,  Cole  reported  "a  surprising  case  of  survival"  involving 
an  adult  female  specimen  of  Stenelmis  crenata  Say,  which  survived 
between  394  and  398  days  in  a  20  ml  shell  vial  containing  3  ml  of 
water  and  remaining  tightly  corked.  So  far  as  I  am  aware,  Cole's 
record  recounts  not  only  the  most  surprising,  but  also  the  longest 
longevity  record  published  concerning  adult  dryopoid  beetles. 

Colleagues  have  suggested  that  I  publish  some  of  my  records, 
even  though  they  are  as  yet  incomplete  since  some  of  the 
specimens  are  still  alive.  One  case  is  somewhat  comparable  to  that 
reported  by  Cole,  at  least  in  that  the  specimens  have  been  kept  in 
quite  a  small  container.  An  adult  of  Macronychus  and  a  larval 
Stenelmis  have  survived  well  over  3  years.  Details  are  as  follows. 

On  October  19,  1969  I  collected  2  adults  of  Ancyronyx 
variegata  (Germar),  5  of  Macronychus  glabratus  Say,  and  21  larvae 
of  Stenelmis  from  a  submerged  log  in  the  east  fork  of  the  San 
Jacinto  River  near  Cleveland,  Texas.  These  were  brought  alive  to 
my  laboratory  in  Norman,  Oklahoma,  where  they  were  placed  in  a 


'Accepted  for  publication:  February  20,  1973. 

2Department   of  Zoology,   University   of  Oklahoma,   730   Van  Vleet  Oval,  Norman, 
Okla.  73069. 

Ent.  News,  84:278-284,  1973  278 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  November  1973  279 


small  plastic  jar  (39  mm  outside  diameter,  38  mm  high)  with  2 
pieces  of  waterlogged  wood  and  enough  river  water  to  provide  a 
depth  of  about  1  cm.  The  jar  lid  was  screwed  on  snugly  but  not 
tightly,  and  the  jar  was  placed  beneath  an  inverted  8-oz.  glass  jar. 
On  Nov.  15,  one  adult  specimen  of  each  species  was  removed  and 
preserved,  as  were  19  of  the  larvae,  leaving  1  specimen  of 
Ancyronyx,  4  of  Macronychus,  and  2  Stenelmis  larvae.  The 
Ancyronyxand  2  of  the  Macronychus  died  within  2  years  and  were 
removed.  When  excessive  frass  has  accumulated,  it  has  been 
removed  and  clean  water  added.  The  wood  has  been  replaced  once 
with  "fresh"  waterlogged  pieces.  On  August  6,  1971  there  was  no 
visible  water  in  the  jar,  though  the  wood  was  still  slightly  moist; 
water  was  added.  As  of  the  date  of  writing  (January  27,  1973), 
one  adult  Macronychus  and  one  Stenelmis  larvae  are  still  alive 
after  more  than  39  months  of  confinement  in  the  small  jar.  The 
other  larva  died  during  the  39th  month. 

An  incident  is  worth  noting.  On  June  29,  1972  two  adult 
Macronychus  were  alive  and  well.  On  that  date,  after  removal  of 
frass,  I  added  enough  water  so  that  the  depth  was  about  1 5  mm, 
which  submerged  the  wood.  Prior  to  that  time  I  had  always  taken 
care  that  part  of  the  would  should  be  exposed.  When  I  examined 
the  jar  contents  on  July  23,  one  of  the  Macronychus  was  dead 
(though  not  at  all  disintegrated),  the  other  apparently  moribund.  I 
removed  the  dead  specimen  and  enough  of  the  water  so  that  the 
wood  was  again  well  exposed.  Several  days  later,  the  surviving 
beetle  appeared  to  have  recovered.  Cole  did  not  happen  to  indicate 
whether  the  vial  in  which  his  Stenelmis  was  kept  remained  upright, 
though  his  mention  of  the  fact  that  the  vial  "became  buried  under 
papers  for  weeks  at  a  time"  (on  his  desk)  would  suggest  that  it 
very  likely  lay  upon  its  side.  If  so,  the  beetle  would  have  had  the 
opportunity  to  climb  on  the  cork  to  or  above  the  water  surface, 
which  might  well  have  made  the  difference  between  life  and  death. 

Cole  estimated  that  the  temperature  in  his  office  was 
"unquestionably  above  100°F  for  several  days."  Without  bragging 
about  Oklahoma  weather,  I  think  I  can  safely  make  the  same 
assumption  about  the  temperature  in  my  office-lab  for  more  than 
several  days  during  more  than  one  summer.  I  might  point  out, 
however,  that  I  made  no  deliberate  attempt  to  reduce  or  limit  the 
oxygen  available  to  the  beetles.  The  lid  on  the  small  jar  and  the 


280  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  November  1973 

inverted  jar  over  the  small  one  were  intended  primarily  to  retard 
evaporation,  which  would  pose  a  serious  hazard  during  my  absence 
for  periods  of  a  month  or  two. 

On  pieces  of  half-submerged  waterlogged  wood  in  glass  culture 
dishes  of  river  water,  most  of  22  Ancyronyx  adults  collected  near 
Hodgen,  Oklahoma  on  Oct.  7,  1967  lived  more  than  a  year  in  the 
refrigerator,  but  all  were  dead  by  June  of  1969.  The  survival  rate 
was  about  the  same  in  plastic  snap-cap  vials  containing  wood 
extending  above  the  water  surface. 

On  May  28,  1969  I  collected  an  assortment  of  dryopoids  from 
Devil's  River  about  20  miles  south  of  Juno,  Texas.  Hoping  to 
induce  pupation,  I  selected  a  number  of  apparently  mature  larvae 
to  rear  in  the  laboratory.  I  placed  10  larvae  of  the  limnichid 
Lutrochus  luteus  Le  Conte,  12  larvae  of  the  elmid  Elsianus 
texanus  Schaeffer,  and  18  larvae  of  the  elmid  Neocylloepus  boeseli 
Brown  in  a  small  widemouth  plastic  jar  (49  mm  diameter)  with 
travertine-encrusted  pebbles  and  a  film  of  water.  The  jar  was 
covered  by  a  larger  inverted  glass  jar.  Of  the  Lutrochus,  2  pupated 
successfully;  some  of  the  remaining  larvae  lived  until 
mid-September.  By  October  26,  all  but  one  of  the  Neocylloepus 
larvae  had  died.  At  that  time  it,  too,  was  preserved,  as  were  4  of 
the  surviving  7  Elsianus  larvae.  Of  the  remaining  2  Elsianus  larvae 
in  the  jar,  all  were  still  alive  on  July  25,  1970.  By  May  30,  1971, 
only  one  remained  alive,  having  survived  over  2  years  in  the  jar. 
None  of  these  elmids  pupated,  though  a  few  larvae  of 
Micro cylloepus  pusillus  (Le  Conte)  have  pupated  successfully 
under  similar  conditions. 

In  an  aerated  10-gallon  aquarium  containing  sand,  rocks, 
waterlogged  wood,  and  assorted  aquatic  plants  (chiefly 
Potamogeton  sp.),  some  species  of  elmids  seem  to  survive  almost 
indefinitely.  Two  adult  specimens  of  Macronychus  and  a  few  of 
Micro  cylloepus  have  been  in  such  an  aquarium  in  my  home  office 
for  almost  10  years  now,  and  appear  to  be  as  lively  and  healthy  as 
ever.  Adults  of  Dubiraphia  sp.  and  Heterelmis  vulnerata  (Le 
Conte)  have  also  survived  in  the  aquarium  for  several  years. 
Dubiraphia,  and  to  a  lesser  extent  Micro  cylloepus,  are  likely  to  be 
accidentally  lost  during  periodic  removal  of  excess  plants.  Larvae, 
apparently  mature  when  placed  in  the  aquarium,  also  seem  to 
survive  almost  indefinitely-without  pupating.  Such  retarded 


Ent,  News,  Vol.  84,  November  1973 281. 

larvae    include    those    of   Macronychus,    Micro cylloepus,    and 
Stenelmis. 

Mature  larvae  of  Psephenus  herricki  (De  Kay),  the  common 
eastern  water  penny,  readily  pupate  in  this  same  aquarium  on  the 
projecting  rocks,  but  immature  larvae  fail  to  mature.  Mature  larvae 
are  equally  obliging  under  almost  any  circumstances  so  long  as  the 
humidity  is  maintained  at  a  suitable  level  and  the  substrate  is 
satisfactory.  If  the  humidity  is  too  high,  fungi  commonly  destroy 
the  pupae;  if  it  is  too  low,  desiccation  may  be  lethal.  Covered 
fingerbowls  containing  damp  rocks  serve  well  as  pupation 
chambers  for  water  pennies,  as  do  styrofoam  minnow  buckets. 
Mature  larvae  of  Ectopria  and  of  the  limnichid  Lutrochus  can  also 
be  reared  successfully  in  similar  containers.  Prepupal  larvae  and 
pupae  of  such  elmids  as  Macronychus,  Microcylloepus,  and 
Stenelmis  have  been  reared  with  a  lower  success  rate.  They 
generally  require  facilities  for  construction  of  a  small  pupal 
chamber.  In  the  field,  these  pupae  are  usually  found  under 
stream-side  rocks,  beneath  bark  of  logs  projecting  from  streams,  or 
in  dead  leaves  and  debris  caught  on  snags  during  high  water  and 
left  exposed  after  receding  of  the  water. 

For  serious  attempts  at  rearing,  I  recommend  the  following 
set-up  (Fig.  1).  In  a  10-gallon  aquarium,  cover  the  bottom  with  a 
layer  of  soil  about  1-2  cm  deep,  cover  this  with  a  layer  of  fine  sand 
about  2-3  cm  deep,  then  add  an  upper  layer  of  coarse  sand  or  fine 
gravel  about  2  cm  deep.  Near  one  end  of  the  aquarium  place  a 
large  rock  with  a  relatively  flat,  horizontal  upper  surface.  Sprinkle 
this  upper  surface  with  coarse  sand.  Place  a  second  flat  rock  upon 
the  top  of  the  large  one.  Sprinkle  its  upper  surface  with  more 
coarse  sand  and  cover  with  a  third  flat-bottomed  rock.  The  spaces 
between  these  rocks  should  provide  pupation  sites.  Place  a  long, 
flat  piece  of  native  stone  or  waterlogged  wood  (depending  upon 
the  substrate  preference  of  the  species  you  wish  to  rear)  with  one 
end  resting  upon  the  gravel  and  the  other  upon  the  large  rock. 
Submerged  aquatic  plants  may  be  rooted  in  the  bottom  if  desired. 
Fill  with  pond  or  stream  water  to  a  level  just  below  the  top  of  the 
large  rock.  Locate  aerators  or  bubblers  beneath  the  lower  end  of 
the  long  flat  rock  (or  piece  of  wood)  in  such  a  way  that  the 
bubbles  of  air  move  along  the  length  of  the  rock  or  wood,  creating 
a  current  in  the  water.  Cover  the  aquarium  with  glass  or  plastic  so 


282 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  November  1973 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  November  1973  283 


as  to  reduce  water  loss.  Introduce  larval  or  adult  beetles  about  a 
week  after  setting  up  the  aquarium. 

It  might  be  well  to  reiterate  that  if  wood  is  to  be  used,  either  in 
a  jar  or  in  an  aquarium,  it  should  be  waterlogged— preferably  in 
running  water.  It  has  been  my  experience  that  other  wood, 
whether  green,  cured,  or  rotten  has  befouled  the  water,  often 
killing  the  beetles  within  a  few  days.  Perhaps  dry  wood  that  has 
previously  been  waterlogged  would  be  safe  to  use.  I  have  not  tried 
it.  It  is  best  to  use  wood  and/or  rocks  taken  from  the  natural 
habitat  of  the  beetles,  where  these  substrates  will  have  acquired  a 
suitable  algal  flora  upon  which  the  beetles  may  feed. 

I  make  no  claim  that  any  of  my  data  represent  normal 
longevity,  but,  like  Cole's  most  interesting  observations,  these 
"endurance  records"  suggest  the  remarkable  ability  of  several 
kinds  of  elmids  to  survive  inhospitable  conditions  and  to  survive  in 
a  marginal  habitat  over  surprisingly  long  periods  of  time.  This 
hardiness  appears  to  be  exhibited  almost  equally  by  larval  and 
adult  stages.  Other  groups  of  dryopoids  with  which  I  am  familiar 
do  not  exhibit  this  pattern.  Psephenid  adults,  for  example,  are 
quite  short-lived  in  contrast  with  their  hardy,  long-lived  water 
penny  larvae  (Murvosh,  1971).  The  pattern  among  limnichids, 
eubriids  (if  one  chooses  to  distinguish  the  false  water  pennies  from 
both  psephenids  and  dascillids),  and  even  elmids  of  the  tribe  Larini 
(or  Potamophilini)  is  similar  to  that  of  psephenids.  All  of  these 
differ  from  the  common  elmids  (tribe  Elmini)  in  that  the  adults 
are  essentially  terrestrial  or  riparian  rather  than  aquatic. 

The  data  presented  above  support  and  extend  the  noteworthy 
features  pointed  out  by  Cole:  (1)  these  tiny  beetles  have  a 
potential  adult  (and  larval)  longevity  of  many  years;  (2)  despite 
the  fact  that  they  normally  occur  only  in  flowing,  well-oxygenated 
streams,  they  can  survive  environmental  extremes  comparable  to 
those  occurring  in  ponds,  pools,  or  even  puddles. 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT:  The  figure  was  drawn  by  Mr.  Douglas  Gabbard,  to  whom  I 
express  my  appreciation.  LITERATURE  CITED 

Bertrand,  H.  P.  I.  1972.  Larves  et  Nymphes  des  Coleopteres  Aquatiques  du  Globe. 
Imprimerie  F.  Paillart,  available  from  the  author  at  6,  Rue  du  Guignier,  Paris 
20e,  France.  804  p. 

Brown,  H.  P.  1972.  Aquatic  Dryopoid  Beetles  (Coleoptera)  of  the  United  States.  Biota  of 
Freshwater  Ecosystems  Identification  Manual  No.  6,  Water  Pollution  Control 


284 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  November  1973 


Research  Series,  Environmental  Protection  Agency,  Washington,  D.  C.  82  p. 
Cole,  L.  C.  1957.  A  surprising  case  of  survival.  Ecology  38  (2): 357. 

Murvosh,  C.  M.  1971.  Ecology  of  the  water  penny  beetle  Psephenus  herricki  (De  Kay). 
Ecol.  Monographs  41  (l):79-96. 

Sinclair,  R.  M.  1964.  Water  Quality  Requirements  of  the  Family  Elmidae  (Coleoptera), 
with  Keys  to  the  Larvae  and  Adults  of  the  Eastern  Genera.  Tennessee  Stream 
Pollution  Board,  Tenn.  Dept.  of  Public  Health,  Nashville,  Tennessee.  14  p. 

ABSTRACT.— Although  elmids  typically  occur  only  in  flowing  streams-usually  in 
iiff\Qs~Macronychus  glabratus  and  Micro cylloepus  pusillus  adults  and  larvae  have  lived  in 
an  aquarium  for  over  9  yeais.Dubiraphia  sp.  and  Heterelmis  vulnerata  adults  have  lived 
in  the  aquarium  several  years.  An  adult  of  Macronychus  and  a  larva  of  Stenelmis  sp.  have 
survived  in  a  small  (8  dram)  plastic  jar  for  more  than  39  months,  with  waterlogged  wood 
as  food  and  a  water  depth  of  about  1  cm.  Adults  of  the  elmids  Macronychus, 
Microcylloepus,  and  Stenelmis,  the  limnichid  Lutrochus,  and  the  psephenid  Psephenus 
have  been  reared  from  prepupal  larvae  and  pupae  in  various  small  containers.  A 
recommended  aquarium  set-up  is  described  and  figured,  featuring  a  water  current 
produced  by  air  bubbles  and  pupation  sites  above  the  water  level  provided  by  flat  rocks 
separated  by  scattered  coarse  sand  grains.-Harley  P.  Brown,  Dept.  of  Zoology,  Univ.  of 
Okla.,  730  Van  Vleet  Oval,  Norman,  Oklahoma  73069. 

Descriptors:  beetles;  Coleoptera;Dryopoidea;  Elmidae;  Limnichidae;  Psephenidae; 
survival  records;  longevity;  laboratory  rearing. 


.    The  Entomologist's  Record 

To  encourage  the  publication  of  concise  and  useful  new  distribution 
records,  corrections  of  previously  published  erroneous  records,  misidenti- 
fications,  short  field  notes,  and  current  news  items  about  entomologists, 
amateur  and  professional,  entomology  departments  and  museums,  prompt 
(monthly)  publication  is  offered  in  this  department. 


ERRATA 

Vol.  84  (7)  July  1973-Front  cover;  Table  of  Contents,  "A  New  Host  Record  for  the 
Parasitic  Rove  Beetle  Aleochara  bipustulata  L.  (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae)  p.  210. 
This  article  did  not  appear  in  this  issue  but  on  p.  250  of  the  October  issue. 

Vol.  84  (8)  October  1973-Front  cover;  Table  of  Contents,  "Reproductive  Biology  end 
Dulotic  Ants"  should  read,  "Reproductive  Biology  in  Dulotic  Ants." 

p. 250  -  ABSTRACT: -Metaleuctra  flinti should  be  Megaleuctra  flinti. 

p.  254  -  line  8.  "Isave"  should  read  "slave." 

p. 268.  In  the  article,  "Interaction  Between  A  Western  Harvester  Ant  and  a  Great 
Basin  Sagebrush  Lizard,"  line  4,  "the  head  of  a  western  ant"  should  read,  "The  head 
of  a  western  harvester  ant." 


NOTES  ON  THE  NESTS  OF 
MONTEZUMIA  (Hymenoptera,  Eumenidae)1 

Howard  E.  Evans2 

Montezumia  is  a  neotropical  genus  of  mason  wasps,  one  species 
of  which  reaches  southern  Arizona.  Although  these  are  relatively 
large  wasps,  little  has  been  reported  regarding  their  nests,  and  the 
published  reports  are  not  entirely  consistent  with  one  another. 
Hence  it  seems  worth  describing  a  nest  I  recently  encountered  in 
Colombia  and  a  very  similar  nest,  also  from  Colombia,  found  in 
museum  material. 

These  nests  bear  out  Saussure's  (1875)  characterization  of  the 
nests  as  "agglutinated  masses  of  earth,  in  which  one  finds  the  cells 
disposed  in  parallel  order",  as  well  as  Maindron's  (1882)  statement 
that  the  walls  are  constructed  "en  terre  gachee".  However,  Bodkin 
(1918)  later  mentioned  that  C.  B.  Williams  had  found  a  species 
that  "constructs  burrows  in  the  clay  banks  of  the  canals  or 
trenches  to  be  found  on  all  sugar  estates".  (Bodkin  also  mentioned 
a  species  that  makes  fragile,  pendant  nests  and  forms  large  colo- 
nies, but  Bequaert,  1921,  properly  regards  this  as  a  case  of  con- 
fusion with  a  similarly  colored  social  vespid.)  Finally,  F.  X. 
Williams  (1928)  reported  a  species  that  nests  in  the  ground  and 
surrounds  its  hole  with  a  ring  of  pellets. 

It  is  by  no  means  unusual  to  discover  nests  of  more  than  one 
basic  type  within  one  genus  of  Eumenidae.  For  example,  some 
species  of  Stenodynerus  make  free  mud  nests  while  others 
nest  in  hollow  twigs  and  still  others  nest  in  the  ground.  Presently 
available  information  suggests  that  some  species  of  Montezumia 
are  ground-nesters  while  others  make  free  mud  nests.  The 
following  is  a  summary  of  the  species  that  have  been  studied: 


'Accepted  for  publication:  February  20,  1973. 

2Museum  of  Comparative   Zoology,  Cambridge,  Mass.  02138.  Present  address:   Dept. 
of  Zoology  &  Entomology,  Colorado  State  University,  Fort  Collins,  Colo.  8052  1. 

Ent.  News,  84:285-290,  1973  285 


256  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  November  1973 


Species  Nest  Prey  Reference 

M.  spinolae  Saussure  In  ground  "Green  Caterpillars"      Bodkin,  1918 

(=infernalis  Spinola) 

M.  brunea  Saussure  In  ground  Skipper    larvae  Williams,   1928 

M.  ferruginea  Saussure  Mud  nest  Saussure,   1875 

M.  sp.  Mud  nest  Caterpillars  Maindron,     1882 

M.  cortesia  Saussure  Mud  nest  Larvae    of  Present  Paper 

Microlepidoptera 

M.  dimidiata  Saussure  Mud  nest  Present  Paper 

Montezumia  dimidiata  Saussure3 

A  nest  of  this  species  was  found  along  a  dirt  road  closely 
paralleling  the  Rio  Anchicaya,  in  the  province  of  Valle,  Colombia, 
on  14  January  1972.  This  was  an  area  of  wet  tropical  forest  at  an 
altitude  of  about  400  meters,  approximately  40  km  from  the 
Pacific  coast  near  Buenaventura.  The  nest  was  built  of  brownish 
soil  and  was  plastered  beneath  a  large  rock  that  sloped  in  such  a 
way  that  the  nest  was  well  protected  from  rain  although  still 
clearly  visible  from  the  road.  Much  of  the  rock  was  covered  with 
lichens  and  rootlets,  but  the  area  surrounding  the  nest  was  bare. 
The  nest  was  angled  near  the  middle  and  measured  1 3  cm  long  in  a 
straight  line,  17  cm  when  measured  along  the  upper  margin.  It  was 
2.5  cm  wide  at  one  end,  where  the  cells  were  in  a  single  row,  5  cm 
wide  at  the  other  end,  where  they  were  in  two  rows.  The  outside 
of  the  nest  was  well  plastered  with  soil,  so  that  the  individual  cells 
were  barely  evident  from  the  exterior.  In  all  there  were  17  cells, 
some  of  those  near  the  center  being  to  some  extent  one  above  the 
other  (Fig.  1).  Seven  cells  had  earthen  closures  about  2  mm  thick; 
these  contained  fully  grown  larvae  or  pupae.  Seven  cells  were 
empty  and  were  open.  Two  cells  containing  eggs  and  one 
containing  a  newly  hatched  larva  were  also  open;  the  cell 
containing  the  larva  and  one  containing  an  egg  each  had  a  small 
turret,  4-5  mm  long,  at  the  entrance.  Cells  measured  9  x  20  mm  in 
inside  dimensions. 

This  nest  was  observed  from  time  to  time  over  two  days,  and  on 
each  occasion  3  or  4  adults  were  found  to  be  resting  on  the  nest  or 
in  some  of  the  empty  cells,  facing  outward.  When  the  nest  was 
collected  the  adults  were  also  taken.  Three  were  found  to  be 
females  and  one  a  male.  None  were  observed  carrying  mud  or 
bringing  prey,  and  it  is  not  known  whether  one  or  more  than  one 
female  was  active  in  these  capacities.  The  additional  adults  on  the 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  November  1973  287 


nest  may  well  have  been  recently  emerged  individuals  that  had  not 
yet  left  the  parental  nest. 

Provisioning  was  evidently  progressive,  as  the  two  cells 
containing  eggs  were  otherwise  empty,  and  the  cell  containing  a 
small  larva  had  only  two  small  microlepidopterous  larvae  (not 
identified).  The  eggs  measured  about  3  mm  long;  each  was 
suspended  from  the  roof  of  the  cell  by  a  thread  about  1  mm  long 
(Fig.  3).  If  these  three  cells  were  all  the  work  of  one  female,  it  is 
obvious  that  she  would  have  had  to  provision  the  three 
simultaneously. 

Three  weeks  after  this  nest  was  collected,  two  Icheneumonidae 
were  found  to  have  emerged  from  capped  cells.  These  were  found 
to  represent  an  undescribed  species  of  the  genus  Labena. 

Montezumia  dimidiata  Saussure 

A  nest  of  this  species  in  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology 
is  similar  to  that  of  cortesia  in  all  important  features.  The  nest  is 
labeled  as  having  been  collected  at  Restrepo,  Colombia,  on  6 
August  1936,  but  there  is  no  further  information  with  the 
specimen.  The  nest  measures  about  5  x  5  cm  and  is  approximately 
2.5  cm  deep;  it  is  plastered  to  a  thick  branch  or  root  where  it  is 
joined  by  a  smaller  branch  (Fig.  4).  There  are  1 1  cells  in  a  cluster, 
all  sub  parallel  and  with  their  openings  upward;  on  the  under 
surface  of  the  nest  one  additional  cell  is  attached  transversely,  that 
is,  with  its  long  axis  perpendicular  to  that  of  the  other  cells.  Seven 
of  the  cells  have  short  turrets,  1-6  mm  in  length,  closely 
resembling  those  of  cortesia.  As  in  that  species,  the  outside  of  the 
nest  is  irregularly  plastered  with  earth,  such  that  the  outlines  of 
individual  cells  are  indistinct. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

I  wish  to  thank  Drs.  William  G.  and  Mary  Jane  West  Eberhard,  of  the  Universidad  del 
Valle,  Cali,  who  were  my  hosts  during  my  visit  to  Colombia.  Dr.  A.  Willink,  of  the 
Institute  Miguel  Lillo,  Tucuma'n,  Argentina,  checked  the  identity  of  the  Montezumia, 
and  Dr.  H.  K.  Townes,  of  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan,  identified  the  ichneumonid  parasite. 
This  research  was  undertaken  as  part  of  a  study  of  the  comparative  behavior  of  solitary 
wasps,  supported  by  the  National  Science  Foundation,  grant  no.  GB-8746. 

3  This  species  has  commonly  been  called  infundibuliformis  Fabricius,  but  the  type  of 
Fabricius1  species  has  been  shown  to  be  a  Zethus  (Bohart  and  Stange,  1965).  The  name 
dimidiata  Saussure,  listed  as  a  junior  synonym  of  infundibuliformis  by  Saussure,  1875, 
must  thus  be  used  for  this  species. 


288 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  November  1973 


REFERENCES 

Bequaert,  J.  1921.  Description  d'une  espece  congolaise  du  genre  "Montezumia" 
(Hymenopteres,  Vespides)  suivie  de  remarques  taxnomiques  sur  ce  groupe. 
Rev.  Zool.  Afric.,  9:235-251. 

Bodkin,  G.  E.  1918.  Notes  on  some  British  Guiana  Hymenoptera  (exclusive  of  the 
Formicidae).  Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  London,  1917,  pp.  297-305. 

Bohait,  R.  M.,  and  L.  A.  Stange.  1965.  A  revision  of  the  genus  Zethus  Fabricius  in  the 
Western  Hemisphere  (Hymenoptera:  Eumenidae).  Univ.  Calif.  Publ.  Ent., 
40:1-208. 

Maindron,  M.  1882.  Histoire  des  guepes  solitaires  (Eumeniens)  de  1'Archipel  Indien  et 
de  le  Nouvelle-Guinee.  Part  3.  Ann.  Soc.  Ent.  France,  (6)2:267-286. 

Saussure,  H.  de  1875.  Synopsis  of  American  Wasps.  Smithson,  Misc.  Coll.,  no.  254,  393 
pp. 

Williams,  F.  X.  1928.  Studies  in  tropical  wasps-their  hosts  and  associates.  Bull.  Exp.  Sta. 
Hawaiian  Sugar  PI.  Assoc.,  Ent.  Ser.,  Bull.  19,  179  pp. 


0  cm 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  November  1973 


289 


•>-X      ,< .  * 

, 

j  V     7H-  .'.^S 

•^   •  * 


r 


290  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  November  1973 


ABSTRACT: -A  description  is  provided  of  the  nest  of  Montezumia  cortesia  Saussure, 
found  in  the  province  of  Valle,  Colombia.  The  nest  was  of  mud  and  was  plastered  to  a 
sloping  rock.  There  were  17  cells,  10  of  which  were  open,  three  of  the  open  ones 
containing  eggs  or  newly  hatched  larvae.  Three  adult  females  and  one  male  were  present 
on  the  nest.  A  very  similar  nest  of  M.  dimidiata  Saussure,  found  in  museum  material,  is 
also  described. 

Descriptors: -Hymenoptera,  Eumenidae, Montezumia,  nests. 


INTERNATIONAL  COMMISSION  ON  ZOOLOGICAL  NOMENCLATURE 

(A.(n.s.)91 

ANNOUNCEMENT 

Required  six-months'  notice  is  given  of  the  possible  use  of  plenary  powers  by  the 
International  Commission  on  Zoological  Nomenclature  in  connection  with  the  following 
names  listed  by  case  number: 

(see  Bull.zool.Nomend.  30,  part  2,  10th  October,  1973) 

1877.  Suppression  of  Galaxias  delfini  Philippi,  1895  (Pisces,  Galaxiidae). 

2010.  Suppresion  of  Tergipes  adspersus  Nordmann,  1845  (Mollusca,  Opisthobranchia). 

2027.  Designation   of  a  neotype   for  Pieris  virginiensis  Edwards,   1870  (Insecta,  Le- 

pidoptera). 

2028.  Designation  of  a  type-species  for  Onycholyda  Takeuchi,  1938  (Insecta,  Hymen- 

optera). 

2029.  Designation    of   lectotype    for   Psednura    longicornis    Sjb'stedt,    1920   (Insecta, 

Orthoptera). 

2030.  Suppression  of  Calyptraea  striata  Gray,  1825  (Mollusca,  Gastropoda). 

2031.  Suppression  of  Schistodera  Cobb,  1920  (Nematoda:  Enoplida). 

2032.  Designation  of  a  type-species  for  Cerithium  Bruguiere,  1789  (Gastropoda). 

2033.  Suppression  of  Sceptrophorus  Foerster,  1856  (Insecta,  Hymenoptera). 

2035.  Suppression  ofDrosophila  carinata  Grimshaw,  1901  (Insecta,  Diptera). 

2036.  Suppression    of  Hydrophorus  jaculus   Fallen   as   type-species  of  Hydrophorus 

Fallen,  1823,  in  favour  of//,  nebulosus  Falle'n.  (Insecta,  Diptera). 

2037.  Designation  of  a  type-species  for  Oscinella  Becker,  1909  (Insecta,  Diptera). 

2038.  Suppression  of  Leucospis  gallica,   Villers,   1789  and  Cynips  lugdunaea  Gmelin, 

1790  (Insecta,  Hymenoptera). 
2040.  Designation  of  a  type-species  for  Madiza  Fallen,  1810  (Insecta,  Diptera). 

Comments  should  be  sent  in  duplicate,  citing  case  number,  to  the  Secretary, 
International  Commission  on  Zoological  Nomenclature,  c/o  British  Museum  (Natural 
History),  Cromwell  Road,  London  SW7  5BD,  England.  Those  received  early  enough  will 
be  published  in  the  Bulletin  of  Zoological  Nomenclature. 

MARGARET  GREEN 

Scientific  Assistant 

October  1973 


MICRASEMA  KLUANE,  A  PROBABLE 

STEPPING  STONE  TO  THE  ARCTIC 
(TRICHOPTERA  BRACHYCENTRIDAE)1 

•y 

Herbert  H.  Ross  and  John  C.  Morse 

The  arctic  fauna  has  tacitly  been  considered  as  a  collection  of 
offshoots  arising  from  elements  of  the  boreal  deciduous  forest,  its 
neighboring  biome  to  the  south.  Two  circumstances  make  this 
conjecture  plausible.  First,  the  Arctic  has  a  relatively  small  fauna 
compared  with  biomes  south  of  it,  and  second,  the  animal  species 
found  in  the  Arctic  usually  show  phylogenetic  affinities  to  groups 
found  in  more  southern  regions.  Yet  this  statistical  approach  is  not 
well  founded  logically.  It  derives  from  the  assumption  that  the 
ancestral  home  of  a  group  is  where  its  greatest  numbers  now 
occur,  an  assumption  shown  not  to  be  of  general  application 
(Ross,  1965).  In  order  to  test  the  validity  of  the  boreal-to-arctic 
evolutionary  pathway,  it  is  necessary  to  discover  circumstances  in 
which  the  arctic  species  are  derived  entities  that  evolved  from 
more  ancestral  southern  relatives. 

In  collections  of  caddisflies  made  in  the  Yukon  Territory  of 
Canada  and  in  the  arctic  region  of  Alaska  at  Point  Barrow  in  1968 
by  Ross  et  al.  and  by  Goeden  and  Jewett,  a  new  species  of  the 
caddisfly  genus  Micrasema  was  collected  that  provided  evidence 
for  such  a  probable  origin  of  the  arctic  species  M.  scissum 
McLachlan  from  a  subarctic  ancestral  form. 

Micrasema  kluane  n.  sp. 

MALE.  Length  8  mm.  Color  dark  brown  with  membranous  areas  cream.  Wings  with 
uniformly  light  brown  hair  and  white  marks  along  the  base  of  Mj+2  and  s,  r-m,  and 
apical  cu-a  cross-veins.  Eyes  large  such  that  the  frontal  region  is  scarcely  visible  in  lateral 
view;  3-segmented  maxillary  palps  long,  similar  to  sprulesi  and  wataga  (see  Ross,  1938, 
fig.  122).  Venation,  tibial  spurs,  and  general  structure  typical  for  genus.  Posterior  process 
of  sixth  sternum  as  long  as  or  longer  than  broad. 

Genitalia  as  in  figure  1.  Ninth  segment  annular,  widened  laterally.  Sclerotized  lateral 
arms  of  the  tenth  tergum  subequal  in  length  to  the  claspers,  upturned  and  sharply 
pointed  apically,  with  a  cluster  of  preapical  setae  and  two  pairs  of  setae  near  the  base. 


'This  study  was  supported  by  a  research  grant  from  the  National  Science  Foundation. 
Accepted  for  publication:  February  21,  1973. 

2Department  of  Entomology,  University  of  Georgia,  Athens,  Ga.  30602. 

Ent.  News,  84:291-293  291 


292  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  November  1973 


Cerci  long,  pointed  apically,  separated  by  a  membranous  area  on  the  dorsum,  and 
diverging  at  an  acute  angle.  Claspers  clavate,  rounded  apically,  uniformly  concave  on  the 
meson,  and  with  two  semimembranous  processes  and  a  sclerotized  cusp  dorsomesally. 
The  tubular  aedeagus  is  variable  in  shape,  being  somewhat  angled  one-third  the  distance 
from  the  base. 

FEMALE.  Length  9  mm.  Similar  in  color  and  general  structure  to  male.  Abdomen 
with  a  small  triangular  projection  on  the  sixth  sternum.  Sclerite  of  the  bursa  copulatrix 
twice  as  long  as  wide. 

Holotype  d-Burwash  Landing,  Lake  Kluane,  Yukon  Territory,  Canada,  July  13, 
1968,  Ross,  Ross,  and  Miller,  swept  from  foliage  bordering  a  small,  clear,  rocky  brook. 
Paratypes.-Same  data  as  holotype,  26,  19,  Alaska,  Steese  Highway  between  Fairbanks 
and  Eagle,  July  4,  1968,  Goeden  and  Jewett,  along  small  creek  in  sparse  forest,  5<5; 
Alaska,  Glenn  Highway  16  mi  E.  Tazlina.  Goeden  and  Jewett,  along  Tolsoma  Cr.  in 
boreal  forest  area,  46.  Holotype  and  7  paratypes  to  be  deposited  in  the  Illinois  Natural 
History  Survey,  1  paratype  to  be  deposited  in  the  U.S.  National  Museum,  and  4 
paratypes  in  the  collection  of  S.  G.  Jewett,  Jr. 

Discussion. -This  species  runs  to  scissum  in  Ross'  (1947)  key  to  the  nearctic  species 
due  to  its  similarly  shaped  clasper  and  upturned  pointed  apices  of  the  lateral  arms  of  the 
tenth  tergum.  It  differs  from  scissum  in  the  longer  and  more  slender  lateral  arms  of  the 
tenth  tergum  and  in  having  a  posterior  triangular  process  on  the  sixth  sternum.  From 
sibiricum  Martynov  (1924),  to  which  it  is  also  closely  related,  the  male  of  kluane  differs 
in  having  the  mesal  margins  of  the  two  cerci  divergent  and  in  having  the  lobes  of  the 
tenth  tergum  slightly  shorter,  wider  basally,  and  not  slightly  expanded  near  the  apex  in 
dorsal  view. 

Together  with  sprulesi  Ross,  scissum,  sibiricum,  and  kluane  form  a  closely  knit  group 
characterized  by  the  possession  of  a  more  basal  hairy  lobe  and  an  adjacent  more  apical 
sclerous  lobe  dorsally  on  the  clasper  (Fig.  IB, a  and  b,  respectively). The  sclerous  nature 
of  the  more  apical  process  b  appears  to  be  a  derived  character  state  distinctive  for  this 
complex.  In  scissum  (Kimmins  and  Denning,  1951,  Fig.  256,  c),  sibiricum  (Martynov, 
1924,  Figs.  5,  7),  and  kluane  (Fig.  IB)  the  clasper  has  an  additional  elongate,  narrow, 
curved  dorsomesal  process  c  situated  just  beyond  the  sclerous  lobe  b,  apparently  a 
derived  state  unique  to  these  three  species.  From  these  data  it  appears  that  in  clasper 
structure  sprulesi  is  essentially  like  the  ancestral  form  of  the  group,  and  that  kluane, 
sibiricum,  and  scissum  are  species  that  arose  from  a  more  derived  ancestor.  The  larger, 
parallel  cerci  of  sibiricum  indicate  this  species  to  be  the  most  primitive  of  the  three, 
leading  to  the  inference  that  kluane  and  scissum  are  sister  species  at  the  end  of  this 
phylogenetic  branch  of  four  species. 

The  known  range  of  sprulesi  is  in  the  boreal  forest  of  eastern  North  America,  that  of 
sibiricum  is  apparently  in  the  boreal  forest  of  south-central  Siberia  (Minousinsk),  and 
that  of  kluane  is  in  the  boreal  forest  of  western  North  America.  The  indicated 
phylogenetic  position  of  scissum,  a  highly  derived  species,  suggests  that  it  is  an  Arctic 
tundra  offshoot  of  its  common  ancestor  with  kluane,  presumably  a  nearctic  species 
inhabiting  the  boreal  coniferous  forest. 

Abstract -.-Micrasema  kluane,  a  probable  stepping  stone  to  the  Arctic  (Trichoptera, 
Brachycentridae).  A  new  species  Micrasema  kluane  is  described  from  Yukon  Territory, 
Canada,  and  southern  Alaska,  belonging  to  a  monophyletic  species  group  embracing  also 
sprulesi  Ross  (eastern  Canada),  sibiricum  Martynov  (south-central  Siberia),  and  scissum 
McLachlan  (from  Arctic  tundra  of  Alaska  and  Siberia).  From  a  consideration  of  these 
known  distributions  and  the  phylogeny  of  the  group,  it  is  inferred  that  the  group 
initially  evolved  in  the  boreal  coniferous  forest  and  that  the  Arctic  tundra  lineage 
represented  by  scissum  evolved  from  a  boreal  coniferous  forest  ancestor. -Herbert  H. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  November  1973 


293 


Ross  and  John  C.  Morse,  Department  of  Entomology,  University  of  Georgia,  Athens,  Ga. 
30602. 

Descriptors:  Trichoptera,  Brachycentridae,  Micrasema,  Arctic  tundra,  boreal  coniferous 
forest. 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Kimmins,  D.  E.,  and  D.  G.  Denning.   1951.  The  McLachlan  types  of  North  American 
Trichoptera   in   the    British  Museum.  Annals  Ent.   Soc.   Amer.   44:111-140. 

Martynov,  A.  B.  1924.  Notice  sur  les  Trichopteres  de  la  District  de  Minousinsk.  Jahrb. 

Martjanovischen  Staatsmuseums  in  Minoussinsk   2(3):62-107.  (Russian  with 

English  resume). 
Ross,  H.  H.  1938.  Descriptions  of  Nearctic  caddisflies.  111.  Nat.  Hist.  Surv.  Bull.  21: 

101-183. 
.    1947.    Descriptions    and    records   of  North   American   Trichoptera,   with 

synoptic   notes.  Trans.  Amer.  Ent.  Soc.  73:125-168. 

.  1965.    The  phylogeny   of  the  leafhopper  genus  Erythroneura  (Hemiptera, 
~Cicadellidae).  Zool.  Beit.,  New  Folge,  11:247-270. 


SCISSUM 


Figs.  1-2.  Male  genitalia  of  Micrasema.  \,M.  kluane;  2,M.  scissum.  A,  lateral  aspect; 
B,  dorsal  aspect;  C,  aedeagus,  lateral  aspect;  D,  posterior  process  of  sixth  sternum. 
a,  b,  c,  mesal  processes  of  clasper. 


GENERATIONAL  "CARRYOVER"  AND 

THE  SUPPRESSION  OF  SUBMARGINAL  PATTERN  ELEMENTS 
IN  VERNAL  PHENOTYPES  OF  PIERIS  PROTODICE 
(LEPIDOPTERA:  PIERIDAE)1 

Arthur  M.  Shapiro2 

The  Checkered  White  butterfly,  Pieris  protodice  Boisduval  and 
LeConte,  like  many  Pieridae  exhibits  a  photoperiodically 
controlled  seasonal  polyphenism  (Shapiro,  1968).  The 
vernal-autumnal  phenotype  ("vernalis"  Edwards),  produced  from 
larvae  reared  under  September  and  October  photoperiods,  is 
characterized  by  heavy  dark  scaling  on  the  veins  of  the  hindwing 
beneath  and  by  a  series  of  chevron-shaped  markings  between  these 
veins  (figure  la).  This  pattern  is  characteristic  of  the  species-group 
to  which  P.  protodice  belongs,  although  it  is  reduced  in  summer 
phenotypes  of  multivoltine  species  and  in  both  generations  of  the 
partially  bivoltine  P.  sisymbrii  Boisduval.  In  this  species  the 
chevron-markings,  while  never  complete,  are  sufficiently 
recognizable  to  present  a  fades  easily  distinguishable  from  that  of 
the  P.  napi  species-group,  in  which  only  the  veins  are  melanized. 
Specimens  of  P.  protodice  "vernalis"  resembling  P.  sisymbrii  in 
this  character  are  occasionally  taken  wild,  and  very  rarely 
individuals  may  occur  in  which  the  chevrons  are  completely 
suppressed.  Examination  of  long  bred  and  wild  series  of  P. 
protodice  reveals  that  the  chevrons  are  composed  of  lines 
extending  basad  from  the  vein-tips  and  converging  near  the  middle 
of  the  interspace;  they  frequently  fail  to  meet  and  form  a  vertex. 
When  the  vein-lines  are  unusually  heavy  they  may  absorb  the 
chevron-lines  to  the  extent  that  the  pattern  is  obscured  (as  in  P. 
sisymbrii)  or  effectively  obliterated  (as  in  the  extreme  P.  protodice 
figured  by  Shapiro,  1969).  The  bred  male  shown  in  figure  Ib 
displays  the  usual  manifestations  of  "chevronlessness." 

Prior  to  1971  no  "chevronless"  P.  protodice  were  produced  in 
laboratory  rearing.  In  July,   1971    a  stock  was  established  from 


'Accepted  for  publication:  October  17,  1972. 

Department  of  Zoology,  University  of  California,  Davis,  California  95616. 

Ent.  News,  84:294-298,  1973  294 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  November  1973  295 

three  females  collected  by  Richard  Pine  in  Brooklyn,  Kings  Co., 
New  York.  After  one  generation  on  a  long-day  regime  (14  hours 
light:  10  dark,  25°C),  part  of  this  stock  was  carried  through  five 
consecutive  generations  on  a  short-day,  high-temperature  regime 
(8  light:  16  dark,  25°C  both  phases)  which  induces  "vernalis"  but 
inhibits  diapause.  Numbers  of  "vernalis"  were  desired  for  field 
survivorship  studies;  breeding  in  each  generation  was  from  five 
females  each  mated  once  to  a  different  male,  and  allowed  to 
oviposit  for  two  days.  No  "chevronless"  butterflies  were  seen  in 
the  first  generation,  but  in  the  second  26  of  110  butterflies 
showed  significant  suppression  of  the  marginal  chevrons.  Although 
"chevronless"  butterflies  were  not  used  for  breeding,  the  character 
continued  to  appear  at  a  nearly  constant  frequency  through  the 
fourth  generation  and  then  dropped  in  the  fifth  (table  1).  The  line 
had  to  be  discontinued  at  this  time  for  reasons  unrelated  to  the 
experiment. 

Two  third -generation  "chevronless"  butterflies  were  paired,  as 
were  two  normal  ''vernalis,"  and  the  females  were  allowed  to 
oviposit  until  they  died  (four  and  six  days,  respectively)  to 
maximize  the  number  of  progeny.  Rearing  was  on  the  same 
regime.  The  resulting  phenotypic  distributions  (table  2)  do  not 
differ  significantly  from  each  other  or  from  the  corresponding 
(fourth)  generation  in  the  main  culture.  When  rearing  is  in  a 
uniform  environment,  individual  variation  should  reflect  genetic 
differences  in  the  developmental  responses  of  the  individuals  to 
that  environment.  This  very  limited  rearing  does  not,  however, 
indicate  any  simple  genetic  basis  for  "chevronlessness." 

The  significance  of  the  variation  in  the  frequency  of 
"chevronlessness"  over  five  generations  of  uniform  rearing  is  also 
obscure.  Interestingly,  it  was  coupled  with  variation  in  the 
frequency  of  light  and  intermediate  (i.e.,  non-"vernalis") 
phenotypes  (table  1).  While  "chevronless"  was  holding  essentially 
constant,  non-' 'vernalis"  phenotypes  increased  greatly  in 
frequency  in  the  third  and  fourth  generations,  but  dropped 
equally  dramatically  in  the  fifth.  The  fifth  generation  phenotypic 
ratio  is  more  similar  to  that  of  the  first  than  any  of  the  intervening 
ones.  These  fluctuations  could  reflect  changing  genetic 
composition  of  the  stock  perhaps  due  to  sampling  error  in  the 
bottleneck  of  five  pairs  in  each  generation.  They  also  could  be 
related  to  the  generational  sequence. 


296 Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  November  1973 

Consecutive  passage  of  more  than  two  generations  of  Pieris 
protodice  through  a  "vernalis "-inducing  regime,  with  or  without 
diapause,  probably  never  occurs  in  nature.  Normally  the  autumnal 
generation,  composed  of  intermediate  and  "vernalis"  phenotypes, 
without  diapause,  is  followed  in  spring  by  an  &\\-"vernalis"  brood 
which  has  diapaused  and  which  produces  the  first  of  several 
summer  generations.  In  the  constant  short-day  regime,  second-, 
third-,  and  fourth-generation  vernalis  were  somewhat  darker  than 
first,  and  the  fifth  brood  was  mixed.  This  was  true  even  though 
the  incidence  of  non-vernalis  phenotypes  increased  after  the 
second  generation;  the  result  was  a  maximum  phenotypic  variance 
in  the  fourth.  This  suggests  that  the  environmental  physiology  of 
the  parent(s)  may  play  a  role  in  phenotypic  determination  of  the 
present  generation,  presumably  through  extranuclear  mechanisms. 
Similar  effects  on  diapause  are  well-known  in  various  insects, 
especially  parasitic  Hymenoptera  (Beck,  1968).  A  maternal 
influence  in  "congenital"  host  preference  is  on  record  in  Pieris 
rapae  (Hovanitz,  1970). 

One  test  carried  out  with  Brooklyn  P.  protodice  bears  directly 
on  this  point.  Progeny  of  one  long-day  female  were  reared  on  both 
long-  and  short-day  regimes,  of  25  larvae  reared  on  14  hours  light, 
22  gave  light  adults,  3  intermediate,  0  dark.  Of  24  on  8  hours, 
there  were  0  light,  3  intermediate,  and  21  "vernalis."  In  each  lot 
the  butterflies  were  allowed  to  mate  and  oviposit  freely,  and  all 
eggs  laid  in  the  first  two  days  were  reared  on  the  short  day.  There 
were  56  butterflies  from  the  short -day  parents,  giving  1  light:  10 
intermediate:  45  dark  (3  "chevronless").  Of  31  from  the  long-day 
parents  there  were  0,  2,  and  29  respectively,  with  no 
"chevronless".  These  ratios  are  not  significantly  different. 
However,  the  pattern  was  conspicuously  darker  on  the 
second-generation  short-day  butterflies. 

Unfortunately,  the  broods  reported  here  were  reared  on 
field-collected  New  York  City  Lepidium  virginicum  Linnaeus 
(Cruciferae);  although  rearing  conditions  were  otherwise  quite 
uniform,  the  possibility  of  effects  mediated  through  the  chemistry 
or  condition  of  the  host  plants  should  be  rigorously  excluded 
before  internal  mechanisms  are  sought.  However,  the  rearing 
sequence  for  the  last  experiment  reported  was  carried  out  at  the 
same  time  as  the  latter  part  of  the  five-generation  experiment,  and 
plants  collected  at  the  same  time  and  place  were  not  associated 
with  similar  results. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  November  1973 


297 


In  the  montane  species  Pieris  occidentalis  Reakirt  rearing  on  a 
long  day  does  not  fully  suppress  the  dark  phenotype  (Shapiro,  in 
press).  If  carryover  effects  do  influence  phenotypic  determination 
in  Pieris,  this  may  be  a  factor  in  maintaining  the  variability  of  P. 
occidentalis  where  it  is  bivoltine. 

Abstract. -The  short-day  phenotype  of  Pieris  protodice  is  subject  to  modification  in  the 
second  and  subsequent  generations  of  continuous  rearing  on  a  short-day  regime.  The 
expression  of  this  shift  is  apparently  related  to  a  carryover  effect  from  prior  generations; 
the  frequency  of  the  abnormal  phenotype  increased  but  subsequently  decreased  over  the 
five -generation  period  of  the  experiment. -Arthur  M.  Shapiro,  Department  of  Zoology, 
University  of  California,  Davis,  California  95616. 

Descriptors:  Pieris  protodice;  photoperiodism;  phenotypic  switch  mechanism;  carryover 
effect. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Beck,  S.  D.  1968.  Insect  photoperiodism.  Academic  Press,  New  York,  288  pp. 

Hovanitz,  W.   1970.  Inherited  and/or  conditioned  changes  in  host-plant  preferences  in 

Pieris.  Ent.  Exp.  et  Appl.,  12:729-736. 
Shapiro,  A.  M.   1968.  Photoperiodic  induction  of  vernal  phenotype  in  Pieris  protodice 

Boisduval  and  LeConte  (Lepidoptera:Pieridae).  Wasmann  J.  Biol.,  26: 1 37-149. 

1969.   An  extreme  phenotype  of  Pieris  protodice  (Pieridae).  J.  Lepid  Soc., 

~23: 189-190. 

,  in  press.  Photoperiodic  control  of  seasonal  polyphenism  in  Pieris  occidentalis 
Reakirt  (Lepidoptera: Pieridae).  Wasmann  J.  Biol. 


Figure  1.  Short-day  ("vernalis")  bred  male  Pieris  protodice .-chevroned  (wild-type)  right, 
Chevronless  left. 


298 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  November  1973 


en 

en 

Q) 

QJ 

C 

£ 

O     -~v 

>     rH 

OJ     C 

O      • 

JS    0 

o       <r 

en 

o 

O            Csl 

4J    -H 

1-1     rH 

?*1    )-* 

o       o 

to   to 

O    tO 

c  -a 

QJ    — 

QJ 

3 

01     > 

cr 

01 

4J 

1-1 

OJ 

fa 

<     to 

CO 

en 

CO 

•     Q) 

01 

u   tx 

o        >^ 

c 

m   4-) 

0 

O           vO 

CM       O 

1-1 

CN 

C 

^ 

4-1      01 

OJ 

tO   j3 

a 

6 

Q 

rH    ~^4 

•o 

Q) 

iJ     to 

C 

00    Q 

o 

e  " 

> 

0 

QJ 

•a  ^ 

6 

0\           00 

QJ     4-> 

tO      QJ 

)_i 

OJ      4J 

ra 

)_| 

a 

QJ 

U     CO 

4J    ^^ 

•H   ~~s 

J=     OJ 

•a 

00    4-1 

o   c 

•H     tO 

4J      O 

rH     -rt 

O    -H 

-_-  -0 

1-1      4J 

0) 

CL|    10 

^  E 

^O           f"~) 

J_j 

u    C 

o       o 

en    01 

e  o) 

•H      C 

QJ     4-1 

0          0 

tl      QJ 

3    C 

01     00 

cr  -H 

•H 

QJ 

D-i    >* 

U    + 

tO 

fa 

>>    1 

.    00 

01 

~*     0 

to 

c 

•a 

>,    QJ 

QJ 

3  § 

E 

o 

QJ 

o  .e 

4J 

rl       00 

c 

03     3 

M 

O 

4H      1-1 

O   J3 

4-" 

en 

oo 

0          0 

-0   T3 

•H 

O      QJ 

t  ~\ 

O       rl 

M     tO 

xi    QJ 

QJ 

c 

D. 

-rl      C 

QJ 

4J 

en    o) 

O 

0   ,0 

C 

-H 

Q) 

4-1    13 

to   to 

PH 

>->    .C 

a  ^ 

0) 

•H     0 

a 

o.  o 

•H 

r^i    4-1 

00 

4J      CO 

QJ 

o 

C     Q) 

e 

J     iJ 

o 

S 

4J 

c 

c 

o 

rH           CM 

•     QJ 

•H 

4J 

•H 

tO 

QJ      M 

rH      QJ 

01 

&      fX 

c 

to    X 

H    QJ 

c3 

O 

o 


CO 

en 

01 

c 

o  ^ 

>    rH 

QJ      C 

in                                 rH 

£      0 

rH                                 CM 

O 

•                                     • 

^ 

O                        O 

o    to 

c  -a 

OJ   *—  ' 

3 

a- 

QJ 

en 

CO 

01 

1 

00                          ^0 

U 

01 

o 

6 

CM 

4-1 

T) 

tO 

0) 

a 

§ 

VO 

W 

T? 

Q) 

S                                      rH 

00 

6 

c 

^ 

0 

)H 

tO 

•o 

0 

QJ 

to 

4J    s^ 

XI    QJ 

00   4J 

•H     (0 

ro 

rH    -H 

0 

S 

&  i 

tM                                 rH 

•H 

C     0) 

0                        0 

4-1 

cr  -H 

0 

01 

fa  + 

in 

•H 

01 

4-1 

01 

tO 

CU 

•o 

0 

E 

vO                      ro 

01 

CO 
0) 

c 

CO 

M 

1H 

u 

0 

-a 

in                                     rH 

r^ 

•H 

00 

c 

CO 

Q) 

Q. 

c 

•H 

4-1 

0 

S 

S 

4-1 

(S 

to 

H 

o 

•rl 

p. 

0 

O* 

c 

0) 

X 

Ul 
0 

o             -o  -a 

X                              0) 

£ 

•o  -a            -a   c 

QJ                      OJ      O 

T3     C                    C     ^> 

<V     O                    O     > 

CM 

C          r-l                                        r-J          (U 

QJ 

M     OJ                    0)     O 

1 
H 

<U    U                    O    _^> 

6                £ 

A  NEW  SPECIES  OF  ACMAEODERA 
(COLEOPTERArBURPRESTIDAE) ' 

Josef  N.  Knull2 

Acmaeodera  lucerneae  NEW  SPECIES 

Female:  Small,  resembling  A.  santarosae  KnuU  (1960);  head,  prothorax,  a  transverse 
stripe  across  base  of  elytra  and  ventral  surface  dark  brown,  nearly  black;  legs  dark  brown, 
an  irregular  reddish  yellow  stripe  on  each  elytron,  bounded  by  dark  brown  along  suture 
and  at  sides. 

Head  convex;  punctures  very  coarse  under  high  power,  and  separated  by  fine  lines 
giving  appearance  of  a  reticulate  area,  a  recumbent  white  hair  arising  from  each  puncture; 
antennae  short,  not  reaching  middle  of  pronotum,  serrate  from  the  fifth  segment,  outer 
segments  transverse. 

Pronotum  wider  than  long,  widest  behind  middle,  base  wider  than  apex;  sides  broadly 
rounded  from  apex  to  base;  anterior  margin  sinuate,  forming  a  broadly  rounded  lobe  at 
middle;  base  truncate;  disk  convex,  a  lateral  depression  each  side  at  base  extending  from 
a  deeper  depression,  also  a  broader  but  shallower  depression  at  base;  surface  punctures 
larger  than  on  head,  a  transverse  corrugated  line  at  base,  a  recumbent  white  hair  arising 
from  each  puncture. 

Elytra  at  base  narrower  than  widest  part  of  pronotum,  convex;  side  margin  con- 
stricted back  of  prominent  umbone,  widened  behind  middle,  then  broadly  rounded  to 
rounded  apices,  finely  serrate  from  back  of  middle;  surface  striate  with  closely  placed 
punctures,  separated  by  less  than  their  own  diameters  and  smaller  than  punctures  of 
pronotum,  interspaces  narrower  than  punctures,  recumbent  white  hairs  arising  from 
minute  punctures  on  interspaces. 

Beneath,  prosternal  margin  truncate,  slightly  retracted  at  side  margin;  surface  coarse- 
ly punctured,  punctures  smaller  in  middle  of  abdomen,  a  recumbent  white  hair  arising 
from  each  puncture,  last  sternite  rounded,  unmodified. 

Tarsal  claws  simple,  not  toothed  at  base. 
Length  4.6  mm.;  width  1.6  mm. 

Described  from  four  specimens  from  Lucerne  Valley,  San  Bernardino  Co.,  Califor- 
nia, collected  by  D.  J.  and  J.  N.  Knull,  June  5,  1948.  Female  type  and  paratypes  in 
collection  of  author. 

This  species  belongs  in  the  truncatae  group  with  the  gemina  Horn  (1872)  complex. 
It  is  close  to  Acmaeodera  santarosae  and  can  be  separated  from  it  by  the  reddish  yel- 
low color  and  dark  transverse  band  at  base  of  elytra.  It  lacks  the  yellow  spot  at  side  of 
thorax  as  in  gemina. 

It  resembles  Acmaeoderoides  humeralis  (Cazier)  (1938)  in  color  and  pattern  and 
collected  with  it.  The  presence  of  a  visible  scutellum  on  humeralis  will  separate  the  two. 


'Accepted  for  publication:    April  9,  1973. 

Department  of  Entomology,  The  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio  43210 

Ent.  News,  84:299-300  299 


300 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  November  1973 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Cazier,  Mont  A.  1938.  New  Acmaeodera  and  Chrysobothris  from  the  Southwest.  Bull. 

Southern  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  37:12-17. 
Horn,  George  H.  1872.  Revision  of  the  species  of  Acmaeodera  of  the  United  States. 

Trans.  Amer.  Ent.  Soc.  7:1-27. 
Knull,  Josef  N.     1960.  A  New  California  Acmaeodera.    Ohio  Jour.  Sci.  60(6):322. 

Abstract.— A  new  species  of  Acmaeodera  from  southern  California  is  described. 
Descriptors:    Coleoptera:Buprestidae  Acmaeodera  lucerneae  n.  sp. 


^^^'^^^9°^^^^^'^^^ 

;SftnOQ600<JT519'>O<5«S2ti2,2^00"j»')0"iO'Vi«< 


Figure  1.  Acmaeodera  lucerneae  new  species. 


Letters  to  the  Editor 

Executive  Secretary 

American  Entomological  Society  (AES) 

1900  Race  St. 

Philadelphia,  Pa.  19103 

U.S.A. 

A  very  good  friend  of  our  family  is  extremely  interested  in  entomology  as  a  hobby  and  is 
a  member  of  one  of  the  largest  entomological  associations  here  in  the  Frankfurt  area. 
Since  his  knowledge  of  the  English  language  is  not  sufficient  to  be  able  to  take  up 
correspondence  with  you  we  offered  to  do  this  for  him  in  an  effort  to  seek  your  help. 


Is  it  possible  for  you  or  can  your  association  suggest  an  organization  which  might  be  able 
to  establish  contact  with  a  German  speaking  entomologist  in  America  with  whom  our 
friend  could  privately  correspond  for  the  purpose  of  exchanging  information  on 
entomological  development?  His  main  interests  are  butterflies,  their  breeding, 
development,  and  habitation.  He  would  be  extremely  interested  in  exchanging  those 
types  of  butterflies  now  extinct  on  the  two  continents  thereby  contributing  to  the  work 
he  is  already  performing  with  other  colleagues  here  in  Europe,  namely,  where  the  present 
ecology  permits,  restoring  various  species  of  butterflies  to  their  original  habitat. 

We  would  greatly  appreciate  your  assistance  in  this  matter  and  thank  you  in  advance  for 
your  helpfulness. 

With  best  regards, 
Mrs.  Desiree  Najarian 

645  1  Doernigheim 
Westendstr.  75 
West  Germany 

Any  interested  readers  are  urged  to  contact  Mrs.  Najarian.  -  Ed. 

Another  letter  was  received  from  a  Norwegian  entomologist  who  is  interested  in 
beetles.  He  would  like  to  know  of  any  persons  who  have  for  sale  the  following: 
Carabidae,  Lucanidae,  Cicindelidae,  Calosoma  and  Cetoniinae.  Interested  persons  are 
urged  to  contact  -  MR.  HANS  JORGEN  NIELSEN,  c/o  Lindell,  Fyrspannsgatan  95,  162 
39  Vallingby,  Sweden. 

Ed. 


MEMOIRS  AMERICAN  ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 

No.  20.  Howard  E.  Evans  -A  Revision  of  the  Mexican  and  Central  American  Spider 
Wasps  of  the  Subfamily  Pompilinae  (Hymenoptera:Pompilidae).  433  pages, 
1 1  plates,  80  maps $12.50 

No.  21.  Eric  G.  Mathews-A.  Taxonomic  and  Zoogeographic  Survey  of  the  Scarabaeidae 
of  the  Antilles  (Coleoptera:Scarabaeidae).  134  pages,  144  figures  $  4.00 

No.  22.  Richard  M.  Fox- A  Monograph  of  the  Ithomiidae  (Lepidoptera)  Part  III.  The 
tribe  Mechanitini  Fox.  190  pages,  170  figures,  1  color  plate $  9.00 

No.  23.  Beatrice  R.  Vogel~A  list  of  New  North  American  Spiders  (1940-1966). 
1 86  pages  $  9.00 

No.  24.  Lee  D.  Miller-The  Higher  Classification,  Phylogeny  and  Zoogeography  of  the 
Satyridae  (Lepidoptera).  174pp.  $  7.00 

No.  25.  Michael  G.  Emsley^he  Schizopteridae  (Hemiptera:Heteroptera)  with  the 
description  of  new  species  from  Trinidad.  154  pp $  6.50 

No.  26.  James  R.  Zimmerman- A  taxonomic  Revision  of  the  Aquatic  Settle  Genus 
Laccophilus  (Dytiscidae)  of  North  America,  275  pp $12.00 

No.  27.  Philip  J.  Clausen  and  Edwin  F.  Cook -A.  Revision  of  the  Nearctic  Species 
of  the  Tribe  Parydrini  (Diptera:Ephydridae).  ISOpp $  7.00 

No.  28.    Annette  F.  firaurc-Tischeriidae  of  America  North  of  Mexico  (Micro-lepidop- 
•  tera).   148  pp .  $   7.00 


The  Entomologist's  Market  Place 

Advertisements  of  goods  or  services  for  sale  are  accepted  at  $1.00 
per  line,  payable  in  advance  to  the  editor.  Notices  of  wants  and  ex- 
changes not  exceeding  three  lines  are  free  to  subscribers.  Positions  open, 
and  position  wanted  notices  are  included  here  and  may  be  referred  to  by 
box  numbers.  All  insertions  are  continued  from  month  to  month,  the 
new  ones  are  added  at  the  end  of  the  column,  and,  when  necessary,  the 
older  ones  at  the  top  are  discontinued. 


BUTTERFLIES  OF  THE  AUSTRALIAN  REGION,  by  Bernard  D'Abrera.  352  p., 
over  4,000  full  color  photographs.  Ready  Feb.  1972.  $39.95  postpaid.  A  magnificently 
illustrated  and  comprehensive  work  treating  the  butterflies  of  Australia,  Papua  &  New 
Guinea,  the  Moluccas,  New  Zealand,  and  the  islands  of  the  South  Pacific.  Entomological 
Reprint  Specialists,/'.  O.  Box  77971,  Dockweiler  Station,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90007,  USA. 

THE  MOTHS  OF  AMERICA  NORTH  OF  MEXICO.  Fascicle  21,  Sphingoidea  now  in 
stock,  xii+158  p.,  14  superb  color  plates,  8  black-and-white  photos,  19  figs.,  2  plates  of 
line  drawings.  1971.  $24.00.  Also  available  at  a  reduced  price  to  subscribers  of  all  41 
fascicles,  which  will  treat  and  figure  in  color  all  10,000  species  of  North  American  moths. 
Write  for  complete  details  and  brochure,  with  sample  color  plate.  Entomological  Re- 
print Specialists,  P.  O.  Box  77971,  Dockweiler  Station,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90007,  USA. 

Wanted:  One  copy  of  "Catalogue  of  the  Coleoptera  of  America,  North  of  Mexico," 
by  C.  W.  Leng,  published  at  Mount  Vernon,  1920.  Dr.  Paul  P.  Shubeck,  Biology  Depart- 
ment, Montclair  State  College,  Upper  Montclair,  New  Jersey  07043. 

Wanted  to  buy:  Hebard,  M.  1917.  The  Blattidae  of  North  America.  Mem.  American 
Ent.  Soc.  2.  Dr.  Ivan  Huber,  Biology,  Fairleigh  Dickinson  University,  Madison,  NJ  07940. 

Papers  on  Tipulidae.  More  than  700  papers  and  14,000  pages.  For  sale  to  highest 
bidder.  Address  all  inquiries  to  Alan  Stone,  5308  Wriley  Rd.,  Washington,  DC  20016. 

Wanted:  One  copy  of  "Catalog  of  the  Diptera"  by  Stone,  et  al.  C.  L.  Sperka,  Depart- 
ment of  Entomology,  University  of  Kentucky,  Lexington,  KY  40506. 

For  sale:  Schroder,  C.,  (ed.)  Handbuch  der  Entomologie.  1  col.  pi.,  2514  textfigs. 
3  vols.  Bd.  V2  leather.  G.  Fischer,  Jena.  1925-1929.  Mrs.  Rudolf  G.  Schmieder,  Box  34, 
Elwyn,  PA  19063. 

Top  Prices  Paid  for  Centruroides  sculpturatus  or  any  scorpions  under  4  cm,  either 
large  or  small  quantities  bought.  Mr.  P.  Walmsley,  33  Clarence  Ave.,  Blackpool,  FY5 
2BG,  England. 

Wanted.  North  American  Rhysodidae:  needed  for  distribution  records  for  North 
American  Beetle  Fauna  Project.  Send  loan  specimens  to  Dr.  Ross  T.  Bell,  Univ.  of 
Vermont,  Zoology  Dept.,  Marsh  Life  Science  Bldg.,  Burlington,  Vt.  05401. 

For  sale:  Butterflies  and  Moths  from  Brazil  and  foreign  Countries.  12,300  specimens 
classified  and  set  in  special  caseboards.  For  further  information,  write  to  P.O.  Box  416, 
Rio  de  Janeiro,  GB,  BRASIL. 

PSEPHENIDAE  (including  EUBRIINAE,  EUBRIANACINAE,  and  PSEPHENINAE): 
Revising  the  family  in  the  Western  Hemisphere.  Request  loan  of  any  material  from  the 
New  World.  Dr.  Harley  P.  Brown,  Zoology  Dept.,  Univ.  Oklahoma,  730  Van  Vleet  Oval, 
Norman,  Okla.  73069,  U.S.A. 

For  Sale  or  Trade.  Lloyds  Natural  Nistory.  A  handbook  to  the  order  Lepidoptera  by 
W.  F.  Kirby,  London  1896.  5  vols.,  158  color  plates.  Prof.  H.  E.  Evans,  Veterinary 
College,  Cornell  University,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  14850. 

Top  prices  paid  for  Centruroides  sculpturatus  or  any  scorpions  under  4  cm,  either 
large  or  small  quantities  bought.  Mr.  P.  Walmsley,  33  Clarence  Ave.,  Blackpool,  FY52BG, 
England. 


DECEMBER  1973 


ENTOMOLOGICAL  NEWS 


4 
It 


CONTENTS 

AN  ANNOTATED  LIST  OF  THE  STONEFLIES  (PLECOPTERA) 

OF  COLORADO  -  PART  II 
Bill  P.  Stark,  Briant  R.  Oblad  &  A.  R.  Gaufin,  p.  301 

SERINE  CATABOLISM  IN 
PLODIA  INTERPUNCTELLA  (HUBNER) 

William  J.  Yurkiewicz  &  J.  Harold  Mohler,  p.  307 

INDUCED  MATING  IN  FORMICA  ANTS 
(HYMENOPTERA:  FORMICIDAE) 

A.  Chang  Fu  Hung,  p.  310 

HALICTINE  BEE  PREY  OF  PHILANTHUS  GIBBOSUS 
(HYMENOPTERA:  SPHECIDAE)  IN  KANSAS 
Edward  M.  Barrows  &  Thomas  P.  Snyder,  p.  314 

EGG  RETREAT  OF 

METAPHIDIPPUS  ARIZONENSIS  (PECKHAM) 

(ARANEAE:  SALTICIDAE)  IN  A  HOLLOW  STEM 

Daniel  T.  Jennings,  p.  317 

UNIFORMITY  OF  SUCCESSIVE  POPULATIONS  OF  AN  ALPINE 

GRASSHOPPER  WITH  A  TWO-YEAR  DIAPAUSE 

Gordon  Alexander,  p.  321 

THE  ZOOGRAPHIC  DISTRIBUTION  OF  KNOWN 

SCENOPINIDAE  (DIPTERA) 

Lewis  P.  Kelsey,  p.  329 

ERRATA,  p.  306 
THE  ENTOMOLOGIST'S  LIBRARY,  p.  306 

ANNOUNCEMENT,  p.  316 

Publication  Date:   May  31,   1974 


THE  AMERICAN  ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 


ENTOMOLOGICAL  NEWS 

Edited,  1890-1910,  by  Henry  Skinner  (1861-1926);  1911-1944,  by  Philip  P.  Calvert 
(1871-1961);  1945-1967,  by  R.  G.  Schmieder  (1898-1967);  1968-1972  by  R.  H.  Arnetl, 
Jr. 

Entomological  News  is  published  monthly  except  August  and  September  by  the 
American  Entomological  Society  at  253  Agricultural  Hall,  College  of  Agricultural 
Sciences,  University  of  Delaware,  Newark,  DE.  19711.  Second  class  postage  paid  at 
Newark,  Delaware  19711  and  additional  mailing  offices.  Editorial  Staff :  S.  S.  Roback  & 
R.  W.  Lake  (Editor). 

SUBSCRIPTION  RATES:  Private  subscriptions  for  personal  use  $7.00  per  year  post 
paid;  institutional  subscriptions  for  libraries,  laboratories,  etc.,  domestic  and  foreign 
$12.00  per  year  postpaid.  Communications  and  remittances  for  subscriptions  should  be 
addressed  to  Entomological  News,  1900  Race  Street,  Philadelphia,  PA.  19103,  U.S^A. 

POSTMASTER:  If  undeliverable  please  send  form  3579  to  Mr.  Robert  W.  Lake,  253 
Agricultural  Hall,  University  of  Delaware,  Newark,  DE.  19711. 

MANUSCRIPTS  and  all  communications  concerning  same  should  be  addressed  to: 
Mr.  Robert  W.  Lake,  Department  of  Entomology  and  Applied  Ecology,  University  of 
Delaware,  Newark,  DE  19711.  The  receipt  of  all  papers  will  be  acknowledged  and,  if 
accepted,  they  will  be  published  as  soon  as  possible,  usually  within  six  months.  Articles 
longer  than  eight  pages  may  be  published  in  two  or  more  installments,  unless  the  author 
is  willing  to  pay  the  cost  of  a  sufficient  number  of  additional  pages  in  any  one  issue  to 
enable  such  an  article  to  appear  without  division.  BOOKS  FOR  REVIEW  should  be  sent 
to  the  editor. 

PAGE  CHARGES  are  normally  made  only  for  over-length  articles,  or  for  articles  pub- 
lished ahead  of  their  regular  place  in  the  issues,  and  then  only  as  additional  pages  for  an 
issue.  In  cases  where  authors  have  received  grant  money  for  publication,  or  their  institu- 
tion normally  pays  publication  costs,  they  will  be  billed  at  the  rate  of  $18.75  per  page. 

ILLUSTRATIONS:  Authors  will  be  charged  for  text-figures  and  halftones  at  the 
following  rate:  Each  line  cut  regardless  of  size  $1.50;  each  halftone  regardless  of  size, 
$4.50.  Size  limit  of  illustrations,  when  printed,  4'/2  x  6'/2  inches. 

SEPARATES  printed  without  removal  of  extraneous  matter,  without  covers,  will  be 
supplied  by  the  printer  at  20  cents  per  copy.  Minimum  order  100  copies.  Xerox  copies  of 
articles,  minimum  order  50  copies,  15  cents  per  copy. 

EDITORIAL  POLICY:  Manuscripts  on  insect  life  and  related  terrestrial  anthropods  aie 
appropriate  for  submission  to  ENTOMOLOGICAL  NEWS.  Titles  should  be  carefully 
composed  to  reflect  the  true  contents  of  the  article,  and  be  kept  as  brief  as  possible.  A 
short  informative  abstract  (not  a  descriptive  abstract)  of  about  150  words  should  be 
supplied  on  a  separate  sheet,  complete  with  title  and  ending  with  the  authors  name  and 
address.  In  addition,  the  author  should  supply  a  list  of  descriptors,  or  key  words  at  the 
end  of  the  abstract.  The  author's  complete  mailing  address,  including  zip  code  number, 
should  be  given  as  a  footnote  to  the  article.  All  papers  describing  new  taxa  should 
include  enough  information  to  make  them  useful  to  the  non-specialist.  Generally  this 
requires  a  key  and  a  short  review  or  discussion  of  the  group,  plus  reference  to  existing 
revisions  or  monographs.  Illustrations  are  almost  always  required. 

Short  notes  will  be  promptly  published  in  The  Entomologist's  Record.  Literature  notices, 
short  reviews,  and  books  received  will  be  published  in  The  Entomologist's  Library.  Study 
notices,  want  items,  and  for  sale  notices  are  published  in  The  Entomologist's  Market 
Place.  All  manuscripts  should  follow  the  format  recommended  in  the  CBE  "Style 
Manual". 

SECOND  CLASS  POSTAGE  PAID  AT  NEWARK,  DELAWARE 
&  ADDITIONAL  MAILING  OFFICES 


AN  ANNOTATED  LIST  OF 

THE  STONEFLIES  (PLECOPTERA) 

OF  COLORADO 

PART  II1 

Bill  P.  Stark2,  Briant  R.  Oblad3  &  A.  R.  Gaufin4 

Family  Chloroperlidae 

Genus  Paraperla 

64.  P.  frontalis  (Banks) 

Distribution:  Boulder  Co.,  Boulder.  Clear  Creek  Co.,  Berthoud  Pass.  Gunnison  Co., 
Blue  Creek;  Soap  Creek.  Hinsdale  Co.,Hensen  Creek.  Mineral  Co.,  no  location.  Routt 
Co.,  Yampa  River;  Elk  River;  Fish  Creek;  Spring  Creek;  North  Fork  Elk  River. 

Genus  Alloperla 

Subgenus/l//o/w/a  s.s. 

65.  A.  severa  Hagen 

Distribution:  Grand  Co.,  Gore  Pass  Creek.  Routt  Co.,  Yampa  River;  East  Fork  Elk 
River;  Elk  River;  Fish  Creek;  Sarvice  Creek;  Soda  Creek;  Hot  Springs  Creek;  Lester 
Creek;  Mad  Creek;  Willow  Creek. 

Submenus  Suwallia 

66.  A.  lineosa  Banks 

Distribution:  Gilpin  Co.,  Tolland.  LaPlata  Co.,  LaPlata  River.  Larimer  Co.,  Elkhorn 
Creek.  Park  Co.,  Grant.  Routt  Co.,  Yampa  River;  Fish  Creek  Falls;  Fish  Creek;  Little 
Snake  River;  Spring  Creek;  Walton  Creek;  Coulton  Creek;  Lester  Creek;  Willow  Creek; 
Independence  Creek.  Gunnison  Co.,  Coal  Creek. 

67.  A.  pallidula  (Banks) 

Distribution:  Boulder  Co.,  North  Boulder  Creek;  Rock  Creek;  Fawn  Brook;  Left 
Hand  Creek;  Boulder  Canyon;  South  Boulder  Creek;  Eldora.  Chaffee  Co.,  Arkansas 
River.  Clear  Creek  Co.,  Clear  Creek;  Chicago  Creek;  Fall  River;  Hoop  Creek.  Eagle  Co., 
Eagle  River.  Garfield  Co.,  Roaring  Fork  River.  Gilpin  Co.,  Black  Hawk;  Missouri  Creek. 
Grand  Co.,  Colorado  River;  North  Fork  Colorado  River;  Onahu  Creek;  Muddy  Creek; 
Little  Muddy  Creek;  Big  Rock  Creek;  Blacktail  Creek.  Gunnison  Co.,  Coal  Creek;  Ruby 
Anthracite  Creek;  Myers  Gulch;  Curecanti  Creek;  Lake  Fork  Gunnison  River;  Cebolla 
Creek;  Soap  Creek;  West  Elk  Creek;  East  Elk  Creek;  Steuben  Creek;  Beaver  Creek;  Blue 
Creek;  Tomichi  Creek.  Hindsdale  Co.,  Hensen  Creek;  Cebolla  Creek.  Lake  Co.,  Tributary 
of  Arkansas  River.  Larimer  Co.,  Cache  La  Poudre  River;  Cameron  Pass;  Thompson  River; 
Elkhorn  Creek;  Hidden  Valley  Creek;  Mill  Creek;  Fall  River;  Glacier  Creek.  Montrose 
Co.,  Cimarron  River.  Ouray  Co.,  Cow  Creek.  Park  Co.,  Grant.  Rio  Blanco  Co.,  White 
River.  Routt  Co.,  Yampa  River;  East  Fork  Elk  River;  Elk  River;  Fish  Creek  Falls;  Fish 

'Study  supported  by  Science  Foundation  Grant  P1B2899.  Accepted  for  publication: 

February  15,  1973. 

2Graduate  Student,  University  of  Utah. 
3 Present  Address,  230  Adeline  Avenue,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
4  Professor,  Biology  Department,  University  of  Utah. 

Ent.  News,  84:301-305,  1973  301 


302  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  December  1973 


Creek;  Little  Snake  River;  Oak  Creek;  Soda  Creek;  Spring  Creek;  Trout  Creek;  Walton 
Creek;  Coulton  Creek;  Cow  Creek;  Independence  Creek;  Lester  Creek;  Mad  Creek; 
Willow  Creek;  Toponas  Creek.  Sagnache  Co.,  Lomanche  Creek;  Tomichi  Creek.  Summit 
Co.,  Blue  River;  Snake  River;  Ten-Mile  Creek.  Teller  Co.,  Florissant.  Delta  Co.,  Surface 
Creek.  LaPlata  Co.,  Lime  Creek. 

Subgenus  Sweltsa 

68.  A.  albertensis  Needham  and  Claassen 

Distribution:  Boulder  Co.,  Corona  Pass;  Rock  Creek.  Clear  Creek  Co.,  Chicago 
Creek.  Larimer  Co.,  Cache  La  Poudre  River;  Cameron  Pass. 

69.  A.  borealis  (Banks) 

Distribution:  Boulder  Co.,  Corona  Pass;  Boulder  Creek.  Clear  Creek  Co.,  Blue  Creek. 
Eagle  Co.,  Eagle  River.  Grand  Co.,  Second  Creek;  North  Fork  Colorado  River;  Current 
Creek.  Gunnison  Co.,  Myers  Gulch;  Corral  Creek.  Himdale  Co.,  Hensen  Creek.  Larimer 
Co.,  Cameron  Pass;  Clear  Creek;  Fall  Creek.  Park  Co.,  Grant.  Routt  Co.,  Yampa  River; 
Fish  Creek;  Walton  Creek;  Green  Creek.  Summit  Co.,  Snake  River;  Blue  River;  Indian 
Creek.  Delta  Co.,  Grand  Mesa.  LaPlata  Co.,  Lime  Creek. 

70.  A.  coloradensis  (Banks) 

Distribution:  Boulder  Co.,  Boulder  Creek.  Chaffee  Co.,  Arkansas  River.  Eagle  Co., 
Eagle  River;  East  Lake  Creek.  El  Paso  Co.,  Manitou.  Gilpin  Co.,  Missouri  Creek;  Tolland. 
Grand  Co.,  North  Fork  Colorado  River;  Kinney  Creek;  Fraser  River;  Gore  Pass  Creek; 
Colorado  River.  Gunnison  Co.,  Curecanti  Creek;  Soap  Creek;  Red  Creek;  East  Elk  Creek; 
Steuben  Creek;  Gunnison  River;  Quartz  Creek;  Taylor  River;  East  River;  Slate  River. 
Hinsdale  Co.,  Lake  Fork  Gunnison  River;  Cebolla  Creek.  Lake  Co.,  Arkansas  River. 
LaPlata  Co.,  LaPlata  River.  Larimer  Co.,  Estes  Park;  Crown  Point;  Little  South  Fork 
Poudre  River.  Routt  Co.,  Bear  River;  Yampa  River;  Butcher  Knife  Creek;  Elk  River;  Fish 
Creek  Falls;  Fish  Creek;  Green  Creek;  Harrison  Creek;  Little  Snake  River;  Oak  Creek; 
Sarvice  Creek;  Soda  Creek;  Spring  Creek;  Trout  Creek;  Walton  Creek;  Coulton  Creek; 
Hinman  Creek;  Independence  Creek;  Mad  Creek;  North  Fork  Elk  River;  Willow  Creek; 
Toponas  Creek.  Summit  Co.,  Snake  River;  Indian  Creek;  Blue  River;  Ten-Mile  Creek; 
Loveland  Pass.  Delta  Co.,  Grand  Mesa. 

71.  A.fidelis  Banks 

Distribution:  Grand  Co.,  Phantom  Valley.  Larimer  Co.,  Cameron  Pass. 

72.  A.  lamba  Needham  and  Claassen 

Distribution:  Boulder  Co.,  Left  Hand  Creek;  Boulder  Creek;  Fawn  Brook;  Fox 
Creek;  Ward.  Clear  Creek  Co.,  East  of  Berthoud  Pass;, Clear  Creek;  Hoop  Creek.  Eagle 
Co.,  Eagle  River.  Grand  Co.,  Second  Creek;  Kinney  Creek;  Current  Creek.  Larimer  Co., 
Cache  La  Poudre  River;  Thompson  River;  Mill  Creek;  Glacier  Creek;  Hidden  Valley 
Creek;  Little  South  Fork  Poudre  River.  Routt  Co.,  Yampa  River;  Fish  Creek  Falls; 
Harrison  Creek;  Spring  Creek;  Walton  Creek;  Burgess  Creek;  Coulton  Creek;  Toponas 
Creek.  Summit  Co.,  Blue  River;  Indian  Creek.  Delta  Co.,  Grand  Mesa. 

73.  A.  pilosa  Needham  and  Claassen 

Distribution:  Boulder  Co.,  Boulder.  Grand  Co.,  Second  Creek;  Milner  Pass;  Phantom 
Valley.  Larimer  Co.,  Cameron  Pass.  Clear  Creek  Co.,  East  of  Berthoud  Pass. 

Subgenus  Triznaka 

74.  A.  diver sa  Prison 

Distribution:  Boulder  Co.,  Boulder  Creek.  Clear  Creek  Co.,  East  of  Berthoud  Pass; 
Blue  Creek;  Chicago  Creek.  Grand  Co.,  Current  Creek.  Larimer  Co.,  Clear  Creek;  Herman 
Gulch;  Little  South  Fork  Poudre  River;  Fall  Creek.  Montezuma  Co.,  Chicken  Creek. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  December  1973  303 


Pitkin  Co.,  Independence  Pass.  Routt  Co.,  Spring  Creek.  Summit  Co.,  Ten-Mile  Creek; 
Blue  River.  Gunnison  Co.,  Tomichi  Creek. 

75.  A.  pintado  Ricker 

Distribution:  Boulder  Co.,  Boulder.  Chaffee  Co.,  Arkansas  River.  Eagle  Co.,  Eagle 
River.  El  Paso  Co.,  Green  Mt.  Falls.  Grand  Co.,  Grand  Lake.  Gunnison  Co.,  Red  Creek. 
Huerfano  Co.,  LaVeta  Pass.  Lake  Co.,  Arkansas  River.  LaPlata  Co.,  LaPlata  River.  Routt 
Co.,  Yampa  River;  Little  Morrison  Creek;  Morrison  Creek;  Spring  Creek;  Walton  Creek; 
Beaver  Creek;  Burgess  Creek;  Cow  Creek;  Lester  Creek;  Muddy  Creek;  Willow  Creek; 
Toponas  Creek;  Big  Rock  Creek.  Teller  Co.,  Crystola;  Edloe. 

76.  A.  signata  (Banks) 

Distribution:  Boulder  Co.,  Boulder.  Eagle  Co.,  Eagle  River.  Garfield  Co.,  Roaring 
Fork  River.  Grand  Co.,  Willow  Creek  Pass;  North  Fork  Colorado  River;  Colorado  River; 
Gore  Pass  Creek;  Fraser  River;  Kinney  Creek.  Gunnison  Co.,  Lake  Fork  Gunnison  River; 
Cebolla  Creek;  Curecanti  Creek;  Soap  Creek;  West  Elk  Creek;  Gunnison  River;  Steuben 
Creek;  Beaver  Creek;  Tomichi  Creek;  Taylor  River;  East  River;  Blue  Creek.  Hinsdale  Co., 
Lake  Fork  Gunnison  River;  Cebolla  Creek.  LaPlata  Co.,  LaPlata  River.  Moffat  Co., 
Yampa  River.  Montezuma  Co.,  Chicken  Creek.  Montrose  Co.,  Crystal  Creek;  Cimarron 
River.  Rio  Blanco  Co.,  White  River.  Rio  Grande  Co.,  Rio  Grande  River.  Routt  Co., 
Yampa  River;  Butcher  Knife  Creek;  East  Fork  Elk  River;  Elk  River;  Fish  Creek;  Harrison 
Creek;  Little  Snake  River;  Oak  Creek;  Sarvice  Creek;  Soda  Creek;  Spring  Creek;  Trout 
Creek;  Walton  Creek;  Big  Creek;  Coulton  Creek;  Cow  Creek;  Hinman  Creek;  Hot  Springs 
Creek;  Mad  Creek;  Lester  Creek;  Willow  Creek;  Toponas  Creek.  Saguache  Co.,  Marshall 
Creek.  Summit  Co.,  Snake  River.  Teller  Co.,  Florissant.  Larimer  Co.,  Cache  La  Poudre 
River. 

Family  Perlidae 
Genus  Acroneuria 

77.  A.  internata  Walker 

Distribution:  Listed  from  Colorado  by  Needham  and  Claassen  (1925). 
Subgenus  Attaneuria 

78.  A.  ruralis  Hagen 

Distribution:  Listed  by  Needham  and  Claassen  (1925)  from  Denver. 
Subgenus  Doroneuria 

79.  A.  theodora  Needham  and  Claassen 

Distribution:  Grand  Co.,  Colorado  River.  Mesa  Co.,  Colorado  River.  Moffat  Co., 
Yampa  River. 

Subgenus  Hesperoperla 

80.  A.  pacifica  Banks 

Distribution:  Archuleta  Co.,  Big  Navajo  River.  Boulder  Co.,  Boulder.  Chaffee  Co., 
Chalk  Creek.  Eagle  Co.,  Eagle  River.  Gilpin  Co.,  Tolland.  Gunnison  Co.,  Myers  Gulch; 
Blue  Creek;  Little  Blue  Creek;  Curecanti  Creek;  Lake  Fork  Gunnison  River;  Cebolla 
Creek;  Soap  Creek;  West  Elk  Creek;  Gunnison  River;  Red  Creek;  East  Elk  Creek;  Steuben 
Creek;  Beaver  Creek;  Tomichi  Creek;  Taylor  River;  East  River;  Slate  River;  Quartz 
Creek;.  Hinsdale  Co.,  Lake  Fork  Gunnison  River;  Cebolla  Creek.  LaPlata  Co.,  LaPlata 
River.  Larimer  Co.,  Estes  Park;  Fall  Creek;  Cache  La  Poudre  River.  Mineral  Co.,  Pass 
Creek.  Montezuma  Co.,  Mancos  River.  Montrose  Co.,  Little  Cimarron  Creek;  Cimarron 
Creek.  Routt  Co.,  Elk  River;  Fish  Creek  Falls;  Fish  Creek;  Little  Snake  River;  Hot 
Springs  Creek;  Mad  Creek;  Toponas  Creek.  Saguache  Co.,  Marshall  Creek.  San  Juan  Co., 
Lime  Creek.  Delta  Co.,  Surface  Creek. 


304  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  December  1973 


Genus  Claassenia 

82.  C.  sabulosa  (Banks) 

Distribution:  Archuleta  Co.,  Piedra  River;  San  Juan  River.  Garfield  Co.,  Roaring 
Fork  River.  Grand  Co.,  Colorado  River.  Gunnison  Co.,  Curecanti  Creek;  Blue  Creek; 
Lake  Fork  Gunnison  River;  Cebolla  Creek;  Soap  Creek;  West  Elk  Creek;  Red  Creek; 
Willow  Creek;  Beaver  Creek;  Gunnison  River;  Tomichi  Creek;  East  River;  Slate  River. 
LaPlata  Co.,  Los  Pinos  River.  Larimer  Co.,  Estes  Park,  Cache  La  Poudre  River;  Little 
South  Fork  Poudre  River.  Mesa  Co.,  Colorado  River.  Moffat  Co.,  Yampa  River. 
Montezuma  Co.,  Mancos  River;  Dolores  River.  Montrose  Co.,  Mesa  Creek.  Rio  Blanco 
Co.,  White  River.  Rio  Grande  Co.,  Rio  Grande  River.  Routt  Co.,  Yampa  River;  East  Fork 
Elk  River;  West  Fork  Elk  River;  Elk  River;  Fish  Creek  Falls;  Fish  Creek;  Soda  Creek; 
Trout  Creek;  Big  Creek;  Mad  Creek;  Saguache  Co.,  Cochetopa  Creek;  Marshall  Creek. 
Delta  Co.,  Surface  Creek.  Eagle  Co.,  Eagle  River. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

The  authors  are  grateful  to  Mary  Case,  University  of  Utah;  Dr.  S.  G.  Jewett,  West 
Linn,  Oregon;  Jim  Perry,  Western  State  College;  Dave  Potter,  Univ.  of  Montana  Biol. 
Sta.;  Dr.  W.  E.  Ricker,  Fisheries  Research  Board  of  Canada  Biol.  Sta.;  Jack  Stanford, 
Univ.  of  Montana  Biol.  Sta.;  Dr.  K.  W.  Stewart,  North  Texas  State  Univ.;  and  the  United 
States  National  Museum,  Washington,  D.C.,  for  providing  collection  records  used  in  this 
study. 

Special  thanks  are  given  to  Dr.  R.  W.  Baumann  of  the  United  States  National  Museum 
for  many  helpful  comments  and  suggestions  which  aided  in  the  preparation  of  this 
manuscript. 

REFERENCES 

Banks,  N.  1895.  New  neuropteroid  insects.  Trans.  Amer.  Entomol  Soc.  22(3): 3 13-3  14. 
Banks,  N.  1897.  New  North  American  neuropteroid  insects.  Trans.  Amer.  Entomol.  Soc. 

24(1):21-31. 
Banks,  N.  1898.  Descriptions  of  new  North  American  neuropteroid  insects.  Trans.  Amer. 

Entomol.  Soc.  24(3):  199-218. 

Banks,  N.    1920.   New  neuropteroid  insects.   Bull.   Mus.  Comp.   Zool.   64(3):  299-362. 

Baumann,  R,  W.  1970.  The  GemisNemoura  (Plecoptera)  of  the  Rocky  Mountains.  Ph.D. 

Thesis,  Univ.  Utah,  192  p.  Univ.  Microfilms.  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.  (Diss.  Abstr. 

31:3068-6). 
Baumann,  R.  W.  and  A.  R.  Gaufin.  1 970.  The  Capnia  projecta  complex  of  western  North 

America  (Plecoptera:   Capniidae).  Trans.  Amer.   Entomol.  Soc.  96:435-468. 

Baumann,  R.  W.  and  A.  R.  Gaufin.  1972.  TheAmphinemura  venusta  complex  of  western 

North  America  (Plecoptera:  Nemouridae).  Los  Angeles  Co.Natur. Hist.  Mus. 

Cont.  Sci.  226:1-16. 
Claassen,  P.  W.   1931.  Plecoptera  nymphs  of  American  north  of  Mexico.  Thomas  Say 

Found.  3:1-199. 
Dodds,  G.  S.and  F.  L.  Hisaw.  1925.  Ecological  studies  on  aquatic  insects.  IV.  Altitudinal 

range  and  zonation  of  mayflies,  stoneflies,  and  caddis  flies  in  the  Colorado 

Rockies.  Ecology  6(4): 380-390. 
Essig,  E.  O.  1936.  Plecoptera,  in  Insects  of  western  North  America.  MacMillan  and  Co., 

New  York,  p.  166-169. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  December  1973  305 


Prison,  T,  H.  1942a.  Descriptions,  records,  and  systematic  notes  concerning  western 
North  America  stoneflies  (Plecoptera).  Pan-Pac.  Entomol.  18(1):  1-13;  18(2): 
72-73. 

Prison,  T.  H.  1942b.  Studies  of  North  American  Plecoptera,  with  special  reference  to  the 
fauna  of  Illinois.  Bull.  III.  Natur.  Hist.  Surv.  22(2):25  1-337. 

Prison,  T.  H.  1944.  Three  new  species  of  Capnia  from  Colorado  (Plecoptera:Capniidae). 
Trans.  Amer.  Entomol.  Soc.  69: 15  1-157. 

Gaufin,  A.  R.  and  L.  Jensen.  1961.  Stoneflies  (Plecoptera)  from  San  Juan  River  in  the 

Navajo   Reservoir  basin,  Colorado  and  New  Mexico.   Ant.   Pap.  Univ.  Utah 

55(5):  113-1 17. 
Hagen,  H.  A.  1874.  Family  Perlina,  In  Report  on  the  Pseudo-neuroptera  and  Neuroptera 

collected  by  Lieut.  W.  L.  Carpenter  in  1873  in  Colorado.  U.  S.  Geol.  Geogr. 

Surv.  Terr.  Ann.  Rept. 

Hansen,  J.  F.  1943.  Descriptions  of  new  North  American  Plecoptera,  II.  Proc.  Entomol. 
Soc.  Wash.  45:85-88. 

lilies,  J.  1966.  Katalog  der  rezenten  Plecoptera.  DasTierreich,  82.  Walter  de  Gruyter  and 
Co.,  Berlin.  632  p. 

Knight,  A.  W.  1965.  Studies  on  the  stoneflies  (Plecoptera)  of  the  Gunnison  River  drain- 
age in  Colorado.  Unpub.  Ph.D.  Thesis  Univ.  Utah.  142  p. 

Knight,  A.  W.  and  A.  R.  Gaufin.  1966.  A Ititudinal  distribution  of  stoneflies  (Plecoptera) 
in  a  Rocky  Mountain  drainage  system.  Jour.  Kans.  Entomol.  Soc.      39(4):  688- 
675. 

Knight,  A.  W.  and  A.  R.  Gaufin.  1967.  Stream  type  selection  and  associations  of  stone- 
flies  (Plecoptera)  in  a  Colorado  River  drainage  system.  Jour.  Kans.  Entomo- 
logical Soc.  40:347-352. 

Nebeker,  A.  V.  and  A.  R.  Gaufirt  1965.  The  Capnia  columbiana  complex  of  North 
America  (Capniidae:  Plecoptera).  Trans.  Amer.  Entomol.  Soc.  91:467-487. 

Nebeker,  A.  V.  and  A.  R.  Gaufin.  1967.  New  Capnia  from  the  Rocky  Mountains  (Plecop- 
tera: Capniidae).  Trans.  Amer.  Entomol.  Soc.  91:235-247. 

Nebeker,  A.  V.  and  A.  R.  Gaufin.  1967.  Geographic  and  seasonal  distribution  of  the  fam- 
ily Capniidae  of  western  North  America  (Plecoptera).  Jour.  Kans.  Entomol. 
Soc.  40(3):415-421. 

Needham,  J.  G.  and  P.  W.  Claassen.  1925.  The  Plecoptera  or  stoneflies  of  America  north 
of  Mexico.  Thomas  Say  Found.  2: 1-397. 

Nelson,  C.  H.  and  J.  F.  Hanson.  1971.  Contribution  to  the  anatomy  and  phylogeny  of  the 
family  Pteronarcidae  (Plecoptera).  Trans.  Amer.  Entomol.  Soc.  97: 123-200. 

Oblad,  B.  R.  1969.  A  study  of  the  stoneflies  (Plecoptera)  of  the  Yampa  River  drainage 
system,  Moffat  and  Routt  Co.,  Colorado.  Unpub.  M.  A.  Thesis  Univ.  Mont. 
146  p. 

Ricker,  W.  E.  1952.  Systematic  studies  in  Plecoptera.  Ind.  Univ.  Pub.  Sci.  Ser.  18: 1-200. 

Ricker,  W.  E.  1959.  The  species  of  Isocapnia  Banks  (Insecta,  Plecoptera,  Nemouridae). 
Canad.  Jour.  Zool.  37:639-653. 

Ricker,  W.  E.  1965.  New  records  and  descriptions  of  Plecoptera  (Class  Insecta).  Jour. 
Fish.  Res.  Bd.  Canada  22(2):475-501. 

ABSTRACT:-Distribution  records  are  provided  for  eighty-one  species  of  Plecoptera 
known  to  occur  in  Colorado.  Fourteen  are  previously  unpublished  species  records  for  the 
state. 


306 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  December  1973 


ERRATA 

Vol.  84  (9)  November  1973  -  "Notes  on  the  Nests  of  Montezumia  (Hymenoptera, 
Eumenidae)"  by  Howard  E.  Evans. 

p.  286  —  line  9  (center  heading).  Montezumia  cortesia  Saussure  (footnote  3  does  not 
apply)  (in  fact,  Dr.  A.  Willink  has  recently  determined  that  this  is  a  species  related  to 
cortesia,  which  he  is  currently  describing  as  new). 

p.  287  -  line  14  (center  heading).  Footnote  3  properly  applies  to  this  heading 
(Montezumia  dimidiata  Saussure). 

pp.  288,  289.  Legends  for  figures  have  been  omitted.  They  are  as  follows: 

Fig.  1.  Diagrammatic  sketch  of  the  nest  of  Montezumia  cortesia,  Anchicaya, 
Colombia.  Only  two  cells  near  the  center  have  turrets;  seven  cells  have  closures  (heavily 
shaded);  the  remainder  are  open.  C=  cocoon;  E=  egg;  S=  small  larva;  P=  parasite  pupa;  L= 
large  larvae. 

Fig.  2.  Nest  of  M.  dimidiata,  Restrepo,  Colombia.  The  area  at  the  left,  beyond  the 
crack,  is  part  of  the  root  or  branch  to  which  the  nest  is  attached.  Fig.  3.  Egg  of  M. 
cortesia  suspended  from  roof  of  cell  by  a  filament  (outer  part  of  cell  has  been  cut  away) 
(this  figure  has  been  accidentally  inverted).  Fig.  4.  Adult  M.  cortesia  resting  on  nest. 


The  Entomologist's  Library 

In  this  section  is  published  each  month  titles  of  books,  monographs, 
and  articles  received  and  of  special  interest  to  entomologists.  The  con- 
tents of  each  is  noted  by  the  editor  or  invited  reviewers.  Brief  analytical 
reviews  may  be  submitted  for  possible  publication  even  if  the  work  has 
l)t'i-n  previously  noted  here. — Ed. 


Brown,  K.  W.  1973.  Description  of  immature  stages  of  Plulolithus  densicolis  and 
Stenomorpha  puncticollis  with  notes  on  their  biology  (Coleoptera,  Tenebrionidae, 
Tentyriinae).  Postilla,  Peabody  Museum  Yale  University  No.  162,  30  August  1973. 
Available  from  Publications  Office,  Peabody  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  Haven, 
Conn.  065 20  for  $1.50. 

Snetsinger,  Robert.  1973.  Frederick  Valentine  Melsheimer,  Parent  of  American 
Entomology.  A  republication  of  America's  first  book  on  entomology  with  a  biographical 
sketch  on  its  author  who  was  a  noted  Lutheran  clergyman  and  a  German-American 
scholar  of  the  period  following  the  American  Revolutionary  War.  Entomological  Society 
of  Pennsylvania.  86  pp.  paper. 

This  interesting  book  may  be  ordered  from  The  Entomological  Society  of 
Pennsylvania,  106  Patterson  Building,  University  Park,  PA  16802.  Cost  $3.75  plus 
$.25  for  mailing. 


SERINE  CATABOLISM  IN 

PLODIA  INTERPUNCTELLA  (HUBNER)1 

William  J.  Yurkiewicz  and  J.  Harold  Mohler2 

INTRODUCTION 

Adult  male  Lepidoptera  generally  have  a  higher  lipid  content 
than  do  adult  females.  Although  the  metabolic  basis  for  this 
phenomenon  has  been  studied  (Gilbert,  1967;  Mohler  and 
Yurkiewicz,  1970a,  1970b),  it  remains  unclear.  Experiments  on 
castration  and  implantation  of  gonads  (Gilbert  and  Schneiderman, 
1961)  indicate  that  egg  production  only  partially  explains  the 
sexual  dimorphism  in  lipid  content.  It  has  been  suggested  fGilbert, 
1967;  Domroese  and  Gilbert,  1964)  that  male  Lepidoptera  may 
convert  non-lipid  substrates,  such  as  carbohydrates  or  amino  acids, 
into  lipid  or  the  male  may  metabolize  non-lipid  substrates  at  a 
higher  rate,  thus  conserving  lipid.  Our  earlier  experiments, 
however,  revealed  no  differences  between  the  sexes  of  the  Indian 
meal  moth,  Plodia  interpunctella  (Hiibner),  in  conversion  of 
glucose  into  lipid  (Mohler  and  Yurkiewicz,  1970a)  or  in  the 
catabolism  of  glucose  into  carbon  dioxide  (Mohler  and 
Yurkiewicz,  1970b).  This  report  is  a  study  of  the  effects  of  sex  on 
the  metabolism  of  the  amino  acid  serine  during  the  pupal  period 
of  P.  interpunctella. 

MATERIALS  AND  METHODS 

Methods  of  insect  rearing,  injection,  lipid  analysis,  and  carbon 
dioxide  collection  were  as  described  earlier  (Mohler  and 
Yurkiewicz,  1970b).  Each  injection  of  0.5  ul  in  volume  contained 
enough  L-serine-14C  (Uniformly  labeled,  135mc/mM)  to  produce 
30,500  disintegrations  per  minute.  Radio-activity  was  counted  by 
standard  liquid  scintillation  methods  (Yurkiewicz,  1969). 


Accepted  for  publication:  March  30,  1973. 

2 

Department  of  Biology,  Millersville  State  College,  Millersville,  Pa.  1755  1. 


Ent.  News,  84:30 7-309,  1973  307 


308  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  December  1973 


RESULTS  AND  DISCUSSION 

The  incorporation  of  label  from  serine  into  lipids  of  P. 
interpunctella  is  shown  in  Table  1 .  The  data  indicate  a  similar  rate 
of  utilization  of  amino  acid  for  lipid  synthesis  in  both  sexes,  thus 
eliminating  the  possibility  that  amino  acids  are  used  to  build  up 
lipid  stores  in  the  male.  Table  2  shows  that  the  catabolism  of 
serine  into  carbon  dioxide  is  also  nearly  the  same  in  both  sexes. 
Therefore,  it  appears  that  amino  acids  are  not  used  by  the  male  in 
order  to  conserve  lipid. 

Table  1.  Radioactivity  recovered  in  lipid  fractions  of  adult  Plodia 
interpunctella  injected  with  30,500  disintegrations  per  minute  of 
L-serine14C  at  last  larval  instar. 

Male  (N=  9)  Female  (N=  15) 

57 11    +      1902  644  +   181 

Lipid  fraction  Per  cent  in  fractions 

Phospholipid  36.8  37.3 

Diglyceride  4.7  5.4 

Free  Fatty  Acid  0.9  0.6 

Triglyceride  54.2  53.6 

Sterol  Ester  2.1  1.2 

Hydrocarbon  1 .4  1.9 

Total  disintegrations  per  minute  recovered. 

o 

Standard  deviation. 

Table  2.  Radioactivity  in  carbon  dioxide  recovered  during  pupal 
period  from  Plodia  interpunctella  injected  at  last  larval  instar  with 
30,500  disintegrations  per  minute  of  L-serine-  14C. 

Male(N=  24)  Female  (N=  19) 

8451   +  3202  825  +  280 


'Disintegration  per  hour  collection. 
2Standard  deviation. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  December  1973  309 


However,  the  fact  remains  that  last  instar  larval  male  and  female 
P.  interpunctella  have  similar  contents,  whereas  as  adults  eight 
days  later  the  male  has  twice  as  much  lipid  (Yurkiewicz,  1969). 
The  results  of  this  paper  combined  with  our  earlier  studies  on 
glucose  metabolism  suggest  that  non-lipid  components  are  not 
utilized  to  synthesize  the  extra  lipid  in  the  male  nor  are  they 
catabolized  in  place  of  lipid.  The  data  would  seem  to  support  a 
theory  by  Gilbert  and  Schneiderman  (1961)  that  some  male 
Lepidoptera  are  genetically  more  efficient  in  lipid  utilization  than 
females.  But  we  feel  it  is  possible  that  the  female  may  have  an,  as 
of  yet,  undetected  expenditure  of  energy  during  the  pupal  period. 
We  are  examining  the  rate  of  lipid  catabolism  and  the  energy 
consumed  by  both  sexes  in  pupal  case  and  cocoon  formation  in 
order  to  check  this  possibility. 

REFERENCES 

Domroese,  K.  A.  and  L.  I.  Gilbert.  1964.  The  role  of  lipid  in  adult  development  and 
flight-muscle  metabolism  in  Hyalophora  cecropia.  J.  Exper.  Biol.,  41:573-590. 

Gilbert,  L.  I.  1967.  Lipid  metabolism  and  function  in  insects.  In  Advances  in  Insect 
Physiology,  (J.W.L.  Beament,  et  al,  eds.)  Vol.  4,  pp.  69-211,  Academic  Press, 
New  York. 

Gilbert,  L.  I.  and  H.  A.  Schneiderman.  1961.  The  content  of  juvenile  hormone  and  lipid 
in  Lepidoptera:  Sexual  differences  and  environmental  changes.  Gen.  Comp. 
Endocrin.,  1:453-472. 

Mohler,  J.  H.  and  W.  J.  Yurkiewicz.  1970a.  Incorporation  of  glucose-U-C14  into  lipids  of 
male  and  female  Plodia  interpunctella  (Hb.)  J.  Stored  Prod.  Res.,  6:89-92. 

Mohler,  J.  H.  and  W.  J.  Yurkiewicz.  1970b.  Glucose-U-C14  catabolism  in  Plodia 
interpunctella  (Hubner).  Ent.  News,  81:121-124. 

Yurkiewicz,  W.  J.1969.  Sexual  dimorphism  in  neutral  lipid  metabolism  in  the  Indian 
meal  moth  Plodia  interpunctella  (Hubner).  Ohio  J.  Sci.,  69:70-73. 


ABSTRACT: -The  incorporation  of  carbon  label  from  serine  into  lipids  of  Plodia 
interpunctella  is  similar  in  both  sexes.  The  catabolism  of  serine  to  carbon  dioxide  is  also 
nearly  the  same.  It  appears  that  amino  acids  are  not  used  by  the  male  in  order  to 
conserve  lipid.  The  results  of  this  paper  combined  with  earlier  studies  on  glucose 
metabolism  suggest  that  non-lipid  components  are  not  utilized  to  synthesize  the  extra 
lipid  in  the  male  nor  are  they  catabolized  in  place  of  lipid.  The  data  would  seem  to 
support  a  theory  that  some  male  Lepidoptera  are  genetically  more  efficient  in  lipid 
utilization  than  females. -William  J.  Yurkiewicz  and  J.  Harold  Mohler,  Department  of 
Biology,  Millersville  State  College,  Millersville,  Pennsylvania  17551. 

Descriptors:  Serine-1 4C  catabolism,  Indian  meal  moth,  Plodia  interpunctella.  lipid, 
Lepidoptera. 


INDUCED  MATING  IN  FORMICA  ANTS 
(HYMENOPTERArFORMICIDAE)1 

A.  Chang-Fu  Hung2 

While  studying  colony-founding  in  ants  of  the  Formica  rufa 
group,  I  encountered  the  problem  of  obtaining  mated  females  so 
that  I  could  isolate  them  in  artificial  nests  to  see  if  they  can  found 
their  colonies  without  any  workers.  Although  Gosswald  and 
Schmidt  (1960)  were  able  to  observe  successful  copulations  of 
several  European  Formica  species  in  their  30  x  25  x  22-cm  glass 
container,  I  failed  to  collect  any  inseminated  females  of  Formica 
obscuripes  from  either  a  21  x  26  x  37-cm  battery  jar  or  a  30  x  44 
x  120-cm  wooden  cage. 

In  the  summer  of  1968,  after  failing  to  induce  mating  of 
Formica  pergandei  in  captivity,  I  collected  male  alates  of  this 
species  from  the  tops  of  nests  located  at  the  University  of  North 
Dakota  Oakville  Praire  Biological  Station  (12  miles  W.  of  Grand 
Forks)  and  brought  them  into  the  laboratory.  Each  of  these  male 
alates  was  tied  with  a  thread  of  hair  between  its  petiole  and  gaster. 
They  were  brought  back  to  the  field  the  next  morning  during  their 
normal  flight  time.  A  twig  was  used  to  receive  a  female  alate  which 
was  climbing  on  grass.  Special  care  was  exercised  to  avoid 
disturbing  her.  After  the  female  had  climbed  onto  the  twig,  the 
tethered  male  was  placed  on  the  same  twig  (Fig.  1 ).  The  male  was 
soon  attracted  to  the  female  and  mating  took  place  within  one 
minute  (Fig.  2).  After  the  male  and  female  separated,  the 
inseminated  female  was  then  collected  by  shaking  the  ant  into  a 
plastic  bag,  and  finally  transferred  to  a  plastic  vial  for  later  use  in 
the  laboratory.  This  method  has  proved  to  be  100%  successful  for 
F.  pergandei.  However,  when  I  tried  the  same  technique  with  F. 
obscuripes  in  the  summer  of  1972,  none  of  the  males  responded  to 
the  females  walking  on  the  twig. 


1  Accepted  for  publication:  March  2,  1973. 

2  Department  of  Biology,  University  of  North  Dakota,  Grand  Forks,  ND  58201.  Present 
Address:   Department  of  Entomology,  Texas  A&M   University,  College  Station  TX 

77843. 


Ent.  News,  84:31 0-31 3,1973  310 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  December  1973  311 


Although  intranidal  mating  has  been  reported  in  Formica  rufa, 
ants  of  the  genus  Formica  are  generally  ground-mating  species 
(Kannowski,  1963).  This  type  of  mating  may  take  place  either 
prior  to  or  after  a  flight.  True  flights  have  been  observed  in  F. 
obscuripes  in  North  Dakota  (Kannowski,  unpublished  data),  but 
no  mating  has  yet  been  reported  in  North  Dakota  populations. 
According  to  Talbot  (1959,  1972),  alates  of  obscuripes  in 
southern  Michigan  fly  to  a  swarming  ground  where  mating  occurs. 
This  seems  to  indicate  that  a  flight  is  necessary  before  mating  can 
take  place.  Indeed,  in  some  Formica  species  the  stimulus  of  flight 
is  required  to  release  or  activate  sex  attraction  (Kannowski  and 
Johnson,  1969). 

Based  on  this  assumption  alates  of  obscuripes  were  again 
collected  from  a  nest  top  during  their  normal  flight  period  and 
brought  into  the  laboratory  in  the  same  morning.  Each  female 
alate  was  tied  with  a  thread  of  hair  between  her  petiole  and  gaster 
and  then  subjected  to  an  air  flow  of  4  mph  created  by  an  electric 
fan  for  an  hour.  During  this  time  she  attempted  to  fly  against  the 
air  current.  At  the  end  of  the  hour  she  was  released  into  a  plastic 
container  to  which  a  male  alate  was  also  introduced.  No  mating 
activity  took  place.  Several  days  later  I  went  back  for  additional 
alates,  but  it  was  so  windy  (12  mph)  that  the  alates  were  not 
flying.  Instead,  they  remained  on  the  surface  of  the  mounds 
moving  among  the  workers.  I  picked  up  several  females  from  one 
nest  and  several  males  from  the  other  and  kept  them  separated  in 
two  plastic  vials.  Later  that  morning  when  I  put  one  of  the  males 
and  one  of  the  females  in  a  one-gallon  jar  with  several  twigs  in  it 
and  covered  the  jar  with  a  lid,  I  witnessed  the  mating  of  F. 
obscuripes  for  the  first  time.  This  pair  was  then  transferred  to  a 
plastic  vial  when  mating  was  completed.  I  repeated  this 
experiment  with  several  other  pairs  in  the  same  jar  and  mating 
took  place  in  each  instance  within  two  minutes.  Fourteen  pairs 
were  established  and  10  matings  were  observed  to  take  place. 
Smaller  sized  containers  (4  and  8  oz.  jars)  were  also  used  and 
successful  matings  were  observed.  The  experiment  was  terminated 
at  noon.  After  returning  to  the  laboratory  with  these  10  mated 
females  and  several  unmated  alates  of  both  sexes,  I  repeated  the 
experiment.  Three  more  matings  were  observed  between  2-3  p.m., 
all  in  8  oz.  jar  (Fig.  3).  However,  the  other  6  pairs  failed  to 
respond  to  each  other.  The  next  morning  the  wind  was  at  4  mph 


312 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  December  1973 


and  alates  were  out  on  grasses  on  all  nests.  I  collected  alates  from 
two  different  nests  and  put  each  pair  in  a  plastic  vial  (2.5  cm  in 
diameter  and  11  cm  in  length).  But  only  3  pairs  mated  (Fig.  4).  All 
the  rest  had  no  response  even  in  the  same  gallon-jar.  I  tried  it  again 
the  following  morning,  a  calm  day,  and  I  was  completely 
unsuccessful.  Thereafter  the  weather  condition  was  favorable  for 
the  flight,  and  I  could  no  longer  induce  the  mating. 

There  is  now  evidence  that  during  mating  the  male  is  attracted 
to  a  pheromone  released  by  the  female  (Kannowski  and  Johnson, 
1969).  The  induced  mating  of  F.  pergandei  reported  here  further 
supports  this,  since  even  when  the  male  is  tethered  he  is  still 


Fig.  1.  A  tethered  male  of  Formica  pergandei  landing  on  a  twig. 

Fig.  2.  Mating  off.  pergandei  on  a  twig  with  the  male  still  tethered. 

Fig.  3.  Mating  of  Formica  obscuripes  in  an  8  oz.  jar. 

Fig.  4.  Mating  of  F.  obscuripes  in  a  plastic  vial. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  December  1973  313 


attracted  to  the  female  as  long  as  she  is  not  disturbed.  In 
Xenomyrmex  floridanus  the  female  sex  pheromone  is  produced  in 
the  poison  gland  (Holldobler,  1971).  The  same  gland  in  Formica 
might  also  be  the  source  of  sex  pheromone  and  the  chemical 
compound  produced  might  serve  either  as  an  alarm  substance  or 
sex  pheromone  depending  on  its  concentration.  Females  of  F. 
obscuripes  probably  remain  reproductively  unattractive  until  they 
fly  to  the  swarming  ground.  A  similar  case  has  already  been 
reported  in  Formica  ulkei  (Kannowski  and  Johnson,  1969). 
However,  if  the  F.  obscuripes  alates  are  prevented  from  flying  as  in 
the  case  of  strong  winds,  mating  can  be  induced  when  both  sexes 
are  placed  in  a  closed  container  which  probably  simulates  certain 
conditions  of  their  swarming  ground. 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT 

This  study  was  carried  under  the  direction  of  Dr.  Paul  P.  Kannowski,  University  of 
North  Dakora.  Field  work  in  1968  was  supported  by  National  Science  Foundation  grant 
(GB-6514)  to  Dr.  Kannowski.  I  thank  Dr.  William  F.  Buren,  University  of  Florida,  for 
confirming  the  identification  of  Formica  pergandei. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Gosswald,  K.  and  G.  H.  Schmidt.  1960.  Untersuchungen  zum  fluegelabwurf  und 
begattungsverhalten  einiger  For  mica -mten  (Ins.  Hym.)  im  hinblick  auf  ihre 
systematische  differenzieiung,  Insectes  Sociaux  7:298:321. 

Holldobler,  B.  1971.  Sex  pheromone  in  the  ant  Xenomyrmex  floridanus.  L  Insect. 
Physiol.  17:1497-1499. 

Kannowski,  P.  B.  1963.  The  flight  activities  of  formicine  ants.  Symp.  Genet,  et  Biol.  Ital. 

12:74-102. 

Kannowski,  P.  B.  and  R.  L.  Johnson,  1969.  Male  patrolling  behavior  and  sex  attraction 
in  ants  of  the  genus  Formica.  Anim.  Behav.  17:425-429. 

Talbot,  M.  1959.  Flight  activities  of  two  species  of  ants  of  the  genus  Formica.  Amer. 
Midi.  Nat.  61:124-132. 

Talbot,  M.  1972.  Flights  and  swarms  of  the  ant  Formica  obscuripes  Forel.  J.  Kansas 
Entomol.  Soc.  45:254-258. 

ABSTRACT:-Induced  mating  in  Formica  ants  (Hymenoptera:Formicidae).-  Mating  of 
Formica  pergandei  can  be  induced  by  tying  the  male  with  a  thread  of  hair  and  placing  it 
to  an  undisturbed  female  in  the  field  during  their  flight  period.  Formica  obscuripes  will 
mate  in  a  closed  container  when  they  are  prevented  from  flight  due  to  strong  wind.)A. 
Chung-Fu  Hung,  Department  of  Biology,  University  of  North  Dakota,  Grand  Forks,  ND 
58201. 

Descriptors:  Ants;  Formica  pergandie;  Formica  obscuripes;  induced  mating. 


HALICTINE  BEE  PREY 

OF  PHILANTHUS  GIBBOSUS 
(HYMENOPTERA:SPHECIDAE)  IN  KANSAS1 

Edward  M.  Barrows  and  Thomas  P.  Snyder2 


Philanthus  gibbosus  is  a  small  digger  wasp  which,  like  its 
congeners,  provisions  its  brood  cells  with  other  Hymenoptera 
(Evans  and  Lin,  1959).  It  has  the  widest  distribution  of  any  North 
American  Philanthus.  This  paper  reports  the  contents  of  fifteen 
cells  of  this  species  found  in  nest  aggregations  of  Lasioglossum 
(Dialictus)  zephyrum  (Hymenoptera :Halictidae)  in  the  vertical 
banks  of  Tauy  Creek,  Douglas  County,  Kansas  on  July  23,  1972. 
The  nests  and  cells  were  similar  to  those  described  by  Evans  and 
Lin;  cells  were  fourteen  to  twenty-two  centimeters  from  the 
burrow  entrances. 

The  prey,  solely  halictine  bees,  are  listed  in  Table  1. 
Identifications  and  enumeration  of  the  bees  were  made  either 
from  more  or  less  whole  specimens  (seven  cells)  or  head  capsules 
(eight  cells).  Since  no  head  capsules  were  found  to  be  fragmented, 
it  is  assumed  that  they  offer  a  usable  index  of  cell  content. 

Fourteen  cells  were  provisioned  with  more  than  one  species  of 
bees,  the  number  of  species  per  cell  ranging  from  one  to  four. 


'Contribution    number    1508    from    the   Department   of   Entomology,    University    of 
Kansas,  Lawrence,  KS  66044.   Accepted  for  publication:  March  14,  1973. 

2Department  of  Entomology,  University  of  Kansas. 


Ent.  News,  84:314-316,  1973  314 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  December  1973 


315 


mean  2.4.  Number  of  prey  per  cell  ranged  from  four  10  nine,  mean 
6.3.  Table  1  indicates  the  low  number  of  males  in  the  prey, 
perhaps  due  to  scarcity  of  male  haiictines  in  late  July. 

Since  L.  zephyrum,  a  reported  prey  species  of  P.  gibbosus  in 
New  York  (Evans  and  Lin,  1959),  was  abundant  in  the  nesting 
banks  with  the  wasps,  it  is  noteworthy  that  only  one  prey  head 
capsule  was  determined  as  probably  L.  zephyrum.  This  suggests 
that  the  wasps  did  not  hunt  near  their  nests  and  did  not  enter  L. 
zephyrum  burrows  to  capture  prey,  although  such  behavior  has 
been  reported  at  nests  of  an  unidentified  halictine  by  Evans  and 
Lin.  Perhaps  P.  gibbosus  hunts  primarily  around  flowers  as  do  P. 
trianguliirn  (Timbergen,  1932),  P.  politus  politus  (Evans  and  Lin, 
1959)  and  P.  bicinctus  (Armitage,  1965). 

In  addition  to  prey,  one  provisioned  cell  contained  four  fly 
larvae  and  another  contained  a  single  fly  larva  from  which  an  adult 
Senotainia  sp.  (Sarcophagidae:Miltogrammini)  was  reared.  Specific 
determination  could  not  be  made  as  the  fly  died  in  a  teneral  state. 

The  Philanthus  specimens  have  been  placed  in  the  Musuem  of 
Comparative  Zoology,  Harvard  University,  Cambridge,  MA; 
Philanthus  and  bee  specimens  in  the  Snow  Entomological 
Museum,  The  University  of  Kansas,  Lawrence,  KS;  and  the 
Senotainia  sp.,  in  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
Washington,  D.C. 


Table  1.     Halictine  Bee  Prey  Found  in   15  Cells  of  Philanthus  gibbosus. 


Species 

Augochlora  pur  a 

Lasioglossum  (Dialictus)  rohweri 

L.  (D.)  rohweri  (?) 

A  ugochloropsis  metallica 

L.  (D.)  zephyrum  (?) 

L.  (D.)  spp. 

L.  (Evylaeus)  sp. 

Augochlorella  sp. 


No.  Males 

No.  Females 

7 

46 

0 

19 

0 

9 

4 

3 

0 

1 

0 

3 

0 

1 

_0_ 

J_ 

11 

83 

No.  of  Cells 
Containing  a 
Given  Species 

15 
6 
6 

7 
1 
3 
1 
1 


316  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  December  1973 


ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 

We  thank  Dr.  Howard  E.  Evans  for  identifying  the  Philanthus,  Dr.  Raymond  J.  Gagne 
for  identifying  the  Senotainia,  and  Dr.  Charles  D.  Michener  for  identifying  the  bees.  Dr. 
Micherer  and  Dr.  Denis  J.  Brothers  made  important  suggestions  concerning  this  paper. 
Mr.  Surendra  Kuh.ar  helped  with  the  field  work.  The  first  author  was  supported  by  a 
National  Defense  Education  Act  Title  IV  Fellowship  and  the  second  author  by  a 
National  Science  Foundation  Grant  ^68488,  C.D.  Michener,  principal  investigator)  and 
a  University  of  Kansas  Graduate  Honors  Fellowship. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Aimitage,   K.  B.   1965.   Notes  on  the  biology  of  Philanthus  bicinctus  (Hymenoptera: 
Sphecidae).  J.  Kansas  Entomol.  Soc.  38:89-100. 

Evans,  H.  E,  and  C.  S.  Lin.  1959.  Biological  observations  on  digger  wasps  of  the  genus 
Philanthus  (Hymenoptera:  Sphecidae).  Wasmann  J.  Biol.  17:115-132. 

Tinbergen,   N.   Uber  die  Orientierung  des  Bienenwolfs  (Philanthus  triangulum   Fabr.). 
Z.  verg.  Physiol.    16:305-334. 


ABSTRACT: -Provisioned  brood  cells  of  Philanthus  gibbosus  were  excavated  from  a 
stream  bank  containing  zLasioglossum  zephyrum  nesting  aggregation.  Cells  contained  at 
least  nine  species  of  halictine  bees  in  four  genera,  but  only  one  individual  was  probably 
L.  zephyrum.  A  miltogrammine  fly,  Senotainia  sp.,  was  reared  from  the  provisions  of 
one  cell.  Edward  M.  Barrows  and  Thomas  P.  Snyder,  Dept.  of  Entomology,  University  of 
Kansas,  Lawrence,  KS  66044 
Descriptors:  Halictine,  Philanthus,  Lasioglossurn,Miltogrammine. 


ANNOUNCEMENT 

Dr.  L.  Chiarappa,  Plant  Pathologist,  FAO,  Rome,  announces  that  Supplement  No.  1  of 
the  FAO/CAB  publicabion  CROP  LOSS  ASSESSMENT  METHODS  -  FAO  Manual  on 
the  evaluation  and  prevention  of  losses  by  pests,  diseases  and  weeds  is  now  available. 

The  scope  of  this  Manual  is  to  provide  plant  protection  workers  with  guiding 
principles  on  which  to  base  the  planning  and  conduct  of  field  experiments  to  measure 
crop  losses,  and  to  give  examples  of  reliable  pest  and  disease  loss  evaluation  methods. 
The  practical  value  of  these  experimental  methods  for  the  development  of  pest/disease 
control  management  systems  is  becoming  increasingly  evident.  In  fact,  since  pests  and 
diseases  are  controlled  only  because  of  the  losses  they  cause,  knowledge  of  losses 
corresponding  to  certain  disease  or  pest  levels  must  be  known  before  said  systems  can  be 
developed. 

Supplement  No.  1  and  the  Manual  can  be  purchased  from  the  Commonwealth 
Agricultural  Bureaux,  Central  Sales  Branch,  Farnham  House,  Farnham  Royal,  Slough 
SL2  3BN,  England. 


EGG  RETREAT  OF 

METAPHIDIPPUS  AR1ZONENSIS  (PECKHAM) 
(ARANEAE:SALTICIDAE)  IN  A  HOLLOW  STEM1 


Daniel  T.  Jennings2 


Jumping  spiders  of  the  family  Salticidae  deposit  their  eggs  in 
silken  sacs.  The  egg  sacs  are  usually  lens-shaped  and  are  found 
within  larger  nests  or  egg  retreats  constructed  of  slightly  viscid 
silk.  Unlike  many  spiders  which  leave  their  egg  sacs  unguarded 
after  oviposition,  the  female  jumping  spider  remains  with  the 
retreat  after  egg-laying  and  guards  the  developing  offspring 
(Gertsch,  1949).  The  retreats  are  spun  in  protected  locations  such 
as  in  crevices,  under  stones,  in  foliage,  and  beneath  starting  bark  of 
standing  and  felled  trees.  This  paper  describes  the  collection  of  a 
jumping  spider  egg  retreat  spun  within  the  confines  of  a  dry, 
hollow  composite  stem. 

On  24  July  1970,  while  examining  a  ponderosa  pine  seedling 
(Finns  ponderosa  Laws.)  for  damage  caused  by  the  southwestern 
pine  tip  moth,  Rhyacionia  neomexicana  (Dyar),  a  nearby  standing 
dead  stem  of  the  composite  Tragopogon  pratensis  L.  was  noted  to 
have  webbing  near  the  level  of  the  old  flower  head  (Fig.  la). 
Closer  inspection  revealed  that  the  stem  was  occupied  by  a  female 
Metaphidippus  arizonensis  (Peckham)  jumping  spider.  The 
composite  head,  measuring  9  mm  across,  had  dried  and  the  center 


1  Accepted  for  publication:  February  28,  1973 

2Entomologist.  Rocky  Mountain  Forest  and  Range  Experiment  Station,  5423  Federal 
Building,  517  Gold  Avenue,  SW,  Albuquerque,  New  Mexico  87101.  U.S.  Department  of 
Agriculture,  Forest  Service,  with  central  headquarters  maintained  at  Fort  Collins  in 
cooperation  with  Colorado  State  University;  author  is  located  at  Albuquerque  in 
cooperation  with  the  University  of  New  Mexico. 


Ent.  News,  84:31 7-320,  1973  317 


318  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  December  1973 


split,  thus  providing  an  opening  (3x4  mm)  into  the  hollow  stem 
(Fig.  Ib).  The  opening  into  the  stem  was  lined  with  silk,  and 
surrounding  grass  stalks  were  tied  to  the  old  flower  head,  perhaps 
in  an  effort  to  conceal  the  opening.  These  grass  stalks  were  bent 
away  in  the  photo  (Fig.  Ic)  to  better  show  the  opening  into  the 
stem.  An  egg  retreat,  26  mm  long,  was  constructed  inside  the  stem 
(Fig.  Id).  The  collecting  locality  is  in  a  ponderosa  pine  plantation 
(sec.  20,  T13N,  R14E)  planted  in  1965,  on  the  Dudley  Burn, 
Chevelon  Ranger  District,  Sitgreaves  National  Forest,  Coconino 
County,  Arizona.  Elevation  at  this  locality  is  ca.  7,100  feet  above 
sea  level  (Woods  Canyon  Quadrangle,  U.S.  Geological  Survey 
Topographic  Map,  1961). 

The  adult  spider  was  removed  from  the  retreat  and  readily  fed 
on  late-instar  larvae  of  the  tip  moth  in  the  laboratory. 

Dissection  of  the  egg  retreat  showed  that  it  consisted  of  a 
flimsily  spun  chamber  for  the  adult  female  spider  and  a  densely 
woven  brood  chamber.  The  brood  chamber  contained  4  nonviable 
eggs  and  22  developing  2nd-instar  spiderlings.  Cast  exuviae  within 
the  brood  chamber  indicated  that  the  spiderlings  had  undergone 
one  complete  molt  after  emerging  from  the  eggs. 

The  dry,  hollow  stems  of  T.  pratensis  provide  a  suitable 
protected  habitat  for  construction  of  egg  retreats.  Several  stems  of 
this  composite  were  subsequently  examined  on  the  Dudley  Burn 
but  no  additional  retreats  were  found.  Egg  retreats  of  M. 
arizonensis  were  found  in  less  protected  situations  on  the 
undersides  of  plantation  ponderosa  pine  branches  and  on  the  forb 
Eriogonum  alatum  Torr.  None  were  seen  on  grasses  and  shrubs. 

The  utilization  of  a  hollow  plant  stem  by  M.  arizonensis  as  an 
egg  retreat  site  is  similar  to  collections  of  jumping  spiders  with 
eggs  from  old  insect  galls.  Miller  (1966)  found  on  two  separate 
occasions  females  of  Salticus  scenicus  (L.)  accompanied  by 
hatching  eggs  in  galls  on  stems  of  goldenrod  (Solidago  spp.)  in 
Ohio.  Judd  (1967)  concluded  that  S.  scenicus  and  two  other 
species  of  salticids,  Gertschia  noxiosa  (Hentz)  and  Icius  sp.,  were 
using  old  galls  on  Solidago  canadensis  L.  as  egg-laying  sites  in 
Ontario.  Cavities  constructed  by  gall-making  insects,  and  their 
parasites  and  predators,  provide  protected  habitats  for  egg  retreats 
similar  to  habitats  provided  by  hollow  steins. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  December  1973 


319 


Fig.  I .  Dried  stem  of  Tragopogon  pratensis  L.  with  egg  retreat  of  salticid  spider, 
Metaphidippus  arizonensis  (Peckham).  Side  view  (Fig.  la)  of  stem  near  plantation 
ponderosa  pine  seedling.  Flower  head  has  split  (Fig.  Ib)  providing  opening  into  hollow 
stem.  Nearby  grass  stalks  were  tied  to  the  stem  (Fig.  Ic)  containing  the  egg  retreat  (Fig. 
Id). 


320  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  December  1973 


The  close  proximity  of  egg  retreats  of  M.  arizonensis  on 
plantation  pines  and  on  associated  forbs  to  shoots  infested  with  R. 
neomexicana  larvae,  and  the  general  predatory  activities  of  this 
spider,  indicate  it  is  at  least  a  potential  predator  of  the 
southwestern  pine  tip  moth.  Although  none  were  observed  feeding 
on  larvae  of  the  tip  moth  in  the  field,  females  have  been  observed 
actively  searching  pine  foliage  for  prey.  Related  species  of 
Metaphidippus  have  been  observed  feeding  on  other  species  of 
shoot  and  tip  moths  (Eikenbary  and  Fox,  1968;  Juillet,  1961). 

Little  is  known  about  the  geographical  distribution  of  M. 
arizonensis.  This  species  was  described  from  a  single  male  collected 
in  Arizona.  No  other  locality  data  are  given  with  the  description  of 
the  holotype.  The  collection  of  this  species  from  Coconino 
County  may  represent  a  new  county  record. 

The  female  and  juvenile  spiders  are  deposited  in  the  American 
Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York. 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Eikenbary,  R.  D  and  Richard  C.  Fox.  1968.  Arthropod  predators  of  the  Nan  tucket  pine 
tip  moth,Rhyacionia  frustrana.  Ana  Ent.  Soc.  America  61:1218-1221. 

Gertsch,  Willis  J.  1949.  American  spiders.  D.  Van  Nostrand  Co.,  Inc.,  New  York,  xiv  + 
285  p. 

Judd,  William  W.  1967.  Insects  and  other  arthropods  from  year-old  galls  caused  by 
Gnorimoschema  gallaesolidaginis  Riley  (Lepidoptera:  Gelechiidae)  on  golden- 
rod.  Canadian  J.  Zool.  45:49-56. 

Juillet,  J.  A.  1961.  Observations  on  arthropod  predators  of  the  European  pine  shoot 
moth,  Rhyacionia  buoliana  (Schiff.)  (Lepidoptera:  Olethreutidae),  in  Ontario, 
Canadian  Ent.  93:195-198. 

Miller,  William  E.  1966.  Spiders  in  old  insect  galls  on  goldenrod.  Ohio  J.  Sci.  66:618-619. 


ABSTRACT:— An  egg  retreat  of  Metaphidippus  arizonensis  (Peckham)  was  found  in  a 
dry,  hollow  stem  of  the  composite  Tragopogon  pratensis  L.  in  Coconino  County, 
Arizona.  Egg  retreats  of  this  spider  also  occur  on  Pinus  ponderosa  Laws,  seedlings  in 
association  with  the  southwestern  pine  tip  moth,  Rhyacionia  neomexicana  (Dyar),  and 
on  the  forb  Eriogonum  alatum  Torr.  The  adult  spider  readily  accepts  late-mstar  tip  moth 
larvae  as  prey  in  the  laboratory. -DANIEL  T,  JENNINGS,  Rocky  Mountain  Eorest  and 
Range  Experiment  Station,  5423  Federal  Building,  517  Gold  Avenue,  SW,  Albuquerque, 
New  Mexico  87101. 

Descriptors:  Egg  retreat;  Araneae;  Salticidae;  Metaphidippus;  Arizona;  Predation; 
Rhyacionia  neomexicana  as  potential  prey;  Lepidoptera;  Tragopogon;  Eriogonum;  Pinus. 


UNIFORMITY  OF  SUCCESSIVE  POPULATIONS 

OF  AN  ALPINE  GRASSHOPPER  WITH 

A  TWO  YEAR  DIAPAUSE1 


Gordon  Alexander2 


While  studying  the  life  history  of  Aeropedellus  clavatus 
(Thomas)  in  the  alpine  tundra  of  Colorado,  John  Milliard  and  I 
found  that  the  life  cycle  at  high  altitudes  involves  two  winters  in 
the  egg  stage,  a  two-year  embryonic  diapause  (Alexander  & 
Milliard,  1964).  This  is  not  an  exceptional  pattern  for  boreal 
Orthoptera  (Criddle,  1933;  Pickford,  1953),  though  it  had  not 
been  previously  reported  for  this  species.  Eggs  from  populations  of 
A.  clavatus  at  lower  altitudes  in  Colorado,  in  contrast,  hatch  after 
only  one  winter  in  the  egg  stage.  This  difference  in  the  life  cycles 
raises  the  question:  Are  samples  from  successive  years  in  the  same 
alpine  area  essentially  uniform? 

One  assumes  that  samples  from  successive  years  in  an  area  at 
lower  altitude  are  uniform  because  they  are  derived  from  the  same 
gene  pool.  Presumably,  however,  one  cannot  make  the  same 
assumption  in  an  apline  area;  there  could  be,  conceivably,  two 
different  gene  pools,  and  these  could  be  related  to  two 
morphologically  distinct  groups.  If  there  are  two  distinct  groups, 
characterizations  of  alpine  populations,  which  up  to  now  have 
assumed  relative  uniformity  in  all  samples  from  a  given  locality 
(Alexander,  1961),  must  take  this  into  account. 


'Accepted  for  publication:  March  6,  1973. 

2765  14th  Street,  Boulder  CO    80302,  Deceased  1973. 


Ent.  News,  84:321-328,  1973  321 


322  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  December  1973 


To  determine  whether  or  not  samples  from  successive  years  at 
the  same  locality  are  essentially  uniform  we  must  examine  samples 
from  several  successive  years.  Large  samples  from  a  long  series  of 
years  would  be  desirable,  but  I  know  of  no  extensive  collections  in 
single  alpine  localities  for  more  than  three  successive  years.  It 
seems  desirable,  therefore,  to  use  what  is  available— rather  large 
samples  from  three  successive  years  at  three  different  locations  on 
Mount  Evans,  Colorado. 

My  associates  and  I  made  large  collections  of  A.  davatus  in 
1958,  1959,  and  1960  at  three  different  collecting  stations  above 
tree  line  on  Mount  Evans:  1.  Near  Goliath  Peak,  at  12,100  ft. 
(3,690  m.)  altitude.  2.  At  Summit  Lake,  altitude  12,800  ft.  (3,900 
m.)  3.  At  the  Clipper  Saddle,"  altitude  13,100  ft.  (4,000  m). 
These  specimens  were  available  for  the  present  study.  (For 
descriptions  of  the  localities  see  Alexander  &  Milliard,  1969). 

Only  adult  males  were  used  in  this  analysis  because  the 
morphological  differences  we  have  found  so  striking  in  contrasting 
alpine  populations  are  more  conspicuous  in  males  than  in  females. 
Further,  the  specimens  used  were  those  only  in  which  all 
measurements  could  be  made  on  each  individual.  In  other  words,  a 
specimen  too  badly  damaged  for  all  measurements  (e.g.,  a 
specimen  without  either  antenna)  was  excluded  from  the  samples. 
Even  with  these  restrictions  fairly  large  samples  were  available  for 
all  three  years  from  Summit  Lake  and  the  Upper  Saddle  and 
moderately  large  samples  from  Goliath  Peak. 

Striking  morphological  variations  between  alpine  populations  of 
A.  davatus  occur,  the  differences  so  conspicuous  at  times  that  one 
can  distinguish  at  sight  between  specimens  from  two  different 
localities.  Differences  in  size  distinguish  some  populations,  but  the 
most  conspicuous  differences  often  involve  the  shapes  of  the 
prothoracic  tibiae  and  the  antennal  "knobs."  All  specimens  from 
some  populations  have  swollen  anterior  tibiae;  in  other 
populations  these  tibiae  are  relatively  narrow.  In  some  populations 
all  specimens  have  conspicuously  terminal  antennal  segments;  in 
other  populations  the  antennal  "knobs'1  are  relatively  narrow. 

Although  all  individuals  from  Mount  Evans  populations  have 
swollen  tibiae  and  broad  antennal  "knobs"  it  seemed  likely  that 
slight  but  consistent  differences  in  the  proportions  -or  in  body 
dimensions— might,  if  they  exist,  be  statistically  detectable. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  December  1973 


323 


(Actually,  there  are  significant  differences  between  populations  in 
the  present  study.)  And  so  the  present  study  was  undertaken  to 
determine  if  statistically  significant  differences  occur  between 
samples  from  successive  years  at  the  same  locality. 

Five  measurements  or  sets  of  measurements  were  taken  on  each 
specimen.  These  were  total  length,  length  of  pronotum,  length  of 
hind  femur,  and  measurements  to  determine  ratios  of  width  to 
length  of  anterior  tibia  and  seven  distal  antennal  segments.  (For 
measurements  to  determine  ratios  see  Figure  1.)  I  studied  tegminal 
length  in  these  samples  but  abandoned  using  it  as  a  statistic 
because  of  the  difficulty  of  determining  the  location  of  the 
proximal  end— variously  exposed  or  concealed,  depending  upon 
mounting  technique. 


L 


Figure  1.  Dimensions  used  in  calculating  L/W  ratios  for  prothoracic  tibia  (left)  and  distal 
seven  antennal  segments  (right).  The  tibia  was  measured  as  seen  in  front,  the  antenna  at 
its  widest  expanse.  The  drawings  are  of  Summit  Lake  specimens  in  which  the  tibial  ratio 
was  4.5,  the  antennal  ratio,  1.9. 


324  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  December  1973 


Measurements  were  made  under  a  dissecting  binocular,  using  a 
carefully  calibrated  reticule,  the  stated  magnifications  being  XV 
for  total  length,  X10  for  femur,  X20  for  pronotum  and  tibia,  X25 
for  antennal  segments.  Dimensions  (in  millimeters)  and  ratios  were 
rounded  to  the  nearest  0.1 . 

Femur  length  was  the  most  consistent  indicator  of  size,  this 
dimension  showing  a  very  low  coefficient  of  variability.  Pronotal 
length,  surprisingly,  had  a  generally  higher  coefficient  of 
variability,  though  still  within  the  range  of  average  variability 
(Simpson,  et  al,  1960).  Total  length  is  of  less  value  as  a  dimension, 
even  with  a  relatively  low  coefficient  of  variability,  because  it 
varies  more  with  age  after  the  final  molt  and  with  mounting 
techniques.  Both  the  ratios  calculated  were  important  for  the 
present  study,  in  spite  of  fairly  high  coefficients  of  variability  in 
the  antennal  ratio.  Variations  in  the  antennal  "knob"  were,  I 
believe,  due  more  to  modifications  of  the  structure  in  drying  than 
to  natural  variability. 

I  made  no  attempt  to  use  color  variations  as  these  are  not 
preserved  in  dried  specimens.  And  of  the  internal  genitalia,  I 
examined  only  the  epiphalli  of  a  dozen  specimens  but  found  so 
much  variation  within  a  single  sample  that  this  offered  less 
potential  value  for  the  study  than  the  more  obvious  external 
features. 

Results  of  the  analysis  of  samples  from  the  three  localities 
appear  in  Tables  I,  II,  and  III.  The  numbers  of  data  incorporated 
in  these  tables  involved  seven  measurements  each  of  67  specimens 
from  Goliath  Peak,  120  from  Summit  Lake,  and  92  from  the 
Upper  Saddle,  nearly  2,000  measurements  in  all. 

If  significant  differences  distinguish  successive  populations  at 
the  same  station  sample  values  should  indicate  greater  differences 
between  samples  from  successive  years  than  between  samples  two 
years  apart.  If  such  differences  appear  in  this  study,  therefore, 
they  should  occur  between  samples  from  1958  and  1959  and 
between  those  from  1959  and  1960.  Samples  collected  at  a  given 
station  in  1958  and  1960  should  have  essentially  the  same  sample 
values.  And  if  the  statistical  attributes  of  the  1959  sample  do  not 
clearly  indicate  differences  in  it  from  the  1958  and  1960  samples 
then  we  can  assume  that  description  of  a  population  on  the  basis 
of  a  sample  taken  in  a  single  year  or  in  successive  years  is  valid. 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  December  1973  325 


It  is  apparent,  from  examination  of  the  tables,  that  the 
differences  between  two  samples  taken  in  successive  years  at  the 
same  station  are  no  greater  than  the  differences  between  samples 
from  alternate  years.  Thus,  in  Table  I  (Goliath  Peak  population) 
we  find  the  same  mean  values  for  femur  length  and  tibial  ratio  in 
1958  and  1959  and  for  pronotum  length  and  antennal  ratio  in 


TABLE  I.   Characteristics  of  samples  from  Goliath  Peak  population,  at 
3,690  m.  altitude.   Numbers  in  each  sample  were  18  (1958),  18  (1959),  and 
31  (I960),  all  adult  males.  Dimensions  are  in  millimeters  to  the  nearest  0.1 
mm.   The  L/W  ratios  were  obtained  by  using  the  measurements  indicated  in 
Figure  1  and  were  rounded  to  the  nearest  0.1.   The  last  four  columns  give  means, 
standard  deviations,  standard  errors,  and  coefficients  of  variability,  re- 
spectively. 


Year 

Range 

X 

s 

<•>•! 

*N 

V 

'58 

15 

.2 

-  17.5 

16 

.2 

0. 

65 

0. 

15 

4.0 

Total  Length 

'59 

14 

.9 

-  16.7 

16 

.0 

0. 

59 

0. 

14 

3.7 

•60 

15 

.1 

-  18.2 

16 

.6 

0. 

70 

0. 

12 

4.2 

Length 

•58 

3 

.4 

-  3.8 

3 

.6 

0. 

11 

0. 

03 

3.0 

of 

'59 

3 

.1 

-  3.8 

3 

.5 

0. 

22 

0. 

05 

6.3 

PronotuB 

•60 

3 

.1 

-  3.8 

3 

.5 

0. 

17 

0. 

03 

4.9 

Length 

'58 

9 

.0 

-  10.4 

9 

.7 

0. 

44 

0. 

10 

4.5 

of 

'59 

8 

.6 

-    10.1 

9 

.7 

0. 

41 

0. 

10 

4.2 

Hind  Femur 

•60 

8 

.9 

-  10.5 

9 

.8 

0. 

41 

0. 

07 

4.2 

Ratio  L/W 

•58 

3 

.8 

-  5.0 

4 

.5 

0. 

30 

0. 

07 

6.7 

of 

'59 

4 

.1 

-  5.0 

4 

.5 

0. 

28 

0. 

07 

6.2 

Front  Tibia 

•60 

4 

-1 

-  5.3 

4 

.6 

0. 

31 

0. 

05 

6.7 

Ratio  L/W 

•58 

1 

.5 

-  2.1 

1 

.9 

0. 

14 

0. 

03 

7.4 

of 

•59 

1 

.5 

-   2.1 

1 

.8 

0. 

15 

0. 

04 

8.3 

Antennal    "Knob" 

•60 

1 

.5 

-  2.5 

1 

.8 

0. 

20 

0. 

03 

10.5 

326  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  December  1973 


1959  and  1960.  With  total  length  we  get  a  suggestion  of  a 
difference  in  successive  years,  but  the  1958  and  1959  samples  are 
more  like  each  other  than  either  is  like  the  1960  sample.  In  Table 
II  (Summit  Lake  population)  we  find  1958  and  1960  mean  values 
are  the  same  for  the  other  three  statistics.  In  Table  III  (Upper 
Saddle  population)  means  for  the  pronotum  and  antennal  ratio  are 
the  same  for  all  three  years  and  the  mean  values  for  femur  length 
are  the  same  in  1959  and  1960.  Only  with  total  length  and  the 
tibial  ratio  is  there  a  suggestion,  a  weak  one,  that  the  1959  sample 
differs  from  the  others  (and  in  the  case  of  the  tibial  ratio  the 
figures  were,  before  rounding  to  the  nearest  0.1,  4.22,  4.15,  and 
4.16).  When  we  consider  ranges  of  values,  standard  deviations,  and 

TABLE  II.  Characteristics  of  samples  from  Summit  Lake  population,  at 
3,900  m.  altitude.  Numbers  in  each  sample  were  Vj  (1958),  41  (1959),  and 
36  (I960),  all  adult  males.  See  Table  I  for  other  explanations. 

Year       Range  X  e  /"VN~      V 

'58  15.1  -  18.5  16.9  0.6?  0.10  4.0 

Total  Length       '59  15.6  -  18.5  16.9  0.77  0.12  4.6 

•60  15.6  -  19.0  17.3  0.83  0.14  4.7 


3.8  0.20  0.03  5.3 
3.8  0.27  0.04  7.1 
3.7  0.20  0.03  5.4 


Length  '58     9.6  -  11.0    10.3   0.28    0.04     2.6 

of  '59     9.4  -  11.1    10.2   0.33    0.05     3.2 

Hind  Femur         '60      9.0  -  11.4    10.2   0.50    0.08      4.9 


Length 

'58 

3.3  -  4.2 

of 

'59 

3.3  -  4.0 

Pronotuqi 

•60 

3.3  -  4.0 

Ratio 

L/W 

'58 

3 

.9  - 

5-3 

4. 

5 

0.35 

0. 

05 

7.8 

of 

'59 

3 

.9  - 

5.3 

4. 

4 

0.30 

0. 

05 

6.8 

Front 

Tibia 

•60 

4 

.0  - 

5.1 

4. 

4 

0.28 

0. 

05 

6.4 

Ratio  L/W          '58      1.4  -  2.4      1.8   0.22    0.03     11.1 

of  '59     1.5  -  2.4     1.9   0.20    0.03    10.5 

Antennal  "Knob"     '6O      1.5  -  2.8      1.9   0.14    0.02      7.4 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  December  1973  327 


standard  errors  of  the  means,  the  differences  that  appear  between 
means  in  the  tables  are  really  negligible. 

These  data  clearly  indicate  that  samples  from  three  successive 
years  at  the  same  locality  are  essentially  alike,  and  that  the 
existence  of  what  may  usually  be  a  two-year  diapause  does  not 
produce  genetic  isolation  between  successive  populations.  There 
are  two  ways  in  which  such  a  potential  isolating  mechanism  could 
fail  to  operate.  If  some  eggs  from  a  high  altitude  population  hatch 
during  the  year  following  laying— and  this  happened  once  in  our 
experimentals— isolation  would  not  be  complete.  This  is  not  nearly 
so  likely,  however,  as  the  possibility  that  diapause  may  extend 

TABLE  III.  Characteristics  of  samples  from  Upper  Saddle  population,  at 
4,000  m.  altitude.  Numbers  in  each  sample  were  36  (1958),  2k  (1959),  and 
32  (I960),  all  adult  males.  See  Table  I  for  other   explanations. 


Year 

Range 

X 

8 

/> 

f» 

V 

'58 

15 

•  ^  ~ 

18.7 

17. 

3 

0 

.70 

0 

.12 

4.0 

Total  Length 

'59 

15 

.5  - 

18.2 

16. 

9 

0 

.59 

0 

.12 

3.5 

•60 

16 

.1  - 

18.7 

17. 

3 

0 

.77 

0 

.13 

..5 

Length 

•58 

3 

.3  - 

4.0 

3. 

7 

0 

.13 

0 

.02 

3.5 

of 

•59 

3 

.4  - 

4.0 

3. 

7 

0 

.14 

0 

.02 

3.8 

Pronotun 

•60 

3 

.3  - 

4.0 

3. 

7 

0 

.17 

0 

.02 

3.7 

Length 

'58 

9 

.5  - 

10.9 

10. 

3 

0 

.36 

0 

.06 

3.5 

of 

'59 

9 

.6  - 

10.6 

10. 

1 

0 

.30 

0 

.06 

3.0 

Hind  Femur 

•60 

9 

.5  - 

10.7 

10. 

1 

0 

.31 

0 

.05 

3.1 

Ratio  L/W 

'58 

3 

.7  - 

k.9 

4. 

2 

0 

.28 

0 

.05 

6.7 

of 

'59 

3 

.7  - 

4.6 

4. 

1 

0 

.22 

0 

.04 

5.4 

Front  Tibia 

•60 

3 

.7  - 

<*.7 

4. 

2 

0 

.24 

0 

.04 

5.7 

Ratio  L/W 

•58 

1 

.6  - 

2.4 

1. 

9 

0 

.20 

0 

.03 

10.0 

of 

'59 

1 

.5  - 

2.3 

1.9 

0 

.17 

0 

.03 

8.9 

Antennal  "Knob" 

•60 

1 

.6  - 

2.3 

1. 

9 

0 

.17 

0 

.02 

8.9 

328  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  December  1973 


over  three  winters  rather  than  two  in  many  of  the  eggs,  a 
condition  already  demonstrated  as  occurring  in  a  sizable 
proportion  of  the  eggs  of  several  high  altitude  species  tested  by 
Kreasky  (1960).  It  is  this  possibility,  I  believe,  that  assures  us  of  a 
relatively  uniform  year-to-year  gene  pool  in  a  tundra  population. 

My  conclusion  is,  therefore,  that  we  may  safely  characterize 
each  alpine  population  of  A.  clavatus  on  Mount  Evans  by  samples 
from  a  single  year  or  successive  years.  And  on  the  basis  of  this 
study,  I  believe  we  are  justified  in  applying  the  same  principle  in 
characterizing  other  alpine  populations  of  this  species,  using 
samples  from  either  a  single  year  or  successive  years. 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Alexander,  G.  1961.  The  type  locality  of  Gomphocems  clavatus  Thomas  (Orthoptera: 
Acrididae).  Entomol.  News  72: 107-1  1 1. 

and  J.  R.  Milliard,  Jr.  1  964.  Life  history  of  Aeropedellus  clavatus  (Orthoptera: 
Acrididae)  in  the  alpine  tundra  of  Colorado.  Ann.  Entomol.  Soc.  Amer.  57: 
310-317. 

.  1969.  Altitudinal  and  seasonal  distribution  of  Orthoptera  in  the  Rocky 
Mountains  of  northern  Colorado.  Ecol.  Monogr.  39:385-431. 

Criddle,  N.  1933.  Studies  in  the  biology  of  North  American  Acrididae-development 
and  habits.  Proc.  World's  Grain  Exhibition  and  Conf.,  Canada  1933:474-494. 

Kreasky,  J.  B.  1960.  Extended  diapause  in  eggs  of  high-altitude  species  of  grasshoppers, 
and  a  note  on  food-plant  preferences  of  Melanoplus  bnmeri.  Ann.  Entomol. 
Soc.  Amer.  53:436-438. 

Pickford,  R.  1953.  A  two-year  life-cycle  in  grasshoppers  (Orthoptera:Acrididae)  over- 
wintering as  eggs  and  nymphs.  Can.  Entomol.  84:9-14. 

Simpson,  G.  G.,  A.  Roe  and  R.  C.  Lewontin.  1960.  Quantitative  zoology.  Rev.  ed. 
440  pp.  New  York:  Harcourt,  Brace. 


ABSTRACTr-UNIFORMITY  OF  SUCCESSIVE  POPULATIONS  OF  AN  ALPINE 
GRASSHOPPER  WITH  A  TWO  YEAR  DIAPAUSE.  Aeropedellus  clavatus  (Thomas),  an 
abundant  grasshopper  in  the  alpine  tundra  of  Colorado,  has  a  two-year  diapause.  This 
suggests  the  possibility  of  two  distinct  populations  in  successive  years.  Statistical  analysis 
of  samples  from  three  alpine  localities  on  Mount  Evans,  Colorado,  collected  in  1958, 
1959,  and  1960,  demonstrate  that  samples  from  successive  years  are  as  much  alike  as  are 
those  from  1958  and  1960.  Successive  populations  are  therefore  essentially  uniform. 
Apparently  all  individuals  do  not  have  a  two-year  diapause,  a  few  eggs  hatching  after 
only  one  winter  while  a  larger  number,  probably,  go  through  three  winters  before 
hatching.  Gordon  Alexander,  765  14th  street.  Boulder,  CO  80302. 

Descriptors:  alpine,  diapause,  grasshopper,  populations. 


THE  ZOOEOGRAPHIC  DISTRIBUTION  OF 
KNOWN  SCENOPINIDAE  (Diptera)1 

Lewis  P.  Kelsey2 

A  great  deal  of  progress  has  been  made  toward  the 
identification  and  classification  of  Scenopinidae  since  I  first  began 
work  on  the  family  a  little  over  10  years  ago,  illustrating  the 
terminalia  of  all  type  specimens  described  to  that  time.  When  all 
proven  synonomies  were  disposed  of,  a  residue  of  92  species 
remained  as  the  core  of  the  known  described  species.  Included  in 
this  are  three  species  which,  I  believe,  are  undoubtedly  synonyms 
but  were  retained  because  the  types  were  unobtainable  for  study. 
There  are  three  species  described  by  Loew  and  three  described  by 
Becker,  from  Persia,  Iran  and  the  U.S.S.R.,  which  have  never  been 
figured  in  any  way,  and  must  be  presumed  to  be  lost,  as  Krober 
who  figured  the  heads  and  wings  of  most  known  species,  did  not 
figure  them  either.  At  the  present  time  there  are  300  known 
species  in  18  genera  and  four  subgenera  published  or  in  press, 
Table  1 . 

Regional  Distribution 

The  Palearctic  region  is  only  represented  by  species  from  the 
European  and  Mediterranean  portions  of  the  region-no 
representatives  of  the  family  have  been  seen  which  come  from  east 


1  Published  as  Miscellaneous  Paper  No.  with  the  approval  of  the  Director  of  the 

Delaware  Agricultural  Experiment  Station.  Publication  No.  424  of  the  Department  of 
Entomology  and  Applied  Ecology.  Accepted  publication:  April  19,  1973. 

p 

Associate  Professor,  Department  of  Entomology  and  Applied  Ecology,  University  of 
Delaware,  Newark,  Delaware  19711. 


Ent.  News,  84:329-332,  1 9  73  329 


330  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  December  1973 


of  this  area  although  the  six  species  mentioned  above  were  taken 
from  the  southwestern  portion  of  this  area.  It  is  hardly 
conceivable  that  no  Scenopinids  exist  in  this  vast  land  mass. 

The  Nearctic  has  the  largest  representation  of  described  species 
and  is  probably  more  nearly  complete  than  any  other  geographic 
region,  however  even  here  new  species  are  continually  being 
found.  There  are  now  139  described  species  in  five  genera  and  two 
subgenera. 

The  Neotropical  Region  though  well  represented  by  genera  is 
but  poorly  represented  by  species  having  but  22  in  six  genera  and 
two  subgenera.  I  fully  expect  that  many  more  species  will  be 
discovered,  particularly  as  the  dryer  more  arid  portions  of  this 
continent  are  collected. 

The  Ethiopian  Region,  much  like  other  areas  of  the  world,  is 
underrepresented  as  far  as  Scenopinids  are  concerned.  At  present 
there  are  39  species  from  five  genera  and  three  subgenera  from  this 
vast  area  which  shows  evidence  of  being  near  the  ancestral  home 
of  the  family. 

The  Oriental  Region  with  only  10  known  species  in  three  genera 
is  the  most  poorly  represented  of  all.  Examination  of  the  smaller 
flies  in  unidentified  portions  of  collections  from  this  area  should 
turn  up  many  specimens  from  this  family.  The  only  example  of 
serious  collecting  revealed  that  the  fauna  is  both  rich  and  varied. 

The  Australian  fauna  is  shaping  up  nicely  with  55  species  in 
seven  genera  and  one  subgenus.  This  continent  appears  to  be  a  rich 
haven  for  Scenopinids  with  clear  evidence  of  trans-anarctic  ties  to 
South  America  and  Africa.  Its  more  arid  climate  makes  it  an  ideal 
habitat  for  these  flies  who  seem  to  favor  dryer  areas,  however,  the 
more  humid  areas  have  also  yielded  numerous  examples. 


Distribution  of  Genera 

The  genus  Scenopinus  with  148  species  contains  nearly  half  of 
the  known  Scenopinids.  The  genus  was  so  large  that  it  was  broken 
down  into  four,  rather  clearly  defined,  sub-groups  with  more  or 
less  distinct  geographical  distribution. 

The  Fenestralis  group  (male  with  9th  tergum  comprised  of  four 


Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  December  1973  331 


lobes)  is  primarily  Palearctic  in  distribution  with  an  extension  into 
the  Nearctic  from  Siberia.  There  are  remnants  or  intrusions  into 
the  Ethiopian  and  Oriental  regions  as  well.  All  regions  of  the  world 
with  major  trade  connections  have  populations  of  S.  fenes  trails 
and  S.  glabrifrons  which  have  been  introduced  with  trade  goods. 

The  Albicinctus  group  (males  with  a  bilobed  9th  tergum  which 
does  not  enclose  the  genitalia  from  view)  is  common  to  the 
Australian  and  Ethiopian  regions  with  extensions  along  the  North 
Africa  coast  of  the  Mediterranean  into  the  Palearctic  and  eastward 
into  the  Oriental  region  where  it  may  be  more  prevalent  than 
indicated  by  present  collecting.  It  is  missing  from  the  Nearctic  and 
Neotropical  regions. 

The  Brevicornis  group  (males  with  9th  tergum  closed  basally 
but  open  distally  to  expose  genitalia)  is  primarily  Ethiopian  in  its 
distribution  with  a  spilling  over  into  the  southern  limits  of  the 
Palearctic  where  the  two  regions  abut.  There  is  evidence  that  this 
group  may  also  occur  in  the  Oriental  region  as  well. 

The  Velutinus  group  (males  with  9th  tergum  bilobed  covering 
genitalia)  is  limited  in  its  distribution  to  the  Nearctic  and 
Neotropical  regions  with  an  extension  into  the  Pacific  islands. 

The  genus  Metatrichia  is  the  only  other  genus  with  world-wide 
distribution,  with  representatives  known  from  all  but  the 
Palearctic  region,  at  the  present  time. 

The  remaining  genera  are  for  the  most  part  distinct  to  their  own 
regions,  however  there  is  some  sharing  of  regions  by  three  genera 
namely  the  Nearctic  Brevitrichia  and  Pseudatrichia  with 
Neotropical  species  and  the  Ethiopian-Oriental  distribution  of  the 
genus  Seguyella. 

The  early  development  of  this  family  is  evidenced  by  the  circum 
Antarctic  distribution  of  the  Ethiopian  Propebrevitrichia, 
Neotropical  Irwiniana  and  Australian  Riekiclla  which  show  good 
evidence  of  a  common  ancestry. 

1  would  appreciate  the  loan  of  any  specimens,  for  examination 
and  identification,  particularly  from  those  areas  of  the  world 
which  have  been  indicated  to  be  without  good  representation.  All 
material  from  the  family  is,  however,  welcome.  Many  Scenopinids 
are  small,  about  2  mm  in  length,  and  must  be  watched  for  when 
collecting. 


332  Ent.  News,  Vol.  84,  December  1973 


Table  1.    Zoogeographic   Distribution  of  d 

•-S' 

/ 
Genus  and  Author                        ^ 

enera  and  Species  of  Scenopinidae, 
x 

,<?" 

"V 

.^ 

Total 

Scenopinus  Latreille 

fenestralis  group 

13 

8(2) 

1(2) 

2(2) 

2(2) 

(2) 

26 

albicmctus  group 

8(1)' 

— 

(2) 

19 

4(1  ) 

23 

54 

brevicornis  group 

8 

— 

8 

1 

— 

17 

velutinus  group 

(1) 

40 

1  1 

(1) 

51 

sub  total 

29(2) 

48(2) 

12(4) 

29(3) 

7(3) 

23(2) 

148 

Caenoneura  Krober 

2 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

0 

Pseudomphrale  Krober 

5 

— 

— 

— 

-- 

— 

5 

Stenomphrale  Krober 

2 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

2 

Belnsta  Hardy 

— 

7 

— 

— 

— 

— 

7 

Brevitricliia  Hardy 

— 

43 

2 

— 

— 

— 

45 

Metatrichia  Coquillett 

— 

1 

1 

2 

1 

2 

7 

Pscudatrichia  Osten  Sacken 

— 

37 

-i 

— 

— 

— 

39 

Heteromphrale  Krober 

— 

— 

2 

— 

— 

— 

2 

Irwiniana  Kelsey 

— 

— 

3 

— 

— 

— 

3 

Prepseudatrichia  Kelsey 

— 

— 

-- 

3 

— 

— 

3 

Propebrevitrichia  Kelsey 

— 

— 

— 

3 

— 

— 

3 

Seguyella  Kelsey 

— 

— 

— 

2 

2 

— 

4 

Neopseudatrichia  Kelsey 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

5 

5 

Paramtiiniva  Kelsey 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

10 

10 

Paratrichia  Kelsey 

— 

— 

-- 

— 

— 

2 

2 

Riekiella  Paramonov 

— 

*— 

— 

— 

— 

1  2 

I  2 

Scenopinula  Paramonov 

1 

1 

38(2) 

136(2) 

22(4) 

39(3) 

10(3) 

55(2) 

300 

Genera  and  Subgenera 

4-3 

5-2 

6-2 

5-3 

3-3 

7-1 

18-4 

(  Ispecies  transported  in  trade  S.  fenestralis  (Linnaeus),  5.  glahrifronx  Meigen.S.  lucidits  Becker,  S.  papnanus 
(Krober)  and  5.  scliul:i  Enderlein. 

Probable  synonyms.  S.  cavifrons  (Krober),  5.  nitidifmns  (Krober),  6'.  fenwratus  Macquart. 


MEMOIRS  AMERICAN   ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 

No.  20.  Howard  E.  Evans- A.  Revision  of  the  Mexican  and  Central  American  Spider 
Wasps  of  the  Subfamily  Pompilinae  (Hymenoptera:Pompilidae).  433  pages, 
1 1  plates,  80  maps $12.50 

No.  21.  Eric  G.Mathews-A.  Taxonomic  and  Zoogeographic  Survey  of  the  Scarabaeidae 
of  the  Antilles  (Coleoptera:Scarabaeidae).  134  pages,  144  figures  $  4.00 

No.  22.  Richard  M.  Fox- A.  Monograph  of  the  Ithomiidae  (Lepidoptera)  Part  III.  The 
tribe  Mechanitini  Fox.  190  pages,  170  figures,  1  color  plate $  9.00 

No.  23.  Beatrice  R.  Vogel-A.  list  of  New  North  American  Spiders  (1940-1966). 
186  pages  $  9.00 

No.  24.  Lee  D.  Miller-The  Higher  Classification,  Phylogeny  and  Zoogeography  of  the 
Satyridae  (Lepidoptera).  174pp.  $  7.00 

No.  25.  Michael  G.  Emsley-The  Schizopteridae  (Hemiptera:Heteroptera)  with  the 
description  of  new  species  from  Trinidad.  154  pp $  6.50 

No.  26.  James  R.  Zimmerman- A  taxonomic  Revision  of  the  Aquatic  Bettle  Genus 
Laccophilus  (Dytiscidae)  of  North  America,  275  pp $12.00 

No.  27.  Philip  J.  Clausen  and  Edwin  F.  Cook- A  Revision  of  the  Nearctic  Species 
of  the  Tribe  Parydrini  (Diptera:Ephydridae).  150  pp $  7.00 

No.  28.  Annette  F.  5raw/7-Tischeriidae  of  America  North  of  Mexico  (Micro-lepidop- 
tera).  148  pp $  7.00 


The  Entomologist's  Market  Place 

Advertisements  of  goods  or  services  for  sale  are  accepted  at  $1.00 
per  line,  payable  in  advance  to  the  editor.  Notices  of  wants  and  ex- 
changes not  exceeding  three  lines  are  free  to  subscribers.  Positions  open, 
and  position  wanted  notices  are  included  here  and  may  be  referred  to  by 
box  numbers.  All  insertions  are  continued  from  month  to  month,  the 
new  ones  are  added  at  the  end  of  the  column,  and,  when  necessary,  the 
older  ones  at  the  top  are  discontinued. 


BUTTERFLIES  OF  THE  AUSTRALIAN  REGION,  by  Bernard  D'Abrera.  352  p., 
over  4,000  full  color  photographs.  Ready  Feb.  1972.  $39.95  postpaid.  A  magnificently 
illustrated  and  comprehensive  work  treating  the  butterflies  of  Australia,  Papua  &  New 
Guinea,  the  Moluccas,  New  Zealand,  and  the  islands  of  the  South  Pacific.  Entomologic- 
al Reprint  Specialists,  P.O.  Box  77971,  Dockweiler  Station,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90007 
USA. 

THE  MOTHS  OF  AMERICA  NORTH  OF  MEXICO.  Fascicle  21,  Sphingoidea  now  in 

stock,  xii+158  p.,  14  superb  color  plates,  8  black-and-white  photos,  19  figs.,  2  plates  of 
line  drawings.   1971.  $24.00.  Also  available  at  a  reduced  price  to  subscribers  of  all  41 
fascicles,  which  will  treat  and  figure  in  color  all  10,000  species  of  North  American 
moths.  Wrtie  for  complete  details  and  brochure,  with  sample  color  plate.  Entomological 
Reprint  Specialists,  P.O.  Box  77971,  Dockweiler  Station,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90007,  USA. 

Wanted  to  Buy:  Hebard  M.  1917.  The  Blattidae  of  North  America.  Mem.  American 
Ent.  Soc.  2.  Dr.  Ivan  Huber,  Biology,  Fairleigh  Dickinson  University,  Madison,  NJ 
07940. 

Papers  on  Tipulidae,  More  than  700  papers  and  14,000  pages.  For  sale  to  highest 
bidder.  Address  all  inquiries  to  Alan  Stone,  5308  Wriley  Rd.,  Washington,  DC  20016. 

PHILLIPINE  BUTTERFLIES:  Northern  Luzon,  Information:   Leonard  L.  Lengyel, 
c/o  Mrs.   Manuela  R.  Ablan,  Rizal  St.,   Laoag  City,   Ilocos  Norte,   Republic  of  the 
Phillipines. 

For  Sale:  Schroder,  C.,  (ed.)  Handbuch  der  Entomologie.  1  col.  pi.,  2514  textfigs.  3 
vols.  Bd.  ]/2  leather,  G.  Fisher,  Jena.  1925-1929.  Mrs.  Rudolf  G.  Schmieder,  Box  34, 
Elwyn,  PA  19063. 

Top  Prices  Paid  for  Centruroides  sculpturatus  or  any  scorpions  under  4  cm,  either 
large  or  small  quantities  bought.  Mr.  P.  Walmsley,  33  Clarence  Ave.,  Blackpool,  FY5 
2BG,  England. 

Wanted.  North  American  Rhysodidae:  needed  for  distribution  records  for  North 
American  Beetle  Fauna  Project.  Send  loan  specimens  to  Dr.  Ross  T.  Bell,  Univ.  of 
Vermont,  Zoology  Dept.,  Marsh  Life  Science  Bldg.,  Burlington,  Vt.  05401. 

For  Sale:  Butterflies  and  Moths  from  Brazil  and  foreign  Countries.  12,300  specimens 
classified  and  set  in  special  caseboards.  For  further  information,  write  to  P.O.  Box  416, 
Rio  de  Janeiro,  GB,  BRASIL. 

PSEPHENIDAE  (including  EUBRHNAE,  EUBRIANACINAE,  and  PSEPHENINAE): 
Revising  the  family  in  the  Western  Hemisphere.  Request  loan  of  any  material  from  the 
New  World.   Dr.   Harley  P.  Brown,  Zoology  Dept.,  Univ.  Oklahoma,  730  Van  Vleet 
Oval,  Norman,  Okla.  73069,  USA. 

For  Sale  or  Trade.  Lloyds  Natural  History.  A  handbook  to  the  order  Lepidoptera  by 
W.  F.  Kirby,  London   1896.  5  vols.,   158  color  plates.  Prof.  H.  E.  Evans,  Veterinary 
College,  Cornell  University,  Ithaca,  NY  14850. 

Exchange:  I  can  offer  specimens  of  Hudsonian  Zone  butterflies  in  exchange  for 
species  of  Southern  distribution.  Moths  also  exchanged.  Walter  V.  Krivda,  P.O.  Box  864, 
The  Pas,  Manitoba,  Canada. 


h'nt.  News  Supplement,  Vol.  84,  December  1973 


hi 


333 


INDEX:  Volume  84  (1973) 

Note:  ENTOMOLOGICAL  NEWS  regrets  the  long  delay  in  publica- 
tion of  this  index.  Publication  date:  June  1976. 


Ability  of  spitting  spider,  Scytodes 
hebraica,  to  capture  flyinu  prey, 
156 

Acmaeodera,  n.  sp.  of,  299 

Aeropedellus  clavatus,  alpine  grass- 
hopper with  two  year  diapause, 
uniformity  of  successive  popula- 
tions of,  321 

Alcock,  J.,  260 

Alderfly  Sialis,  distrib.  &  new  re- 
cord in  West  Va.,  147 

Aleochara  bipustulata,  parasitic 
rove  beetle,  new  host  record, 

250 

Alexander,  C.P.,  23 

New  exotic  crane  flies,  Ft. 
XXI II 

Alexander,  G.,  321 

Uniformity  of  successive  popu- 
lations of  alpine  grasshopper 
with  two  year  diapause 

Alley,  W.P.,  190 

Allmendinger,  H.P.,  32 

Simple  technique  for  counting 
hard-to-see  appendage  segments 

Amer.  Arachnological  Soc.,  22 

Amer.  Ent.  Soc.,  corresponding 
members,  148 

Anaxiplia  phi/ifolia,  n.  sp.  of  cric- 
ket from  Osa  peninsula  of  Costa 
Rica,  ecology,  behavior  & 
descrip.  of,  237 

Annotated  list  of  stoneflies  of 
Colorado,  Pt.  I,  269;  Pt.  II,  301 

Another  malodorous  carabid, 
Blcthisa  quadricollis,  68 

Ant,  western  harvester,  interaction 
with  Great  Basin  sagebrush  li/- 
ard,  268 

Ants,  dulotic,  reproductive  biology 
in,  a  preliminary  report,  253 


Ants,  Formica,  induced  mating  in, 
310 

Applegate,  R.L.,  163 

Corixidae    (water   boatmen)   of 
So.   Dakota  glacial  lake  district 

Aquatic   &  semiaquatic   Hemiptera 
in  Louisiana 
Pt.  I,  Hydrometridae,  9 
Pt.  II,  Naucoridae,  83 
Pt.  Ill,  Belostomatidae,  173 

Arachnological  Soc.,  Amer.,  22 

Aranae    (Araneida),   37,   103,   156, 

317 

Atypidae:  Atypus  snetsingeri,  n.  sp. 
from  Penn.,  37 

Automeris  io,  queuing  &  rosette 
molting  in,  33 

Bald  faced  hornet,  Vespula  macu- 
lata,  use  of  yellowjackets  as 
food  source,  141 

Barrows,  E.M.,  Snyder,  T.P.,  314 
Halictine  bee  prey  of  Philanthus 
gibbosus  in  Kansas 

Baumann,  R.W.,  247 

New  Megaleuctra  from  eastern 
U.S. 

Bee  genus,  Proteriades,  in  So. 
Dakota,  160 

Bee  Hies,  genus  Lyophlacha,  new 
Argentine,  149 

Behavior  of  Chlorochroa  ligata  &. 
Cosmopepla  bimaciilata,  260 

Belostomatidae,  173 

Benthos  &  zooplankton  of  an  arctic- 
lake  near  Prudhoe  Bay,  Alaska, 
a  preliminary  survey,  227 

Bernon,G.L.,  32 

Seed     storage     in     cocoons    of 
Hyalophora  cccropia 

Biting  midge,  b'orcipomyia  crinita, 
new  host  record  for,  1  7 


334 


Ent.  News  Supplement,  Vol.  84,  December  1973 


Blethisa  quadricollis,  another 
malodorus  carabid,  68 

Bombyliidae,  149 
Book  review,  132 

Bot  infestations  of  pinyon  mice  in 
New  Mexico,  89 

Brachycentridae,  291 

Brown,  P.M.,  52 

New  edition  of  Internat'l.  Code 
of  Zoological  Nomenclature 

Brown,  H.P.,  278 

Survival  records  of  elmid 
beetles,  with  notes  on  labora- 
tory rearing  of  various  dryo- 
poids 

Bryothinusa,  genus,  with  descrip.  of 
three  n.  sp.,  73 

Bumblebees  &  honeybees  taken  in 
light  traps,  235 

Buprestidae,  135,  299 

Butterfly,  checkered  white,  genera- 
tional "carryover"  &  suppres- 
sion of  submarginal  pattern  ele- 
ments in  vernal  phenotypes  of, 
294 

Byron  Bog  in  s.w.  Ontario,  studies 
of,  Pt.  XLIX.  Add'l.  observa- 
tions on  insects  of  Redmond's 
Pond, 96 

Bystrak,  P.G.,  Messersmith,  D.H., 
17 

New  host  record  for  Forci- 
pomyia  crinita 

Caddisfly  Micrasema  kluane,  prob- 
able stepping  stone  to  arctic, 
291 

Canthon  podagricus,  a  predaceous 
scarabaeid,  62 

Carabidae,  68,  82,  99,  139 

Cecropia  moth,  Hyalophora 
cecropia,  seed  storage  in 
cocoons  of,  32 

Ceratopogonidae,  17 
Chan,T.,  73 


Checkered  white  butterfly,  genera- 
tional "carryover"  &  suppres- 
sion of  submarginal  pattern  ele- 
ments in  vernal  phenotypes  of, 
294 

Chironomidae,  91 

Chlorochroa  ligata,  behavior  of, 
260 

Chrysops  montanus,  new  distrib. 
record,  68 

Cicadellidae,  202,225,251 

Clark,  W.H.,  268 

Interaction  between  a  western 
harvester  ant  &  a  Great  Basin 
sagebrush  lizard 

Coleoptera,  52,  62,  68,  72,  73,  82, 
99,  117,  135,  139,  198,  250, 
278,299 

Collecting  hibernating  ground 
beetles  under  snow,  82 

Collembola,  217 

Comments  on  design  on  insect  nets, 

1 

Corixidae  of  So.  Dakota  glacial  lake 
district,  163 

Corresponding  members,  Amer. 
Ent.  Soc.,  148 

Cosmopepla  binwculata,  behavior 
of,  260 

Counting  hard-to-see  appendage 
segments,  32 

Crane  flies,  new  exotic,  23 

Cricket  Anaxipha  philifolia,  n.  sp. 
from  Osa  peninsula  of  Costa 
Rica,  ecology,  behavior  & 
descrip.  of,  237 

Crook,  D.J.,  101 

Oskar  Augustus  Johannsen 

Cuterebridae,  89 

Cyanide  killing  bottles,  moisture 
problem  in,  32 

Cyrtolobus  maxinei,  notes  on,  161 

Data  documents  system  discon- 
tinued, 22 


Ent.  News  Supplement,  Vol.  84,  December  1973 


335 


DeLong,  D.M.,  Martinson,  C., 

New    sp.  of  Mexican  Texananus, 

202 

New     genus,    Metaccphalus,     & 

n. sp.     of     Bolivian    leafhopper, 

225 

Genus Maricaona,  251 

Dendy,  J.S.,91 

Predation  on  chironomid  eggs  & 
larvae  by  Nanocladius  alter- 
nantherae 

Dennis,  C.J.,  161 

Notes  on  Cyrtolobus  maxinei 

Design  of  insect  nets,  comments  on, 
1 

Digger  wasp,  Philanthus  gibbosus, 
halictine  bee  prey  of,  in  Kansas, 

314 

Diptera,  17,  23,  68,  89,  91,  143, 
149, 190, 329 

Distrib.  &  new  record  of  alderfly 
Sialisin  West  Va.,  147 

Donavan,  L.A.,  198 

Drawer  for  scientific  insect  collec- 
tions, 53 

Dryopoids,  notes  on  laboratory 
rearing  of  various,  278 

Dulotic  ants,  reproductive  biology 
in,  a  preliminary  report,  253 

Eberhard,  W.G.,  156 

Ability  of  a  spitting  spider, 
Scytodes  hebraica,  to  capture 
flying  prey 

Ecology,  behavior  &  descrip.  of 
n.sp.  of  cricket  from  Osa  peni- 
nsula of  Costa  Rica,  237 

Egg  production  of  some  ground 
beetles,  notes  on  periods  of,  1  39 

Egg  retreat  of  Metaphidippus  ari- 
zonensis  in  hollow  stem,  317 

Eichler,  W.,  162 

Letter  to  editor  on  Harry  Hop- 
kins 

Elmid  beetles,  survival  records  for, 

278 


Entomobryidae:  Entumobryoides 
purpurascens,  preliminary  study 
of  biology  of,  21  7 

Eumenidae,  285 

Evans,  H.E.,  285 

Notes  on  nests  of  Montezumia 

External  parasites  of  woodchuck, 
Marmota  monax,  in  Indiana,  69 

Fish,  J.,  Alcock,  J.,  260 

Behavior  of  Chlorochroa  ligata 
&  Cosmopepla  bimaculata 

Folkerts,  G.W.,  Donavan,  L.A.,  198 
Resting  sites  of  stream-dwelling 
gyrinids 

Forcipomyia  crinita,  a  new  host 
record,  1  7 

Formica    ants,    induced   mating   in, 
310 

Formicidae,  253,268,  310 
Friedl,  F.,  33 

Frost,  S.W., 

Summary  of  Sphingidae  taken 
at  Archbold  Biol.  Sta.,  Highland 
Co.,  Fla.,  157 

Honeybees  &  bumblebees  taken 
in  light  traps,  235 

Gaufin,  A.R.,  269,  301 

Genera  of  Piestinae  of  Amer.  no.  of 
Mexico,  1 17 

Generational  "carryover"  &  sup- 
pression of  submarginal  pattern 
elements  in  vernal  phenotypes 
of  Pier  is  protoJice,  294 

Genus  Maricaona,  25 1 

Gonsoulin,  G.J.. 

Seven  families  of  aquatic  & 
semi-aquatic  Hemiptera  in 
Louisiana 

Pt.  1,  Hydrometridae,  9 

Pt.  II,  Naucoridae,  83 

Pi.  Ill,  Belostomatidae,  173 

Grasshopper,  alpine,  with  two  year 
diapause,  uniformity  of  suc- 
cessive populations  of,  321 


336 


Ent.  News  Supplement,  Vol.  84,  December  1973 


Gray,  R.E.,  63 

New    Hamp.,    Vt.    &    so.    Me. 

insect  list, 

Pt.  I,  background  &  proce- 
dure: preliminary  listing,  63 

Replacement  name  for  Hay- 
wardir.a,  171 

Ground  beetles  collected  from  sea- 
shore drifts,  99 

Ground  beetles,  hibernating,  collec- 
ting under  snow,  82 

Ground  beetles,  notes  on  periods  of 
egg  production,  139 

Gryllidae,  237 

Gyrinidae,  resting  sites  of  stream- 
dwelling,  198 

Haas,  G.E.,  Martin,  R.P.,  89 

Bot  infestations  of  pinyon  mice 
in  New  Mexico 

Habrocerus  capillaricornis  in  Calif., 

72 

Halictine  bee  prey  of  Philanthus 
gibbosus  in  Kansas,  314 

Hall,  J.C.,  149 

New  Argentine  Lyophlaeba 

Hawk  (Sphinx)  moths  taken  at 
Archbold  Biol.  Sta.,  Highland 
Co.,  Fla.,  157 

Haywardina,  replacement  name  for, 
171 

Hemiptera,  9,  83,  163,  173,  211, 
260 

Hespenheide,  H.A.,  135 

Synonymia  Agrilinarum,  Pt.  I, 
L  ins 

Homoptera,  161,  202,  225,  251 

Honeybees  &  bumblebees  taken  in 
light  traps,  235 

Hopkins,  Harry,  162 

Howell,  J.O.,  141 

Notes  on  yellowjackets  as  food 
source  for  bald  faced  hornet, 
Vespula  maculata 


Hung,  A.  C-F., 

Reproductive  biology  in  dulotic 
ants:  preliminary  report,  253 
Induced  mating  in  Formica  ants, 
310 

Hyalophora  cecropia,  seed  storage 
in  cocoons,  32 

Hydrometridae,  9 

Hymenoptera,  141,  160,  205,  235, 
253,268,285,310 

Indian  meal  moth,  serine  cata- 
bolism  in,  307 

Induced  mating  in  Formica  ants, 
310 

Insect  nets,  comments  on  design  of, 
1 

Interaction  between  a  western  har- 
vester ant  &  a  Great  Basin  sage- 
brush lizard,  268 

Internal'!.  Commiss.  on  Zoological 
Nomenclature,  announcement, 
52,  134,  146,290 

lo  moth,  Automeris  io,  queuing  & 
rosette  molting  in,  33 

Jennings,  D.T.,  317 

Egg  retreat  of  Metaphidippus 
arizonensis  in  a  hollow  stem 

Johannsen,  Oskar  Augustus,  101 

Judd,  W.W.,  96 

Studies  of  Byron  Bog  in  s.w. 
Ontario,  Pt,  XLIX.  Add'l.  obser- 
vations on  insects  of  Redmond's 
Pond 

Jumping  spider,  Metaphidippus 
arizonensis,  egg  retreat  of,  in 
hollow  stem,  317 

Kelsey,  L.P.,  329 

Zoogeographic  distribution  of 
known  Scenopinidae 

Keven,  O.K.  Met:.,  217 

Klishevich,  A.W.,  Alley,  W.P.,  190 
Temperature-salinity  tolerance 
limits  of  soldier  fly  larvae  of 
Odontomyia  communis  from 
Badwater,  Death  Valley,  Calif. 


Ent.  News  Supplement,  Vol.  84,  December  1973 


337 


Knull,  J.N.,  299 

New  sp.  of  Acmaeodera 

LaBerge,  W.E.,  160 

Bee    genus   Proteriades    in    So. 
Dakota 

Laffoon,  Jean  L.,  138 
LaPerriere,  J.D.,  227 

Larochelle,  A. 

Wing  dimorphism  in  Metabletus 
americanus,  68 

Another     malodorus     carabid, 
Blethisa  quadricollis,  68 
Collecting     hibernating    ground 
beetles  under  snow,  82 
Ground   beetles  collected  from 
seashore  drifts,  99 
Notes  on  periods  of  egg  produc- 
tion   of   some    ground   beetles, 
139 

Leafhopper,  Bolivian,  new  genus, 
Metacephalus,  &  n.sp.,  225 

Legner,  E.F.,  73,  117,250 

Lepidoptera,  32,  33,  72,  157,  171, 
294, 307 

Letter  to  editor,  133,  162,  210, 
300, 301 

Leuctridae,  247 

Library,  entomologist's,  8,  132, 
133,306,  316 

Light  traps,  honeybees  &  bumble- 
bees taken  in,  235 

Lius,  genus,  subfamily  Agrilinae, 
135 

Lowrie,  D.C..  103 

Microhabitats   of  western   wolf 
spiders  of  genus  Pardosa 

Lycosidae,  103 

Lyophlaeba,  new  Argentine,  149 

Mallis,  A.,  101 

Oskar  Augustus  Johannsen 

Maricaona  polyamia,  251 

Marmota  monax,  woodchuck,  ex- 
ternal parasites  of,  in  Indiana, 
69 

Martin,  R.P.,  89 

Martinson,  C.,  202,225,251 


Mason  wasps,  Montezumia,  notes 
on  nests  of,  285 

Megachilidae,  160 

Megaleuctra,  n.sp.  from  east.  U.S., 

247 

Megaloptera,  147 
Membracidae,  161 
Messersmith,  D.H.,  17 

Metabletus  americanus,  wing  di- 
morphism in,  68 

Metacephalus,  new  genus  &  n.sp.  of 
Bolivian  leafhopper,  225 

Metaphidippus  arizoncnsis,  egg  re- 
treat of,  in  hollow  stem,  317 

Micrasema  kluane,  probable  step- 
ping stone  to  arctic,  291 

Microhabitats  of  western  wolf 
spiders  of  genus  Pardosa,  103 

Mohler,  J.H.,  307 

Moisture  problem  in  cyanide  killing 
bottles,  32 

Montezumia,  notes  on  nests  of,  285 

Moore,  I., 

Neallotype    for  Piniphilus   con- 
fusus,  52 

On  Habrocerus  capillaricornis  in 
Calif.,  72 

Moore,  I.,  Legner,  E.F., 

Genera    of   Piestinae   of   Amer. 
no.  of  Mexico,  1 17 
New   host   record    for   parasitic 
rove    beetle,    Aleochara    bipus- 
tulata.  250 

Moore,   I.,   Legner,  L.F.,  Chan,  T., 

'  73 

Review    of   genus    Bryolhinusa 
with  descrip.  of  three  n.sp. 

Morse,  J.C.,  291 

Nanocladius  altcrnantherae  preda- 
tion  on  chironomid  eggs  & 
larvae,  91 

Naucoridae,  83 

Neallotype  for  Piniphilus  confusus, 
52 

Nets,  insect,  comments  on  design 
of,  1 


338 


Ent.  News  Supplement,  Vol.  84,  December  1973 


New  Argentine  Lyophlacha,  149 

New  classification  ot"  Sepedon 
group  of  Sciomyzidae,  with  two 
new  genera,  143 

New  exotic  crane  flies,  23 

New  genus,  Metaccphalus,  &  n.sp. 
of  Bolivian  leafhopper,  225 

New  Hamp.,  Vt.  &  so.  Me.  insect 
list,  Pt.  I,  background  &  proce- 
dure: preliminary  listing,  63 

New  host  record  for  Forcipomyia 
crinita,  1  7 

New  host  record  for  parasitic  rove 
beetle,  Aleochara  bipustulata, 
250 

New  Megaleuctra  from   east.   U.S., 

247 

New  records  of  Pentatomoidea 
from  Sri  Lanka,  211 

New  sp.  &  descrip.  of  stoneflies 
from  Oklahoma,  192 

New  sp.  of  Acnwrodera,  299 
New  sp.  of  Atypus  from  Penn.,  37 
New  sp.  of  Mexican  Texananus,  202 
Notes  on  Crytolohus  maxinei,  161 
Notes  on  nests  of  Montezumia,  285 

Notes  on  period  of  egg  production 
of  some  ground  beetles,  139 

Notes  on  yellowjackets  as  food 
source  for  bald  faced  hornet, 
Vespula  nwculata,  1 4 1 

Nyquist,  D.,  LaPerriere,  J.D.,  227 
Preliminary  survey  of  zooplank- 
ton  &  benthos  of  an  arctic  lake 
near  Prudhoe  Bay,  Alaska 

Oblad,  B.R.,269,  301 

Odontomyia  communis  larvae,  tem- 
perature-salinity tolerance  limits 
of,  from  Badwater,  Death 
Valley,  Calif.,  190 

Orthoptera,  237,  321 

Parasites,  external,  of  woodchuck 
Marmota  rnonax,  in  Indiana,  69 

Pardosa  genus,  western  wolf 
spiders,  microhabitats  of,  103 

Patton,  R.,  68 

New      distrib.      record      for 
Chrysops  montanus 


Pawar,  A.D.,  21  1 

New  records  of  Pentatomoidea 
from  Sri  Lanka 

Pentatomoidea,  21 1 
Pentatomidae,  260 

Philanthus  gibbosus,  halictine  bee 
prey  of,  in  Kansas,  314 

Pieridae:  Picris  protodice,  genera- 
tional "carryover"  &  suppres- 
sion of  submarginal  pattern  ele- 
ments in  vernal  phenotypes  of, 
294 

Piestinae  genera  of  Amer.  no.  of 
Mexico,  1  1  7 

Pinip/iilus  conjusus,  neallotype  for, 

52 

Pinyon  mice,  bot  infestations  of,  in 
New  Mexico,  89 

Plecoptera,  192,  247,  269,  301 

Plodia  interpunctella,  serine  cata- 
bolism  in,  307 

Pogonomyrmex  occidentalis, 
western  harvester  ant,  inter- 
action with  Great  Basin  sage- 
brush lizard,  268 

Predacious  scarabaeid,  a,  62 

Predation  on  chironomid  eggs  & 
larvae  by  Nanocladius  alter- 
nant herae,  91 

Preliminary  study  of  biology  of 
Entobryoides  purpurascens,  217 

Preliminary  survey  of  zooplankton 
&  benthos  of  an  arctic  lake  near 
Prudhoe  Bay,  Alaska,  227 

Probcthylus  schwarzi,  redescrip.  & 
biology  of,  with  notes  on  re- 
lated sp.,  205 

Proteriades,  bee  genus,  in  So. 
Dakota,  160 

Purse  web  spider,  Atypus  snet- 
singeri,  n.sp.  from  Penn.,  37 

Pyralidae,  307 

Queuing  &  rosette  molting  in  Aut- 
omeris  io,  33 

Redescrip.  &  biology  of  Pro- 
bethylus  schwarzi  with  notes  on 
related  sp.,  205 


Ent.  News  Supplement,  Vol.  84,  December  1973 


339 


Redmond's    Pond,    add'l.    observa- 
tions on  insects  of,  96 

Rentz,  D.C.,  237 

Ecology,  behavior  &  descrip.  of 
n.sp.  of  cricket  from  Osa  penin- 
sula of  Costa  Rica 

Replacement  name  for  Havwardina, 

171 

Reproductive  biology  in  dulotic 
ants:  a  preliminary  report,  253 

Resting  sites  of  stream-dwelling 
gyrinids,  198 

Review  of  genus,  Bryothinusa  with 
descrip.  of  three  n.  sp.,  73 

Ross,  H.H.,  Morse,  J.C.,  291 

Micrasema  kluane,  probable 
stepping  stone  to  arctic 

Rove  beetle  genus  Bryothinusa,  a 
review  of,  with  descrip.  of  three 
n.sp.,  73 

Rove  beetle,  parasitic,  Aleochara 
bipustulata,  new  host  record 
for,  250 

Russell,  F.E.,  133 
Letter  to  editor 

Russi,  H.,  33 

Russi,  K.,  Friedl,  F.,  Russi,  H.,  33 
Queuing  &  rosette  molting  in 
Automeris  io 

Salticidae,  317 

Sample  technique  for  counting 
hard-to-see  appendage  segments, 

32 

Sarno.P.,  37 
Saturniidae,  32,  33,  72 
Saturniids  as  bat  mimics,  72 
Satyridae,  171 
Scarabaeidae,  62 
Scenopinidae,  329 
Schmeltz,  L.L.,  69 

Scientifically  designed  drawer  for 
scientific  insect  collections,  53 

Sciomyzidae,  143 
Sclerogibbidae,  205 

Scytodidae:  Scytodes  hebraica, 
spitting  spider,  ability  to  cap- 
ture Hying  prey,  156 


Seed  storage  in  cocoons  of 
Hyalophora  cecropia,  32 

Sepedon  group  of  Sciomyzidae, 
new  classification  &  two  new 
genera,  143 

Serine  catabolisrn  in  Plodia  inter- 
punctella,  307 

Seven  families  of  aquatic  &  semi- 
aquatic  Hemiptera  in  Louisiana 
Pt.  I,  Hydrometridae,  9 
Pt.  II,  Naucoridae,  83 
Pt.  Ill,  Belostomatidae,  173 

Shapiro,  A.M.,  294 

Generational  "carryover"  &  sup- 
pression of  submarginal  pattern 
elements  in  vernal  phenotypes 
of  Pier  is  protodice 

Shetlar,  D.J.,  205 

Redescrip.  &  biology  of 
Probethylus  schwarzi,  with 
notes  on  related  sp. 

Sialidae:Sza//s  alderfly,  distrib.  & 
new  record  in  West  Va.,  147 

Snyder,  T.P.,  314 

Soldier  fly  larvae,  temperature- 
salinity  tolerance  limits  of,  from 
Badwater,  Death  Valley,  Calif., 
190 

Sphecidae,  314 

Sphingidae  taken  at  Archbold  Biol. 
Sta.,  Highland  Co.,  Fla.,  157 

Sphinx  (Hawk)  moths  taken  at 
Archbold  Biol.  Sta.,  Highland 
Co.,  Fla.,  157 

Spitting  spider,  Scytodes  hebraica, 
ability  to  capture  (lying  prey, 
156 

Stainer,  J.E.R..  Kevan,  D.K.McE., 
217 

Preliminary  study  of  biology  of 
Entomobry aides  purpurascens 

Staphylinidae,  52,72,73,117,  250 

Stark,  B.P.,  Oblad.  B.R.,  C.aufin, 
A.R.,  Annotated  list  of  stone- 
flies  of  Colorado,  Pt.  I,  269;  Pt. 
II,  301 

Stark,  B.P.,  Stewart,  K.W.,  192 
New  sp.  &  descrip.  of  stoneflies 
from  Oklahoma 


340 


Ent.  News  Supplement,  Vol.  84,  December  1973 


Stewart,  K.W.,  192 

Steyskal,  G.C.,  143 

New  classification  of  Sepedon 
group  of  Sciomyzidae,  with  two 
new  genera 

Stinkbugs,  behavior  of,  260 

Stoneflies,  n.sp.  &  descrip.  from 
Oklahoma,  192 

Stoneflies  of  Colorado,  annotated 
list  of,  Pt.I,269;Pt.  II,  301 

Summary  of  Sphingidae  taken  at 
Archbold  Biol.  Sta.,  Highland 
Co.,  I- la.,  157 

Stratiomyidae,  190 

Studies  of  Byron  Bog  in  s.w.  On- 
tario, Pt.  XLIX.  Add'l.  observa- 
tions on  insects  in  Redmond's 
Pond. 96 

Survival  records  for  elmid  beetles, 
with  notes  on  laboratory  rearing 
of  various  dryopoids,  278 

Synonymia  Agrilinarum,  Pt.  l.Lius, 
135 

Tabanidae:  Chrysops  montanus, 
new  distrib.  record,  68 

Tarter,  D.C.,  Woodrum,  J.E.,  147 
Distrib.  &  new  record  of  alder- 
fly  Sialis  in  West  Va. 

Temperature-salinity  tolerance 
limits  of  soldier  fly  larvae  of 
Odontomyia  communis  from 
Badwater,  Death  Valley,  Calif., 
190 

Texananus,  n.sp.  of  Mexican,  202 
Tipulidae,  23 

Townes,  H., 

Comments  on  design  of  insect 

nets,  1 

Moisture    problem    in    cyanide 

killing  bottles,  32 

Scientifically     designed    drawer 

for  scientific  insect  collections, 

53 

A  predaceous  scarabaeid,  62 

Saturniids  as  bat  mimics,  72 


Trichoptera,  291 

Uniformity  of  successive  popula- 
tions of  an  alpine  grasshopper 
with  a  two  year  diapause,  321 

Vespidae:  Vespula  macula ta,  bald 
faced  hornet,  use  of  yellow- 
jackets  as  food  source,  141 

Voge.,  B.,  22 

Amer.  Arachnological  Soc. 

Wasp,  digger,  Philanthus  gibbosus, 
halictine  bee  prey  of,  in  Kansas, 
314 

Wasp,  mason,  Montezumia,  notes 
on  nests  of,  285 

Water  boatmen  (Corixidae)  of  So., 
Dakota  glacial  lake  district,  163 

Western  harvester  ant,  interaction 
between  Great  Basin  sagebrush 
lizard,  268 

Whitaker,  J.O.,  jr.,  Schmeltz,  L.L., 
69 

External  parasites  of  wood- 
chuck,  marmota  monax,  in 
Indiana 

Wing  dimorphism  in  Metabletus 
americanus,  68 

Wolf  spiders,  western  genus 
Pardosa,  rnicrohabitats  of,  103 

Woodchuck,  Marmota  monax,  ex- 
ternal parasites  of,  in  Indiana, 
69 

Woodrum,  J.E.,  147 

Worth,  C.B.,  210 

Letter  to  editor  on  Saturniids  as 
bat  mimics 

Yellowjackets  as  food  source  for 
bald  faced  hornet,  Vespula 
maculata,  141 

Yurkiewicz,  W.J.,  Mohler,  J.H.,  307 
Serine  catabolism  in  Plodia 
interpunctata 

Zoogeographic  distrib.  of  known 
Scenopinidae,  329 

Zooplankton  &  benthos  of  an  arctic 
lake  near  Prudhoe  Bay,  Alaska, 
a  preliminary  survey,  227 


5 

CO 


o 
z 

> 


^©MS? 


_  co  z 

yvaan    LIBRARIES  SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION   NouniiiSNi 

^  rl\  """  tf\  — 


ITUTION     NOIinillSNI    NVINOSH1MS     S3IHVdan     LIBRARIES     SMITHSONIAN 


m          c>^.        ^      N^VA^X       m      X^osjiiX       ^  m 

BR  ARIES     SMITHSONIAN"lNSTITUTIONWNOIiniliSNI~NVINOSHllWS 
w  Z      \  co  z  co 

I  !OI  ill  I 


NVINOSHillMS^Sa  I 


811    LIBRARIES    SMITHSONIAN 
«*     3     X4RK      S         ^_ 

;*ri 


LIBRARIES    SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  NoiiruusNi 


33 


NOIiniliSNI     NVINOSH1IIMS    S3  Id  VMS  11    LIBRARIES     SMITHSONIAN 

z  ,.-.          co 


z 
co 


LIBRARIES^SMITHSONIAN     INSTITUTION     NOIiniliSNI     NVINOSHUWS^ 

co 


r  ITUTION  ""NouniiiSNi~NViNOSHims~S3  idvyan 


SMITHSONIAN 


LIBRARIES     SMITHSONIAN     INSTITUTION     NOIiniliSNI     NVINOSH1IWS 
co  z      "«  co  z  co 


Ill 

I 


*i%a 

•<g^y    >     *4~        5  ^v     >        _ 

.1  BRAR  I  ES^SMITHSONIAN^INSTITUTION     NOIiniliSN^NVINOSHlltMS^SS  I  ava  8  I 


ssiavaan    LIBRARIES    SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTIOI 


33 


CO 


BR  ARIES     SMITHSONIAN     INSTITUTION     NOIiniliSNI     NIVINOSHIIINS    S3iavaa 


it 


S£F          >        >s222S^         2  )^  >  _  z 

JouniiiSNi    NviNOSHiiiMS^ssiavaan   LIBRARIES^SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTIOI 

5      \  co  —  co  — 

\.  1 1 1  -xf^tTirT^s.  «*-  ^»  _ .  •».  i  •  i  ,^Mr*-  ^~ 

CO 


"2.  _J  Z 

JBRARIES     SMITHSONIAN     INSTITUTION    NOIiniliSNI    NVINOSH1IWS    S3  I  a  Va  8  I 

z 
o 


CO 


NVINOSHIII^IS   S3iavaan   LIBRARIES   SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTIO 


_  >         N^uvii,  _ 

LIBRARIES^SMITHSONIAN     INSTITUTION     NOIiniliSNI     NVINOSHillMS^SS  I  a  Va  8 
co  =  co  co 


NoiiniusNi_NViNOSHiiyMS   S3  1 


a  n    LIBRARIES   SMITHSONIAN_INSTITUTIO 


LIB 


m  osv  z 

ONIAN     INSTITUTION^NOIiniliSN^NVINOSHillMS    S3  I  a  Va  8  I 


z 
o 

CO 

I 


SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION  LIBRARIES 


3  9088  00844  5660